sv4
As filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28,
2011
Registration
No. 333-
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form S-4
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
3690
|
|
74-1339132
|
(State or
other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
|
450 Park Avenue, 27th
Floor
New York, NY 10022
(212) 906-8555
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
Francis T. McCarron
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
450 Park Avenue, 27th
Floor
New York, NY 10022
(212) 906-8555
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
With a copy to:
Jeffrey D.
Marell, Esq.
Raphael M.
Russo, Esq.
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind,
Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the
Americas
New York, New York
10019
(212) 373-3000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to
public: As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement becomes effective.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being
offered in connection with the formation of a holding company
and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check
the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer þ
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller reporting
company þ
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the
appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this
transaction:
Exchange Act
Rule 13e-4(i)
(Cross-Border Issuer Tender
Offer) o
Exchange Act
Rule 14d-1(d)
(Cross-Border Third-Party Tender
Offer) o
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Amount to be
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Registration
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
|
Price per Share
|
|
|
Offering Price(1)
|
|
|
Fee(2)
|
10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015
|
|
|
$350,000,000
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$350,000,000
|
|
|
$40,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of
calculating the registration fee in accordance with
Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act of 1933.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The registration fee has been
calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act
of 1933.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell
these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
SUBJECT
TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 28, 2011
PROSPECTUS
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
Exchange Offer for
$350,000,000
10.625% Senior Secured
Notes due 2015
The Notes
|
|
|
|
|
We are offering to issue $350,000,000 of 10.625% Senior
Secured Notes due 2015, whose issuance is registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the
exchange notes, in exchange for a like aggregate
principal amount of 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015,
which were issued on November 15, 2010 and which we refer
to as the initial notes. The exchange notes will be
issued under the existing indenture, which currently governs the
initial notes, dated as of November 15, 2010.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes will mature on November 15, 2015. We
will pay interest on the exchange notes on each May 15 and
November 15, beginning on May 15, 2011.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes will be secured by a first priority lien on
substantially all of our assets, including, without limitation,
all equity interests of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. owned by
us and related assets, all cash and investment securities owned
by us, and all general intangibles owned by us. The exchange
notes will be our senior secured obligations and will rank
senior in right of payment to our future debt and other
obligations that expressly provide for their subordination to
the exchange notes, rank equally in right of payment to all of
our existing and future unsubordinated debt, be effectively
senior to all of our unsecured debt to the extent of the value
of the collateral and be effectively subordinated to all
liabilities of our subsidiaries, none of whom will initially
guarantee the exchange notes.
|
Terms of the Exchange Offer
|
|
|
|
|
It will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on ,
2011, unless we extend it.
|
|
|
|
If all the conditions to the exchange offer are satisfied, we
will exchange all of our 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due
2015 issued on November 15, 2010, which we refer to as the
initial notes, that are validly tendered and not
withdrawn for exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
You may withdraw your tender of initial notes at any time before
the expiration of the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes that we will issue you in exchange for your
initial notes will be substantially identical to your initial
notes except that, unlike your initial notes, the exchange notes
will have no transfer restrictions or registration rights.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes that we will issue you in exchange for your
initial notes are new securities with no established market for
trading.
|
Before participating in the exchange offer, please refer to
the section in this prospectus entitled Risk Factors
commencing on page 11.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
Broker-dealers who receive exchange notes pursuant to the
exchange offer must acknowledge that they will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.
Broker-dealers who acquired the initial notes as a result of
market-making or other trading activities may use the prospectus
for the exchange offer, as supplemented or amended, in
connection with resales of the exchange notes.
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2011.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
The following summary highlights basic information about us
and the exchange offer. It may not contain all of the
information that is important to you. For a more comprehensive
understanding of our business and the offering, you should read
this entire prospectus, including the sections entitled
Risk Factors and the historical
and/or pro
forma financial statements and the accompanying notes to those
statements of Harbinger Group Inc., Spectrum Brands Holdings,
Inc. and Spectrum Brands, Inc. Certain statements in this
summary are forward-looking statements. See Special Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus or the context
requires otherwise, in this prospectus, HGI,
we, us or our refers to
Harbinger Group Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries. Harbinger Capital refers to Harbinger
Capital Partners LLC. Harbinger Parties refers,
collectively, to Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. Russell
Hobbs refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable,
its consolidated subsidiaries. SB/RH Merger means
the business combination of Spectrum Brands (as defined below)
and Russell Hobbs consummated on June 16, 2010 creating
Spectrum Brands Holdings. Spectrum Brands Holdings
refers only to Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its
subsidiaries. Spectrum Brands refers to Spectrum
Brands, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries.
The term initial notes refers to the
10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 that were issued on
November 15, 2010 in a private offering. The term
exchange notes refers to the 10.625% Senior
Secured Notes due 2015 offered with this prospectus. The term
notes refers to the initial notes and the exchange
notes, collectively.
In this prospectus, on a pro forma basis, unless
otherwise stated, means the applicable information is presented
on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition (as defined below) and the other adjustments
related to Spectrum Brands Holdings referred to in the
introduction to the section entitled Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Financial Statements and (ii) the
issuance of the initial notes and the use of proceeds from such
issuance. See The Spectrum Brands Acquisition and
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements, elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our
Company
HGI is a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger
Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name
Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999
under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we were
reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc.
We had approximately $139.9 million in cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments (including
U.S. Government Agency and Treasury securities), as of
September 30, 2010. Our common stock trades on the New York
Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol
HRG.
Since the completion of the disposition of our 57% ownership
interest in the common stock of Omega Protein Corporation
(Omega) in December 2006, we have held substantially
all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments. Since then, we have been actively looking for
acquisition or investment opportunities with a principal focus
on identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions of
operating businesses. These efforts accelerated after the
Harbinger Parties acquired 9.9 million shares, or
approximately 51.6%, of our common stock in July 2009.
On January 7, 2011, we completed the transactions
contemplated by the Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated
as of September 10, 2010 and amended on November 5,
2010 (as amended, the Exchange Agreement), by and
between us and the Harbinger Parties, pursuant to which we
issued approximately 119.9 million shares of our common
stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for approximately
27.8 million shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings
common stock (the Spectrum Brands Acquisition). See
The Spectrum Brands Acquisition for further
information. Following the completion of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, we own approximately 54.4% of the outstanding
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, with a
current market value of approximately $928 million (as of
January 14, 2011), and the Harbinger Parties own
approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock.
On a pro forma basis including the proceeds
1
of the initial notes, the combined value of our cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments, excluding that of
Spectrum Brands and net of current liabilities, was
approximately $468 million at September 30, 2010.
We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in
subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of
industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as a first
step in the process. We have identified the following six
sectors in which we intend to pursue investment opportunities:
consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecom,
agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources.
In order to pursue our strategy, we will utilize the investment
expertise and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a
multi-billion dollar private investment firm based in New York.
We believe that the team at Harbinger Capital has a track record
of making successful investments across various industries. We
believe that our affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance
our ability to identify and evaluate potential acquisition
opportunities appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our
corporate structure provides significant advantages compared to
the traditional hedge fund structure for long-term holdings as
our sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will
more closely match our principal investment strategy. In
addition, our corporate structure provides additional options
for funding acquisitions, including the ability to use our
common stock as a form of consideration.
Philip Falcone, who serves as our Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer and President, founded Harbinger Capital in 2001.
Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged
finance, distressed debt and special situations. In addition to
Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide variety of
professionals, including more than 20 investment professionals
with expertise across various industries, including our targeted
sectors.
Spectrum
Brands Holdings
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a global branded consumer products
company with leading market positions in seven major product
categories: consumer batteries, pet supplies, home and garden
control, electric shaving and grooming, electric personal care,
portable lighting products and small household. Spectrum Brands
Holdings is a leading worldwide marketer of alkaline, zinc
carbon, hearing aid and rechargeable batteries, battery-powered
lighting products, electric shavers and accessories, grooming
products and hair care appliances, aquariums and aquatic health
supplies, specialty pet supplies, insecticides, repellants and
herbicides. Spectrum Brands Holdings enjoys strong name
recognition in its markets under the Rayovac, VARTA and
Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for
more than 80 years, and numerous other brands including
Spectracide, Cutter, Tetra, Dingo and 8-in-1.
As of September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands Holdings
products and operations were managed in four operating segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which
consists of Spectrum Brands Holdings worldwide battery,
shaving and grooming, personal care and portable lighting
products businesses, (ii) Global Pet Supplies, which
consists of Spectrum Brands Holdings worldwide pet
supplies business, (iii) Home and Garden, which consists of
Spectrum Brands Holdings lawn and garden and insect
control businesses, and (iv) Small Appliances, which
resulted from SB/RH Merger and consists of small electrical
appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories.
Spectrum Brands Holdings sells its products in approximately 120
countries through a variety of trade channels, including
retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid
professionals, industrial distributors, global online partners,
internal
e-commerce
and original equipment manufacturers. Spectrum Brands
Holdings products are sold in more than one million retail
locations globally.
Spectrum Brands Holdings strategy is to provide quality
and value to retailers and consumers worldwide. Most of its
products are marketed on the basis of providing the same
performance as its competitors for a lower price or better
performance for the same price. Spectrum Brands Holdings
goal is to provide the highest returns to its customers and
retailers, and to offer superior merchandising and category
management. Its promotional spending focus is on winning at the
point of sale, rather than incurring significant advertising
expenses. Spectrum Brands Holdings operates in several business
categories in which it believes there are high
2
barriers to entry and Spectrum Brands Holdings strives to
achieve a low cost structure with a global shared services
administrative structure, helping it to maintain attractive
margins. This operating model, which Spectrum Brands Holdings
refers to as the Spectrum value model, is what Spectrum Brands
Holdings believes will drive returns for investors and customers.
Russell Hobbs, which was acquired by Spectrum Brands Holdings in
the SB/RH Merger, is a leading marketer and distributor of a
range of branded small household appliances, including small
kitchen and home appliances, pet and pest products and personal
care products. Spectrum Brands Holdings believes that the
acquisition of Russell Hobbs will provide Spectrum Brands
Holdings greater scale, a broader portfolio of brands and the
ability to better leverage its distribution and customer network.
With the acquisition of Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands Holdings
expanded its broad portfolio of well-recognized owned and
licensed brand names to include, among others, George
Foreman, Black & Decker, Russell
Hobbs, Farberware, LitterMaid,
Juiceman, Breadman and Toastmaster.
Russell Hobbs, formerly Salton, Inc. (Salton), was
created through the merger of Salton and Applica Incorporated
(Applica) in December 2007 (the Salton-Applica
Merger). Since the Salton-Applica Merger, the Russell
Hobbs management team has transformed the company by
rationalizing the brand portfolio around its core brands,
eliminating approximately 80 underperforming brands and over
1,000 stock keeping units.
Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock trades on the NYSE
under the symbol SPB.
Corporate
Structure
The following represents our current corporate structure.
Note: Zap.Com Corporation, a 98% owned subsidiary of HGI with no
operations, is not reflected above.
Corporate
Information
We are a Delaware corporation and the address of our principal
executive office is 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York,
New York 10022. Our telephone number is
(212) 906-8555.
Our website address is www.harbingergroupinc.com. Information
contained on our website is not part of this prospectus.
3
Summary
of the Exchange Offer
We are offering to issue $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of our exchange notes in exchange for a like aggregate principal
amount of our initial notes. In order to exchange your initial
notes, you must properly tender them, and we must accept your
tender. We will exchange all outstanding initial notes that are
validly tendered and not validly withdrawn.
|
|
|
Exchange Offer |
|
We will issue our exchange notes in exchange for a like
aggregate principal amount of our initial notes. |
|
Expiration Date |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2011 (the expiration date), unless we decide to
extend it. |
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer |
|
We will complete the exchange offer only if: |
|
|
|
there is no change in the laws and regulations which
would impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer,
|
|
|
|
there is no change in the current interpretation of
the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC) which permits resales of the exchange notes,
|
|
|
|
there is no stop order issued by the SEC or any
state securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the
registration statement which includes this prospectus or the
qualification of the indenture for the exchange notes under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and there are no proceedings
initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose,
|
|
|
|
there is no action or proceeding instituted or
threatened in any court or before any governmental agency or
body that would reasonably be expected to prohibit, prevent or
otherwise impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer,
and
|
|
|
|
we obtain all the governmental approvals that we in
our sole discretion deem necessary to complete the exchange
offer.
|
|
|
|
Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Conditions to the Exchange
Offer. |
|
Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes |
|
To participate in the exchange offer, you must complete, sign
and date the letter of transmittal or its facsimile and transmit
it, together with your initial notes to be exchanged and all
other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as exchange agent (the
exchange agent), at its address indicated under
The Exchange Offer Exchange Agent. In
the alternative, you can tender your initial notes by book-entry
delivery following the procedures described in this prospectus.
For more information on tendering your notes, please refer to
the section in this prospectus entitled The Exchange
Offer Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes. |
|
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners |
|
If you are a beneficial owner of initial notes that are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your
initial notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the
registered holder promptly and instruct that person to tender on
your behalf. |
4
|
|
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures |
|
If you wish to tender your initial notes and you cannot get the
required documents to the exchange agent on time, you may tender
your notes by using the guaranteed delivery procedures described
under the section of this prospectus entitled The Exchange
Offer Procedures for Tendering Initial
Notes Guaranteed Delivery Procedure. |
|
Withdrawal Rights |
|
You may withdraw the tender of your initial notes at any time
before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration
date of the exchange offer. To withdraw, you must send a written
or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange
agent at its address indicated under The Exchange
Offer Exchange Agent before 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. |
|
Acceptance of Initial Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes |
|
If all the conditions to the completion of the exchange offer
are satisfied, we will accept any and all initial notes that are
properly tendered in the exchange offer on or before
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We
will return any initial note that we do not accept for exchange
to you without expense promptly after the expiration date. We
will deliver the exchange notes to you promptly after the
expiration date and acceptance of your initial notes for
exchange. Please refer to the section in this prospectus
entitled The Exchange Offer Acceptance of
Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes. |
|
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations Relating to the Exchange
Offer |
|
Exchanging your initial notes for exchange notes will not be a
taxable event to you for United States federal income tax
purposes. Please refer to the section of this prospectus
entitled U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is serving as exchange
agent in the exchange offer. |
|
Fees and Expenses |
|
We will pay all expenses related to the exchange offer. Please
refer to the section of this prospectus entitled The
Exchange Offer Fees and Expenses. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes. We are making the exchange offer solely to
satisfy certain of our obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2010 (the
Registration Rights Agreement), by and among HGI and
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs &
Co., as representatives of the initial purchasers, entered into
in connection with the offering of the initial notes. |
|
Consequences to Holders Who Do Not Participate in the Exchange
Offer |
|
If you do not participate in the exchange offer: |
|
|
|
except as set forth in the next paragraph, you will
not necessarily be able to require us to register your initial
notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act),
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or
otherwise transfer your initial notes unless they are registered
under the Securities Act or unless you resell, offer to resell
or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the
registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject
to, the Securities Act, and
|
|
|
|
the trading market for your initial notes will
become more limited to the extent other holders of initial notes
participate in the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
You will not be able to require us to register your initial
notes under the Securities Act unless: |
|
|
|
because of any change in applicable law or in
interpretations thereof by the SEC staff, HGI is not permitted
to effect the exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
the exchange offer is not consummated by the 310th
day after the issue date of the initial notes (the Issue
Date);
|
|
|
|
any initial purchaser so requests with respect to
initial notes held by it that are not eligible to be exchanged
for exchange notes in the exchange offer; or
|
|
|
|
any other holder is prohibited by law or SEC policy
from participating in the exchange offer or any holder (other
than an exchanging broker-dealer) that participates in the
exchange offer does not receive freely tradeable exchange notes
on the date of the exchange and, in each case, such holder so
requests.
|
|
|
|
In these cases, the Registration Rights Agreement requires us to
file a registration statement for a continuous offering in
accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the
benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in this
paragraph. We do not currently anticipate that we will register
under the Securities Act any notes that remain outstanding after
completion of the exchange offer. |
|
|
|
Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Your Failure to Participate
in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences. |
|
Resales |
|
It may be possible for you to resell the notes issued in the
exchange offer without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, subject to
the conditions described under Obligations of
Broker-Dealers below. |
|
|
|
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer and resell
the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, you must
make the following representations: |
|
|
|
you are authorized to tender the initial notes and
to acquire exchange notes, and that we will acquire good and
unencumbered title to those initial notes, free and clear of all
liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to
any adverse claim when the same are accepted by us,
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
the exchange notes acquired by you are being
acquired in the ordinary course of business,
|
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes
and are not participating in, and do not intend to participate
in, the distribution of such exchange notes,
|
|
|
|
you are not an affiliate, as defined in
Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of ours, or you will
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,
|
|
|
|
if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaging
in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange
notes, and
|
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer, initial notes to be
exchanged were acquired by you as a result of market-making or
other trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale, offer to resell or other transfer of
such exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
Please refer to the sections of this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Procedure for Tendering
Initial Notes Proper Execution and Delivery of
Letters of Transmittal, Risk Factors
Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer Some persons
who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus
in connection with resales of the exchange notes and
Plan of Distribution. |
|
Obligations of Broker-Dealers |
|
If you are a broker-dealer who receives exchange notes, you must
acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resales of the exchange notes. If you are a
broker-dealer who acquired the initial notes as a result of
market making or other trading activities, you may use the
exchange offer prospectus as supplemented or amended, in
connection with resales of the exchange notes. If you are a
broker-dealer who acquired the initial notes directly from HGI
in the initial offering and not as a result of market making and
trading activities, you must, in the absence of an exemption,
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with resales of
the exchange notes. |
Summary
of Terms of the Exchange Notes
The following is a summary of the terms of this offering. For a
more complete description of the notes as well as the
definitions of certain capitalized terms used below, see
Description of Notes in this prospectus.
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
Exchange Notes |
|
$350 million aggregate principal amount of
10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015. The forms and terms
of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the
initial notes except that the issuance of the exchange notes is
registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends
restricting their transfer and the exchange notes will not be
entitled to registration rights under our Registration Rights
Agreement. The exchange notes will |
7
|
|
|
|
|
evidence the same debt as the initial notes, and both the
initial notes and the exchange notes will be governed by the
same indenture. |
|
Maturity |
|
November 15, 2015. |
|
Interest |
|
Interest will be payable in cash on May 15 and November 15 of
each year, beginning May 15, 2011. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
On or after May 15, 2013, we may redeem some or all of the
exchange notes at any time at the redemption prices set forth in
Description of Notes Optional
Redemption. In addition, prior to May 15, 2013, we
may redeem the exchange notes at a redemption price equal to
100% of the principal amount of the exchange notes plus a
make-whole premium. |
|
|
|
Before November 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the
exchange notes, with the proceeds of equity sales at a price of
110.625% of principal plus accrued interest, provided that at
least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the
exchange notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding
after the redemption, as further described in Description
of Notes Optional Redemption. |
|
Change of Control |
|
Upon a change of control (as defined under Description of
Notes), we will be required to make an offer to purchase
the exchange notes. The purchase price will equal 101% of the
principal amount of the exchange notes on the date of purchase
plus accrued interest. We may not have sufficient funds
available at the time of any change of control to make any
required debt repayment (including repurchases of the exchange
notes). See Risk Factors We may be unable to
repurchase the notes upon a change of control. |
|
Guarantors |
|
Any subsidiary that guarantees our debt will guarantee the
exchange notes. You should not expect that any subsidiaries will
guarantee the exchange notes. |
|
Ranking |
|
The exchange notes will be our senior secured obligations and
will: |
|
|
|
rank senior in right of payment to our future debt
and other obligations that expressly provide for their
subordination to the exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment to all of our
existing and future unsubordinated debt and be effectively
senior to all of our unsecured debt to the extent of the value
of the collateral; and
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of
our non-guarantor subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2010, on a pro forma as adjusted basis,
after giving effect to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the
offering of the initial notes, we had no debt other than the
initial notes and the total liabilities of our Spectrum Brands
subsidiary was approximately $2.8 billion, including trade
payables. |
|
Collateral |
|
Our obligations under the exchange notes and the indenture are
secured by a first priority lien on all of our assets (except
for |
8
|
|
|
|
|
certain Excluded Property as defined under
Description of Notes), including, without limitation: |
|
|
|
all equity interests of Spectrum Brands Holdings
owned by us and related assets;
|
|
|
|
all cash and investment securities owned by us;
|
|
|
|
all general intangibles owned by us; and
|
|
|
|
any proceeds thereof (collectively, the
collateral).
|
|
|
|
We will be able to incur additional debt in the future that
could equally and ratably share in the collateral. The amount of
such debt will be limited by the covenants described under
Description of Notes Certain
Covenants Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock and Description of Notes Certain
Covenants Limitation on Liens. Under certain
circumstances, the amount of such debt could be significant. |
|
Original Issue Discount |
|
Because the initial notes were issued with original issue
discount, the exchange notes should be treated as having been
issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. If the exchange notes are so treated, then a United
States Holder (as defined in U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations) will, in addition to the stated interest
on the exchange notes, be required to include such original
issue discount in gross income as it accrues, in advance of the
receipt of cash. See U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations. |
|
Certain Covenants |
|
The indenture contains covenants, subject to specified
exceptions, limiting our ability and, in certain cases, our
subsidiaries ability to: |
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
create liens or engage in sale and leaseback
transactions;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make distributions in respect of
capital stock;
|
|
|
|
make certain restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
sell assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an
arms-length basis; or
|
|
|
|
consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all
of our assets to, another person.
|
|
|
|
We will also be required to maintain compliance with certain
financial tests, including minimum liquidity and collateral
coverage ratios. |
|
|
|
You should read Description of Notes Certain
Covenants for a description of these covenants. |
|
Absence of a Public Market for the Exchange Notes |
|
The exchange notes are new securities with no established market
for them. We cannot assure you that a market for these exchange
notes will develop or that this market will be liquid. Please
refer to |
9
|
|
|
|
|
the section of this prospectus entitled Risk
Factors Risks Relating to the Notes An
active public market may not develop for the notes, which may
hinder your ability to liquidate your investment. |
|
Form of the Exchange Notes |
|
The exchange notes will be represented by one or more permanent
global securities in registered form deposited on behalf of The
Depository Trust Company (DTC) with Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, as custodian. You will not receive
exchange notes in certificated form unless one of the events
described in the section of this prospectus entitled
Description of Notes Book Entry; Delivery and
Form Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated
Notes occurs. Instead, beneficial interests in the
exchange notes will be shown on, and transfers of these exchange
notes will be effected only through, records maintained in book
entry form by DTC with respect to its participants. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes in exchange for the outstanding initial notes. We
are making the exchange offer solely to satisfy our obligations
under the Registration Rights Agreement entered into in
connection with the offering of the initial notes. |
|
Risk Factors |
|
Investing in the exchange notes involves substantial risks and
uncertainties. See Risk Factors and other
information included in this prospectus for a discussion of
factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest
in any exchange notes. |
10
RISK
FACTORS
Before acquiring the exchange notes, you should carefully
consider the risk factors discussed below. Risks related to our
business and the Spectrum Brands Acquisition are discussed
below. Risks related to Spectrum Brands Holdings business
are included in Annex A hereto. Any of these risk factors
could materially and adversely affect our or Spectrum Brands
Holdings business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Risks
Related to the Notes
We are
a holding company and we are dependent upon dividends or
distributions from our operating subsidiaries to fund payments
on the notes, and our ability to receive funds from our
operating subsidiaries will be dependent upon the profitability
of our operating subsidiaries and restrictions imposed by law
and contracts.
We are a holding company that does not itself conduct any
business operations. As a result, we will rely upon dividends
and other payments from our operating subsidiaries, including
Spectrum Brands Holdings and other future acquired businesses,
to generate the funds necessary to meet our obligations under
the notes. We will be entitled to our proportionate share of any
such dividends. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal
entities and they will have no obligation, contingent or
otherwise, to pay amounts due under the notes or to make any
funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend,
distribution, loan or other payments. Spectrum Brands Holdings
and its existing and future subsidiaries are expected to be
highly leveraged and will be required to dedicate a significant
amount of cash to their own debt service needs.
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a holding company with limited
business operations of its own and its main asset is the capital
stock of its subsidiaries, principally Spectrum Brands. Spectrum
Brands $300 million senior secured asset-based
revolving credit facility due 2014 (the Spectrum Brands
ABL Facility), its $750 million senior secured term
facility due 2016 (the Spectrum Brands Term Loan),
the indenture governing its 9.50% senior secured notes due
2018 (the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes), the
indenture governing its 12% Notes due 2019 (the
Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes
and, collectively, the Spectrum loan agreements) and
other agreements substantially limit or prohibit certain
payments of dividends or other distributions to Spectrum Brands
Holdings. Specifically, (i) each indenture of Spectrum
Brands generally prohibits the payment of dividends to
shareholders except out of a cumulative basket based on an
amount equal to the excess of (a) 50% of the cumulative
consolidated net income of Spectrum Brands plus (b) 100% of
the aggregate cash proceeds from the sale of equity by Spectrum
Brands (or less 100% of the net losses) plus (c) any
repayments to Spectrum Brands of certain investments plus
(d) in the case of the indenture governing the Spectrum
Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes, $50 million,
subject to certain other tests and certain exceptions and
(ii) each credit facility of Spectrum Brands generally
prohibits the payment of dividends to shareholders except out of
a cumulative basket amount limited to $40 million per year.
We expect that future debt of Spectrum Brands and Spectrum
Brands Holdings will contain similar restrictions and we do not
expect to receive dividends from Spectrum Brands Holdings in the
near future.
The ability of our operating subsidiaries to make payments to us
will also be subject to, among other things, the availability of
profits or funds and requirements of applicable laws, including
surplus, solvency and other limits imposed on the ability of
companies to pay dividends.
The
notes are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our
subsidiaries and may be diluted by liens granted to secure
future indebtedness.
The notes are our senior secured obligations, secured on a
first-lien basis by a pledge of substantially all of our assets,
including our equity interests in our directly held
subsidiaries, initially consisting of Spectrum Brands Holdings,
and all cash and investment securities owned by us. The notes
are not, and are not expected to be, guaranteed by any of our
current or future subsidiaries. As a result of our holding
company structure, claims of creditors of our subsidiaries will
generally have priority as to the assets of our subsidiaries
over our claims and over claims of the holders of our
indebtedness, including the notes. As of September 30,
2010, on a pro forma basis, the notes are structurally
subordinated to $2.8 billion in total liabilities,
including trade payables, of our subsidiaries.
11
The creditors of our subsidiaries have direct claims on the
subsidiaries and their assets and the claims of holders of the
notes are structurally subordinated to any existing
and future liabilities of our subsidiaries. This means that the
creditors of our subsidiaries have priority in their claims on
the assets of the subsidiaries over our creditors, including the
noteholders. All of our other consolidated liabilities, other
than the notes, are obligations of our subsidiaries and are
effectively senior to the notes.
As a result, upon any distribution to the creditors of any
subsidiary in bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or similar
proceedings, or following acceleration of our indebtedness or an
event of default under such indebtedness, the lenders of the
indebtedness of our subsidiaries will be entitled to be repaid
in full from the proceeds of the assets securing such
indebtedness, before any payment is made to holders of the notes
from such proceeds. The indenture does not restrict the ability
of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness or grant
liens secured by assets of our subsidiaries. Further, we may
incur future indebtedness, some of which may be secured by liens
on the collateral securing the notes, to the extent permitted by
the indenture. In any of the foregoing events, we cannot assure
you that there will be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on
the notes. Holders of the notes will participate ratably with
all holders of our senior secured indebtedness secured by the
collateral, to the extent of the value of the collateral and
potentially with all of our general creditors.
The
ability of the collateral agent to foreclose on the equity of
our subsidiaries may be limited.
The majority of the collateral for our obligations under the
notes is a pledge of our equity interests in Spectrum Brands
Holdings, and, in the future, other subsidiaries. If the
collateral agent is required to exercise remedies and foreclose
on the stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings pledged as collateral,
it will have the right to require Spectrum Brands Holdings to
file and have declared effective a shelf registration statement
permitting resales of such stock. However, Spectrum Brands
Holdings may not be able to cause such shelf registration
statement to become effective or stay effective. The collateral
agents ability to sell Spectrum Brands Holdings stock
without a registration statement may be limited pursuant to the
securities laws, because such stock is control stock
that was issued in a private placement, and the terms of the
Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the
Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement), by
and among the Harbinger Parties and Spectrum Brands Holdings.
The right and ability of the collateral agent to foreclose upon
the equity of our subsidiaries upon the occurrence of an event
of default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable
bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced
by or against us or a subsidiary of ours prior to the collateral
agent having foreclosed upon and sold the equity. Under
applicable bankruptcy law, a secured creditor such as the
collateral agent may be prohibited from foreclosing upon its
security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case or from disposing of
security repossessed from such debtor without bankruptcy court
approval, which may not be given.
Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code may preclude the secured party
from obtaining relief from the automatic stay in order to
foreclose upon the equity if the debtor provides adequate
protection. The meaning of the term adequate protection
varies according to circumstances, but it is generally intended
to protect the value of the secured creditors interest in
the collateral from any diminution in the value of the
collateral as a result of the stay of repossession or the
disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during
the pendency of the bankruptcy case and may include, if approved
by the court, cash payments or the granting of additional
security. A bankruptcy court may determine that a secured
creditor may not require compensation for a diminution in the
value of its collateral if the value of the collateral exceeds
the debt it secures.
In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term
adequate protection and the broad discretionary
powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how
long payments under the notes could be delayed following
commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the
collateral agent could repossess or dispose of the collateral,
the value of the collateral at the time of the bankruptcy
filing, or whether or to what extent holders of the notes would
be compensated for any delay in payment or diminution in the
value of the collateral. The holders of the notes may receive in
exchange for their claims a recovery that could be substantially
less than the amount of their claims (potentially even nothing)
and any such recovery could be in
12
the form of cash, new debt instruments or some other security.
Furthermore, in the event the bankruptcy court determines that
the value of the collateral is not sufficient to repay all
amounts due on the notes, the holders of the notes would have an
undersecured claim, which means that they would have
a secured claim to the extent of the value of the collateral and
an unsecured claim for the difference. Applicable federal
bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or accrual of
post-petition interest, costs and attorneys fees for
undersecured claims during the debtors bankruptcy case.
If any of our subsidiaries commenced, or had commenced against
it, a bankruptcy proceeding (but we had not commenced a
bankruptcy proceeding), the plan of reorganization of such
subsidiary could result in the cancellation of our equity
interests in such subsidiary and the issuance of the equity in
the subsidiary to the creditors of such subsidiary in
satisfaction of their claims. At any time, a majority of the
assets of Spectrum Brands are pledged as collateral for the
Spectrum loan agreements. In a bankruptcy or liquidation,
noteholders will only receive value from the equity interests
pledged to secure the notes after payment of all debt
obligations of Spectrum Brands, Spectrum Brands Holdings and our
other subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes.
Foreclosure
on the stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings pledged as collateral
would constitute a change of control under the agreements
governing Spectrum Brands debt.
If the collateral agent were to exercise remedies and foreclose
on a sufficient amount of the stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings
pledged as collateral for the notes, the foreclosure could
constitute a change of control under the agreements governing
Spectrum Brands debt. Under the Spectrum Brands Term Loan
and the Spectrum Brands ABL Facility, a change of control is an
event of default and, if a change of control were to occur,
Spectrum Brands would be required to get an amendment to these
agreements to avoid a default. If Spectrum Brands was unable to
get such an amendment, the lenders could accelerate the maturity
of each of the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands
ABL Facility. In addition, under the indentures governing
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes and Spectrum Brands Senior
Subordinated Toggle Notes, upon a change of control Spectrum
Brands is required to offer to repurchase such notes from the
holders at a price equal to 101% of principal amount of the
notes plus accrued interest. If Spectrum Brands was unable to
make the change of control offer, it would be an event of
default under the indentures that could allow holders of such
notes to accelerate the maturity of the notes. In the event the
lenders under the Spectrum loan agreements or holders of
Spectrum Brands notes exercised remedies in connection
with a default, their claims to Spectrum Brands assets
will have priority over any claims of the holders of the notes.
Perfection
of security interests in some of the collateral may not occur
and, as such, holders of the notes may lose the benefit of such
security interests to the extent a default should occur prior to
such perfection or if such security interest is perfected during
the period immediately preceding our bankruptcy or insolvency or
the bankruptcy or insolvency of any guarantor.
Under the terms of the indenture, if any collateral is not
automatically subject to a perfected security interest, then,
promptly after the acquisition of such collateral, we will be
required to provide security over such collateral. However,
perfection of such security interests may not occur immediately.
If a default should occur prior to the perfection of such
security interests, holders of the notes may not benefit from
such security interests.
In addition, if perfection of such security interests were to
occur during a period shortly preceding our bankruptcy or
insolvency or the bankruptcy or insolvency of any guarantor,
such security interests may be subject to categorization as a
preference and holders of the notes may lose the benefit of such
security interests. In addition, applicable law requires that a
security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can
only be properly perfected and its priority retained through
certain actions undertaken by the secured party. The liens in
the collateral securing the notes may not be perfected with
respect to the claims of the notes if the collateral agent is
not able to take the actions necessary to perfect any of these
liens. The trustee or the collateral agent may not monitor, or
we may not inform the trustee or the collateral agent of, the
future acquisition of property and rights that constitute
collateral, and necessary action may not be taken to properly
perfect the security interest in such after-acquired collateral.
Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent has an obligation
to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that
constitute collateral or the perfection
13
of any security interest in favor of the notes against third
parties. Such failure may result in the loss of the security
interest therein or the priority of the security interest in
favor of the notes against third parties.
There
are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the notes
under which the collateral securing the notes will be released
automatically, without your consent or the consent of the
trustee.
Under various circumstances, collateral securing the notes and
guarantees, if any, will be released automatically, including:
|
|
|
|
|
upon payment in full of the principal, interest and all other
obligations on the notes or a discharge or defeasance thereof;
|
|
|
|
with respect to collateral held by a guarantor (if any), upon
the release of such guarantor from its guarantee; and
|
|
|
|
a disposition of such collateral to any person other than to us
or a guarantor in a transaction that is permitted by the
indenture; provided that, except in the case of any
disposition of cash equivalents in the ordinary course of
business, upon such disposition and after giving effect thereto,
no default shall have occurred and be continuing, and we would
be in compliance with the covenants set forth under
Description of Notes Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Liquidity, and
Description of Notes Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage (calculated as if the disposition date was a
fiscal quarter-end).
|
See Description of Notes Security
Release of Liens.
The
value of collateral may not be sufficient to repay the notes in
full.
The value of our collateral in the event of liquidation will
depend on many factors. In particular, the equity interests of
our subsidiaries that is pledged only has value to the extent
that the assets of such subsidiaries are worth more than the
liabilities of such subsidiaries (and, in a bankruptcy or
liquidation, will only receive value after payment upon all such
liabilities, including all debt of such subsidiaries).
Consequently, liquidating the collateral may not produce
proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay any amounts due on the
notes. The fair market value of the collateral is subject to
fluctuations based on factors that include, among others,
prevailing interest rates, the ability to sell the collateral in
an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability
of buyers and similar factors. The amount to be received upon a
sale of the collateral would be dependent on numerous factors,
including the actual fair market value of the collateral at such
time and the timing and the manner of the sale. By its nature,
the collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily
ascertainable market value. In the event of a foreclosure,
liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, we cannot assure
you that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the
collateral will be sufficient to pay our obligations under the
notes. Any claim for the difference between the amount, if any,
realized by holders of the notes from the sale of collateral
securing the notes and the obligations under the notes will rank
equally in right of payment with all of our other unsecured
senior debt and other unsubordinated obligations, including
trade payables. To the extent that third parties establish liens
on the collateral such third parties could have rights and
remedies with respect to the assets subject to such liens that,
if exercised, could adversely affect the value of the collateral
or the ability of the collateral agent or the holders of the
notes to realize or foreclose on the collateral. We may also
issue additional notes as described above or otherwise incur
obligations which would be secured by the collateral, the effect
of which would be to increase the amount of debt secured equally
and ratably by the collateral. The ability of the holders to
realize on the collateral may also be subject to certain
bankruptcy law limitations in the event of a bankruptcy. See
The ability of the collateral agent to
foreclose on the equity of our subsidiaries may be limited
above.
We
will in most cases have control over the
collateral.
So long as no event of default shall have occurred and be
continuing, and subject to certain terms and conditions, we will
be entitled to exercise any voting and other consensual rights
pertaining to all equity interests in our subsidiaries pledged
pursuant to the security and pledge agreement and to remain in
possession and retain exclusive control over the collateral
(other than as set forth in the security and pledge agreement)
and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon.
14
Our
significant indebtedness could adversely affect our financial
health and prevent us from fulfilling our
obligations.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of
September 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, our total
outstanding indebtedness (excluding the indebtedness of our
subsidiaries) was $350 million and our subsidiaries had, on
a pro forma basis, approximately $2.8 billion of
indebtedness. Our significant indebtedness could have material
consequences. For example, it could:
|
|
|
|
|
make it difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect
to the notes and any other outstanding future debt obligations;
|
|
|
|
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and
industry conditions or a downturn in our business;
|
|
|
|
impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future
for working capital, investments, acquisitions and other general
corporate purposes;
|
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows
to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness,
thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund
working capital, investments, acquisitions and other general
corporate purposes; and
|
|
|
|
place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have
less indebtedness.
|
Any of these risks could impact our ability to fund our
operations or limit our ability to expand our business, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Our ability to make payments on the notes will depend upon the
future performance of our operating subsidiaries and the ability
to generate cash flow in the future, which are subject to
general economic, financial, competitive, legislative,
regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. We
cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow
from our operating subsidiaries, or that future borrowings will
be available to us, in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay
the notes or to fund our other liquidity needs. If the cash flow
from our operating subsidiaries is insufficient, we may take
actions, such as delaying or reducing investments or
acquisitions, attempting to restructure or refinance our
indebtedness prior to maturity, selling assets or operations or
seeking additional equity capital to supplement cash flow. Any
or all of these actions may be insufficient to allow us to
service the notes. Further, we may be unable to take any of
these actions on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
We may
and our subsidiaries may incur substantially more indebtedness.
This could exacerbate the risks associated with our
leverage.
Subject to the limitations set forth in the indenture, we and
our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness (including
additional first-lien obligations) in the future. If we incur
any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the notes,
the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to share
ratably with the holders of the notes in any proceeds
distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation,
reorganization, dissolution or other
winding-up
of us. If we incur additional secured indebtedness, the holders
of such indebtedness will share equally and ratably in the
collateral. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of
proceeds paid to holders of the notes. If new indebtedness is
added to our current levels of indebtedness, the related risks
that we now face, including our possible inability to service
our debt, could intensify.
Covenants
in the indenture limit, and other future debt agreements may
limit, our ability to operate our business.
The indenture contains, and any of our other future debt
agreements may contain, covenants imposing operating and
financial restrictions on our business. The indenture requires
us to satisfy certain financial tests, including minimum
liquidity and collateral coverage ratios. If we fail to meet or
satisfy any of these covenants (after applicable cure periods),
we would be in default and noteholders (through the trustee or
collateral agent, as applicable) could elect to declare all
amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable, enforce
their
15
interests in the collateral pledged and restrict our ability to
make additional borrowings. These agreements may also contain
cross-default provisions, so that if a default occurs under any
one agreement, the lenders under the other agreements could also
declare a default. The covenants and restrictions in the
indenture, subject to specified exceptions, restrict our, and in
certain cases, our subsidiaries ability to, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
create liens or engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock;
|
|
|
|
make certain restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
sell assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an
arms-length basis; or
|
|
|
|
consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all of our
assets to, another person.
|
These restrictions may interfere with our ability to obtain
financings or to engage in other business activities, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, liquidity and results of operations. See
Description of Notes. These restrictions also may
interfere with our ability to make payments on the notes.
We may
be unable to repurchase the notes upon a change of
control.
Under the indenture, each holder of notes may require us to
repurchase all of such holders notes at a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if certain change of control
events occur. However, it is possible that we will not have
sufficient funds when required under the indenture to make the
required repurchase of the notes, especially because such events
will likely be a change of control under our subsidiaries
debt documents as well. If we fail to repurchase notes in that
circumstance, we will be in default under the indenture. If we
are required to repurchase a significant portion of the notes,
we may require third party financing as such funds may otherwise
only be available to us through a distribution by our
subsidiaries to us. We cannot be sure that we would be able to
obtain third party financing on acceptable terms, or at all, or
obtain such funds through distributions from our subsidiaries.
An
active public market may not develop for the notes, which may
hinder your ability to liquidate your investment.
The notes are a new issue of securities with no established
trading market, and we do not intend to list them on any
securities exchange or to seek approval for quotations through
any automated quotation system. The initial purchasers have
advised us that they intend to make a market in the notes, but
the initial purchasers are not obligated to do so. The initial
purchasers may discontinue any market making in the notes at any
time, in their sole discretion. We therefore cannot assure you
that:
|
|
|
|
|
a liquid market for the notes will develop;
|
|
|
|
you will be able to sell your notes; or
|
|
|
|
you will receive any specific price upon any sale of the notes.
|
We also cannot assure you as to the level of liquidity of the
trading market for the notes, if one does develop. If a public
market for the notes does develop, the notes could trade at
prices that may be higher or lower than their principal amount
or purchase price, depending on many factors, including
prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes and our
financial performance. If no active trading market develops, you
may not be able to resell your notes at their fair market value
or at all.
16
The
exchange notes should be treated as issued with original issue
discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Because the initial notes were issued with original issue
discount, the exchange notes should be treated as issued with
original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Thus, U.S. Holders (as defined in
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations) will be
required to include such original issue discount in gross income
(as ordinary income) for U.S. federal income tax purposes
as it accrues, in accordance with a constant yield method based
on a compounding of interest, before the receipt of cash
payments attributable to this income and regardless of the
U.S. Holders method of tax accounting. See
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.
If a
bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us, holders of the
notes may receive a lesser amount for their claim than they
would have been entitled to receive under the
indenture.
If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us under the
Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the notes, the claim by
any holder of the notes for the principal amount of the notes
may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of:
|
|
|
|
|
the original issue price for the notes; and
|
|
|
|
that portion of the original issue discount, if any, that does
not constitute unmatured interest for purposes of
the Bankruptcy Code.
|
Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of the
date of the bankruptcy filing would constitute unmatured
interest. Accordingly, holders of the notes under these
circumstances may receive a lesser amount than they would be
entitled to under the terms of the indenture, even if sufficient
funds are available.
Risks
Related to the Exchange Offer
The
issuance of the exchange notes may adversely affect the market
for the initial notes.
To the extent the initial notes are tendered and accepted in the
exchange offer, the trading market for the untendered and
tendered but unaccepted initial notes could be adversely
affected. Because we anticipate that most holders of the initial
notes will elect to exchange their initial notes for exchange
notes due to the absence of restrictions on the resale of
exchange notes under the Securities Act, we anticipate that the
liquidity of the market for any initial notes remaining after
the completion of the exchange offer may be substantially
limited. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Your Failure to Participate
in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences.
Some
persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a
prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange
notes.
Based on interpretations of the Staff of the SEC contained in
Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter
(April 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC
no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and
Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter
(July 2, 1983), we believe that you may offer for resale,
resell or otherwise transfer the exchange notes without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some instances
described in this prospectus under Plan of
Distribution, you will remain obligated to comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act to transfer your exchange notes. In these cases,
if you transfer any exchange note without delivering a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or
without an exemption from registration of your exchange notes
under the Securities Act, you may incur liability under the
Securities Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify you
against, this liability.
17
Risks
Related to HGI
We may
not be successful in identifying any additional suitable
acquisition or investment opportunities.
The successful implementation of our business strategy depends
on our ability to identify and consummate suitable acquisitions
or other investment opportunities. However, to date we have only
been able to identify a limited number of such opportunities.
There is no assurance that we will be successful in identifying
or consummating any additional suitable acquisitions and certain
acquisition opportunities may be limited or prohibited by
applicable regulatory regimes. Even if we do complete another
acquisition or business combination, there is no assurance that
it will be successful in enhancing our business or our financial
condition. In addition, the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and
other acquisitions could divert a substantial amount of our
management time and may be difficult for us to integrate, which
could adversely affect managements ability to identify and
consummate other investment opportunities. The failure to
identify or successfully integrate future acquisitions and
investment opportunities could have a material adverse affect on
our results of operations and financial condition and our
ability to service our debt.
Because
we face significant competition for acquisition and investment
opportunities, including from numerous companies with a business
plan similar to ours, it may be difficult for us to fully
execute our business strategy.
We expect to encounter intense competition for acquisition and
investment opportunities from both strategic investors and other
entities having a business objective similar to ours, such as
private investors (which may be individuals or investment
partnerships), blank check companies, and other entities,
domestic and international, competing for the type of businesses
that we may intend to acquire. Many of these competitors possess
greater technical, human and other resources, or more local
industry knowledge, or greater access to capital, than we do and
our financial resources will be relatively limited when
contrasted with those of many of these competitors. These
factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in
successfully completing future acquisitions and investments.
In addition, while we believe that there are numerous target
businesses that we could potentially acquire or invest in, our
ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain
target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our
available financial resources. This inherent competitive
limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing acquisition and
investment opportunities.
Future
acquisitions or investments could involve unknown risks that
could harm our business and adversely affect our financial
condition.
We expect to become a diversified holding company with interests
in a variety of industries and market sectors. The Spectrum
Brands Acquisition and future acquisitions that we consummate
will involve unknown risks, some of which will be particular to
the industry in which the acquisition target operates. We may be
unable to adequately address the financial, legal and
operational risks raised by such acquisitions, especially if we
are unfamiliar with the industry in which we invest. The
realization of any unknown risks could prevent or limit us from
realizing the projected benefits of the acquisitions, which
could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. In
addition, our financial condition, results of operations and the
ability to service our debt, including the notes, will be
subject to the specific risks applicable to any company in which
we invest.
Changes
in our investment portfolio will likely increase our risk of
loss.
Because our investments in U.S. Government instruments
continue to generate nominal returns, we are exploring
alternatives (which could include the use of leverage) that
could generate higher returns while we search for acquisition
opportunities. Any such change in our investment portfolio will
likely result in a higher risk of loss to us. The indenture does
not generally limit the investments we are permitted to make.
18
There
can be no assurance that our due diligence investigations will
identify every matter that could have a material adverse effect
on our company.
We intend to conduct extensive business, financial and legal due
diligence in connection with the evaluation of future
acquisition and investment opportunities. However, there can be
no assurance that our due diligence investigations will identify
every matter that could have a material adverse effect on the
acquisition or investment target. Accordingly, there may be
matters involving the business and operations of investment
targets that we do not identify during our due diligence. To the
extent we consummate any acquisition or investment and any of
these issues arise, the business and operations of the
investment target could be adversely affected, which in turn
could adversely affect our results of operations, financial
condition and liquidity.
We
could consume resources in researching acquisition or investment
targets that are not consummated, which could materially
adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or
invest in another business.
We anticipate that the investigation of each specific
acquisition or investment target and the negotiation, drafting,
and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and
other instruments will require substantial management time and
attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and
other advisors. If a decision is made not to consummate a
specific business combination, the costs incurred up to that
point for the proposed transaction likely would not be
recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached
relating to a specific acquisition or investment target, we may
fail to consummate the investment or acquisition for any number
of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any such event
will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which
could adversely affect our financial position and our ability to
consummate other acquisitions and investments.
We may
be unable to obtain additional financing to consummate future
investments or acquisitions or to fund the operations and growth
of an investment or acquisition, which could compel us to
restructure the transaction or abandon a particular investment
or acquisition.
We will likely need to obtain additional financing in order to
consummate future acquisitions and investment opportunities. We
cannot assure you that any additional financing will be
available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. This risk is
exacerbated by the volatility the global credit markets have
experienced over the past several years. To the extent that
additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to
consummate a particular investment or acquisition, we may be
compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon the
investment or acquisition. In addition, if we consummate an
acquisition or investment, the company we acquire or invest in
may require additional financing to fund continuing operations
and/or
growth. The failure by such company to secure additional
financing if required could have a material adverse effect on
the results of operations of such business, which in turn could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or
financial condition.
Our
investments in any future joint investment could be adversely
affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our
reliance on a partners financial condition and disputes
between us and our partners.
We may in the future co-invest with third parties through
partnerships or joint investment in an investment or acquisition
target or other entities. In such circumstances, we may not be
in a position to exercise significant decision-making authority
regarding a target business, partnership or other entity if we
do not own a substantial majority of the equity interests of the
target. These investments may involve risks not present were a
third party not involved, including the possibility that
partners might become insolvent or fail to fund their share of
required capital contributions. In addition, partners may have
economic or other business interests or goals that are
inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in
a position to take actions contrary to our policies or
objectives. Such partners may also seek similar acquisition
targets as us and we may be in competition with them for such
business combination targets. Disputes between us and partners
may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our
costs and expenses and divert a substantial
19
amount of our managements time and effort away from our
business. Consequently, actions by, or disputes with, partners
might result in subjecting assets owned by the partnership to
additional risk. We may also, in certain circumstances, be
liable for the actions of our third-party partners. For example,
in the future we may agree to guarantee indebtedness incurred by
a partnership or other entity. Such a guarantee may be on a
joint and several basis with our partner in which case we may be
liable in the event such party defaults on its guaranty
obligation.
There
may be tax consequences associated with our acquisition,
investment, holding and disposition of target companies and
assets.
We may incur significant taxes in connection with effecting
acquisitions or investments, holding, receiving payments from,
and operating target companies and assets and disposing of
target companies or their assets.
In
addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we may make other
significant investments in publicly traded companies. Changes in
the market prices of the securities we own, particularly during
times of volatility in security prices, can have a material
impact on the value of our company portfolio.
In addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we may make
other significant investments in publicly traded companies. We
will either consolidate our investments and subsidiaries or
report such investments under the equity method of accounting.
Changes in the market prices of the publicly traded securities
of these entities could have a material impact on an
investors perception of the aggregate value of our company
portfolio and on the value of the assets we can pledge to
creditors for debt financing, which in turn could adversely
affect our ability to incur additional debt or finance future
acquisitions.
Our
ability to dispose of equity interests we acquire may be limited
by restrictive stockholder agreements and by the federal
securities laws.
When we acquire less than 100% of the equity interests of a
company, our investment may be illiquid and we may be subject to
restrictive terms of agreements with other equityholders. For
instance, our investment in Spectrum Brands Holdings is subject
to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, which may
adversely affect our flexibility in managing our investment in
Spectrum Brands Holdings. In addition, the shares of Spectrum
Brands Holdings we received in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
are not registered under the Securities Act and are, and any
other securities we acquire may be, restricted securities under
the Securities Act and our ability to sell such securities could
be limited to sales pursuant to: (i) an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act covering the
resale of those securities, (ii) Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, which, among other things, requires a specified
holding period and limits the manner and volume of sales, or
(iii) another applicable exemption under the Securities
Act. The inability to efficiently sell restricted securities
when desired or necessary may have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition and liquidity, which could adversely
affect our ability to service our debt.
Any
potential acquisition or investment in a foreign company or a
company with significant foreign operations, such as Spectrum
Brands Holdings, may subject us to additional
risks.
If we acquire or invest in a foreign business or other companies
with significant foreign operations, such as Spectrum Brands
Holdings, we will be subject to risks inherent in business
operations outside of the United States. These risks
include, for example, currency fluctuations, complex foreign
regulatory regimes, punitive tariffs, unstable local tax
policies, trade embargoes, risks related to shipment of raw
materials and finished goods across national borders,
restrictions on the movement of funds across national borders
and cultural and language differences. If realized, some of
these risks may have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and liquidity, and can have an adverse
effect on our ability to service our debt. For risks related to
Spectrum Brands Holdings, see Annex A hereto.
20
The
Harbinger Parties hold a majority of our outstanding common
stock and have interests which may conflict with interests of
our other stockholders and holders of the notes. As a result of
this ownership, we are a controlled company within
the meaning of the NYSE rules and are exempt from certain
corporate governance requirements.
The Harbinger Parties beneficially own shares of our outstanding
common stock that collectively constitute more than 90% of our
total voting power and, subject to the provisions of our
organizational documents, the Harbinger Parties would be able to
effect a short-form merger to acquire 100% of our common stock.
Because of this, the Harbinger Parties exercise a controlling
influence over our business and affairs and have the power to
determine all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders,
including the election of directors, the removal of directors,
and approval of significant corporate transactions such as
amendments to our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, mergers and the sale of all or substantially all
of our assets. Moreover, a majority of the members of our board
of directors were nominated by and are affiliated with or are or
were previously employed by the Harbinger Parties or their
affiliates. The Harbinger Parties could cause corporate actions
to be taken even if the interests of these entities conflict
with or are not aligned with the interests of our other
stockholders and holders of the notes.
Because of our ownership structure, described above, we qualify
for, and rely upon, the controlled company exception
to the board of directors and committee composition requirements
under the rules of the NYSE (the NYSE rules).
Pursuant to this exception, we are exempt from rules that would
otherwise require that our board of directors be comprised of a
majority of independent directors (as defined under
the NYSE rules), and that any compensation committee and
corporate governance and nominating committee be comprised
solely of independent directors, so long as the
Harbinger Parties continue to own more than 50% of our combined
voting power.
We are
dependent on certain key personnel and our affiliation with
Harbinger Capital; business activities and other matters that
affect Harbinger Capital could adversely affect our ability to
execute our business strategy.
We are dependent upon the skills, experience and efforts of
Philip A. Falcone, Peter A. Jenson and Francis T. McCarron, our
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer,
our Chief Operating Officer and our Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, respectively. Mr. Falcone is the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of
Harbinger Capital and has significant influence over the
acquisition opportunities HGI reviews. Mr. Falcone may be
deemed to be an indirect beneficial owner of the shares of our
common stock owned by the Harbinger Parties. Accordingly,
Mr. Falcone may exert significant influence over all
matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the
election or removal of directors and stockholder approval of
acquisitions or other investment transactions. Mr. Jenson
is the Chief Operating Officer of Harbinger Capital and of HGI.
Mr. McCarron is currently our only permanent, full-time
executive officer. Mr. McCarron is responsible for
integrating our financial reporting with Spectrum Brands
Holdings and any other businesses we acquire. The loss of
Mr. Falcone, Mr. Jenson or Mr. McCarron or other
key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our
business or operating results.
Under the terms of our management agreement with Harbinger
Capital, Harbinger Capital assists us in identifying potential
acquisitions. Mr. Falcones and Harbinger
Capitals reputation and access to acquisition candidates
is therefore important to our strategy of identifying
acquisition opportunities. While we expect that Mr. Falcone
and other Harbinger Capital personnel will devote a portion of
their time to our business, they are not required to commit
their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time
between our operations and their other commitments in their
discretion.
Harbinger Capital and its affiliates have historically been
involved in miscellaneous corporate litigation related to
transactions or the protection and advancement of some of their
investments, such as litigation over satisfaction of closing
conditions or litigation related to proxy contests and tender
offers. These actions arise from the investing activities of
Harbinger Capital and its affiliates conducted in the ordinary
course of their business and do not arise from any allegations
of misconduct asserted by investors in the funds against the
21
firm or its personnel. Currently, affiliates of Harbinger
Capital are defendants in one such action filed by Nacco, Inc.,
concerning the acquisition by the Harbinger Parties of Applica,
Inc., in November 2006.
In addition, Harbinger Capital and its affiliates routinely
cooperate with governmental and regulatory examinations,
information-gathering requests (including informal requests,
subpoenas, and orders seeking documents, testimony, and other
information), and investigations and proceedings (both formal
and informal). Harbinger Capital and its affiliates are
currently cooperating with investigations with respect to
particular investments and trading in securities of particular
issuers, including investigations by the Department of Justice
and the SEC that appear to relate primarily to a loan made by
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., to
Philip Falcone in October 2009. Harbinger Capital
and/or its
affiliates or investment funds are not currently parties to any
litigation or formal enforcement proceeding brought by any
governmental or regulatory authority.
If Mr. Falcones and Harbinger Capitals other
business interests or legal matters require them to devote more
substantial amounts of time to those businesses or legal
matters, it could limit their ability to devote time to our
affairs and could have a negative effect on our ability to
execute our business strategy. Moreover, their unrelated
business activities or legal matters could present challenges
which could not only affect the amount of business time that
they are able to dedicate to our affairs, but also affect their
ability to help us identify, acquire and integrate acquisition
candidates.
Our
officers, directors, stockholders and their respective
affiliates may have a pecuniary interest in certain transactions
in which we are involved, and may also compete with
us.
We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our
directors, officers, stockholders or affiliates from having a
direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any investment to be
acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we
are a party or have an interest. Nor do we have a policy that
expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own
account in business activities of the types conducted by us.
Accordingly, such parties may have an interest in certain
transactions such as strategic partnerships or joint ventures in
which we are involved, and may also compete with us.
In the
course of their other business activities, our officers and
directors may become aware of investment and acquisition
opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to our
company as well as the other entities with which they are
affiliated. Our officers and directors may have conflicts of
interest in determining to which entity a particular business
opportunity should be presented.
Our officers and directors may become aware of business
opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as
well as the other entities with which they are or may be
affiliated. Due to our officers and directors
existing affiliations with other entities, they may have
fiduciary obligations to present potential business
opportunities to those entities in addition to presenting them
to us which could cause additional conflicts of interest. For
instance, Messrs. Falcone and Jenson may be required to
present investment opportunities to the Harbinger Parties.
Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining
to which entity a particular business opportunity should be
presented. To the extent that our officers and directors
identify business combination opportunities that may be suitable
for entities to which they have pre-existing fiduciary
obligations, or are presented with such opportunities in their
capacities as fiduciaries to such entities, they may be required
to honor their pre-existing fiduciary obligations to such
entities. Accordingly, they may not present business combination
opportunities to us that otherwise may be attractive to such
entities unless the other entities have declined to accept such
opportunities.
We
will need to increase the size of our organization, and may
experience difficulties in managing growth.
At the parent company level, we do not have significant
operating assets and have only 8 employees as of January 14,
2011. In connection with the completion of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, and particularly if we proceed with other
acquisitions or investments, we expect to require additional
personnel and enhanced information technology systems. Future
growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members
of
22
our management, including the need to identify, recruit,
maintain and integrate additional employees and implement
enhanced informational technology systems. Our future financial
performance and our ability to compete effectively will depend,
in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively.
Future growth will also increase our costs and expenses and
limit our liquidity.
Agreements
and transactions involving former subsidiaries may give rise to
future claims that could materially adversely impact our capital
resources.
Throughout our history, we have entered into numerous
transactions relating to the sale, disposal or spinoff of
partially and wholly owned subsidiaries. We may have continuing
obligations pursuant to certain of these transactions, including
obligations to indemnify other parties to agreements, and may be
subject to risks resulting from these transactions. For example,
in 2005, we were notified by Weatherford International Inc.
(Weatherford) of a claim for reimbursement in
connection with the investigation and cleanup of purported
environmental contamination at two properties formerly owned by
one of our non-operating subsidiaries. The claim was made under
an indemnification provision given by us to Weatherford in a
1995 asset purchase agreement. There can be no assurance that we
will avoid costs and expenses in excess of our reserves in
connection with any continuing obligation. If we were to incur
any such costs and expenses, our results of operations,
financial position and liquidity could be materially adversely
affected.
From
time to time we may be subject to litigation for which we may be
unable to accurately assess our level of exposure and which, if
adversely determined, may have a material adverse effect on our
consolidated financial condition or results of
operations.
We and our subsidiaries are or may become parties to legal
proceedings that are considered to be either ordinary or routine
litigation incidental to our or their current or prior
businesses or not material to our consolidated financial
position or liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will
prevail in any litigation in which we or our subsidiaries may
become involved, or that our or their insurance coverage will be
adequate to cover any potential losses. To the extent that we or
our subsidiaries sustain losses from any pending litigation
which are not reserved or otherwise provided for or insured
against, our business, results of operations, cash flows
and/or
financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
HGI is a nominal defendant, and the members of our board of
directors are named as defendants in a derivative action filed
in December 2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of
Chancery. The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition is financially unfair to HGI and its public
stockholders and seeks unspecified damages and the rescission of
the transaction. We believe the allegations are without merit
and intend to vigorously defend this matter.
We may
suffer adverse consequences if we are deemed an investment
company under the Investment Company Act and we may be required
to incur significant costs to avoid investment company status
and our activities may be restricted.
We hold substantially all of our assets in cash, cash
equivalents and investments in U.S. Government Agency and
Treasury securities and in the common stock of Spectrum Brands
Holdings. In addition, we have not held, and do not hold,
ourself out as an investment company. We have been conducting a
good faith search for additional merger or acquisition
candidates, and have repeatedly and publicly disclosed our
intention to acquire additional businesses. We believe that we
are not an investment company under the Investment Company Act
of 1940 (the Investment Company Act). The Investment
Company Act contains substantive legal requirements that
regulate the manner in which investment companies are permitted
to conduct their business activities. If the SEC or a court were
to disagree with us, we could be required to register as an
investment company. This would negatively affect our ability to
consummate an acquisition of an operating company, subject us to
disclosure and accounting guidance geared toward investment,
rather than operating, companies; limit our ability to borrow
money, issue options, issue multiple classes of stock and debt,
and engage in transactions with affiliates; and require us to
undertake significant costs and expenses to meet the disclosure
and regulatory requirements to which we would be subject as a
registered investment company.
23
In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the
Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exemption,
we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other
than investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in
securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and that
we do not own or acquire investment securities
having a value exceeding 40% of the value of our total assets
(exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on
an unconsolidated basis.
Rule 3a-1
of the Investment Company Act provides an exemption from
registration as an investment company if a company meets both an
asset and an income test and is not otherwise primarily engaged
in an investment company business by, among other things,
holding itself out to the public as such or by taking
controlling interests in companies with a view to realizing
profits through subsequent sales of these interests. A company
satisfies the asset test of
Rule 3a-1
if it has no more than 45% of the value of its total assets
(adjusted to exclude U.S. Government securities and cash)
in the form of securities other than interests in majority-owned
subsidiaries and companies which it primarily and actively
controls. A company satisfies the income test of
Rule 3a-1
if it has derived no more than 45% of its net income for its
last four fiscal quarters combined from securities other than
interests in majority owned subsidiaries and primarily
controlled companies.
We may
be subject to an additional tax as a personal holding company on
future undistributed personal holding company income if we
generate passive income in excess of operating
expenses.
Section 541 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code), subjects a corporation which is
a personal holding company (PHC), as
defined in the Code, to a 15% tax on undistributed
personal holding company income in addition to the
corporations normal income tax. Generally, undistributed
personal holding company income is based on taxable income,
subject to certain adjustments, most notably a deduction for
federal income taxes and a modification of the usual net
operating loss deduction. Personal holding company income
(PHC Income) is comprised primarily of passive
investment income plus, under certain circumstances, personal
service income. A corporation generally is considered to be a
PHC if (i) at least 60% of its adjusted ordinary gross
income is PHC Income and (ii) more than 50% in value of its
outstanding common stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by
five or fewer individuals (including, for this purpose, certain
organizations and trusts) at any time during the last half of
the taxable year.
We did not incur a PHC tax for the 2009 fiscal year, because we
had a sufficiently large net operating loss for that fiscal
year. We also had a net operating loss for the 2010 fiscal year.
However, so long as the Harbinger Funds hold more than 50% in
value of our outstanding common stock at any time during any
future tax year, it is possible that we will be considered a PHC
if at least 60% of our adjusted ordinary gross income consists
of PHC Income as discussed above. Thus, there can be no
assurance that we will not be subject to this tax in the future,
which, in turn, may materially adversely impact our financial
position, results of operations, cash flows and liquidity, which
in turn could adversely affect our ability to make debt service
payments on the notes. In addition, if we are subject to this
tax during future periods, statutory tax rate increases could
significantly increase tax expense and adversely affect
operating results and cash flows. Specifically, the current 15%
tax rate on undistributed PHC Income is scheduled to expire at
the end of 2012, so that, absent a statutory change, the rate
will revert back to the highest individual ordinary income rate
of 39.6% for taxable years beginning after December 31,
2012.
Section 404
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to document and
test our internal controls over financial reporting and to
report on our assessment as to the effectiveness of these
controls. Any delays or difficulty in satisfying these
requirements or negative reports concerning our internal
controls could adversely affect our future results of operations
and financial condition.
We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls
that need improvement, particularly with respect to acquired
businesses and businesses that we may acquire in the future. We
cannot be certain that any remedial measures we take will ensure
that we implement and maintain adequate internal controls over
our financial reporting processes and reporting in the future.
Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or
difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our
operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting
obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective
internal controls over financial reporting, or if our
independent registered public accounting firm is unable to
provide us with
24
an unqualified report regarding the effectiveness of our
internal controls over financial reporting as required by
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, investors
could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial
statements. Failure to comply with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could potentially subject us to
sanctions or investigations by the SEC, or other regulatory
authorities. In addition, failure to comply with our SEC
reporting obligations may cause an event of default to occur
under the indenture, or similar instruments governing any debt
we incur in the future.
Our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q/A
for the period ended September 30, 2009 stated that we
did not maintain effective controls over the application and
monitoring of our accounting for income taxes. Specifically, we
did not have controls designed and in place to ensure the
accuracy and completeness of financial information provided by
third party tax advisors used in accounting for income taxes and
the determination of deferred income tax assets and the related
income tax provision and the review and evaluation of the
application of generally accepted accounting principles relating
to accounting for income taxes. This control deficiency resulted
in the restatement of our unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements for the quarter ended September 30,
2009. Accordingly, we determined that this control deficiency
constituted a material weakness as of September 30, 2009.
As of the period ended December 31, 2009, we concluded that
our ongoing remediation efforts resulted in control enhancements
which had operated for an adequate period of time to demonstrate
operating effectiveness. Although we believe that this material
weakness has been remediated, there can be no assurance that
similar weaknesses will not occur in the future which could
adversely affect our future results of operations or financial
condition.
In addition, if we were to acquire a previously privately owned
company, we may incur significant additional costs in order to
ensure that after such acquisition we continue to comply with
the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other
public company requirements, which in turn would reduce our
earnings and negatively affect our liquidity. A target company
may not be in compliance with the provisions of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 regarding adequacy of their internal
controls and may not be otherwise set up for public company
reporting. The development of an adequate financial reporting
system and the internal controls of any such entity to achieve
compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may increase
the time and costs necessary to complete any business
combination. Furthermore, any failure to implement required new
or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the
implementation of adequate controls over our financial processes
and reporting in the future, could harm our operating results or
cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.
Risks
Related to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
We
have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial costs
associated with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, which will
reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for other
corporate purposes, and our financial results and liquidity may
be adversely affected.
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial
costs in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. These
costs will reduce the amount of cash otherwise available to us
for acquisitions and investments and other corporate purposes.
There is no assurance that the actual costs will not exceed our
estimates. We may incur additional material charges reflecting
additional costs associated with the our oversight of Spectrum
Brands and the integration of our financial reporting in fiscal
quarters subsequent to the quarter in which the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition was consummated.
The
pro forma financial statements presented are not necessarily
indicative of our future financial condition or results of
operations.
The pro forma financial statements contained in this prospectus
are presented for illustrative purposes only and may not be
indicative of our future financial condition or results of
operations. The pro forma financial statements have been derived
from the historical financial statements of our company and
Spectrum Brands Holdings, and many adjustments and assumptions
have been made regarding Spectrum Brands Holdings (giving effect
to the SB/RH Merger) and our company after giving effect to the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition. The information upon which these
adjustments and assumptions have been made is preliminary,
25
and these kinds of adjustments and assumptions are difficult to
make with complete accuracy. Moreover, the pro forma financial
statements do not reflect all costs that are expected to be
incurred by us in connection with the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition and by Spectrum Brands Holdings as a result of the
SB/RH Merger. For example, the impact of any incremental costs
incurred in integrating Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs and
integrating our financial reporting requirements with Spectrum
Brands is not reflected in the pro forma financial statements.
As a result, the actual financial condition and results of
operations of our company following the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition may not be consistent with, or evident from, these
pro forma financial statements.
The assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial
information may not prove to be accurate, and other factors may
affect our future financial condition or results of operations.
Any potential decline in our financial condition or results of
operations could adversely affect our liquidity and ability to
make interest or principal payments on the notes.
There
can be no assurance that we have identified every matter that
could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands Holdings
or its subsidiaries.
Although we have conducted business, financial and legal due
diligence in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition,
there can be no assurance that due diligence has identified
every matter that could have a material adverse effect on
Spectrum Brands Holdings or its subsidiaries. Accordingly, there
may be matters involving either Spectrum Brands Holdings or its
subsidiaries and their respective operations that were not
identified during our due diligence. Any of these matters could
materially adversely affect our future financial condition.
26
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
We have made in this prospectus forward-looking statements that
are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements are
based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management and the
management of Spectrum Brands Holdings. Generally,
forward-looking statements include information concerning
possible or assumed future actions, events or results of
operations of our company. Forward-looking statements
specifically include, without limitation, the information
regarding: efficiencies/cost avoidance, cost savings, income and
margins, growth, economies of scale, combined operations, the
economy, future economic performance, conditions to, and the
timetable for, completing the integration of Spectrum Brands
Holdings financial reporting with ours, completing future
acquisitions and dispositions, litigation, potential and
contingent liabilities, managements plans, business
portfolios, changes in regulations and taxes.
Forward-looking statements may be preceded by, followed by or
include the words may, will,
believe, expect, anticipate,
intend, plan, estimate,
could, might, or continue or
the negative or other variations thereof or comparable
terminology.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance.
You should understand that the following important factors, in
addition to those discussed in the section captioned Risk
Factors and in Annex A, Risk Factors of Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc., could affect the future results of our
company, and could cause those results or other outcomes to
differ materially from those expressed or implied in the
forward-looking statements.
HGI
Important factors that could affect our future results, include,
without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our inability to successfully identify additional suitable
acquisition opportunities and future acquisitions potentially
involving various risks;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in fully executing our business strategy due to
significant competition for acquisition and investment
opportunities, including from numerous companies with a business
plan similar to ours;
|
|
|
|
various unknown risks and uncertainties that would result from
future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
the inability to obtain additional financing to consummate
future investments or acquisitions or to fund the operations and
growth of an investment or acquisition, which could compel us to
restructure the transaction or abandon a particular investment
or acquisition;
|
|
|
|
changes in the market prices of publicly traded equity interests
that we may acquire, particularly during times of volatility in
security prices, could impact the aggregate value of our company
portfolio and equity;
|
|
|
|
our ability to dispose of equity interests that we may acquire
may be limited by restrictive stockholder agreements and by
securities laws;
|
|
|
|
our principal stockholders hold a majority of our outstanding
common stock and have interests which may conflict with
interests of our stockholders and holders of the notes, and as a
result of this ownership, we are a controlled
company within the meaning of the NYSE rules and are
exempt from certain corporate governance requirements;
|
|
|
|
our dependence on certain key personnel;
|
|
|
|
our officers, directors, stockholders and their respective
affiliates may have a pecuniary interest in certain transactions
in which we are involved, and may also compete with us;
|
|
|
|
changes in our investment portfolio will likely increase our
risk of loss and subject us to additional risks;
|
|
|
|
our ability to increase the size of our organization and manage
our growth;
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
we may suffer adverse consequences if we are deemed an
investment company and we may incur significant costs to avoid
investment company status;
|
|
|
|
we may be subject to an additional tax as a personal holding
company on future undistributed personal holding company income
if we generate passive income in excess of operating expenses;
|
|
|
|
agreements and transactions involving former subsidiaries may
give rise to future claims that could materially adversely
impact our capital resources;
|
|
|
|
our investments in any future joint investment could be
adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making
authority, our reliance on a partners financial condition
and disputes between us and our partners;
|
|
|
|
resources could be wasted in researching acquisition or
investment targets that are not consummated;
|
|
|
|
there may be tax consequences associated with our acquisition,
holding and disposition of target companies and assets;
|
|
|
|
litigation defense and settlement costs with respect to our
prior businesses may be material;
|
|
|
|
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us
to document and test our internal controls over financial
reporting and to report on our assessment as to the
effectiveness of these controls. Any delays or difficulty in
satisfying these requirements or negative reports concerning our
internal controls could adversely affect our future results of
operations;
|
|
|
|
we may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur
substantial debt, which may adversely affect our leverage and
financial condition; and
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully integrate Spectrum Brands
Holdings financial reporting with our financial reporting.
|
Spectrum
Brands Holdings
Spectrum Brands Holdings actual results or other outcomes
from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking
statements may be affected by a variety of important factors,
including, without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of Spectrum Brands substantial indebtedness on
its business, financial condition and results of operations;
|
|
|
|
the impact of restrictions in Spectrum Brands debt
instruments on its ability to operate its business, finance its
capital needs or pursue or expand business strategies;
|
|
|
|
any failure to comply with financial covenants and other
provisions and restrictions of Spectrum Brands debt
instruments;
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ability to successfully integrate the
business acquired in connection with the combination with
Russell Hobbs and achieve the expected synergies from that
integration at the expected costs;
|
|
|
|
the impact of expenses resulting from the implementation of new
business strategies, divestitures or current and proposed
restructuring activities;
|
|
|
|
the impact of fluctuations in commodity prices, costs or
availability of raw materials or terms and conditions available
from suppliers, including suppliers willingness to advance
credit;
|
|
|
|
interest rate and exchange rate fluctuations;
|
|
|
|
the loss of, or a significant reduction in, sales to a
significant retail customer(s);
|
|
|
|
competitive promotional activity or spending by competitors or
price reductions by competitors;
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
the introduction of new product features or technological
developments by competitors
and/or the
development of new competitors or competitive brands;
|
|
|
|
the effects of general economic conditions, including inflation,
recession or fears of a recession, depression or fears of a
depression, labor costs and stock market volatility or changes
in trade, monetary or fiscal policies in the countries where
Spectrum Brands does business;
|
|
|
|
changes in consumer spending preferences and demand for Spectrum
Brands products;
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ability to develop and successfully
introduce new products, protect its intellectual property and
avoid infringing the intellectual property of third parties;
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ability to successfully implement, achieve
and sustain manufacturing and distribution cost efficiencies and
improvements, and fully realize anticipated cost savings;
|
|
|
|
the cost and effect of unanticipated legal, tax or regulatory
proceedings or new laws or regulations (including environmental,
public health and consumer protection regulations);
|
|
|
|
public perception regarding the safety of Spectrum Brands
products, including the potential for environmental liabilities,
product liability claims, litigation and other claims;
|
|
|
|
the impact of pending or threatened litigation;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting policies applicable to Spectrum
Brands business;
|
|
|
|
government regulations;
|
|
|
|
the seasonal nature of sales of certain of Spectrum Brands
products;
|
|
|
|
the effects of climate change and unusual weather
activity; and
|
|
|
|
the effects of political or economic conditions, terrorist
attacks, acts of war or other unrest in international markets.
|
We also caution the reader that undue reliance should not be
placed on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of
the date of this prospectus. We do not undertake any duty or
responsibility to update any of these forward-looking statements
to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this
prospectus or to reflect actual outcomes.
THE
SPECTRUM BRANDS ACQUISITION
On June 16, 2010, Spectrum Brands Holdings completed the
SB/RH Merger pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
as of February 9, 2010, as amended, by and among Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands, Battery Merger
Corp. and Grill Merger Corp. (the Merger Agreement).
As a result of the completion of the SB/RH Merger, Russell Hobbs
became a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, Spectrum
Brands became a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands
Holdings and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands immediately
prior to the consummation of the SB/RH Merger received shares of
Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock in exchange for their
shares of Spectrum Brands common stock. Immediately prior to the
SB/RH Merger, the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 40.6% of
the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock and 100%
of the outstanding capital stock of Russell Hobbs and had an
outstanding term loan to Russell Hobbs. Upon the completion of
the SB/RH Merger, the stockholders of Spectrum Brands (other
than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock and
the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock. The Spectrum
Brands common stock was delisted from the NYSE and shares of
Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock were listed on the NYSE
under the ticker symbol SPB. Additional information
about Russell Hobbs, a subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, can be
found in HGIs Definitive Information Statement filed by
HGI with the SEC on November 5, 2010.
29
On January 7, 2011, we completed the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. As a result, the
Harbinger Parties contributed 27,756,905 shares of Spectrum
Brands Holdings common stock, or approximately 54.4% of the
outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, to us in
exchange for 119,909,829 newly issued shares of our common
stock. This exchange ratio of 4.32 to 1.00 was based on the
respective volume weighted average trading prices of our common
stock ($6.33) and Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock ($27.36)
on the NYSE for the 30 trading days from and including
July 2, 2010 to and including August 13, 2010, the day
we received the Harbinger Parties proposal for the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
After the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the
Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of our outstanding
shares of common stock and the Harbinger Parties and Harbinger
Capital together directly own approximately 12.7% of the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock.
Upon the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we
became a party to the existing Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of February 9, 2010 (the Spectrum Brands
Holdings Registration Rights Agreement), by and among the
Harbinger Parties, Spectrum Brands Holdings, and Avenue
International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue
Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations
Fund V, L.P. and Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P.
(the Avenue Parties). Under the Spectrum Brands
Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, we have certain demand
and piggy back registration rights with respect to
our shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock.
Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights
Agreement, we, the Harbinger Parties or the Avenue Parties may
demand that Spectrum Brands Holdings register all or a portion
of our or their respective shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings
common stock for sale under the Securities Act, so long as the
anticipated aggregate offering price of the securities to be
offered is (i) at least $30 million if registration is
to be effected pursuant to a registration statement on
Form S-1
or a similar long-form registration or (ii) at
least $5 million if registration is to be effected pursuant
to a registration statement on
Form S-3
or a similar short-form registration.
The Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement also
provides that if Spectrum Brands Holdings decides to register
shares of its common stock for its own account or the account of
a stockholder other than us, the Harbinger Parties and the
Avenue Parties (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
agreement), we, the Harbinger Parties or the Avenue Parties may
require Spectrum Brands Holdings to include all or a portion of
their shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock in the
registration and, to the extent the registration is in
connection with an underwritten public offering, to have such
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock included in the
offering.
Following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition,
we also became a party to the Spectrum Brands Holdings
Stockholder Agreement. Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings
Stockholder Agreement, the parties agree that, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands Holdings will maintain (i) a special
nominating committee of its board of directors (the
Special Nominating Committee) consisting of three
Independent Directors (as defined in the Spectrum Brands
Holdings Stockholder Agreement), (ii) a nominating and
corporate governance committee of its board of directors (the
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee) and
(iii) an Audit Committee in accordance with the NYSE rules;
|
|
|
|
for so long as we (together with our affiliates, including the
Harbinger Parties) own 40% or more of Spectrum Brands
Holdings outstanding voting securities, we will vote our
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock to effect the
structure of Spectrum Brands Holdings board of directors
described in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement
and to ensure that Spectrum Brands Holdings chief
executive officer is elected to its board of directors;
|
|
|
|
neither Spectrum Brands Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries
will be permitted to pay any monitoring or similar fee to us or
our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties;
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
we will not effect any transfer of Spectrum Brands
Holdings equity securities to any person that would result
in such person and its affiliates beneficially owning 40% or
more of Spectrum Brands Holdings outstanding voting
securities, unless (i) such person agrees to be bound by
the terms of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement,
(ii) the transfer is pursuant to a bona fide acquisition of
Spectrum Brands Holdings approved by Spectrum Brands
Holdings board of directors and a majority of the members
of the Special Nominating Committee, (iii) the transfer is
otherwise specifically approved by Spectrum Brands
Holdings board of directors and a majority of the Special
Nominating Committee, or (iv) the transfer is of 5% or less
of Spectrum Brands Holdings outstanding voting securities;
|
|
|
|
before June 16, 2011, we will not (and we will not permit
any of our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties, to) make
any public announcement with respect to, or submit a proposal
for, or offer in respect of, a Going-Private Transaction (as
defined in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement)
of Spectrum Brands Holdings unless such action is specifically
requested in writing by the board of directors of Spectrum
Brands Holdings with the approval of a majority of the members
of the Special Nominating Committee. In addition, under Spectrum
Brands Holdings certificate of incorporation, no
stockholder that (together with its affiliates) owns 40% or more
of the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum Brands Holdings
(the 40% Stockholder) shall, or shall permit any of
its affiliates or any group which such 40% Stockholder or any
person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by such
40% Stockholder is a member of, to engage in any transactions
that would constitute a Going-Private Transaction, unless such
transaction satisfies certain requirements;
|
|
|
|
we will have certain inspection rights so long as we and our
affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties, own, in the
aggregate, at least 15% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands
Holdings voting securities; and
|
|
|
|
we will have certain rights to obtain Spectrum Brands
information, at our expense, for so long as we own at least 10%
of the outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings voting
securities.
|
The provisions of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder
Agreement (other than with respect to information and
investigation rights) will terminate on the date on which we and
our affiliates (including the Harbinger Parties) no longer
beneficially own 40% of outstanding Spectrum Brands
Holdings voting securities. The Spectrum Brands Holdings
Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person or group owns
90% or more of the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum
Brands Holdings.
In order to permit the collateral agent to exercise the remedies
under the indenture and foreclose on the Spectrum Brands
Holdings common stock pledged as collateral for the notes upon
an event of default under the indenture, on January 7,
2011, simultaneously with the closing of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, the collateral agent became a party to the Spectrum
Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and will, subject to
certain exceptions, become subject to all of its covenants,
terms and conditions to the same extent as HGI prior to such
event of default.
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes in exchange for the outstanding initial notes. We
are making this exchange solely to satisfy our obligations under
the Registration Rights Agreement. In consideration for issuing
the exchange notes, we will receive initial notes in like
aggregate principal amount.
The gross proceeds from the offering of the initial notes were
approximately $345 million. We used approximately
$11 million of the proceeds to pay fees and expenses
incurred in connection with the initial notes offering.
31
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated cash
and cash equivalents, short-term investments and consolidated
capitalization as of September 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition and issuance of our common stock to effect
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and (ii) the issuance of
the initial notes and the use of proceeds from such issuance.
|
You should read this table together with Unaudited Pro
Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements, Use
of Proceeds, The Spectrum Brands Acquisition
and our historical financial statements and related notes and
the financial statements and related notes of each of Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HGI As of
|
|
|
Pro Forma As of
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
86.0
|
|
|
$
|
590.4
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
54.0
|
|
|
|
54.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HGI Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350.0
|
|
Spectrum Brands Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ABL Facility(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Credit Facilities and Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
Spectrum Brands Term Loan(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750.0
|
|
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750.0
|
|
Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
245.0
|
|
Less: Original issuance discounts on debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,088.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total HGI stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
132.9
|
|
|
$
|
702.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
132.9
|
|
|
$
|
2,791.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Spectrum Brands ABL Facility provides for borrowings of up
to $300 million from time to time, subject to a borrowing
base formula. As of September 30, 2010, no loans and
$37 million of letters of credit were outstanding under the
Spectrum Brands ABL Facility and Spectrum Brands had the ability
to borrow up to an additional $225 million, subject to
satisfaction of customary borrowing conditions. The Spectrum
Brands ABL Facility matures in June 2014. |
|
(2) |
|
Consists of $750 million aggregate principal amount of
borrowings under the Spectrum Brands Term Loan that was borrowed
at a discount of approximately $15 million. This discount
accretes and is included in interest expense as this facility
matures. The Spectrum Brands Term Loan matures in June 2016. |
|
(3) |
|
Consists of $750 million aggregate principal amount of the
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes that were issued at a
discount of approximately $10 million. This discount
accretes and is included in interest expense as the Spectrum
Brands Senior Secured Notes mature. The Spectrum Brands Senior
Secured Notes mature in June 2018. |
|
(4) |
|
As of September 30, 2010, $245 million aggregate
principal amount of the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated
Toggle Notes was outstanding (including notes issued as payment
of interest in kind). Spectrum Brands may elect to pay interest
under the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes in
cash or as a payment in kind through the semi-annual interest
period ended February 2011. The Spectrum Brands Senior
Subordinated Toggle Notes mature in August 2019. |
32
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, the date of our
latest publicly available financial information, gives effect to
(i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as well as the effect
of (ii) the SB/RH Merger, (iii) the emergence of
Spectrum Brands from bankruptcy in August 2009 and the
application of fresh-start accounting and (iv) the offering
of the initial notes.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
shown below reflect historical financial information and have
been prepared on the basis that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
is accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification Topic
805: Business Combinations (ASC 805) as a
transaction between entities under common control. In accordance
with the guidance in ASC 805, the assets and liabilities
transferred between entities under common control should be
recorded by the receiving entity based on their carrying amounts
(or at the historical cost basis of the parent, if these amounts
differ). Although we issued shares of our common stock to effect
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, for accounting purposes
Spectrum Brands will be treated as the predecessor and receiving
entity of HGI since Spectrum Brands was an operating business in
prior periods, whereas HGI was not. As Spectrum Brands was
determined to be the accounting acquirer in the SB/RH Merger,
the financial statements of Spectrum Brands will be presented as
our predecessor entity for periods preceding the SB/RH Merger.
After the issuance of the shares of our common stock to the
Harbinger Parties to effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, our
parent (the Harbinger Parties) owns approximately 93% of our
outstanding common stock. Spectrum Brands, as the predecessor
and under common ownership of the Harbinger Parties, will record
HGIs assets and liabilities at the Harbinger Parties
basis as of the date that common control was first established
(June 16, 2010). The carrying value of HGIs assets
and liabilities approximated the Harbinger Parties basis
at that date.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance
sheet at September 30, 2010 is presented on a basis to
reflect (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (ii) the
issuance of our common stock to effect the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition and (iii) the offering of the initial notes, as
if each had occurred on September 30, 2010. The unaudited
pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 is presented on
a basis to reflect (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition,
(ii) the issuance of our common stock to effect the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (iii) the SB/RH Merger and
(iv) the offering of the initial notes, as if each had
occurred on January 1, 2009. The unaudited pro forma
condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended
December 31, 2009 is presented on a basis to reflect
(i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (ii) the issuance
of our common stock to effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition,
(iii) the SB/RH Merger and (iv) the offering of the
initial notes, as if each had occurred on January 1, 2009,
and (v) the emergence of Spectrum Brands from bankruptcy in
August 2009 and the application of fresh-start accounting, as if
the emergence had occurred on October 1, 2008 (the
beginning of Spectrum Brands fiscal year). Because of
different fiscal year-ends, and in order to present results for
comparable periods, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined
statement of operations for the year ended December 31,
2009 combines the historical consolidated statement of
operations of HGI for the year then ended with the derived
historical results of operations of Russell Hobbs for the twelve
months ended December 31, 2009 and the historical
consolidated statement of operations of Spectrum Brands for its
fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. The unaudited pro
forma condensed combined statement of operations for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 combines the
historical condensed consolidated statement of operations of HGI
for the nine months then ended with the derived historical
results of operations of Russell Hobbs for the six months ended
March 31, 2010, the last quarter end reported by Russell
Hobbs prior to the SB/RH Merger, and the derived historical
results of operations of SB Holdings for the nine-month period
ended September 30, 2010 (which include Russell Hobbs
results of operations for the most recent three-month period
ended September 30, 2010). Spectrum Brands historical
consolidated statement of operations for the three-month period
ended January 3, 2010 has been excluded from the interim
results in order to present results comparable to HGIs
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010. The results of
Russell Hobbs have been excluded for the stub period from
June 16, 2010, the date of the SB/RH Merger, to
July 4, 2010 for pro forma purposes, since comparable
results are included in the derived historical results of
operations of Russell Hobbs for the six-month period ended
March 31, 2010. Pro forma adjustments are made in order to
reflect the
33
potential effect of the transactions on the unaudited pro forma
condensed combined statement of operations. As a result of the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the financial statements of
Spectrum Brands, as predecessor, will replace those of HGI for
periods prior to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. Those
financial statements will reflect the SB/RH Merger effective
June 16, 2010. We do not present any pro forma annual
periods prior to January 1, 2009 since these would be the
same as Spectrum Brands historical financial statements as
the predecessor to HGI.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
and the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements were based on, and should be read in
conjunction with:
|
|
|
|
|
our historical unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto for the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
our historical audited consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
included elsewhere in this prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands Holdings historical audited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
Our historical consolidated financial information has been
adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
statements to give effect to pro forma events that are
(1) directly attributable to the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, the SB/RH Merger, the emergence of Spectrum Brands
from bankruptcy in August 2009 and the application of
fresh-start accounting, and the offering of the initial notes,
(2) factually supportable, and (3) with respect to the
unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations,
expected to have a continuing impact on our results. The
unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements do
not reflect any of HGI or Spectrum Brands Holdings
managements expectations for revenue enhancements, cost
savings from the combined companys operating efficiencies,
synergies or other restructurings, or the costs and related
liabilities that would be incurred to achieve such revenue
enhancements, cost savings from operating efficiencies,
synergies or restructurings, which could result from the SB/RH
Merger.
The pro forma adjustments are based upon available
information and assumptions that the managements of HGI and
Spectrum Brands Holdings believe reasonably reflect the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition, the SB/RH Merger, the emergence of Spectrum
Brands from bankruptcy and the application of fresh-start
accounting, and the offering of the initial notes. The unaudited
pro forma condensed combined financial statements are provided
for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to represent
what our actual consolidated results of operations or the
consolidated financial position would have been had the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition and other identified events occurred on the
date assumed, nor are they necessarily indicative of our future
consolidated results of operations or financial position.
34
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
As of
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma Adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger
|
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group Inc.
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
Spectrum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial Notes
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
Offering(9)
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
85,967
|
|
|
$
|
170,614
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
333,849
|
|
|
$
|
590,430
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
53,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,965
|
|
Trade and other accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
406,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
406,447
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
530,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
530,342
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,735
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,452
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
|
|
44,122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
141,672
|
|
|
|
1,199,712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333,849
|
|
|
|
1,675,233
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
201,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201,307
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,352
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,055
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,769,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,769,360
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
56,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,206
|
|
|
|
68,664
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
142,312
|
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
345,055
|
|
|
$
|
4,360,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,710
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,710
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,452
|
|
|
|
332,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333,683
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
3,786
|
|
|
|
309,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
313,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
5,238
|
|
|
|
662,772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
668,010
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,723,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
345,055
|
|
|
|
2,068,112
|
|
Pension liability
|
|
|
3,423
|
|
|
|
92,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96,148
|
|
Non-current deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277,843
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
|
70,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
9,345
|
|
|
|
2,827,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
345,055
|
|
|
|
3,181,625
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
(6c
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,392
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
132,727
|
|
|
|
1,316,461
|
|
|
|
(594,440
|
)
|
|
|
(6a,b,c
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
854,748
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
10,243
|
|
|
|
(260,892
|
)
|
|
|
100,757
|
|
|
|
(6a,b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(149,892
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(10,223
|
)
|
|
|
(7,497
|
)
|
|
|
13,642
|
|
|
|
(6a,b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,078
|
)
|
Less treasury stock, at cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
2,207
|
|
|
|
(6c
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
132,940
|
|
|
|
1,046,379
|
|
|
|
(477,149
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
702,170
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
477,149
|
|
|
|
(6b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
477,176
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
132,967
|
|
|
|
1,046,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,179,346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
142,312
|
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
345,055
|
|
|
$
|
4,360,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma Adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Russell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands Inc.
|
|
|
Hobbs,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group Inc.
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 Months
|
|
|
1 Month
|
|
|
|
11 Months
|
|
|
12 Months
|
|
|
12 Months
|
|
|
Spectrum
|
|
|
|
|
|
SB/RH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Fresh
|
|
|
|
|
|
Related &
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial Notes
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Start
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
Offering(9)
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,230,536
|
|
|
$
|
779,375
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,009,911
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155,310
|
|
|
|
|
1,245,640
|
|
|
|
1,400,950
|
|
|
|
549,220
|
|
|
|
4,187
|
|
|
|
(5a,b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,954,357
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
|
13,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64,400
|
|
|
|
|
751,819
|
|
|
|
816,219
|
|
|
|
230,155
|
|
|
|
(4,187
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,042,187
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,136
|
|
|
|
|
363,106
|
|
|
|
402,242
|
|
|
|
117,406
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
(5b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
519,983
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
20,578
|
|
|
|
|
145,235
|
|
|
|
165,813
|
|
|
|
39,531
|
|
|
|
19,743
|
|
|
|
(5b,c
|
)
|
|
|
15,293
|
|
|
|
(6a,e,f,h
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
246,670
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,027
|
|
|
|
|
21,391
|
|
|
|
24,418
|
|
|
|
4,027
|
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
|
(5b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,843
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
32,442
|
|
|
|
3,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,255
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
64,292
|
|
|
|
|
595,014
|
|
|
|
659,306
|
|
|
|
164,777
|
|
|
|
20,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
866,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(6,290
|
)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
156,805
|
|
|
|
156,913
|
|
|
|
65,378
|
|
|
|
(24,663
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,293
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
176,045
|
|
Interest (income) expense
|
|
|
(229
|
)
|
|
|
16,962
|
|
|
|
|
172,940
|
|
|
|
189,902
|
|
|
|
44,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(55,534
|
)
|
|
|
(6d
|
)
|
|
|
40,206
|
|
|
|
219,002
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
(1,280
|
)
|
|
|
(816
|
)
|
|
|
|
3,320
|
|
|
|
2,504
|
|
|
|
4,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before
reorganization items and income taxes
|
|
|
(4,781
|
)
|
|
|
(16,038
|
)
|
|
|
|
(19,455
|
)
|
|
|
(35,493
|
)
|
|
|
16,708
|
|
|
|
(24,663
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40,206
|
)
|
|
|
(48,194
|
)
|
Reorganization items (expense) income, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,962
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,142,809
|
|
|
|
1,138,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,138,847
|
)
|
|
|
(5d
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income
taxes
|
|
|
(4,781
|
)
|
|
|
(20,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,123,354
|
|
|
|
1,103,354
|
|
|
|
16,708
|
|
|
|
(1,163,510
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40,206
|
)
|
|
|
(48,194
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
8,566
|
|
|
|
51,193
|
|
|
|
|
22,611
|
|
|
|
73,804
|
|
|
|
17,998
|
|
|
|
(2,572
|
)
|
|
|
(5e
|
)
|
|
|
(8,542
|
)
|
|
|
(6a,g
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89,254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
$
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
$
|
1,029,550
|
|
|
$
|
(1,290
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,160,938
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
48,783
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40,206
|
)
|
|
$
|
(137,448
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Loss from continuing operations attributable to
noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42,553
|
)
|
|
|
(6b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42,556
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to
controlling interest
|
|
$
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
$
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
$
|
1,029,550
|
|
|
$
|
(1,290
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,160,938
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
91,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(40,206
|
)
|
|
$
|
(94,892
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share
attributable to controlling interest
|
|
$
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
19,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119,910
|
|
|
|
(6c
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139,190
|
|
36
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
For the
Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma Adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Russell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hobbs, Inc.
|
|
|
Elimination of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 Month
|
|
|
Russell Hobbs
|
|
|
SB/RH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
Duplicate
|
|
|
Merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger
|
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Related &
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial Notes
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Group Inc.
|
|
|
Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Information(7)
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
Offering(9)
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,975,071
|
|
|
$
|
406,412
|
|
|
$
|
(35,755
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,345,728
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,232,624
|
|
|
|
275,668
|
|
|
|
(23,839
|
)
|
|
|
(2,164
|
)
|
|
|
(8b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,482,289
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
736,948
|
|
|
|
130,744
|
|
|
|
(11,916
|
)
|
|
|
2,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
857,940
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
355,524
|
|
|
|
60,906
|
|
|
|
(5,962
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
410,468
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
156,193
|
|
|
|
21,616
|
|
|
|
(4,640
|
)
|
|
|
(168
|
)
|
|
|
(6a,e,f,h
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187,877
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,568
|
|
|
|
4,217
|
|
|
|
(659
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,126
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,675
|
)
|
|
|
(8a
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,777
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,192
|
|
|
|
3,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
586,929
|
|
|
|
90,647
|
|
|
|
(11,261
|
)
|
|
|
(34,843
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
646,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(14,876
|
)
|
|
|
150,019
|
|
|
|
40,097
|
|
|
|
(655
|
)
|
|
|
37,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211,592
|
|
Interest (income) expense
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
227,533
|
|
|
|
11,556
|
|
|
|
(3,866
|
)
|
|
|
(98,824
|
)
|
|
|
(6d
|
)
|
|
|
30,219
|
|
|
|
166,462
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
11,654
|
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income
taxes
|
|
|
(14,369
|
)
|
|
|
(89,168
|
)
|
|
|
22,118
|
|
|
|
2,288
|
|
|
|
135,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,219
|
)
|
|
|
26,481
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(761
|
)
|
|
|
40,690
|
|
|
|
7,021
|
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
|
(6a,g
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
$
|
(129,858
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,097
|
|
|
$
|
2,502
|
|
|
$
|
135,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(30,219
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21,022
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: (Loss) income from continuing operations attributable
to noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,435
|
|
|
|
(6b
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to
controlling interest
|
|
$
|
(13,605
|
)
|
|
$
|
(129,858
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,097
|
|
|
$
|
2,502
|
|
|
$
|
124,629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(30,219
|
)
|
|
$
|
(31,454
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share
attributable to controlling interest
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
19,286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119,910
|
|
|
|
(6c
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139,196
|
|
37
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share amounts)
HGIs fiscal year-end was December 31 while Spectrum Brands
Holdings fiscal year-end is September 30 and Russell
Hobbs fiscal year-end was June 30. In order for the
year end pro forma results to be comparable, the Russell Hobbs
12-month
period ended December 31, 2009 was calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
|
(D)=(A)+(B)-(C)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
796,628
|
|
|
$
|
459,521
|
|
|
$
|
476,774
|
|
|
$
|
779,375
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
577,138
|
|
|
|
317,868
|
|
|
|
345,786
|
|
|
|
549,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
219,490
|
|
|
|
141,653
|
|
|
|
130,988
|
|
|
|
230,155
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
128,195
|
|
|
|
59,116
|
|
|
|
69,905
|
|
|
|
117,406
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
43,760
|
|
|
|
25,090
|
|
|
|
29,319
|
|
|
|
39,531
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
4,813
|
|
|
|
4,659
|
|
|
|
5,445
|
|
|
|
4,027
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
9,700
|
|
|
|
1,769
|
|
|
|
7,656
|
|
|
|
3,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
186,468
|
|
|
|
90,634
|
|
|
|
112,325
|
|
|
|
164,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
33,022
|
|
|
|
51,019
|
|
|
|
18,663
|
|
|
|
65,378
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
50,221
|
|
|
|
19,894
|
|
|
|
25,458
|
|
|
|
44,657
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
4,622
|
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
|
|
3,833
|
|
|
|
4,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income
taxes
|
|
|
(21,821
|
)
|
|
|
27,901
|
|
|
|
(10,628
|
)
|
|
|
16,708
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
14,042
|
|
|
|
8,872
|
|
|
|
4,916
|
|
|
|
17,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(35,863
|
)
|
|
$
|
19,029
|
|
|
$
|
(15,544
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,290
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
HGIS latest reporting period is the third quarter for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, while Russell
Hobbs last reporting period, prior to the SB/RH Merger,
was its third quarter results for the nine-month period ended
March 31, 2010 and Spectrum Brands Holdings latest
reporting period is its fiscal year ended September 30,
2010 (which includes results of operations for Russell Hobbs for
the three month-period ended September 30, 2010). In order
for the unaudited interim pro forma results to be comparable,
results of Russell Hobbs and SB Holdings must reflect only nine
months. Because Russell Hobbs results of operations for
the three months ended September 30, 2010 are included in
Spectrum Brands Holdings historical statement of
operations (post SB/RH Merger), Russell Hobbs historical
financial information for the statement of operations covering
the three-month period ended September 30, 2009 has been
excluded, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
|
(C)=(A)-(B)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
617,281
|
|
|
$
|
210,869
|
|
|
$
|
406,412
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
422,652
|
|
|
|
146,984
|
|
|
|
275,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
194,629
|
|
|
|
63,885
|
|
|
|
130,744
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
87,539
|
|
|
|
26,633
|
|
|
|
60,906
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
35,715
|
|
|
|
14,099
|
|
|
|
21,616
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
2,296
|
|
|
|
4,217
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
4,665
|
|
|
|
757
|
|
|
|
3,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
134,432
|
|
|
|
43,785
|
|
|
|
90,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
60,197
|
|
|
|
20,100
|
|
|
|
40,097
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
24,112
|
|
|
|
12,556
|
|
|
|
11,556
|
|
Other expense (income), net
|
|
|
5,702
|
|
|
|
(721
|
)
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
30,383
|
|
|
|
8,265
|
|
|
|
22,118
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
11,375
|
|
|
|
4,354
|
|
|
|
7,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
19,008
|
|
|
$
|
3,911
|
|
|
$
|
15,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To derive Spectrum Brands Holdings results for the nine
months ended September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands
historical financial information for the statement of operations
covering the three-month period ended January 3, 2010 has
been excluded, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Ended January 3,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
|
(C) = (A) - (B)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
591,940
|
|
|
$
|
1,975,071
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,638,451
|
|
|
|
405,827
|
|
|
|
1,232,624
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
5,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
921,410
|
|
|
|
184,462
|
|
|
|
736,948
|
|
39
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Ended January 3,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
|
(C) = (A) - (B)
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
466,813
|
|
|
|
111,289
|
|
|
|
355,524
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
199,386
|
|
|
|
43,193
|
|
|
|
156,193
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
31,013
|
|
|
|
6,445
|
|
|
|
24,568
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
4,776
|
|
|
|
12,192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
752,632
|
|
|
|
165,703
|
|
|
|
586,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
168,778
|
|
|
|
18,759
|
|
|
|
150,019
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
277,015
|
|
|
|
49,482
|
|
|
|
227,533
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
11,654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items
and income taxes
|
|
|
(120,537
|
)
|
|
|
(31,369
|
)
|
|
|
(89,168
|
)
|
Reorganization items expense, net
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(124,183
|
)
|
|
|
(35,015
|
)
|
|
|
(89,168
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
63,189
|
|
|
|
22,499
|
|
|
|
40,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
$
|
(57,514
|
)
|
|
$
|
(129,858
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
BASIS OF
PRO FORMA PRESENTATION
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
have been prepared using the historical consolidated financial
statements of HGI, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands and Spectrum
Brands Holdings. To derive the financial statements for Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Spectrum Brands historical financial
statements for the fourth calendar quarter of 2009 have been
excluded. The historical financial statements for Russell Hobbs
includes the fourth calendar quarter of 2009 in both the annual
2009 and interim 2010 unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements presented herein; the results of operations
for Russell Hobbs for the three-month period ended
September 30, 2010 are included in Spectrum Brands Holdings
historical statement of operations for the nine-month period
ended September 30, 2010. The predecessor of the historical
financial statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings is Spectrum
Brands. The Spectrum Brands Acquisition is accounted for as a
merger among entities under common control with Spectrum Brands
Holdings/Spectrum Brands as the predecessor and receiving entity
of HGI.
|
|
(3)
|
SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
of HGI do not assume any differences in accounting policies
between HGI and Spectrum Brands Holdings. HGI will review the
accounting policies of HGI and Spectrum Brands Holdings to
ensure conformity of HGIs accounting policies to those of
Spectrum Brands Holdings (as predecessor) and, as a result of
that review, HGI may identify differences between the accounting
policies of these companies that, when conformed, could have a
material impact on the combined financial statements. At this
time, HGI is not aware of any differences that would have a
material impact on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements.
40
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
(4)
|
ACQUISITION
OF RUSSELL HOBBS BY SPECTRUM BRANDS IN SB/RH MERGER
|
Russell Hobbs was acquired by Spectrum Brands Holdings as a
result of the SB/RH Merger on June 16, 2010. The
consideration was in the form of newly-issued shares of common
stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings exchanged for all of the
outstanding shares of common and preferred stock and certain
debt of Russell Hobbs held by the Harbinger Parties. Inasmuch as
Russell Hobbs was a private company and its common stock was not
publicly traded, the closing market price of the Spectrum Brands
common stock at June 15, 2010 was used to calculate the
purchase price. The total purchase price of Russell Hobbs was
approximately $597,579 determined as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands closing price per share on June 15, 2010
|
|
$
|
28.15
|
|
Purchase price Russell Hobbs allocation
20,704 shares(1)(2)
|
|
$
|
575,203
|
|
Cash payment to pay off Russell Hobbs North American
credit facility
|
|
|
22,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price of Russell Hobbs
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Number of shares calculated based upon conversion formula, as
defined in the SB/RH Merger agreement, using balances as of
June 16, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
The fair value of 271 shares of unvested restricted stock
units as they relate to post combination services will be
recorded as operating expense over the remaining service period
and were assumed to have no fair value for the purchase price. |
The total purchase price for Russell Hobbs was allocated to the
preliminary net tangible and intangible assets of Russell Hobbs
by Spectrum Brands Holdings based upon their preliminary fair
values at June 16, 2010 and is reflected in Spectrum Brands
Holdings historical consolidated statement of financial
position as of September 30, 2010 as set forth below. The
excess of the purchase price over the preliminary net tangible
assets and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The
preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon a
valuation for which the estimates and assumptions are subject to
change within the measurement period (up to one year from the
acquisition date). The primary areas of the preliminary purchase
price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to certain
legal matters, amounts for income taxes including deferred tax
accounts, amounts for uncertain tax positions, and net operating
loss carryforwards inclusive of associated limitations, and the
final allocation of goodwill. Spectrum Brands Holdings expects
to continue to obtain information to assist it in determining
the fair values of the net assets acquired at the acquisition
date during the measurement period. The preliminary purchase
price allocation for Russell Hobbs is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
307,809
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
15,150
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
363,327
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
15,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
822,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
142,046
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
18,970
|
(1)
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
63,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
|
224,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents indebtedness of Russell Hobbs assumed in the SB/RH
Merger. |
41
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
(5)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENT FRESH-START REPORTING
|
Spectrum Brands emerged from bankruptcy on August 28, 2009
(the Effective Date) and, in accordance with
ASC 852, adopted fresh-start reporting since the
reorganization value of the assets of Spectrum Brands
immediately prior to the Effective Date (Predecessor
Company) of the plan of reorganization was less than the
total of all post-petition liabilities and allowed claims, and
the holders of the Predecessor Companys voting shares
immediately before the Effective Date received less than
50 percent of the voting shares of the emerging entity.
Spectrum Brands analyzed the transactions that occurred during
the two-day
period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective
Date, and August 30, 2009, the fresh-start reporting date,
and concluded that such transactions were not material
individually or in the aggregate as such transactions
represented less than one percent of the total net sales for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. As a result, Spectrum
Brands determined that August 30, 2009 would be an
appropriate fresh-start reporting date to coincide with Spectrum
Brands normal financial period close for the month of
August 2009. Upon adoption of fresh-start reporting, periods
ended prior to August 30, 2009 are not comparable to those
of Spectrum Brands after the Effective Date (Successor
Company).
These pro forma adjustments represent the fresh-start
adjustments as if Spectrum Brands fresh-start reporting
had occurred on October 1, 2008, the beginning of its
fiscal year. The adjustments made are as follows:
a) An adjustment of $48,762 was recorded to adjust
inventory to fair value. As a result of this increase in
inventory, $16,319 was recorded as cost of goods sold within the
Spectrum Brands consolidated statement of operations for the
year ended September 30, 2009. This cost has been excluded
from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
operations as this amount is considered non-recurring.
b) Spectrum Brands recorded an increase of $34,699 to
adjust the net book value of property, plant and equipment to
fair value giving consideration to their highest and best use.
Key assumptions used in the valuation of Spectrum Brands
property, plant and equipment were a combination of the cost and
market approach, depending on whether market data was available.
The step up in depreciation expense associated with this
increase in book value was $21,723 for the period from
October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009. This is reflected
in the statement of operations as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eleven Month Period
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
August 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
Step-up Adjustment
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
20,506
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
335
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
484
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
21,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets, which
include trade names, trademarks and technology, were valued
using a relief from royalty methodology. Customer relationships
were valued using a multi-period excess earnings method. Certain
intangible assets are subject to sensitive business factors of
which only a portion are within control of Spectrum Brands
management. The total fair value of indefinite and definite
lived intangibles was $1,459,500 as of August 30, 2009. The
incremental intangible amortization associated with the increase
in indefinite lived intangible assets was $19,260 for the period
from October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009.
42
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
d) In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy,
Spectrum Brands incurred certain expenses and recorded certain
income, gains and losses as Reorganization items expense
(income), net. Since these items are directly attributable to
Spectrum Brands emergence from bankruptcy and are not
expected to have a continuing impact on the combined
entitys results, they have been eliminated from these pro
forma financial statements. Reorganization items expense
(income), net, for the eleven-month period ended August 30,
2009 and the one-month period ended September 30, 2009 are
summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
Eleven Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Legal and professional fees
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
$
|
74,624
|
|
Deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,668
|
|
Provision for rejected leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative related reorganization items
|
|
|
3,962
|
|
|
|
91,312
|
|
Gain on cancellation of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,555
|
)
|
Fresh-start reporting adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,087,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization items expense (income), net
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
$
|
(1,142,809
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e) Spectrum Brands recorded a decrease of $2,572 of net tax
expense for
non-U.S. subsidiaries
for the period from October 1, 2008 to August 30,
2009. During all periods presented, Spectrum Brands had a full
valuation allowance for all net U.S. deferred tax assets,
exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles. Due to Spectrum
Brands full valuation allowance position, any tax effect
of the fresh-start pro forma adjustments for the
U.S. parent and U.S. subsidiaries would be offset by
an adjustment to the valuation allowance. As such, Spectrum
Brands has recorded a zero tax effect for the pro forma
adjustments related to the U.S. parent and
U.S. subsidiaries.
|
|
(6)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENTS OTHER
|
a) To effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, HGI issued
its common stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for the
controlling financial interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings.
After this issuance of shares, the Harbinger Parties own
approximately 93% of HGIs outstanding common stock.
Spectrum Brands as the receiving and predecessor entity and
under common control of the Harbinger Parties will record
HGIs assets and liabilities at the Harbinger Parties
basis as of the date common control was established. The
carrying value of HGIs assets and liabilities approximated
the Harbinger Parties basis at the date that common
control with Spectrum Brands Holdings was established
(June 16, 2010). However, adjustments were made to income
taxes and pension expense to reflect the effect of rolling back
the Harbinger Parties basis in HGI to the January 1,
2009 assumed transaction date for purposes of the unaudited
condensed combined pro forma statements of operations. This
results in a decrease in General and administrative expense for
pension expense in the amount of $881 and $689 for the year
ended December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010, respectively. Similarly, the tax
adjustment is as shown in the unaudited pro forma condensed
combined financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010 included herein.
The financial statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings/Spectrum
Brands, as predecessor, will replace those of HGI for periods
prior to the date common control with Spectrum Brands Holdings
was established (June 16, 2010) and, as such, these
adjustments eliminate HGIs historical retained earnings
and accumulated other comprehensive loss prior to that date as
well as the subsequent amortization through September 30,
2010 of accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained
earnings (through HGIs historical net loss for the period).
43
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
b) Adjustment reflects the noncontrolling interest in
Spectrum Brands Holdings upon the completion of the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition. HGI owns approximately 54.4% of the
outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, subsequent to
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. The allocation to
noncontrolling interest from the components of
stockholders equity reflects 45.6% of Spectrum Brands
Holdings stockholders equity at September 30,
2010.
c) Adjustment reflects the 119,910 shares of HGI
common stock issued as a result of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition. The adjustment also reflects the elimination of
Spectrum Brands Holdings historical capital structure.
d) The SB/RH Merger resulted in a substantial change to the
Spectrum Brands Holdings debt structure, as further
discussed in the notes to the Spectrum Brands Holdings
historical financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The change in interest expense is $55,534 and
$98,824 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, respectively.
The adjustment consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Assumed
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
$750,000 Term loan
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
60,750
|
|
|
$
|
45,055
|
|
$750,000 Senior secured notes
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
71,250
|
|
|
|
52,646
|
|
$231,161 Senior subordinated notes
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
27,739
|
|
|
|
20,804
|
|
$22,000 ABL revolving credit facility
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
990
|
|
Foreign debt, other obligations and capital leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,243
|
|
|
|
7,207
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,723
|
|
|
|
9,697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pro forma interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
179,025
|
|
|
|
136,399
|
|
Less: elimination of historical interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
234,559
|
|
|
|
235,223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(55,534
|
)
|
|
$
|
(98,824
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An assumed increase or decrease of 1/8 percent in the
interest rate assumed above with respect to the $750,000 term
loan and the $22,000 ABL revolving credit facility, which have
variable interest rates, would impact total pro forma interest
expense by $965 and $723 for the year ended December 31,
2009 and the
nine-month
period ended September 30, 2010, respectively.
e) Adjustment reflects increased amortization expense
associated with the fair value adjustment of Russell Hobbs
intangible assets of $9,535 and $4,806 for the year ended
December 31, 2009 and the
nine-month
period ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The
adjustment for the nine-month period ended September 30,
2010 reflects an adjustment to the Russell Hobbs historical
six-month period ended March 31, 2010 only (the last
reported period prior to the SB/RH Merger), as the Russell Hobbs
acquisition is already reflected in the last three months of
Spectrum Brands Holdings nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010.
f) Adjustment reflects an increase in equity awards
amortization of $7,622 for the year ended December 31, 2009
and a decrease in equity awards amortization of $3,534 for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, respectively,
to reflect equity awards issued in connection with the SB/RH
Merger which had vesting periods ranging from 1-12 months.
As a result, assuming the transaction was completed on
January 1, 2009, these awards would be fully vested in the
period ended December 31, 2009. For purposes of this pro
forma adjustment, fair value is assumed to be the average of the
high and low price of Spectrum Brands common stock at
June 16, 2010 of $28.24 per share, managements most
reliable determination of fair value.
44
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
g) As a result of Russell Hobbs and Spectrum
Brands existing income tax loss carryforwards in the
United States, for which full valuation allowances have been
provided, no deferred income taxes have been established and no
income tax has been provided in the pro forma adjustments
related to the SB/RH Merger.
h) Adjustment reflects decreased depreciation expense
associated with the fair value adjustment of Russell Hobbs
property, plant and equipment of $983 and $751 for the year
ended December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010, respectively. The adjustment for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 reflects an
adjustment to the Russell Hobbs historical six-month period
ended March 31, 2010 only (the last reported period prior
to the SB/RH Merger), as the Russell Hobbs acquisition is
already reflected in the last three months of Spectrum Brands
Holdings nine-month period ended September 30, 2010.
The adjustments have been recorded to General and administrative
expense. Pro forma impacts to Cost of goods sold for
depreciation associated with the fair value adjustment of
Russell Hobbs equipment is considered immaterial.
|
|
(7)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENT ELIMINATION OF DUPLICATE FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
|
This pro forma adjustment represents the elimination of the
financial data from June 16, 2010 through July 4, 2010
of Russell Hobbs that is reflected in Spectrum Brands
Holdings historical financial statements. These are
considered duplicative because a full nine months of financial
results for Russell Hobbs has been reflected in the unaudited
condensed combined pro forma statement of operations for the
interim period consisting of the six-month Russell Hobbs
historical period ended March 31, 2010, prior to the SB/RH
Merger, and the three month period ended September 30,
2010, subsequent to the SB/RH Merger, included in Spectrum
Brands Holdings historical statement of operations for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010.
a) Spectrum Brands Holdings financial results for the
nine months ended September 30, 2010 include $34,675 of
expenses related to the SB/RH Merger. These costs include
severance and fees for legal, accounting, financial advisory,
due diligence, tax, valuation, printing and other various
services necessary to complete this transaction and were
expensed as incurred. These costs have been excluded from the
unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations
for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 as these
amounts are considered non-recurring.
b) Spectrum Brands Holdings increased Russell Hobbs
inventory by $2,504, to estimated fair value, upon completion of
the SB/RH Merger. Cost of sales increased by this amount during
the first inventory turn subsequent to the completion of the
SB/RH Merger. $340 was recorded in the three months ended
July 4, 2010 and has been eliminated as part of the
Elimination of duplicate financial information
adjustments discussed in Note (7) above. The remaining
$2,164 was recorded in Spectrum Brands Holdings historical
statement of operations for the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010 which amount has been eliminated as a
pro forma adjustment related to the SB/RH Merger. These costs
have been excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed
combined statement of operations for the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010 as these amounts are considered
non-recurring.
|
|
(9)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENTS RELATED TO THE INITIAL NOTES OFFERING
|
On November 15, 2010, HGI issued the initial notes in
private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to
Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended. The issue price of the initial notes was
98.587% of par. The pro forma cash adjustment of $333,849
reflects the $345,055 proceeds from the offering (which is net
of the original issue discount of $4,945), less debt issuance
costs of $11,206.
45
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
The incremental interest expense related to the initial notes
was calculated as follows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
Interest expense on notes at 10.625%
|
|
$
|
37,187
|
|
|
$
|
27,891
|
|
Amortization of original issue discount on Notes
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
1,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustment
|
|
$
|
40,206
|
|
|
$
|
30,219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a result of HGIs existing income tax loss
carryforwards, for which valuation allowances have been
provided, no income tax benefit has been reflected in the pro
forma adjustments related to HGI.
46
SELECTED
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following is selected historical financial information of
HGI. Selected historical financial information of Spectrum
Brands Holdings is included in Annex B hereto.
The following table sets forth our selected historical
consolidated financial information for the periods and as of the
dates presented. The selected financial information as of
December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for each
of the five fiscal years then ended has been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements. The selected
financial information as of September 30, 2010 and for the
nine-month period then ended has been derived from our unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements which include, in
the opinion of our management, all adjustments necessary to
present fairly our results of operations and financial position
for the periods and dates presented. All these adjustments are
of a normal recurring nature except for the adjustments to
income tax disclosed in note (1) below.
The financial information indicated may not be indicative of
future performance. This financial information and other data
should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to, our respective audited and unaudited
consolidated financial statements, including the related notes
thereto, our Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the
unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. All amounts are in
thousands, except for per share amounts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010(1)
|
|
2009
|
|
2009(2)
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006(3)
|
|
2005(4)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Statement Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(14,876
|
)
|
|
|
(3,775
|
)
|
|
|
(6,290
|
)
|
|
|
(3,237
|
)
|
|
|
(3,388
|
)
|
|
|
(4,730
|
)
|
|
|
(5,517
|
)
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(13,605
|
)
|
|
|
(9,686
|
)
|
|
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
2,551
|
|
|
|
(273
|
)
|
|
|
(3,112
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,390
|
)
|
|
|
(6,064
|
)
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(9,688
|
)
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
|
|
(4,664
|
)
|
|
|
(9,177
|
)
|
Net (loss) income attributable to HGI
|
|
|
(13,605
|
)
|
|
|
(9,686
|
)
|
|
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
2,551
|
|
|
|
(4,663
|
)
|
|
|
(9,176
|
)
|
Net (loss) income per share basic and diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
|
(0.50
|
)
|
|
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.16
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
|
(0.32
|
)
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
|
(0.50
|
)
|
|
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
(0.24
|
)
|
|
|
(0.48
|
)
|
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
142,312
|
|
|
|
155,166
|
|
|
|
152,883
|
|
|
|
164,032
|
|
|
|
165,444
|
|
|
|
163,731
|
|
|
|
304,756
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
132,967
|
|
|
|
149,587
|
|
|
|
145,797
|
|
|
|
158,847
|
|
|
|
162,133
|
|
|
|
159,302
|
|
|
|
231,621
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital(6)
|
|
|
136,434
|
|
|
|
144,117
|
|
|
$
|
141,947
|
|
|
$
|
153,908
|
|
|
$
|
154,275
|
|
|
$
|
150,490
|
|
|
$
|
155,503
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, loss from
continuing operations reflects a benefit from income taxes of
$0.8 million which represents the restoration of deferred
tax assets previously written off in connection with the change
in control of our company in 2009, as discussed further in note
(2) below, and a related reversal of accrued interest and
penalties on uncertain tax positions. These deferred tax assets
relate to net operating loss carryforwards which are realizable
to the extent we settle our uncertain tax positions for which we
have previously recorded $0.8 million of reserves and
related accrued interest and penalties. |
47
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The change in control of our company in year ended
December 31, 2009 resulted in a change of ownership of our
company under sections 382 and 383 of the Code. As a
result, we wrote off approximately $7.4 million of net
operating loss carryforward tax benefits and alternative minimum
tax credits. Additionally, as a result of cumulative losses in
recent years, we increased our valuation allowance for our
deferred tax assets by $2.8 million. |
|
(3) |
|
During 2006, we sold our approximate 57% ownership interest in
Omega Protein Corporation in two separate transactions for
combined proceeds of $75.5 million. In conjunction with the
sale, we recognized transaction related losses of
$10.3 million ($7.2 million net of tax adjustments).
Such amounts are included under loss from discontinued
operations for the year ended December 31, 2006. |
|
(4) |
|
During 2005, we sold our approximate 77% ownership interest in
Safety Components International, Inc. for proceeds of
$51.2 million. Accordingly, we recognized a loss on sale of
$12.2 million ($9.9 million net of tax effects). Such
amounts are included under loss from discontinued operations for
the year ended December 31, 2005. |
|
(5) |
|
Loss from discontinued operations includes transaction related
losses as discussed in notes (3) and (4) and the
operating results for Omega Protein Corporation for the periods
ending December 31, 2006 and Safety Components
International, Inc. for the period ending December 31, 2005. |
|
(6) |
|
Working capital is defined as current assets less current
liabilities. |
48
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following is HGIs managements discussion and
analysis of financial condition and results of operations.
Managements discussion and analysis of financial
conditions and results of operations of Spectrum Brands Holdings
is included in Annex C hereto.
The following is a discussion of our financial condition and
results of operations. This discussion should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.
Actual results could differ materially from those discussed
herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed
above in Risk Factors, as well as those discussed in
this section and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger
Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name
Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999
under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we were
reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc.
(the Reincorporation Merger) We had approximately
$139.9 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments (including U.S. Government Agency and Treasury
securities) as of September 30, 2010. Our common stock
trades on the NYSE under the symbol HRG.
Since the completion of the disposition of our 57% ownership
interest in the common stock of Omega in December 2006, we have
held substantially all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents
and short-term investments. Since then, we have been actively
looking for acquisition or investment opportunities with a
principal focus on identifying and evaluating potential
acquisitions of operating businesses. These efforts accelerated
after the Harbinger Parties acquired 9.9 million shares, or
approximately 51.6%, of our common stock in July 2009 (the
2009 Change of Control).
On January 7, 2011, we completed the transactions
contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, pursuant to which we
issued approximately 119.9 million shares of our common
stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for approximately
27.8 million shares of common stock of Spectrum Brands
Holdings. See The Spectrum Brands Acquisition for
further information. Following the completion of the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition, we own approximately 54.4% of the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock,
with a current market value of approximately $928 million
(as of January 14, 2011). The Harbinger Parties own
approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock.
We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in
subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of
industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as a first
step in the process. We have identified the following six
sectors in which we intend to pursue investment opportunities:
consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecom,
agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources.
In order to pursue our strategy, we will utilize the investment
expertise and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a
multi-billion dollar private investment firm based in New York.
We believe that the team at Harbinger Capital has a track record
of making successful investments across various industries. We
believe that our affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance
our ability to identify and evaluate potential acquisition
opportunities appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our
corporate structure provides significant advantages compared to
the traditional hedge fund structure for long-term holdings as
our sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will
more closely match our principal investment strategy. In
addition, our corporate structure provides additional options
for funding acquisitions, including the ability to use our
common stock as a form of consideration.
Philip Falcone, who serves as our Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer and President, founded Harbinger Capital in 2001.
Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged
finance, distressed debt and special situations. In addition to
Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide variety of
professionals,
49
including more than 20 investment professionals with expertise
across various industries, including our targeted sectors.
Recent
Developments
Initial
Notes Offering
On November 15, 2010, we completed the initial notes
offering, consisting of $350 million aggregate principal
amount of 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015. The
proceeds of the initial notes offering were placed into escrow
pending the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. On
January 7, 2011, following the consummation of the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition and the satisfaction of the other escrow
release conditions, the proceeds of the initial notes offering
were released from escrow.
Spectrum
Brands Acquisition
The Spectrum Brands Acquisition was consummated on
January 7, 2011. For more information regarding the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition, see The Spectrum Brands
Acquisition elsewhere in this prospectus.
Results
of Operations
Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to the Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2009
Presented below is a table that summarizes our results of
operations and compares the amount of the change between the
nine months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30,
2009 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Favorable/
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
(Unfavorable)
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
3,775
|
|
|
|
(11,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
3,775
|
|
|
|
(11,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(14,876
|
)
|
|
|
(3,775
|
)
|
|
|
(11,101
|
)
|
Other income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
1,246
|
|
|
|
(895
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
(936
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(14,369
|
)
|
|
|
(2,332
|
)
|
|
|
(12,037
|
)
|
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
8,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(9,688
|
)
|
|
|
(3,920
|
)
|
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(13,605
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,686
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,919
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.50
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We reported a net loss of $13.6 million or $(0.70) per
diluted share for the nine months ended September 30, 2010,
compared to a net loss of $9.7 million or $(0.50) per
diluted share, for the nine months ended September 30,
2009. The net loss for the nine months ended September 30,
2009 reflected the write off of $8.2 million of deferred
tax assets in connection with our change in controlling
shareholders. The increase in our pre-tax loss principally
resulted from an increase in professional fees associated with
advisors retained
50
to assist us in evaluating business acquisition opportunities
and preparing related public company filings and, to a lesser
extent, from additional employee and other costs related to
relocating our corporate headquarters.
The following presents a more detailed discussion of our
operating results:
Revenues. For the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, we had no
revenues. We do not expect to recognize revenues until we
acquire one or more operating businesses in the future.
Cost of revenues. For the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, we had no
cost of revenues.
General and administrative expenses. General
and administrative expenses consist primarily of professional
fees (including advisory services, legal and accounting fees),
salaries and benefits, office rent, pension expense and
insurance costs. General and administrative expenses increased
$11.1 million to $14.9 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 2010 from $3.8 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 2009. This increase was
primarily a result of an increase in professional fees
associated with advisors retained to assist us in evaluating
business acquisition opportunities and preparing related public
company filings and, to a lesser extent, increases in employee
and other costs related to relocating our corporate headquarters
to New York City. For the nine months ended September 30,
2010, we incurred $9.3 million, in professional fees
related to potential acquisitions, including $4.3 million
related to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, compared to
insignificant amounts in the prior year comparable periods.
Interest income. Interest income decreased
$41,000 to $156,000 for the nine months ended September 30,
2010 from $197,000 for the nine months ended September 30,
2009. Our interest income will continue to be negligible while
our cash equivalents and investments are invested principally in
U.S. Government instruments and the interest rates on those
instruments remain insignificant.
Other, net. Other income decreased $895,000 to
$351,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 from
$1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2009. Our other income is primarily related to settlements on
legal claims relating to solvent schemes with insurers in
various markets. The fluctuation in other income will vary as we
reach settlements with these insurers.
Income taxes. The effective tax benefit rate
for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was 5%. The
benefit from income taxes for the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 principally represents the restoration
in the 2010 first quarter of $732,000 of deferred tax assets
previously written off in connection with the 2009 Change of
Control and a related reversal of $35,000 of accrued interest
and penalties on uncertain tax positions. These deferred tax
assets relate to net operating loss carryforwards which are
realizable to the extent we settle our uncertain tax positions
for which we had previously recorded $732,000 of reserves and
$35,000 of related accrued interest and penalties. As a result,
the final resolution of these uncertain tax positions will have
no net effect on our future provision for (or benefit from)
income taxes.
In the third quarter of 2009, we wrote off $8.2 million of
deferred tax assets. This resulted from our ownership change
that, pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, limits
our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and
alternative minimum tax credits.
Due to our cumulative losses in recent years, we determined
that, as of September 30, 2010, a valuation allowance was
still required for all of our deferred tax assets other than our
refundable alternative minimum tax credits and the balance of
deferred tax assets described above. Accordingly, we do not
expect to record any future benefit from income taxes until it
is more likely than not that some or all of our remaining net
operating loss carryforwards will be realizable.
51
Fiscal
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
Presented below is a table that summarizes our results of
operations and compares the amount of the change between 2009
and 2008 (the 2009 Change) and between 2008 and 2007
(the 2008 Change).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
3,388
|
|
|
|
3,053
|
|
|
|
(151
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
3,388
|
|
|
|
3,053
|
|
|
|
(151
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(6,290
|
)
|
|
|
(3,237
|
)
|
|
|
(3,388
|
)
|
|
|
(3,053
|
)
|
|
|
151
|
|
Other income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
3,013
|
|
|
|
7,681
|
|
|
|
(2,784
|
)
|
|
|
(4,668
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
(457
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,509
|
|
|
|
3,126
|
|
|
|
8,251
|
|
|
|
(1,617
|
)
|
|
|
(5,125
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income taxes
|
|
|
(4,781
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
4,863
|
|
|
|
(4,670
|
)
|
|
|
(4,974
|
)
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
(2,313
|
)
|
|
|
(8,664
|
)
|
|
|
2,411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
|
|
(13,334
|
)
|
|
|
(2,563
|
)
|
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,551
|
|
|
$
|
(13,332
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,563
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per common share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
Compared to 2008
We reported a net loss of $13.3 million or $(0.69) per
diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared
to a net loss of $12,000 or $0.00 per diluted share in 2008. The
increase in net loss resulted from the write off of
$7.4 million of net operating loss carryforward tax
benefits and alternative minimum tax credits resulting from the
2009 Change of Control which constituted a change of ownership
under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Additionally, as a
result of cumulative losses in recent years, we increased our
valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets by
$2.8 million during the fourth quarter of 2009. The
increase in net loss also resulted from increases in
professional fees and pension expenses and a decrease in
interest income, all partially offset by the recognition of
other income in 2009 related to former businesses of HGI.
The following presents a more detailed discussion of our
operating results:
Revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had no revenues.
Cost of revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had no cost of revenues.
General and administrative expenses. General
and administrative expenses increased $3.1 million from
$3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to
$6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
This increase was primarily a result of increases in
professional fees of $1.9 million, predominately arising
from the 2009 Change of Control, the transition to a
reconstituted board of directors, the Reincorporation Merger,
and increased efforts in evaluating possible business
acquisitions, and an increase of $0.9 million in
actuarially determined pension expenses.
52
Interest income. Interest income decreased
$2.8 million from $3.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008 to $0.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009, resulting from sustained lower interest
rates on our cash equivalents and investments which are invested
principally in U.S. Government instruments.
Other, net. Other, net was $1.3 million
and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
and 2008, respectively. During 2009, we received a refund of
excess collateral of $0.8 million from a
rent-a-captive
insurance arrangement which we entered into in 1993. As we had
previously written off the balance of our excess collateral, the
full amount of this refund was recorded as other income. We do
not believe we have any material obligations under this
arrangement and do not expect to receive any additional material
reimbursements related to this program. Also during 2009, we
received $0.3 million from settlement agreements entered
into during 2009 in which we agreed to accept a payment in
exchange for the termination of insurance coverage on certain
non-operating subsidiaries.
Income taxes. Despite a pretax loss of
$4.8 million, we recorded a provision for income taxes of
$8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
compared to a benefit for income taxes of $0.1 million for the
prior year. The change from a benefit to a provision resulted
primarily from the write-off of $7.4 million of net
operating loss carryforward tax benefits and alternative minimum
tax credits resulting from the 2009 Change of Control which
constituted a change in ownership under Sections 382 and
383 of the Code. Additionally, as a result of our cumulative
losses, we have determined that, as of December 31, 2009, a
valuation allowance of approximately $2.8 million was
required for deferred tax assets whose realization did not meet
the more likely than not criteria.
2008
Compared to 2007
We reported a net loss of $12,000 or $0.00 per diluted share for
the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to net income of
$2.6 million or $0.13 per diluted share in 2007. The change
from net income to net loss resulted primarily from decreased
interest income during 2008 compared to 2007.
The following presents a more detailed discussion of our
operating results:
Revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had no revenues.
Cost of revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had no cost of revenues.
General and administrative expenses. General
and administrative expenses decreased $0.2 million from
$3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to
$3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a
result of decreases in professional fees and costs.
Interest income. Interest income decreased
$4.7 million from $7.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 to $3.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily attributable
to sustained lower interest rates on cash equivalents and
investments during 2008 compared to 2007. In July 2008, due to
market conditions and in an effort to preserve principal, we
liquidated our U.S. Government Agency securities and
purchased U.S. Treasury securities with the proceeds.
Other, net. Other, net decreased
$0.5 million from $0.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 to $0.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. This decrease resulted from higher
levels of insurance and other recoveries recognized during 2007
compared to 2008.
Income taxes. We recorded a benefit for income
taxes of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31,
2008 compared to a provision for income taxes of
$2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The
change from a provision to a benefit for income taxes was
attributable to the pretax loss in the year ended
December 31, 2008 compared to pretax income in 2007.
Additionally, the loss in 2008 resulted in no additional
provision for a 15% tax on undistributed personal holding
company income for the year ended December 31, 2008 as was
required for 2007.
53
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Prior to the issuance of the notes, our liquidity needs have
been primarily for professional fees (including advisory
services, legal and accounting fees), salaries and benefits,
office rent, pension expense and insurance costs. We may also
utilize a significant portion of our cash, cash equivalents and
investments to fund all or a portion of the cost of any future
acquisitions.
The following table summarizes information about our contractual
obligations (in thousands) as of September 30, 2010, as
adjusted for the pro forma effect of the initial notes issued on
November 15, 2010 (but not the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition), and the effect such obligations are expected to
have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remainder of
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012 and
|
|
|
2014 and
|
|
|
After
|
|
Contractual Obligations(1)
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Pension liabilities(2)
|
|
$
|
3,527
|
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
$
|
189
|
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
$
|
3,045
|
|
Retirement agreement(3)
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total as of September 30, 2010
|
|
|
4,426
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt issued November 15, 2010(4)
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
185,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,188
|
|
|
|
74,375
|
|
|
|
74,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
540,364
|
|
|
$
|
107
|
|
|
$
|
37,607
|
|
|
$
|
74,998
|
|
|
$
|
424,607
|
|
|
$
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We also have $0.4 million of potential obligations related
to uncertain tax positions for which the timing and amount of
payment cannot be reasonably estimated due to the nature of the
uncertainties. See Note 5 to our unaudited consolidated
financial statements as of September 30, 2010, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
(2) |
|
For more information concerning pension liabilities, see
Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements as of
December 31, 2009, included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
(3) |
|
Amounts in this category relate to a retirement agreement
entered into in 1981 with a former executive officer of ours. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents the initial notes, which were issued after
September 30, 2010. |
Our current source of liquidity is our cash, cash equivalents
and investments, including the net proceeds of the notes
issuance. Because we have historically limited our investments
principally to U.S. Government instruments, we do not
expect to earn significant interest income in the near term. In
the future, we may expand our investment approach to include
investments that will generate greater returns. We are exploring
alternative investment opportunities for our cash while we
search for acquisition opportunities.
We expect these cash, cash equivalents and investments to
continue to be a source of liquidity except to the extent that
they may be used to fund the acquisition of operating businesses
or assets. As of September 30, 2010, our cash, cash
equivalents and investments were $139.9 million compared to
$151.9 million as of December 31, 2009.
Based on current levels of operations, we do not have any
significant capital expenditure commitments and management
believes that our consolidated cash, cash equivalents and
investments on hand will be adequate to fund our operational and
capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. As
described in Recent Developments
Initial Notes Offering, the proceeds of the initial notes
offering significantly enhanced our liquidity. Depending on the
size and terms of future acquisitions of operating businesses or
assets, we may also seek to raise additional capital through the
issuance of equity and to incur additional debt. There is no
assurance, however, that such capital will be available at the
time, in the amounts necessary or with terms satisfactory to us.
54
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
Throughout our history, we have entered into indemnifications in
the ordinary course of business with our customers, suppliers,
service providers, business partners and in certain instances,
when we sold businesses. Additionally, we have indemnified our
directors and officers who are, or were, serving at our request
in such capacities. Although the specific terms or number of
such arrangements is not precisely known due to the extensive
history of our past operations, costs incurred to settle claims
related to these indemnifications have not been material to our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Further, we have no reason to believe that future costs to
settle claims related to our former operations will have
material impact on our financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
Summary
of Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flow
information for the last three fiscal years and the nine months
ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Cash (used in) provided by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
(11,727
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,416
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,694
|
)
|
|
$
|
389
|
|
|
$
|
2,182
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(30,242
|
)
|
|
|
(12,094
|
)
|
|
|
(12,068
|
)
|
|
|
3,054
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
(41,965
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,510
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,762
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,443
|
|
|
$
|
2,362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by (used in) operating activities.
Cash used in operating activities was $11.7 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to cash used
in operating activities of $1.4 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 2009. The increase in usage of cash is
primarily related to higher general and administrative
expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.
Cash used in operating activities was $2.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2009 compared to cash provided by
operating activities of $0.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. The change from cash provided by
operating activities to cash used in operating activities
resulted principally from lower interest income and higher
administrative expenses during 2009 compared to 2008.
Cash provided by operating activities was $0.4 million and
$2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively. This decrease resulted principally from
lower interest income during 2008 compared to 2007.
Net
cash provided by (used in) investing activities.
Variations in our net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities are typically the result of the change in mix of
cash, cash equivalents and investments during the period. All
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less are considered to be cash equivalents and all
investments with original maturities of greater than three
months are classified as either short- or long-term investments.
Cash used in investing activities was $30.2 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to
$12.1 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2009. The increase in cash used in investing activities resulted
principally from additional purchases of short-term investments
during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to
the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
Cash used in investing activities was $12.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2009 compared to cash provided by
investing activities of $3.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. This change from
55
cash provided by investing activities to cash used in investing
activities resulted from additional purchases of investments
during 2009 compared to 2008.
Cash provided by investing activities was $3.1 million and
$0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively. This increase resulted from additional
purchases and sales of short-term investments during 2008
compared to 2007.
Net
cash provided by (used in) financing activities.
Cash provided by financing activities was $4,000 for the nine
months ended September 30, 2010 representing proceeds from
stock options exercised. We had no cash flows from financing
activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 or
for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 or 2007.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
As of the date of this prospectus, there are no recent
accounting pronouncements that have not yet been adopted that we
believe may have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition,
liquidity and results of operations are based upon our
consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. The preparation of these financial
statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect amounts reported therein. The following lists our
current accounting policies involving significant management
judgment and provides a brief description of these policies:
Litigation and environmental reserves. The
establishment of litigation and environmental reserves requires
judgments concerning the ultimate outcome of pending claims
against us and our subsidiaries. In applying judgment,
management utilizes opinions and estimates obtained from outside
legal counsel to apply the appropriate accounting for
contingencies. Accordingly, estimated amounts relating to
certain claims have met the criteria for the recognition of a
liability. Other claims for which a liability has not been
recognized are reviewed on an ongoing basis in accordance with
accounting guidance. A liability is recognized for all
associated legal costs as incurred. Liabilities for litigation
settlements, environmental settlements, legal fees and changes
in these estimated amounts may have a material impact on our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
If the actual cost of settling these matters, whether resulting
from adverse judgments or otherwise, differs from the reserves
totaling $0.3 million we have accrued as of
September 30, 2010, that difference will be reflected in
our results of operations when the matter is resolved or when
our estimate of the cost changes.
Deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which the temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is
recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment
date. Additionally, taxing jurisdictions could retroactively
disagree with our tax treatment of certain items, and some
historical transactions have income tax effects going forward.
Accounting guidance require these future effects to be evaluated
using current laws, rules and regulations, each of which can
change at any time and in an unpredictable manner.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when,
in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. Cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall
assessment of the need for a valuation allowance. As a result of
our cumulative losses in recent years, we determined that, as of
December 31, 2009, a valuation allowance
56
was required for all of our deferred tax assets other than the
refundable alternative minimum tax credits. Consequently, our
valuation allowance, which related only to state net operating
loss carryforward tax benefits in previous years, increased from
$7,000 as of December 31, 2008 to $2.7 million as of
December 31, 2009.
We also apply the accounting guidance for uncertain tax
positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax
position is required to meet before being recognized in the
financial statements. It also provides information on
derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition. Accrued interest expense and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions are recorded in (Provision)
benefit for income taxes. Our reserve for uncertain tax
positions totaled $0.4 million as of September 30,
2010 and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Defined benefit plan assumptions. We have two
defined benefit plans, under which participants earn a
retirement benefit based upon a formula set forth in each plan.
We record income or expense related to these plans using
actuarially determined amounts that are calculated using the
accounting guidance for pensions. Key assumptions used in the
actuarial valuations include the discount rate and the
anticipated rate of return on plan assets. These rates are based
on market interest rates, and therefore fluctuations in market
interest rates could impact the amount of pension income or
expense recorded for these plans. Despite our belief that our
estimates are reasonable for these key actuarial assumptions,
future actual results may differ from our estimates, and these
differences could be material to our future financial statements.
The discount rate enables a company to state expected future
cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. We have
little latitude in selecting this rate as it is based on a
review of projected cash flows and on high-quality fixed income
investments at the measurement date. A lower discount rate
increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases
pension expense. The expected long-term rate of return reflects
the average rate of earnings expected on funds invested or to be
invested in the pension plans to provide for the benefits
included in the pension liability. We establish the expected
long-term rate of return at the beginning of each year based
upon information available to us at that time, including the
plans investment mix and the forecasted rates of return on
these types of securities.
Differences in actual experience or changes in the assumptions
may materially affect our financial position or results of
operations. Actual results that differ from the actuarial
assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods
and, therefore, generally affect recognized expense and the
recorded obligation in future periods. For example, due to
significant adverse market conditions during 2008, our pension
expense significantly increased during 2009 and 2010. A
significant component of the increase was caused by the
amortization of actuarial losses which reflects the increase in
the accumulated differences in actual plan results compared to
assumptions utilized in previous years.
We continually update and assess the facts and circumstances
regarding these critical accounting matters and other
significant accounting matters affecting estimates in our
financial statements.
57
BUSINESS
Our
Company
HGI is a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger
Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name
Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999
under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we were
reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc.
We had approximately $139.9 million in cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments (including
U.S. Government Agency and Treasury securities), as of
September 30, 2010. Our common stock trades on the NYSE
under the symbol HRG.
Since the completion of the disposition of our 57% ownership
interest in the common stock of Omega in December 2006, we have
held substantially all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents
and short-term investments. Since then, we have been actively
looking for acquisition or investment opportunities with a
principal focus on identifying and evaluating potential
acquisitions of operating businesses. These efforts accelerated
after the Harbinger Parties acquired 9.9 million shares, or
approximately 51.6%, of our common stock in July 2009.
On January 7, 2011, we completed the transactions
contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, pursuant to which we
issued approximately 119.9 million shares of our common
stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for approximately
27.8 million shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings
common stock. See The Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
Following the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we
own approximately 54.4% of the outstanding shares of Spectrum
Brands Holdings common stock, with a current market value
of approximately $928 million (as of January 14,
2011), and the Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of our
outstanding shares of common stock. On a pro forma basis
including the proceeds of the initial notes, the combined value
of HGIs cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments,
net of current liabilities, was approximately $468 million
at September 30, 2010. For information about Spectrum
Brands Holdings, see Annex D, Description of the Business
of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
We are a holding company focused on obtaining controlling equity
stakes in subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of
industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as a first
step in the process. We have identified the following six
sectors in which we intend to pursue investment opportunities:
consumer products, insurance and financial products, telecom,
agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources.
In order to pursue our strategy, we will utilize the investment
expertise and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a
multi-billion dollar private investment firm based in New York.
We believe that the team at Harbinger Capital has a track record
of making successful investments across various industries. We
believe that our affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance
our ability to identify and evaluate potential acquisition
opportunities appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our
corporate structure provides significant advantages compared to
the traditional hedge fund structure for long-term holdings as
our sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will
more closely match our principal investment strategy. In
addition, our corporate structure provides additional options
for funding acquisitions, including the ability to use our
common stock as a form of consideration.
Philip Falcone, who serves as our Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer and President, founded Harbinger Capital in 2001.
Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged
finance, distressed debt and special situations. In addition to
Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide variety of
professionals, including more than 20 investment professionals
with expertise across various industries, including our targeted
sectors.
Competition
In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we
may encounter intense competition from other entities having
similar business objectives such as strategic investors, private
equity groups and special purpose acquisition corporations. Many
of these entities are well established and have extensive
experience
58
identifying and effecting business combinations directly or
through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater
technical, human and other resources than us, and our financial
resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with many
of these competitors. Any of these factors may place us at a
competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business
combination.
The Harbinger Parties and their affiliates include other
vehicles that actively are seeking investment opportunities, and
any one of those vehicles may at any time be seeking investment
opportunities similar to those targeted by us. Our directors and
officers who are affiliated with Harbinger may consider, among
other things, asset type and investment time horizon in
evaluating opportunities for us. In recognition of the potential
conflicts that these persons and our other directors may have
with respect to corporate opportunities, our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation permits our board of
directors from time to time to assert or renounce our interests
and expectancies in one or more specific industries. In
accordance with this provision, our board of directors renounced
our interests and expectancies in the wireless communications
industry. However, a renunciation of interests and expectancies
in specific industries does not preclude us from seeking
business acquisitions in those industries. We have had
discussions regarding potential investments in various
industries, including wireless communications.
Employees
At January 14, 2011, we employed 8 persons. In the normal
course of business, we use contract personnel to supplement our
employee base to meet our business needs. We believe that our
employee relations are generally satisfactory. We expect we will
need to hire additional employees as a result of our ownership
of a majority interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings and the
increasing complexity of our business.
Legal and
Environmental Matters Regarding Our Business
In 2004, Utica Mutual Insurance Company (Utica
Mutual) commenced an action against us in the Supreme
Court for the County of Oneida, State of New York, seeking
damages under a general agreement of indemnity entered into by
us in the late 1970s. Based upon the information obtained to
date, Utica Mutual is seeking damages due to payments it claims
to have made under (i) a workers compensation bond and
(ii) certain reclamation bonds which were issued to certain
former subsidiaries and are alleged by Utica Mutual to be
covered by the general agreement of indemnity. While the precise
amount of Utica Mutuals claim is unclear, it appears it is
claiming approximately $0.5 million, including
approximately $0.2 million relating to the workers
compensation bond and approximately $0.3 million relating
to reclamation bonds.
In 2005, we were notified by Weatherford of a claim for
reimbursement of approximately $0.2 million in connection
with the investigation and cleanup of purported environmental
contamination at two properties formerly owned by a
non-operating subsidiary of ours. The claim was made under an
indemnification provision given by us to Weatherford in a 1995
asset purchase agreement and relates to alleged environmental
contamination that purportedly existed on the properties prior
to the date of the sale. Weatherford has also advised us that it
anticipates that further remediation and cleanup may be
required, although Weatherford has not provided any information
regarding the cost of any such future clean up. We have
challenged any responsibility to indemnify Weatherford. We
believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claim,
including that the alleged contamination occurred after the sale
of the property, and we intend to vigorously defend
against it.
HGI is a nominal defendant, and the members of our board of
directors are named as defendants in a derivative action filed
in December 2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of
Chancery. The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition is financially unfair to HGI and its public
stockholders and seeks unspecified damages and the rescission of
the transaction. We believe the allegations are without merit
and intend to vigorously defend this matter.
In addition to the matters described above, we are involved in
other litigation and claims incidental to our current and prior
businesses. These include pending cases in Mississippi and
Louisiana state court and in a federal multi-district litigation
alleging injury from exposure to asbestos on offshore drilling
rigs and shipping vessels formerly owned or operated by our
offshore drilling and bulk-shipping affiliates.
59
We have aggregate reserves for our legal and environmental
matters of approximately $0.3 million at both
September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, which
reserves relate primarily to the Utica Mutual and Weatherford
claims described above. Although the outcome of these matters
cannot be predicted with certainty, some of these matters may be
disposed of unfavorably to us and we continue to incur ongoing
defense costs in connection with some of these matters. However,
based on currently available information, including legal
defenses available to us, and given the aforementioned reserves
and related insurance coverage, we do not believe that the
outcome of these legal and environmental matters will have a
material effect on our financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
Properties
Our principal executive office is located at 450 Park Avenue,
27th Floor, New York, New York 10022, where we lease
approximately 2,350 square feet of office space.
Spectrum
Brands Holdings
A description of the business of Spectrum Brands Holdings is
included in Annex D hereto.
60
MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth the name, age and position of our
directors and officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Philip A. Falcone
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Peter A. Jenson
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Chief Operating Officer and Director
|
Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Richard H. Hagerup
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Interim Chief Accounting Officer
|
Lap Wai Chan
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Director
|
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Director
|
Keith M. Hladek
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
Director
|
Thomas Hudgins
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
Director
|
Robert V. Leffler, Jr.
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Director
|
Philip A. Falcone, age 47, has served as a director,
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of
HGI since July 2009. He is Chief Investment Officer and Chief
Executive Officer of Harbinger Capital, an affiliate of HGI, and
is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
of Zap.Com. Mr. Falcone formed the predecessor of Harbinger
Capital in 2001, and oversees its investment and business
functions. Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience
in leveraged finance, distressed debt and special situations.
Prior to joining the predecessor of Harbinger Capital,
Mr. Falcone served as Head of High Yield Trading for
Barclays Capital. None of the companies Mr. Falcone worked
with before joining the predecessor of Harbinger Capital is an
affiliate of HGI. We elected Mr. Falcone as a director
because of his extensive investment experience and his
controlling relationship with our controlling stockholders. We
elected Mr. Falcone as our Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer because of his experience, and
current position, as Chief Investment Officer and Chief
Executive Officer of Harbinger Capital.
Peter A. Jenson, age 45, has served as a director of
HGI since July 2009. He is Chief Operating Officer of Harbinger
Capital, an affiliate of HGI, and was elected Secretary of HGI
and Zap.Com in July 2009. Mr. Jenson is responsible for all
operational activities of the Harbinger Parties and their
management companies, including trade operations, portfolio
accounting, valuation, treasury and portfolio financing, legal
and compliance, information technology, administration and human
resources. Prior to joining Harbinger Capital in 2009,
Mr. Jenson held similar senior executive positions where he
was responsible for finance and administration activities at
Citadel Investment Group, a global financial institution, and
Constellation Commodity Group, an energy company.
Mr. Jenson was also a Partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
where he was responsible for attestation and consulting
activities across a broad spectrum of financial services
clients, including commercial and international banks, trading
organizations and investment companies. None of the companies
Mr. Jenson worked with before joining Harbinger Capital is
an affiliate of HGI. Mr. Jenson is a Chartered Accountant
and a Certified Practising Accountant in Australia, as well as a
Fellow of The Securities Institute in Australia. We elected
Mr. Jenson as a director because of his expertise in
operational activities, his knowledge of accounting and finance
and his relationship with the Harbinger Parties, thereby
providing the Board of Directors with important interaction
with, and access to, our controlling stockholders.
Francis T. McCarron, age 53, has been the Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of HGI since December
2009. Mr. McCarron also serves as the Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Zap.Com, a position he
has held since December 2009. From 2001 to 2007,
Mr. McCarron was the Chief Financial Officer of Triarc
Companies, Inc. (Triarc), which was renamed
Wendys/Arbys Group, Inc. in 2008. During 2008,
Mr. McCarron was a consultant for Triarc. During the time
of Mr. McCarrons employment, Triarc was a holding
company that, through its principal subsidiary, Arbys
Restaurant Group, Inc., was the franchisor of the Arbys
restaurant system. Triarc (now Wendy/Arbys Group, Inc.) is
not an affiliate of HGI.
Richard H. Hagerup, age 58, has been the Interim
Chief Accounting Officer of HGI since December 2010.
Mr. Hagerup also serves as Interim Chief Accounting Officer
of Zap.Com, a position he has held since
61
December 2010. Prior to being appointed as Interim Chief
Accounting Officer of HGI, Mr. Hagerup served as HGIs
contract controller, a position he held from January 2010. From
April 1980 to April 2008, Mr. Hagerup held various
accounting and financial reporting positions with Triarc and its
affiliates, last serving as Controller of Triarc. During the
time of Mr. Hagerups employment, Triarc was a holding
company listed on the NYSE that held controlling financial
interests in various other companies including Arbys
Restaurant Group, Inc. (the franchisor of the Arbys
restaurant system). Wendy/Arbys Group, Inc. is not an
affiliate of HGI.
Lap Wai Chan, age 44, has served as a director of
HGI since October 2009. He is a consultant to MatlinPatterson
Global Advisors (MatlinPatterson), a private equity
firm focused on distressed control investments across a range of
industries. From July 2002 to September 2009, Mr. Chan was
a Managing Partner at MatlinPatterson. Prior to that,
Mr. Chan was a Managing Director at Credit Suisse First
Boston H.K. Ltd. (Credit Suisse). From March 2003 to
December 2007, Mr. Chan served on the board of directors of
Polymer Group, Inc. MatlinPatterson, Credit Suisse and Polymer
Group, Inc. are not affiliates of HGI. We elected Mr. Chan
as a director because of his extensive investment experience,
particularly in Asia and Latin America, which strengthens the
Board of Directors collective qualifications, skills and
experience.
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr., age 39, has served as a
director of HGI since July 2009. Mr. Clark is also a
director of Zap.Com. Until January 2011, Mr. Clark was a
Managing Director and Director of Investments of Harbinger
Capital, a private equity fund and an affiliate of HGI, and is
responsible for investments in metals, mining, industrials and
retail companies, among other sectors. Mr. Clark served in
that position since January 2006 and prior to that was a vice
president from October 2002. Mr. Clark is in the process of
launching BalanTrove Partners, a hedge fund. Prior to joining
Harbinger Capital, from April 2001, Mr. Clark was a
Distressed Debt and Special Situations Research Analyst at
Satellite Asset Management, L.P. (Satellite), where
he covered financially stressed and distressed industrial,
cyclical and energy companies. He has actively participated in
several financial restructurings in official and unofficial
capacities as representative of holders of both secured and
unsecured creditors. BalanTrove Partners and Satellite are not
affiliates of HGI. Mr. Clark has completed Levels I
and II of the Chartered Financial Analyst designation
program. We elected Mr. Clark as a director because of his
extensive investment experience in a broad range of industries.
Keith M. Hladek, age 35, has served as a director of
HGI since October 2009. Mr. Hladek is also a director of
Zap.Com. He is Chief Financial Officer of Harbinger Capital, an
affiliate of HGI. Mr. Hladek is responsible for all
accounting and operations of the Harbinger Funds and management
companies, including portfolio accounting, valuation,
settlement, custody, and administration of investments. Prior to
joining Harbinger Capital in 2009, Mr. Hladek was
Controller at Silver Point Capital, L.P., a distressed debt and
credit-focused private investment firm, where he was responsible
for accounting, operations and valuation for various funds and
related financing vehicles. None of the companies
Mr. Hladek worked with before joining Harbinger Capital is
an affiliate of HGI. Mr. Hladek is a Certified Public
Accountant in New York. We elected Mr. Hladek as a director
because of his extensive accounting and operations experience
and his relationship with the Harbinger Parties, thereby
providing the Board of Directors with important interaction
with, and access to, our controlling stockholders.
Thomas Hudgins, age 70, has served as a director of
HGI since October 2009. He is a retired partner of
Ernst & Young LLP (E&Y). From 1993 to
1998, he served as E&Ys Managing Partner of its New
York Office with over 1,200 audit and tax professionals and
staff personnel. During his tenure at E&Y, Mr. Hudgins
was the coordinating partner for a number of multinational
companies, including American Express Company, American Standard
Inc., Textron Inc., MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc.,
and Morgan Stanley, as well as various mid-market and leveraged
buy-out companies. As coordinating partner, he had the lead
responsibility for the world-wide delivery of audit, tax and
management consulting services to these clients.
Mr. Hudgins also served on E&Ys international
executive committee for its global financial services practice.
Mr. Hudgins serves as a member of the board of directors
and chairman of the audit committee and member of the
compensation committee of RHI Entertainment Inc. He previously
served on the board of directors and as a member of various
committees of Foamex International Inc. and Aurora Foods, Inc.
E&Y, RHI Entertainment Inc., Foamex International Inc. and
Aurora Foods, Inc. are not affiliates of HGI. We elected
Mr. Hudgins
62
because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in
accounting, finance and capital structures, which strengthens
the Board of Directors collective qualifications, skills
and experience.
Robert V. Leffler, Jr., age 65, has served as a
director of HGI since May 1995. For more than the past six
years, Mr. Leffler has owned and operated the Leffler
Agency, an advertising and marketing/public relations firm based
in Baltimore, Maryland and Tampa, Florida, which specializes in
sports, rental real estate and broadcast television. The Leffler
Agency is not an affiliate of HGI. We elected Mr. Leffler
because we believe he provides a unique historical perspective
to our long operating history in light of his service on our
Board of Directors since 1995.
CERTAIN
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS
Controlled
Company
The board of directors has determined that HGI is a
controlled company for the purposes of
Section 303A of the NYSE rules, as the Harbinger Parties
control more than 50% of HGIs voting power. A controlled
company may elect not to comply with certain NYSE rules,
including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board
of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the
requirement that a nominating/corporate governance committee be
in place that is composed entirely of independent directors with
a written charter addressing the committees purpose and
responsibilities, and (3) the requirement that a
compensation committee be in place that is composed entirely of
independent directors with a written charter addressing the
committees purpose and responsibilities. We currently
avail ourselves of the controlled company
exceptions. The board of directors has determined that it is
appropriate not to have a nominating/corporate governance or
compensation committee because of our relatively limited number
of directors, our limited number of senior executives and our
status as a controlled company under applicable NYSE
rules.
Director
Independence
The board of directors has determined that Messrs. Chan,
Hudgins and Leffler are independent directors under the NYSE
rules. Under the NYSE rules, no director qualifies as
independent unless the board of directors affirmatively
determines that the director has no material relationship with
HGI. Based upon information requested from and provided by each
director concerning their background, employment and
affiliations, including commercial, industrial, banking,
consulting, legal, accounting, charitable and familial
relationships, the board of directors has determined that each
of the independent directors named above has no material
relationship with HGI, nor has any such person entered into any
material transactions or arrangements with HGI or its
subsidiaries, either directly or as a partner, stockholder or
officer of an organization that has a relationship with HGI, and
is therefore independent under the NYSE rules.
As provided for under the NYSE rules, the board of directors has
adopted categorical standards or guidelines to assist the board
of directors in making its independence determinations with
respect to each director. Under the NYSE rules, immaterial
relationships that fall within the guidelines are not required
to be disclosed in this prospectus.
63
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Summary
Compensation Table
The following table discloses compensation for the fiscal years
ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 received
by (i) Philip A. Falcone, our Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer, (ii) Francis T.
McCarron, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, who was appointed in December 2009, (iii) Richard
H. Hagerup, our Interim Chief Accounting Officer, who was
appointed in December 2010 and (iv) Leonard DiSalvo, our
Vice President Finance until May 31, 2010.
These individuals are also referred to in this prospectus as our
named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Qualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
Compensation
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Earnings
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Philip A. Falcone,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman of the
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Board, President
and Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Francis T. McCarron,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,800
|
(4)
|
|
|
1,009,800
|
|
Executive Vice
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
15,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
329,361
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
344,431
|
|
President and Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard H. Hagerup,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
Interim Chief
Accounting Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leonard DiSalvo,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
111,557
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192,939
|
(9)
|
|
|
304,496
|
|
Former Vice
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
245,000
|
|
|
|
63,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,495
|
|
|
|
9,800
|
(4)
|
|
|
348,295
|
|
President Finance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The HGI Pension Plan (the Pension Plan) was frozen
in 2005; accordingly, the amount of future pension benefits an
employee will receive is fixed. Disclosed changes in pension
value are caused by actuarial related changes in the present
value of the named executive officers accumulated benefit.
Actuarial assumptions such as age and the selected discount rate
will cause an annual change in the actuarial pension value of an
employees benefit but does not result in any change in the
actual amount of future benefits an employee will receive. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Falcone is an employee of an affiliate of the Harbinger
Parties and he does not receive any compensation for his
services as our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. McCarrons bonus is discretionary and has not yet
been determined. Pursuant to Mr. McCarrons employment
agreement, he is guaranteed a minimum bonus amount of $500,000
for 2010. We expect that Mr. McCarrons bonus will be
determined by the date our year-end financial statements are
completed in February 2011; we will disclose this amount in a
Form 8-K
filing under Item 5.02(f). |
|
(4) |
|
Amounts represent HGIs matching contribution under
HGIs 401(k) plan. |
|
(5) |
|
In 2009, stock options were granted with a grant date fair value
of $2.63 with the following assumptions used in the
determination of fair value using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model: expected option term of six years, volatility of
32.6%, risk-free interest rate of 3.1% and no assumed dividend
yield. No stock options were granted in 2008 or 2010. |
|
(6) |
|
Excludes any compensation paid to Mr. Hagerup for
consulting services he performed before he became our Interim
Chief Accounting Officer in December 2010. |
|
(7) |
|
Excludes any compensation paid to Mr. DiSalvo for
consulting services he performed after his employment terminated
on May 31, 2010. |
64
|
|
|
(8) |
|
For 2010, Mr. DiSalvo earned a bonus of $34,453, which was
computed at a rate of 125% of his 2009 bonus. Pursuant to his
severance agreement, in lieu of receiving this bonus,
Mr. DiSalvo received a lump-sum severance payment of
$184,453 (included as All Other Compensation in this
table). |
|
(9) |
|
Amount consists of $184,453 in severance payments and $8,486 for
HGIs matching contribution under HGIs 401(k) plan. |
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
Market or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
Payout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Shares,
|
|
|
Shares,
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Units or
|
|
|
Units or
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock That
|
|
|
Stock That
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Rights That
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
That Have
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Not Vested
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Philip A. Falcone
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
125,000
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.01
|
|
|
|
12/23/2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard H. Hagerup
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leonard DiSalvo
|
|
|
100,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.775
|
|
|
|
11/30/2011
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.813
|
|
|
|
12/8/2013
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The exercise price of all equity awards is equal to the fair
market value (closing trading price of our common stock) on the
date of grant. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts vest in one-third increments annually from date of
grant. Accordingly, (1) on December 24, 2010, options
for 41,667 shares of common stock became exercisable;
(2) on December 24, 2011, options for an additional
41,667 shares of common stock will become exercisable and
(3) on December 24, 2012, options for an additional
41,666 shares of common stock will become exercisable. |
|
(3) |
|
Amounts are fully vested as of the date of this prospectus. |
|
(4) |
|
Pursuant to Mr. DiSalvos retention and consulting
agreement, his termination of employment on May 31, 2010
was, solely with respect to his options, deemed to be effective
August 31, 2010. |
Determination
of Compensation
We do not have a compensation committee because of the limited
number of our senior executives and our status as a
controlled company under applicable NYSE rules.
Instead, the entire Board of Directors is responsible for
determining compensation for our directors and executive
officers. The Board of Directors may delegate the authority to
recommend the amount or form of executive or director
compensation to individual directors or executive officers, but
the authority to approve the compensation rests with the entire
Board of Directors. During our last completed fiscal year, the
Board of Directors did not retain compensation consultants to
determine or recommend the amount or form of executive or
director compensation, but it may do so in the future if it
deems it appropriate.
Elements
of Post-Termination Compensation and Benefits
Pension Plan. Benefits under our Pension Plan
are based on employees years of service and compensation
level. All of the costs of this plan are borne by us. The
plans participants are 100% vested in the accrued benefit
after five years of service.
In 2005, our Board of Directors authorized a freeze of the
Pension Plan in accordance with ERISA rules and regulations so
that new employees, after January 15, 2006, are not
eligible to participate in the Pension
65
Plan and further benefits no longer accrue for existing
participants. Of our named executive officers, only Leonard
DiSalvo was eligible to participate in this plan and he no
longer accrues additional benefits.
401(k) Plan. We maintain a 401(k) plan in
which eligible participants may defer a fixed amount or a
percentage of their eligible compensation, subject to
limitations. We make discretionary matching contributions of up
to 4% of eligible compensation. Mr. Falcone does not
participate in our 401(k) plan and Mr. Hagerup is not
eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan. Mr. McCarron
was not eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan in 2009. Our
match for Mr. McCarron was $9,800 in 2010 and our match for
Mr. DiSalvo was $9,800 in 2009 and $8,486 in 2010.
Senior Executive Health Plan. During the
second quarter of 2006, the Board of Directors established the
HGI Corporation Senior Executive Retiree Health Care Benefit
Plan to provide health and medical benefits for certain of our
former senior executive officers. These health insurance
benefits are consistent with HGIs existing benefits
available to employees. Participation of individuals in this
plan is determined by the Board of Directors. There are no
current participants in this plan, although the Board of
Directors may permit our current executive officers to
participate following their retirement.
Deferred Compensation Arrangements. We do not
currently have any deferred compensation arrangements or plans.
Other. We continue to provide benefits to the
surviving spouse of former HGI Chairman, B. John Mackin, under
the terms of a Consulting and Retirement Agreement dated
August 27, 1981. Mr. Mackin retired as an employee of
HGI in 1985. The agreement provides for health and dental
benefits and annual retirement income of $112,500 to
Mr. Mackins widow for the remainder of her life. This
amount represents half of the $225,000 per annum that was paid
to Mr. Mackin prior to his death in 2003.
Employment
Agreements with Named Executive Officers; Payments upon
Termination and Change in Control
Philip A. Falcone, our Chief Executive Officer, Francis T.
McCarron, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, and Richard H. Hagerup, our Interim Chief Accounting
Officer, are employees at will. Mr. Falcone was not or is
not a party to an employment agreement with HGI. We have
employment agreements with Mr. McCarron, and
Mr. Hagerup. We have a consulting agreement with Leonard
DiSalvo, our former Vice President Finance. We also
have indemnification agreements with Messrs. Falcone,
McCarron and DiSalvo, pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify
them to the fullest extent of the law. We expect to enter into a
similar indemnification agreement with Mr. Hagerup.
Other than the termination payments payable to
Messrs. McCarron, Hagerup and DiSalvo as described below,
we are not obligated to make any payments or provide any
benefits to our named executive officers upon the termination of
employment, a change of control of HGI, or a change in the named
executive officers responsibilities following a change of
control.
Employment
Agreement with Francis T. McCarron
Pursuant to our employment agreement with Mr. McCarron,
dated as of December 24, 2009, Mr. McCarrons
annual base salary is $500,000 and, beginning January 1,
2010, he is eligible to earn an annual cash bonus targeted at
300% of his base salary upon the attainment of certain
reasonable performance objectives to be set by, and in the sole
discretion of, our Board or the Compensation Committee of the
Board, in consultation with Mr. McCarron. For 2010,
Mr. McCarron was guaranteed a minimum annual bonus of
$500,000. His annual bonus for 2010 has not been set.
Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. McCarron was
granted an initial non-qualified option to purchase
125,000 shares of our common stock (the Initial
Option) pursuant to our Amended and Restated 1996
Long-Term Incentive Plan. The Initial Option will vest in three
substantially equal annual installments, subject to
Mr. McCarrons continued employment on each annual
vesting date, and has an exercise price equal to the fair market
value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. For years
beginning on or after January 1, 2011, Mr. McCarron
will be eligible to receive an additional annual option or
similar equity grant
66
having a fair value targeted at between 25% and 50% of
Mr. McCarrons total annual compensation for the
immediately preceding year, subject to the sole discretion of
our Board of Directors (including the discretion to grant awards
higher than the targeted amount).
If Mr. McCarrons employment is terminated for any
reason, he is entitled to his salary through his final date of
active employment plus any accrued but unused vacation pay. He
is also entitled to any benefits mandated under the Consolidated
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) or
required under the terms of HGIs plans described above.
If Mr. McCarrons employment was terminated by us
without cause, or by him for Good Reason, as defined below, at
any time on or prior to December 31, 2010, he was entitled
to the continuation of his base salary until December 31,
2010 and his Initial Option to purchase 125,000 shares of
our common stock would have become fully vested. In addition, he
would have been entitled to his annual bonus for 2010, in an
amount equal to the greater of $500,000 or the bonus earned for
the year based upon the actual attainment of the performance
goals, as pro-rated for the number of days Mr. McCarron was
employed in 2010. If the termination of employment occurs at any
time after December 31, 2010, Mr. McCarron will be
entitled to the continuation of his base salary for three months
following such termination and full vesting of his Initial
Option. He will also be entitled to his 2010 annual bonus to the
extent not previously paid as of the date his employment
terminates.
Good Reason means the occurrence of any of
the following events without either Mr. McCarrons
express prior written consent or full cure by us within
30 days: (i) any material diminution in
Mr. McCarrons title, responsibilities or authorities,
(ii) the assignment to him of duties that are materially
inconsistent with his duties as the principal financial officer
of HGI; (iii) any change in the reporting structure so that
he reports to any person or entity other than Chief Executive
Officer
and/or the
Board; (iv) the relocation of Mr. McCarrons
principal office, or principal place of employment, to a
location that is outside the borough of Manhattan,
New York; (v) a breach by HGI of any material terms of
Mr. McCarrons employment agreement; or (vi) any
failure of HGI to obtain the assumption (in writing or by
operation of law) of our obligations under his employment
agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of our
business or assets upon consummation of any merger,
consolidation, sale, liquidation, dissolution or similar
transaction.
Employment
Agreement with Richard H. Hagerup
As of December 1, 2010, we entered into a Temporary
Employment Agreement with Mr. Hagerup pursuant to which we
employ Mr. Hagerup as our Interim Chief Accounting Officer.
Mr. Hagerups bi-weekly pay is $9,230.77.
Mr. Hagerups employment is temporary and at
will and may be terminated by Mr. Hagerup or HGI at
any time for any reason or no reason whatsoever and without
notice. As a temporary employee, Mr. Hagerup is not
eligible to participate in any of HGIs benefit plans. If
HGI terminates Mr. Hagerups employment other than for
Cause, as defined in his employment agreement, upon
less than 30 days notice, HGI will continue to pay
Mr. Hagerups salary through the
30-day
period.
Retention
and Consulting Agreement with Leonard DiSalvo
On January 22, 2010, we entered into a Retention and
Consulting Agreement with Mr. DiSalvo pursuant to which
Mr. DiSalvo continued to be employed by HGI through
May 31, 2010, and was then entitled to the following
retention payments: (i) a lump sum payment equal to
$150,000; (ii) a pro-rated bonus for 2010 equal to $34,453;
and (iii) three months of outplacement services.
Since June 1, 2010, Mr. DiSalvo has been providing
certain consulting services to HGI. For each full month of
service, Mr. DiSalvo is compensated $21,233.33, a rate
equal to 1/12th of his annual base salary at the rate in
effect on the date his employment terminated. In addition,
Mr. DiSalvo had the right to (but did not) elect health
care continuation coverage under COBRA and we would have paid
his COBRA premiums during the consulting period at the same rate
we pay health insurance premiums for our active employees. The
consulting services continue for 12 months, except that
Mr. DiSalvo may terminate the consulting period at any time
upon 30 days prior written notice to us and we may
terminate the consulting period at any time for
67
cause. Mr. DiSalvos entitlement to the payments was
also subject to his execution of a release in a form reasonably
acceptable to us, which he executed in May 2010.
Mr. DiSalvos stock options continue to be subject to
the terms of our 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan, except that for
purposes of these options, Mr. DiSalvos employment
was deemed to terminate on August 31, 2010.
Director
Compensation
The following table shows for the fiscal year 2010 certain
information with respect to the compensation of the current
directors of HGI, excluding Philip A. Falcone, whose
compensation is disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table
above. There are no individuals who were directors at any time
during 2010 but are not currently directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
Nonqualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or Paid
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
Deferred
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
in Cash
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Earnings
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Lap W. Chan
|
|
|
279,718
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279,718
|
|
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keith M. Hladek
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Hudgins
|
|
|
186,108
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
186,108
|
|
Peter A. Jenson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert V. Leffler
|
|
|
171,679
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171,679
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During 2010, directors who were not employees of HGI or of the
Harbinger Parties (or an affiliate) were paid an annual retainer
of $35,000 (on a quarterly basis), plus $1,000 per meeting for
each standing committee of the Board of Directors on which a
director served or $2,000 per meeting for each standing
committee of the Board of Directors of which a director was
Chairman. Those directors who also are employees of HGI or of
the Harbinger Parties (or an affiliate) do not receive any
compensation for their services as directors. |
|
(2) |
|
In 2010, the Board of Directors formed a special committee to
consider certain proposed acquisitions (the Special
Committee). Mr. Chan acted as Chairman of the Special
Committee and for this service, was paid a fee of $25,000 per
calendar month during which the Special Committee was in
existence, and a fee of $1,500 per meeting. |
|
(3) |
|
For service on the Special Committee, Messrs. Hudgins and
Leffler were paid a fee of $10,000 per calendar month during
which the Special Committee was in existence, and a fee of
$1,500 per meeting. |
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and addressing
conflicts of interests of directors and executive officers, as
well as reviewing and discussing with management and the
independent registered public accounting firm, and approving as
the case may be, any transactions or courses of dealing with
related parties that are required to be disclosed pursuant to
Item 404 of
Regulation S-K,
which is the SECs disclosure rules for certain related
party transactions.
Management
Agreement
Effective March 1, 2010, we entered into a Management and
Advisory Services Agreement (the Management
Agreement) with Harbinger Capital, pursuant to which
Harbinger Capital has agreed to provide us with advisory and
consulting services, particularly with regard to identifying and
evaluating investment opportunities. Harbinger Capital is an
affiliate of the Harbinger Parties, which collectively hold
approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock.
Harbinger Capital is also the employer of Messrs. Falcone,
Jenson and Hladek, who are our directors and, in the case of
Messrs. Falcone and Jenson, our officers. We have agreed to
reimburse Harbinger Capital for (i) its
out-of-pocket
expenses and its fully-loaded cost (based
68
on budgeted compensation and overhead) of services provided by
its legal and accounting personnel (but excluding such services
as are incidental and ordinary course activities) and
(ii) upon our completion of any transaction, Harbinger
Capitals
out-of-pocket
expenses and its fully-loaded cost (based on budgeted
compensation and overhead) of services provided by its legal and
accounting personnel (but not its investment banking personnel)
relating to such transaction, to the extent not previously
reimbursed by us. Requests by Harbinger Capital for
reimbursement are subject to review by our Audit Committee,
after review by our management. The Management Agreement has a
three-year term, with automatic one-year extensions unless
terminated by either party with 90 days notice. For
the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we did not accrue
any costs related to the Management Agreement.
Spectrum
Brands Acquisition; Related Transactions
For a description of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the
Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, the
Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and related
transactions and the interests our directors and significant
stockholders have in this transaction, see The Spectrum
Brands Acquisition elsewhere in this prospectus.
Registration
Rights Agreement
In connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, HGI and the
Harbinger Parties entered into a registration rights agreement,
dated as of September 10, 2010, (the Registration
Rights Agreement) pursuant to which, after the
consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Harbinger
Parties will, among other things and subject to the terms and
conditions set forth therein, have certain demand and so-called
piggy back registration rights with respect to
(i) any and all shares of HGIs common stock owned
after the date of the Registration Rights Agreement by the
Harbinger Parties and their permitted transferees (irrespective
of when acquired) and any shares of HGIs common stock
issuable or issued upon exercise, conversion or exchange of
HGIs other securities owned by the Harbinger Parties, and
(ii) any of HGI securities issued in respect of the shares
of HGIs common stock issued or issuable to any of the
Harbinger Parties with respect to the securities described in
clause (i).
Under the Registration Rights Agreement, after the consummation
of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition any of the Harbinger Parties
may demand that HGI register all or a portion of such Harbinger
Partys shares of HGIs common stock for sale under
the Securities Act, so long as the anticipated aggregate
offering price of the securities to be offered is (i) at
least $30 million if registration is to be effected
pursuant to a registration statement on
Form S-1
or any similar long-form registration or
(ii) at least $5 million if registration is to be
effected pursuant to a registration statement on
Form S-3
or a similar short-form registration. Under the
agreement, HGI is not obligated to effect more than three such
long-form registrations in the aggregate for all of
the Harbinger Parties.
The Registration Rights Agreement also provides that if HGI
decides to register any shares of its common stock for its own
account or the account of a stockholder other than the Harbinger
Parties (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
agreement), the Harbinger Parties may require HGI to include all
or a portion of their shares of HGIs common stock in the
registration and, to the extent the registration is in
connection with an underwritten public offering, to have such
shares included in the offering.
Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions of Spectrum Brands
Holdings
A description of certain relationships and related party
transactions of Spectrum Brands Holdings is attached as
Annex E hereto.
69
PRINCIPAL
STOCKHOLDERS
The table below shows the number of shares of our common stock
beneficially owned by:
|
|
|
|
|
each named executive officer,
|
|
|
|
each director,
|
|
|
|
each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our
outstanding common stock (the 5%
stockholders), and
|
|
|
|
all directors and executive officers as a group.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the SEC. Determinations as to the identity of 5% stockholders
and the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned,
including shares which may be acquired by them within
60 days, is based upon filings with the SEC as indicated in
the footnotes to the table below. Except as otherwise indicated,
we believe, based on the information furnished or otherwise
available to us, that each person or entity named in the table
has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares
of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them, subject
to applicable community property laws.
In computing the number of shares of our common stock
beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of
that person, shares of our common stock that are subject to
options held by that person that are currently exercisable or
exercisable within 60 days of January 20, 2011, are
deemed outstanding. These shares of our common stock are not,
however, deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the
percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise noted
below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table
is
c/o Harbinger
Group Inc., 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York,
New York 10022.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
Name and Address
|
|
Ownership
|
|
|
Class
|
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.(1)
|
|
|
95,932,068
|
|
|
|
68.9
|
%
|
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.(2)
|
|
|
21,493,161
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
%
|
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.(3)
|
|
|
12,434,660
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
Our Directors and Executive Officers Serving at
January 20, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lap W. Chan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leonard DiSalvo(4)
|
|
|
260,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Philip A. Falcone(5)
|
|
|
129,859,889
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
%
|
Keith M. Hladek(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Hudgins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter A. Jenson(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert V. Leffler, Jr.(7)
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard H. Hagerup
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All current directors and executive officers as a group
(10 persons)
|
|
|
129,867,889
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates less than 1% of our outstanding common stock. |
|
(1) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed
with the SEC on January 12, 2011, Harbinger Capital
Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (the Master Fund) is
the beneficial owner of 95,932,068 shares of our common
stock, which may also be deemed to be beneficially owned by
Harbinger Capital, the investment manager of Master Fund;
Harbinger Holdings, LLC (Harbinger Holdings), the
managing member of Harbinger Capital, and Philip A. Falcone, the
managing member of Harbinger Holdings and the |
70
|
|
|
|
|
portfolio manager of the Master Fund. The address of the Master
Fund is
c/o International
Fund Services (Ireland) Limited, 78 Sir John
Rogersons Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland. |
|
(2) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed
with the SEC on January 12, 2011, Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. (the Special
Situations Fund) is the beneficial owner of
21,493,161 shares of our common stock, which may be deemed
to be beneficially owned by Harbinger Capital Partners Special
Situations GP, LLC (HCPSS), the general partner of
the Special Situations Fund, Harbinger Holdings, the managing
member of HCPSS, and Mr. Falcone, the managing member of
Harbinger Holdings and the portfolio manager of the Special
Situations Fund. The address of the Special Situations Fund is
450 Park Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, New York, 10022. |
|
(3) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed
with the SEC on September 15, 2010, Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. (the Global Fund) is the beneficial
holder of 12,434,660 shares of our common stock, which may
be deemed to be beneficially owned by Harbinger Capital
Partners II LP (HCP II), the investment manager
of the Global Fund; Harbinger Capital Partners II GP LLC
(HCP II GP), the general partner of HCP II, and
Mr. Falcone, the managing member of HCP II GP and the
portfolio manager of the Global Fund. The address of the Global
Fund is
c/o Maples
Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House,
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands KY1-1104. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents 260,000 shares of our common stock issuable
under options exercisable within 60 days of
January 20, 2011. |
|
(5) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 5, filed
with the SEC on January 12, 2011, Mr. Falcone, the
managing member of Harbinger Holdings and HCP II GP and
portfolio manager of each of the Master Fund, the Special
Situations Fund and the Global Fund, may be deemed to indirectly
beneficially own 129,859,889 shares of our common stock,
constituting approximately 93.3% of our outstanding common
stock, and has shared voting and dispositive power over all such
shares. Mr. Falcone disclaims beneficial ownership of the
shares reported in the Schedule 13D, except with respect to
his pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Falcones address
is
c/o Harbinger
Holdings, LLC, 450 Park Avenue, 30th Floor, New York,
New York, 10022. |
|
(6) |
|
The address of each beneficial owner is
c/o Harbinger
Capital Partners LLC, 450 Park Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, New
York 10022. |
|
(7) |
|
Represents 8,000 shares of our common stock issuable under
options exercisable within 60 days of January 20, 2011. |
71
THE
EXCHANGE OFFER
Terms of
the Exchange Offer
We are offering to exchange our exchange notes for a like
aggregate principal amount of our initial notes.
The exchange notes that we propose to issue in the exchange
offer will be substantially identical to our initial notes
except that, unlike our initial notes, the exchange notes will
have no transfer restrictions or registration rights. You should
read the description of the exchange notes in the section in
this prospectus entitled Description of Notes.
We reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make
offers for any initial notes that remain outstanding following
the expiration or termination of the exchange offer and, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase initial notes in
the open market or privately negotiated transactions, one or
more additional tender or exchange offers or otherwise. The
terms and prices of these purchases or offers could differ
significantly from the terms of the exchange offer.
Expiration
Date; Extensions; Amendments; Termination
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2011, unless we extend it in our reasonable discretion. The
expiration date of the exchange offer will be at least 20
business days after the commencement of the exchange offer in
accordance with
Rule 14e-1(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act).
We expressly reserve the right to delay acceptance of any
initial notes, extend or terminate the exchange offer and not
accept any initial notes that we have not previously accepted if
any of the conditions described below under
Conditions to the Exchange Offer have
not been satisfied or waived by us. We will notify the exchange
agent of any delay, extension or termination of the exchange
offer by oral notice, promptly confirmed in writing, or by
written notice. We will also notify the holders of the initial
notes by a press release or other public announcement
communicated before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date
unless applicable laws require us to do otherwise.
We also expressly reserve the right to amend the terms of the
exchange offer in any manner. If we make any material change, we
will promptly disclose this change in a manner reasonably
calculated to inform the holders of our initial notes of the
change including providing public announcement or giving oral or
written notice to these holders. A material change in the terms
of the exchange offer could include a change in the timing of
the exchange offer, a change in the exchange agent and other
similar changes in the terms of the exchange offer. If we make
any material change to the exchange offer, we will disclose this
change by means of a post-effective amendment to the
registration statement which includes this prospectus and will
distribute an amended or supplemented prospectus to each
registered holder of initial notes. In addition, we will extend
the exchange offer for an additional five to ten business days
as required by the Exchange Act, depending on the significance
of the amendment, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire
during that period. We will promptly notify the exchange agent
by oral notice, promptly confirmed in writing, or written notice
of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment
of the exchange offer.
Procedures
for Tendering Initial Notes
Proper
Execution and Delivery of Letters of Transmittal
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, you must use
one of the three alternative procedures described below:
(1) Regular delivery procedure: Complete,
sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the
letter of transmittal. Have the signatures on the letter of
transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal.
Mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the
facsimile together with the certificates representing the
initial notes being tendered and any other required documents to
the exchange agent on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the expiration date.
72
(2) Book-entry delivery procedure: Send a
timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of your initial
notes, if this procedure is available, into the exchange
agents account at DTC in accordance with the procedures
for book-entry transfer described under
Book-Entry Delivery Procedure below, on
or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration
date.
(3) Guaranteed delivery procedure: If
time will not permit you to complete your tender by using the
procedures described in (1) or (2) above before the
expiration date and this procedure is available, comply with the
guaranteed delivery procedures described under
Guaranteed Delivery Procedure below.
The method of delivery of the initial notes, the letter of
transmittal and all other required documents is at your election
and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that you use
an overnight or hand-delivery service. If you choose the mail,
we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured,
with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow
sufficient time to assure timely delivery. You should not
send any letters of transmittal or initial notes to us. You must
deliver all documents to the exchange agent at its address
provided below. You may also request your broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or nominee to tender your initial
notes on your behalf.
Only a holder of initial notes may tender initial notes in the
exchange offer. A holder is any person in whose name initial
notes are registered on our books or any other person who has
obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder.
If you are the beneficial owner of initial notes that are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your
notes, you must contact that registered holder promptly and
instruct that registered holder to tender your notes on your
behalf. If you wish to tender your initial notes on your own
behalf, you must, before completing and executing the letter of
transmittal and delivering your initial notes, either make
appropriate arrangements to register the ownership of these
notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power
from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership
may take considerable time.
You must have any signatures on a letter of transmittal or a
notice of withdrawal guaranteed by:
(1) a member firm of a registered national securities
exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc.,
(2) a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States, or
(3) an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Exchange Act, unless the initial notes are
tendered:
(1) by a registered holder or by a participant in DTC whose
name appears on a security position listing as the owner, who
has not completed the box entitled Special Issuance
Instructions or Special Delivery Instructions
on the letter of transmittal and only if the exchange notes are
being issued directly to this registered holder or deposited
into this participants account at DTC, or
(2) for the account of a member firm of a registered
national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States or an
eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Exchange Act.
If the letter of transmittal or any bond powers are signed by:
(1) the recordholder(s) of the initial notes tendered: the
signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face
of the initial notes without alteration, enlargement or any
change whatsoever.
(2) a participant in DTC: the signature must correspond
with the name as it appears on the security position listing as
the holder of the initial notes.
(3) a person other than the registered holder of any
initial notes: these initial notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by bond powers and a proxy that authorize this
person to tender the initial notes on
73
behalf of the registered holder, in satisfactory form to us as
determined in our sole discretion, in each case, as the name of
the registered holder or holders appears on the initial notes.
(4) trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in
a fiduciary or representative capacity: these persons should so
indicate when signing. Unless waived by us, evidence
satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must also be
submitted with the letter of transmittal.
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, you must
make the following representations:
(1) you are authorized to tender, sell, assign and transfer
the initial notes tendered and to acquire exchange notes
issuable upon the exchange of such tendered initial notes, and
that we will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free
and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances
and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted
by us,
(2) any exchange notes acquired by you pursuant to the
exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of
business, whether or not you are the holder,
(3) you or any other person who receives exchange notes,
whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes,
has an arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in a distribution of such exchange notes within the
meaning of the Securities Act and is not participating in, and
does not intend to participate in, the distribution of such
exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act,
(4) you or such other person who receives exchange notes,
whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes,
is not an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 of the
Securities Act, of ours, or if you or such other person is an
affiliate, you or such other person will comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act to the extent applicable,
(5) if you are not a broker-dealer, you represent that you
are not engaging in, and do not intend to engage in, a
distribution of exchange notes, and
(6) if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange
notes for your own account in exchange for initial notes, you
represent that the initial notes to be exchanged for the
exchange notes were acquired by you as a result of market-making
or other trading activities and acknowledge that you will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale, offer to
resell or other transfer of such exchange notes.
You must also warrant that the acceptance of any tendered
initial notes by HGI and the issuance of exchange notes in
exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by HGI of
its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement relating
to the initial notes.
To effectively tender notes through DTC, the financial
institution that is a participant in DTC will electronically
transmit its acceptance through the Automatic Tender Offer
Program. DTC will then edit and verify the acceptance and send
an agents message to the exchange agent for its
acceptance. An agents message is a message transmitted by
DTC to the exchange agent stating that DTC has received an
express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering the
notes that this participant has received and agrees to be bound
by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may
enforce this agreement against this participant.
Book-Entry
Delivery Procedure
Any financial institution that is a participant in DTCs
systems may make book-entry deliveries of initial notes by
causing DTC to transfer these initial notes into the exchange
agents account at DTC in accordance with DTCs
procedures for transfer. To effectively tender notes through
DTC, the financial institution that is a participant in DTC will
electronically transmit its acceptance through the Automatic
Tender Offer Program. The DTC will then edit and verify the
acceptance and send an agents message to the exchange
agent for its acceptance. An agents message is a message
transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent stating that DTC has
received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC
tendering the notes that this participation
74
has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter
of transmittal, and that we may enforce this agreement against
this participant. The exchange agent will make a request to
establish an account for the initial notes at DTC for purposes
of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of
this prospectus.
A delivery of initial notes through a book-entry transfer into
the exchange agents account at DTC will only be effective
if an agents message or the letter of transmittal or a
facsimile of the letter of transmittal with any required
signature guarantees and any other required documents is
transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address
indicated below under Exchange Agent on
or before the expiration date unless the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below are complied with. Delivery of
documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange
agent.
Guaranteed
Delivery Procedure
If you are a registered holder of initial notes and desire to
tender your notes, and (1) these notes are not immediately
available, (2) time will not permit your notes or other
required documents to reach the exchange agent before the
expiration date or (3) the procedures for book-entry
transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis and an
agents message delivered, you may still tender in the
exchange offer if:
(1) you tender through a member firm of a registered
national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an
eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Exchange Act,
(2) on or before the expiration date, the exchange agent
receives a properly completed and duly executed letter of
transmittal or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, and a
notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form
provided by us, with your name and address as holder of the
initial notes and the amount of notes tendered, stating that the
tender is being made by that letter and notice and guaranteeing
that within three NYSE trading days after the expiration date
the certificates for all the initial notes tendered, in proper
form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation with an
agents message, as the case may be, and any other
documents required by the letter of transmittal will be
deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange
agent, and
(3) the certificates for all your tendered initial notes in
proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation as the
case may be, and all other documents required by the letter of
transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three NYSE
trading days after the expiration date.
Acceptance
of Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange
Notes
Your tender of initial notes will constitute an agreement
between you and us governed by the terms and conditions provided
in this prospectus and in the related letter of transmittal.
We will be deemed to have received your tender as of the date
when your duly signed letter of transmittal accompanied by your
initial notes tendered, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry
transfer of these notes into the exchange agents account
at DTC with an agents message, or a notice of guaranteed
delivery from an eligible institution is received by the
exchange agent.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including
time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tenders will be
determined by us in our sole discretion. Our determination will
be final and binding.
We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all initial
notes not properly tendered or any initial notes which, if
accepted, would, in our opinion or our counsels opinion,
be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any
conditions of the exchange offer or irregularities or defects in
tender as to particular notes with the exception of conditions
to the exchange offer relating to the obligations of broker
dealers, which we will not waive. If we waive a condition to the
exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note
holders. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the
exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of
transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless
waived, any defects or irregularities in
75
connection with tenders of initial notes must be cured within
such time as we shall determine. None of us, the exchange agent
or any other person will be under any duty to give notification
of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of initial
notes. None of us, the exchange agent or any other person will
incur any liability for any failure to give notification of
these defects or irregularities. Tenders of initial notes will
not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have
been cured or waived. The exchange agent will return without
cost to their holders any initial notes that are not properly
tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not
been cured or waived promptly following the expiration date.
If all the conditions to the exchange offer are satisfied or
waived on the expiration date, we will accept all initial notes
properly tendered and will issue the exchange notes promptly
thereafter. Please refer to the section of this prospectus
entitled Conditions to the Exchange
Offer below. For purposes of the exchange offer, initial
notes will be deemed to have been accepted as validly tendered
for exchange when, as and if we give oral or written notice of
acceptance to the exchange agent.
We will issue the exchange notes in exchange for the initial
notes tendered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery by an
eligible institution only against delivery to the exchange agent
of the letter of transmittal, the tendered initial notes and any
other required documents, or the receipt by the exchange agent
of a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of initial
notes into the exchange agents account at DTC with an
agents message, in each case, in form satisfactory to us
and the exchange agent.
If any tendered initial notes are not accepted for any reason
provided by the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if
initial notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than
the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged
initial notes will be returned without expense to the tendering
holder, or, in the case of initial notes tendered by book-entry
transfer procedures described above, will be credited to an
account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility,
promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or the expiration
or termination of the exchange offer.
By tendering into the exchange offer, you will irrevocably
appoint our designees as your attorney-in-fact and proxy with
full power of substitution and resubstitution to the full extent
of your rights on the notes tendered. This proxy will be
considered coupled with an interest in the tendered notes. This
appointment will be effective only when, and to the extent that,
we accept your notes in the exchange offer. All prior proxies on
these notes will then be revoked and you will not be entitled to
give any subsequent proxy. Any proxy that you may give
subsequently will not be deemed effective. Our designees will be
empowered to exercise all voting and other rights of the holders
as they may deem proper at any meeting of note holders or
otherwise. The initial notes will be validly tendered only if we
are able to exercise full voting rights on the notes, including
voting at any meeting of the note holders, and full rights to
consent to any action taken by the note holders.
Withdrawal
of Tenders
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may
withdraw tenders of initial notes at any time before
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
For a withdrawal to be effective, you must send a written or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange
agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date at the address provided below under
Exchange Agent and before acceptance of
your tendered notes for exchange by us.
Any notice of withdrawal must:
(1) specify the name of the person having tendered the
initial notes to be withdrawn,
(2) identify the notes to be withdrawn, including, if
applicable, the registration number or numbers and total
principal amount of these notes,
(3) be signed by the person having tendered the initial
notes to be withdrawn in the same manner as the original
signature on the letter of transmittal by which these notes were
tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be
accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the
trustee
76
for the initial notes to register the transfer of these notes
into the name of the person having made the original tender and
withdrawing the tender,
(4) specify the name in which any of these initial notes
are to be registered, if this name is different from that of the
person having tendered the initial notes to be
withdrawn, and
(5) if applicable because the initial notes have been
tendered through the book-entry procedure, specify the name and
number of the participants account at DTC to be credited,
if different than that of the person having tendered the initial
notes to be withdrawn.
We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and
eligibility, including time of receipt, of all notices of
withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on
all parties. Initial notes that are withdrawn will be deemed not
to have been validly tendered for exchange in the exchange offer.
The exchange agent will return without cost to their holders all
initial notes that have been tendered for exchange and are not
exchanged for any reason, promptly after withdrawal, rejection
of tender or expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
You may retender properly withdrawn initial notes in the
exchange offer by following one of the procedures described
under Procedures for Tendering Initial
Notes above at any time on or before the expiration date.
Conditions
to the Exchange Offer
We will complete the exchange offer only if:
(1) there is no change in the laws and regulations which
would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed
with the exchange offer,
(2) there is no change in the current interpretation of the
staff of the SEC which permits resales of the exchange notes,
(3) there is no stop order issued by the SEC or any state
securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the
registration statement which includes this prospectus or the
qualification of the indenture for the exchange notes under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and there are no proceedings
initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose,
(4) there is no action or proceeding instituted or
threatened in any court or before any governmental agency or
body that would reasonably be expected to prohibit, prevent or
otherwise impair our ability to proceed with the exchange
offer, and
(5) we obtain all the governmental approvals that we in our
sole discretion deem necessary to complete the exchange offer.
These conditions are for our sole benefit. We may assert any one
of these conditions regardless of the circumstances giving rise
to it and may also waive any one of them, in whole or in part,
at any time and from time to time, if we determine in our
reasonable discretion that it has not been satisfied, subject to
applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all conditions to
the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived before the
expiration of the exchange offer. If we waive a condition to the
exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note
holders. Each of these rights will be deemed an ongoing right
which we may assert at any time and from time to time.
If we determine that we may terminate the exchange offer because
any of these conditions is not satisfied, we may:
(1) refuse to accept and return to their holders any
initial notes that have been tendered,
(2) extend the exchange offer and retain all notes tendered
before the expiration date, subject to the rights of the holders
of these notes to withdraw their tenders, or
77
(3) waive any condition that has not been satisfied and
accept all properly tendered notes that have not been withdrawn
or otherwise amend the terms of the exchange offer in any
respect as provided under the section in this prospectus
entitled Expiration Date; Extensions;
Amendments; Termination.
Accounting
Treatment
We will record the exchange notes at the same carrying value as
the initial notes as reflected in our accounting records on the
date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any
gain or loss for accounting purposes. We will amortize the costs
related to the issuance of the initial notes over the term of
the initial notes and exchange notes and expense the costs of
the exchange offer as incurred.
Exchange
Agent
We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as
exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct all
questions and requests for assistance on the procedures for
tendering and all requests for additional copies of this
prospectus or the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent as
follows:
By mail:
Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
PO Box 1517
Minneapolis, MN 55480
By hand/overnight delivery:
Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
Sixth & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Confirm by telephone:
(800) 344-5128
Fees and
Expenses
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders in the exchange
offer, including fees and expenses of the exchange agent and
trustee and accounting, legal, printing and related fees and
expenses.
We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other
persons soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. However,
we will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for
its services and will reimburse the exchange agent for its
reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses in connection with the exchange offer. We will also pay
brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries
their reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses for forwarding copies of the prospectus, letters of
transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of
the initial notes and for handling or forwarding tenders for
exchange to their customers.
78
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of initial notes in accordance with the exchange offer.
However, tendering holders will pay the amount of any transfer
taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other
persons, if:
(1) certificates representing exchange notes or initial
notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for
exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or
issued in the name of, any person other than the registered
holder of the notes tendered,
(2) tendered initial notes are registered in the name of
any person other than the person signing the letter of
transmittal, or
(3) a transfer tax is payable for any reason other than the
exchange of the initial notes in the exchange offer.
If you do not submit satisfactory evidence of the payment of any
of these taxes or of any exemption from this payment with the
letter of transmittal, we will bill you directly the amount of
these transfer taxes.
Your
Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse
Consequences
The initial notes were not registered under the Securities Act
or under the securities laws of any state and you may not resell
them, offer them for resale or otherwise transfer them unless
they are subsequently registered or resold under an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. If you do not exchange your
initial notes for exchange notes in accordance with the exchange
offer, or if you do not properly tender your initial notes in
the exchange offer, you will not be able to resell, offer to
resell or otherwise transfer the initial notes unless they are
registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell them,
offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption
from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not
subject to, the Securities Act.
In addition, except as set forth in this paragraph, you will not
be able to obligate us to register the initial notes under the
Securities Act. You will not be able to require us to register
your initial notes under the Securities Act unless:
(1) because of any change in applicable law or in
interpretations thereof by the SEC Staff, HGI is not permitted
to effect the exchange offer;
(2) the exchange offer is not consummated by the
310th day after the Issue Date;
(3) any initial purchaser so requests with respect to
initial notes held by it that are not eligible to be exchanged
for exchange notes in the exchange offer; or
(4) any other holder is prohibited by law or SEC policy
from participating in the exchange offer or any holder (other
than an exchanging broker-dealer) that participates in the
exchange offer does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Notes
on the date of the exchange and, in each case, such holder so
requests,
in which case the Registration Rights Agreement requires us to
file a registration statement for a continuous offer in
accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the
benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in this
sentence. We do not currently anticipate that we will register
under the Securities Act any notes that remain outstanding after
completion of the exchange offer.
Delivery
of Prospectus
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account in exchange for initial notes, where such initial notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. See Plan of Distribution.
79
DESCRIPTION
OF NOTES
In this Description of Notes, HGI refers only to
Harbinger Group Inc., and any successor obligor on the notes,
and not to any of its subsidiaries. You can find the definitions
of certain terms used in this description under
Certain Definitions.
HGI issued the initial notes and will issue the exchange notes
under the indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, between
HGI and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the
indenture). The terms of the notes include those
stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The term
notes means all notes issued under the indenture,
including the initial notes, the exchange notes and any
additional notes.
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the
indenture. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all the
information that is important to you. You should read the
indenture in its entirety. Copies of the indenture are available
as described under Where You Can Find More
Information.
Basic
Terms of Notes
The notes are
|
|
|
|
|
senior secured obligations of HGI, that are secured by a first
priority Lien (subject to certain exceptions and Permitted
Liens) on the Collateral referred to below;
|
|
|
|
ranked equally in right of payment with all existing and future
unsubordinated Debt of HGI and effectively senior to all
unsecured Debt of HGI to the extent of the value of the
Collateral; and
|
|
|
|
ranked senior in right of payment to all of HGIs and the
Guarantors future Debt that expressly provides for its
subordination to the notes and the Note Guarantees.
|
Principal,
Maturity and Interest
HGI issued $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of the
notes in the initial notes offering. The notes will mature on
November 15, 2015. Interest on the notes will accrue at the
rate per annum set forth on the cover of this prospectus. HGI
will pay interest on the notes semi-annually in arrears on May
15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on May 15,
2011, to holders of record on the immediately preceding May 1
and November 1. Interest on the notes will accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a
360-day year
comprised of twelve
30-day
months.
HGI will pay interest on overdue principal of the notes at a
rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the rate per annum set
forth on the cover of this prospectus and will pay interest on
overdue installments of interest at such higher rate, in each
case to the extent lawful. Additional interest is payable with
respect to the notes in certain circumstances if HGI does not
consummate the exchange offer (or shelf registration, if
applicable) as further described under
Registration Rights; Additional Interest.
Additional
Notes
Subject to the covenants described below, HGI may issue
additional notes under the indenture in an unlimited principal
amount having the same terms in all respects as the notes, or in
all respects except with respect to interest paid or payable on
or prior to the first interest payment date after the issuance
of such notes. The notes and any additional notes would be
treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture
and will vote together as one class on all matters with respect
to the notes. Additional notes cannot be issued under the same
CUSIP number unless the additional notes and original notes are
fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
80
Escrow
Arrangements
Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, HGI deposited into an
account (the Account) the proceeds of the
initial notes offering, plus an incremental amount (either in
cash or in the form of a letter of credit) sufficient to pay the
issue price of the notes, together with Accrued Yield (as
defined herein) and interest accrued on the notes from the Issue
Date to, but excluding, April 7, 2011 (the day that is five
business days after March 31, 2011), pledged to the
trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the notes, and
invested in Cash Equivalents in which the trustee, for the
benefit of the holders of the notes had a valid and perfected
first-priority security interest. On January 7, 2011,
following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
and the satisfaction of the other escrow release conditions, the
proceeds of the initial notes offering and the other assets in
the Account were released from escrow.
Guaranties
If any Subsidiary of HGI guarantees any Debt of HGI, such
Subsidiary must provide a full and unconditional guaranty of the
notes (a Note Guaranty).
Each Note Guaranty will be limited to the maximum amount that
would not render the Guarantors obligations subject to
avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of
the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of
state law. By virtue of this limitation, a Guarantors
obligation under its Note Guaranty could be significantly less
than amounts payable with respect to the notes, or a Guarantor
may have effectively no obligation under its Note Guaranty.
The Note Guaranty of a Guarantor will terminate upon:
(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of
consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or
disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the
Guarantor (other than to HGI or a Subsidiary of HGI) permitted
by the indenture,
(2) a Guarantor ceases to guarantee any Debt of HGI, or
(3) defeasance or discharge of the notes, as provided in
Defeasance and Discharge.
As of the date of this prospectus, there are no Guarantors.
Ranking
The indebtedness evidenced by the notes will rank equal in right
of payment with all future senior Debt of HGI, and will have the
benefit of a first-priority security interest in the Collateral
as described under Collateral.
As of September 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, HGI would
have had no Debt other than the notes. Subject to the limits
described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock and
Limitation on Liens, HGI may incur
additional Debt, some of which may be secured.
HGI is organized and intended to be operated as a holding
company that will own Equity Interests of various operating
companies, including, initially, Spectrum Equity Interests. It
is not expected that future operating Subsidiaries will
guarantee the notes. Claims of creditors of non-guarantor
Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and creditors holding
debt and guarantees issued by those Subsidiaries, and claims of
preferred stockholders (if any) of those Subsidiaries generally
will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of
those Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of HGI,
including holders of the notes, and holders of minority
interests in such Subsidiaries will have ratable claims with
claims of creditors of HGI. The notes therefore will be
effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade
creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of Subsidiaries
of HGI. As of September 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, the
total liabilities of HGIs Subsidiaries would have been
approximately $2.8 billion, including trade payables. The
indenture does not limit the incurrence of Debt (or other
liabilities) and Disqualified Stock of Subsidiaries that are not
guarantors. See Certain Covenants
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock.
81
HGIs ability to pay interest on the notes is dependent
upon the receipt of dividends and other distributions from its
Subsidiaries. The availability of distributions from its
Subsidiaries will be subject to the satisfaction of various
covenants and conditions contained in the applicable
Subsidiarys existing and future financing and
organizational documents, as well as applicable law, rule and
regulation. See Risk Factors Risks Related to
the Notes We are a holding company and are dependent
upon dividends or distributions from our operating subsidiaries
to fund payments on the notes, and our ability to receive funds
from our operating subsidiaries will be dependent upon the
profitability of our operating subsidiaries and restrictions
imposed by law and contracts.
Security
General
HGIs obligations under the notes and the indenture are
secured by a first priority Lien on all assets of HGI (other
than Excluded Property, and subject to certain Permitted
Collateral Liens), including without limitation:
|
|
|
|
|
all Equity Interests of Spectrum owned by HGI and related
assets, including all general intangibles under contracts
(including without limitation, the registration rights
agreement) that HGI has with Spectrum;
|
|
|
|
all cash and investment securities owned by HGI;
|
|
|
|
all general intangibles owned by HGI; and
|
|
|
|
any proceeds thereof (collectively, the
Collateral).
|
HGI will be able to Incur additional Debt in the future that
could equally and ratably share in the Collateral. The amount of
such Debt will be limited by the covenants described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Debt and Disqualified Stock and
Limitation on Liens. Under certain
circumstances, the amount of such Debt could be significant.
After-Acquired
Property
If any property (other than Excluded Property) is acquired by
HGI or a Guarantor that is not automatically subject to a
perfected security interest under the Security Documents, any
Excluded Property ceases to fit within the definition thereof,
or a Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor, then HGI or such Guarantor
will, promptly after such propertys acquisition, such
property ceasing to be Excluded Property or such Subsidiary
becoming a Guarantor, provide security over such property (or,
in the case of a new Guarantor, all of its assets (except any
Excluded Property)) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as collateral agent (the Collateral
Agent) and deliver certain certificates to the
Collateral Agent and opinions in respect thereof as specified in
the indenture and the Security Documents.
Security
Agreement
The security interests described above have been effected
pursuant to a Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of
January 7, 2011, by and among HGI and the Collateral Agent
(the Security and Pledge Agreement). So long
as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
and subject to certain terms and conditions, HGI is entitled to
exercise any voting and other consensual rights pertaining to
all Equity Interests pledged pursuant to the Security and Pledge
Agreement and to remain in possession and retain exclusive
control over the Collateral (other than as set forth in the
Security and Pledge Agreement) and to collect, invest and
dispose of any income or dividends thereon. The Security and
Pledge Agreement, however, generally requires HGI to deliver to
the Collateral Agent, and for the Collateral Agent to maintain
in its control and possession, certificates evidencing pledges
of Equity Interests or, in the case of Equity Interests that are
uncertificated or held through a securities intermediary,
control through registration of such interests in the name of
the Collateral Agent. Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, the Security and Pledge
Agreement provides that the Collateral Agent may, and upon the
instructions of the
82
Authorized Representatives (as set forth below under
Collateral Trust Agreement) shall,
foreclose upon and sell the applicable Collateral and distribute
the net proceeds of any such sale to the trustee and the holders
of the notes and other Pari Passu Obligations, subject to
applicable laws and applicable governmental requirements. Upon
such event and until the relevant Event of Default is cured or
waived, all of the rights of HGI or the applicable Guarantor to
exercise voting or other consensual rights with respect to the
Collateral shall cease, and all such rights shall become vested
in the Collateral Agent, which, to the extent permitted by law,
shall have the sole right to exercise such voting and other
consensual rights.
The Security and Pledge Agreement, the Collateral
Trust Agreement (as defined below) and the indenture
provide that HGI and each Guarantor shall, at its sole expense,
do all acts which may be reasonably necessary to confirm that
the Collateral Agent holds, for the benefit of the holders of
the notes and the trustee, duly created, enforceable and
perfected first-priority Liens in the Collateral, subject to
Permitted Collateral Liens. As necessary, or upon reasonable
request of the Collateral Agent, HGI and each Guarantor shall,
at its sole expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver such
documents and instruments (including the filing of financing
statements or amendments or continuations thereto) and take such
other actions which may be necessary to assure, perfect,
transfer and confirm the rights conveyed by the Security and
Pledge Agreement and any other Security Documents, to the extent
permitted by applicable law.
The Security and Pledge Agreement also provides that, on the
earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence of a Default,
(ii) such time as Spectrum becomes a well-known
seasoned issuer as defined under the Securities Act rules
and regulations, and (iii) at any time that the Liquid
Collateral Coverage Ratio is less than 1.75 to 1, HGI will be
required to exercise all of its contractual rights and use its
commercially reasonable efforts to, as promptly as possible,
cause Spectrum to file and become effective a shelf registration
that shall be in form suitable for use by the Collateral Agent
in connection with any disposition of Spectrum Equity Interests
constituting part of the Collateral in connection with any
exercise of remedies, and to keep such shelf registration
statement effective at all times until the earlier of the time
(i) the notes are repaid in full or (ii) all Spectrum
Equity Interests pledged as Collateral have been disposed of by
the Collateral Agent.
Collateral
Trust Agreement
General
On January 7, 2011, HGI (together with any Guarantors, the
Trustors) and the Collateral Agent entered
into the Collateral Trust Agreement (the
Collateral Trust Agreement). The
Collateral Trust Agreement sets forth the terms on which
the Collateral Agent (directly or through co-trustees or agents)
will accept, hold, administer, enforce and distribute the
proceeds of all Liens on the Collateral held by it in trust for
the benefit of holders of the notes, and all other Pari-Passu
Obligations (as defined below). The agent or other
representative of the holders of any series of future Debt
(together with the trustee, the Authorized
Representatives) intended to constitute Obligations
secured equally and ratably by Liens on the Collateral
(collectively, Pari-Passu Obligations) will
be required to execute a joinder to the Collateral
Trust Agreement in order to confirm the agreement of the
applicable secured parties to be bound by the terms thereof.
Equal and
Ratable Sharing of Collateral
Pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement, each Authorized
Representative (on behalf of itself and each holder of
Obligations that it represents) acknowledges and agrees that,
pursuant to the Security Documents, the security interest
granted to the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents
shall for all purposes and at all times secure the Obligations
in respect of the notes, the Note Guarantees, and any other
Pari-Passu Obligations on an equal and ratable basis, to the
extent such Liens have not been released in accordance with the
terms of the indenture.
Enforcement
of Liens; Voting
The Collateral Trust Agreement provides that if an event of
default shall have occurred and be continuing under the
indenture or any Pari-Passu Obligation, and if the Collateral
Agent shall have received a written direction from Authorized
Representatives that collectively represent at least a majority
in principal amount of
83
the Pari-Passu Obligations (each such representative acting at
the direction of holders of the obligations so represented by
it), unless inconsistent with applicable law, the Collateral
Agent shall pursuant to such direction, institute and maintain
such suits and proceedings as it may deem appropriate to protect
and enforce the rights vested in it by the Collateral
Trust Agreement and each Security Document, including the
exercise of any trust or power conferred on the Collateral
Agent, or for the appointment of a receiver, or for the taking
of any remedial action authorized by the Collateral
Trust Agreement.
The right of the Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of
the Collateral upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
an Event of Default under the indenture:
|
|
|
|
|
in the case of Collateral securing Permitted Liens, is subject
to applicable law and the terms of agreements governing those
Permitted Liens;
|
|
|
|
with respect to any Collateral, is subject to applicable law and
is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy
law if a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against HGI
or any of the Guarantors prior to the Collateral Agent having
repossessed and disposed of the Collateral; and
|
|
|
|
in the case of Equity Interests, is subject to applicable
securities laws, which may require that any such sale be
effected through a private placement (which could require such
disposition to be made at a discount to prices that could be
obtained in the public markets) or through an SEC registration.
|
Order
of Application of Proceeds of Collateral
Any proceeds of any Collateral foreclosed upon or otherwise
realized upon pursuant to the Security Documents will be applied
in the following order:
|
|
|
|
|
first, to the Collateral Agent to pay any costs and expenses due
to the Collateral Agent in connection with the foreclosure or
realization of such Collateral,
|
|
|
|
second, to the trustee and each other Authorized Representative
(if any), equally and ratably (in the same proportion that such
unpaid Pari-Passu Obligations of the trustee or such other
Authorized Representative, as applicable, bears to all unpaid
Pari-Passu Obligations (on the relevant distribution date) for
application to the payment in full of all outstanding Pari-Passu
Obligations that are then due and payable to the secured parties
(which shall then be applied or held by the trustee and each
such other Authorized Representative in such order as may be
provided in the applicable indenture or other instrument
governing such Debt); and
|
|
|
|
finally, in the case of any surplus, to HGI or the Guarantor
that pledged such Collateral, or its successors or assigns.
|
Subject to the terms of applicable agreements, the application
of proceeds provisions set forth immediately above are intended
for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party
beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Pari-Passu
Obligations, the trustee, each other present and future
Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent.
Release
of Liens
The Liens on the Collateral securing the notes and the Note
Guarantees will be released:
(1) upon payment in full of principal, interest and all
other Obligations on the notes or satisfaction and discharge of
the indenture or defeasance (including covenant defeasance of
the notes);
(2) upon release of a Note Guarantee (with respect to the
Liens securing such Note Guarantee granted by such Guarantor);
(3) in connection with any disposition of Collateral to any
Person other than HGI or any Guarantor (but excluding any
transaction subject to the covenant described under
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets)
that is permitted by the indenture (with respect to the Lien on
such Collateral); provided that, except in the case of
any disposition of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of
business, upon such
84
disposition and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, and HGI would be in compliance
with the covenants set forth under Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Liquidity, and
Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
(calculated as if the disposition date was a date on which such
covenant is required to be tested under
Maintenance of Collateral Coverage);
(4) in whole or in part, with the consent of the holders of
the requisite percentage of notes in accordance with the
provisions described under the caption
Amendments and Waivers, including the
release of all or substantially all of the Collateral if
approved by holders of at least 75% of the aggregate principal
amount of the notes; or
(5) with respect to assets that become Excluded Property.
Each of the releases described in clauses 1, 2, 3 and 5
shall be effected by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of
appropriate notice of instruction, to the extent required,
without the consent of holders or any action on the part of the
trustee.
Upon compliance by HGI or any Guarantor, as the case may be,
with the conditions precedent required by the indenture, the
trustee or the Collateral Agent shall promptly cause to be
released and re-conveyed to HGI or the Guarantor, as the case
may be, the released Collateral.
To the extent applicable, HGI will comply with
Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act relating to
reports, but will not be subject to Section 314(d) of the
Trust Indenture Act, relating to the release of property
and to the substitution therefor of any property to be pledged
as collateral for the notes except to the extent required by
law. Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d)
of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an officer of HGI
except in cases where Section 314(d) requires that such
certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer,
appraiser or other expert. The most recent appraisals required
pursuant to the definition of Fair Market Value
shall be deemed sufficient for such purposes to the maximum
extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, HGI and the Guarantors will not be required to
comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the
Trust Indenture Act if they determine, in good faith based
on advice of outside counsel, that under the terms of that
section
and/or any
interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC
and its staff, including no action letters or
exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of
the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released
Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
certain no-action letters issued by the SEC have permitted an
indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act to
contain provisions permitting the release of collateral from
Liens under such indenture in the ordinary course of an
issuers business without requiring the issuer to provide
certificates and other documents under Section 314(d) of
the Trust Indenture Act. In addition, under interpretations
provided by the SEC, to the extent that a release of a Lien is
made without the need for consent by the noteholders or the
trustee, the provisions of Section 314(d) may be
inapplicable to the release. The indenture contains such
provisions.
No
Impairment of the Security Interests
Neither HGI nor any of the Guarantors will be permitted to take
any action, or knowingly omit to take any action, which action
or omission could reasonably be expected to have the result of
materially impairing the perfection or priority of the security
interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the
trustee and the noteholders.
The indenture provides that any release of Collateral in
accordance with the provisions of the indenture and the Security
Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under the
indenture, and that any engineer, appraiser or other expert may
rely on such provision in delivering a certificate requesting
release so long as all other provisions of the indenture with
respect to such release have been complied with.
Certain
Limitations on the Collateral
The value of the Collateral in the event of liquidation will
depend on many factors. In particular, the Equity Interests that
are pledged represent an equity interest in the pledged
Subsidiaries, and only have value to the extent that the assets
of such Subsidiaries are worth in excess of the liabilities of
such Subsidiaries (and,
85
in a bankruptcy or liquidation, will only receive value after
payment upon all such liabilities, including all Debt of such
Subsidiaries). Consequently, liquidating the Collateral may not
produce proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay any amounts due
on the notes. See Risk Factors Risks Related
to the Notes The value of the collateral may not be
sufficient to repay the notes in full. In addition,
enforcement of the Liens on the Collateral may be limited by
applicable governmental requirements. The fair market value of
the Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that
include, among others, prevailing interest rates, the ability to
sell the Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic
conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. The
amount to be received upon a sale of the Collateral would be
dependent on numerous factors, including the actual fair market
value of the Collateral at such time and the timing and the
manner of the sale. By its nature, some of the Collateral may be
illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In
the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar
proceeding, we cannot assure you that the proceeds from any sale
or liquidation of the Collateral will be sufficient to pay
HGIs Obligations under the notes. Any claim for the
difference between the amount, if any, realized by holders of
the notes from the sale of Collateral securing the notes and the
Obligations under the notes will rank equally in right of
payment with all of HGIs other unsecured senior debt and
other unsubordinated obligations, including trade payables. To
the extent that third parties establish Liens on the Collateral
such third parties could have rights and remedies with respect
to the assets subject to such Liens that, if exercised, could
adversely affect the value of the Collateral or the ability of
the Collateral Agent or the holders of the notes to realize or
foreclose on the Collateral. HGI may also issue additional notes
as described above or otherwise Incur Obligations which would be
secured by the Collateral, the effect of which would be to
increase the amount of Debt secured equally and ratably by the
Collateral. The ability of the holders to realize on the
Collateral may also be subject to certain bankruptcy law
limitations in the event of a bankruptcy. See
Certain bankruptcy limitations.
Certain
Bankruptcy Limitations
In addition to the limitations described above, the right of the
Collateral Agent to obtain possession, exercise control over or
dispose of the Collateral during the existence of an Event of
Default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable
bankruptcy law if HGI were to have become a debtor under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code prior to the Collateral Agent having
exercised control over or disposed of the Collateral. Under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor is prohibited by
the automatic stay from exercising control over or disposing of
collateral taken from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, without
bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code permits the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to
retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the
bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents
or profits of such collateral) even though the debtor is in
default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that
the secured creditor is given adequate
protection. The term adequate protection is
not defined in the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, but it includes
making periodic cash payments, providing an additional or
replacement Lien or granting other relief, in each case to the
extent that the collateral decreases in value during the
pendency of the bankruptcy case as a result of, among other
things, the imposition of the automatic stay, the use, sale or
lease of such collateral or any grant of a priming
lien in connection with
debtor-in-possession
financing. The type of adequate protection provided to a secured
creditor may vary according to circumstances. In view of the
lack of a precise definition of the term adequate
protection and the broad discretionary powers of a
bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict whether or when
the Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the
Collateral, or whether or to what extent holders would be
compensated for any delay in payment or decrease in value of the
Collateral through the requirement of adequate
protection.
Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines the
value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any prior or
pari passu Liens) is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on
the notes, the holders of the notes would hold secured claims to
the extent of the value of the Collateral and would hold
unsecured claims with respect to any shortfall. Under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditors claim
includes interest and any reasonable fees, costs or charges
provided for under the agreement under which such claim arose if
the claims are oversecured. In addition, if HGI were to become
the subject of a bankruptcy case, the bankruptcy court, among
other things, may void certain prepetition transfers made by the
entity that is the subject of the bankruptcy filing, including,
without limitation, transfers held to be preferences or
fraudulent conveyances.
86
Optional
Redemption
Except as set forth in this section, the notes are not
redeemable at the option of HGI.
At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2013,
HGI may redeem the notes at its option, in whole or in part, at
a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to any
note on any redemption date, the greater of
(i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such note; or
(ii) the excess of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of
(i) the redemption price of such note at May 15, 2013
(such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing
below), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on
such note through May 15, 2013 excluding accrued but unpaid
interest to the applicable redemption date, computed using a
discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption
date plus 50 basis points; over
(b) the principal amount of the note.
Treasury Rate means, as of any redemption
date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United
States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled
and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical
Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least
two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly
available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to
the period from the redemption date to May 15, 2013;
provided, however, that if the period from the redemption
date to May 15, 2013, is less than one year, the weekly
average yield on actually traded United States Treasury
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be
used.
At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2013,
HGI may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption
price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth
below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Price
|
|
|
May 15, 2013
|
|
|
105.313
|
%
|
November 15, 2013
|
|
|
102.656
|
%
|
November 15, 2014 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
At any time and from time to time prior to November 15,
2013, HGI may redeem notes with the net cash proceeds received
by HGI from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to
110.625% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal
amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the notes issued under
the indenture (including additional notes), provided that
(1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than
90 days after the closing of the related Equity
Offering, and
(2) not less than 65% of the aggregate principal amount of
the notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding
immediately thereafter.
Selection
and Notice
If fewer than all of the notes are being redeemed, the trustee
will select the notes to be redeemed pro rata, by lot or by any
other method the trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and
appropriate in accordance with DTC procedure, in denominations
of $2,000 principal amount and higher integral multiples of
$1,000. Upon surrender of any note redeemed in part, the holder
will receive a new note equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of the surrendered note. Once notice of
redemption is sent to the holders, notes called
87
for redemption become due and payable at the redemption price on
the redemption date, and, commencing on the redemption date,
notes redeemed will cease to accrue interest.
No
Sinking Fund
There will be no sinking fund payments for the notes.
Certain
Covenants
The indenture contains covenants including, among others, the
following:
Maintenance
of Liquidity
From the Issue Date and until the second semi-annual interest
payment on the notes is made, HGI and the Guarantors shall
maintain an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no
Liens (other than Liens under the Security Documents) in an
amount equal to HGIs obligations to pay interest on the
notes and all other Debt of HGI and the Guarantors for the next
twelve months. Thereafter, HGI and the Guarantors shall maintain
an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no Liens (other
than Liens under the Security Documents) in an amount equal to
HGIs obligations to pay interest on the notes and all
other Debt of HGI and the Guarantors for the next six months. In
the case any such Debt bears interest at a floating rate, HGI
may assume that the reference interest rate in effect on the
applicable date of determination will be in effect for the
remainder of such period.
Maintenance
of Collateral Coverage
(a) As of (i) the last day of each fiscal year and
(ii) the last day of the second fiscal quarter of HGI, HGI
shall not permit the Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than
2.0 to 1.0; provided that, beginning at the time that the
outstanding principal amount of Pari-Passu Obligations
(including the principal amount of the notes) equals or exceeds
$400.0 million and for so long as such amount equals or
exceeds $400.0 million, HGI shall not permit the Collateral
Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.5 to 1 as of such dates.
(b) As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of HGI, HGI
shall not permit the Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less
than 1.25 to 1.0.
(c) From and after the date, if any, that HGI or any
Guarantor makes any Investment in LightSquared pursuant to
clause (e)(A)(ii) under Limitation on
Restricted Payments and so long as such Investment is
still outstanding, HGI and the Guarantors shall not permit the
Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.0 to 1.0 at any
time.
Limitation
on Debt and Disqualified Stock
(a) Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will Incur any Debt.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, HGI and, to the extent
provided below, any Guarantor may Incur the following
(Permitted Debt):
(1) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor constituting Pari-Passu
Obligations for which the Authorized Representative of such Debt
holders has executed a joinder to the Collateral
Trust Agreement as described under the caption
Security Collateral Trust
Agreement; provided that, on the date of the
Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the
receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (i) the
aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding incurred under
this clause (1), together with Debt Incurred under clause (4)
(and any Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt
incurred pursuant to such clauses that is a Pari-Passu
Obligation), does not exceed $400.0 million and
(ii) the Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.25 to
1.0 or, to the extent that the Collateral Coverage Ratio is then
required to be not less than 2.5 to 1.0 (including as a result
of such incurrence of Debt) pursuant to the proviso set forth
under clause (a) of Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage, 2.5 to 1.0;
88
(2) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor owed to HGI or any
Guarantor so long as such Debt continues to be owed to HGI or
any Guarantor;
(3) Subordinated Debt of HGI or any Guarantor; provided
that (a) such Debt has a Stated Maturity after the
Stated Maturity of the notes and (b) on the date of the
Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the
receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the
Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.0 to 1.0,
calculated as if all Debt of HGI and the Guarantors outstanding
at such time was included in clause (ii) of the definition
of Collateral Coverage Ratio;
(4) Debt of HGI pursuant to the notes (other than
additional notes) and Debt of any Guarantor pursuant to a Note
Guaranty of the notes (including additional notes);
(5) Debt (Permitted Refinancing Debt)
constituting an extension or renewal of, replacement of, or
substitution for, or issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds
of which are used to repay, redeem, repurchase, refinance or
refund, including by way of defeasance (all of the foregoing,
for purposes of this clause, refinance) then
outstanding Debt in an amount not to exceed the principal amount
of the Debt so refinanced, plus premiums, fees and expenses;
provided that
(A) in case the Debt to be refinanced is Subordinated Debt,
the new Debt, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or
instrument pursuant to which it is outstanding, is expressly
made subordinate in right of payment to the notes at least to
the extent that the Debt to be refinanced is subordinated to the
notes,
(B) the new Debt does not have a Stated Maturity prior to
the Stated Maturity of the Debt to be refinanced, and the
Average Life of the new Debt is at least equal to the remaining
Average Life of the Debt to be refinanced, and
(C) Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (6), (7),
(9), (10), (11), (12) and (13) may not be refinanced
pursuant to this clause;
(6) Hedging Agreements of HGI or any Guarantor entered into
in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of managing
risks associated with the business of HGI or its Subsidiaries
and not for speculation;
(7) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor with respect to
(A) letters of credit and bankers acceptances issued
in the ordinary course of business and not supporting other
Debt, including letters of credit supporting performance, surety
or appeal bonds, workers compensation claims, health,
disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or
their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or
self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the
maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of,
environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental
authorities, or other Debt with respect to reimbursement type
obligations regarding workers compensation claims and
(B) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out
or similar obligations incurred in connection with the
acquisition or disposition of any business or assets;
(8) Debt of HGI outstanding on the Issue Date (and, for
purposes of clause (5)(C), not otherwise constituting Permitted
Debt);
(9) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor consisting of Guarantees
of Debt of HGI or any Guarantor Incurred under any other clause
of this covenant;
(10) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor Incurred on or after the
Issue Date not otherwise permitted in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $10.0 million;
(11) Debt arising from endorsing instruments of deposit and
from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a
check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient
funds, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
provided that such Debt is extinguished within five
business days of Incurrence;
(12) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor consisting of the
financing of insurance premiums;
89
(13) Contribution Debt; and
(14) Debt, which may include Capital Leases, Incurred on or
after the Issue Date no later than 180 days after the date
of purchase, or completion of construction or improvement of
property, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the
purchase price or cost of construction or improvement;
provided that the principal amount of any Debt Incurred
pursuant to this clause may not exceed (a) $1 million
less (b) the aggregate outstanding amount of Permitted
Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt Incurred pursuant to
this clause.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant,
for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant,
increases in Debt solely due to fluctuations in the exchange
rates of currencies will not be deemed to exceed the maximum
amount that HGI or a Guarantor may Incur under this covenant.
For purposes of determining compliance with any
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of
Debt, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt
denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on
the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such
Debt was Incurred; provided that if such Debt is Incurred
to refinance other Debt denominated in a foreign currency, and
such refinancing would cause the applicable
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if
calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as
the principal amount of such refinancing Debt does not exceed
the principal amount of such Debt being refinanced. The
principal amount of any Debt Incurred to refinance other Debt,
if Incurred in a different currency from the Debt being
refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange
rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Debt
is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
(d) In the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of
more than one of the types of Debt described in this covenant,
HGI, in its sole discretion, will classify items of Debt and
will only be required to include the amount and type of such
Debt in one of such clauses and HGI will be entitled to divide
and classify an item of Debt in more than one of the types of
Debt described in this covenant, and may, at any time after such
Incurrence (based on circumstances existing at such time),
change the classification of an item of Debt (or any portion
thereof) to any other type of Debt described in this covenant at
any time. If any Contribution Debt is redesignated as Incurred
under any provision other than clause (13) of paragraph
(b), the related issuance of Equity Interests may be included in
any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) of Limitation on
Restricted Payments.
(e) Neither HGI nor any Guarantor may Incur any Debt that
is subordinated in right of payment to other Debt of HGI or the
Guarantor unless such Debt is also subordinated in right of
payment to the notes or the relevant Note Guaranty on
substantially identical terms. This does not apply to
distinctions between categories of Debt that exist by reason of
any Liens or Guarantees securing or in favor of some but not all
of such Debt.
Limitation
on Restricted Payments
(a) HGI will not, and, to the extent within HGIs
control, will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (including any
Guarantor) to, directly or indirectly (the payments and other
actions described in the following clauses being collectively
Restricted Payments):
|
|
|
|
|
declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on its
Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions paid in
HGIs Qualified Equity Interests) held by Persons other
than HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Equity Interests of HGI or any direct or indirect parent of HGI
held by Persons other than HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or
retire for value, or make any payment on or with respect to, any
Subordinated Debt of HGI or any Guarantor except a payment of
interest or principal at Stated Maturity; or
|
|
|
|
make any Investment in any direct or indirect parent of HGI;
|
90
unless, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed
Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default has occurred and is continuing,
(2) HGI could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under paragraph
(b)(1) under Limitation on Debt and
Disqualified Stock, and
(3) the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted
Payments made on or after the Issue Date would not, subject to
paragraph (c), exceed the sum of
(A) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net
Income (or, if the Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100%
of the amount of the loss) accrued on a cumulative basis during
the period, taken as one accounting period, beginning with the
first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date and ending
on the last day of HGIs most recently completed fiscal
quarter for which internal financial statements are available,
plus
(B) subject to paragraph (c), the aggregate net cash
proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or
other property received by HGI (other than from a Subsidiary)
after the Issue Date
(i) from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Equity
Interests, including by way of issuance of its Disqualified
Equity Interests or Debt to the extent since converted into
Qualified Equity Interests of HGI, or
(ii) as a contribution to its common equity (but excluding
any equity contribution consisting of Equity Interests of
Spectrum or related assets contributed in connection with the
satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions).
The amount expended in any Restricted Payment, if other than in
cash, will be deemed to be the fair market value of the relevant
non-cash assets, as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced
by a resolution of the Board of Directors.
(b) The foregoing will not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after
the date of declaration thereof if, at the date of declaration,
such payment would comply with paragraph (a);
(2) dividends or distributions by a Subsidiary payable, on
a pro rata basis or on a basis more favorable to HGI, to all
holders of any class of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary a
majority of the voting power of which is held, directly or
indirectly through Subsidiaries, by HGI;
(3) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Debt
with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing
Debt;
(4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Equity Interests of HGI or any direct or
indirect parent in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of
(i) an offering (occurring within 60 days of such
purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value) of, Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or (ii) a
contribution to the common equity capital of HGI;
(5) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt of HGI in
exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, (i) an offering
(occurring within 60 days of such purchase, redemption or
other acquisition or retirement for value) of Qualified Equity
Interests of HGI or (ii) a contribution to the common
equity capital of the Issuer;
(6) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Equity Interests of HGI held by
officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors
or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their
estates), upon death, disability, retirement, severance or
termination of employment or pursuant to any agreement under
which the Equity Interests were issued; provided that the
aggregate cash consideration paid therefor in any twelve-month
period after the Issue Date does not exceed an aggregate amount
of $5.0 million;
91
(7) the repurchase of any Subordinated Debt at a purchase
price not greater than (x) 101% of the principal amount
thereof in the event of a change of control pursuant to a
provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than
Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of
Control or (y) 100% of the principal amount thereof
in the event of an Asset Sale pursuant to a provision no more
favorable to the holders thereof than
Limitation on Asset Sales, provided
that, in each case, prior to the repurchase HGI has made an
Offer to Purchase and repurchased all notes issued under the
indenture that were validly tendered for payment in connection
with the offer to purchase;
(8) Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted hereby in
an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million;
(9) (a) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to
occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if the
Equity Interests represent all or a portion of the exercise
price thereof (or related withholding taxes) and
(b) Restricted Payments by HGI to allow the payment of cash
in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise
of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of
Equity Interests of HGI in an aggregate amount under this
clause (b) not to exceed $1.0 million;
(10) payment of dividends or distributions on Disqualified
Equity Interests of HGI or any Guarantor and payment of any
redemption price or liquidation value of any Disqualified Equity
Interest when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, to
the extent that such Disqualified Equity Interest was permitted
to be Incurred in accordance with the provisions of the
indenture;
(11) in the case of any Subsidiary of HGI that, in the
ordinary course of its business, makes Investments in private
collective investment vehicles (including private collective
investment vehicles other than those owned by Permitted
Holders), Investments by such Subsidiary in private collective
investment vehicles owned or managed by Permitted Holders;
(12) Payments by HGI used to fund costs, expenses and fees
related to (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as disclosed
in the prospectus or (ii) future acquisitions if such
costs, expenses and fees are reasonable and customary (as
determined in good faith by HGI); and
(13) the payment of dividends on Qualified Equity Interests
of up to 8.0% per annum of the greater of the gross proceeds
received by HGI from any offering or sale of such Qualified
Equity Interests after the Issue Date or the accreted value of
such Equity Interests (provided that the aggregate amount
of dividends paid on such Qualified Equity Interests shall not
exceed the proceeds therefrom received by HGI after the Issue
Date);
provided that, in the case of clauses (6), (7),
(10) and (13), no Default has occurred and is continuing or
would occur as a result thereof.
(c) Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests
will be included under clause (3) of paragraph
(a) only to the extent they are not applied as described in
clause (4) or (5) of paragraph (b). Restricted
Payments permitted pursuant to clauses (2) through (9),
(11) and (12) will not be included in making the
calculations under clause (3) of paragraph (a).
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this
covenant, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or
portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1)
through (13) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant
to paragraph (a) f this covenant, HGI will be entitled to
classify or re-classify (based on circumstances existing at the
time of such re-classification) such Restricted Payment (or
portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant
and such Restricted Payment will be treated as having been made
pursuant to only such clause or clauses or the paragraph
(a) of this covenant.
(e) HGI and the Guarantors will not directly or indirectly
make any Investment in
(A) LightSquared; provided that HGI and any
Guarantor may acquire Equity Interests in LightSquared (which
Equity Interests in LightSquared shall be pledged as Collateral)
(i) solely in exchange for
92
Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or solely as a contribution to
the common equity of HGI; or (ii) if, after giving effect
to the Investment, the Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio would be
at least 2.0 to 1.0; or
(B) any Persons, the Equity Interests of which constitute
Excluded Property of a type described in clause (iii) of
the definition thereof; provided that HGI may make
Investments in such Persons in an aggregate amount under this
clause (B) not to exceed $15.0 million.
In the case of clause (B), such restriction shall no longer
apply (and Investments made in such Person shall no longer count
against the amount set forth in the proviso) if the Equity
Interests of such Person cease to constitute Excluded Property
and are pledged as Collateral.
Limitation
on Liens
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will, create, incur, assume or
otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien
of any kind (other than Permitted Liens or, in the case of the
Collateral, other than Permitted Collateral Liens) upon any of
their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired.
Limitation
on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will enter into any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property or asset
unless HGI or the Guarantor would be entitled to
(1) Incur Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt
with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock, and
(2) create a Lien on such property or asset securing such
Attributable Debt without equally and ratably securing the notes
pursuant to Limitation on Liens,
in which case, the corresponding Debt and Lien will be deemed
Incurred pursuant to those provisions.
Limitation
on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), HGI will not, and,
to the extent within HGIs control, will not permit any
Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or
become effective any encumbrance or restriction of any kind on
the ability of any Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any
Equity Interests of the Subsidiary owned by HGI or any other
Subsidiary;
(2)pay any Debt or other obligation owed to HGI or any other
Subsidiary;
(3)make loans or advances to HGI or any other Subsidiary; or
(4)transfer any of its property or assets to HGI or any other
Subsidiary.
(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) do not apply to
any encumbrances or restrictions:
(1) existing on the Issue Date in the indenture or any
other agreements in effect on the Issue Date, and any
extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of the
foregoing; provided that the encumbrances and
restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or
refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any
material respect to the noteholders than the encumbrances or
restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;
(2) existing under or by reason of applicable law, rule,
regulation or order;
(3) existing with respect to any Person, or to the property
or assets of any Person, at the time the Person is acquired by
HGI or any Subsidiary, which encumbrances or restrictions
(i) are not applicable to any other Person or the property
or assets of any other Person (other than Subsidiaries of such
Person) and (ii) do not materially adversely affect the
ability to make interest, principal and redemption payments on
the notes and any extensions, renewals, replacements, or
refinancings of any of the foregoing, provided the
encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal,
replacement or refinancing are, taken as a
93
whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the
noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being
extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;
(4) of the type described in clause (a)(4) arising or
agreed to in the ordinary course of business (i) that
restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or
transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease or
license or (ii) by virtue of any Lien on, or agreement to
transfer, option or similar right (including any asset sale or
stock sale agreement) with respect to any property or assets of,
HGI or any Subsidiary;
(5) with respect to a Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an
agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition
of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property
and assets of, the Subsidiary that is permitted by
Limitation on Asset Sales;
(6) contained in the terms governing any Debt of any
Subsidiary if the encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and
customary for a financing of that type;
(7) required pursuant to the indenture;
(8) existing pursuant to customary provisions in
partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational
governance documents, joint venture and other similar agreements
entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict
the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture or similar Person;
(9) consisting of restrictions on cash or other deposits or
net worth imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(10) existing pursuant to purchase money and capital lease
obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business; and
(11) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading,
netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase or
other agreement to which HGI or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party entered into in the ordinary course of business;
provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance
solely of the property or assets of HGI or such Subsidiary that
are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising
thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any
other asset or property of HGI or such Subsidiary or the assets
or property of any other Subsidiary.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant,
(i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving
dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or
liquidating distributions being paid on common stock or other
Preferred Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability
to make distributions on Equity Interests and (ii) the
subordination of loans or advances made to HGI or any Subsidiary
to other Debt Incurred by HGI or any such Subsidiary shall not
be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.
Repurchase
of Notes upon a Change of Control
If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of notes will have
the right to require HGI to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$2,000 or a higher multiple of $1,000) of that holders
notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set
forth in the indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, HGI will
offer a payment (such payment, a Change of Control
Payment) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount of notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days
following any Change of Control, HGI will mail a notice to each
holder describing the transaction or transactions that
constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase
notes on the date specified in such notice (the Change
of Control Payment Date), which date shall be no
earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from
the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures
required by the indenture and described in such notice. HGI will
comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations
are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as
a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
the Change of Control provisions of the
94
indenture, HGI will comply with the applicable securities laws
and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the
indenture by virtue of such compliance.
On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, HGI will, to
the extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all notes or portions thereof
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the
Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions
thereof properly tendered; and
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the
notes so accepted together with an officers certificate
stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions
thereof being purchased by HGI.
The paying agent will promptly mail or wire transfer to each
holder of notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment
for such notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and
mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a
new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the notes surrendered, if any; provided that such new
note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or a higher
integral multiple of $1,000.
A Change of Control will generally constitute a change of
control under Spectrums existing debt instruments, and any
future credit agreements or other agreements to which HGI or any
of its Subsidiaries becomes a party may provide that certain
change of control events with respect to HGI would constitute a
default under these agreements. HGIs ability to pay cash
to the holders following the occurrence of a Change of Control
may be limited by HGIs then existing financial resources.
Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require
HGI to purchase the notes could cause a default under other
debt, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the
financial effect of the purchase on HGI. There can be no
assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary
to make the required purchase of the notes. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to the Notes We
may be unable to repurchase the notes upon a change of
control.
HGI will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon
a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change
of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture
applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by HGI and
purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption
has been given with respect to all the notes pursuant to the
indenture as described above under the caption
Optional Redemption, unless and until
there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.
A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of
Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a
definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at
the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
The provisions under the indenture relative to HGIs
obligation to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived or
modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the notes.
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating
to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of HGI and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting
the phrase substantially all, there is no precise
established definition of the phrase under applicable law.
Accordingly, the ability of a holder of the notes to require HGI
to repurchase such notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets
of HGI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person
or group may be uncertain.
Limitation
on Asset Sales
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will make any Asset Sale unless
the following conditions are met:
(1) The Asset Sale is for fair market value, as determined
in good faith by the Board of Directors.
95
(2) At least 75% of the consideration consists of Cash
Equivalents received at closing or Replacement Assets
(provided such Replacement Assets or Equity Interests of
any direct Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such
Replacement Assets are pledged as Collateral pursuant to the
Security Documents). For purposes of this clause (2):
(A) the assumption by the purchaser of Debt or other
obligations (other than Subordinated Debt) of HGI or a Guarantor
pursuant to a customary novation agreement,
(B) instruments or securities received from the purchaser
that are promptly, but in any event within 120 days of the
closing, converted by HGI to Cash Equivalents, to the extent of
the Cash Equivalents actually so received and
(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by HGI
or any Guarantor in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair
market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash
Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is
at that time outstanding, not to exceed $10.0 million at
the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash
Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of
Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time
received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value) (provided such assets or Equity Interests of any direct
Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such assets are
pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents)
shall be considered Cash Equivalents received at closing.
(3) Within 420 days after the receipt of any Net Cash
Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Net Cash Proceeds may be used
to (a) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of an
operating business, a majority of the Voting Stock of another
Person that thereupon becomes a Subsidiary engaged in an
operating business or to make other Investments in Persons other
than Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business
(collectively, Replacement Assets) or
(b) to make a capital contribution to a Subsidiary, the
proceeds of which are used by such Subsidiary to purchase an
operating business, to make capital expenditures or otherwise
acquire long-term assets that are to be used in an operating
business (which assets or Voting Stock shall be pledged as
Collateral) or to make other Investments in Persons other than
Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business.
Following the entering into of a binding agreement with respect
to an Asset Sale and prior to the consummation thereof, Cash
Equivalents (whether or not actual Net Cash Proceeds of such
Asset Sale) used for the purposes described in this
clause (3) that are designated as uses in accordance with
this clause (3), and not previously or subsequently so
designated in respect of any other Asset Sale, shall be deemed
to be Net Cash Proceeds applied in accordance with this clause
(3).
(4) The Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale not applied
pursuant to clause (3) within 420 days of the Asset
Sale constitute Excess Proceeds. Excess
Proceeds of less than $2.0 million will be carried forward
and accumulated; provided that until the aggregate amount
of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $20.0 million, all or
any portion of such Excess Proceeds may be used or invested in
the manner described in clause (3) above and such invested
amount shall no longer be considered Excess Proceeds. When
accumulated Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds such amount, HGI
must, within 30 days, make an Offer to Purchase notes
having a principal amount equal to
(A) accumulated Excess Proceeds, multiplied by
(B) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is equal to
the outstanding principal amount of the notes and (y) the
denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the notes and all Pari-Passu Obligations secured by
Liens on the Collateral and owed to anyone other than HGI, a
Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder similarly required to be
repaid, redeemed or tendered for in connection with the Asset
Sale, rounded down to the nearest $1,000. The purchase price for
the notes will be 100% of the principal amount plus accrued
interest to the date of purchase. If the Offer to Purchase is
for less than all of the outstanding notes and notes in an
aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are
tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, HGI will
96
purchase notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the
purchase amount on a pro rata basis, by lot or any other method
that the trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and
appropriate with adjustments so that only notes in multiples of
$1,000 principal amount will be purchased. Upon completion of
the Offer to Purchase, Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero,
and any Excess Proceeds remaining after consummation of the
Offer to Purchase may be used for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by the indenture.
Limitation
on Transactions with Affiliates
(a) HGI will not, and, to the extent within HGIs
control, will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction or
arrangement including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of
property or assets, or the rendering of any service with any
Affiliate of HGI or any Subsidiary (a Related Party
Transaction), involving payments or consideration in
excess of $1.0 million except upon fair and reasonable
terms that taken as a whole are no less favorable to HGI or the
Subsidiary than could be obtained in a comparable
arms-length transaction with a Person that is not an
Affiliate of HGI.
(b) Any Related Party Transaction or series of Related
Party Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of
$5.0 million must first be approved by a majority of the
Board of Directors who are disinterested in the subject matter
of the transaction pursuant to a Board Resolution delivered to
the trustee. Prior to entering into any Related Party
Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions with an
aggregate value in excess of $15.0 million, HGI must in
addition obtain and deliver to the trustee a favorable written
opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking,
appraisal, or accounting firm as to the fairness of the
transaction to HGI and its Subsidiaries from a financial point
of view.
(c) The foregoing paragraphs do not apply to
(1) any transaction between HGI and any of its Subsidiaries
or between Subsidiaries of HGI;
(2) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees
and compensation to, and reasonable and customary
indemnification arrangements and similar payments on behalf of,
directors of HGI who are not employees of HGI;
(3) any Restricted Payments if permitted by
Limitation on Restricted Payments;
(4) transactions or payments, including the award of
securities, pursuant to any employee, officer or director
compensation or benefit plans or arrangements entered into in
the ordinary course of business, or approved by the Board of
Directors;
(5) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement in
effect on the Issue Date, as amended, modified or replaced from
time to time so long as the terms of the amended, modified or
new agreements, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to HGI
and its Subsidiaries than those in effect on the date of the
indenture;
(6) the entering into of a customary agreement providing
registration rights to the direct or indirect stockholders of
HGI and the performance of such agreements;
(7) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests) of HGI to any Person or any
transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid
by HGI or any Subsidiary is Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests) of HGI or any contribution to the
capital of HGI;
(8) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or
arrangement or any other transactions undertaken in good faith
for the sole purpose of improving the tax efficiency of HGI and
its Subsidiaries;
(9) (A) transactions with customers, clients,
suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or
transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods
or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and
otherwise in compliance with the terms of the indenture,
(B) transactions with joint ventures entered into in
ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or
industry norm or (C) any management services or support
agreement entered into on terms consistent with past
97
practice and approved by a majority of HGIs Board of
Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors)
in good faith;
(10) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the
provisions of, the Consolidation, Merger or Sale of
Assets covenant, or any merger, consolidation or
reorganization of HGI with an Affiliate, solely for the purposes
of reincorporating HGI in a new jurisdiction;
(11) (a) transactions between HGI or any of its
Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because
one or more of its directors is also a director of HGI;
provided that such director abstains from voting as a
director of HGI on any matter involving such other Person or
(b) transactions entered into with any of HGIs or its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates for shared services, facilities
and/or
employee arrangements entered into on commercially reasonable
terms (as determined in good faith by HGI);
(12) Investments permitted pursuant to clause (11) of
Covenants Limitation on Restricted
Payments on commercially reasonable terms (as determined
in good faith by HGI);
(13) payments by HGI or any Subsidiary to any Affiliate for
any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement
services or in respect of other investment banking activities,
including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which
payments are on arms-length terms and are approved by a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors (including a
majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith;
(14) any transaction pursuant to which any Permitted Holder
provides HGI
and/or its
Subsidiaries, at cost, with services, including services to be
purchased from third-party providers, such as legal and
accounting, tax, consulting, financial advisory, corporate
governance, insurance coverage and other services, which
transaction is approved by a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested
directors) in good faith;
(15) the contribution of Equity Interests of Spectrum to
HGI or any Subsidiary by a Permitted Holder; and
(16) the entering into of customary investment management
contracts between a Permitted Holder and any Subsidiary of HGI
that, in the ordinary course of its business, makes Investments
in private collective investment vehicles (including private
collective investment vehicles other than those owned by
Permitted Holders), which investment management contacts are
entered into on commercially reasonable terms and approved by a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors (including a
majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith.
Financial
Reports
(a) Whether or not HGI is subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
HGI must provide the trustee and noteholders with, or
electronically file with the Commission, within the time periods
specified in those sections
(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required
to be filed with the Commission on
Forms 10-Q
and 10-K if
HGI were required to file such reports, including a
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and, with respect to
annual information only, a report thereon by HGIs
certified independent accountants, and
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed
with the Commission on
Form 8-K
if HGI were required to file such reports.
In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, HGI
will, if the Commission will accept the filing, file a copy of
all of the information and reports referred to in
clauses (1) and (2) with the Commission for public
availability within the time periods specified in the
Commissions rules and regulations. In addition, HGI will
make the information and reports available to securities
analysts and prospective investors upon request.
98
For so long as any of the notes remain outstanding and
constitute restricted securities under
Rule 144, HGI will furnish to the holders of the notes and
prospective investors, upon their request, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under
the Securities Act.
Reports
to Trustee
HGI will deliver to the trustee:
(1) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year
a certificate stating that HGI has fulfilled its obligations
under the indenture or, if there has been a Default, specifying
the Default and its nature and status; and
(2) as soon as reasonably possible and in any event within
30 days after HGI becomes aware or should reasonably become
aware of the occurrence of a Default, an Officers
Certificate setting forth the details of the Default, and the
action which HGI proposes to take with respect thereto.
No
Investment Company Registration
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will register, or be required to
register, as an investment company as such term is
defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Consolidation,
Merger or Sale of Assets
HGI
(a) HGI will not
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or
|
|
|
|
sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets as an entirety or substantially
an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, to any Person or
|
|
|
|
permit any Person to merge with or into HGI,
|
unless:
(1) either (x) HGI is the continuing Person or
(y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is a
corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the
United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and
expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the
obligations of HGI under the indenture and the notes and the
Registration Rights Agreement;
(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no
Default has occurred and is continuing;
(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a
pro forma basis, HGI or the resulting surviving or transferee
Person would be in compliance with the covenants set forth under
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Liquidity, and Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
(calculated as if the date of the transaction was a date on
which such covenant is required to be tested under
Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage); and
(4) HGI delivers to the trustee an officers
certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the
consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental indenture
(if any) comply with the indenture;
provided, that clauses (2) and (3) do not apply
(i) to the consolidation or merger of HGI with or into a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary with or into HGI or (ii) if, in the
good faith determination of the Board of Directors of HGI, whose
determination is evidenced by a Resolution of HGIs Board
of Directors, the sole purpose of the transaction is to change
the jurisdiction of incorporation of HGI.
(b) HGI shall not lease all or substantially all of its
assets, whether in one transaction or a series of transactions,
to one or more other Persons.
99
(c) The foregoing shall not apply to (i) any transfer
of assets by HGI to any Guarantor, (ii) any transfer of
assets among Guarantors or (iii) any transfer of assets by
a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to (x) another
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (y) HGI or any
Guarantor.
(d) Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in
accordance with these provisions, if HGI is not the continuing
Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right
and power of, HGI under the indenture and the notes with the
same effect as if such successor Person had been named as HGI in
the indenture. Upon such substitution, except in the case of a
sale, conveyance, transfer or disposition of less than all its
assets, HGI will be released from its obligations under the
indenture and the notes.
Guarantors
No Guarantor may:
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or
|
|
|
|
sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all
its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in
one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any
Person, or
|
|
|
|
permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor
|
unless:
(A) the other Person is HGI or any Subsidiary that is
Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the
transaction; or
(B) (1) either (x) the Guarantor is the
continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or
transferee Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture
all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Note
Guaranty; and
(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no
Default has occurred and is continuing; or
(C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition
(including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor
or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the
assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to HGI or a
Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by the indenture.
Default
and Remedies
Events
of Default
An Event of Default occurs if
(1) HGI defaults in the payment of the principal of any
note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon
acceleration or redemption, or otherwise (other than pursuant to
an Offer to Purchase);
(2) HGI defaults in the payment of interest (including any
Additional Interest) on any note when the same becomes due and
payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days;
(3) HGI fails to make an Offer to Purchase and thereafter
accept and pay for notes tendered when and as required pursuant
to Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of
Control or Certain Covenants
Limitation on Asset Sales, or HGI or any Guarantor fails
to comply with Consolidation, Merger or Sale
of Assets;
(4) HGI defaults in the performance of or breaches the
covenants set forth under Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Liquidity, or
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Collateral Coverage and such default or breach is not
cured within (i) 45 days after the date of default
under clause (a) of Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
or (ii) 15 days after the date of any default under
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Liquidity, or clauses (b) or (c) of
Certain
100
Covenants Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
(it being understood that the date of default in the case of
covenants tested at the end of a fiscal period is the last day
of such fiscal period);
(5) HGI defaults in the performance of or breaches any
other covenant or agreement of HGI in the indenture or under the
notes and the default or breach continues for a period of 60
consecutive days after written notice to HGI by the trustee or
to HGI and the trustee by the holders of 25% or more in
aggregate principal amount of the notes;
(6) the failure by HGI or any Significant Subsidiary to pay
any Debt within any applicable grace period after final maturity
or the acceleration of any such Debt by the holders thereof
because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such
Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $25.0 million;
(7) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment
of money are rendered against HGI or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries and are not paid or discharged, and there is a
period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final
judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such
final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged
against all such Persons to exceed $25.0 million (in excess
of amounts which HGIs insurance carriers have agreed to
pay under applicable policies) during which a stay of
enforcement, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not
in effect;
(8) certain bankruptcy defaults occur with respect to HGI
or any Significant Subsidiary;
(9) any Note Guaranty of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to
be in full force and effect, other than in accordance the terms
of the indenture, or a Guarantor that is a Significant
Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note
Guaranty; or
(10) (a) the Liens created by the Security Documents
shall at any time not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on
any portion of the Collateral (with a fair market value in
excess of $25.0 million) intended to be covered thereby (to
the extent perfection by filing, registration, recordation or
possession is required by the indenture or the Security
Documents), (b) any of the Security Documents shall for
whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and
effect (except for expiration in accordance with its terms or
amendment, modification, waiver, termination or release in
accordance with the terms of the indenture) or (c) the
enforceability of the Liens created by the Security Documents
shall be contested by HGI or any Guarantor that is a Significant
Subsidiary.
Consequences
of an Event of Default
If an Event of Default, other than a bankruptcy default with
respect to HGI, occurs and is continuing under the indenture,
the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the notes then outstanding, by written
notice to HGI (and to the trustee if the notice is given by the
holders), may, and the trustee at the written request of such
holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued interest on
the notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration
of acceleration, such principal and interest will become
immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy default occurs with
respect to HGI, the principal of and accrued interest on the
notes then outstanding will become immediately due and payable
without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee
or any holder.
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
notes by written notice to HGI and to the trustee may waive all
past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of
acceleration and its consequences if
(1) all existing Events of Default, other than the
nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
the notes that have become due solely by the declaration of
acceleration, have been cured or waived, and
(2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or
decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.
Except as otherwise provided in Consequences
of an Event of Default or Amendments and
Waivers Amendments with Consent of
Holders, the holders of a majority in principal amount of
the
101
outstanding notes may, by written notice to the trustee, waive
an existing Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, the
Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising
therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, but no such waiver
will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any
right consequent thereon.
In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the notes
because an Event of Default described in clause (6) under
Events of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the declaration of acceleration of the notes shall be
automatically annulled if the event of default or payment
default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to
clause (6) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the
holders of the Debt, or the Debt that gave rise to such Event of
Default shall have been discharged in full, within 30 days
after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and
if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the notes would
not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except
nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the notes that
became due solely because of the acceleration of the notes, have
been cured or waived.
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the trustee. However, the
trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with
law or the indenture, that may involve the trustee in personal
liability, or that the trustee determines in good faith may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of holders of notes not joining
in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action
it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction
received from holders of notes.
A holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or
otherwise, with respect to the indenture or the notes, or for
the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other
remedy under the indenture or the notes, unless:
(1) the holder has previously given to the trustee written
notice of a continuing Event of Default;
(2) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount
of outstanding notes have made written request to the trustee to
institute proceedings in respect of the Event of Default in its
own name as trustee under the indenture;
(3) holders have offered to the trustee indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to the trustee against any costs,
liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such
request;
(4) the trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such
notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute
any such proceeding; and
(5) during such
60-day
period, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding notes have not given the trustee a direction
that is inconsistent with such written request.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the right of a holder
of a note to receive payment of principal of or interest on its
note on or after the Stated Maturities thereof, or to bring suit
for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such dates,
may not be impaired or affected without the consent of that
holder.
If any Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to
the trustee, the trustee will send notice of the Default to each
holder within 90 days after it occurs, unless the Default
has been cured; provided that, except in the case of a
default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any
note, the trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the
trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is
in the interest of the holders.
No
Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators,
Members and Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or
stockholder of HGI or any Guarantor, as such, will have any
liability for any obligations of HGI or such Guarantor under the
notes, any Note Guaranty or the indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations. Each
holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for
102
issuance of the notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive
liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view
of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.
Amendments
and Waivers
Amendments
Without Consent of Holders
HGI and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture, the
notes (and HGI, the trustee or the Collateral Agent may amend or
supplement the Security Documents) without notice to or the
consent of any noteholder
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the
indenture or the notes;
(2) to comply with Consolidation, Merger
or Sale of Assets;
(3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in
connection with the qualification of the indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act;
(4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an
appointment by a successor trustee;
(5) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or
in place of certificated notes, provided that the
uncertificated notes are issued in registered form for purposes
of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the
uncertificated notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B)
of the Code;
(6) to provide for any Guarantee of the notes, to secure
the notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or
discharge of any Guarantee of or Lien securing the notes when
such release, termination or discharge is permitted by the
indenture;
(7) to provide for or confirm the issuance of additional
notes;
(8) to make any other change that does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of any holder;
(9) to conform any provision to this Description of
Notes, as certified by an officers
certificate; or
(10) to evidence the issuance of any Pari-Passu Obligations
and secure such obligations with Liens on the Collateral.
Amendments
With Consent of Holders.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in
Default and Remedies Consequences
of a Default or paragraph (b), HGI and the trustee may
amend the indenture and the notes with the written consent of
the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
notes and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding notes may waive future compliance by HGI with any
provision of the indenture or the notes. In addition, the
trustee is authorized to permit the Collateral Agent to amend
any Security Document with the written consent of the holders of
a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a),
without the consent of each holder affected, an amendment or
waiver may not
(1) reduce the principal amount of or change the Stated
Maturity of any installment of principal of any note,
(2) reduce the rate of or change the Stated Maturity of any
interest payment on any note,
(3) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any
note or change the time of any mandatory redemption or, in
respect of an optional redemption, the times at which any note
may be redeemed,
(4) after the time an Offer to Purchase is required to have
been made, reduce the purchase amount or purchase price, or
extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder,
103
(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated
in the note,
(6) impair the right of any holder of notes to receive any
principal payment or interest payment on such holders
notes, on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or to institute
suit for the enforcement of any such payment,
(7) make any change in the percentage of the principal
amount of the notes required for amendments or waivers,
(8) modify or change any provision of the indenture
affecting the ranking of the notes or any Note Guaranty in a
manner adverse to the holders of the notes, or
(9) make any change in any Note Guaranty that would
adversely affect the noteholders.
In addition, no amendment, supplement or waiver may release all
or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of
holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of notes.
It is not necessary for noteholders to approve the particular
form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but is
sufficient if their consent approves the substance thereof.
The indenture provides that, in determining whether the holders
of the required principal amount of notes have concurred in any
direction, waiver or consent, notes owned by HGI, any Guarantor
or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
HGI or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be
outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether
the trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction,
waiver or consent, only notes which a responsible officer of the
trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.
Subject to the foregoing, only notes outstanding at the time
shall be considered in any such determination. As a result,
notes held by the Harbinger Parties will not be able to vote in
respect of any direction, waiver or consent so long as the
Harbinger Parties control HGI.
Defeasance
and Discharge
HGI may discharge its obligations under the notes and the
indenture by irrevocably depositing in trust with the trustee
money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay
principal of and interest on the notes to maturity or redemption
within one year, subject to meeting certain other conditions.
HGI may also elect to
(1) discharge most of its obligations in respect of the
notes and the indenture, not including obligations related to
the defeasance trust or to the replacement of notes or its
obligations to the trustee (legal
defeasance), or
(2) discharge its obligations under most of the covenants
and under clause (3) of Consolidation,
Merger or Sale of Assets HGI (and the events
listed in clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) (with respect to
Significant Subsidiaries only), (9) and (10) under
Default and Remedies Events of
Default will no longer constitute Events of Default)
(covenant defeasance) by irrevocably
depositing in trust with the trustee money or
U.S. Government Obligations sufficient, in the opinion of
an independent firm of certified public accountants, to pay
principal of and interest on the notes to maturity or redemption
and by meeting certain other conditions, including delivery to
the trustee of either a ruling received from the Internal
Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel to the effect that the
holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same
manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the
case. In the case of legal defeasance, such an opinion could not
be given absent a change of law after the date of the indenture.
In the case of either discharge or defeasance, the Note
Guaranties, if any, will terminate.
104
Concerning
the Trustee
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is the trustee under the
indenture.
Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the
trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set
forth in the indenture and no others, and no implied covenants
or obligations will be read into the indenture against the
trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the trustee shall exercise those rights and powers
vested in it by the indenture, and use the same degree of care
and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise
or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
persons own affairs. No provision of the indenture
requires the trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of
its duties thereunder, or in the exercise of its rights or
powers, unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against
any loss, liability or expense.
The indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act
incorporated by reference therein contain limitations on the
rights of the trustee, should it become a creditor of any
obligor on the notes, to obtain payment of claims in certain
cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of
any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee is
permitted to engage in other transactions with HGI and its
Affiliates; provided that if it acquires any conflicting
interest it must either eliminate the conflict within
90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue
or resign.
Book-Entry,
Delivery and Form
Except as described below, we will initially issue the exchange
notes in the form of one or more registered exchange notes in
global form without coupons (the global
notes). We will deposit each global note on the date
of the closing of the exchange offer with, or on behalf of, DTC
in New York, New York, and register the exchange notes in the
name of DTC or its nominee, or will leave these notes in the
custody of the trustee.
Depository
Procedures
The following description of the operations and procedures of
The Depository Trust Company (DTC), the
Euroclear System (Euroclear) and Clearstream
Banking, S.A. (Clearstream) are provided
solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and
procedures are solely within the control of the respective
settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. We take
no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urge
you to contact the system or their participants directly to
discuss these matters.
DTC has advised us that it is a limited-purpose trust company
created to hold securities for its participating organizations
(collectively, the Participants) and to
facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those
securities between the Participants through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The
Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including
the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing
corporations and certain other organizations. Access to
DTCs system is also available to other entities such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through
or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either
directly or indirectly (collectively, the Indirect
Participants). Persons who are not Participants may
beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only
through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The
ownership interests and transfers of ownership interests in each
security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded only on the
records of the Participants and Indirect Participants and not on
the records of DTC.
DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established
by it:
(1) upon deposit of the global notes, DTC will credit the
accounts of the Participants designated by the initial
purchasers with portions of the principal amount of the global
notes; and
(2) ownership of these interests in the global notes will
be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests
will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with
respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the
Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of
beneficial interest in the global notes).
105
Investors in the global notes who are Participants may hold
their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the
global notes who are not Participants may hold their interests
therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear
and Clearstream) which are Participants. Investors in the global
notes may also hold their interests therein through Euroclear or
Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or
indirectly through organizations that are participants.
Investors may also hold interests in the global notes through
Participants in the DTC system other than Euroclear and
Clearstream. Euroclear and Clearstream will hold interests in
the global notes on behalf of their participants through
customers securities accounts in their respective names on
the books of their respective depositories, which are Euroclear
Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A., as
operator of Clearstream. All interests in a global note,
including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be
subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those
interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be
subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems. The
laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical
delivery in definitive form of securities that they own.
Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a
global note to such Persons will be limited to that extent.
Because DTC can act only on behalf of the Participants, which in
turn act on behalf of the Indirect Participants, the ability of
a Person having beneficial interests in a global note to pledge
such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC
system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests,
may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing
such interests.
Except as described below, owners of interests in the global
notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not
receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form and will
not be considered the registered owners or holders
thereof under the indenture for any purpose.
Payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any,
interest and Special Interest, if any, on, a global note
registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to
DTC in its capacity as the registered holder under the
indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, HGI and the trustee
will treat the Persons in whose names the notes, including the
global notes, are registered as the owners of the notes for the
purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes.
Consequently, none of HGI, the trustee or any of their
respective agents has or will have any responsibility or
liability for:
(1) any aspect of DTCs records or any
Participants or Indirect Participants records
relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial
ownership interest in the global notes or for maintaining,
supervising or reviewing any of DTCs records or any
Participants or Indirect Participants records
relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the global
notes; or
(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices
of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.
DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of
any payment in respect of securities such as the notes,
including principal and interest, is to credit the accounts of
the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date
unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive
payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is
credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial
ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant
security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the
Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial
owners of the notes will be governed by standing instructions
and customary practices, which will be the responsibility of the
Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the
responsibility of DTC, the trustee or us. Neither we nor the
trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of the
Participants or the Indirect Participants in identifying the
beneficial owners of the notes, and we and the trustee may
conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on,
instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.
Transfers between the Participants will be effected in
accordance with DTCs procedures, and will be settled in
same-day
funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and
Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective
rules and operating procedures.
Cross-market transfers between the Participants, on the one
hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other
hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTCs
rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be,
by their respective depositaries; however, such cross-market
106
transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear
or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such
system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within
the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system.
Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the
transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver
instructions to its respective depositary to take action to
effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving
interests in the relevant global note in DTC, and making or
receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day
funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and
Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly
to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.
DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more
Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in
the global notes and only in respect of such portion of the
aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which such
Participant or Participants has or have given such direction.
However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC
reserves the right to exchange the global notes for legended
notes in certificated form, and to distribute such notes to its
Participants.
Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the
foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the
global notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and
Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to
continue to perform such procedures, and may discontinue such
procedures at any time. None of HGI, the trustee and any of
their respective agents will have any responsibility for the
performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective
participants or indirect participants of their respective
obligations under the rules and procedures governing their
operations.
Exchange
of Global Notes for Certificated Notes
A global note is exchangeable for certificated notes if:
(1) DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to
continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor
depositary is not appointed by HGI within 90 days of the
notice; or
(2) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
the trustee has received a request from the depositary.
In addition, beneficial interests in a global note may be
exchanged for certificated notes upon prior written notice given
to the trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the
indenture. In all cases, certificated notes delivered in
exchange for any global note or beneficial interests in global
notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any
approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the
depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures) and
will bear the applicable restrictive legend referred to in
Notice to Investors, unless that legend is not
required by applicable law.
Exchange
of Certificated Notes for Global Notes
Certificated notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests
in any global note unless the transferor first delivers to the
trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the
indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the
appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such notes. See
Notice to Investors.
Same
Day Settlement and Payment
HGI will make payments in respect of the notes represented by
the global notes, including principal, premium, if any, interest
and Special Interest, if any, by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or its nominee.
HGI will make all payments of principal, premium, if any,
interest and Special Interest, if any, with respect to
certificated notes by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the accounts specified by the holders of the
certificated notes or, if no such account is specified, by
mailing a check to each such holders registered address.
The notes represented by the global notes are expected to be
eligible to trade in DTCs
Same-Day
Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market
trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by
DTC to be settled in immediately available funds, subject
107
in all cases to the rules and procedures of DTC and its
Participants. We expect that secondary trading in any
certificated notes will also be settled in immediately available
funds.
Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a
Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a
global note from a Participant will be credited, and any such
crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or
Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement
processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and
Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC.
DTC has advised HGI that cash received in Euroclear or
Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a global note
by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a
Participant will be received with value on the settlement date
of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or
Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for
Euroclear or Clearstream following DTCs settlement date.
Governing
Law
The indenture, including any Note Guaranties, and the notes
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws
principles.
Certain
Definitions
Accrued Yield means an amount in respect of
each $1,000 principal amount of notes that, together with the
accrued interest to be paid in a Special Redemption, will
provide the holder thereof with the yield to maturity on such
note, calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and payable
for the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date.
Yield to maturity means the annual yield to maturity
of the notes, calculated based on market convention and as
reflected in the pricing term sheet for this offering.
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person,
any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled
by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such
Person. For purposes of this definition, control
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms
controlling, controlled by and
under common control with) with respect to any
Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.
Asset Sale means any sale, lease, transfer or
other disposition of any assets by HGI or any Guarantor,
including by means of a merger, consolidation or similar
transaction and including any sale by HGI or any Guarantor of
the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (each of the above
referred to as a disposition), provided
that the following are not included in the definition of
Asset Sale:
(1) a disposition to HGI or a Guarantor, including the sale
or issuance by HGI or any Guarantor of any Equity Interests of
any Subsidiary to HGI or any Guarantor;
(2) the disposition by HGI or any Guarantor in the ordinary
course of business of (i) Cash Equivalents and cash
management investments, (ii) damaged, worn out or obsolete
assets, (iii) rights granted to others pursuant to leases
or licenses, or (iv) inventory and other assets acquired
and held for resale in the ordinary course of business (it being
understood that any Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary of
HGI or any Guarantor and the assets of an operating business,
unit, division or line of business shall not constitute
inventory or other assets acquired and held for resale in the
ordinary course of business);
(3) the sale or discount of accounts receivable arising in
the ordinary course of business;
(4) a transaction covered by
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of
Assets HGI;
(5) a Restricted Payment permitted under
Limitation on Restricted Payments;
(6) the issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant
to Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock;
(7) any disposition in a transaction or series of related
transactions of assets with a fair market value of less than
$5.0 million;
108
(8) any disposition of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary
pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person
from whom such Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such
Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly
formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of
such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of
the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;
(9) any surrender or waiver of contract rights pursuant to
a settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract,
tort or other claims of any kind;
(10) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any
property or other asset of HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
(11) dispositions in connection with Permitted
Liens; and
(12) dispositions of marketable securities, other than
shares of Spectrum common stock, constituting less than 5% of
the Total Assets; provided that such disposition is at
fair market value and the consideration consists of Cash
Equivalents.
Attributable Debt means, in respect of a Sale
and Leaseback Transaction, at the time of determination, the
present value, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the
Sale and Leaseback Transaction determined in accordance with
GAAP, of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments
during the remaining term of the lease in the Sale and Leaseback
Transaction.
Average Life means, with respect to any Debt
or Disqualified Equity Interests, the quotient obtained by
dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number
of years from the date of determination to the dates of each
successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt or such
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified
Equity Interests and (y) the amount of such principal, or
redemption or similar payment by (ii) the sum of all such
principal, or redemption or similar payments.
Beneficial Owner has the meaning assigned to
such term in
Rule 13d-3
and
Rule 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the
beneficial ownership of any particular person (as
that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act),
such person shall be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of all securities that such person has the
right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities,
whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable
only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms
Beneficially Owns and Beneficially
Owned shall have a corresponding meaning.
Board of Directors means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors
of the corporation or, except with respect to the definition of
Change of Control, any duly authorized committee thereof having
the authority of the full board with respect to the
determination to be made;
(2) with respect to a limited liability company, any
managing member thereof or, if managed by managers, the board of
managers thereof, or any duly authorized committee thereof
having the authority of the full board with respect to the
determination to be made;
(3) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors
of the general partner of the partnership; and
(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or
committee of such Person serving a similar function.
Capital Lease means, with respect to any
Person, any lease of any property which, in conformity with
GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such
Person.
Capital Stock means, with respect to any
Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation,
partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however
designated, whether voting or non-voting) in such Persons
equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits
and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of
such Person.
109
Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio means, on any
date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Fair Market
Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the notes are
secured by a first-priority Lien pursuant to the Security
Agreements on such Collateral that is subject to no prior Liens)
consisting of Cash Equivalents to (ii) the principal amount
of Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on such
date.
Cash Equivalents means
(1) United States dollars, or money in other currencies
received in the ordinary course of business;
(2) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates
representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government
Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date
of acquisition;
(3) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and
certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from
the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers acceptances
with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of
acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case
with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the
laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital,
surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million
whose short-term debt is rated
A-2
or higher by S&P or
P-2
or higher by Moodys;
(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than
seven days for underlying securities of the type described in
clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in
clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper rated at least
P-1 by
Moodys or
A-1 by
S&P and maturing within six months after the date of
acquisition; and
(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which
consist of investments of the type described in clauses (1)
through (5) above.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any
of the following:
(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition (other than by way of merger or
consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of
all or substantially all of the properties or assets of HGI and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange
Act) other than a Permitted Holder;
(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or
dissolution of HGI;
(3) any person or group (as such
terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act) becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or
indirectly, of 35% or more of the voting power of the Voting
Stock of HGI other than a Permitted Holder; provided that
such event shall not be deemed a Change of Control so long as
one or more Permitted Holders shall Beneficially Own more of the
voting power of the Voting Stock of HGI than such person or
group;
(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors of HGI are not Continuing Directors;
For purposes of this definition, (i) any direct or indirect
holding company of HGI shall not itself be considered a Person
for purposes of clauses (1) or (3) above or a
person or group for purposes of
clauses (1) or (3) above, provided that no
person or group (other than the
Permitted Holders or another such holding company) Beneficially
Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power
of the Voting Stock of such company, and a majority of the
Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following it
becoming the holding company of HGI is Beneficially Owned by the
Persons who Beneficially Owned the voting power of the Voting
Stock of HGI immediately prior to it becoming such holding
company and (ii) a Person shall not be deemed to have
beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase
agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.
Change of Control Offer has the meaning
assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.
110
Collateral Agent means Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, in its capacity as the Collateral Agent,
or any collateral agent appointed pursuant to the Collateral
Trust Agreement.
Collateral Coverage Ratio means, at the date
of determination, the ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of
the Collateral (but only to the extent the notes are secured by
a first-priority Lien on such Collateral pursuant to the
Security Agreements that is subject to no prior Lien) to
(ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the
Collateral outstanding on such date.
Collateral Trust Agreement means the
collateral trust agreement dated as of the Issue Date among HGI,
the Collateral Agent and the trustee, as amended from time to
time.
Consolidated Net Income means, for any
period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of HGI and its
Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis
in conformity with GAAP, provided that the following
(without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated
Net Income:
(1) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a
Guarantor, except that net income shall be included to the
extent of the dividends or other distributions actually paid in
cash to HGI or any of the Guarantors by such Person during such
period;
(2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a
pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the
date of such acquisition;
(3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to or
associated with the extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Agreements;
(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles;
(5) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock
option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit
plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or
similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock
or other rights;
(6) to the extent covered by insurance and actually
reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination
that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in
fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that
such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in
writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed
within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a
deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so
reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to
liability or casualty events or business interruption;
(7) any expenses or charges related to any issuance of
Equity Interests, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or
issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of
Debt (including amortization or write offs of debt issuance or
deferred financing costs, premiums and prepayment penalties), in
each case, whether or not successful, including any such
expenses or charges attributable to the issuance and sale of the
notes and the consummation of the exchange offer pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement; and
(8) any expenses or reserves for liabilities to the extent
that HGI or any Subsidiary is entitled to indemnification
therefor under binding agreements; provided that any
liabilities for which HGI or such Subsidiary is not actually
indemnified shall reduce Consolidated Net Income in the period
in which it is determined that HGI or such Subsidiary will not
be indemnified.
Continuing Directors means, as of any date of
determination, any member of the Board of Directors of HGI who:
(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue
Date or
(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of
Directors with the approval of the Permitted Holders or a
majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such
Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.
111
Contribution Debt means Debt or Disqualified
Equity Interests of HGI or any Guarantor with a Stated Maturity
after the Stated Maturity of the notes in an aggregate principal
amount or liquidation preference not greater than (i) half
(in the case of Debt referred to in clause (1) below) and
(ii) twice (in the case of unsecured Debt or Disqualified
Equity Interests), the aggregate amount of cash received from
the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or a
capital contribution to the common equity of HGI; provided
that:
(1) Contribution Debt may be secured by Liens on the
Collateral (provided that no such Contribution Debt may
be so secured unless, on the date of the Incurrence, after
giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application
of the proceeds therefrom, (x) the aggregate principal
amount of Debt outstanding and incurred under this clause (1),
together with other Pari-Passu Obligations (including the notes)
does not exceed $500.0 million and (y) HGI would be in
compliance with the covenants set forth under
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Liquidity, and Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage (calculated as if the Incurrence date was a date
on which such covenant is required to be tested under
Maintenance of Collateral Coverage));
(2) such cash has not been used to make a Restricted
Payment and shall thereafter be excluded from any calculation
under paragraph (a)(3)(B) under Limitation on Restricted
Payments (it being understood that if any such Debt or
Disqualified Stock Incurred as Contribution Debt is redesignated
as Incurred under any provision other than paragraph (b)(13) of
the Limitation on Debt covenant, the related
issuance of Equity Interests may be included in any calculation
under paragraph (a)(3)(B) in the Limitation on Restricted
Payments covenant); and
(3) such Contribution Debt (a) is Incurred within
180 days after the making of such cash contributions and
(b) is so designated as Contribution Debt pursuant to an
officers certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.
Any cash received from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity
Interests of HGI or a capital contribution to the common equity
of HGI may only be applied to incur secured Debt pursuant to
clause (i) of the first paragraph above or unsecured Debt
or Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant to clause (ii) of
such paragraph. For example, if HGI issues Qualified Equity
Interests and receives $100 of cash proceeds, HGI may either
incur $50 of secured Debt (subject to the conditions set forth
in such clause (i)) or $200 of unsecured Debt or Disqualified
Equity Interests, but may not incur $50 of secured Debt and $150
of unsecured Debt.
Debt means, with respect to any Person,
without duplication,
(1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of
credit, bankers acceptances or other similar instruments,
excluding obligations in respect of trade letters of credit or
bankers acceptances issued in respect of trade payables;
(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and
unpaid purchase price of property or services which would have
been recorded as liabilities under GAAP, excluding trade
payables arising in the ordinary course of business;
(5) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital
Leases (other than the interest component thereof);
(6) all Debt of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to
the extent so Guaranteed;
(7) all Debt of other Persons secured by a Lien on any
asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by
such Person;
(8) all obligations of such Person under Hedging
Agreements; and
112
(9) all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the
foregoing, Debt shall be deemed not to include (1) deferred
or prepaid revenues or (2) any liability for federal,
state, local or other taxes owed or owing to any governmental
entity.
The amount of Debt of any Person will be deemed to be:
(A) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum
liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to
the obligation;
(B) with respect to Debt secured by a Lien on an asset of
such Person but not otherwise the obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the fair
market value of such asset on the date the Lien attached and
(y) the amount of such Debt;
(C) with respect to any Debt issued with original issue
discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining
unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt;
(D) with respect to any Hedging Agreement, the net amount
payable if such Hedging Agreement terminated at that time due to
default by such Person; and
(E) otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof.
Default means any event that is, or after
notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
Designated Non-cash Consideration means any
non-cash consideration received by HGI or a Guarantor in
connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated
Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an officers certificate
executed by an officer of HGI or such Guarantor at the time of
such Asset Sale. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash
Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once
it has been sold for cash or Cash Equivalents (which shall be
considered Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale when received).
Disqualified Equity Interests means Equity
Interests that by their terms or upon the happening of any event
are:
(1) required to be redeemed or redeemable at the option of
the holder prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes for
consideration other than Qualified Equity Interests, or
(2) convertible at the option of the holder into
Disqualified Equity Interests or exchangeable for Debt;
provided that (i) only the portion of the Equity
Interests which is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or
exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes shall be
deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests, (ii) if such
Equity Interests are issued to any employee or to any plan for
the benefit of employees of HGI or its Subsidiaries or by any
such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not
constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because they may
be required to be repurchased by HGI in order to satisfy
applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of
such employees termination, death or disability and
(iii) Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified
Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders
thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon an
asset sale or change of control
occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes if those
provisions:
(A) are no more favorable to the holders than
Limitation on Asset Sales and
Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of
Control, and
(B) specifically state that repurchase or redemption
pursuant thereto will not be required prior to HGIs
repurchase of the notes as required by the indenture.
Disqualified Stock means Capital Stock
constituting Disqualified Equity Interests.
Domestic Subsidiary means any Subsidiary
formed under the laws of the United States of America or any
jurisdiction thereof.
113
Equity Interests means all Capital Stock and
all warrants or options with respect to, or other rights to
purchase, Capital Stock, but excluding Debt convertible into
equity.
Equity Offering means a primary offering,
whether by way of private placement or registered offering,
after the Issue Date, of Qualified Stock of HGI other than an
issuance registered on
Form S-4
or S-8 or
any successor thereto or any issuance pursuant to employee
benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers,
directors or employees.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.
Excluded Property means
(i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest
in which is excluded from the Uniform Commercial Code in the
relevant jurisdiction;
(ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to
the extent (but only to the extent) required to prevent the
Collateral from including more than 65% of all voting Equity
Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary;
(iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned
Subsidiary to the extent and for so long as the attachments of
security interest created hereby therein would violate any joint
venture agreement, organizational document, shareholders
agreement or equivalent agreement relating to such joint venture
or Subsidiary;
(iv) any rights of HGI or any Guarantor in any contract or
license if under the terms thereof, or any applicable law with
respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest therein
to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has
not been waived or the consent of the other party to such
contract or license has not been obtained or, under applicable
law, such prohibition cannot be waived;
(v) certain deposit accounts, the balance of which consists
exclusively of (a) withheld income taxes and federal,
state, local and foreign employment taxes in such amounts as are
required to be paid to the IRS or any other applicable
governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid
over to an employee benefit plan on behalf of or for the benefit
of employees of HGI or any Guarantor;
(vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine
from time to time that the cost of obtaining a Lien thereon
exceeds the benefits of obtaining such a Lien (it being
understood that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to
make any such determination);
(vii) any
intent-to-use
U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely
during the period in which, the grant of a security interest
therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such
intent-to-use
trademark application or the mark that is the subject of such
application under applicable law;
(viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such
time as HGI determines that such Equity Interests should be
pledged as Collateral, such determination (which shall be
irrevocable) to be made by an officers certificate
delivered by HGI to the Collateral Agent; and
(ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed
$1 million deposited for the purpose of securing, leases of
office space, furniture or equipment;
provided however that Excluded Property shall
not (i) apply to any contract or license to the extent the
applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the
UCC (including
Sections 9-406
through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit,
impair or otherwise affect Collateral Agents unconditional
continuing security interest in and Lien upon any rights or
interests of HGI or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to
become due under any such contract or license (including any
accounts).
Fair
Market Value means:
(i) in the case of any Collateral that (a) is listed
on a national securities exchange or (b) is actively traded
in the
over-the-counter-market
and represents equity in a Person with a market capitalization
of at
114
least $500 million on each trading day in the preceding
60 day period prior to such date, the product of (a)
(i) the sum of the volume weighted
average prices of a unit of such Collateral for each of the 20
consecutive trading days immediately prior to such date, divided
by (ii) 20, multiplied by (b) the number of units
pledged as Collateral;
(ii) in the case of any Collateral that is not so listed or
actively traded (other than Cash Equivalents), the fair market
value thereof (defined as the price that would be negotiated in
an arms-length transaction for cash between a willing
buyer and willing seller, neither of which is acting under
compulsion), as determined by a written opinion of a nationally
recognized investment banking, appraisal, accounting or
valuation firm that is not an Affiliate of HGI; provided
that (i) such written opinion may be based on a desktop
appraisal conducted by such banking, appraisal, accounting or
valuation firm for any date of determination that is not the end
of the fiscal year for HGI and (ii) the fair market value
thereof determined by such written opinion may be determined as
of a date as early as 30 days prior to the end of the
applicable fiscal period on which a covenant is required to be
tested (the end of such period being referred to as the
Test Date); and
(iii) in the case of Cash Equivalents, the face value
thereof.
The volume weighted average price means the
per share of common stock (or per minimum denomination or unit
size in the case of any security other than common stock)
volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading
Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg page for the
<equity> AQR page corresponding to
the ticker for such common stock or unit (or its
equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect
of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the
scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on
such trading day (or if such volume-weighted average price is
unavailable, the market value of one share of such common stock
(or per minimum denomination or unit size in the case of any
security other than common stock) on such trading day
determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a
nationally recognized independent investment banking firm
retained for this purpose by the trustee). The volume
weighted average price will be determined without regard
to
after-hours
trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading
session trading hours.
In the case of any assets referenced in clause (ii) above
tested on a date of determination other than in connection with
a Test Date, for purposes of calculating compliance with a
covenant, HGI will be permitted to rely on the value as
determined by the written opinion given for the most recently
completed Test Date.
For the avoidance of doubt:
(i) if HGI will be in compliance with an applicable
covenant at a Test Date even if an asset constituting Collateral
had no value, it shall not be required to obtain an appraisal of
such Collateral (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed
to have no value for such purpose); and
(ii) if HGI will be in compliance with an applicable
covenant at a Test Date if an asset constituting Collateral has
a minimum specified value, an appraisal establishing that such
Collateral is worth at least such minimum specified value shall
be sufficient (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed to
have such minimum specified value for such purpose).
Foreign Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that
is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America as in effect as of
the Issue Date.
Guarantee means any obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any
Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct
or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to
purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or
payment of) such Debt or other obligation of such other Person
(whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by
agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or
services, to
take-or-pay,
or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or
(ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other
manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the
payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in
respect thereof, in whole or in part; provided
115
that the term Guarantee does not include
endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business. The term Guarantee used as a verb has a
corresponding meaning.
Guarantor means each Subsidiary that executes
a supplemental indenture providing for the guaranty of the
payment of the notes, or any successor obligor under its Note
Guaranty pursuant to Consolidation, Merger or Sale of
Assets, in each case unless and until such Guarantor is
released from its Note Guaranty pursuant to the indenture.
Hedging Agreement means (i) any interest
rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other
agreement designed to manage fluctuations in interest rates or
(ii) any foreign exchange forward contract, currency swap
agreement or other agreement designed to manage fluctuations in
foreign exchange rates.
Incur and Incurrence
means, with respect to any Debt or Capital Stock, to incur,
create, issue, assume or Guarantee such Debt or Capital Stock.
If any Person becomes a Guarantor on any date after the date of
the indenture, the Debt and Capital Stock of such Person
outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by
such Person on such date for purposes of
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock, but will not be considered the sale or issuance of
Equity Interests for purposes of Limitation on
Asset Sales. The accrual of interest, accretion of
original issue discount or payment of interest in kind or the
accretion or payment in kind, accumulation of dividends on any
Equity Interests, will not be considered an Incurrence of Debt.
Investment means
(1) any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension
of credit to another Person,
(2) any capital contribution to another Person, by means of
any transfer of cash or other property or in any other form,
(3) any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, bonds,
notes or other Debt, or other instruments or securities issued
by another Person, including the receipt of any of the above as
consideration for the disposition of assets or rendering of
services, or
(4) any Guarantee of any obligation of another Person.
Issue Date means the date on which the notes
are originally issued under the indenture.
Lien means any mortgage, pledge, security
interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital
Lease).
Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio means the
ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but
only to the extent the notes are secured by a first-priority
Lien pursuant to the Security Agreements on such Collateral that
is subject to no prior Lien) consisting of (a) shares of
common stock of Spectrum and (b) Cash Equivalents to
(ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the
Collateral outstanding on such date.
Moodys means Moodys Investors
Service, Inc. and its successors.
Net Cash Proceeds means, with respect to any
Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash
(including (i) payments in respect of deferred payment
obligations to the extent corresponding to, principal, but not
interest, when received in the form of cash, and
(ii) proceeds from the conversion of other consideration
received when converted to cash), net of
(1) brokerage commissions, underwriting commissions and
other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, including
fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, consultants and
investment bankers;
(2) provisions for taxes as a result of such Asset Sale
taking into account the consolidated results of operations of
HGI and its Subsidiaries;
(3) payments required to be made to holders of minority
interests in Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale or
(except in the case of Collateral) to repay Debt outstanding at
the time of such Asset Sale that is secured by a Lien on the
property or assets sold;
116
(4) appropriate amounts to be provided as a reserve against
liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including pension
and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities
related to environmental matters and indemnification obligations
associated with such Asset Sale, with any subsequent reduction
of the reserve other than by payments made and charged against
the reserved amount to be deemed a receipt of cash; and
(5) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting
Debt) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or within
30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale.
Note Guaranty means the guaranty of the notes
by a Guarantor pursuant to the indenture.
Obligations means, with respect to any Debt,
all obligations (whether in existence on the Issue Date or
arising afterwards, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect)
for or in respect of principal (when due, upon acceleration,
upon redemption, upon mandatory repayment or repurchase pursuant
to a mandatory offer to purchase, or otherwise), premium,
interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursement and
other amounts payable and liabilities with respect to such Debt,
including all interest accrued or accruing after the
commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or
similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including,
without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default)
specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the
claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such case or
proceeding.
Permitted Collateral Liens means:
(1) Liens on the Collateral to secure Obligations in
respect of the notes (excluding any additional notes);
(2) Liens on the Collateral that rank pari passu
with or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations in
respect of the notes and that secure Obligations in respect of
Debt (including any additional notes) Incurred pursuant to
clause (1) or (13) of the definition of Permitted
Debt; (3) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Debt
(or successive Permitted Refinancing Debt) as a whole, or in
part, of any Obligations secured by any Lien referred to in
clauses (1) or (2) of this definition; and
(4) Liens on the Collateral of the types described in
clauses (4), (5), (6), (13), (14) and (15) of the
definition of Permitted Liens.
Permitted Holders means
(1) each of Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd;
(2) any Affiliate of any Person specified in clause (1),
other than another portfolio company thereof (which means a
company actively engaged in providing goods and services to
unaffiliated customers) or a company controlled by a
portfolio company; or
(3) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock
of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in
which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in
clauses (1) or (2).
Permitted Liens means
(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise
permitted;
(2) Permitted Collateral Liens;
(3) pledges or deposits under workers compensation
laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or
good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts
or leases, or to secure public or statutory obligations, surety
bonds, customs duties and the like, or for the payment of rent,
in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and not
securing Debt;
(4) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers,
vendors, warehousemens and mechanics liens, in
each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith
and by appropriate proceedings;
(5) Liens in respect of taxes and other governmental
assessments and charges which are not yet due or which are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
117
(6) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business not
securing Debt and not in the aggregate materially detracting
from the value of the properties or their use in the operation
of the business of HGI and the Guarantors;
(7) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person
becomes a Guarantor, provided such Liens were not created
in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property
of HGI or any other Guarantor;
(8) Liens on property or the Equity Interests of any Person
at the time HGI or any Guarantor acquires such property or
Person, including any acquisition by means of a merger or
consolidation with or into HGI or a Guarantor of such Person,
provided such Liens were not created in contemplation
thereof and do not extend to any other property of HGI or any
Guarantor;
(9) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of HGI or a
Guarantor to HGI or a Guarantor;
(10) Liens securing Hedging Agreements so long as such
Hedging Agreements relate to Debt for borrowed money that is,
and is permitted to be under the indenture, secured by a Lien on
the same property securing such Hedging Agreements;
(11) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens
referred to in clauses (1), (7), or (8) in connection with
the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby, provided
that such Lien does not extend to any other property and,
except as contemplated by the definition of Permitted
Refinancing Debt, the amount secured by such Lien is not
increased; and
(12) other Liens (not on the Collateral) securing
obligations in an aggregate amount not exceeding
$5.0 million;
(13) licenses or leases or subleases as licensor, lessor or
sublessor of any of its property, including intellectual
property, in the ordinary course of business;
(14) Liens securing office leases and office furniture and
equipment in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$1 million; and
(15) Liens on property securing Debt permitted pursuant to
clause (14) of Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Equity Interests.
Person means an individual, a corporation, a
partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a
trust or any other entity, including a government or political
subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
Preferred Stock means, with respect to any
Person, any and all Capital Stock which is preferred as to the
payment of dividends or distributions, upon liquidation or
otherwise, over another class of Capital Stock of such Person.
Qualified Equity Interests means all Equity
Interests of a Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests.
Qualified Stock means all Capital Stock of a
Person other than Disqualified Stock.
Registration Rights Agreement means the
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by
and among HGI and the initial purchasers.
S&P means Standard &
Poors Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and
its successors.
Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, with
respect to any Person, an arrangement whereby such Person enters
into a lease of property previously transferred by such Person
to the lessor.
Security Documents means (i) the
Security and Pledge Agreement, (ii) the Collateral
Trust Agreement and (iii) the security documents
granting a security interest in any assets of any Person to
secure the Obligations under the notes and the Note Guarantees,
as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time.
118
Significant Subsidiary means any Subsidiary,
or group of Subsidiaries, that would , taken together, be a
significant subsidiary as defined in Article 1,
Rule 1-02
(w)(1) or (2) of
Regulation S-X
promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in
effect on the Issue Date.
Stated Maturity means (i) with respect
to any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which the
final installment of principal of such Debt is due and payable
or (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of
principal of or interest on any Debt, the date specified as the
fixed date on which such installment is due and payable as set
forth in the documentation governing such Debt, not including
any contingent obligation to repay, redeem or repurchase prior
to the regularly scheduled date for payment.
Subordinated Debt means any Debt of HGI or
any Guarantor which (i) is subordinated in right of payment
to the notes or the Note Guaranty, as applicable, pursuant to a
written agreement to that effect or (ii) is unsecured.
Subsidiary means with respect to any Person,
any corporation, association or other business entity of which
more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly
or indirectly, by, or, in the case of a partnership, the sole
general partner or the managing partner or the only general
partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries
of such Person (or a combination thereof). Unless otherwise
specified, Subsidiary means a Subsidiary of HGI.
Total Assets means the total assets of HGI
and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the
most recent balance sheet of HGI.
U.S. Government Obligations means
obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured
by the United States of America or by any agent or
instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and
credit of the United States of America is pledged in support
thereof.
Voting Stock means, with respect to any
Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the
power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other
voting members of the governing body of such Person.
Wholly Owned means, with respect to any
Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all of the outstanding Capital Stock of
which (other than any directors qualifying shares) is
owned by HGI and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (or a
combination thereof).
U.S.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth herein
(including Exhibit 8.1 hereto), this discussion is the
opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP, our U.S. federal income tax counsel. The following is
a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax
considerations relevant to the exchange of initial notes for
exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer and the ownership
and disposition of exchange notes acquired by United States
Holders and
non-United
States Holders (each as defined below and collectively referred
to as Holders) pursuant to the exchange offer. This
discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis of all
potential tax effects. The discussion is based on the Code,
U.S. Treasury regulations issued thereunder (Treasury
Regulations), rulings and pronouncements of the Internal
Revenue Service (the IRS) and judicial decisions in
effect or in existence as of the date of this prospectus, all of
which are subject to change at any time or to different
interpretations. Any such change may be applied retroactively in
a manner that could adversely affect a Holder and the continued
validity of this summary. This discussion does not address all
of the U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be
relevant to a Holder in light of such Holders particular
circumstances (for example, United States Holders subject to the
alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code) or to Holders
subject to special rules, such as certain financial
institutions, U.S. expatriates, partnerships or other
pass-through entities, insurance companies, regulated investment
companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in securities
or currencies, traders in securities, Holders whose functional
currency is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations
and persons holding the initial notes or exchange notes
(collectively referred to as notes) as part of a
straddle, hedge, or conversion
transaction within the meaning of Section 1258 of the Code
or other integrated transaction within the meaning of Treasury
119
Regulations
Section 1.1275-6.
Moreover, the effect of any applicable state, local or foreign
tax laws, or U.S. federal gift and estate tax law is not
discussed. The discussion deals only with notes held as
capital assets within the meaning of
Section 1221 of the Code.
We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS
with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no
assurance that the IRS will not take a different position
concerning the tax consequences of the exchange of initial notes
for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer and ownership
or disposition of the exchange notes acquired by Holders
pursuant to the exchange offer or that any such position would
not be sustained.
If an entity taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes holds the notes, the U.S. federal
income tax treatment of a partner (or other owner) will depend
on the status of the partner (or other owner) and the activities
of the entity. Such partner (or other owner) should consult its
tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the entity purchasing,
owning and disposing of the notes.
Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors
with regard to the application of the tax consequences discussed
below to their particular situations as well as the application
of any state, local, foreign or other tax laws, including gift
and estate tax laws.
United
States Holders
This section applies to United States Holders. A
United States Holder is a beneficial owner of notes that is:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident alien of the United States as determined
for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
|
|
|
|
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in
or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia,
|
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income tax regardless of its source, or
|
|
|
|
a trust (i) if a court within the United States is able to
exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or
more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial
decisions of the trust, or (ii) that has a valid election
in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as
a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
|
Exchange
Offer
Exchanging an initial note for an exchange note will not be
treated as a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Consequently, United States Holders will not recognize
gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note. The holding
period for an exchange note will include the holding period for
the initial note and the initial basis in an exchange note will
be the same as the adjusted basis in the initial note.
Payments
upon Optional Redemption, Change of Control or Other
Circumstances
In certain circumstances we may be obligated to pay amounts in
excess of stated interest or principal on the exchange notes, or
to pay the full principal amount of some or all of the exchange
notes before their stated maturity date. These features of the
exchange notes may implicate the provisions of the Treasury
Regulations governing contingent payment debt
instruments. A debt instrument is not subject to these
provisions, however, if, at the date of its issuance, there is
only a remote chance that contingencies affecting
the instruments yield to maturity will occur. We believe
that the likelihood that we will be obligated to make payments
in amounts or at times that affect the exchange notes
yield to maturity is remote, and we do not intend to treat the
exchange notes as contingent payment debt instruments. Our
determination that these contingencies are remote is binding on
a United States Holder unless such United States Holder
discloses its contrary position in the manner required by
applicable Treasury Regulations. Our determination is not,
however, binding on the IRS, and if the IRS were to challenge
this determination, a United States Holder might be required to
accrue income on its exchange notes in excess of stated interest
and original issue discount otherwise includible and to treat as
ordinary income rather than as capital gain any income realized
120
on the taxable disposition of an exchange note before the
resolution of the contingencies. The remainder of this summary
assumes that the exchange notes will not be subject to the
Treasury Regulations governing contingent payment debt
instruments.
Interest
Absent an election to the contrary (see
Original Issue Discount Election
to treat all interest as original issue discount, below),
qualified stated interest (QSI) on the exchange
notes will be taxable to a United States Holder as ordinary
income at the time it is received or accrued, in accordance with
such United States Holders method of tax accounting. We
expect the regular interest payments made on the exchange notes
to be treated as QSI. An interest payment on a debt instrument
is QSI if it is one of a series of stated interest payments on a
debt instrument that are unconditionally payable at least
annually at a single fixed rate, applied to the outstanding
principal amount of the debt instrument.
Original
Issue Discount
Because the initial notes were issued with original issue
discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes
(OID), the exchange notes should be treated as
having been issued with OID. The following is a summary of the
OID rules and their application to the exchange notes.
A United States Holder will be required to include OID in gross
income (as ordinary income) for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as it accrues (regardless of its method of accounting
for U.S. federal income tax purposes), which may be in
advance of receipt of the cash attributable to that income. OID
accrues under the constant-yield method, based on a compounded
yield to maturity, as described below. Accordingly, a United
States Holder will be required to include in income increasingly
greater amounts of OID in successive accrual periods, unless the
accrual periods vary in length (as described below).
The amount of OID a United States Holder must include in income
each taxable year will equal the sum of the daily
portions of the OID with respect to an exchange note for
all days on which such holder owns the exchange note during the
taxable year. A United States Holder determines the daily
portions of OID by allocating to each day in an accrual
period the pro rata portion of the OID that is allocable
to that accrual period. The term accrual period
means an interval of time with respect to which the accrual of
OID is measured and which may vary in length over the term of an
exchange note provided that each accrual period is no longer
than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or
interest occurs on either the first or last day of an accrual
period.
The amount of OID allocable to an accrual period will be the
excess, if any, of:
|
|
|
|
|
the product of the adjusted issue price of the
exchange note at the beginning of the accrual period and its
yield to maturity, over
|
|
|
|
the aggregate amount of any QSI allocable to the accrual period.
|
All of the stated interest on the exchange notes should
constitute QSI. The adjusted issue price of an exchange note at
the beginning of the first accrual period is its issue price,
and, on any day thereafter, it is the sum of the issue price and
the amount of OID previously included in gross income, reduced
by the amount of any payment (other than a payment of QSI)
previously made on the exchange note. If an interval between
payments of QSI on an exchange note contains more than one
accrual period, then, when a United States Holder determines the
amount of OID allocable to an accrual period, such holder must
allocate the amount of QSI payable at the end of the interval,
including any QSI that is payable on the first day of the
accrual period immediately following the interval, pro rata to
each accrual period in the interval based on their relative
lengths. In addition, a United States Holder must increase the
adjusted issue price at the beginning of each accrual period in
the interval by the amount of any QSI that has accrued prior to
the first day of the accrual period but that is not payable
until the end of the interval. If all accrual periods are of
equal length except for a shorter initial
and/or final
accrual period, a United States Holder can compute the amount of
OID allocable to the initial period using any reasonable method;
however, the OID allocable to the final accrual period will
121
always be the difference between the amount payable at maturity
(other than a payment of QSI) and the adjusted issue price at
the beginning of the final accrual period.
Election to treat all interest as original issue
discount. A United States Holder may elect to
include in gross income all interest that accrues on its
exchange note using the constant-yield method described above,
with the modifications described below.
If a United States Holder makes this election for its exchange
note, then, when such holder applies the constant-yield method:
|
|
|
|
|
the issue price of the exchange note will equal such
holders initial basis in the exchange note,
|
|
|
|
the issue date of the exchange note will be the date such holder
acquired the initial note, and
|
|
|
|
no payments on the exchange note will be treated as payments of
QSI.
|
This election will apply only to the exchange note for which
such election is made by a United States Holder; however, if the
exchange note has bond premium (described below under
Market Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond
Premium Bond Premium), a United States Holder
will be deemed to have made an election to apply amortizable
bond premium against interest for all debt instruments with
amortizable bond premium (other than debt instruments the
interest on which is excludible from gross income) that such
holder holds at the beginning of the taxable year to which the
election applies or any taxable year thereafter. Additionally,
if a United States Holders makes this election for a market
discount note, such holder will be treated as having made the
election discussed below under Market
Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond Premium
Market Discount to include market discount in income
currently over the life of all debt instruments that you hold at
the time of the election or acquire thereafter. A United States
Holder may not revoke an election to apply the constant-yield
method to all interest on an exchange note without the consent
of the IRS.
Market
Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond Premium
Market Discount. If a United States Holder
purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an
exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount that
is less than its revised issue price, the amount of
the difference should be treated as market discount for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any market discount
applicable to an initial note should carry over to the exchange
note received in exchange therefor. The amount of any market
discount will be treated as de minimis and disregarded if it is
less than one-quarter of one percent of the revised issue price
of the initial note, multiplied by the number of complete years
to maturity. For this purpose, the revised issue
price of an initial note equals the issue price of the
initial note, increased by the amount of any OID previously
accrued on the initial note (without regard to the amortization
of any acquisition premium). Although the Code does not
expressly so provide, the revised issue price of the initial
note is decreased by the amount of any payments previously made
on the initial note (other than payments of qualified stated
interest). The rules described below do not apply to a United
States Holder if such holder purchased an initial note that has
de minimis market discount.
Under the market discount rules, a United States Holder is
required to treat any principal payment on, or any gain on the
sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of, an exchange
note as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market
discount (on the initial note or the exchange note) that has not
previously been included in income. If a United States Holder
disposes of an exchange note in an otherwise nontaxable
transaction (other than certain specified nonrecognition
transactions), such holder will be required to include any
accrued market discount as ordinary income as if such holder had
sold the exchange note at its then fair market value. In
addition, such holder may be required to defer, until the
maturity of the exchange note or its earlier disposition in a
taxable transaction, the deduction of a portion of the interest
expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or
carry the initial note or the exchange note received in exchange
therefor.
Market discount accrues ratably during the period from the date
on which such holder acquired the initial note through the
maturity date of the exchange note (for which the initial note
was exchanged), unless such
122
holder makes an irrevocable election to accrue market discount
under a constant yield method. Such holder may elect to include
market discount in income currently as it accrues (either
ratably or under the constant-yield method), in which case the
rule described above regarding deferral of interest deductions
will not apply. If such holder elects to include market discount
in income currently, such holders adjusted basis in an
exchange note will be increased by any market discount included
in income. An election to include market discount currently will
apply to all market discount obligations acquired during or
after the first taxable year in which the election is made, and
the election may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.
If a United States Holder makes the election described
above in Original Issue Discount
Election to treat all interest as OID for a market
discount note, such holder would be treated as having made an
election to include market discount in income currently under a
constant yield method, as discussed in this paragraph.
Acquisition Premium. If a United States Holder
purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an
exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount that
is less than or equal to the sum of all amounts (other than
qualified stated interest) payable on the initial note after the
purchase date but is greater than the adjusted issue price of
such initial note, the excess is acquisition premium. Any
acquisition premium applicable to an initial note should carry
over to the exchange note received in exchange therefor. If such
holder does not elect to include all interest income on the
exchange notes in gross income under the constant yield method
(see Original Issue Discount
Election to Treat All Interest as OID, above), such
holders accruals of OID will be reduced by a fraction
equal to (i) the excess of such holders adjusted
basis in the initial note immediately after the purchase over
the adjusted issue price of the initial note, divided by
(ii) the excess of the sum of all amounts payable (other
than qualified stated interest) on the initial note after the
purchase date over the adjusted issue price of the initial note.
Bond Premium. If a United States Holder
purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an
exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount in
excess of its principal amount, the excess will be treated as
bond premium. Any bond premium applicable to an initial note
should carry over to the exchange note received in exchange
therefor. Such holder may elect to amortize bond premium over
the remaining term of the exchange note on a constant yield
method. In such case, such holder will reduce the amount
required to be included in income each year with respect to
interest on such holders exchange note by the amount of
amortizable bond premium allocable to that year. The election,
once made, is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS and
applies to all taxable bonds held during the taxable year for
which the election is made or subsequently acquired. If such
holder elected to amortize bond premium on an initial note, such
election should carry over to the exchange note received in
exchange therefor. If such holder does not make this election,
such holder will be required to include in gross income the full
amount of interest on the exchange note in accordance with such
holders regular method of tax accounting, and will include
the premium in such holders tax basis for the exchange
note for purposes of computing the amount of such holders
gain or loss recognized on the taxable disposition of the
exchange note. United States Holders should consult their own
tax advisors concerning the computation and amortization of any
bond premium on the exchange note.
Sale
or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange Notes
A United States Holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale,
exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of
an exchange note equal to the difference, if any, between the
amount realized upon the disposition (less any portion allocable
to any accrued and unpaid interest, which will be taxable as
ordinary income to the extent not previously included in such
holders income) and the United States Holders
adjusted tax basis in the exchange note at the time of
disposition. A United States Holders adjusted tax basis in
an exchange note will be the price such holder paid for the
initial note, increased by any OID and market discount
previously included in gross income and reduced (but not below
zero) by amortized bond premium and payments, if any, such
holder previously received other than QSI payments. This gain or
loss will be a capital gain or loss (except to the extent of
accrued interest not previously includible in income or to the
extent the market discount rules require the recognition of
ordinary income) and will be long-term capital gain or loss if
the United States Holder has held the exchange note for more
than one year. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be a short-term
capital gain or loss. Long-term capital gains of noncorporate
United States Holders,
123
including individuals, may be taxed at lower rates than items of
ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject
to limitations.
Medicare
Contribution Tax on Unearned Income
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a 3.8%
Medicare tax will be imposed on the lesser of the net
investment income or the amount by which modified adjusted
gross income exceeds a threshold amount, in either case, of
United States Holders that are individuals, estates and trusts.
Net investment income includes, among other things, interest
income not derived from the conduct of a nonpassive trade or
business. Payments of interest and accruals of OID on the
exchange notes are expected to constitute net investment income.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Information reporting requirements will apply to United States
Holders that are not exempt recipients, such as corporations,
with respect to certain payments of interest on the exchange
notes, accruals of OID on the exchange notes and the proceeds of
disposition (including a retirement or redemption of an exchange
note). In addition, a United States Holder other than certain
exempt recipients may be subject to backup
withholding on the receipt of certain payments on the
exchange notes if such holder:
|
|
|
|
|
fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number
(TIN), which for an individual is ordinarily his or
her social security number,
|
|
|
|
is notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding,
|
|
|
|
fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has
furnished a correct TIN and that the IRS has not notified the
United States Holder that it is subject to backup
withholding, or
|
|
|
|
otherwise fails to comply with applicable requirements of the
backup withholding rules.
|
United States Holders should consult their own tax advisors
regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup
withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption,
if applicable. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and
taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their
U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund as
long as they timely provide certain information to the IRS.
Non-United
States Holders
This section applies to
non-United
States Holders. A
non-United
States Holder is a beneficial owner of notes that is not a
United States Holder and that is an individual, corporation (or
other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal
income tax purposes), estate or trust.
Exchange
Offer
Non-United
States Holders should not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of
an exchange note in exchange for an initial note pursuant to the
exchange offer.
Interest
Payments
Subject to the discussion below concerning effectively connected
income and backup withholding, interest paid to a
non-United
States Holder on an exchange note (which, for purposes of the
non-United
States Holder discussion, includes any accrued OID) will not be
subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax,
provided that such
non-United
States Holder meets the following requirements:
|
|
|
|
|
Such holder does not own, actually or constructively, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, stock constituting 10% or
more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our
stock entitled to vote.
|
|
|
|
Such holder is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a
controlled foreign corporation related, directly or indirectly,
to us through equity ownership.
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
Such holder is not a bank receiving interest on an extension of
credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the
ordinary course of its trade or business.
|
|
|
|
Such holder provides a properly completed IRS
Form W-8BEN
certifying its
non-U.S. status.
|
The gross amount of payments of interest that do not qualify for
the exception from withholding described above will be subject
to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless
(i) such holder provides a properly completed IRS
Form W-8BEN
claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an
applicable tax treaty, or (ii) such interest is effectively
connected with such holders conduct of a U.S. trade
or business and such holder provides a properly completed IRS
Form W-8ECI.
Sale
or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange Notes
Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, a
non-United
States Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income
tax or withholding tax on any gain recognized on the sale,
exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of an
exchange note unless:
|
|
|
|
|
such holder is an individual present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and
certain other conditions are met, in which case such holder will
be subject to a 30% tax (or a lower applicable treaty rate) with
respect to such gain (offset by certain U.S. source capital
losses), or
|
|
|
|
such gain is effectively connected with such holders
conduct of a trade or business in the United States, in
which case such holder will be subject to tax as described below
under Effectively Connected Income.
|
Any amounts in respect of accrued interest recognized on the
sale or exchange of an exchange note will not be subject to
U.S. federal withholding tax, unless the sale or exchange
is part of a plan the principal purpose of which is to avoid tax
and the withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know
of such plan.
Effectively
Connected Income
If interest or gain from a disposition of the exchange notes is
effectively connected with a
non-United States
Holders conduct of a U.S. trade or business, such
holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the
interest or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if
such holder were a United States Holder, unless an
applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. The interest or
gain in respect of the exchange notes would be exempt from
U.S. withholding tax if such holder claims the exemption by
providing a properly completed IRS
Form W-8ECI.
In addition, if such holder is a foreign corporation, such
holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax on its
effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year,
subject to certain adjustments, at a rate of 30% unless reduced
or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Unless certain exceptions apply, we must report to the IRS and
to a
non-United
States Holder any payments to such holder in respect of payments
of interest and accruals of OID during the taxable year. Under
current U.S. federal income tax law, backup withholding tax
will not apply to payments of interest by us or our paying agent
on an exchange note to a
non-United
States Holder, if such holder provides us with a properly
competed IRS
Form W-8BEN,
provided that we or our paying agent, as the case may be, do not
have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a
U.S. person.
Payments pursuant to the sale, exchange or other disposition of
exchange notes, made to or through a foreign office of a foreign
broker, other than payments in respect of interest, will not be
subject to information reporting and backup withholding;
provided that information reporting may apply if the foreign
broker has certain connections to the United States, unless the
beneficial owner of the exchange note certifies, under penalties
of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise
establishes an exemption. Payments made to or
125
through a foreign office of a U.S. broker will not be
subject to backup withholding, but are subject to information
reporting unless the beneficial owner of the exchange note
certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a
U.S. person, or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Payments to or through a U.S. office of a broker, however,
are subject to information reporting and backup withholding,
unless the beneficial owner of the exchange notes certifies,
under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person,
or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax; any amounts
withheld from a payment to a
non-United States
Holder under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a
credit against such holders U.S. federal income tax
liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that
the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Non-United
States Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding
application of withholding and backup withholding in their
particular circumstance and the availability of and procedure
for obtaining an exemption from withholding and backup
withholding under current Treasury Regulations.
PLAN OF
DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for initial
notes acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market
making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act
and, therefore, must deliver a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any
resales, offers to resell or other transfers of the exchange
notes received by it in connection with the exchange offer.
Accordingly, each such broker-dealer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange
notes. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging
that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities
Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with
resales of exchange notes received in exchange for initial notes
where such initial notes were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. We have
agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the expiration
of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended
or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes
by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for
their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold
from time to time in one or more transactions in the
over-the-counter
market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of
options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods
of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to
or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in
the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer
and/or the
purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that
resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer
that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may
be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of
the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of exchange
notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such
persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports and other
information with the SEC in accordance with the requirements of
the Exchange Act. You may read and copy any document we file
with the SEC at the SECs Public Reference Room,
100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
Copies of these reports, proxy statements and information may be
obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section
of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information
126
on the operation of the Public Reference Room. In addition, the
SEC maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy statements
and other information regarding registrants, such as us, that
file electronically with the SEC. The address of this web site
is
http://www.sec.gov.
Anyone who receives a copy of this prospectus may obtain a copy
of the indenture without charge by writing to Harbinger Group
Inc., Attn.: Chief Financial Officer, 450 Park Avenue,
27th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
LEGAL
MATTERS
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New
York, New York, will opine that the exchange notes are binding
obligations of the registrant.
EXPERTS
The consolidated balance sheets of HGI as of December 31,
2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income (loss),
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009, included elsewhere in this prospectus,
have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in
their report included elsewhere in this prospectus. Such
financial statements have been so included in reliance on the
report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in
accounting and auditing.
The consolidated statements of financial position of Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. as of September 30, 2010 and 2009
(Successor Company), and the related consolidated statements of
operations, shareholders equity (deficit) and
comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year ended
September 30, 2010, the period August 31, 2009 to
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), the period
October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009, and the year ended
September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company), the financial
statement schedule II, and the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010,
have been included in this registration statement and prospectus
in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
KPMG LLPs reports refer to Spectrum Brands emergence
from bankruptcy protection on August 28, 2009 and adoption
of fresh start reporting on August 30, 2009, resulting in
the Successor Companys consolidated financial statements
prior to August 30, 2009 not being comparable to its
consolidated financial statements for periods on or after
August 30, 2009. KPMG LLPs reports also refer to the
Successor Companys change to the measurement date of
accounting for pension and other post retirement on
September 30, 2009.
127
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
A. HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-13
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
|
|
B. SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal
Years Ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-35
|
|
|
|
|
F-37
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
|
|
|
|
|
F-41
|
|
|
|
|
F-43
|
|
F-1
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009(A)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
85,967
|
|
|
$
|
127,932
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
53,965
|
|
|
|
15,952
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
141,672
|
|
|
|
144,414
|
|
Long-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,039
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
142,312
|
|
|
$
|
152,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,452
|
|
|
$
|
593
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
3,786
|
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
5,238
|
|
|
|
2,467
|
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
|
3,423
|
|
|
|
3,519
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
9,345
|
|
|
|
7,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
132,727
|
|
|
|
132,638
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
10,243
|
|
|
|
23,848
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(10,223
|
)
|
|
|
(10,912
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders equity
|
|
|
132,940
|
|
|
|
145,767
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
132,967
|
|
|
|
145,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
142,312
|
|
|
$
|
152,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Derived and condensed from the audited consolidated financial
statements as of December 31, 2009. |
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statements.
F-2
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
3,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
14,876
|
|
|
|
3,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(14,876
|
)
|
|
|
(3,775
|
)
|
Other income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
1,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(14,369
|
)
|
|
|
(2,332
|
)
|
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
|
(9,688
|
)
|
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(13,605
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,686
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.50
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
19,286
|
|
|
|
19,278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
19,286
|
|
|
|
19,278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statements.
F-3
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,688
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
7,336
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(1,326
|
)
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
|
683
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
1,912
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(416
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
(11,727
|
)
|
|
|
(1,416
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(124,514
|
)
|
|
|
(24,041
|
)
|
Maturities of investments
|
|
|
94,538
|
|
|
|
11,989
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
Other investing activities
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(30,242
|
)
|
|
|
(12,094
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(41,965
|
)
|
|
|
(13,510
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
127,932
|
|
|
|
142,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
85,967
|
|
|
$
|
129,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statements.
F-4
|
|
Note 1.
|
Basis of
Presentation
|
The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
included herein have been prepared by Harbinger Group Inc.
(which, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is referred
to as the Company) pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The
financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the
opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of such
information. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring
nature except for the adjustments to income taxes disclosed in
Note 5. Although the Company believes that the disclosures
are adequate to make the information presented not misleading,
certain information and footnote disclosures, including a
description of significant accounting policies normally included
in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America,
have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and
regulations. The year-end condensed balance sheet data was
derived and condensed from audited financial statements, but
does not include all disclosures required by accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction
with the financial statements and the notes thereto included in
the Companys 2009 Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
March 9, 2010. The results of operations for the nine
months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily
indicative of the results for any subsequent periods or the
entire fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period
financial information to conform to the current presentation.
Specifically, the Company condensed Non-trade
receivables into Prepaid expenses and other current
assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and
condensed the change in Other receivables into the
change in Prepaid expenses and other current assets
in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
|
|
Note 2.
|
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
|
The Company classifies its U.S. Treasury investments as
held-to-maturity
and, accordingly, their carrying amounts represent amortized
cost, which is original cost adjusted for the amortization of
premiums and discounts, plus accrued interest. The accrued
interest receivable is included in Prepaid expenses and
other current assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance
Sheets. The carrying amounts approximate fair value.
F-5
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the
Companys financial instruments for which the disclosure of
fair values is required were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrecognized
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrecognized
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Bills
|
|
$
|
70,043
|
|
|
$
|
70,041
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
127,593
|
|
|
$
|
127,591
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
Treasury money market
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Checking accounts
|
|
|
15,536
|
|
|
|
15,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
85,971
|
|
|
$
|
85,969
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
127,932
|
|
|
$
|
127,930
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Interest receivable classified as other current assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and cash equivalents, at cost
|
|
|
85,967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Bills and Notes
|
|
|
54,033
|
|
|
|
54,005
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
15,956
|
|
|
|
15,916
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
|
54,033
|
|
|
$
|
54,005
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
15,956
|
|
|
$
|
15,916
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Interest receivable classified as other current assets
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments, at cost
|
|
|
53,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,056
|
|
|
|
8,018
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,056
|
|
|
$
|
8,018
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Interest receivable classified as other current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term investments, at cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and investments
|
|
$
|
139,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(30
|
)
|
|
$
|
151,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company expects that none of the gross unrecognized losses
aggregating $30,000 as of September 30, 2010 will be
realized since the Company has the intent and ability to hold
its U.S. Treasury investments to maturity. All short-term
investments will mature in less than one year.
F-6
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 3.
|
Comprehensive
Loss
|
The components of comprehensive loss are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(13,608
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,688
|
)
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax of $0 and $231
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(12,919
|
)
|
|
|
(9,259
|
)
|
Less: Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to the
noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(12,916
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,257
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 4.
|
Net Loss
Per Common Share Information
|
Net loss per common share basic is
computed by dividing Net loss attributable to Harbinger
Group Inc. by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding. Net loss per common share
diluted for the nine months ended September 30, 2010
and September 30, 2009 was the same as Net loss per
common share basic as the Company reported a
net loss and, therefore, the effect of all potentially dilutive
securities on the net loss would have been anti-dilutive.
As of September 30, 2010, there were 508,600 potential
common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options
excluded from the calculation of Net loss per common
share diluted because their impact would be
anti-dilutive due to the Companys net loss for the period.
Those stock options had a weighted average exercise price of
$5.62 per share.
The effective tax benefit rate for the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 was 5%. The benefit from income taxes
for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 principally
represents the restoration in the 2010 first quarter of $732,000
of deferred tax assets previously written off in connection with
the change in control of the Company in the third quarter of
2009 and a related reversal of $35,000 of accrued interest and
penalties on uncertain tax positions. These deferred tax assets
relate to net operating loss carryforwards which are realizable
to the extent the Company settles its uncertain tax positions
for which it had previously recorded $732,000 of reserves and
$35,000 of related accrued interest and penalties. As a result,
the final resolution of these uncertain tax positions will have
no net effect on the Companys future provision for (or
benefit from) income taxes.
In the third quarter of 2009, the Company wrote off
$8.2 million of deferred tax assets. This resulted from the
Companys ownership change that, pursuant to
Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, limits
its ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards and
alternative minimum tax credits.
Due to the Companys cumulative losses in recent years, it
determined that, as of September 30, 2010, a valuation
allowance was still required for all of its deferred tax assets
other than its refundable alternative minimum tax credits and
the balance of deferred tax assets described above. Accordingly,
the Company does not expect to record any future benefit from
income taxes until it is more likely than not that some or all
of its remaining net operating loss carryforwards will be
realizable.
As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the
Company had $366,000 and $732,000, respectively, of aggregate
unrecognized tax benefits classified within Other
liabilities. The decrease of $366,000 during the nine
months ended September 30, 2010 resulted from the
expiration in the third quarter of 2010 of the statute of
limitations for certain unrecognized tax benefits. This was
effectively offset by a
F-7
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
$366,000 reduction of deferred tax assets which, as described
above, had been restored in the first quarter of 2010.
|
|
Note 6.
|
Pension
Liabilities
|
The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan
(the Pension Plan) covering certain current and
former U.S. employees. During 2006, the Pension Plan was
frozen which caused all existing participants to become fully
vested in their benefits.
Additionally, the Company has an unfunded supplemental pension
plan (the Supplemental Plan) which provides
supplemental retirement payments to certain former senior
executives of the Company. The amounts of such payments equal
the difference between the amounts received under the Pension
Plan and the amounts that would otherwise be received if Pension
Plan payments were not reduced as the result of the limitations
upon compensation and benefits imposed by Federal law. Effective
December 1994, the Supplemental Plan was frozen.
The Company plans to make no contributions to its Pension Plan
during 2010. However, based on the currently enacted minimum
pension plan funding requirements, the Company expects to make
contributions during 2011. The Company plans to make no
contributions to its Supplemental Plan in 2010 as the
Supplemental Plan is an unfunded plan.
The components of net periodic benefit costs are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Service costs
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest costs
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(771
|
)
|
|
|
(726
|
)
|
Amortization of actuarial loss
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic pension cost
|
|
$
|
671
|
|
|
$
|
759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value measurements of net periodic benefit costs are as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
Fair Value(A)
|
|
|
Domestic equity securities
|
|
$
|
7,021
|
|
International equity securities
|
|
|
1,456
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
6,029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
All Pension Plan investments are invested in and among equity
and fixed income asset classes through collective trusts. Each
collective trusts valuation is based on its calculation of
net asset value per share reflecting the fair value of its
underlying investments. Since each of these collective trusts
allows redemptions at net asset value per share at the
measurement date, its valuation is categorized as a Level 2
fair value measurement. |
F-8
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 7:
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Legal
and Environmental Matters
In 2004, Utica Mutual Insurance Company (Utica
Mutual) commenced an action against the Company in the
Supreme Court for the County of Oneida, State of New York,
seeking reimbursement under a general agreement of indemnity
entered into by the Company in the late 1970s. Based upon the
discovery to date, Utica Mutual is seeking reimbursement for
payments it claims to have made under (1) a workers
compensation bond and (2) certain reclamation bonds which
were issued to certain former subsidiaries and are alleged by
Utica Mutual to be covered by the general agreement of
indemnity. While the precise amount of Utica Mutuals claim
is unclear, it appears it is claiming approximately
$0.5 million, including approximately $0.2 million
relating to the workers compensation bond and approximately
$0.3 million relating to the reclamation bonds.
In 2005, the Company was notified by Weatherford International
Inc. (Weatherford) of a claim for reimbursement of
approximately $0.2 million in connection with the
investigation and cleanup of purported environmental
contamination at two properties formerly owned by a
non-operating subsidiary of the Company. The claim was made
under an indemnification provision provided by the Company to
Weatherford in a 1995 asset purchase agreement and relates to
alleged environmental contamination that purportedly existed on
the properties prior to the date of the sale. Weatherford has
also advised the Company that Weatherford anticipates that
further remediation and cleanup may be required, although
Weatherford has not provided any information regarding the cost
of any such future clean up. The Company has challenged any
responsibility to indemnify Weatherford. The Company believes
that it has meritorious defenses to the claim, including that
the alleged contamination occurred after the sale of the
property, and intends to vigorously defend against it.
In addition to the matters described above, the Company is
involved in other litigation and claims incidental to its
current and prior businesses. These include multiple complaints
in Mississippi and Louisiana state courts and in a federal
multi-district litigation alleging injury from exposure to
asbestos on offshore drilling rigs and shipping vessels formerly
owned or operated by the Companys offshore drilling and
bulk-shipping affiliates. The Company has aggregate reserves for
its legal and environmental matters of approximately
$0.3 million at both September 30, 2010 and
December 31, 2009. Although the outcome of these matters
cannot be predicted with certainty and some of these matters may
be disposed of unfavorably to the Company, based on currently
available information, including legal defenses available to the
Company, and given the aforementioned reserves and related
insurance coverage, the Company does not believe that the
outcome of these legal and environmental matters will have a
material effect on its financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
Guarantees
Throughout its history, the Company has entered into
indemnifications in the ordinary course of business with
customers, suppliers, service providers, business partners and,
in certain instances, when it sold businesses. Additionally, the
Company has indemnified its directors and officers who are, or
were, serving at the request of the Company in such capacities.
Although the specific terms or number of such arrangements is
not precisely known due to the extensive history of past
operations, costs incurred to settle claims related to these
indemnifications have not been material to the Companys
financial statements. The Company has no reason to believe that
future costs to settle claims related to its former operations
will have a material impact on its financial position, results
of operations or cash flows.
Effective March 1, 2010, the Company entered into a
management agreement with Harbinger Capital Partners LLC
(Harbinger Capital), an affiliate of the Company,
whereby Harbinger Capital may provide
F-9
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
advisory and consulting services to the Company. The Company has
agreed to reimburse Harbinger Capital for its
out-of-pocket
expenses and the cost of certain services performed by legal and
accounting personnel of Harbinger Capital under the agreement.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company
did not accrue any costs related to this agreement.
On September 10, 2010, the Company entered into a
Contribution and Exchange Agreement (the Exchange
Agreement) with Harbinger Capital Partners Master
Fund I, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the
Harbinger Master Fund), Harbinger Capital Partners
Special Situations Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,
and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., a Cayman Islands
exempted company (collectively, the Harbinger
Parties). The Harbinger Parties are our principal
stockholders and are affiliates of Harbinger Capital.
Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the Company will issue an
aggregate of 119,909,830 shares of its common stock to the
Harbinger Parties in exchange for an aggregate of
27,756,905 shares of common stock (the SB Holdings
Contributed Shares), $0.01 par value per share (the
SB Holdings common stock), of Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings), owned by the Harbinger Parties (the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition), or approximately 54.4%
of the outstanding SB Holdings common stock (approximately 54.1%
on a fully diluted basis). The exchange ratio of 4.32 to 1.00
was based on the respective volume weighted average trading
prices of the Companys common stock ($6.33) and SB
Holdings common stock ($27.36) on the New York Stock Exchange
(the NYSE) for the 30 trading days from and
including July 2, 2010 to and including August 13,
2010, the day the Company received the Harbinger Parties
proposal for the Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
SB Holdings is a global consumer products company and a leading
supplier of batteries, shaving and grooming products, personal
care products, small household appliances, specialty pet
supplies, lawn & garden and home pest control
products, personal insect repellents and portable lighting.
Included in its portfolio of brands are
Rayovac®,
Remington®,
Varta®,
George
Foreman®,
Black&Decker
Home®,
Toastmaster®,
Tetra®,
Marineland®,
Natures
Miracle®,
Dingo®,
8-in-1
®,
Littermaid®,
Spectracide®,
Cutter®,
Repel®,
and
HotShot®.
The Harbinger Parties currently own 9,950,061 shares of the
Companys common stock, or approximately 51.6% of the
outstanding common stock of the Company, and
34,256,905 shares of SB Holdings common stock.
The consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition will result
in the following: (i) the Harbinger Parties will together
own approximately 93.3% of the Companys outstanding common
stock; (ii) SB Holdings will become the Companys
majority-owned subsidiary and its results will be consolidated
with the Companys results in its financial statements;
(iii) the Company will own approximately 54.4% of the
outstanding SB Holdings common stock, or 54.1% of the fully
diluted shares; (iv) Harbinger Master Fund will own
approximately 12.7% of the outstanding and fully diluted shares
of SB Holdings common stock; and (v) the remaining 32.9% of
the outstanding SB Holdings common stock, or approximately 32.7%
of the fully diluted shares, will continue to be owned by
stockholders of SB Holdings who are not affiliated with the
Harbinger Parties. SB Holdings common stock will continue to be
traded on the NYSE under the symbol SPB following
the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
On September 10, 2010, a special committee of the
Companys board of directors (the Committee),
consisting solely of directors who have been determined by the
Companys board of directors to be independent under the
NYSE rules, unanimously determined that the Exchange Agreement
and the Spectrum Brands Acquisition are advisable to, and in the
best interests of, the Company and its stockholders (other than
the Harbinger Parties), approved the Exchange Agreement and the
transactions contemplated thereby, and recommended that the
Companys board of directors approve the Exchange Agreement
and the Companys stockholders approve the issuance of the
Companys common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
On September 10, 2010, the Companys board of
directors (based in part on the unanimous approval and
F-10
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
recommendation of the Committee) unanimously determined that the
Exchange Agreement and the Spectrum Brands Acquisition are
advisable to, and in the best interests of, the Company and its
stockholders (other than the Harbinger Parties), approved the
Exchange Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby,
and recommended that the Companys stockholders approve the
issuance of its common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties, who held a
majority of the Companys outstanding common stock on that
date, approved the issuance of the Companys common stock
pursuant to the Exchange Agreement by written consent in lieu of
a meeting pursuant to Section 228 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
The Spectrum Brands Acquisition is subject to the following
closing conditions, in addition to other customary closing
conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
approval of the issuance of shares of the Companys common
stock to the Harbinger Parties under the Exchange Agreement by
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the
Companys common stock (this condition has been satisfied);
|
|
|
|
the filing of an information statement with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the SEC) and the mailing of the
information statement to the Companys stockholders at
least 20 calendar days prior to the consummation of the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition;
|
|
|
|
approval for the listing on the NYSE of shares of the
Companys common stock to be issued under the Exchange
Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the expiration of the waiting period under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976;
|
|
|
|
the SB Holdings Contributed Shares must represent at least 52.0%
of SB Holdings outstanding common stock as of the closing date
of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition calculated on a fully diluted
basis;
|
|
|
|
each Harbinger Partys delivery of a certificate to the
Company with respect to the tax treatment of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition applicable to the Harbinger Parties;
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties delivery to the Company of a certain
Lock-Up
Letter (as defined); and
|
|
|
|
the Company Registration Rights Agreement, as executed by the
Company, and the SB Holdings Stockholder Agreement, as joined by
the Company (each as defined), remaining in full force and
effect.
|
The shares of the Companys common stock to be issued to
the Harbinger Parties pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and the
SB Holdings Contributed Shares to be contributed to the Company
will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the Securities Act). These shares will be
restricted securities under the Securities Act. The Company may
not be able to sell the SB Holdings Contributed Shares and the
Harbinger Parties may not be able to sell their shares of the
Companys common stock acquired under the Exchange
Agreement, except pursuant to: (i) an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act covering the
resale of those shares, (ii) Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, which requires a specified holding period and
limits the manner and volume of sales, or (iii) any other
applicable exemption under the Securities Act.
|
|
Note 9.
|
Subsequent
Events
|
The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date when
the financial statements were issued. During this period, the
Company did not have any material recognizable subsequent
events; however the Company did have unrecognized subsequent
events as described below:
On October 8, 2010, the Company filed a Current Report on
Form 8-K
disclosing that it received an offer from the Harbinger Master
Fund (i) to assign to the Company the Harbinger Master
Funds rights to acquire
F-11
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Old Mutual U.S. Life Holdings, Inc. and (ii) to
transfer to the Company the Harbinger Master Funds
interest in Front Street Re, Ltd. (together, the Insurance
Transaction). After further discussing financing
alternatives and the Insurance Transaction as currently
proposed, the Company and the Master Fund determined not to
proceed with the Insurance Transaction by the Company. The
parties may reconsider the Insurance Transaction by the Company
on different terms in the future, but there is no proposal at
this time and there can be no assurance that there will be an
alternate proposal in the future.
On November 5, 2010, the Company priced $350 million
aggregate principal amount of its 10.625% senior secured
notes due 2015 (the Notes). The Notes will be sold
in a private placement pursuant to Rule 144A and
Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
subject to market and other conditions. The Notes will be issued
at a price equal to 98.587% of the principal amount thereof. The
Company expects the offering to close on November 15, 2010,
subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions. The
Company intends to use the net proceeds from the offering for
general corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions and
other investments. The net proceeds of the offering will be held
in a segregated escrow account until consummation of the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition. If the escrow conditions are not
fulfilled by March 31, 2011, the Company will redeem the
Notes at the issue price of the Notes, plus accrued yield and
accrued and unpaid interest.
F-12
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Harbinger Group, Inc.
Rochester, NY
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)
as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and
comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009
and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Deloitte &
Touche LLP
Rochester, New York
February 26, 2010
F-13
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 3)
|
|
$
|
127,932
|
|
|
$
|
142,694
|
|
Short-term investments (Note 4)
|
|
|
15,952
|
|
|
|
11,965
|
|
Non-trade receivables (Notes 4 and 5)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Note 10)
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
144,414
|
|
|
|
155,045
|
|
Long-term investments (Note 5)
|
|
|
8,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $7
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets (Note 10)
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
8,987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
152,883
|
|
|
$
|
164,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
593
|
|
|
$
|
92
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities (Note 6)
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
1,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
2,467
|
|
|
|
1,137
|
|
Pension liabilities (Note 12)
|
|
|
3,519
|
|
|
|
2,904
|
|
Other liabilities (Note 7)
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
1,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
7,086
|
|
|
|
5,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders equity (Note 8):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.01 par; 10,000,000 and
1,600,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2009 and
2008, respectively; none issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preference stock, $.01 par; 0 and 14,400,000 shares
authorized at December 31, 2009 and 2008; none issued or
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par, 500,000,000 and
132,000,000 shares authorized; 19,284,850 and
24,708,414 shares issued; and 19,284,850 and
19,276,334 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and
2008, respectively
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
132,638
|
|
|
|
164,250
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
23,848
|
|
|
|
37,192
|
|
Common stock held in treasury, at cost, 0 and
5,432,080 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,668
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 12)
|
|
|
(10,912
|
)
|
|
|
(11,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders equity
|
|
|
145,767
|
|
|
|
158,814
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
145,797
|
|
|
|
158,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
152,883
|
|
|
$
|
164,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-14
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative (Notes 11, 12, 13 and 14)
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
3,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
3,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(6,290
|
)
|
|
|
(3,237
|
)
|
|
|
(3,388
|
)
|
Other income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
3,013
|
|
|
|
7,681
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,509
|
|
|
|
3,126
|
|
|
|
8,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income taxes
|
|
|
(4,781
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
4,863
|
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes (Note 10)
|
|
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
(2,313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
(Note 2)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per common share basic and diluted
(Note 9)
|
|
$
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
19,280
|
|
|
|
19,276
|
|
|
|
19,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
19,280
|
|
|
|
19,276
|
|
|
|
19,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-15
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,550
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Taxes paid in connection with stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(220
|
)
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
8,542
|
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
|
|
1,617
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-trade receivables
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
(745
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
(237
|
)
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(665
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
(159
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
|
(2,694
|
)
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
2,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(28,065
|
)
|
|
|
(302,064
|
)
|
|
|
(288,564
|
)
|
Maturities of investments
|
|
|
16,039
|
|
|
|
305,118
|
|
|
|
288,744
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(12,068
|
)
|
|
|
3,054
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(14,762
|
)
|
|
|
3,443
|
|
|
|
2,362
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
142,694
|
|
|
|
139,251
|
|
|
|
136,889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
127,932
|
|
|
$
|
142,694
|
|
|
$
|
139,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
|
$
|
1,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-16
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Non-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Held in
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Controlling
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2007
|
|
|
24,617
|
|
|
$
|
246
|
|
|
$
|
164,454
|
|
|
$
|
34,653
|
|
|
$
|
(31,668
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,417
|
)
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
159,303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,550
|
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
(Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
Stock-based compensation (Note 14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option net exercises (Note 14)
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(220
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling
interest (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income attributable to Harbinger Group,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
24,709
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
164,250
|
|
|
|
37,204
|
|
|
|
(31,668
|
)
|
|
|
(7,934
|
)
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
162,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
(Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,286
|
)
|
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling
interest (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3,285
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
24,709
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
164,250
|
|
|
|
37,192
|
|
|
|
(31,668
|
)
|
|
|
(11,207
|
)
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
158,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(13,347
|
)
|
Treasury stock retirement (Note 8)
|
|
|
(5,432
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(31,614
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option net exercises (Note 14)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
(Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
Stock-based compensation (Note 14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,052
|
)
|
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling
interest (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(13,049
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
19,285
|
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
|
$
|
132,638
|
|
|
$
|
23,848
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(10,912
|
)
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
|
$
|
145,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-17
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
Note 1.
|
Business
and Organization
|
Harbinger Group Inc. (which, together with its consolidated
subsidiaries, is referred to as the Company) is a
holding company with approximately $151.9 million in
consolidated cash, cash equivalents and investments at
December 31, 2009. The Companys principal focus is to
identify and evaluate business combinations or acquisitions of
businesses. The Company currently owns 98% of Zap.Com
Corporation (Zap.Com), a public shell company that
may seek assets or businesses to acquire.
On December 23, 2009, the Company completed a
reincorporation merger with Zapata Corporation (the
Reincorporation Merger). As a result, the
Companys name changed from Zapata Corporation to Harbinger
Group Inc. and the Company changed its domicile from the State
of Nevada to the State of Delaware. See Note 8.
On July 9, 2009, Harbinger Capital Partners Master
Fund I, Ltd. (Master Fund), Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (Global Fund) and
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
(Special Situations Fund and together with the
Master Fund and Global Fund, the Companys Principal
Stockholders) purchased 9,937,962 shares, or 51.6%,
of the Companys common stock (the 2009 Change of
Control). The Companys Principal Stockholders
subsequently purchased 12,099 additional shares of the
Companys common stock.
|
|
Note 2.
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
|
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Harbinger Group Inc., its 98% owned subsidiary, Zap.Com,
and certain wholly-owned non-operating subsidiaries and are
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.
On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting
guidance which changed the accounting and reporting for minority
interests in consolidated subsidiaries. Under the new guidance,
ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than
the Company are classified as a component of equity in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets titled Noncontrolling
interest. The Consolidated Statements of Operations
include the line items Net (loss) income, which
represents net (loss) income attributable to both the Company
and the noncontrolling interest in Zap.Com, Net loss
attributable to the noncontrolling interest and Net
(loss) income attributable to Harbinger Group Inc., which
is the same amount as would be reported under the prior
definition of Net income (loss). In addition, prior
period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the
requirements of the new guidance.
The Company follows the accounting guidance which establishes
standards for reporting information about operating segments in
annual financial statements and related disclosures about
products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The
Company has determined that it does not have any separately
reportable operating segments.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company principally invests its excess cash in
U.S. Government instruments. All highly liquid investments
with original maturities of three months or less are considered
to be cash equivalents.
Investments
A portion of the Companys investments are held in
U.S. Government instruments with maturities greater than
three months. As the Company has both the intent and the ability
to hold these securities to maturity,
F-18
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
they are considered
held-to-maturity
investments. Such investments are recorded at original cost plus
accrued interest, which is included in Non-trade
receivables.
Income
Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
expected future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in
which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax
assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion
of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company also applies the accounting guidance for uncertain
tax positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a
tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the
financial statements. It also provides information on
derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition. Accrued interest expense and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions are recorded in (Provision)
benefit for income taxes.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Due to the inherent
uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results in
future periods could differ from these estimates.
The Companys significant estimates which are susceptible
to change in the near term relate to (1) estimates of
reserves for litigation and environmental reserves (see
Note 11), (2) recognition of deferred tax assets and
related valuation allowances (see Note 10), and
(3) assumptions used in the actuarial valuations for
defined benefit plans (see Note 12).
Concentrations
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk include the Companys cash,
cash equivalents and investments. These funds are currently
concentrated among three financial institutions; however, the
majority of the Companys funds are invested in
U.S. Government Treasuries, backed by the full faith and
credit of the U.S. Government, which are held by these
financial institutions on behalf of the Company.
Recently
Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
There are no recent accounting pronouncements that have not yet
been adopted that the Company believes may have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Reclassifications
In addition to the retrospective reclassifications made in
connection with the Companys adoption of the new
accounting guidance for noncontrolling interests disclosed under
Consolidation above, certain other reclassifications
have been made to prior year financial information to conform to
the current year presentation. Specifically, in the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for 2008 and 2007, the change in
prepaid pension cost was previously classified within the change
in Other assets and is now classified within the
change in Pension liabilities.
F-19
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Subsequent
Events
The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date when
the financial statements were issued.
|
|
Note 3.
|
Cash and
Cash Equivalents
|
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. The
Companys cash and cash equivalents at December 31,
2009 and December 31, 2008 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Bills
|
|
$
|
127,593
|
|
|
$
|
127,591
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
Treasury money market
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Checking accounts
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
127,932
|
|
|
$
|
127,930
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, amortized cost shown above
included no accrued interest. Interest rates on the
Companys Treasury Bills were 0.00% at December 31,
2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Bills
|
|
$
|
142,680
|
|
|
$
|
142,675
|
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
Treasury money market
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Checking accounts
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
142,694
|
|
|
$
|
142,689
|
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, amortized cost shown above
included no accrued interest. Interest rates on the
Companys Treasury Bills ranged from -0.10% to 0.00% at
December 31, 2008.
|
|
Note 4.
|
Short-Term
Investments
|
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had
held-to-maturity
investments with maturities up to approximately 10 months.
Interest rates on the Companys short-term investments
ranged from 0.38% to 0.62% at December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
(Loss) Gain
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Notes
|
|
$
|
7,949
|
|
|
$
|
7,905
|
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
U.S. Treasury Bills
|
|
|
8,007
|
|
|
|
8,011
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
|
15,956
|
|
|
$
|
15,916
|
|
|
$
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: interest receivable included in Non-trade
receivables
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments, at cost
|
|
$
|
15,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had
held-to-maturity
investments with maturities up to approximately six months.
Interest rates on the Companys short-term investments
ranged from 1.70% to 2.05% at December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
(Loss) Gain
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Notes
|
|
$
|
8,009
|
|
|
$
|
7,976
|
|
|
$
|
(33
|
)
|
U.S. Treasury Bills
|
|
|
4,031
|
|
|
|
4,032
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
|
12,040
|
|
|
$
|
12,008
|
|
|
$
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: interest receivable included in Non-trade
receivables
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments, at cost
|
|
$
|
11,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 5.
|
Long-Term
Investments
|
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had
held-to-maturity
investments with maturities up to approximately 1.3 years.
Interest rates on the Companys long-term investments
ranged from 0.44% to 0.60% at December 31, 2009. The
Company held no long-term investments at December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Notes
|
|
$
|
8,056
|
|
|
$
|
8,018
|
|
|
$
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term investments
|
|
|
8,056
|
|
|
$
|
8,018
|
|
|
$
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: interest receivable included in Non-trade
receivables
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term investments, at cost
|
|
$
|
8,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 6. Accrued
and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued and other current liabilities are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
$
|
578
|
|
|
$
|
574
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Legal and environmental reserves
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Salary and benefits
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
Retirement agreement
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
Pension accrual
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Director and committee fees
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal and state income taxes
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,874
|
|
|
$
|
1,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 7.
|
Other
Liabilities
|
Other liabilities are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Uncertain tax positions
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Retirement agreement
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
|
342
|
|
Other
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,100
|
|
|
$
|
1,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On November 3, 2009, the Companys board of directors
and Principal Stockholders approved the Reincorporation Merger
of Zapata Corporation (Zapata), a Nevada
corporation, with and into its newly formed wholly-owned
subsidiary, Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation. The
Principal Stockholders approved the Reincorporation Merger by
written consent in lieu of a meeting. On December 23, 2009,
the Company completed the Reincorporation Merger and the Company
effectively changed its name to Harbinger Group Inc. and changed
its domicile from the State of Nevada to the State of Delaware.
In connection with the Reincorporation Merger, stockholders
received one share of common stock of Harbinger Group Inc. for
each share of Zapata common stock owned at the effective date of
the Reincorporation Merger.
Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Reincorporation
Merger, the Companys authorized capital stock consisted of
1,600,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per
share, 14,400,000 shares of preference stock, par value
$0.01 per share and 132,000,000 shares of common stock, of
which 19,284,850 shares were outstanding and
5,432,080 shares were held in treasury. No preferred stock
or preference stock was issued or outstanding.
At the time of the Reincorporation Merger and at
December 31, 2009, the Companys authorized capital
stock consisted of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock and
500,000,000 shares of common stock. The board of directors
has the right to set the dividend, voting, conversion,
liquidation and other rights, as well as the qualifications,
limitations and restrictions, with respect to the preferred
stock. As of December 23, 2009 and giving effect to the
Reincorporation Merger, the Company had 19,284,850 shares
of common stock issued and outstanding, with no shares held in
treasury, and no preferred stock issued or outstanding. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had 480,715,150 shares
of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock
available for issuance.
In December 2002, the board of directors authorized the purchase
of up to 4.0 million shares of its outstanding common stock
in the open market or privately negotiated transactions. No
shares were repurchased under this authorization and the board
of directors terminated this authorization on November 3,
2009.
|
|
Note 9.
|
Net
(Loss) Income Per Common Share Information
|
Net (loss) income per common share basic
is computed by dividing Net (loss) income by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Net
loss per common share diluted for 2009 and
2008 was the same as Net loss per common share
basic since the Company reported a net loss and therefore,
the effect of all potentially dilutive securities on the net
loss would have been antidilutive. Net income per common
share diluted for 2007 was computed by
dividing Net income by the weighted average number
of shares plus the potential common share effect of dilutive
stock options computed using the treasury stock method.
F-22
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table details the potential common shares excluded
from the calculation of Net (loss) income per common
share diluted because the associated exercise
prices were greater than the average market price of the
Companys common stock, or because their impact would be
antidilutive due to the Companys net loss for the period
(in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
Potential common shares excluded from the calculation of
Net (loss) income per common share
diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Weighted average exercise price per share
|
|
$
|
5.49
|
|
|
$
|
5.12
|
|
|
$
|
9.79
|
|
Note 10. Income
Taxes
(Provision) benefit for income taxes consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34
|
)
|
Federal
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(662
|
)
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Federal
|
|
|
(8,493
|
)
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
(1,616
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
$
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
$
|
(2,313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table reconciles the expected benefit (provision)
for income taxes for all periods computed using the
U.S. Federal statutory rate of 34% to the (Provision)
benefit for income taxes as reflected in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Benefit (provision) at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
1,626
|
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
|
$
|
(1,653
|
)
|
Net operating loss and credit carryforward limitations due to
ownership change
|
|
|
(7,376
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
(2,794
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
165
|
|
Non-deductible professional fees and advisory services
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in tax reserve
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(188
|
)
|
Federal personal holding company tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(575
|
)
|
Change in estimated liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of deferred rate change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
$
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
$
|
(2,313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Temporary differences and tax credit carryforwards that gave
rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and
liabilities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
$
|
1,424
|
|
|
$
|
1,212
|
|
Accruals not yet deductible
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
512
|
|
Net operating loss carryforward
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
|
257
|
|
Alternative minimum tax credit
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
7,082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,212
|
|
|
|
9,063
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(2,698
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
9,056
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
514
|
|
|
$
|
9,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys net deferred tax assets are reflected in the
Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
$
|
119
|
|
|
$
|
69
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
8,987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
514
|
|
|
$
|
9,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The 2009 Change of Control resulted in an ownership change under
sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the IRC). As a result, the
Companys ability to utilize pre-ownership change net
operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of
$3.3 million and alternative minimum tax (AMT)
credits of $6.6 million was eliminated. The
$3.3 million of NOL carryforwards included approximately
$0.3 million which has not been recognized for financial
statement purposes as they relate to benefits associated with
stock option exercises that have not reduced current taxes
payable.
The Company has $1.9 million of post-ownership change NOL
carryforwards. However, in accordance with the accounting for
stock-based compensation, approximately $61,000 of these
carryforwards have not been recognized for financial statement
purposes as they relate to benefits associated with stock option
exercises that have not reduced current taxes payable. Equity
will be increased by $21,000 if and when such deferred tax
assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses the ordering
model prescribed by the liability method of accounting for
income taxes when determining when excess tax benefits have been
realized.
The Companys ability to utilize its NOL carryforward tax
benefits is dependent on future taxable income. NOL
carryforwards have a
20-year
carry-forward period and will expire in 2029. Additionally, the
Company has approximately $0.5 million in refundable
Federal AMT credits resulting from AMT net operating loss
carryback provisions contained in tax legislation enacted during
the fourth quarter of 2009.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when,
in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for
the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of
enactment. Cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall
assessment of the need for a valuation allowance. As a result of
its
F-24
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
cumulative losses in recent years, the Company determined that,
as of December 31, 2009, a valuation allowance was required
for all of its deferred tax assets other than the refundable AMT
credits. Consequently, the Companys valuation allowance,
which related only to state NOL carryforward tax benefits in
previous years, increased from $7,000 as of December 31,
2008 to $2.7 million as of December 31, 2009.
The Company also applies the accounting guidance for uncertain
tax positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a
tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the
financial statements. Unrecognized tax benefits were
approximately $0.7 million as of December 31, 2009 and
December 31, 2008. The reversal of these benefits will
reduce the Companys effective tax rate when recognized.
The Company expects that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits
will be reduced by half during the next 12 months. The
following is a roll-forward of the Companys total
uncertain tax positions (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest expense and penalties, if any, related to the
above uncertain tax positions are recorded in (Provision)
benefit for income taxes. For the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the amount of interest
expense and penalties was $19,000, $16,000 and $0, respectively.
The Company files Federal and state consolidated income tax
returns and is subject to income tax examinations for years
after 2005. The Company currently has state tax returns under
examination for the years 2006 and 2007.
If the Company has another change of ownership under
section 382 of the IRC, utilization of NOL carryforward tax
benefits could be significantly limited or possibly eliminated.
An ownership change for this purpose is generally a change in
the majority ownership of a company over a three-year period.
Section 541 of the IRC subjects a corporation that is a
personal holding company (PHC), as
defined in the IRC, to a 15% tax on undistributed personal
holding company income in addition to the
corporations normal income tax. Generally, undistributed
PHC income is based on taxable income, subject to certain
adjustments, most notably a reduction for Federal income taxes.
Personal holding company income is comprised primarily of
passive investment income plus, under certain circumstances,
personal service income. A corporation is generally considered
to be a personal holding company if (1) 60% or more of its
adjusted ordinary gross income is personal holding company
income and (2) 50% or more of its outstanding common
F-25
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer
individuals at any time during the last half of the taxable year.
Although the Company believes that it is classified as a PHC for
2009, the Company did not incur a PHC tax as it had a net
operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Additionally, subsequent to the 2009 Change of Control, the
Company may continue to qualify as a PHC in future periods. If
it is determined that five or fewer individuals hold more than
50% in value of the Companys outstanding common stock
during the second half of future tax years, it is possible that
the Company could have at least 60% of adjusted ordinary gross
income consist of PHC income as discussed above. Thus, there can
be no assurance that the Company will not be subject to this tax
in the future, which, in turn, may materially and adversely
impact the Companys financial position, results of
operations and cash flows. In addition, if the Company is
subject to this tax in future periods, statutory tax rate
increases could significantly increase its tax expense and
adversely affect its consolidated operating results and cash
flows. Specifically, the current 15% tax rate on undistributed
PHC income is scheduled to expire as of December 31, 2010,
after which the rate will revert back to the highest individual
ordinary income rate of 39.6%.
|
|
Note 11.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Lease
Commitments
Future annual minimum payments under non-cancelable operating
lease obligations as of December 31, 2009 are approximately
$45,000 payable during the year ending December 31, 2010.
Rental expense for leases was $69,000, $76,000 and $69,000 in
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Legal
and Environmental Matters
During 2004, Utica Mutual Insurance Company (Utica
Mutual) commenced an action against the Company in the
Supreme Court for the County of Oneida, State of New York,
seeking reimbursement under a general agreement of indemnity
entered into by the Company in the late 1970s. Based upon the
discovery to date, Utica Mutual is seeking reimbursement for
payments it claims to have made under (1) a workers
compensation bond and (2) certain reclamation bonds which
were issued to certain former subsidiaries and are alleged by
Utica Mutual to be covered by the general agreement of
indemnity. While the precise amount of Utica Mutuals claim
is unclear, it appears they are claiming approximately
$0.5 million, of which approximately $0.2 million
appears to have been paid out in connection with the workers
compensation bond with the balance of $0.3 million due for
payment on the reclamation bonds.
During 2005, the Company was notified by Weatherford
International Inc. (Weatherford) of a claim for
reimbursement of approximately $0.2 million in connection
with the investigation and cleanup of purported environmental
contamination at two properties formerly owned by a
non-operating subsidiary of the Company. The claim was made
under an indemnification provision given by the Company to
Weatherford in a 1995 asset purchase agreement and relates to
alleged environmental contamination that purportedly existed on
the properties prior to the date of the sale. Weatherford has
also advised the Company that it anticipates that further
remediation and cleanup may be required, although Weatherford
has not provided any information regarding the cost of any such
future clean up. The Company has challenged any responsibility
to indemnify Weatherford. The Company believes that it has
meritorious defenses to the claim, including that the alleged
contamination occurred after the sale of the property, and
intends to vigorously defend against it.
In addition to the matters described above, the Company is
involved in other litigation and claims incidental to its
current and prior businesses. The Company has reserves for all
of its legal and environmental matters aggregating approximately
$0.3 million and $0.1 million at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively. Although the outcome of these
matters cannot be predicted with certainty and some of these
matters may be disposed of unfavorably to the Company, based on
currently available information, including legal defenses
F-26
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
available to the Company, and given the aforementioned reserves
and related insurance coverage, the Company does not believe
that the outcome of these legal and environmental matters will
have a material effect on its financial position, liquidity, or
results of operations.
Captive
Insurance Arrangement
During a two year period commencing in 1993, the Company entered
into a
rent-a-captive
arrangement for workers compensation insurance coverage
whereby the Company funded premiums in an account maintained by
an offshore entity related to a sponsor insurance carrier based
in the United States. Due to significant liquidity concerns, the
sponsor insurance company entered into voluntary rehabilitation
during 2002. Based on this event, the Company wrote off the
balance of the excess collateral arising from this arrangement.
In September 2009, the Company received a refund of
$0.8 million representing excess collateral relating to
this arrangement and recorded this refund in Other
income in the Companys Consolidated Statement of
Operations for the year ended December 31, 2009. There is
one remaining open claim for this period which is above the
Companys deductible and significantly below policy limits.
Accordingly, the Company does not believe that it has any
material obligations under this arrangement and does not expect
to receive additional material reimbursements.
Guarantees
Throughout its history, the Company has entered into
indemnifications in the ordinary course of business with
customers, suppliers, service providers, business partners and,
in certain instances, when it sold businesses. Additionally, the
Company has indemnified its directors and officers who are, or
were, serving at the request of the Company in such capacities.
Although the specific terms or number of such arrangements is
not precisely known due to the extensive history of past
operations, costs incurred to settle claims related to these
indemnifications have not been material to the Companys
financial statements. Further, the Company has no reason to
believe that future costs to settle claims related to its former
operations will have material impact on its financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
|
|
Note 12.
|
Defined
Benefit Plans
|
General
The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan
(the Pension Plan) covering certain current and
former U.S. employees. During 2006, the Pension Plan was
frozen which caused all existing participants to become fully
vested in their benefits.
Additionally, the Company has an unfunded supplemental pension
plan (the Supplemental Plan) which provides
supplemental retirement payments to certain former senior
executives of the Company. The amounts of such payments equal
the difference between the amounts received under the Pension
Plan and the amounts that would otherwise be received if Pension
Plan payments were not reduced as the result of the limitations
upon compensation and benefits imposed by Federal law. Effective
December 1994, the Supplemental Plan was frozen.
F-27
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Consolidated
Obligations and Funded Status
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Change in Benefit Obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
17,034
|
|
|
$
|
18,170
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,091
|
|
Actuarial loss (gain)
|
|
|
1,835
|
|
|
|
(588
|
)
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(1,466
|
)
|
|
|
(1,639
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
|
18,504
|
|
|
|
17,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Plan Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year
|
|
|
14,026
|
|
|
|
20,239
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
2,217
|
|
|
|
(4,678
|
)
|
Company contributions
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(1,466
|
)
|
|
|
(1,639
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at end of year
|
|
|
14,881
|
|
|
|
14,026
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded Status of Plans
|
|
$
|
(3,623
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,008
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets Consist
of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
(104
|
)
|
|
$
|
(104
|
)
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
|
(3,519
|
)
|
|
|
(2,904
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(3,623
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,008
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss
|
|
$
|
(17,650
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,945
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
|
(17,650
|
)
|
|
|
(17,945
|
)
|
Cumulative deferred tax effects
|
|
|
6,738
|
|
|
|
6,738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
$
|
(10,912
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components
of net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,091
|
|
|
|
1,065
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(968
|
)
|
|
|
(1,517
|
)
|
|
|
(1,539
|
)
|
Amortization of actuarial loss
|
|
|
881
|
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic pension cost
|
|
$
|
1,014
|
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
|
$
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company expects to recognize approximately $0.9 million
in pension expense during 2010. This amount is comprised of
approximately $0.9 million of net actuarial losses, which
will be amortized out of accumulated other comprehensive loss
and included as a component of net periodic benefit cost,
approximately $1.0 million of interest costs, offset by
approximately $1.0 million of expected return on plan
assets.
F-28
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Components
of actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax
effects
The components of Actuarial adjustments to pension plans,
net of tax effects included in Comprehensive Income
(Loss) reported in the accompanying Consolidated Statement
of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net actuarial (loss) gain arising during the year
|
|
$
|
(586
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,607
|
)
|
|
$
|
212
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial loss to net periodic
benefit cost
|
|
|
881
|
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
575
|
|
Deferred tax benefit (provision)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,786
|
|
|
|
(304
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
|
|
$
|
295
|
|
|
$
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
$
|
483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
Plan Information
The accumulated benefit obligation for the Pension Plan was
$17.7 million and $16.3 million at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively. The fair value of the Pension Plan
assets was $14.9 million and $14.0 million at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.66
|
%
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
Expected long-term return on plan assets
|
|
|
7.25
|
%
|
|
|
7.75
|
%
|
|
|
7.75
|
%
|
The Company is responsible for establishing objectives and
policies for the investment of Pension Plan assets with
assistance from the Pension Plans investment consultant.
As the obligations are relatively long-term in nature, the
investment strategy has been to maximize long-term capital
appreciation. The Pension Plan has historically invested within
and among equity and fixed income asset classes in a manner that
sought to achieve the highest rate of return consistent with a
moderate amount of volatility. At the same time, the Pension
Plan maintained a sufficient amount invested in highly liquid
investments to meet immediate and projected cash flow needs. To
achieve these objectives, the Company developed guidelines for
the composition of investments to be held by the Pension Plan.
Due to varying rates of return among asset classes, the actual
asset mix may vary somewhat from these guidelines but are
generally rebalanced as soon as practical.
Pension Plan Assets. Asset allocations and
target asset allocations by asset category are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
Plan Investment
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Allocation Guidelines
|
Asset Category
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Min
|
|
Target
|
|
Max
|
|
Domestic equity securities
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
|
|
28
|
%
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
International equity securities
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
|
|
49
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, no plan assets were
invested in the Companys common stock.
F-29
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
For 2009, the Company assumed a long-term asset rate of return
of 7.25%. In developing this rate of return assumption, the
Company evaluated historical returns and asset class return
expectations based on the Pension Plans current asset
allocation. Despite the Companys belief that this
assumption is reasonable, future actual results may differ from
this estimate.
Fair value measurements for the Pension Plans assets at
December 31, 2009 are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Active
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markets for
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identical
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Inputs(1)
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic equity securities
|
|
$
|
7,878
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,878
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
International equity securities
|
|
|
1,601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,601
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
5,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,881
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,881
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
All Pension Plan investments are invested in and among equity
and fixed income asset classes through collective trusts. As
each collective trusts valuation is based on inputs that
are observable or derived principally from observable inputs,
all amounts are categorized under Level 2. |
Contributions. The Company plans to make no
contributions to its Pension Plan in 2010. However, based on the
currently enacted minimum pension plan funding requirements, the
Company expects to make contributions during 2011.
Estimated Future Benefit Payments. The
following benefit payments are expected to be paid:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,395
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,372
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,378
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,393
|
|
Years
2015-2019
|
|
|
6,869
|
|
Supplemental
Plan Information
The accumulated benefit obligation for the Supplemental Plan was
$0.8 million and $0.7 million at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.66
|
%
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
Supplemental Plan Assets. The Supplemental
Plan is unfunded and has no assets.
F-30
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Contributions. The Company plans to make no
contributions to its Supplemental Plan in 2010 as the
Supplemental Plan is an unfunded plan. Estimated future benefit
payments will be made by the Company in accordance with the
schedule below.
Estimated Future Benefit Payments. The
following benefit payments are expected to be paid:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
104
|
|
2011
|
|
|
98
|
|
2012
|
|
|
93
|
|
2013
|
|
|
88
|
|
2014
|
|
|
83
|
|
Years
2015-2019
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
Note 13.
|
Defined
Contribution Plan
|
The Company has a 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan) in
which eligible participants may defer a fixed amount or a
percentage of their eligible compensation, subject to
limitations. The Company makes a discretionary matching
contribution of up to 4% of eligible compensation. The Company
recognized expenses for contributions to the 401(k) Plan of
approximately $28,000, $25,000 and $24,000 in 2009, 2008 and
2007 respectively.
|
|
Note 14.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
The Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 included $2,000, $0 and
$17,000, respectively, of share-based compensation costs,
included in General and administrative. The total income
tax benefit recognized in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations for share-based compensation arrangements was $1,000,
$0 and $1,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007, respectively.
On December 5, 1996, the Companys stockholders
approved a long-term incentive plan (the 1996 Plan).
The 1996 Plan provides for the granting of restricted stock,
stock appreciation rights, stock options and other types of
awards to key employees of the Company. Under the 1996 Plan,
options may be granted at prices equivalent to the market value
of the common stock on the date of grant. Options become
exercisable in one or more installments on such dates as the
Company may determine. Unexercised options will expire on
varying dates up to a maximum of ten years from the date of
grant. All options granted vest ratably over three years
beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The
1996 Plan, as amended, provides for the issuance of options to
purchase up to 8,000,000 shares of common stock. At
December 31, 2009, stock options covering a total of
1,645,152 shares had been exercised and a total of
5,862,808 shares of common stock are available for future
stock options or other awards under the Plan. As of
December 31, 2009, there were options for the purchase of
up to 492,040 shares of common stock outstanding under the
1996 Plan. No restricted stock, stock appreciation rights or
other types of awards have been granted under the 1996 Plan.
In May 2002, the Companys stockholders approved specific
stock option grants of 8,000 options to each of the six
non-employee directors of the Company. These grants had been
approved by the board of directors and awarded by the Company in
March 2002, subject to stockholder approval. These grants are
non-qualified options with a ten year life and became
exercisable in cumulative one-third installments vesting
annually beginning on the first anniversary of the date of
grant. As of December 31, 2009, there were options for the
purchase of up to 32,000 shares outstanding under these
grants.
F-31
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The fair value of each stock option granted has been determined
using the Black-Sholes option-pricing model. In 2009, stock
options were granted with a grant date fair value of $2.63 with
the following assumptions used in the determination of fair
value of each stock option granted using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model: expected option term of 6 years,
volatility of 32.6%, risk-free interest rate of 3.1% and no
assumed dividend yield. No stock options were granted in 2008 or
2007.
A summary of the Companys stock option activity as of
December 31, 2009, and changes during the year then ended,
is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Contractual Term
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2009
|
|
|
427,040
|
|
|
$
|
5.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
$
|
7.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(16,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited or expired
|
|
|
(12,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
10.94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
524,040
|
|
|
$
|
5.49
|
|
|
|
4.6 years
|
|
|
$
|
805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
399,040
|
|
|
$
|
5.01
|
|
|
|
2.9 years
|
|
|
$
|
804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
524,040
|
|
|
$
|
5.49
|
|
|
|
4.6 years
|
|
|
$
|
805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $61,000,
$0 and $0.8 million, respectively. In connection with these
exercises, the Company remitted $0, $0 and $0.2 million for
the payment of withholding taxes during the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The stock
options exercised during 2009 and 2007 were net
exercises, pursuant to which the optionee received shares
of common stock equal to the intrinsic value of the options
(fair market value of common stock on date of exercise less
exercise price) reduced by any applicable withholding taxes. The
Company issued approximately 8,000, 0 and 92,000 shares of
common stock during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related
to these exercises.
As of December 31, 2009, there was approximately
$0.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost
related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements. That
cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period
of 3.0 years.
F-32
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 15.
|
Quarterly
Financial Data (unaudited)
|
The following table presents certain unaudited consolidated
operating results for each of the Companys preceding eight
quarters. The Company believes that the following information
includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, except as disclosed in Notes 2 and 3 to the
table) necessary for a fair presentation in accordance with
GAAP. The operating results for any interim period are not
necessarily indicative of results for any other period. The
following unaudited quarterly results reflect restated amounts
from the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q/A
for the period ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009(2)
|
|
2009(3)
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(1,200
|
)
|
|
|
(1,173
|
)
|
|
|
(1,401
|
)
|
|
|
(2,516
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
|
(727
|
)
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
(8,498
|
)
|
|
|
(3,657
|
)
|
Net loss per common share basic and diluted(1)
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
(0.44
|
)
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(865
|
)
|
|
|
(688
|
)
|
|
|
(856
|
)
|
|
|
(828
|
)
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
|
(188
|
)
|
|
|
(456
|
)
|
Net income (loss) per common share basic and
diluted(1)
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net income (loss) per common share has been computed
independently for each quarter based upon the weighted average
shares outstanding for that quarter. Therefore, the sum of the
quarterly amounts may not equal the reported annual amounts. |
|
(2) |
|
During the third quarter of 2009 as a result of the 2009 Change
of Control, the Company wrote off approximately
$8.2 million of net operating loss carryforward tax
benefits and alternative minimum tax credits in accordance with
sections 382 and 383 of the IRC. Approximately
$7.9 million of this write off impacted the income tax
provision as $0.3 million of the $8.2 million had not
been recognized for financial statement purposes as they related
to benefits associated with stock option exercises that had not
reduced current taxes payable. See Note 10. |
|
(3) |
|
Due to tax law changes enacted during the fourth quarter of
2009, the Company was able to re-establish approximately
$0.5 million of AMT credits previously written off during
the third quarter of 2009. However during the fourth quarter of
2009, the Company increased its valuation allowance on all
deferred tax assets other than refundable AMT credits by
approximately $2.8 million. See Note 10. |
F-33
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 16.
|
Subsequent
Events
|
Insurance
Settlement
During January 2010, the Company entered into a settlement
agreement under a solvent scheme of arrangement with an insurer
in the London market. Under the terms of the agreement, the
Company agreed to accept approximately $0.2 million in
exchange for the termination of insurance coverage on certain
non-operating subsidiaries. A solvent scheme is the mechanism by
which solvent entities, including insurance companies, are able
to shed liabilities and terminate their insurance and
reinsurance obligations with judicial sanction. Such
arrangements are authorized by Section 425 of the U.K.
Companies Act of 1985. The Company received the settlement
during the first quarter of 2010 which will be reflected in
Other income in the Consolidated Statement of
Operations for that quarter.
Management
and Advisory Services Agreement
During February 2010, the Company entered into a management
agreement with Harbinger Capital Partners LLC (HCP),
an affiliate of the Companys Principal Stockholders,
whereby HCP may, among other items, provide advisory and
consulting services to the Company. The Company has agreed to
reimburse HCP for its
out-of-pocket
expenses and the cost of certain services performed by legal and
accounting personnel of HCP under the agreement.
F-34
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of
financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity
(deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for
the year ended September 30, 2010, the period
August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor
Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30,
2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008 (Predecessor
Company). In connection with our audits of the consolidated
financial statements, we have also audited the financial
statement schedule II. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009
(Successor Company), and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2010, the
period August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009
(Successor Company), the period October 1, 2008 to
August 30, 2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008
(Predecessor Company) in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
September 30, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO), and our report dated December 14, 2010 expressed an
unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Predecessor Company filed a petition for
reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code on February 3, 2009. The Companys
plan of reorganization became effective and the Company emerged
from bankruptcy protection on August 28, 2009. In
connection with their emergence from bankruptcy, the Successor
Company Spectrum Brands, Inc. adopted fresh-start reporting in
conformity with ASC Topic 852,
Reorganizations formerly America Institute of
Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position
90-7,
Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under
the Bankruptcy Code, effective as of August 30,
2009. Accordingly, the Successor Companys consolidated
financial statements prior to August 30, 2009 are not
comparable to its consolidated financial statements for periods
on after August 30, 2009.
As discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial
statements, effective September 30, 2009, the Successor
Company adopted the measurement date provision of ASC 715,
Compensation-Retirement Benefits formerly
FAS 158, Employers Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and other Postretirement Plans.
Atlanta, Georgia
December 14, 2010
F-35
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
(the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of
September 30, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible
for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, included in
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on the Companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited the accompanying consolidated statements of
financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity
(deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for
the year ended September 30, 2010, the period
August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor
Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30,
2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008 (Predecessor
Company), along with the financial statement schedule II,
and our report dated December 14, 2010 expressed an
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
The Company acquired Russell Hobbs, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(Russell Hobbs) on June 16, 2010. Management excluded
Russell Hobbs from its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting and the associated
total assets of $863,282,000 and total net sales of $237,576,000
included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company
as of and for the year ended September 30, 2010. Our audit
of internal control over financial reporting of the Company as
of September 30, 2010 also excluded Russell Hobbs.
Atlanta, Georgia
December 14, 2010
F-36
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
September 30,
2010 and 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
|
|
|
|
per share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
170,614
|
|
|
$
|
97,800
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances of $4,351 and
$1,011, respectively
|
|
|
365,002
|
|
|
|
274,483
|
|
Other
|
|
|
41,445
|
|
|
|
24,968
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
530,342
|
|
|
|
341,505
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
35,735
|
|
|
|
28,137
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
12,452
|
|
|
|
11,870
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
44,122
|
|
|
|
39,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,199,712
|
|
|
|
818,736
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
201,164
|
|
|
|
212,361
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
46,352
|
|
|
|
34,934
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
600,055
|
|
|
|
483,348
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,769,360
|
|
|
|
1,461,945
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
56,961
|
|
|
|
9,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
3,020,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
20,710
|
|
|
$
|
53,578
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
332,231
|
|
|
|
186,235
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wages and benefits
|
|
|
93,971
|
|
|
|
88,443
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
37,118
|
|
|
|
21,950
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
23,793
|
|
|
|
26,203
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
31,652
|
|
|
|
8,678
|
|
Other
|
|
|
123,297
|
|
|
|
109,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
662,772
|
|
|
|
495,068
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
|
|
|
1,723,057
|
|
|
|
1,529,957
|
|
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
92,725
|
|
|
|
55,855
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
277,843
|
|
|
|
227,498
|
|
Other
|
|
|
70,828
|
|
|
|
51,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,827,225
|
|
|
|
2,359,867
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized
200,000 shares; issued 51,020 shares; outstanding
51,020 shares at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized
150,000 shares; issued 30,000 shares; outstanding
30,000 shares at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
1,316,461
|
|
|
|
724,796
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(260,892
|
)
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
|
|
|
(7,497
|
)
|
|
|
6,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,048,586
|
|
|
|
660,879
|
|
Less treasury stock, at cost, 81 and 0 shares, respectively
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
1,046,379
|
|
|
|
660,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
3,020,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-37
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,638,451
|
|
|
|
155,310
|
|
|
|
1,245,640
|
|
|
|
1,489,971
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
|
16,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
921,410
|
|
|
|
64,400
|
|
|
|
751,819
|
|
|
|
920,101
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
466,813
|
|
|
|
39,136
|
|
|
|
363,106
|
|
|
|
506,365
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
199,386
|
|
|
|
20,578
|
|
|
|
145,235
|
|
|
|
188,934
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
31,013
|
|
|
|
3,027
|
|
|
|
21,391
|
|
|
|
25,315
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
22,838
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
861,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
752,632
|
|
|
|
64,292
|
|
|
|
595,014
|
|
|
|
1,604,686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
168,778
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
156,805
|
|
|
|
(684,585
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
277,015
|
|
|
|
16,962
|
|
|
|
172,940
|
|
|
|
229,013
|
|
Other expense (income), net
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
|
|
(816
|
)
|
|
|
3,320
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items and
income taxes
|
|
|
(120,537
|
)
|
|
|
(16,038
|
)
|
|
|
(19,455
|
)
|
|
|
(914,818
|
)
|
Reorganization items expense (income), net
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
3,962
|
|
|
|
(1,142,809
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(124,183
|
)
|
|
|
(20,000
|
)
|
|
|
1,123,354
|
|
|
|
(914,818
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
63,189
|
|
|
|
51,193
|
|
|
|
22,611
|
|
|
|
(9,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
|
(905,358
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
(86,802
|
)
|
|
|
(26,187
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(190,107
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,013,941
|
|
|
$
|
(931,545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net (loss) income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(5.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
21.45
|
|
|
$
|
(17.78
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(1.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
19.76
|
|
|
$
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
Diluted net (loss) income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(5.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
21.45
|
|
|
$
|
(17.78
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(1.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
19.76
|
|
|
$
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares of common stock and equivalents
outstanding
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-38
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Income (Loss),
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Net of Tax
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2007, Predecessor Company
|
|
|
52,765
|
|
|
$
|
690
|
|
|
$
|
669,274
|
|
|
$
|
(763,370
|
)
|
|
$
|
65,664
|
|
|
$
|
(76,086
|
)
|
|
$
|
(103,828
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(931,545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(931,545
|
)
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,459
|
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,060
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,060
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,236
|
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(927,764
|
)
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeiture of restricted stock
|
|
|
(268
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares surrendered
|
|
|
(130
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(744
|
)
|
|
|
(744
|
)
|
Amortization of unearned compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2008, Predecessor Company
|
|
|
52,775
|
|
|
$
|
692
|
|
|
$
|
674,370
|
|
|
$
|
(1,694,915
|
)
|
|
$
|
69,445
|
|
|
$
|
(76,830
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,027,238
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,013,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,013,941
|
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,160
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,160
|
)
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,104
|
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,650
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,650
|
)
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,025,052
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeiture of restricted stock
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares surrendered
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
Amortization of unearned compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,636
|
|
Cancellation of Predecessor Company common stock
|
|
|
(52,738
|
)
|
|
|
(691
|
)
|
|
|
(677,007
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,891
|
|
|
|
(600,807
|
)
|
Elimination of Predecessor Company accumulated deficit and
accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
680,974
|
|
|
|
(80,556
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,418
|
|
Issuance of new common stock in connection with emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
724,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
725,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at August 30, 2009, Successor Company
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
724,796
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
725,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at August 30, 2009, Successor Company
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
724,796
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
725,096
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
576
|
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(755
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(755
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,896
|
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64,217
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated
Statements of Shareholders Equity (Deficit) and
Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Income (Loss),
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Net of Tax
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2009, Successor Company
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
724,796
|
|
|
$
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,568
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
660,879
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(190,107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(190,107
|
)
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,773
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,773
|
)
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,398
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,398
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,596
|
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,490
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,490
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(204,172
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
20,433
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
574,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
575,203
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested restricted stock units, not issued or outstanding
|
|
|
(271
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares surrendered
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
Amortization of unearned compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2010, Successor Company
|
|
|
51,020
|
|
|
$
|
514
|
|
|
$
|
1,316,461
|
|
|
$
|
(260,892
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,497
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,046,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-40
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
August 30, 2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(190,107
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,013,941
|
|
|
$
|
(931,545
|
)
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
(86,802
|
)
|
|
|
(26,187
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
|
(905,358
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
54,822
|
|
|
|
5,158
|
|
|
|
36,745
|
|
|
|
52,236
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
45,920
|
|
|
|
3,513
|
|
|
|
19,099
|
|
|
|
27,687
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
9,030
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
8,387
|
|
Amortization of unearned restricted stock compensation
|
|
|
16,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,636
|
|
|
|
5,098
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
861,234
|
|
Non-cash goodwill adjustment due to release of valuation
allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fresh-start reporting adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,087,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on cancelation of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,555
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative related reorganization items
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
3,962
|
|
|
|
91,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for administrative related reorganization items
|
|
|
(47,173
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
51,731
|
|
|
|
3,498
|
|
|
|
22,046
|
|
|
|
(37,237
|
)
|
Non-cash increase to cost of goods sold due to inventory
valuations
|
|
|
34,865
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash interest expense on 12% Notes
|
|
|
24,555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write off of unamortized discount on retired debt
|
|
|
59,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write off of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
6,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,358
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
16,359
|
|
|
|
1,299
|
|
|
|
28,368
|
|
|
|
29,726
|
|
Non-cash debt accretion
|
|
|
18,302
|
|
|
|
2,861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
12,702
|
|
|
|
5,699
|
|
|
|
68,203
|
|
|
|
8,655
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(66,127
|
)
|
|
|
48,995
|
|
|
|
9,004
|
|
|
|
12,086
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
2,025
|
|
|
|
1,256
|
|
|
|
5,131
|
|
|
|
13,738
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
86,497
|
|
|
|
22,438
|
|
|
|
(80,463
|
)
|
|
|
(62,165
|
)
|
Other assets and liabilities
|
|
|
(73,612
|
)
|
|
|
(6,565
|
)
|
|
|
(88,996
|
)
|
|
|
(18,990
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities of continuing
operations
|
|
|
68,559
|
|
|
|
68,678
|
|
|
|
29,794
|
|
|
|
(4,903
|
)
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(11,221
|
)
|
|
|
6,273
|
|
|
|
(28,187
|
)
|
|
|
(5,259
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
|
|
|
57,338
|
|
|
|
74,951
|
|
|
|
1,607
|
|
|
|
(10,162
|
)
|
F-41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
August 30, 2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(40,316
|
)
|
|
|
(2,718
|
)
|
|
|
(8,066
|
)
|
|
|
(18,928
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(2,577
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by investing activities of continuing operations
|
|
|
(42,505
|
)
|
|
|
(2,647
|
)
|
|
|
(16,147
|
)
|
|
|
(18,643
|
)
|
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(855
|
)
|
|
|
12,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by investing activities
|
|
|
(42,505
|
)
|
|
|
(2,647
|
)
|
|
|
(17,002
|
)
|
|
|
(6,267
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from new Senior Credit Facilities, excluding new ABL
Revolving Credit Facility, net of discount
|
|
|
1,474,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of extinguished senior credit facilities, excluding old
ABL revolving credit facility
|
|
|
(1,278,760
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction of other debt
|
|
|
(8,456
|
)
|
|
|
(4,603
|
)
|
|
|
(120,583
|
)
|
|
|
(425,073
|
)
|
Proceeds from other debt financing
|
|
|
13,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
477,759
|
|
Debt issuance costs, net of refund
|
|
|
(55,024
|
)
|
|
|
(287
|
)
|
|
|
(17,199
|
)
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
Extinguished ABL Revolving Credit Facility
|
|
|
(33,225
|
)
|
|
|
(31,775
|
)
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Payments of) proceeds on supplemental loan
|
|
|
(45,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(744
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
65,771
|
|
|
|
(36,665
|
)
|
|
|
(27,843
|
)
|
|
|
51,790
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents due
to Venezuela hyperinflation
|
|
|
(8,048
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
|
(441
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
72,814
|
|
|
|
36,641
|
|
|
|
(43,614
|
)
|
|
|
34,920
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
97,800
|
|
|
|
61,159
|
|
|
|
104,773
|
|
|
|
69,853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
170,614
|
|
|
$
|
97,800
|
|
|
$
|
61,159
|
|
|
$
|
104,773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
136,429
|
|
|
$
|
5,828
|
|
|
$
|
158,380
|
|
|
$
|
227,290
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes, net
|
|
|
36,951
|
|
|
|
1,336
|
|
|
|
18,768
|
|
|
|
16,999
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-42
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
(1)
|
Description
of Business
|
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings or the Company), is a global branded
consumer products company and was created in connection with the
combination of Spectrum Brands, Inc. (Spectrum
Brands), a global branded consumer products company, and
Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell Hobbs), a global
branded small appliance company, to form a new combined company
(the Merger). The Merger was consummated on
June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger, both Spectrum
Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned subsidiaries of SB
Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings trades on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol SPB.
In connection with the Merger, Spectrum Brands refinanced its
existing senior debt and a portion of Russell Hobbs
existing senior debt through a combination of a new $750,000
United States (U.S.) Dollar Term Loan due
June 16, 2016, new $750,000 9.5% Senior Secured Notes
maturing June 15, 2018 and a new $300,000 ABL revolving
facility due June 16, 2014. (See also Note 7, Debt,
for a more complete discussion of the Companys outstanding
debt.)
On February 3, 2009, Spectrum Brands, at the time a
Wisconsin corporation, and each of its wholly owned
U.S. subsidiaries (collectively, the Debtors)
filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the Bankruptcy Code), in
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas
(the Bankruptcy Court). On August 28, 2009 (the
Effective Date), the Debtors emerged from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. As of the Effective Date
and pursuant to the Debtors confirmed plan of
reorganization, Spectrum Brands converted from a Wisconsin
corporation to a Delaware corporation.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the term
Company is used to refer to both Spectrum Brands and
its subsidiaries prior to the Merger and SB Holdings and its
subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger. The term
Predecessor Company refers only to the Company prior
to the Effective Date and the term Successor Company
refers to the Company subsequent to the Effective Date. The
Companys fiscal year ends September 30. References
herein to Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 refer to the
fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Prior to and including August 30, 2009, all operations of
the business resulted from the operations of the Predecessor
Company. In accordance with ASC Topic 852:
Reorganizations, (ASC 852) the
Company determined that all conditions required for the adoption
of fresh-start reporting were met upon emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date.
However in light of the proximity of that date to the
Companys August accounting period close, which was
August 30, 2009, the Company elected to adopt a convenience
date of August 30, 2009, (the Fresh-Start Adoption
Date) for recording fresh-start reporting. The Company
analyzed the transactions that occurred during the
two-day
period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective
Date, and August 30, 2009, the Fresh-Start Adoption Date,
and concluded that such transactions represented less than
one-percent of the total net sales during Fiscal 2009. As a
result, the Company determined that August 30, 2009 would
be an appropriate Fresh-Start Adoption Date to coincide with the
Companys normal financial period close for the month of
August 2009. As a result, the fair value of the Predecessor
Companys assets and liabilities became the new basis for
the Successor Companys Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position as of the Fresh-Start Adoption Date, and all operations
beginning August 31, 2009 are related to the Successor
Company. Financial information of the Companys financial
statements prepared for the Predecessor Company will not be
comparable to financial information for the Successor Company.
The Company is a global branded consumer products company with
positions in seven major product categories: consumer batteries;
small appliances; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming;
electric personal care; portable lighting; and home and garden
control.
The Company manages its business in four reportable segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which
consists of the Companys worldwide battery, shaving and
grooming, personal care and portable lighting
F-43
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
business (Global Batteries & Personal
Care); (ii) Global Pet Supplies, which consists of
the Companys worldwide pet supplies business (Global
Pet Supplies); (iii) Home and Garden Business, which
consists of the Companys lawn and garden and insect
control businesses (the Home and Garden Business);
and (iv) Small Appliances, which resulted from the
acquisition of Russell Hobbs and consists of small electrical
appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories
(Small Appliances).
The Companys operations include the worldwide
manufacturing and marketing of alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing
aid batteries, as well as aquariums and aquatic health supplies
and the designing and marketing of rechargeable batteries,
battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and
accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances. The
Companys operations also include the manufacturing and
marketing of specialty pet supplies. The Company also
manufactures and markets herbicides, insecticides and repellents
in North America. With the addition of Russell Hobbs the Company
designs, markets and distributes a broad range of branded small
appliances and personal care products. The Companys
operations utilize manufacturing and product development
facilities located in the U.S., Europe, Asia and Latin America.
The Company sells its products in approximately 120 countries
through a variety of trade channels, including retailers,
wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals,
industrial distributors and original equipment manufacturers and
enjoys name recognition in its markets under the Rayovac, VARTA
and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for
more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8in1, Spectracide,
Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs,
Farberware and various other brands.
|
|
(2)
|
Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11
|
On February 3, 2009, the Predecessor Company announced that
it had reached agreements with certain noteholders,
representing, in the aggregate, approximately 70% of the face
value of the Companys then outstanding senior subordinated
notes, to pursue a refinancing that, if implemented as proposed,
would significantly reduce the Predecessor Companys
outstanding debt. On the same day, the Debtors filed voluntary
petitions under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in the
Bankruptcy Court (the Bankruptcy Filing) and filed
with the Bankruptcy Court a proposed plan of reorganization (the
Proposed Plan) that detailed the Debtors
proposed terms for the refinancing. The Chapter 11 cases
were jointly administered by the Bankruptcy Court as Case
No. 09-50455
(the Bankruptcy Cases).
The Bankruptcy Court entered a written order (the
Confirmation Order) on July 15, 2009 confirming
the Proposed Plan (as so confirmed, the Plan).
Plan
Effective Date
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors
emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to
and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of
Predecessor Companys existing equity securities, including
the existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished
and deemed cancelled. Spectrum Brands filed a certificate of
incorporation authorizing new shares of common stock. Pursuant
to and in accordance with the Plan, on the Effective Date,
Successor Company issued a total of 27,030 shares of common
stock and $218,076 of 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes
due 2019 (the 12% Notes) to holders of allowed
claims with respect to Predecessor Companys
81/2
% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
81/2
Notes),
73/8
% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the
73/8
Notes) and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2013 (the Variable Rate Notes) (collectively,
the Senior Subordinated Notes). (See also
Note 7, Debt, for a more complete discussion of the
12% Notes.) Also on the Effective Date, Successor Company
issued a total of 2,970 shares of common stock to
supplemental and
sub-supplemental
debtor-in-possession
facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned under
the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
F-44
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Accounting
for Reorganization
Subsequent to the date of the Bankruptcy Filing (the
Petition Date), the Companys financial
statements are prepared in accordance with ASC 852.
ASC 852 does not change the application of
U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP) in the preparation of the Companys
consolidated financial statements. However, ASC 852 does
require that financial statements, for periods including and
subsequent to the filing of a Chapter 11 petition,
distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated
with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the
business. In accordance with ASC 852 the Company has done the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
On the four column consolidated statement of financial position
as of August 30, 2009, which is included in this
Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11,
separated liabilities that are subject to compromise from
liabilities that are not subject to compromise;
|
|
|
|
On the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations,
distinguished transactions and events that are directly
associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations
of the business;
|
|
|
|
On the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows,
separately disclosed Reorganization items expense (income), net,
consisting of the following: (i) Fresh-start reporting
adjustments; (ii) Gain on cancelation of debt; and
(iii) Administrative related reorganization items; and
|
|
|
|
Ceased accruing interest on the Predecessor Companys then
outstanding senior subordinated notes.
|
Liabilities
Subject to Compromise
Liabilities subject to compromise refer to known liabilities
incurred prior to the Bankruptcy Filing by those entities that
filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy. These liabilities are
considered by the Bankruptcy Court to be pre-petition claims.
However, liabilities subject to compromise exclude pre-petition
claims for which the Company has received the Bankruptcy
Courts approval to pay, such as claims related to active
employees and retirees and claims related to certain critical
service vendors. Liabilities subject to compromise are subject
to future adjustments that may result from negotiations, actions
by the Bankruptcy Court and developments with respect to
disputed claims or matters arising out of the proof of claims
process whereby a creditor may prove that the amount of a claim
differs from the amount that the Company has recorded.
Since the Petition Date, and in accordance with ASC 852,
the Company ceased accruing interest on its senior subordinated
notes, as such debt and interest would be an allowed claim by
the Bankruptcy Court. The Predecessor Companys contractual
interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes in excess of reported
interest was approximately $55,654 for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009.
Liabilities subject to compromise as of August 30, 2009 for
the Predecessor Company were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
$
|
1,049,885
|
|
Accrued interest on Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
|
40,497
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
15,580
|
(A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company Balance
|
|
$
|
1,105,962
|
|
Effects of Plan
|
|
|
(1,105,962
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company Balance
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-45
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
(A) |
|
As discussed below in the four column consolidated statement of
financial position as of August 30, 2009 Effects of
Plan Adjustments, note (f), the $15,580 relates to
rejected lease obligations that are to be paid by the Successor
Company in subsequent periods. |
Reorganization
Items
In accordance with ASC 852, reorganization items are
presented separately in the accompanying Consolidated Statements
of Operations and represent expenses, income, gains and losses
that the Company has identified as directly relating to the
Bankruptcy Cases. Reorganization items expense (income), net
during Fiscal 2010 and during the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009 and the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 are summarized
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
October 1,
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
2009 through
|
|
|
2008 through
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Legal and professional fees
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
$
|
74,624
|
|
Deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,668
|
|
Provision for rejected leases
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative related reorganization items
|
|
$
|
3,646
|
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
$
|
91,312
|
|
Gain on cancellation of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,555
|
)
|
Fresh-start reporting adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,087,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization items expense (income), net
|
|
$
|
3,646
|
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
$
|
(1,142,809
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fresh-Start
Reporting
The Company, in accordance with ASC 852, adopted
fresh-start reporting as of the close of business on
August 30, 2009 since the reorganization value of the
assets of the Predecessor Company immediately before the date of
confirmation of the Plan was less than the total of all
post-petition liabilities and allowed claims, and the holders of
the Predecessor Companys voting shares immediately before
confirmation of the Plan received less than 50 percent of
the voting shares of the emerging entity. The four-column
consolidated statement of financial position as of
August 30, 2009, included herein, applies effects of the
Plan and fresh-start reporting to the carrying values and
classifications of assets or liabilities that were necessary.
The Company analyzed the transactions that occurred during the
two-day
period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective
Date, and August 30, 2009, the fresh-start reporting date,
and concluded that such transactions were not material
individually or in the aggregate as such transactions
represented less than one-percent of the total net sales for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2009. As a result, the
Company determined that August 30, 2009, would be an
appropriate fresh-start reporting date to coincide with the
Companys normal financial period close for the month of
August 2009. Upon adoption of fresh-start reporting, the
recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were adjusted to
reflect their estimated fair values. Accordingly, the reported
historical financial statements of the Predecessor Company prior
to the adoption of fresh-start reporting for periods ended on or
prior to August 30, 2009 are not comparable to those of the
Successor Company.
The four-column consolidated statement of financial position as
of August 30, 2009 reflects the implementation of the Plan
as if the Plan had been effective on August 30, 2009.
Reorganization adjustments
F-46
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
have been recorded within the consolidated statement of
financial position as of August 30, 2009 to reflect effects
of the Plan, including the discharge of Liabilities subject to
compromise and the adoption of fresh-start reporting in
accordance with ASC 852. The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the
Plan based upon a reorganization value of the Company between
$2,200,000 and $2,400,000, which was estimated using various
valuation methods including: (i) publicly traded company
analysis, (ii) discounted cash flow analysis; and
(iii) a review and analysis of several recent transactions
of companies in similar industries to the Company. These three
valuation methods were equally weighted in determining the final
range of reorganization value as confirmed by the Bankruptcy
Court. Based upon the factors used in determining the range of
reorganization value, the Company concluded that $2,275,000
should be used for fresh-start reporting purposes as it most
closely approximated fair value.
The basis of the discounted cash flow analysis used in
developing the reorganization value was based on Company
prepared projections which included a variety of estimates and
assumptions. While the Company considers such estimates and
assumptions reasonable, they are inherently subject to
significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties,
many of which are beyond the Companys control and,
therefore, may not be realized. Changes in these estimates and
assumptions may have had a significant effect on the
determination of the Companys reorganization value. The
assumptions used in the calculations for the discounted cash
flow analysis included projected revenue, costs, and cash flows,
for the fiscal years ending September 30, 2009, 2010, 2011,
2012 and 2013 and represented the Companys best estimates
at the time the analysis was prepared. The Companys
estimates implicit in the cash flow analysis included net sales
growth of approximately 1.5% for the fiscal year ending
September 30, 2010 and 4.0% per year for each of the fiscal
years ending September 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013. In
addition, selling, general and administrative expenses,
excluding depreciation and amortization, were projected to grow
at rates relative to net sales, however, certain expense
categories for each of the fiscal years ending
September 30, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were reduced for
the projected impact of various cost reduction initiatives
implemented by the Company during Fiscal 2009 which included
lower trade spending, salary freezes, reduced marketing
expenses, furloughs, suspension of the Companys match to
its 401(k) and reductions in salaries of certain members of
management. The analysis also included anticipated levels of
reinvestment in the Companys operations through capital
expenditures of approximately $25,000 per year. The Company did
not include in its estimates the potential effects of
litigation, either on the Company or the industry. The foregoing
estimates and assumptions are inherently subject to
uncertainties and contingencies beyond the control of the
Company. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the
estimates, assumptions, and values reflected in the valuations
will be realized, and actual results could vary materially.
The publicly traded company analysis identified a group of
comparable companies giving consideration to lines of business,
business risk, scale and capitalization and leverage. This
analysis involved the selection of the appropriate earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
(EBITDA) market multiples by segment deemed to be
the most relevant when analyzing the peer group. A range of
valuation multiples was then identified and applied to the
Companys Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2010 projections by
segment to determine an estimate of reorganization values. The
market multiple ranges used by segment were as follows:
(i) Global Batteries and Personal Care used a range of
7.0x-8.0x
for Fiscal 2009 and
6.5x-7.5x
for Fiscal 2010; (ii) Global Pet Supplies used a range of
7.5x-8.5x
for Fiscal 2009 and
7.0x-8.0x
for Fiscal 2010; and (iii) the Home and Garden Business
used a range of
9.0x-10.0x
for Fiscal 2009 and
8.0x-9.0x
for Fiscal 2010. Theses multiples were based on estimated EBITDA
adjusted for certain non-recurring initiatives, as mentioned
above.
The recent transactions of companies in similar industries
analysis identified transactions of similar companies giving
consideration to lines of business, business risk, scale and
capitalization and leverage. The analysis considered the
business, financial and market environment for which the
transactions took place, circumstances surrounding the
transaction including the financial position of the buyers and
the perceived synergies and benefits that the buyers could
obtain from the transaction. This analysis involved the
F-47
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
determination of historical acquisition EBITDA multiples by
examining public merger and acquisition transactions. A range of
valuation multiples was then identified and applied to
historical EBITDA by segment to determine an estimate of
reorganization values. The multiple ranges used by segment were
as follows: (i) Global Batteries and Personal Care used a
range of
6.5x-7.5x;
(ii) Global Pet Supplies used a range of
9.5x-10.5x;
and (iii) the Home and Garden Business used a range of
8.0x-9.0x.
These multiples were based on Fiscal 2009 estimated EBITDA
adjusted for certain non-recurring initiatives, as mentioned
above.
Fresh-start adjustments reflect the allocation of fair value to
the Successor Companys long-lived assets and the present
value of liabilities to be paid as calculated by the Company.
In applying fresh-start reporting, the Company followed these
principles:
|
|
|
|
|
The reorganization value of the entity was allocated to the
entitys assets in conformity with the procedures specified
by SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations
(SFAS 141). The reorganization value
exceeded the sum of the amounts assigned to assets and
liabilities. This excess was recorded as Successor Company
goodwill as of August 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
Each liability existing as of the fresh-start reporting date,
other than deferred taxes, has been stated at the present value
of the amounts to be paid, determined at appropriate risk
adjusted interest rates.
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes were reported in conformity with applicable
income tax accounting standards, principally ASC Topic 740:
Income Taxes, formerly
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes (ASC 740). Deferred tax assets and
liabilities have been recognized for differences between the
assigned values and the tax basis of the recognized assets and
liabilities.
|
|
|
|
Adjustment of all of the property, plant and equipment assets to
fair value and eliminating all of the accumulated depreciation.
|
|
|
|
Adjustment of the Companys pension plans projected benefit
obligation by recognition of all previously unamortized
actuarial gains and losses.
|
F-48
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following four-column consolidated statement of financial
position table identifies the adjustments recorded to the
Predecessor Companys August 30, 2009 consolidated
statement of financial position as a result of implementing the
Plan and applying fresh-start reporting:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fresh-Start
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
August 30, 2009
|
|
|
Effects of Plan
|
|
|
Valuation
|
|
|
August 30, 2009
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
86,710
|
|
|
$
|
(25,551
|
)(a)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,159
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
|
270,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
270,657
|
|
Other
|
|
|
34,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,594
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
341,738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,762
|
(m)
|
|
|
390,500
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
12,644
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
(h)
|
|
|
9,330
|
(n)
|
|
|
23,681
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
10,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,978
|
(m)
|
|
|
12,791
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
40,448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(116
|
)(m)
|
|
|
40,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
797,604
|
|
|
|
(23,844
|
)
|
|
|
59,954
|
|
|
|
833,714
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
178,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,699
|
(m)
|
|
|
213,485
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
42,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,046
|
)(m)
|
|
|
36,022
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
238,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289,155
|
(o)
|
|
|
528,060
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
677,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
782,450
|
(o)
|
|
|
1,459,500
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
18,457
|
|
|
|
8,949
|
(b)
|
|
|
(17,957
|
)(p)
|
|
|
9,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,952,870
|
|
|
$
|
(14,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,142,255
|
|
|
$
|
3,080,230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
93,313
|
|
|
$
|
(3,445
|
)(c)
|
|
$
|
(4,329
|
)(m)
|
|
$
|
85,539
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
159,370
|
|
|
|
(204
|
)(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159,166
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wages and benefits
|
|
|
80,247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,247
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
20,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,059
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
26,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,100
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
59,724
|
|
|
|
(59,581
|
)(e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Other
|
|
|
118,949
|
|
|
|
9,133
|
(f)
|
|
|
(3,503
|
)(m)
|
|
|
124,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
557,762
|
|
|
|
(54,097
|
)
|
|
|
(7,832
|
)
|
|
|
495,833
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
|
|
|
1,329,047
|
|
|
|
271,806
|
(g)
|
|
|
(75,329
|
)(m)
|
|
|
1,525,524
|
|
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
41,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,712
|
(m)
|
|
|
60,097
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
106,853
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
(h)
|
|
|
114,211
|
(n)
|
|
|
222,771
|
|
Other
|
|
|
45,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,927
|
(m)
|
|
|
50,909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,081,029
|
|
|
|
219,416
|
|
|
|
54,689
|
|
|
|
2,355,134
|
|
Liabilities subject to compromise
|
|
|
1,105,962
|
|
|
|
(1,105,962
|
)(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders (deficit) equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock-Old (Predecessor Company)
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
|
(691
|
)(j)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock-New (Successor Company)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
(j)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
677,007
|
|
|
|
47,789
|
(j)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
724,796
|
|
Accumulated (deficit) equity
|
|
|
(1,915,484
|
)
|
|
|
747,362
|
(k)
|
|
|
1,168,122
|
(q)
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
80,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(80,556
|
)(q)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,157,230
|
)
|
|
|
794,760
|
|
|
|
1,087,566
|
|
|
|
725,096
|
|
Less treasury stock
|
|
|
(76,891
|
)
|
|
|
76,891
|
(l)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders (deficit) equity
|
|
|
(1,234,121
|
)
|
|
|
871,651
|
|
|
|
1,087,566
|
|
|
|
725,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders (deficit) equity
|
|
$
|
1,952,870
|
|
|
$
|
(14,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,142,255
|
|
|
$
|
3,080,230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-49
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Effects
of Plan Adjustments
(a) The Plans impact resulted in a net decrease of
$25,551 on cash and cash equivalents. The significant sources
and uses of cash were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Sources:
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts borrowed under the exit facility
|
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
Amounts borrowed under new supplemental loan agreement
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Sources
|
|
$
|
110,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Uses:
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of un-reimbursed letters of credit
|
|
$
|
20,005
|
|
Repayment of supplemental loans
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement,
current portion
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement, net
of current portion
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
Payment of pre-petition foreign exchange contracts recorded in
accounts payable
|
|
|
204
|
|
Payment of lender cure payments, terminated derivative contracts
and other
|
|
|
48,066
|
|
Payment of debt issuance costs on exit facility
|
|
|
8,949
|
|
Payment of other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
6,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Uses
|
|
$
|
135,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Uses
|
|
$
|
(25,551
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) The Company incurred $8,949 of debt issuance costs
under the exit facility. These debt issuance costs are
classified as long-term assets and are amortized over the life
of the exit facility.
(c) The adjustment to current maturities of long-term debt
reflects the $20,005 payment of the Predecessor Companys
un-reimbursed letters of credit, the $45,000 repayment of the
Predecessor Companys supplemental loan, and the $3,440
payment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement. The
adjustment to current maturities of long-term debt also reflects
the $65,000 funding from the exit facility. The adjustment to
the current maturities of long-term debt are:
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of unreimbursed letters of credit
|
|
$
|
20,005
|
|
Repayment of supplemental loan
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement,
current portion
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
Amounts borrowed under the exit facility
|
|
|
(65,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Reflects payment of $204 related to pre-petition
foreign exchange derivative contracts.
(e) Total adjustment of $59,581 reflects term lender cure
payments of $33,995, terminated interest rate swap derivative
contract payments of $12,068 and other accrued interest of
$2,003. Additionally, this adjustment includes $11,515 of
accrued default interest as provided in the August 2009
amendment of the Senior Term Credit Facility, which was assumed
by the Successor Company and included in the principal balance
of the loans at emergence (See Note 7, Debt, for additional
information).
(f) Reflects the payment of professional fees related to
the reorganization in the amount of $6,447 offset by the
reclassification of $15,580 related to rejected lease
obligations previously recorded as liabilities subject to
compromise (see note(i)). These rejected lease obligations were
paid by the Successor Company in
F-50
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
subsequent periods. As of September 30, 2009, the
Companys rejected lease obligation was reduced to $6,181.
(g) The adjustment to long-term debt represents the
issuance of the 12% Notes at a fair value of $218,731 (face
value of $218,076) used, in part, to extinguish the Senior
Subordinated Notes of the debtors that were recorded in
liabilities subject to compromise (see note (i)), the issuance
of the new supplemental loan in the amount of $45,000, offset by
the payment of the non-current portion of the term loan in the
amount of $3,440 (see note (a)). The excess of fair value over
face value of the 12% Notes is recorded in long-term debt
and will be accreted as a reduction to interest expense over the
life of the note.
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of the 12% Notes (fair value)
|
|
$
|
218,731
|
|
Amounts borrowed under the new supplemental loan agreement
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
Accrued default interest
|
|
|
11,515
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement, net
of current portion
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
271,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(h) Gain on the cancellation of debt from the
extinguishment of the senior subordinated notes as well as the
modification of the senior term credit facility, for tax
purposes, resulted in a $124,054 reduction in the U.S. net
deferred tax asset, exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles.
Due to the Companys full valuation allowance position as
of August 30, 2009 on the U.S. net deferred tax asset,
exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles, the tax effect of
these items is offset by a corresponding adjustment to the
valuation allowance of $124,054. Due to changes in the relative
current versus non-current deferred tax asset balances and the
corresponding allocation of the domestic valuation allowance, a
net $1,707 deferred tax balance reclassification occurred
between current and non-current as a result of the effects of
the Plan.
(i) The adjustment to liabilities subject to compromise
relates to the extinguishment of the Senior Subordinated Notes
balance of $1,049,885 and the accrued interest of $40,497
associated with the Senior Subordinated Notes. Additionally,
rejected lease obligations of $15,580 were reclassified to other
current liabilities (see note (f)).
(j) Pursuant to the Plan, the debtors common stock
was canceled and new common stock of the reorganized debtors was
issued. The adjustments eliminated Predecessor Companys
common stock and additional paid-in capital of $691 and
$677,007, respectively, and recorded Successor Companys
common stock and additional paid-in capital of $300 and
$724,796, respectively, which represents the fair value of the
newly issued common stock. The fair value of the newly issued
common stock was not separately valued. A fair value of $725,096
was determined by subtracting the fair value of net debt (total
debt less cash and cash equivalents), or $1,549,904 from the
enterprise value of $2,275,000. The Company issued
30,000 shares at emergence, consisting of
27,030 shares to holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes
allowed note holder claims and 2,970 shares in accordance
with the terms of the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
(k) As a result of the Plan, the adjustment to accumulated
(deficit) equity recorded the elimination of the Predecessor
Companys common stock, additional paid in capital and
treasury stock in the amount of $600,807 and recorded the
pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt in the amount of
$146,555. The elimination of the Predecessor Companys
common stock, additional paid in capital and treasury stock was
calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys common stock (see
note(j))
|
|
$
|
691
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys additional paid in
capital (see note(j))
|
|
|
677,007
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys treasury stock (see
note(l))
|
|
|
(76,891
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys common stock
|
|
$
|
600,807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt was calculated as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Extinguishment of Predecessor Company senior subordinated notes
|
|
$
|
1,049,885
|
|
Extinguishment of Predecessor Company accrued interest on senior
subordinated notes
|
|
|
40,497
|
|
Issuance of Successor Company 12% Notes (fair value)
|
|
|
(218,731
|
)
|
Issuance of Successor Company common stock
|
|
|
(725,096
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt
|
|
$
|
146,555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(l) Pursuant to the Plan, the adjustment eliminates
treasury stock of $76,891 of the Predecessor Company.
Fresh-Start
Valuation Adjustments
(m) Reflects the adjustment of assets and liabilities to
estimated fair value, or other measurement specified by
SFAS 141, in conjunction with the adoption of fresh-start
reporting. Significant adjustments are summarized as followed:
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories An adjustment of $48,762 was
recorded to adjust inventory to fair value. Raw materials were
valued at current replacement cost,
work-in-process
was valued at estimated selling prices of finished goods less
the sum of costs to complete, cost of disposal and a reasonable
profit allowance for completing and selling effort based on
profit for similar finished goods. Finished goods were valued at
estimated selling prices less the sum of costs of disposal and a
reasonable profit allowance for the selling effort.
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net An
adjustment of $34,699 was recorded to adjust the net book value
of property, plant and equipment to fair value giving
consideration to their highest and best use. Key assumptions
used in the valuation of the Companys property, plant and
equipment were based on a combination of the cost or market
approach, depending on whether market data was available.
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt and Long-term debt, net
of current maturities An adjustment of $79,658
($4,329 to Current maturities of long-term debt and $75,329 to
Long-term debt, net of current maturities) was recorded to
adjust the book value of debt to fair value. This adjustment
included a decrease of $84,001 which was based on quoted market
prices of certain debt instruments as of the Effective Date,
offset by an increase of $4,343 related to debt instruments not
traded which was calculated giving consideration to the terms of
the underlying agreements, using a risk adjusted interest rate
of 12%.
|
|
|
|
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
An adjustment of $18,712 was recorded to measure
the employee benefit obligations as of the Effective Date. This
adjustment primarily reflects the difference between the
expected return on plan assets as compared to the fair value of
the plan assets as of the Effective Date and the change in the
duration weighted discount rate associated with the payment of
the benefit obligations from the prior measurement date and the
Effective Date. The weighted average discount rate change from
6.75% at September 30, 2008 to 5.75% at August 30,
2009.
|
(n) Reflects the tax effects of the fresh-start adjustments
at statutory tax rates applicable to such adjustments, net of
adjustments to the valuation allowance.
(o) Adjustment eliminated the balance of goodwill and other
unamortized intangible assets of the Predecessor Company and
records Successor Company intangible assets, including
reorganization value in excess of amounts allocated to
identified tangible and intangible assets, also referred to as
Successor Company goodwill. (See Note 6, Goodwill and
Intangible Assets, for additional information regarding the
Companys
F-52
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
goodwill and other intangible assets). The Successor
Companys August 30, 2009 statement of financial
position reflects the allocation of the business enterprise
value to assets and liabilities immediately following emergence
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Business enterprise value
|
|
$
|
2,275,000
|
|
Add: Fair value of non-interest bearing liabilities (non-debt
liabilities)
|
|
|
744,071
|
|
Less: Fair value of tangible assets, excluding cash
|
|
|
(1,031,511
|
)
|
Less: Fair value of identified intangible assets
|
|
|
(1,459,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization value of assets in excess of amounts allocated to
identified tangible and intangible assets (Successor Company
goodwill)
|
|
$
|
528,060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following represent the methodologies and significant
assumptions used in determining the fair value of intangible
assets, other than goodwill.
Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets which include trade
names, trademarks and technology, were valued using a relief
from royalty methodology. Customer relationships were valued
using a multi-period excess earnings method. Certain intangible
assets are subject to sensitive business factors of which only a
portion are within control of the Companys management. A
summary of the key inputs used in the valuation of these assets
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued customer relationships using the income
approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method.
In determining the fair value of the customer relationship, the
multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible
asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash
flows attributable only to the customer relationship after
deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax
cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then
discounted to their present value. Only expected sales from
current customers were used which included an expected growth
rate of 3%. The Company assumed a customer retention rate of 95%
which was supported by historical retention rates. Income taxes
were estimated at a rate of 35% and amounts were discounted
using rates between 12%-14%. The customer relationships were
valued at $708,000 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued trade names and trademarks using the income
approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under
this method, the asset values were determined by estimating the
hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the trade
name was not owned. Royalty rates were selected based on
consideration of several factors, including consumer product
industry practices, the existence of licensing agreements
(licensing in and licensing out), and importance of the
trademark and trade name and profit levels, among other
considerations. Royalty rates used in the determination of the
fair values of trade names and trademarks ranged from 1% to 5%
of expected net sales related to the respective trade names and
trademarks. The Company anticipates using the majority of the
trade names and trademarks for an indefinite period. In
estimating the fair value of the trademarks and trade names,
nets sales were estimated to grow at a rate of (7)%-10% annually
with a terminal year growth rate of 2%-6%. Income taxes were
estimated at a rate of 35% and amounts were discounted using
rates between 12%-14%. Trade name and trademarks were valued at
$688,000 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued technology using the income approach,
specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method,
the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical
royalties that would have to be paid if the technology was not
owned. Royalty rates were selected based on consideration of
several factors including industry practices, the existence of
licensing agreements (licensing in and licensing out), and
importance of the technology and profit levels, among other
considerations. Royalty rates used in the determination of the
fair values of technologies ranged from
|
F-53
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
7%-8% of expected net sales related to the respective
technology. The Company anticipates using these technologies
through the legal life of the underlying patent and therefore
the expected life of these technologies was equal to the
remaining legal life of the underlying patents ranging from 8 to
17 years. In estimating the fair value of the technologies,
nets sales were estimated to grow at a rate of 0%-14% annually.
Income taxes were estimated at 35% and amounts were discounted
using rates between
12%-13%. The
technology assets were valued at $63,500 under this approach.
|
(p) The fresh-start adjustment of $17,957 eliminates the
debt issuance costs related to assumed debt, that is, the
(senior secured term credit facility).
(q) The Predecessor Companys accumulated deficit and
accumulated other comprehensive income is eliminated in
conjunction with the adoption of fresh-start reporting. The
Predecessor Company recognized a gain of $1,087,566 related to
the fresh-start reporting adjustments as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on Fresh-Start
|
|
|
|
Reporting
|
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Establishment of Successor Companys goodwill
|
|
$
|
528,060
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys goodwill
|
|
|
(238,905
|
)
|
Establishment of Successor Companys other intangible assets
|
|
|
1,459,500
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys other intangible assets
|
|
|
(677,050
|
)
|
Debt fair value adjustments
|
|
|
79,658
|
|
Elimination of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(17,957
|
)
|
Property, plant and equipment fair value adjustment
|
|
|
34,699
|
|
Deferred tax adjustment
|
|
|
(104,881
|
)
|
Inventory fair value adjustment
|
|
|
48,762
|
|
Employee benefit obligations fair value adjustment
|
|
|
(18,712
|
)
|
Other fair value adjustments
|
|
|
(5,608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,087,566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
Significant
Accounting Policies and Practices
|
|
|
(a)
|
Principles
of Consolidation and Fiscal Year End
|
The consolidated financial statements include the financial
statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its
subsidiaries and are prepared in accordance with GAAP. All
intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The
Companys fiscal year ends September 30. References
herein to Fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 refer to the fiscal years
ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Company recognizes revenue from product sales generally upon
delivery to the customer or the shipping point in situations
where the customer picks up the product or where delivery terms
so stipulate. This represents the point at which title and all
risks and rewards of ownership of the product are passed,
provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer
acceptance; there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement
exists; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
collectibility is deemed reasonably assured. The Company is not
obligated to allow for, and the Companys general policy is
not to accept, product returns associated with battery sales.
The Company does accept returns in specific instances related to
its shaving, grooming, personal care, home and garden, small
appliances and pet products. The provision for customer
F-54
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
returns is based on historical sales and returns and other
relevant information. The Company estimates and accrues the cost
of returns, which are treated as a reduction of Net sales.
The Company enters into various promotional arrangements,
primarily with retail customers, including arrangements
entitling such retailers to cash rebates from the Company based
on the level of their purchases, which require the Company to
estimate and accrue the estimated costs of the promotional
programs. These costs are treated as a reduction of Net sales.
The Company also enters into promotional arrangements that
target the ultimate consumer. Such arrangements are treated as
either a reduction of Net sales or an increase of Cost of goods
sold, based on the type of promotional program. The income
statement presentation of the Companys promotional
arrangements complies with ASC Topic 605: Revenue
Recognition. For all types of promotional arrangements
and programs, the Company monitors its commitments and uses
various measures, including past experience, to determine
amounts to be recorded for the estimate of the earned, but
unpaid, promotional costs. The terms of the Companys
customer-related promotional arrangements and programs are
tailored to each customer and are documented through written
contracts, correspondence or other communications with the
individual customers.
The Company also enters into various arrangements, primarily
with retail customers, which require the Company to make upfront
cash, or slotting payments, to secure the right to
distribute through such customers. The Company capitalizes
slotting payments; provided the payments are supported by a time
or volume based arrangement with the retailer, and amortizes the
associated payment over the appropriate time or volume based
term of the arrangement. The amortization of slotting payments
is treated as a reduction in Net sales and a corresponding asset
is reported in Deferred charges and other in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
For purposes of the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments
purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.
|
|
(e)
|
Concentrations
of Credit Risk, Major Customers and Employees
|
Trade receivables subject the Company to credit risk. Trade
accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. The
Company extends credit to its customers based upon an evaluation
of the customers financial condition and credit history,
but generally does not require collateral. The Company monitors
its customers credit and financial condition based on
changing economic conditions and will make adjustments to credit
policies as required. Provision for losses on uncollectible
trade receivables are determined principally on the basis of
past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of the
Companys receivables and evaluations of the risks of
nonpayment for a given customer.
The Company has a broad range of customers including many large
retail outlet chains, one of which accounts for a significant
percentage of its sales volume. This major customer represented
approximately 22% and 23% of the Successor Companys Net
sales during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively, and
approximately 23% and 20% of Net sales during the
F-55
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Predecessor Companys period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. This
major customer also represented approximately 15% and 14% of the
Successor Companys Trade account receivables, net as of
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009,
respectively.
Approximately 44% and 48% of the Successor Companys Net
sales during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively, occurred
outside of the United States and approximately 42% and 48% of
the Predecessor Companys Net sales during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively, occurred outside of the United States. These
sales and related receivables are subject to varying degrees of
credit, currency, and political and economic risk. The Company
monitors these risks and makes appropriate provisions for
collectibility based on an assessment of the risks present.
|
|
(f)
|
Displays
and Fixtures
|
Temporary displays are generally disposable cardboard displays
shipped to customers to facilitate display of the Companys
products. Temporary displays are generally disposed of after a
single use by the customer.
Permanent fixtures are permanent in nature, generally made from
wire or other permanent racking, which are shipped to customers
for display of the Companys products. These permanent
fixtures are restocked with the Companys product multiple
times over the fixtures useful life.
The costs of both temporary and permanent displays are
capitalized as a prepaid asset and are included in Prepaid
expenses and other in the accompanying Consolidated Statements
of Financial Position. The costs of temporary displays are
expensed in the period in which they are shipped to customers
and the costs of permanent fixtures are amortized over an
estimated useful life of one to two years once they are shipped
to customers and are reflected in Deferred charges and other in
the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
The Companys inventories are valued at the lower of cost
or market. Cost of inventories is determined using the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method.
|
|
(h)
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
|
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost or at fair
value if acquired in a purchase business combination.
Depreciation on plant and equipment is calculated on the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. Depreciable lives by major classification are as follows:
|
|
|
Building and improvements
|
|
20-40 years
|
Machinery, equipment and other
|
|
2-15 years
|
Plant and equipment held under capital leases are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or
estimated useful life of the asset.
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates
recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the
carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to
be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be
impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the
amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the
fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported
at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to
sell.
F-56
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Intangible assets are recorded at cost or at fair value if
acquired in a purchase business combination. In connection with
fresh-start reporting, Intangible Assets were recorded at their
estimated fair value on August 30, 2009. Customer lists,
proprietary technology and certain trade name intangibles are
amortized, using the straight-line method, over their estimated
useful lives of approximately 4 to 20 years. Excess of cost
over fair value of net assets acquired (goodwill) and
indefinite-lived intangible assets (certain trade name
intangibles) are not amortized. Goodwill is tested for
impairment at least annually, at the reporting unit level with
such groupings being consistent with the Companys
reportable segments. If impairment is indicated, a write-down to
fair value (normally measured by discounting estimated future
cash flows) is recorded. Indefinite-lived trade name intangibles
are tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the
fair value, determined using a relief from royalty methodology,
with the carrying value. Any excess of carrying value over fair
value is recognized as an impairment loss in income from
operations. ASC Topic 350: Intangibles-Goodwill and
Other, (ASC 350) requires that goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets be tested for impairment
annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates
that an impairment loss may have been incurred. During Fiscal
2010, the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, the Companys
goodwill and trade name intangibles were tested for impairment
as of the Companys August financial period end, the annual
testing date for the Company, as well as certain interim periods
where an event or circumstance occurred that indicated an
impairment loss may have been incurred.
Intangibles
with Indefinite Lives
In accordance with ASC 350, the Company conducts impairment
testing on the Companys goodwill. To determine fair value
during Fiscal 2010, the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 the Company used the
discounted estimated future cash flows methodology, third party
valuations and negotiated sales prices. Assumptions critical to
the Companys fair value estimates under the discounted
estimated future cash flows methodology are: (i) the
present value factors used in determining the fair value of the
reporting units and trade names; (ii) projected average
revenue growth rates used in the reporting unit; and
(iii) projected long-term growth rates used in the
derivation of terminal year values. These and other assumptions
are impacted by economic conditions and expectations of
management and will change in the future based on period
specific facts and circumstances. The Company also tested fair
value for reasonableness by comparison to the total market
capitalization of the Company, which includes both its equity
and debt securities. In addition, in accordance with
ASC 350, as part of the Companys annual impairment
testing, the Company tested its indefinite-lived trade name
intangible assets for impairment by comparing the carrying
amount of such trade names to their respective fair values. Fair
value was determined using a relief from royalty methodology.
Assumptions critical to the Companys fair value estimates
under the relief from royalty methodology were: (i) royalty
rates; and (ii) projected average revenue growth rates.
In connection with the Companys annual goodwill impairment
testing performed during Fiscal 2010 the first step of such
testing indicated that the fair value of the Companys
reporting segments were in excess of their carrying amounts and,
accordingly, no further testing of goodwill was required.
In connection with the Predecessor Companys annual
goodwill impairment testing performed during Fiscal 2009, which
was completed on the Predecessor Company before applying
fresh-start reporting, the first step of such testing indicated
that the fair value of the Predecessor Companys reporting
segments were in excess of their carrying amounts and,
accordingly, no further testing of goodwill was required.
In connection with its annual goodwill impairment testing in
Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company first compared the fair
value of its reporting units with their carrying amounts,
including goodwill. This first step indicated that the fair
value of the Predecessor Companys Global Pet Supplies and
Home and Garden Business was less than the Predecessor
Companys carrying amount of those reporting units and,
accordingly,
F-57
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
further testing of goodwill was required to determine the
impairment charge required by ASC 350. Accordingly, the
Predecessor Company then compared the carrying amount of the
Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business goodwill to
the respective implied fair value of their goodwill. The
carrying amounts of the Global Pet Supplies and the Home and
Garden Business goodwill exceeded their implied fair values and,
therefore, during Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company recorded a
non-cash pretax impairment charge equal to the excess of the
carrying amount of the respective reporting units goodwill
over the implied fair value of such goodwill of which $270,811
related to Global Pet Supplies and $49,801 related to the Home
and Garden Business.
Furthermore, during Fiscal 2010 the Company, in connection with
its annual impairment testing, concluded that the fair value of
its intangible assets exceeded is carrying value. During the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and Fiscal 2008, in connection with its annual impairment
testing, the Company concluded that the fair values of certain
trade name intangible assets were less than the carrying amounts
of those assets. As a result, during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008 the Company recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of
approximately $34,391 and $224,100, respectively, equal to the
excess of the carrying amounts of the intangible assets over the
fair value of such assets.
In accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and
Equipment (ASC 360) and ASC 350, in
addition to its annual impairment testing the Company conducts
goodwill and trade name intangible asset impairment testing if
an event or circumstance (triggering event) occurs
that indicates an impairment loss may have been incurred. The
Companys management uses its judgment in assessing whether
assets may have become impaired between annual impairment tests.
Indicators such as unexpected adverse business conditions,
economic factors, unanticipated technological change or
competitive activities, loss of key personnel, and acts by
governments and courts may signal that an asset has become
impaired. Several triggering events occurred during Fiscal 2008
which required the Company to test its indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment between annual impairment test
dates. On May 20, 2008, the Predecessor Company entered
into a definitive agreement for the sale of Global Pet Supplies,
which was subsequently terminated. The Companys intent to
dispose of Global Pet Supplies constituted a triggering event
for impairment testing. The Company estimated the fair value of
Global Pet Supplies, and the resultant estimated impairment
charge of goodwill, based on the negotiated sales price of
Global Pet Supplies, which management deemed the best indication
of fair value at that time. Accordingly, the Company recorded a
non-cash pretax charge of $154,916 to reduce the carrying value
of goodwill related to Global Pet Supplies to reflect the
estimated fair value of the business during the third quarter of
Fiscal 2008. Goodwill and trade name intangible assets of the
Home and Garden Business were tested during the third quarter of
Fiscal 2008, as a result of lower forecasted profits from this
business. This decrease in profitability was primarily due to
significant cost increases in certain raw materials used in the
production of many of the lawn fertilizer and growing media
products manufactured by the Company at that time as well as
more conservative growth rates to reflect the current and
expected future economic conditions for this business. The
Company first compared the fair value of this reporting unit
with its carrying amounts, including goodwill. This first step
indicated that the fair value of the Home and Garden Business
was less than the Companys carrying amount of this
reporting unit and, accordingly, further testing of goodwill was
required to determine the impairment charge. Accordingly, the
Company then compared the carrying amount of the Home and Garden
Business goodwill against the implied fair value of such
goodwill. The carrying amount of the Home and Garden Business
goodwill exceeded its implied fair value and, therefore, during
Fiscal 2008 the Company recorded a non-cash pretax impairment
charge equal to the excess of the carrying amount of the
reporting units goodwill over the implied fair value of
such goodwill of approximately $110,213. In addition, during the
third quarter of Fiscal 2008, the Company concluded that the
implied fair values of certain trade name intangible assets
related to the Home and Garden Business were less that the
carrying amounts of those assets and, accordingly, during Fiscal
2008 recorded a non-cash pretax
F-58
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
impairment charge of $22,000. Goodwill and trade name
intangibles of the Home and Garden Business were tested during
the first quarter of Fiscal 2008 in conjunction with the
Companys reclassification of that business from an asset
held for sale to an asset held and used. The Company first
compared the fair value of this reporting unit with its carrying
amounts, including goodwill. This first step indicated that the
fair value of the Home and Garden Business was in excess of its
carrying amounts and, accordingly, no further testing of
goodwill was required. In addition, during the first quarter of
Fiscal 2008, the Company concluded that the implied fair values
of certain trade name intangible assets related to the Home and
Garden Business were less than the carrying amounts of those
assets and, accordingly, during Fiscal 2008 recorded a non-cash
pretax impairment charge of $12,400.
The above impairments of goodwill and trade name intangible
assets was primarily attributed to lower current and forecasted
profits, reflecting more conservative growth rates versus those
assumed by the Company at the time of acquisition, as well as
due to a sustained decline in the total market capitalization of
the Company.
During the third quarter of Fiscal 2008, the Company developed
and initiated a plan to phase down, and ultimately curtail,
manufacturing operations at its Ningbo, China battery
manufacturing facility. The Company completed the shutdown of
Ningbo during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008. In connection
with the Companys strategy to exit operations in Ningbo,
China, the Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge
of $16,193 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill related to
the Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility.
The recognition of the $34,391 and $861,234 non-cash impairment
of goodwill and trade name intangible assets during the period
from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and
Fiscal 2008, respectively, has been recorded as a separate
component of Operating expenses and has had a material negative
effect on the Predecessor Companys financial condition and
results of operations during the period from October 1,
2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008. These
impairments will not result in future cash expenditures.
Intangibles
with Definite or Estimable Useful Lives
The triggering events discussed above under ASC 350 also
indicated a triggering event in accordance with ASC 360.
Management conducted an analysis in accordance with ASC 360
of intangibles with definite or estimable useful lives in
conjunction with the ASC 350 testing of intangibles with
indefinite lives.
The Company assesses the recoverability of intangible assets
with definite or estimable useful lives in accordance with
ASC 360 by determining whether the carrying value can be
recovered through projected undiscounted future cash flows. If
projected undiscounted future cash flows indicate that the
unamortized carrying value of intangible assets with finite
useful lives will not be recovered, an adjustment would be made
to reduce the carrying value to an amount equal to projected
future cash flows discounted at the Companys incremental
borrowing rate. The cash flow projections used are based on
trends of historical performance and managements estimate
of future performance, giving consideration to existing and
anticipated competitive and economic conditions.
Impairment reviews are conducted at the judgment of management
when it believes that a change in circumstances in the business
or external factors warrants a review. Circumstances such as the
discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or
consistent decline in the sales forecast for a product, changes
in technology or in the way an asset is being used, a history of
operating or cash flow losses, or an adverse change in legal
factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an
impairment review. The Companys initial impairment review
to determine if an impairment test is required is based on an
undiscounted cash flow analysis for asset groups at the lowest
level for which identifiable cash flows exist. The analysis
requires management judgment with respect to changes in
technology, the continued success of product lines and future
volume, revenue and expense growth rates, and discount rates.
F-59
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be
disposed of are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or
fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008, the
Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $5,700
in discontinued operations to reduce the carrying value of
intangible assets related to the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business in order to reflect the estimated fair
value of this business. (See also Note 9, Discontinued
Operations, for additional information regarding this impairment
charge).
Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized to interest
expense using the effective interest method over the lives of
the related debt agreements.
Included in accounts payable are bank overdrafts, net of
deposits on hand, on disbursement accounts that are replenished
when checks are presented for payment.
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability
method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for
the future tax consequences attributable to differences between
the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss
and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates
is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date.
|
|
(m)
|
Foreign
Currency Translation
|
Assets and liabilities of the Companys foreign
subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange existing at
year-end, with revenues, expenses, and cash flows translated at
the average of the monthly exchange rates. Adjustments resulting
from translation of the financial statements are recorded as a
component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(AOCI). Also included in AOCI are the effects of
exchange rate changes on intercompany balances of a long-term
nature.
As of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009,
foreign currency translation adjustment balances of $18,492 and
$5,896, respectively, were reflected in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position in AOCI.
Successor Company exchange losses (gains) on foreign currency
transactions aggregating $13,336 and $(726) for Fiscal 2010 and
the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009, respectively, are included in Other expense (income), net,
in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Predecessor Company exchange losses (gains) on foreign currency
transactions aggregating $4,440 and $3,466 for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively, are included in Other expense (income), net,
in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
|
|
(n)
|
Shipping
and Handling Costs
|
The Successor Company incurred shipping and handling costs of
$161,148 and $12,866 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
respectively. The Predecessor Company incurred shipping and
handling costs of $135,511 and $183,676 during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively. Shipping and handling costs, which are
included
F-60
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
in Selling expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements
of Operations, include costs incurred with third-party carriers
to transport products to customers and salaries and overhead
costs related to activities to prepare the Companys
products for shipment at the Companys distribution
facilities.
The Successor Company incurred advertising costs of $37,520 and
$3,166 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively. The
Predecessor Company incurred expenses for advertising of $25,813
and $46,417 during the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. Such
advertising costs are included in Selling expenses in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
|
|
(p)
|
Research
and Development Costs
|
Research and development costs are charged to expense in the
period they are incurred.
|
|
(q)
|
Net
(Loss) Income Per Common Share
|
Basic net (loss) income per common share is computed by dividing
net (loss) income available to common shareholders by the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the
period. Basic net (loss) income per common share does not
consider common stock equivalents. Diluted net (loss) income per
common share reflects the dilution that would occur if employee
stock options and restricted stock awards were exercised or
converted into common shares or resulted in the issuance of
common shares that then shared in the net (loss) income of the
entity. The computation of diluted net (loss) income per common
share uses the if converted and treasury
stock methods to reflect dilution. The difference between
the basic and diluted number of shares is due to the effects of
restricted stock and assumed conversion of employee stock
options awards.
As discussed in Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization under
Chapter 11, the Predecessor Company common stock was
cancelled as a result of the Companys emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date.
The Successor Company common stock began trading on
September 2, 2009. As such, the earnings per share
information for the Predecessor Company is not meaningful to
shareholders of the Successor Companys common shares, or
to potential investors in such common shares.
Net (loss) income per common share is calculated based upon the
following shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
Effect of restricted stock and assumed conversion of stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Successor Company for Fiscal 2010 and the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, and the
Predecessor Company for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 has not assumed the
exercise of common stock equivalents as the impact would be
antidilutive.
On June 16, 2010, the Company issued 20,433 shares of
its common stock in conjunction with the Merger. Additionally,
all shares of its wholly owned subsidiary Spectrum Brands, were
converted to shares of SB Holdings on June 16, 2010. (See
also, Note 15, Acquisition, for a more complete discussion
of the Merger.)
F-61
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
(r)
|
Derivative
Financial Instruments
|
Derivative financial instruments are used by the Company
principally in the management of its interest rate, foreign
currency and raw material price exposures. The Company does not
hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. When hedge accounting is elected at inception, the
Company formally designates the financial instrument as a hedge
of a specific underlying exposure if such criteria are met, and
documents both the risk management objectives and strategies for
undertaking the hedge. The Company formally assesses, both at
the inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the
financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are
effective at offsetting changes in the forecasted cash flows of
the related underlying exposure. Because of the high degree of
effectiveness between the hedging instrument and the underlying
exposure being hedged, fluctuations in the value of the
derivative instruments are generally offset by changes in the
forecasted cash flows of the underlying exposures being hedged.
Any ineffective portion of a financial instruments change
in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. For
derivatives that are not designated as cash flow hedges, or do
not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the change in the
fair value is also immediately recognized in earnings.
Effective December 29, 2008, the Company adopted ASC Topic
815: Derivatives and Hedging, (ASC
815). ASC 815 amends the disclosure requirements for
derivative instruments and hedging activities. Under the revised
guidance entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures
for derivative and hedging activities.
The fair value of outstanding derivative contracts recorded as
assets in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
Asset Derivatives
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
$
|
2,371
|
|
|
$
|
2,861
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
1,543
|
|
|
|
554
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total asset derivatives designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,989
|
|
|
$
|
3,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total asset derivatives
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,989
|
|
|
$
|
3,785
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-62
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The fair value of outstanding derivative contracts recorded as
liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
Liability Derivatives
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
3,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
2,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
6,544
|
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
1,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liability derivatives designated as hedging instruments
under ASC 815
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,228
|
|
|
$
|
1,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
9,698
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
20,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liability derivatives
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,813
|
|
|
$
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Flow Hedges
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as
cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on
the derivative is reported as a component of AOCI and
reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during
which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses
on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or
hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness
are recognized in current earnings.
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations for Fiscal 2010 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Portion
|
|
Portion
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
and Amount
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
3,646
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
719
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
(13,059
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,439
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(6,112
|
)(A)
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(752
|
)
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
(812
|
)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(4,560
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(14,725
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,051
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,113
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-63
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Includes $(4,305) reclassified from AOCI associated with the
refinancing of the senior credit facility. (See also
Note 7, Debt, for a more complete discussion of the
Companys refinancing of its senior credit facility.) |
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Portion
|
|
Portion
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
and Amount
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
530
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(418
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments designated as cash flow hedges on the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 (Predecessor
Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Portion
|
|
Portion
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
and Amount
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
(4,512
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(11,288
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
851
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
(8,130
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,096
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(11,847
|
)(A)
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
1,357
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
9,251
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
9,719
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
|
(1,313
|
)
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(2,116
|
)
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(12,803
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(3,347
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,237
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(23,799
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Included in this amount is $(6,191), reflected in the
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under
ASC 815 table below, as a result of the de-designation of a
cash flow hedge as described below. |
F-64
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments designated as cash flow hedges on the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal 2008
(Predecessor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Portion
|
|
Portion
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
and Amount
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
(15,949
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(10,521
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(433
|
)
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
(5,304
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
(1,729
|
)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
2,627
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
(9,293
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
|
4,669
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
8,925
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(177
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(13,205
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(11,846
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(610
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
Contracts
For derivative instruments that are used to economically hedge
the fair value of the Companys third party and
intercompany payments and interest rate payments, the gain
(loss) is recognized in earnings in the period of change
associated with the derivative contract.
During Fiscal 2010 the Successor Company recognized the
following respective gains (losses) on derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Location of Gain or (Loss)
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(42,039
|
)
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(41,886
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-65
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
During the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company) and the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 (Predecessor
Company), the Company recognized the following respective gains
(losses) on derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
Location of Gain or (Loss)
|
Derivatives Not Designated as
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
Interest rate contracts(A)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,191
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(1,469
|
)
|
|
|
3,075
|
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(1,469
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,116
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Amount represents portion of certain future payments related to
interest rate contracts that were de-designated as cash flow
hedges during the pendency of the Bankruptcy Cases. |
During Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company recognized the
following respective gains (losses) on derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of Gain or (Loss)
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(9,361
|
)
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(9,361
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit
Risk
The Company is exposed to the default risk of the counterparties
with which the Company transacts. The Company monitors
counterparty credit risk on an individual basis by periodically
assessing each such counterpartys credit rating exposure.
The maximum loss due to credit risk equals the fair value of the
gross asset derivatives which are primarily concentrated with a
foreign financial institution counterparty. The Company
considers these exposures when measuring its credit reserve on
its derivative assets, which was $75 and $32, respectively, at
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009.
Additionally, the Company does not require collateral or other
security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk.
The Companys standard contracts do not contain credit risk
related contingencies whereby the Company would be required to
post additional cash collateral as a result of a credit event.
However, as a result of the Companys current credit
profile, the Company is typically required to post collateral in
the normal course of business to offset its liability positions.
At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the
Company had posted cash collateral of $2,363 and $1,943,
respectively, related to such liability positions. In addition,
at September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the
Successor Company had posted standby letters of credit of $4,000
and $0, respectively, related to such liability positions. The
cash collateral is included in Receivables Other
within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position.
F-66
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Derivative
Financial Instruments
Cash Flow
Hedges
The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate
risk. The swaps are designated as cash flow hedges with the
changes in fair value recorded in AOCI and as a derivative hedge
asset or liability, as applicable. The swaps settle periodically
in arrears with the related amounts for the current settlement
period payable to, or receivable from, the counter-parties
included in accrued liabilities or receivables, respectively,
and recognized in earnings as an adjustment to interest expense
from the underlying debt to which the swap is designated. At
September 30, 2010, the Company had a portfolio of
U.S. dollar-denominated interest rate swaps outstanding
which effectively fixes the interest on floating rate debt,
exclusive of lender spreads as follows: 2.25% for a notional
principal amount of $300,000 through December 2011 and 2.29% for
a notional principal amount of $300,000 through January 2012
(the U.S. dollar swaps). During Fiscal 2010, in
connection with the refinancing of its senior credit facilities,
the Company terminated a portfolio of Euro-denominated interest
rate swaps at a cash loss of $3,499 which was recognized as an
adjustment to interest expense. The derivative net (loss) on the
U.S. dollar swaps contracts recorded in AOCI by the Company
at September 30, 2010 was $(2,675), net of tax benefit of
$1,640.
The derivative net gain (loss) on these contracts recorded in
AOCI by the Company at September 30, 2009 was $0. The
derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the
Predecessor Company at September 30, 2008 was $(3,604), net
of tax benefit of $2,209. At September 30, 2010, the
portion of derivative net (losses) estimated to be reclassified
from AOCI into earnings by the Successor Company over the next
12 months is $(1,416), net of tax.
In connection with the Companys merger with Russell Hobbs
and the refinancing of the Companys existing senior credit
facilities associated with the closing of the Merger, the
Company assessed the prospective effectiveness of its interest
rate cash flow hedges during fiscal 2010. As a result, during
fiscal 2010, the Company ceased hedge accounting and recorded a
loss of ($1,451) as an adjustment to interest expense for the
change in fair value of its U.S. dollar swaps from the date
of de-designation until the U.S. dollar swaps were
re-designated. The Company also evaluated whether the amounts
recorded in AOCI associated with the forecasted U.S. dollar
swap transactions were probable of not occurring and determined
that occurrence of the transactions was still reasonably
possible. Upon the refinancing of the existing senior credit
facility associated with the closing of the Merger, the Company
re-designated the U.S. dollar swaps as cash flow hedges of
certain scheduled interest rate payments on the new $750,000
U.S. Dollar Term Loan expiring June 16, 2016. At
September 30, 2010, the Company believes that all
forecasted interest rate swap transactions designated as cash
flow hedges are probable of occurring.
The Companys interest rate swap derivative financial
instruments at September 30, 2010, September 30, 2009
and September 30, 2008 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Notional
|
|
Notional
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Term
|
|
Amount
|
|
Amount
|
|
Term
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
1.28 years
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
267,029
|
|
|
|
0.07 years
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
1.36 years
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
0.11 years
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
1.52 years
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
1.62 years
|
|
The Company periodically enters into forward foreign exchange
contracts to hedge the risk from forecasted foreign denominated
third party and intercompany sales or payments. These
obligations generally require the Company to exchange foreign
currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling,
Australian Dollars, Brazilian Reals, Canadian Dollars or
Japanese Yen. These foreign exchange contracts are cash flow
F-67
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
hedges of fluctuating foreign exchange related to sales or
product or raw material purchases. Until the sale or purchase is
recognized, the fair value of the related hedge is recorded in
AOCI and as a derivative hedge asset or liability, as
applicable. At the time the sale or purchase is recognized, the
fair value of the related hedge is reclassified as an adjustment
to Net sales or purchase price variance in Cost of goods sold.
At September 30, 2010 the Successor Company had a series of
foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding through June
2012 with a contract value of $299,993. At September 30,
2009 the Successor Company had a series of foreign exchange
derivative contracts outstanding through September 2010 with a
contract value of $92,963. At September 30, 2008 the
Predecessor Company had a series of such derivative contracts
outstanding through September 2010 with a contract value of
$144,776. The derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded
in AOCI by the Successor Company at September 30, 2010 was
$(5,322), net of tax benefit of $2,204. The derivative net
(loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor
Company at September 30, 2009 was $(378), net of tax
benefit of $167. The derivative net gain on these contracts
recorded in AOCI by the Predecessor Company at
September 30, 2008 was $3,591, net of tax expense of
$1,482. At September 30, 2010, the portion of derivative
net (losses) estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into
earnings by the Company over the next 12 months is
$(4,596), net of tax.
The Company is exposed to risk from fluctuating prices for raw
materials, specifically zinc used in its manufacturing
processes. The Company hedges a portion of the risk associated
with these materials through the use of commodity swaps. The
hedge contracts are designated as cash flow hedges with the fair
value changes recorded in AOCI and as a hedge asset or
liability, as applicable. The unrecognized changes in fair value
of the hedge contracts are reclassified from AOCI into earnings
when the hedged purchase of raw materials also affects earnings.
The swaps effectively fix the floating price on a specified
quantity of raw materials through a specified date. At
September 30, 2010 the Successor Company had a series of
such swap contracts outstanding through September 2012 for 15
tons with a contract value of $28,897. At September 30,
2009 the Successor Company had a series of such swap contracts
outstanding through September 2011 for 8 tons with a contract
value of $11,830. At September 30, 2008, the Predecessor
Company had a series of such swap contracts outstanding through
September 2010 for 13 tons with a contract value of $31,030. The
derivative net gain on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the
Successor Company at September 30, 2010 was $2,256, net of
tax expense of $1,201. The derivative net gain on these
contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor Company at
September 30, 2009 was $347, net of tax expense of $183.
The derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by
the Successor Company at September 30, 2008 was $(5,396),
net of tax benefit of $2,911. At September 30, 2010, the
portion of derivative net gains estimated to be reclassified
from AOCI into earnings by the Company over the next
12 months is $1,251, net of tax.
The Company was also exposed to fluctuating prices of raw
materials, specifically urea and
di-ammonium
phosphates (DAP), used in its manufacturing
processes in the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business. During the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company) $(2,116) of pretax
derivative gains (losses) were recorded as an adjustment to Loss
from Discontinued operations, net of tax, for swap or option
contracts settled at maturity. During Fiscal 2008, $8,925 of
pretax derivative gains were recorded as an adjustment to Loss
from discontinued operations, by the Predecessor Company for
swap or option contracts settled at maturity. The hedges are
generally highly effective; however, during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, $(12,803) and $(177), respectively, of pretax derivative
gains (losses), were recorded as an adjustment to Loss from
discontinued operations, net of tax, by the Predecessor Company.
The amount recorded during the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009, was due to the shutdown of the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business and a
determination that the forecasted transactions were probable of
not occurring. The Successor Company had no such swap contracts
outstanding as of September 30, 2009 and no related gain
(loss) recorded in AOCI.
F-68
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Derivative
Contracts
The Company periodically enters into forward and swap foreign
exchange contracts to economically hedge the risk from third
party and intercompany payments resulting from existing
obligations. These obligations generally require the Company to
exchange foreign currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros or
Australian Dollars. These foreign exchange contracts are
economic hedges of a related liability or asset recorded in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The
gain or loss on the derivative hedge contracts is recorded in
earnings as an offset to the change in value of the related
liability or asset at each period end. At September 30,
2010 and September 30, 2009 the Company had $333,562 and
$37,478, respectively, of such foreign exchange derivative
notional value contracts outstanding.
During the Predecessor Companys eleven month period ended
August 30, 2009, as a result of the Bankruptcy Cases, the
Company determined that previously designated cash flow hedge
relationships associated with interest rate swaps became
ineffective as of the Companys Petition Date. Further, the
Companys senior secured term credit agreement was amended
in connection with the implementation of the Plan, and
accordingly the underlying transactions did not occur as
originally forecasted. As a result, the Predecessor Company
reclassified approximately $(6,191), pretax, of (losses) from
AOCI as an adjustment to Interest expense during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. As a result,
the portion of derivative net losses to be reclassified from
AOCI into earnings over the next 12 months was $0. The
Predecessor Companys related derivative contracts were
terminated during the pendency of the Bankruptcy Cases and
settled at a loss on the Effective Date.
|
|
(s)
|
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
|
ASC Topic 820: Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures, (ASC 820), establishes a new
framework for measuring fair value and expands related
disclosures. Broadly, the ASC 820 framework requires fair
value to be determined based on the exchange price that would be
received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the
asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants. ASC 820 establishes market or observable
inputs as the preferred source of values, followed by
assumptions based on hypothetical transactions in the absence of
market inputs. The Company utilizes valuation techniques that
attempt to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize
the use of unobservable inputs. The determination of the fair
values considers various factors, including closing exchange or
over-the-counter
market pricing quotations, time value and credit quality factors
underlying options and contracts. The fair value of certain
derivative financial instruments is estimated using pricing
models based on contracts with similar terms and risks. Modeling
techniques assume market correlation and volatility, such as
using prices of one delivery point to calculate the price of the
contracts different delivery point. The nominal value of
interest rate transactions is discounted using applicable
forward interest rate curves. In addition, by applying a credit
reserve which is calculated based on credit default swaps or
published default probabilities for the actual and potential
asset value, the fair value of the Companys derivative
financial instruments assets reflects the risk that the
counterparties to these contracts may default on the
obligations. Likewise, by assessing the requirements of a
reserve for non-performance which is calculated based on the
probability of default by the Company, the Company adjusts its
derivative contract liabilities to reflect the price at which a
potential market participant would be willing to assume the
Companys liabilities. The Company has not changed its
valuation techniques in measuring the fair value of any
financial assets and liabilities during the year.
The valuation techniques required by ASC 820 are based upon
observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect
market data obtained from independent sources, while
unobservable inputs reflect
F-69
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
market assumptions made by the Company. These two types of
inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 Unadjusted quoted prices for identical
instruments in active markets.
Level 2 Quoted prices for similar instruments in
active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar
instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived
valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant
value drivers are observable.
Level 3 Significant inputs to the valuation model are
unobservable.
The Company maintains policies and procedures to value
instruments using the best and most relevant data available. In
certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall
into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such
cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the
fair value measurement in its entirety falls must be determined
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair
value measurement. The Companys assessment of the
significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement
in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors
specific to the asset or liability. In addition, the Company has
risk management teams that review valuation, including
independent price validation for certain instruments. Further,
in other instances, the Company retains independent pricing
vendors to assist in valuing certain instruments.
The Companys derivatives are valued on a recurring basis
using internal models, which are based on market observable
inputs including interest rate curves and both forward and spot
prices for currencies and commodities.
The Companys net derivative portfolio as of
September 30, 2010, contains Level 2 instruments and
represents commodity, interest rate and foreign exchange
contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,627
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,627
|
)
|
Foreign exchange contracts, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(44,738
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(44,738
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys net derivative portfolio as of
September 30, 2009, contains Level 2 instruments and
represents commodity and foreign exchange contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-70
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and
notes receivable, accounts payable and short-term debt
approximate fair value. The fair values of long-term debt and
derivative financial instruments are generally based on quoted
or observed market prices.
Goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets are also
tested annually or if a triggering event occurs that indicates
an impairment loss may have been incurred using fair value
measurements with unobservable inputs (Level 3). The
Company did not record any impairment charges related to
goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets during
Fiscal 2010. (See also Note 3(i), Significant Accounting
Policies Intangible Assets, for further details on
impairment testing.)
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Companys
financial instruments are summarized as follows
((liability)/asset):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Amount
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
(1,743,767
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,868,754
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,583,535
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,592,987
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
(6,627
|
)
|
|
|
(6,627
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity swap and option agreements
|
|
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward agreements
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(t)
|
Environmental
Expenditures
|
Environmental expenditures that relate to current ongoing
operations or to conditions caused by past operations are
expensed or capitalized as appropriate. The Company determines
its liability on a
site-by-site
basis and records a liability at the time when it is probable
that a liability has been incurred and such liability can be
reasonably estimated. The estimated liability is not reduced for
possible recoveries from insurance carriers. Estimated
environmental remediation expenditures are included in the
determination of the net realizable value recorded for assets
held for sale.
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to
the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no
effect on previously reported results of operations or
accumulated deficit.
Comprehensive income includes foreign currency translation of
assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, effects of
exchange rate changes on intercompany balances of a long-term
nature and transactions designated as a hedge of net foreign
investments, derivative financial instruments designated as cash
flow hedges and additional minimum pension liabilities
associated with the Companys pension. Except for the
currency translation impact of the Companys intercompany
debt of a long-term nature, the Company does not provide income
taxes on currency translation adjustments, as earnings from
international subsidiaries are considered to be permanently
reinvested.
F-71
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Amounts recorded in AOCI on the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Shareholders Equity (Deficit) and
Comprehensive Income (Loss) for Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and
Fiscal 2008 are net of the following tax (benefit) expense
amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
Cash
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Flow Hedges
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Total
|
|
2010 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
(6,141
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,659
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,566
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,366
|
)
|
2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
247
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
319
|
|
|
$
|
582
|
|
2009 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
(497
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,286
|
|
|
$
|
(40
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,749
|
|
2008 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
(1,139
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,765
|
)
|
|
$
|
(318
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,222
|
)
|
In 1996, the Predecessor Companys board of directors
(Predecessor Board) approved the Rayovac Corporation
1996 Stock Option Plan (1996 Plan). Under the 1996
Plan, stock options to acquire up to 2,318 shares of common
stock, in the aggregate, could be granted to select employees
and non-employee directors of the Predecessor Company under
either or both a time-vesting or a performance-vesting formula
at an exercise price equal to the market price of the common
stock on the date of grant. The 1996 Plan expired on
September 12, 2006.
In 1997, the Predecessor Board adopted the 1997 Rayovac
Incentive Plan (1997 Plan). Under the 1997 Plan, the
Predecessor Company could grant to employees and non-employee
directors stock options, stock appreciation rights
(SARs), restricted stock, and other stock-based
awards, as well as cash-based annual and long-term incentive
awards. Accelerated vesting will occur in the event of a change
in control, as defined in the 1997 Plan. Up to 5,000 shares
of common stock could have been issued under the 1997 Plan. The
1997 Plan expired in August 31, 2007.
In 2004, the Predecessor Board adopted the 2004 Rayovac
Incentive Plan (2004 Plan). The 2004 Plan
supplements the 1997 Plan. Under the 2004 Plan, the Predecessor
Company could grant to employees and non-employee directors
stock options, SARs, restricted stock, and other stock-based
awards, as well as cash-based annual and long-term incentive
awards. Accelerated vesting would occur in the event of a change
in control, as defined in the 2004 Plan. Up to 3,500 shares
of common stock, net of forfeitures and cancellations, could
have been issued under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan would have
expired on July 31, 2014.
On the Effective Date all of the existing common stock of the
Predecessor Company was extinguished and deemed cancelled. The
Successor Company had no stock options, SARs, restricted stock
or other stock-based awards outstanding as of September 30,
2009.
In September 2009, the Successor Companys board of
directors (the Board) adopted the 2009 Spectrum
Brands Inc. Incentive Plan (the 2009 Plan). In
conjunction with the Merger the 2009 Plan was assumed by SB
Holdings. As of September 30, 2010, up to 3,333 shares
of common stock, net of forfeitures and cancellations, could
have been issued under the 2009 Plan. After October 21,
2010, no further awards may be made under the 2009 Plan,
provided that a majority of the holders of the common stock of
the Company eligible to vote thereon approve the Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (2011
Plan) prior to October 21, 2011.
In conjunction with the Merger, the Company adopted the Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (formerly
known as the Russell Hobbs Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan,
as amended on June 24, 2008) (the 2007 RH
Plan). As of September 30, 2010, up to
600 shares of common stock, net of forfeitures and
cancellations, could have been issued under the RH Plan. After
October 21, 2010, no further awards may be made under the
2007 RH Plan, provided that a majority of the holders of the
common stock of the Company eligible to vote thereon approve the
2011 Plan prior to October 21, 2011.
F-72
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
On October 21, 2010, the Companys Board of Directors
adopted the 2011 Plan, subject to shareholder approval prior to
October 21, 2011 and the Company intends to submit the 2011
Plan for shareholder approval in connection with its next Annual
Meeting. Upon such shareholder approval, no further awards will
be granted under the 2009 Plan and the 2007 RH Plan.
4,626 shares of common stock of the Company, net of
cancellations, may be issued under the 2011 Plan. While the
Company has begun granting awards under the 2011 Plan, the 2011
Plan (and awards granted thereunder) are subject to the approval
by a majority of the holders of the common stock of the Company
eligible to vote thereon prior to October 21, 2011.
Under ASC Topic 718: Compensation-Stock
Compensation, (ASC 718), the Company is
required to recognize expense related to the fair value of its
employee stock awards.
Total stock compensation expense associated with restricted
stock awards recognized by the Successor Company during Fiscal
2010 was $16,676 or $10,839, net of taxes. The amounts before
tax are included in General and administrative expenses and
Restructuring and related charges in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations, of which $2,141 or
$1,392 net of taxes, was included in Restructuring and
related charges primarily related to the accelerated vesting of
certain awards related to terminated employees. The Successor
Company recorded no stock compensation expense during the period
from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.
Total stock compensation expense associated with both stock
options and restricted stock awards recognized by the
Predecessor Company during the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 was $2,636 and
$5,098 or $1,642 and $3,141, net of taxes, respectively. The
amounts before tax are included in General and administrative
expenses and Restructuring and related charges in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations, of which $0
and $433 or $0 and $267, net of taxes, was included in
Restructuring and related charges during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively, primarily related to the accelerated vesting
of certain awards related to terminated employees.
The Successor Company granted approximately 939 shares of
restricted stock during Fiscal 2010. Of these grants, 271
restricted stock units were granted in conjunction with the
Merger and are time-based and vest over a one year period. The
remaining 668 shares are restricted stock grants that are
time based and vest as follows: (i) 18 shares vest
over a one year period; (ii) 611 shares vest over a
two year period; and (iii) 39 shares vest over a three
year period. The total market value of the restricted shares on
the date of the grant was approximately $23,299.
The Predecessor Company granted approximately 229 shares of
restricted stock during Fiscal 2009. Of these grants, 42 were
time-based and would vest on a pro rata basis over a three year
period and 187 shares were purely performance-based and
would vest only upon achievement of certain performance goals.
All vesting dates were subject to the recipients continued
employment with the Company, except as otherwise permitted by
the Predecessor Board or if the employee was terminated without
cause. The total market value of the restricted shares on the
date of grant was approximately $150. Upon the Effective Date,
by operation of the Plan, the restricted stock granted by the
Predecessor Company was extinguished and deemed cancelled.
The Predecessor Company granted approximately 408 shares of
restricted stock during Fiscal 2008. Of these grants,
158 shares were time-based and would vest on a pro rata
basis over a three year period and 250 were purely
performance-based and would vest only upon achievement of
certain performance goals. All vesting dates were subject to the
recipients continued employment with the Company, except
as otherwise permitted by the Predecessor Board or if the
employee was terminated without cause. The total market value of
the restricted shares on the date of grant was approximately
$2,165. Upon the Effective Date, by operation of the Plan, the
restricted stock granted by the Predecessor Company was
extinguished and deemed cancelled.
F-73
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the
market price of the Companys shares on the grant date. A
summary of the status of the Successor Companys non-vested
restricted stock as of September 30, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Restricted stock at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
24.82
|
|
|
|
23,299
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(244
|
)
|
|
|
23.59
|
|
|
|
(5,763
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
$
|
25.23
|
|
|
$
|
17,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x)
|
Restructuring
and Related Charges
|
Restructuring charges are recognized and measured according to
the provisions of ASC Topic 420: Exit or Disposal Cost
Obligations, (ASC 420). Under
ASC 420, restructuring charges include, but are not limited
to, termination and related costs consisting primarily of
one-time termination benefits such as severance costs and
retention bonuses, and contract termination costs consisting
primarily of lease termination costs. Related charges, as
defined by the Company, include, but are not limited to, other
costs directly associated with exit and integration activities,
including impairment of property and other assets, departmental
costs of full-time incremental integration employees, and any
other items related to the exit or integration activities. Costs
for such activities are estimated by management after evaluating
detailed analyses of the cost to be incurred. The Company
presents restructuring and related charges on a combined basis.
(See also Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, for a
more complete discussion of restructuring initiatives and
related costs).
|
|
(y)
|
Acquisition
and Integration Related Charges
|
Acquisition and integration related charges reflected in
Operating expenses include, but are not limited to transaction
costs such as banking, legal and accounting professional fees
directly related to the acquisition, termination and related
costs for transitional and certain other employees, integration
related professional fees and other post business combination
related expenses associated with the Merger of Russell Hobbs.
The following table summarizes acquisition and integration
related charges incurred by the Company during Fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Legal and professional fees
|
|
$
|
24,962
|
|
Employee termination charges
|
|
|
9,713
|
|
Integration costs
|
|
|
3,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
$
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(z) Adoption
of New Accounting Pronouncements
Business
Combinations
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the
FASB) issued new accounting guidance on business
combinations and noncontrolling interests in consolidated
financial statements. The objective is to improve the relevance,
representational faithfulness and comparability of the
information that a
F-74
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a
business combination and its effects. The guidance applies to
all transactions or other events in which an entity (the
acquirer) obtains control of one or more businesses
(the acquiree), including those sometimes referred
to as true mergers or mergers of equals
and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration.
The guidance, among other things, requires companies to provide
disclosures relating to the gross amount of goodwill and
accumulated goodwill impairment losses. In April 2009, the FASB
issued additional guidance which addresses application issues
arising from contingencies in a business combination. The
Company adopted the new guidance beginning October 1, 2009.
The Company merged with Russell Hobbs during Fiscal 2010. (See
Note 15, Acquisition, for information relating to the
Merger with Russell Hobbs.)
Employers
Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan
Assets
In December 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on
employers disclosures about assets of a defined benefit
pension or other postretirement plan. It requires employers to
disclose information about fair value measurements of plan
assets. The objectives of the disclosures are to provide an
understanding of: (a) how investment allocation decisions
are made, including the factors that are pertinent to an
understanding of investment policies and strategies;
(b) the major categories of plan assets; (c) the
inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value
of plan assets; (d) the effect of fair value measurements
using significant unobservable inputs on changes in plan assets
for the period; and (e) significant concentrations of risk
within plan assets. The Company adopted this new guidance at
September 30, 2010, the fair value measurement date of its
defined benefit pension and retiree medical plans. (See
Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans, for the applicable
disclosures.)
Revenue
Recognition Multiple-Element
Arrangements
In October 2009, the FASB issued new accounting guidance
addressing the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements
to enable entities to account for products or services
(deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. The
provisions establish the accounting and reporting guidance for
arrangements under which the entity will perform multiple
revenue-generating activities. Specifically, this guidance
addresses how to separate deliverables and how to measure and
allocate arrangement consideration to one or more units of
accounting. The provisions are effective for the Companys
financial statements for the fiscal year that began
October 1, 2010. The Company is in the process of
evaluating the impact that the guidance may have on its
financial statements and related disclosures.
ASC 855, Subsequent Events, (ASC 855).
ASC 855 establishes general standards of accounting and
disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date
but before financial statements are issued or are available to
be issued. The adoption of ASC 855 requires the Company to
evaluate all subsequent events that occur after the balance
sheet date through the date and time the Companys
financial statements are issued. The Company has evaluated
subsequent events through December 14, 2010, which is the
date these financial statements were issued.
F-75
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Inventories consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
62,857
|
|
|
$
|
64,314
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
28,239
|
|
|
|
27,364
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
439,246
|
|
|
|
249,827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
530,342
|
|
|
$
|
341,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
|
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Land, buildings and improvements
|
|
$
|
79,935
|
|
|
$
|
75,997
|
|
Machinery, equipment and other
|
|
|
157,172
|
|
|
|
135,639
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
24,037
|
|
|
|
6,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261,144
|
|
|
|
217,867
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
59,980
|
|
|
|
5,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
201,164
|
|
|
$
|
212,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
Goodwill
and Intangible Assets
|
Intangible assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries &
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
|
Small
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
|
Garden Business
|
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Goodwill:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
117,649
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
117,819
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
235,468
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
2,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,762
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
120,780
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
118,125
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
238,905
|
|
Fresh-start adjustments
|
|
|
60,029
|
|
|
|
187,887
|
|
|
|
41,239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
180,809
|
|
|
$
|
187,887
|
|
|
$
|
159,364
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
528,060
|
|
Adjustments for release of valuation allowance
|
|
|
(30,363
|
)
|
|
|
(17,080
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47,443
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
1,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
152,293
|
|
|
$
|
170,807
|
|
|
$
|
160,248
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
483,348
|
|
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(2,715
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,892
|
)
|
|
|
2,235
|
|
|
|
(3,372
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
149,578
|
|
|
$
|
170,807
|
|
|
$
|
157,356
|
|
|
$
|
122,314
|
|
|
$
|
600,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-76
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries &
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
|
Small
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
|
Garden Business
|
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Intangible Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names Not Subject to Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
286,260
|
|
|
$
|
57,000
|
|
|
$
|
218,345
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
561,605
|
|
Reclassification(A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,000
|
)
|
Impairment charge
|
|
|
(15,391
|
)
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
(18,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,391
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(454
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
270,629
|
|
|
$
|
44,500
|
|
|
$
|
199,631
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
514,760
|
|
Fresh-start adjustments
|
|
|
130,371
|
|
|
|
31,500
|
|
|
|
10,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172,740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
401,000
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
$
|
210,500
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
687,500
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
401,983
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
$
|
212,253
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
690,236
|
|
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,930
|
|
|
|
170,930
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(3,878
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,920
|
)
|
|
|
7,110
|
|
|
|
(3,688
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
398,105
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
$
|
205,333
|
|
|
$
|
178,040
|
|
|
$
|
857,478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2008, net (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
11,829
|
|
|
$
|
58,357
|
|
|
$
|
111,018
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
181,204
|
|
Additions(A)
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,532
|
|
Disposals(B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,595
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,595
|
)
|
Amortization during period
|
|
|
(975
|
)
|
|
|
(6,297
|
)
|
|
|
(11,827
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,099
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(752
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009, net (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
11,225
|
|
|
$
|
52,465
|
|
|
$
|
98,600
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
162,290
|
|
Fresh-start adjustments
|
|
|
342,775
|
|
|
|
120,535
|
|
|
|
146,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
609,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009, net (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
354,000
|
|
|
$
|
173,000
|
|
|
$
|
245,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
772,000
|
|
Amortization during period
|
|
|
(1,528
|
)
|
|
|
(729
|
)
|
|
|
(1,256
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,513
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
1,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009, net (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
354,433
|
|
|
$
|
172,271
|
|
|
$
|
245,005
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
771,709
|
|
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192,397
|
|
|
|
192,397
|
|
Amortization during period
|
|
|
(17,755
|
)
|
|
|
(8,750
|
)
|
|
|
(14,861
|
)
|
|
|
(4,554
|
)
|
|
|
(45,920
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(3,562
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,876
|
)
|
|
|
1,134
|
|
|
|
(6,304
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010, net (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
333,116
|
|
|
$
|
163,521
|
|
|
$
|
226,268
|
|
|
$
|
188,977
|
|
|
$
|
911,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Intangible Assets, net at September 30, 2010
(Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
731,221
|
|
|
$
|
239,521
|
|
|
$
|
431,601
|
|
|
$
|
367,017
|
|
|
$
|
1,769,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
During the first quarter of Fiscal 2009, the Company
reclassified $12,000 of trade names intangible assets not
subject to amortization related to the growing products portion
of the Home and Garden Business to intangible assets subject to
amortization as such trade names had been assigned a useful life
through the term of the shutdown period. The Company completed
the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. (See
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for further details on the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business). |
F-77
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
(B) |
|
During the second quarter of Fiscal 2009, the Company
reclassified the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business to discontinued operations as the Company completed the
shutdown of the business during that period. The Company
disposed of all intangible assets related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business. (See
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for further details on the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business). |
Intangible assets subject to amortization include proprietary
technology, customer relationships and certain trade names. The
carrying value of technology assets was $60,792, net of
accumulated amortization of $6,305 at September 30, 2010
and $62,985, net of accumulated amortization of $515 at
September 30, 2009. The Company trade names subject to
amortization relate to the valuation under fresh-start reporting
and the Merger with Russell Hobbs. The carrying value of these
trade names was $145,939, net of accumulated amortization of
$3,750 at September 30, 2010 and $490, net of accumulated
amortization of $10 at September 30, 2009. Remaining
intangible assets subject to amortization include customer
relationship intangibles. The carrying value of customer
relationships was $705,151, net of accumulated amortization of
$35,865 at September 30, 2010 and $708,234, net of
accumulated amortization of $2,988 at September 30, 2009.
The useful life of the Companys intangible assets subject
to amortization are 8 years for technology assets related
to the Global Pet Supplies segment, 9 to 11 years for
technology assets related to the Small Appliances segment,
17 years for technology assets associated with the Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment, 20 years for
customer relationships of Global Batteries & Personal
Care, Home and Garden and Global Pet Supplies, 15 years for
Small Appliances customer relationships, 12 years for a
trade name within the Small Appliances segment and 4 years
for a trade name within the Home and Garden segment.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During Fiscal 2010, the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008 the Company conducted impairment testing of goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this testing
the Company recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of
approximately $34,391 and $861,234 in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively. The $34,391 recorded during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 related to
impaired trade name intangible assets. Of the Fiscal 2008
impairment, approximately $601,934 of the charge related to
impaired goodwill and $259,300 related to impaired trade name
intangible assets. (See also Note 3(i), Significant
Accounting Policies Intangible Assets, for further
details on the impairment charges).
The Company has designated the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business and the Canadian division of the Home
and Garden Business as discontinued operations. In accordance
with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be disposed are recorded at
the lower of their carrying value or fair value less costs to
sell. During Fiscal 2008, the Company recorded a non-cash pretax
charge of $5,700 in discontinued operations to reduce the
carrying value of intangible assets related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business in order to
reflect the estimated fair value of this business. (See also
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for additional information
relating to this impairment charge).
F-78
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The amortization expense related to intangibles subject to
amortization for the Successor Company for Fiscal 2010 and the
period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009, and the Predecessor Company for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008(A)
|
|
|
Proprietary technology amortization
|
|
$
|
6,305
|
|
|
$
|
515
|
|
|
$
|
3,448
|
|
|
$
|
3,934
|
|
Customer list amortization
|
|
|
35,865
|
|
|
|
2,988
|
|
|
|
14,920
|
|
|
|
23,327
|
|
Trade names amortization
|
|
|
3,750
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
45,920
|
|
|
$
|
3,513
|
|
|
$
|
19,099
|
|
|
$
|
27,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 includes amortization expense related to the year
ended September 30, 2007 (Fiscal 2007), as a
result of the reclassification of the Home and Garden Business
as a continuing operation during Fiscal 2008. (See also
Note 11, Segment Results, for further details on
amortization expense related to the Home and Garden Business). |
The Company estimates annual amortization expense for the next
five fiscal years will approximate $55,630 per year.
Debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Term Loan, U.S. Dollar, expiring June 16, 2016
|
|
$
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.5% Senior Secured Notes, due June 15, 2018
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan B, U.S. Dollar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
973,125
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
Term Loan, Euro
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
371,874
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
%
|
12% Notes, due August 28, 2019
|
|
|
245,031
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
218,076
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
ABL Revolving Credit Facility, expiring June 16, 2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Old ABL revolving credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,225
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
Supplemental Loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
17.7
|
%
|
Other notes and obligations
|
|
|
13,605
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
|
|
5,919
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
Capitalized lease obligations
|
|
|
11,755
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
12,924
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,770,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,660,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original issuance discounts on debt
|
|
|
(26,624
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value adjustment as a result of fresh-start reporting
valuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76,608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Less current maturities
|
|
|
20,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
1,723,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,529,957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-79
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The Successor Companys aggregate scheduled maturities of
debt as of September 30, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
20,710
|
|
2012
|
|
|
35,254
|
|
2013
|
|
|
39,902
|
|
2014
|
|
|
39,907
|
|
2015
|
|
|
39,970
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
1,594,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,770,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys aggregate capitalized lease obligations
included in the amounts above are payable in installments of
$990 in 2011, $745 in 2012, $725 in 2013, $740 in 2014, $803 in
2015 and $7,752 thereafter.
In connection with the combination of Spectrum Brands and
Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands (i) entered into a new
senior secured term loan pursuant to a new senior credit
agreement (the Senior Credit Agreement) consisting
of a $750,000 U.S. Dollar Term Loan due June 16, 2016
(the Term Loan), (ii) issued $750,000 in
aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes
maturing June 15, 2018 (the 9.5% Notes)
and (iii) entered into a $300,000 U.S. Dollar asset
based revolving loan facility due June 16, 2014 (the
ABL Revolving Credit Facility and together with the
Senior Credit Agreement, the Senior Credit
Facilities and the Senior Credit Facilities together with
the 9.5% Notes, the Senior Secured Facilities).
The proceeds from the Senior Secured Facilities were used to
repay Spectrum Brands then-existing senior term credit
facility (the Prior Term Facility) and Spectrum
Brands then-existing asset based revolving loan facility,
to pay fees and expenses in connection with the refinancing and
for general corporate purposes.
The 9.5% Notes and 12% Notes were issued by Spectrum
Brands. SB/RH Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings, and the wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum
Brands are the guarantors under the 9.5% Notes. The wholly
owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands are the
guarantors under the 12% Notes. SB Holdings is not an
issuer or guarantor of the 9.5% Notes or the
12% Notes. SB Holdings is also not a borrower or guarantor
under the Companys Term Loan or the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility. Spectrum Brands is the borrower under the Term Loan
and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries along with SB/RH
Holdings, LLC are the guarantors under that facility. Spectrum
Brands and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries are the
borrowers under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and SB/RH
Holdings, LLC is a guarantor of that facility.
Senior
Term Credit Facility
The Term Loan has a maturity date of June 16, 2016. Subject
to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan is subject
to repayment according to a scheduled amortization, with the
final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, due at maturity. Among other things, the Term
Loan provides for a minimum Eurodollar interest rate floor of
1.5% and interest spreads over market rates of 6.5%.
The Senior Credit Agreement contains financial covenants with
respect to debt, including, but not limited to, a maximum
leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, which
covenants, pursuant to their terms, become more restrictive over
time. In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement contains
customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to,
restrictions on the Companys ability to incur additional
indebtedness, create liens, make investments or specified
payments, give guarantees, pay dividends, make capital
expenditures and merge or acquire or sell assets. Pursuant to a
guarantee and collateral agreement, the Company and its domestic
subsidiaries have guaranteed their respective obligations under
the Senior Credit Agreement and related loan documents and have
pledged substantially all of their respective assets to secure
such obligations.
F-80
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The Senior Credit Agreement also provides for customary events
of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on
other material indebtedness.
The Term Loan was issued at a 2.00% discount and was recorded
net of the $15,000 amount incurred. The discount will be
amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal
with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the
remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement. During Fiscal
2010, the Company recorded $25,968 of fees in connection with
the Senior Credit Agreement. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be
amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the
remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement.
At September 30, 2010, the aggregate amount outstanding
under the Term Loan totaled $750,000.
At September 30, 2009, the aggregate amount outstanding
under the Prior Term Facility totaled a U.S. Dollar
equivalent of $1,391,459, consisting of principal amounts of
$973,125 under the U.S. Dollar Term B Loan, 254,970
under the Euro Facility (USD $371,874 at September 30,
2009) as well as letters of credit outstanding under the
L/C Facility totaling $46,460.
9.5% Notes
At September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding
principal of $750,000 under the 9.5% Notes maturing
June 15, 2018.
The Company may redeem all or a part of the 9.5% Notes,
upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice at
specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing
the 9.5% Notes (the 2018 Indenture) requires
the Company to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a
portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified
redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the
occurrence of a change of control of the Company, as defined in
such indenture.
The 2018 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit,
among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness,
payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity
interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into
unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or
consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or
substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2018 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the 2018 Indenture arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the
acceleration of the amounts due under the 9.5% Notes. If
any other event of default under the 2018 Indenture occurs and
is continuing, the trustee for the 2018 Indenture or the
registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the 9.5% Notes may declare
the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
The 9.5% Notes were issued at a 1.37% discount and were
recorded net of the $10,245 amount incurred. The discount will
be amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal
with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the
remaining life of the 9.5% Notes. During Fiscal 2010, the
Company recorded $20,823 of fees in connection with the issuance
of the 9.5% Notes. The fees are classified as Debt issuance
costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be
amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the
remaining life of the 9.5% Notes.
F-81
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
12%
Notes
On August 28, 2009, in connection with emergence from the
voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 and pursuant to
the Plan, the Company issued $218,076 in aggregate principal
amount of 12% Notes maturing August 28, 2019.
Semiannually, at its option, the Company may elect to pay
interest on the 12% Notes in cash or as payment in kind, or
PIK. PIK interest would be added to principal upon
the relevant semi-annual interest payment date. Under the Prior
Term Facility, the Company agreed to make interest payments on
the 12% Notes through PIK for the first three semi-annual
interest payment periods. As a result of the refinancing of the
Prior Term Facility the Company is no longer required to make
interest payments as payment in kind after the semi-annual
interest payment date of August 28, 2010. Effective with
the payment date of August 28, 2010 the Company gave notice
to the trustee that the interest payment due February 28,
2011 would be made in cash. During Fiscal 2010, the Company
reclassified $26,955 of accrued interest from Other long term
liabilities to principal in connection with the PIK provision of
the 12% Notes.
The Company may redeem all or a part of the 12% Notes, upon
not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice, beginning
August 28, 2012 at specified redemption prices. Further,
the indenture governing the 12% Notes require the Company
to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the
applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price,
including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change
of control of the Company, as defined in such indenture.
At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the
Company had outstanding principal of $245,031 and $218,076,
respectively, under the 12% Notes.
The indenture governing the 12% Notes (the 2019
Indenture), contains customary covenants that limit, among
other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment
of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests,
the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated
businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation
with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially
all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2019 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the
amounts due under the 12% Notes. If any other event of
default under the 2019 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the
trustee for the indenture or the registered holders of at least
25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
12% Notes may declare the acceleration of the amounts due
under those notes.
The Company is subject to certain limitations as a result of the
Companys Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under the 2019
Indenture being below 2:1. Until the test is satisfied, Spectrum
Brands and certain of its subsidiaries are limited in their
ability to make significant acquisitions or incur significant
additional senior credit facility debt beyond the Senior Credit
Facilities. The Company does not expect its inability to satisfy
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair its ability to
provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and long-term
liquidity requirements of its existing businesses, although no
assurance can be given in this regard.
In connection with the Merger, the Company obtained the consent
of the note holders to certain amendments to the 2019 Indenture
(the Supplemental Indenture). The Supplemental
Indenture became effective upon the closing of the Merger. Among
other things, the Supplemental Indenture amended the definition
of change in control to exclude the Harbinger Capital Partners
Master Fund I, Ltd. (Harbinger Master Fund) and
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
(Harbinger Special Fund) and, together with
Harbinger Master Fund, the HCP Funds) and Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (together
F-82
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
with the HCP Funds, the Harbinger Parties) and
increased the Companys ability to incur indebtedness up to
$1,850,000.
During Fiscal 2010 the Company recorded $2,966 of fees in
connection with the consent. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be
amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the
remaining life of the 12% Notes effective with the closing
of the Merger.
ABL
Revolving Credit Facility
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is governed by a credit
agreement (the ABL Credit Agreement) with Bank of
America as administrative agent (the Agent). The ABL
Revolving Credit Facility consists of revolving loans (the
Revolving Loans), with a portion available for
letters of credit and a portion available as swing line loans,
in each case subject to the terms and limits described therein.
The Revolving Loans may be drawn, repaid and reborrowed without
premium or penalty. The proceeds of borrowings under the ABL
Revolving Credit Facility are to be used for costs, expenses and
fees in connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, for
working capital requirements of the Company and its
subsidiaries, restructuring costs, and other general
corporate purposes.
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility carries an interest rate, at
the Companys option, which is subject to change based on
availability under the facility, of either: (a) the base
rate plus currently 2.75% per annum or (b) the
reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate (the Eurodollar Rate)
plus currently 3.75% per annum. No amortization will be required
with respect to the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The ABL
Revolving Credit Facility will mature on June 16, 2014.
Pursuant to the credit and security agreement, the obligations
under the ABL credit agreement are secured by certain current
assets of the guarantors, including, but not limited to, deposit
accounts, trade receivables and inventory.
The ABL Credit Agreement contains various representations and
warranties and covenants, including, without limitation,
enhanced collateral reporting, and a maximum fixed charge
coverage ratio. The ABL Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
During Fiscal 2010 the Company recorded $9,839 of fees in
connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The fees are
classified as Debt issuance costs within the accompanying
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of
September 30, 2010 and will be amortized as an adjustment
to interest expense over the remaining life of the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility at September 30, 2010, the Company had
aggregate borrowing availability of approximately $225,255, net
of lender reserves of $28,972.
At September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding letters
of credit of $36,969 under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
At September 30, 2009, the Company had an aggregate amount
outstanding under its then-existing asset based revolving loan
facility of $84,225 which included a supplemental loan of
$45,000 and $6,000 in outstanding letters of credit.
F-83
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Income tax (benefit) expense was calculated based upon the
following components of (loss) income from continuing operations
before income tax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Pretax (loss) income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
(230,262
|
)
|
|
$
|
(28,043
|
)
|
|
$
|
936,379
|
|
|
$
|
(654,003
|
)
|
Outside the United States
|
|
|
106,079
|
|
|
|
8,043
|
|
|
|
186,975
|
|
|
|
(260,815
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pretax (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(124,183
|
)
|
|
$
|
(20,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,123,354
|
|
|
$
|
(914,818
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
44,481
|
|
|
$
|
3,111
|
|
|
$
|
24,159
|
|
|
$
|
20,964
|
|
State
|
|
|
2,907
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
|
|
2,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
47,388
|
|
|
|
3,393
|
|
|
|
23,795
|
|
|
|
23,053
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
22,119
|
|
|
|
49,790
|
|
|
|
(1,599
|
)
|
|
|
27,109
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(6,514
|
)
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
1,581
|
|
|
|
(63,064
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
(724
|
)
|
|
|
(1,166
|
)
|
|
|
3,442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
15,801
|
|
|
|
47,800
|
|
|
|
(1,184
|
)
|
|
|
(32,513
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
$
|
63,189
|
|
|
$
|
51,193
|
|
|
$
|
22,611
|
|
|
$
|
(9,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-84
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following reconciles the Federal statutory income tax rate
with the Companys effective tax rate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
Permanent items
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
Foreign statutory rate vs. U.S. statutory rate
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
Net nondeductible (deductible) interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
ASC 350 Impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11.2
|
)
|
Fresh-start reporting valuation adjustment(A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Professional fees incurred in connection with Bankruptcy Filing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residual tax on foreign earnings
|
|
|
(7.5
|
)
|
|
|
(284.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
Valuation allowance(B)
|
|
|
(73.3
|
)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(23.5
|
)
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
(6.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
(9.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Inflationary adjustments
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax correction of immaterial prior period error
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(256.0
|
)%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Includes the adjustment to the valuation allowance resulting
from fresh-start reporting. |
|
(B) |
|
Includes the adjustment to the valuation allowance resulting
from the Plan. |
F-85
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The tax effects of temporary differences, which give rise to
significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax
liabilities, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee benefits
|
|
$
|
21,770
|
|
|
$
|
20,908
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
6,486
|
|
|
|
11,396
|
|
Inventories and receivables
|
|
|
13,484
|
|
|
|
9,657
|
|
Marketing and promotional accruals
|
|
|
5,783
|
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
Other
|
|
|
22,712
|
|
|
|
13,107
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(28,668
|
)
|
|
|
(16,413
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax assets
|
|
|
41,567
|
|
|
|
44,113
|
|
Current deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(1,947
|
)
|
|
|
(11,560
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(3,885
|
)
|
|
|
(4,416
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(5,832
|
)
|
|
|
(15,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
35,735
|
|
|
$
|
28,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee benefits
|
|
$
|
17,599
|
|
|
$
|
3,564
|
|
Restructuring and purchase accounting
|
|
|
20,541
|
|
|
|
26,921
|
|
Marketing and promotional accruals
|
|
|
1,311
|
|
|
|
845
|
|
Net operating loss and credit carry forwards
|
|
|
513,779
|
|
|
|
291,642
|
|
Prepaid royalty
|
|
|
9,708
|
|
|
|
14,360
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
3,207
|
|
|
|
2,798
|
|
Unrealized losses
|
|
|
4,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
14,335
|
|
|
|
17,585
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(302,268
|
)
|
|
|
(116,275
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets
|
|
|
282,414
|
|
|
|
241,440
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant, and equipment
|
|
|
(13,862
|
)
|
|
|
(19,552
|
)
|
Unrealized gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,275
|
)
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
(544,478
|
)
|
|
|
(430,815
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(1,917
|
)
|
|
|
(3,296
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(560,257
|
)
|
|
|
(468,938
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(277,843
|
)
|
|
$
|
(227,498
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(242,108
|
)
|
|
$
|
(199,361
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During Fiscal 2010, the Company recorded residual U.S. and
foreign taxes on approximately $26,600 of distributions of
foreign earnings resulting in an increase in tax expense of
approximately $9,312. The distributions were primarily non-cash
deemed distributions under U.S. tax law. During the period
from
F-86
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, the
Successor Company recorded residual U.S. and foreign taxes
on approximately $165,937 of actual and deemed distributions of
foreign earnings resulting in an increase in tax expense of
approximately $58,295. The Company made these distributions,
which were primarily non-cash, to reduce the U.S. tax loss
for Fiscal 2009 as a result of Section 382 considerations.
Remaining undistributed earnings of the Companys foreign
operations amounting to approximately $302,447 and $156,270 at
September 30, 2010 and September 2009, respectively, are
intended to remain permanently invested. Accordingly, no
residual income taxes have been provided on those earnings at
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009. If at some
future date, these earnings cease to be permanently invested the
Company may be subject to U.S. income taxes and foreign
withholding and other taxes on such amounts. If such earnings
were not considered permanently reinvested, a deferred tax
liability of approximately $109,189 would be required.
The Company, as of September 30, 2010, has
U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $1,087,489 and $936,208, respectively. These net
operating loss carryforwards expire through years ending in
2031. The Company has foreign loss carryforwards of
approximately $195,456 which will expire beginning in 2011.
Certain of the foreign net operating losses have indefinite
carryforward periods. The Company is subject to an annual
limitation on the use of its net operating losses that arose
prior to its emergence from bankruptcy. The Company has had
multiple changes of ownership, as defined under IRC
Section 382, that subject the Companys
U.S. federal and state net operating losses and other tax
attributes to certain limitations. The annual limitation is
based on a number of factors including the value of the
Companys stock (as defined for tax purposes) on the date
of the ownership change, its net unrealized built in gain
position on that date, the occurrence of realized built in gains
in years subsequent to the ownership change, and the effects of
subsequent ownership changes (as defined for tax purposes) if
any. Based on these factors, the Company projects that $296,160
of the total U.S. federal and $462,837 of the state net
operating loss carryforwards will expire unused. In addition,
separate return year limitations apply to limit the
Companys utilization of the acquired Russell Hobbs
U.S. federal and state net operating losses to future
income of the Russell Hobbs subgroup. The Company also projects
that $37,542 of the total foreign loss carryforwards will expire
unused. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance
against these deferred tax assets.
The Predecessor Company recognized income tax expense of
approximately $124,054 related to the gain on the settlement of
liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. The Company,
has, in accordance with the IRC Section 108 reduced its net
operating loss carryforwards for cancellation of debt income
that arose from its emergence from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code, under IRC Section 382(1)(6).
A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than
not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not
be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets
depends on the ability of the Company to generate sufficient
taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in
the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. As of September 30,
2010 and September 30, 2009, the Companys valuation
allowance, established for the tax benefit that may not be
realized, totaled approximately $330,936 and $132,688,
respectively. As of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009, approximately $299,524 and $108,493,
respectively related to U.S. net deferred tax assets, and
approximately $31,412 and $24,195, respectively, related to
foreign net deferred tax assets. The increase in the allowance
during Fiscal 2010 totaled approximately $198,248, of which
approximately $191,031 related to an increase in the valuation
allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets, and
approximately $7,217 related to a decrease in the valuation
allowance against foreign net deferred tax assets. In connection
with the Merger, the Company established additional valuation
allowance of approximately $103,790 related to acquired net
deferred tax assets as part of purchase accounting. This amount
is included in the $198,248 above.
F-87
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits on the Successor
Companys Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 are $12,808
and $7,765, respectively, that if recognized will affect the
effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and
penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax
expense. The Successor Company as of September 30, 2009 and
September 30, 2010 had approximately $3,021 and $5,860,
respectively, of accrued interest and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions. The impact related to interest and
penalties on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
(Predecessor Company) and the period from August 31, 2009
through September 30, 2009 (Successor Company) was not
material. The impact related to interest and penalties on the
Consolidated Statement of Operations for Fiscal 2010 was a net
increase to income tax expense of $1,527. In connection with the
Merger, the Company recorded additional unrecognized tax
benefits of approximately $3,299 as part of purchase accounting.
As of September 30, 2010, certain of the Companys
Canadian, German, and Hong Kong legal entities are undergoing
tax audits. The Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of
the examinations; however, it is reasonably possible that during
the next 12 months some portion of previously unrecognized
tax benefits could be recognized.
The following table summarizes the changes to the amount of
unrecognized tax benefits of the Predecessor Company for the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and the Successor Company for the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2008
(Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
6,755
|
|
Gross increase tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
26
|
|
Gross decrease tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Gross increase tax positions in current period
|
|
|
1,673
|
|
Lapse of statutes of limitations
|
|
|
(807
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor
Company)
|
|
$
|
7,636
|
|
Gross decrease tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Gross increase tax positions in current period
|
|
|
174
|
|
Lapse of statutes of limitations
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2009 (Successor
Company)
|
|
$
|
7,765
|
|
Russell Hobbs acquired unrecognized tax benefits
|
|
|
3,251
|
|
Gross decrease tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
(904
|
)
|
Gross increase tax positions in current period
|
|
|
3,390
|
|
Lapse of statutes of limitations
|
|
|
(694
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2010 (Successor
Company)
|
|
$
|
12,808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal
jurisdiction and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions
and is subject to ongoing examination by the various taxing
authorities. The Companys major taxing jurisdictions are
the U.S., United Kingdom, and Germany. In the U.S., federal tax
filings for years prior to and including the Companys
fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 are closed. However,
the federal net operating loss carryforwards from the
Companys fiscal years ended September 30, 2006 and
prior are subject to Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
examination until the year that such net operating loss
carryforwards are utilized and those years are closed for audit.
The Companys fiscal years ended September 30, 2007,
2008 and 2009 remain open to examination by the IRS. Filings in
various U.S. state and local jurisdictions are also subject
to audit and to date no significant audit matters have arisen.
F-88
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
In the U.S., federal tax filings for years prior to and
including Russell Hobbs year ended June 30, 2008 are
closed. However, the federal net operating loss carryforward for
Russell Hobbs fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 is subject to
examination by the IRS until the year that such net operating
losses are utilized and those years are closed for audit.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, the Predecessor
Company, as a result of its testing, recorded non-cash pre tax
impairment charges of $34,391 and $861,234, respectively. The
tax impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation
allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit
of $12,965 and $142,877 during the period from October 1,
2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively,
as a result of a significant portion of the impaired assets not
being deductible for tax purposes in 2008.
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded the correction of an immaterial
prior period error in our consolidated financial statements
related to deferred taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions. We
believe the correction of this error to be both quantitatively
and qualitatively immaterial to our annual results for fiscal
2010 or to any of our previously issued financial statements.
The impact of the correction was an increase to income tax
expense and a decrease to deferred tax assets of approximately
$5,900.
|
|
(9)
|
Discontinued
Operations
|
On November 1, 2007, the Predecessor Company sold the
Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business, which
operated under the name Nu-Gro, to a new company formed by
RoyCap Merchant Banking Group and Clarke Inc. Cash proceeds
received at closing, net of selling expenses, totaled $14,931
and were used to reduce outstanding debt. These proceeds are
included in net cash provided by investing activities of
discontinued operations in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows. On February 5, 2008, the
Predecessor Company finalized the contractual working capital
adjustment in connection with this sale which increased proceeds
received by the Predecessor Company by $500. As a result of the
finalization of the contractual working capital adjustments the
Predecessor Company recorded a loss on disposal of $1,087, net
of tax benefit.
On November 11, 2008, the Predecessor Board approved the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which included the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed. The decision
to shutdown the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business was made only after the Predecessor Company was unable
to successfully sell this business, in whole or in part. The
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business was completed during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009.
The presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
has been changed to exclude the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. The
following amounts have been segregated from continuing
operations and are reflected as discontinued operations for
Fiscal 2010, the
F-89
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009, the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period From
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,306
|
|
|
$
|
261,439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(2,512
|
)
|
|
$
|
408
|
|
|
$
|
(91,293
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,124
|
)
|
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,491
|
)
|
|
|
(2,182
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
$
|
408
|
|
|
$
|
(86,802
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,942
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
has been changed to exclude the Canadian division of the Home
and Garden Business for all periods presented. The following
amounts have been segregated from continuing operations and are
reflected as discontinued operations for Fiscal 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
4,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(1,896
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
(651
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations (including loss on disposal of
$1,087 in 2008), net of tax
|
|
$
|
(1,245
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be
disposed of by sale are recorded at the lower of their carrying
value or fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008 the
Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $5,700
in discontinued operations to reduce the carrying value of
intangible assets related to the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business in order to reflect such intangible
assets at their estimated fair value.
|
|
(10)
|
Employee
Benefit Plans
|
Pension
Benefits
The Company has various defined benefit pension plans covering
some of its employees in the United States and certain employees
in other countries, primarily the United Kingdom and Germany.
Plans generally provide benefits of stated amounts for each year
of service. The Company funds its U.S. pension plans in
accordance with the requirements of the defined benefit pension
plans and, where applicable, in amounts sufficient to satisfy
the minimum funding requirements of applicable laws.
Additionally, in compliance with the Companys funding
policy, annual contributions to
non-U.S. defined
benefit plans are equal to the actuarial recommendations or
statutory requirements in the respective countries.
The Company also sponsors or participates in a number of other
non-U.S. pension
arrangements, including various retirement and termination
benefit plans, some of which are covered by local law or
coordinated with government-sponsored plans, which are not
significant in the aggregate and therefore are not included in
the information presented below. The Company also has various
nonqualified deferred
F-90
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
compensation agreements with certain of its employees. Under
certain of these agreements, the Company has agreed to pay
certain amounts annually for the first 15 years subsequent
to retirement or to a designated beneficiary upon death. It is
managements intent that life insurance contracts owned by
the Company will fund these agreements. Under the remaining
agreements, the Company has agreed to pay such deferred amounts
in up to 15 annual installments beginning on a date specified by
the employee, subsequent to retirement or disability, or to a
designated beneficiary upon death.
Other
Benefits
Under the Rayovac postretirement plan the Company provides
certain health care and life insurance benefits to eligible
retired employees. Participants earn retiree health care
benefits after reaching age 45 over the next 10 succeeding
years of service and remain eligible until reaching age 65.
The plan is contributory; retiree contributions have been
established as a flat dollar amount with contribution rates
expected to increase at the active medical trend rate. The plan
is unfunded. The Company is amortizing the transition obligation
over a
20-year
period.
Under the Tetra U.S. postretirement plan the Company
provides postretirement medical benefits to full-time employees
who meet minimum age and service requirements. The plan is
contributory with retiree contributions adjusted annually and
contains other cost-sharing features such as deductibles,
coinsurance and copayments.
The recognition and disclosure provisions of ASC Topic 715:
Compensation-Retirement Benefits,
(ASC 715) requires recognition of the
overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit pension and
postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the statement
of financial position, and to recognize changes in that funded
status in AOCI in the year in which the adoption occurs. The
measurement date provisions of ASC 715, became effective
during Fiscal 2009 and the Company now measures all of its
defined benefit pension and postretirement plan assets and
obligations as of September 30, which is the Companys
fiscal year end.
F-91
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following tables provide additional information on the
Companys pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Benefits
|
|
|
Other Benefits
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
132,752
|
|
|
$
|
112,444
|
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
$
|
402
|
|
Obligations assumed from Merger with Russell Hobbs
|
|
|
54,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
2,479
|
|
|
|
2,279
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
8,239
|
|
|
|
7,130
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
25,140
|
|
|
|
17,457
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Participant contributions
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(6,526
|
)
|
|
|
(6,353
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
|
|
|
(2,070
|
)
|
|
|
(539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, end of year
|
|
$
|
214,977
|
|
|
$
|
132,752
|
|
|
$
|
527
|
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
78,345
|
|
|
$
|
70,412
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Assets acquired from Merger with Russell Hobbs
|
|
|
38,458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
7,613
|
|
|
|
1,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
6,234
|
|
|
|
9,749
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
2,127
|
|
|
|
3,626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(6,526
|
)
|
|
|
(6,353
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Plan expenses paid
|
|
|
(237
|
)
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
|
|
|
(448
|
)
|
|
|
(431
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets, end of year
|
|
$
|
125,566
|
|
|
$
|
78,345
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued Benefit Cost
|
|
$
|
(89,411
|
)
|
|
$
|
(54,407
|
)
|
|
$
|
(527
|
)
|
|
$
|
(476
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
4.2%-13.6%
|
|
5.0%-11.8%
|
|
5.0%
|
|
5.5%
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
4.5%-8.8%
|
|
4.5%-8.0%
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Rate of compensation increase
|
|
0%-5.5%
|
|
0%-4.6%
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
The net underfunded status as of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009 of $89,411 and $54,407, respectively, is
recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position within Employee benefit obligations, net of
current portion. Included in the Successor Companys AOCI
as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 are
unrecognized net (losses) gains of $(17,197), net of tax benefit
(expense) of $5,894 and $576 net of tax benefit (expense)
of $(247), respectively, which have not yet been recognized as
components of net periodic pension cost. The net loss in AOCI
expected to be recognized during Fiscal 2011 is $(388).
At September 30, 2010, the Companys total pension and
deferred compensation benefit obligation of $214,977 consisted
of $62,126 associated with U.S. plans and $152,851
associated with international plans.
F-92
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The fair value of the Companys assets of $125,566
consisted of $44,284 associated with U.S. plans and $81,282
associated with international plans. The weighted average
discount rate used for the Companys domestic plans was
approximately 5% and approximately 4.8% for its international
plans. The weighted average expected return on plan assets used
for the Companys domestic plans was approximately 7.5% and
approximately 3.3% for its international plans.
At September 30, 2009, the Companys total pension and
deferred compensation benefit obligation of $132,752 consisted
of $44,842 associated with U.S. plans and $87,910
associated with international plans. The fair value of the
Companys assets of $78,345 consisted of $33,191 associated
with U.S. plans and $45,154 associated with international
plans. The weighted average discount rate used for the
Companys domestic and international plans was
approximately 5.5%. The weighted average expected return on plan
assets used for the Companys domestic plans was
approximately 8.0% and approximately 5.4% for its international
plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and Deferred Compensation Benefits
|
|
|
Other Benefits
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Components of net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
2,479
|
|
|
$
|
211
|
|
|
$
|
2,068
|
|
|
$
|
2,616
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
8,239
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
6,517
|
|
|
|
6,475
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Expected return on assets
|
|
|
(5,774
|
)
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
|
|
(4,253
|
)
|
|
|
(4,589
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of transition obligation
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Curtailment loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic cost (benefit)
|
|
$
|
6,299
|
|
|
$
|
406
|
|
|
$
|
4,871
|
|
|
$
|
5,020
|
|
|
$
|
(23
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The discount rate is used to calculate the projected benefit
obligation. The discount rate used is based on the rate of
return on government bonds as well as current market conditions
of the respective countries where such plans are established.
Below is a summary allocation of all pension plan assets along
with expected long-term rates of return by asset category as of
the measurement date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Allocation
|
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Equity Securities
|
|
|
0-60
|
%
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
|
|
46
|
%
|
Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
0-40
|
%
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
0-100
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average expected long-term rate of return on total
assets is 6.5%.
The Company has established formal investment policies for the
assets associated with these plans. Policy objectives include
maximizing long-term return at acceptable risk levels,
diversifying among asset classes, if appropriate, and among
investment managers, as well as establishing relevant risk
parameters within each asset
F-93
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
class. Specific asset class targets are based on the results of
periodic asset liability studies. The investment policies permit
variances from the targets within certain parameters. The
weighted average expected long-term rate of return is based on a
Fiscal 2010 review of such rates. The plan assets currently do
not include holdings of SB Holdings common stock.
The Companys Fixed Income Securities portfolio is invested
primarily in commingled funds and managed for overall return
expectations rather than matching duration against plan
liabilities; therefore, debt maturities are not significant to
the plan performance.
The Companys Other portfolio consists of all pension
assets, primarily insurance contracts, in the United Kingdom,
Germany and the Netherlands.
The Companys expected future pension benefit payments for
Fiscal 2011 through its fiscal year 2020 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
6,979
|
|
2012
|
|
|
7,384
|
|
2013
|
|
|
7,716
|
|
2014
|
|
|
8,009
|
|
2015
|
|
|
8,366
|
|
2016 to 2020
|
|
|
50,826
|
|
The following table sets forth the fair value of the
Companys pension plan assets as of September 30, 2010
segregated by level within the fair value hierarchy (See
Note 3(s), Significant Accounting Policies Fair
Value of Financial Instruments, for discussion of the fair value
hierarchy and fair value principles):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common collective trust equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,168
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,168
|
|
Common collective trust fixed income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,284
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common collective trust equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,090
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,090
|
|
Common collective trust fixed income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,325
|
|
Insurance contracts general fund
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,347
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total International Defined Benefit Plan Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
81,282
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
81,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company sponsors a defined contribution pension plan for its
domestic salaried employees, which allows participants to make
contributions by salary reduction pursuant to
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Prior to
April 1, 2009 the Company contributed annually from 3% to
6% of participants compensation based on age or service,
and had the ability to make additional discretionary
contributions. The Company suspended all contributions to its
U.S. subsidiaries defined contribution pension plans
effective April 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009.
Effective January 1, 2010 the Company reinstated its annual
contribution as described above. The Company also sponsors
defined contribution pension plans for employees of certain
foreign subsidiaries. Successor Company contributions charged to
operations, including discretionary amounts, for Fiscal 2010 and
the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009 were $3,464 and $44, respectively. Predecessor Company
contributions charged to operations, including discretionary
amounts,
F-94
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30,
2009 and Fiscal 2008 were $2,623 and $5,083, respectively.
The Company manages its business in four vertically integrated,
product-focused reporting segments; (i) Global
Batteries & Personal Care; (ii) Global Pet
Supplies; (iii) the Home and Garden Business; and
(iv) Small Appliances.
On June 16, 2010, the Company completed the Merger with
Russell Hobbs. The results of Russell Hobbs operations since
June 16, 2010 are in included in the Companys
Consolidated Statement of Operations . The financial results are
reported as a separate business segment, Small Appliances.
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each
reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each
reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined
strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives
and has a general manager responsible for the sales and
marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines
within that segment.
Net sales and Cost of goods sold to other business segments have
been eliminated. The gross contribution of intersegment sales is
included in the segment selling the product to the external
customer. Segment net sales are based upon the segment from
which the product is shipped.
The operating segment profits do not include restructuring and
related charges, acquisition and integration related charges,
interest expense, interest income, impairment charges and income
tax expense. Corporate expenses include primarily general and
administrative expenses associated with corporate overhead and
global long-term incentive compensation plans. All depreciation
and amortization included in income from operations is related
to operating segments or corporate expense. Costs are identified
to operating segments or corporate expense according to the
function of each cost center.
All capital expenditures are related to operating segments.
Variable allocations of assets are not made for segment
reporting.
Segment information for the Successor Company for Fiscal 2010
and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 and the Predecessor Company for the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and Fiscal 2008 is as follows:
Net
sales to external customers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
1,427,870
|
|
|
$
|
146,139
|
|
|
$
|
1,188,902
|
|
|
$
|
1,493,736
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
560,501
|
|
|
|
56,270
|
|
|
|
517,601
|
|
|
|
598,618
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
341,064
|
|
|
|
17,479
|
|
|
|
304,145
|
|
|
|
334,217
|
|
Small Appliances
|
|
|
237,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-95
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
51,374
|
|
|
$
|
4,728
|
|
|
$
|
21,933
|
|
|
$
|
32,535
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
2,580
|
|
|
|
19,832
|
|
|
|
22,891
|
|
Home and Garden Business(A)
|
|
|
14,418
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
11,073
|
|
|
|
21,636
|
|
Small Appliances
|
|
|
6,418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
100,513
|
|
|
|
8,628
|
|
|
|
52,838
|
|
|
|
77,062
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
16,905
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
5,642
|
|
|
|
7,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
117,418
|
|
|
$
|
8,671
|
|
|
$
|
58,480
|
|
|
$
|
85,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 includes depreciation and amortization expense of
$10,821 related to Fiscal 2007 as a result of the
reclassification of the Home and Garden Business as a continuing
operation during Fiscal 2008. |
Segment
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
152,757
|
|
|
$
|
5,675
|
|
|
$
|
159,400
|
|
|
$
|
162,889
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
55,646
|
|
|
|
3,178
|
|
|
|
61,455
|
|
|
|
68,885
|
|
Home and Garden Business(A)
|
|
|
50,881
|
|
|
|
(4,573
|
)
|
|
|
46,458
|
|
|
|
29,458
|
|
Small Appliances
|
|
|
13,081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
272,365
|
|
|
|
4,280
|
|
|
|
267,313
|
|
|
|
261,232
|
|
Corporate expenses
|
|
|
41,017
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
32,037
|
|
|
|
45,246
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
24,118
|
|
|
|
1,729
|
|
|
|
44,080
|
|
|
|
39,337
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
861,234
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
277,015
|
|
|
|
16,962
|
|
|
|
172,940
|
|
|
|
229,013
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
|
|
(815
|
)
|
|
|
3,320
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items
income taxes
|
|
$
|
(120,537
|
)
|
|
$
|
(16,038
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,455
|
)
|
|
$
|
(914,818
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 includes depreciation and amortization expense of
$10,821 related to Fiscal 2007 as a result of the
reclassification of the Home and Garden Business from a
discontinued operation to a continuing operation during Fiscal
2008. |
The Global Batteries & Personal Care segment does
business in Venezuela through a Venezuelan subsidiary. At
January 4, 2010, the beginning of the Companys second
quarter of Fiscal 2010, the Company
F-96
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
determined that Venezuela meets the definition of a highly
inflationary economy under GAAP. As a result, beginning
January 4, 2010, the U.S. dollar is the functional
currency for the Companys Venezuelan subsidiary.
Accordingly, going forward, currency remeasurement adjustments
for this subsidiarys financial statements and other
transactional foreign exchange gains and losses are reflected in
earnings. Through January 3, 2010, prior to being
designated as highly inflationary, translation adjustments
related to the Venezuelan subsidiary were reflected in
Shareholders equity as a component of AOCI.
In addition, on January 8, 2010, the Venezuelan government
announced its intention to devalue its currency, the Bolivar
fuerte, relative to the U.S. dollar. The official exchange
rate for imported goods classified as essential, such as food
and medicine, changed from 2.15 to 2.6 to the U.S. dollar,
while payments for other non-essential goods moved to an
exchange rate of 4.3 to the U.S. dollar. Some of the
Companys imported products fall into the essential
classification and qualify for the 2.6 rate; however, the
Companys overall results in Venezuela were reflected at
the 4.3 rate expected to be applicable to dividend repatriations
beginning in the second quarter of Fiscal 2010. As a result, the
Company remeasured the local statement of financial position of
its Venezuela entity during the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 to
reflect the impact of the devaluation. Based on actual exchange
activity, the Company determined on September 30, 2010 that
the most likely method of exchanging its Bolivar fuertes for
U.S. dollars will be to formally apply with the Venezuelan
government to exchange through commercial banks at the SITME
rate specified by the Central Bank of Venezuela. The SITME rate
as of September 30, 2010 was quoted at 5.3 Bolivar fuerte
per U.S. dollar. Therefore, the Company changed the rate
used to remeasure Bolivar fuerte denominated transactions as of
September 30, 2010 from the official non-essentials
exchange rate to the 5.3 SITME rate in accordance with
ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters as it is the
expected rate that exchanges of Bolivar fuerte to
U.S. dollars will be settled. There is also an ongoing
immaterial impact related to measuring the Companys
Venezuelan statement of operations at the new exchange rate of
5.3 to the U.S. dollar.
The designation of the Companys Venezuela entity as a
highly inflationary economy and the devaluation of the Bolivar
fuerte resulted in a $1,486 reduction to the Companys
operating income during Fiscal 2010. The Company also reported a
foreign exchange loss in Other expense (income), net, of $10,102
during Fiscal 2010.
Segment
total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
1,629,250
|
|
|
$
|
1,608,269
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
826,382
|
|
|
|
866,901
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
493,511
|
|
|
|
504,448
|
|
Small Appliances
|
|
|
863,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
3,812,425
|
|
|
|
2,979,618
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
61,179
|
|
|
|
41,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at year end
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
3,020,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-97
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Segment
long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
1,042,670
|
|
|
$
|
1,052,907
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
641,934
|
|
|
|
679,009
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
421,891
|
|
|
|
432,200
|
|
Small Appliances
|
|
|
511,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
2,617,777
|
|
|
|
2,164,116
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
56,115
|
|
|
|
37,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets at year end
|
|
$
|
2,673,892
|
|
|
$
|
2,202,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
expenditures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
25,015
|
|
|
$
|
2,311
|
|
|
$
|
6,642
|
|
|
$
|
8,198
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
7,920
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
1,260
|
|
|
|
8,231
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
3,890
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
2,102
|
|
Russell Hobbs
|
|
|
3,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
40,306
|
|
|
|
2,718
|
|
|
|
8,066
|
|
|
$
|
18,531
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
40,316
|
|
|
$
|
2,718
|
|
|
$
|
8,066
|
|
|
$
|
18,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Geographic
Disclosures Net sales to external
customers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,444,779
|
|
|
$
|
113,407
|
|
|
$
|
1,166,920
|
|
|
$
|
1,272,100
|
|
Outside the United States
|
|
|
1,122,232
|
|
|
|
106,481
|
|
|
|
843,728
|
|
|
|
1,154,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-98
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Geographic
Disclosures Long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,884,995
|
|
|
$
|
1,410,459
|
|
Outside the United States
|
|
|
788,897
|
|
|
|
791,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets at year end
|
|
$
|
2,673,892
|
|
|
$
|
2,202,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12)
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
The Company has provided for the estimated costs associated with
environmental remediation activities at some of its current and
former manufacturing sites. The Company believes that any
additional liability in excess of the amounts provided of
approximately $9,648, which may result from resolution of these
matters, will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the
Company.
In December 2009, San Francisco Technology, Inc. filed an
action in the Federal District Court for the Northern District
of California against the Company, as well as a number of
unaffiliated defendants, claiming that each of the defendants
had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in
violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the
U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each
of the defendants for such claimed violations. The Company is
reviewing the claims but is unable to estimate any possible
losses at this time.
In May 2010, Herengrucht Group, LLC (Herengrucht)
filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of California against the Company claiming that the
Company had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in
violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the
U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each
of the defendants for such claimed violations. Herengrucht
dismissed its claims without prejudice in September 2010.
Applica Consumer Products, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company is
a defendant in NACCO Industries, Inc. et al. v. Applica
Incorporated et al., Case No. C.A. 2541-VCL, which was
filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in
November 2006. The original complaint in this action alleged a
claim for, among other things, breach of contract against
Applica and a number of tort claims against certain entities
affiliated with the Harbinger Master Fund and Harbinger Special
Fund and, together with Harbinger Master Fund, the HCP Funds.
The claims against Applica related to the alleged breach of the
merger agreement between Applica and NACCO Industries, Inc.
(NACCO) and one of its affiliates, which agreement
was terminated following Applicas receipt of a superior
merger offer from the HCP Funds. On October 22, 2007, the
plaintiffs filed an amended complaint asserting claims against
Applica for, among other things, breach of contract and breach
of the implied covenant of good faith relating to the
termination of the NACCO merger agreement and asserting various
tort claims against Applica and the HCP Funds. The original
complaint was filed in conjunction with a motion preliminarily
to enjoin the HCP Funds acquisition of Applica. On
December 1, 2006, plaintiffs withdrew their motion for a
preliminary injunction. In light of the consummation of
Applicas merger with affiliates of the HCP Funds in
January 2007 (Applica is currently a subsidiary of Russell
Hobbs), the Company believes that any claim for specific
performance is moot. Applica filed a motion to dismiss the
amended complaint in December 2007. Rather than respond to the
motion to dismiss the amended complaint, NACCO filed a motion
for leave to file a second amended complaint, which was granted
in May 2008. Applica moved to dismiss the second amended
complaint, which motion was granted in part and denied in part
in December 2009.
F-99
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The trial is currently scheduled for February 2011. The Company
may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully or without
incurring significant costs and expenses. As a result, Russell
Hobbs and Harbinger Master Fund have entered into an
indemnification agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by
which Harbinger Master Fund has agreed, effective upon the
consummation of the Merger, to indemnify Russell Hobbs, its
subsidiaries and any entity that owns all of the outstanding
voting stock of Russell Hobbs against any
out-of-pocket
losses, costs, expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and other
damages in excess of $3,000 incurred with respect to this
litigation and any future litigation or legal action against the
indemnified parties arising out of or relating to the matters
which form the basis of this litigation. The Company is
reviewing the claims but is unable to estimate any possible
losses at this time.
Applica is a defendant in three asbestos lawsuits in which the
plaintiffs have alleged injury as the result of exposure to
asbestos in hair dryers distributed by that subsidiary over
20 years ago. Although Applica never manufactured such
products, asbestos was used in certain hair dryers distributed
by it prior to 1979. The Company believes that these actions are
without merit, but may be unable to resolve the disputes
successfully without incurring significant expenses which we are
unable to estimate at this time. At this time, the Company does
not believe it has coverage under its insurance policies for the
asbestos lawsuits.
The Company is a defendant in various other matters of
litigation generally arising out of the ordinary course of
business.
The Company does not believe that any other matters or
proceedings presently pending will have a material adverse
effect on its results of operations, financial condition,
liquidity or cash flows.
The Companys minimum rent payments under operating leases
are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the
lease. Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable
operating leases, principally pertaining to land, buildings and
equipment, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
34,665
|
|
2012
|
|
|
32,824
|
|
2013
|
|
|
27,042
|
|
2014
|
|
|
19,489
|
|
2015
|
|
|
15,396
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
48,553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
177,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All of the leases expire between Fiscal 2011 through January
2030. Successor Companys total rent expense was $30,218
and $2,351 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
respectively. Predecessor Companys total rent expense was
$22,132 and $37,068 for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively.
|
|
(13)
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Merger
Agreement and Exchange Agreement
On June 16, 2010 (the Closing Date), SB
Holdings completed a business combination transaction pursuant
to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Mergers),
dated as of February 9, 2010, as amended on March 1,
2010, March 26, 2010 and April 30, 2010, by and among
SB Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands, Battery Merger
Corp., and Grill Merger Corp. (the Merger
Agreement). As a result of the Mergers, each of Spectrum
Brands and Russell Hobbs became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings. At the effective time of the Mergers, (i) the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock were canceled
and converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings
common stock, and (ii) the outstanding shares of
F-100
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Russell Hobbs common stock and preferred stock were canceled and
converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings common
stock.
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on
February 9, 2010, Spectrum Brands entered into support
agreements with Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd. (Harbinger Master Fund), Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. (collectively, the Harbinger Parties)
and Avenue International Master, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates (the Avenue Parties), in which the
Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties agreed to vote their
shares of Spectrum Brands common stock acquired before the date
of the Merger Agreement in favor of the Mergers and against any
alternative proposal that would impede the Mergers.
Immediately following the consummation of the Mergers, the
Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding SB
Holdings common stock and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands
(other than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of
the outstanding SB Holdings common stock. Harbinger Group, Inc.
(HRG) and the Harbinger Parties are parties to a
Contribution and Exchange Agreement (the Exchange
Agreement), pursuant to the terms of which the Harbinger
Parties will contribute 27,757 shares of SB Holdings common
stock to HRG and received in exchange for such shares an
aggregate of 119,910 shares of HRG common stock (the
Share Exchange). Immediately following the
consummation of the Share Exchange, (i) HRG will own
27,757 shares of SB Holdings common stock and the Harbinger
Parties will own 6,500 shares of SB Holdings common stock,
approximately 54.4% and 12.7% of the outstanding shares of SB
Holdings common stock, respectively, and (ii) the Harbinger
Parties will own 129,860 shares of HRG common stock, or
approximately 93.3% of the outstanding HRG common stock.
In connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties and SB
Holdings entered into a stockholder agreement, dated
February 9, 2010 (the Stockholder Agreement),
which provides for certain protective provisions in favor of
minority stockholders and provides certain rights and imposes
certain obligations on the Harbinger Parties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
for so long as the Harbinger Parties own 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, the Harbinger
Parties and HRG will vote their shares of SB Holdings common
stock to effect the structure of the SB Holdings board of
directors as described in the Stockholder Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will not effect any transfer of equity
securities of SB Holdings to any person that would result in
such person and its affiliates owning 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, unless specified
conditions are met; and
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will be granted certain access and
informational rights with respect to SB Holdings and its
subsidiaries.
|
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HRG
entered into a joinder to the Stockholder Agreement, pursuant to
which, effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange,
HRG will become a party to the Stockholder Agreement, subject to
all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Stockholder
Agreement to the same extent as the Harbinger Parties were bound
thereunder prior to giving effect to the Share Exchange.
Certain provisions of the Stockholder Agreement terminate on the
date on which the Harbinger Parties or HRG no longer constitutes
a Significant Stockholder (as defined in the Stockholder
Agreement). The Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person
(including the Harbinger Parties or HRG) acquires 90% or more of
the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings.
Also in connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties, the
Avenue Parties and SB Holdings entered into a registration
rights agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the
SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement), pursuant
to which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties have,
among other things and
F-101
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, certain
demand and so-called piggy back registration rights
with respect to their shares of SB Holdings common stock. On
September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HRG entered
into a joinder to the SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement,
pursuant to which, effective upon the consummation of the Share
Exchange, HRG will become a party to the SB Holdings
Registration Rights Agreement, entitled to the rights and
subject to the obligations of a holder thereunder.
Other
Agreements
On August 28, 2009, in connection with Spectrum
Brands emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization
proceedings, Spectrum Brands entered into a registration rights
agreement with the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and
D.E. Shaw Laminar Portfolios, L.L.C. (D.E. Shaw),
pursuant to which the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and
D.E. Shaw have, among other things and subject to the terms and
conditions set forth therein, certain demand and so-called
piggy back registration rights with respect to their
Spectrum Brands 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes
due 2019.
In connection with the Mergers, Russell Hobbs and Harbinger
Master Fund entered into an indemnification agreement, dated as
of February 9, 2010 (the Indemnification
Agreement), by which Harbinger Master Fund agreed, among
other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to guarantee the obligations of Russell Hobbs to pay
(i) a reverse termination fee to Spectrum Brands under the
merger agreement and (ii) monetary damages awarded to
Spectrum Brands in connection with any willful and material
breach by Russell Hobbs of the Merger Agreement. The maximum
amount payable by Harbinger Master Fund under the
Indemnification Agreement was $50,000 less any amounts paid by
Russell Hobbs or the Harbinger Parties, or any of their
respective affiliates as damages under any documents related to
the Mergers. No such amounts became due under the
Indemnification Agreement. Harbinger Master Fund also agreed to
indemnify Russell Hobbs, SB Holdings and their subsidiaries for
out-of-pocket
costs and expenses above $3,000 in the aggregate that become
payable after the consummation of the Mergers and that relate to
the litigation arising out of Russell Hobbs business
combination transaction with Applica Incorporated.
|
|
(14)
|
Restructuring
and Related Charges
|
The Company reports restructuring and related charges associated
with manufacturing and related initiatives in Cost of goods
sold. Restructuring and related charges reflected in Cost of
goods sold include, but are not limited to, termination and
related costs associated with manufacturing employees, asset
impairments relating to manufacturing initiatives, and other
costs directly related to the restructuring or integration
initiatives implemented.
The Company reports restructuring and related charges relating
to administrative functions in Operating expenses, such as
initiatives impacting sales, marketing, distribution, or other
non-manufacturing related functions. Restructuring and related
charges reflected in Operating expenses include, but are not
limited to, termination and related costs, any asset impairments
relating to the functional areas described above, and other
costs directly related to the initiatives implemented as well as
consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the
evaluation of the Predecessor Companys capital structure
incurred prior to the Bankruptcy Filing.
F-102
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes restructuring and related charges
incurred by segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
$
|
3,275
|
|
|
$
|
173
|
|
|
$
|
11,857
|
|
|
$
|
16,159
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
3,837
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1,332
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges in cost of goods sold
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
|
16,499
|
|
Operating expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
8,393
|
|
|
|
12,012
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
2,917
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
4,411
|
|
|
|
2,702
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
8,419
|
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
|
5,323
|
|
|
|
3,770
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
5,381
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
12,764
|
|
|
|
4,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges in operating expense
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
22,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
24,118
|
|
|
$
|
1,729
|
|
|
$
|
44,080
|
|
|
$
|
39,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-103
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes restructuring and related charges
incurred by type of charge:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
European initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(830
|
)
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Global Realignment initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
857
|
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
8,461
|
|
|
|
15,169
|
|
Global Cost Reduction initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
2,630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2,273
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in cost of goods sold
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
|
16,499
|
|
Costs included in operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Breitenbach, France facility closure:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,297
|
|
|
|
1,954
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
883
|
|
European initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Global Realignment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
5,361
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
6,994
|
|
|
|
12,338
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(1,841
|
)
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
|
|
7,564
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Cost Reduction initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
4,268
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
5,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
9,272
|
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
|
10,716
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in operating expenses
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
22,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
24,118
|
|
|
$
|
1,729
|
|
|
$
|
44,080
|
|
|
$
|
39,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-104
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
2009
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented a series of initiatives within the
Global Batteries & Personal Care segment, the Global
Pet Supplies segment and the Home and Garden segment to reduce
operating costs as well as evaluate the Companys
opportunities to improve its capital structure (the Global
Cost Reduction Initiatives). These initiatives include
headcount reductions within each of the Companys segments
and the exit of certain facilities in the U.S. related to
the Global Pet Supplies segment. These initiatives also included
consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the
evaluation of the Predecessor Companys capital structure.
The Successor Company recorded $18,443 and $1,550 of pretax
restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and the
period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company recorded $18,850 of
pretax restructuring and related charges during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 related to the
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives. Costs associated with these
initiatives since inception, which are expected to be incurred
through March 31, 2014, are projected at approximately
$65,500.
Global
Cost Reduction Initiatives Summary
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives and
activity that occurred during Fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
4,180
|
|
|
$
|
84
|
|
|
$
|
4,264
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
5,101
|
|
|
|
5,107
|
|
|
|
10,208
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(3,712
|
)
|
|
|
(1,493
|
)
|
|
|
(5,205
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
1,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
6,447
|
|
|
$
|
4,005
|
|
|
$
|
10,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
1,796
|
|
|
$
|
6,439
|
|
|
$
|
8,235
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
The following table summarizes the expenses incurred by the
Successor Company during Fiscal 2010, the cumulative amount
incurred from inception of the initiative through
September 30, 2010 and the total future expected costs to
be incurred associated with the Global Cost Reduction
Initiatives by operating segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries and
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
Supplies
|
|
Garden
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Total
|
|
Restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
|
|
$
|
2,437
|
|
|
$
|
6,754
|
|
|
$
|
9,252
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,443
|
|
Restructuring and related charges since initiative inception
|
|
$
|
7,039
|
|
|
$
|
10,210
|
|
|
$
|
14,004
|
|
|
$
|
7,591
|
|
|
$
|
38,844
|
|
Total future estimated restructuring and related charges
expected to be incurred
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,300
|
|
|
$
|
6,500
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,800
|
|
2008
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented an initiative within the Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment in China to reduce
operating costs and rationalize the Companys manufacturing
structure. These initiatives, which are complete, include the
plan to exit the Companys Ningbo battery manufacturing
facility in China (the Ningbo
F-105
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Exit Plan). The Successor Company recorded $2,162 and $165
of pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company
recorded $10,652 and $16,399 of pretax restructuring and related
charges during the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, in
connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. The Company has recorded
pretax restructuring and related charges of $29,378 since the
inception of the Ningbo Exit Plan.
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the Ningbo Exit Plan and activity that occurred
during Fiscal 2010:
Ningbo
Exit Plan Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Costs
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
308
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
461
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(278
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
1,701
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
2007
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company has implemented a series of initiatives within the
Global Batteries & Personal Care segment in Latin
America to reduce operating costs (the Latin American
Initiatives). These initiatives, which are substantially
complete, include the reduction of certain manufacturing
operations in Brazil and the restructuring of management, sales,
marketing and support functions. The Successor Company recorded
no pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 related to the Latin American
Initiatives. The Predecessor Company recorded $207 and $317 of
pretax restructuring and related charges during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively, in connection with the Latin American
Initiatives. The Company has recorded pretax restructuring and
related charges of $11,447 since the inception of the Latin
American Initiatives.
The following table summarizes the accrual balance associated
with the Latin American Initiatives and activity that occurred
during Fiscal 2010:
Latin
American Initiatives Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
(282
|
)
|
|
$
|
613
|
|
|
$
|
331
|
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
(613
|
)
|
|
|
(331
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Fiscal 2007, the Company began managing its business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments;
Global Batteries & Personal Care, Global Pet Supplies
and the Home and Garden Business.
F-106
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
As part of this realignment, the Companys Global
Operations organization, previously included in corporate
expense, consisting of research and development, manufacturing
management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound
supply chain, is now included in each of the operating segments.
In connection with these changes the Company undertook a number
of cost reduction initiatives, primarily headcount reductions,
at the corporate and operating segment levels (the Global
Realignment Initiatives). The Successor Company recorded
$3,605 and $138 of restructuring and related charges during
Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company
recorded $11,635 and $20,161 of pretax restructuring and related
charges during the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, related to
the Global Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with these
initiatives since inception, which are expected to be incurred
through June 30, 2011, relate primarily to severance and
are projected at approximately $89,000, the majority of which
are cash costs.
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the Global Realignment Initiatives and activity
that have occurred during Fiscal 2010:
Global
Realignment Initiatives Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
14,581
|
|
|
$
|
3,678
|
|
|
$
|
18,259
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
1,720
|
|
|
|
(1,109
|
)
|
|
|
611
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(7,657
|
)
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(7,976
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
8,721
|
|
|
$
|
2,281
|
|
|
$
|
11,002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
3,828
|
|
|
$
|
(834
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,994
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
The following table summarizes the expenses incurred by the
Successor Company during Fiscal 2010, the cumulative amount
incurred from inception of the initiative through
September 30, 2010 and the total future expected costs to
be incurred associated with the Global Realignment Initiatives
by operating segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries and
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
Garden
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Total
|
|
Restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
|
|
$
|
(981
|
)
|
|
$
|
(796
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,382
|
|
|
$
|
3,605
|
|
Restructuring and related charges since initiative inception
|
|
$
|
46,669
|
|
|
$
|
6,762
|
|
|
$
|
35,156
|
|
|
$
|
88,587
|
|
Total future restructuring and related charges expected
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
350
|
|
|
$
|
350
|
|
2006
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented a series of initiatives within the
Global Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to
reduce operating costs and rationalize the Companys
manufacturing structure (the European Initiatives).
These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the
relocation of certain operations at the Ellwangen, Germany
packaging center to the Dischingen, Germany battery plant,
transferring private label battery production at the
Companys Dischingen, Germany battery plant to the
Companys manufacturing facility in China and restructuring
its sales, marketing and support functions. The Company recorded
$(92) and $7 of pretax restructuring and related charges during
Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company
recorded $11 and $(707) during the
F-107
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and Fiscal 2008, respectively, related to the European
Initiatives. The Company has recorded pretax restructuring and
related charges of $26,965 since the inception of the European
Initiatives.
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the 2006 initiatives and activity that have
occurred during Fiscal 2010:
European
Initiatives Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
2,623
|
|
|
$
|
319
|
|
|
$
|
2,942
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(528
|
)
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
(779
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
(202
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(223
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,801
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
1,848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On June 16, 2010, the Company merged with Russell Hobbs.
Headquartered in Miramar, Florida, Russell Hobbs is a designer,
marketer and distributor of a broad range of branded small
household appliances. Russell Hobbs markets and distributes
small kitchen and home appliances, pet and pest products and
personal care products. Russell Hobbs has a broad portfolio of
recognized brand names, including Black & Decker,
George Foreman, Russell Hobbs, Toastmaster, LitterMaid,
Farberware, Breadman and Juiceman. Russell Hobbs customers
include mass merchandisers, specialty retailers and appliance
distributors primarily in North America, South America, Europe
and Australia.
The results of Russell Hobbs operations since June 16, 2010
are included in the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations. The financial results of Russell Hobbs are reported
as a separate business segment, Small Appliances. Russell Hobbs
contributed $237,576 in Net sales, and recorded Operating loss
of $320 for the period from June 16, 2010 through the
period ended September 30, 2010, which includes $13,400 of
Acquisition and integration related charges.
In accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business
Combinations (ASC 805), the Company
accounted for the Merger by applying the acquisition method of
accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires that
the consideration transferred in a business combination be
measured at fair value as of the closing date of the
acquisition. After consummation of the Merger, the stockholders
of Spectrum Brands, inclusive of Harbinger, own approximately
60% of SB Holdings and the stockholders of Russell Hobbs own
approximately 40% of SB Holdings. Inasmuch as Russell Hobbs is a
private company and its common stock was not publicly traded,
the closing market price of the Spectrum Brands common stock at
June 15, 2010 was used to calculate the purchase price. The
total purchase price of Russell Hobbs was approximately $597,579
determined as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands closing price per share on June 15, 2010
|
|
$
|
28.15
|
|
Purchase price Russell Hobbs
allocation 20,704 shares(1)(2)
|
|
$
|
575,203
|
|
Cash payment to pay off Russell Hobbs North American
credit facility
|
|
|
22,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price of Russell Hobbs
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-108
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Number of shares calculated based upon conversion formula, as
defined in the Merger Agreement, using balances as of
June 16, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
The fair value of 271 shares of unvested restricted stock
units as they relate to post combination services will be
recorded as operating expense over the remaining service period
and were assumed to have no fair value for the purchase price. |
Preliminary
Purchase Price Allocation
The total purchase price for Russell Hobbs was allocated to the
preliminary net tangible and intangible assets based upon their
preliminary fair values at June 16, 2010 as set forth
below. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary net
tangible assets and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill.
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon
a valuation for which the estimates and assumptions are subject
to change within the measurement period (up to one year from the
acquisition date). The primary areas of the preliminary purchase
price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to the
certain legal matters, amounts for income taxes including
deferred tax accounts, amounts for uncertain tax positions, and
net operating loss carryforwards inclusive of associated
limitations, and the final allocation of goodwill. The Company
expects to continue to obtain information to assist it in
determining the fair values of the net assets acquired at the
acquisition date during the measurement period. The preliminary
purchase price allocation for Russell Hobbs is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
307,809
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
15,150
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
363,327
|
|
Goodwill(A)
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
15,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
$
|
822,117
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
142,046
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
18,970
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
63,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
$
|
224,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of $25,426 of tax deductible Goodwill. |
Preliminary
Pre-Acquisition Contingencies Assumed
The Company has evaluated and continues to evaluate
pre-acquisition contingencies relating to Russell Hobbs that
existed as of the acquisition date. Based on the evaluation to
date, the Company has preliminarily determined that certain
pre-acquisition contingencies are probable in nature and
estimable as of the acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company
has preliminarily recorded its best estimates for these
contingencies as part of the preliminary purchase price
allocation for Russell Hobbs. The Company continues to gather
information relating to all pre-acquisition contingencies that
it has assumed from Russell Hobbs. Any changes to the
pre-acquisition contingency amounts recorded during the
measurement period will be included in the purchase price
allocation. Subsequent to the end of the measurement period any
adjustments to pre-acquisition contingency amounts will be
reflected in the Companys results of operations.
F-109
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Certain estimated values are not yet finalized and are subject
to change, which could be significant. The Company will finalize
the amounts recognized as it obtains the information necessary
to complete its analysis during the measurement period. The
following items are provisional and subject to change:
|
|
|
|
|
amounts for legal contingencies, pending the finalization of the
Companys examination and evaluation of the portfolio of
filed cases;
|
|
|
|
amounts for income taxes including deferred tax accounts,
amounts for uncertain tax positions, and net operating loss
carryforwards inclusive of associated limitations; and
|
|
|
|
the final allocation of Goodwill.
|
ASC 805 requires, among other things, that most assets acquired
and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of
the acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company performed a
preliminary valuation of the assets and liabilities of Russell
Hobbs at June 16, 2010. Significant adjustments as a result
of that preliminary valuation are summarized as followed:
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories An adjustment of $1,721 was
recorded to adjust inventory to fair value. Finished goods were
valued at estimated selling prices less the sum of costs of
disposal and a reasonable profit allowance for the selling
effort.
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities, net An
adjustment of $43,086 was recorded to adjust deferred taxes for
the preliminary fair value allocations.
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net An
adjustment of $(455) was recorded to adjust the net book value
of property, plant and equipment to fair value giving
consideration to their highest and best use. Key assumptions
used in the valuation of the Companys property, plant and
equipment were based on the cost approach.
|
|
|
|
Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets were valued using a
relief from royalty methodology. Customer relationships and
certain definite-lived intangible assets were valued using a
multi-period excess earnings method. Certain intangible assets
are subject to sensitive business factors of which only a
portion are within control of the Companys management. The
total fair value of indefinite and definite lived intangibles
was $363,327 as of June 16, 2010. A summary of the
significant key inputs were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued customer relationships using the income
approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method.
In determining the fair value of the customer relationship, the
multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible
asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash
flows attributable only to the customer relationship after
deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax
cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then
discounted to their present value. Only expected sales from
current customers were used which included an expected growth
rate of 3%. The Company assumed a customer retention rate of
approximately 93% which was supported by historical retention
rates. Income taxes were estimated at 36% and amounts were
discounted using a rate of 15.5%. The customer relationships
were valued at $38,000 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued trade names and trademarks using the income
approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under
this method, the asset value was determined by estimating the
hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the trade
name was not owned. Royalty rates were selected based on
consideration of several factors, including prior transactions
of Russell Hobbs related trademarks and trade names, other
similar trademark licensing and transaction agreements and the
relative profitability and perceived contribution of the
trademarks and trade names. Royalty rates used in the
determination of the fair values of trade names and trademarks
ranged from 2.0% to 5.5% of expected net sales related to the
respective trade names and trademarks. The Company
|
F-110
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
anticipates using the majority of the trade names and trademarks
for an indefinite period as demonstrated by the sustained use of
each subjected trademark. In estimating the fair value of the
trademarks and trade names, Net sales for significant trade
names and trademarks were estimated to grow at a rate of 1%-14%
annually with a terminal year growth rate of 3%. Income taxes
were estimated at a range of 30%-38% and amounts were discounted
using rates between 15.5%-16.5%. Trade name and trademarks were
valued at $170,930 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued a trade name license agreement using the
income approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings
method. In determining the fair value of the trade name license
agreement, the multi-period excess earnings approach values the
intangible asset at the present value of the incremental
after-tax cash flows attributable only to the trade name license
agreement after deducting contributory asset charges. The
incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to the subject
intangible asset are then discounted to their present value. In
estimating the fair value of the trade name license agreement
net sales were estimated to grow at a rate of (3)%-1% annually.
The Company assumed a twelve year useful life of the trade name
license agreement. Income taxes were estimated at 37% and
amounts were discounted using a rate of 15.5%. The trade name
license agreement was valued at $149,200 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued technology using the income approach,
specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method,
the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical
royalties that would have to be paid if the technology was not
owned. Royalty rates were selected based on consideration of
several factors including prior transactions of Russell Hobbs
related licensing agreements and the importance of the
technology and profit levels, among other considerations.
Royalty rates used in the determination of the fair values of
technologies were 2% of expected net sales related to the
respective technology. The Company anticipates using these
technologies through the legal life of the underlying patent and
therefore the expected life of these technologies was equal to
the remaining legal life of the underlying patents ranging from
9 to 11 years. In estimating the fair value of the
technologies, net sales were estimated to grow at a rate of
3%-12% annually. Income taxes were estimated at 37% and amounts
were discounted using the rate of 15.5%. The technology assets
were valued at $4,100 under this approach.
|
F-111
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Supplemental
Pro Forma Information (unaudited)
The following reflects the Companys pro forma results had
the results of Russell Hobbs been included for all periods
beginning after September 30, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
543,952
|
|
|
|
64,641
|
|
|
|
711,046
|
|
|
|
909,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma Net sales
|
|
$
|
3,110,963
|
|
|
$
|
284,529
|
|
|
$
|
2,721,694
|
|
|
$
|
3,335,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported (Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
$
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
$
|
(905,358
|
)
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
(5,504
|
)
|
|
|
(2,284
|
)
|
|
|
(25,121
|
)
|
|
|
(43,480
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma Loss from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(192,876
|
)
|
|
$
|
(73,477
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,075,622
|
|
|
$
|
(948,838
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations(A):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported Basic and Diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
(5.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.37
|
)
|
|
$
|
21.45
|
|
|
$
|
(17.78
|
)
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
(0.16
|
)
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
(0.49
|
)
|
|
|
(0.85
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
(5.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.45
|
)
|
|
$
|
20.96
|
|
|
$
|
(18.63
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
The Company has not assumed the exercise of common stock
equivalents as the impact would be antidilutive. |
|
|
(16)
|
Quarterly
Results (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
July 4,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
788,999
|
|
|
$
|
653,486
|
|
|
$
|
532,586
|
|
|
$
|
591,940
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
274,499
|
|
|
|
252,869
|
|
|
|
209,580
|
|
|
|
184,462
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(24,317
|
)
|
|
|
(86,507
|
)
|
|
|
(19,034
|
)
|
|
|
(60,249
|
)
|
Basic net loss per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.48
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.01
|
)
|
Diluted net loss per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.48
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.01
|
)
|
F-112
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
June 29, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
through
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
August 30,
|
|
June 28,
|
|
March 29,
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
$
|
369,522
|
|
|
$
|
589,361
|
|
|
$
|
503,262
|
|
|
$
|
548,503
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
64,400
|
|
|
|
146,817
|
|
|
|
230,297
|
|
|
|
184,834
|
|
|
|
189,871
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
|
1,223,568
|
|
|
|
(36,521
|
)
|
|
|
(60,449
|
)
|
|
|
(112,657
|
)
|
Basic net (loss) income per common share
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
23.85
|
|
|
$
|
(0.71
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.19
|
)
|
Diluted net (loss) income per common share
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
23.85
|
|
|
$
|
(0.71
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.19
|
)
|
F-113
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the year ended September 30, 2010, the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30,
2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Column A
|
|
Column B
|
|
Column C Additions
|
|
Column D Deductions
|
|
Column E
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
Costs and
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
End of
|
Descriptions
|
|
of Period
|
|
Expenses
|
|
Deductions
|
|
Adjustments(A)
|
|
Period
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
September 30, 2010 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
$
|
3,340
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,351
|
|
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
18,102
|
|
|
$
|
1,763
|
|
|
$
|
3,848
|
|
|
$
|
16,017
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
17,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,368
|
|
|
$
|
462
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,102
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
The Other Adjustment in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009, represents
the elimination of Accounts receivable allowances through
fresh-start reporting as a result of the Companys
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. |
See accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
F-114
Annex A
RISK
FACTORS OF SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Unless otherwise indicated in this Annex A or the
context requires otherwise, in this Annex A, the
Company, SB Holdings, we,
our or us are used to refer to Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries. Harbinger Parties refers,
collectively, to Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. Russell
Hobbs refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable,
its consolidated subsidiaries. Merger means the
business combination of Spectrum Brands (as defined below) and
Russell Hobbs consummated on June 16, 2010 creating SB
Holdings. Spectrum Brands refers to Spectrum Brands,
Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries.
The term 9.5% Notes refers to Spectrum
Brands $750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes
due June 15, 2018. The term 12% Notes
refers to Spectrum Brands 12% Senior Subordinated
Toggle Notes due 2019. The term ABL Revolving Credit
Facility refers to Spectrum Brands $300 million
ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014. The term
Term Loan refers to Spectrum Brands $750
million Term Loan due June 16, 2016. The term Senior
Credit Facilities refers, collectively, to the ABL
Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan. The term
Senior Secured Facilities refers, collectively, to
the Senior Credit Facilities and the 9.5% Notes.
Any of the following factors could materially and adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Risks
Related to the Merger
Significant
costs have been incurred in connection with the consummation of
the Merger and are expected to be incurred in connection with
the integration of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs into a
combined company, including legal, accounting, financial
advisory and other costs.
We expect to incur one-time costs of approximately
$23 million in connection with integrating the operations,
products and personnel of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs into
a combined company, in addition to costs related directly to
completing the Merger described below. These costs may include
costs for:
|
|
|
|
|
employee redeployment, relocation or severance;
|
|
|
|
integration of information systems;
|
|
|
|
combination of research and development teams and
processes; and
|
|
|
|
reorganization or closures of facilities.
|
In addition, we expect to incur a number of non-recurring costs
associated with combining our operations with those of Russell
Hobbs, which cannot be estimated accurately at this time. We
incurred approximately $85 million of transaction fees and
other costs related to the Merger. Additional unanticipated
costs may yet be incurred as we integrate our business with that
of Russell Hobbs. Although we expect that the elimination of
duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other
efficiencies related to the integration of our operations with
those of Russell Hobbs, may offset incremental transaction and
transaction-related costs over time, this net benefit may not be
achieved in the near term, or at all. There can be no assurance
that we will be successful in our integration efforts. In
addition, while we expect to benefit from leveraging
distribution channels and brand names across both companies, we
cannot assure you that we will achieve such benefits.
We may
not realize the anticipated benefits of the
Merger.
The Merger involved the integration of two companies that
previously operated independently. The integration of our
operations with those of Russell Hobbs is expected to result in
financial and operational benefits, including increased revenues
and cost savings. There can be no assurance, however, regarding
when or the extent to which we will be able to realize these
increased revenues, cost savings or other benefits.
A-1
Integration may also be difficult, unpredictable, and subject to
delay because of possible company culture conflicts and
different opinions on technical decisions and product roadmaps.
We must integrate or, in some cases, replace, numerous systems,
including those involving management information, purchasing,
accounting and finance, sales, billing, employee benefits,
payroll and regulatory compliance, many of which are dissimilar.
In some instances, we and Russell Hobbs have served the same
customers, and some customers may decide that it is desirable to
have additional or different suppliers. Difficulties associated
with integration could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results.
Integrating
our business with that of Russell Hobbs may divert our
managements attention away from operations.
Successful integration of our and Russell Hobbs
operations, products and personnel may place a significant
burden on our management and other internal resources. The
diversion of managements attention, and any difficulties
encountered in the transition and integration process, could
harm our business, financial conditions and operating results.
Risks
Related To Our Emergence From Bankruptcy
Because
our consolidated financial statements are required to reflect
fresh-start reporting adjustments to be made upon emergence from
bankruptcy, financial information in our financial statements
prepared after August 30, 2009 will not be comparable to
our financial information from prior periods.
All conditions required for the adoption of fresh-start
reporting were met upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the Bankruptcy Code) on
August 28, 2009 (the Effective Date). However,
in light of the proximity of that date to our accounting period
close immediately following the Effective Date, which was
August 30, 2009, we elected to adopt a convenience date of
August 30, 2009 for recording fresh-start reporting. We
adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with the Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 852:
Reorganizations, (ASC 852)
pursuant to which our reorganization value, which is intended to
reflect the fair value of the entity before considering
liabilities and approximate the amount a willing buyer would pay
for the assets of the entity immediately after the
reorganization, was allocated to the fair value of assets in
conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 141, Business Combinations, using
the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. We
stated liabilities, other than deferred taxes, at a present
value of amounts expected to be paid. The amount remaining after
allocation of the reorganization value to the fair value of
identified tangible and intangible assets was reflected as
goodwill, which is subject to periodic evaluation for
impairment. In addition, under fresh-start reporting the
accumulated deficit was eliminated. Thus, our future statements
of financial position and results of operations are not be
comparable in many respects to statements of financial position
and consolidated statements of operations data for periods prior
to the adoption of fresh-start reporting. The lack of comparable
historical information may discourage investors from purchasing
our securities. Additionally, the financial information included
in this prospectus may not be indicative of future financial
information.
Risks
Related To Our Business
We are
a parent company and our primary source of cash is and will be
distributions from our subsidiaries.
We are a parent company with limited business operations of our
own. Our main asset is the capital stock of our subsidiaries. We
conduct most of our business operations through our direct and
indirect subsidiaries. Accordingly, our primary sources of cash
are dividends and distributions with respect to our ownership
interests in our subsidiaries that are derived from their
earnings and cash flow. Our subsidiaries might not generate
sufficient earnings and cash flow to pay dividends or
distributions in the future. Our subsidiaries payments to
us will be contingent upon their earnings and upon other
business considerations. In addition, our senior credit
facilities, the indentures governing our notes and other
agreements limit or prohibit certain payments of dividends or
other distributions to us. We expect that future credit
facilities will contain similar restrictions.
A-2
Our
substantial indebtedness may limit our financial and operating
flexibility, and we may incur additional debt, which could
increase the risks associated with our substantial
indebtedness.
We have, and we expect to continue to have, a significant amount
of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2010, we had total
indebtedness under our Senior Secured Facilities, the
12% Notes and other debt of approximately
$1.8 billion. Our substantial indebtedness has had, and
could continue to have, material adverse consequences for our
business, and may:
|
|
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a large portion of our cash flow to pay
principal and interest on our indebtedness, which will reduce
the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital,
capital expenditures, research and development expenditures and
other business activities;
|
|
|
|
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and
industry conditions;
|
|
|
|
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes
in our business and the industry in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
restrict our ability to make strategic acquisitions,
dispositions or exploiting business opportunities;
|
|
|
|
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our
competitors that have less debt; and
|
|
|
|
limit our ability to borrow additional funds (even when
necessary to maintain adequate liquidity) or dispose of assets.
|
Under the Senior Secured Facilities and the indenture governing
the 12% Notes (the 2019 Indenture), we may
incur additional indebtedness. If new debt is added to our
existing debt levels, the related risks that we now face would
increase.
Furthermore, a substantial portion of our debt bears interest at
variable rates. If market interest rates increase, the interest
rate on our variable rate debt will increase and will create
higher debt service requirements, which would adversely affect
our cash flow and could adversely impact our results of
operations. While we may enter into agreements limiting our
exposure to higher debt service requirements, any such
agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.
Restrictive
covenants in the Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019
Indenture may restrict our ability to pursue our business
strategies.
The Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture each
restrict, among other things, asset dispositions, mergers and
acquisitions, dividends, stock repurchases and redemptions,
other restricted payments, indebtedness and preferred stock,
loans and investments, liens and affiliate transactions. The
Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019 Indenture also contain
customary events of default. These covenants, among other
things, limit our ability to fund future working capital and
capital expenditures, engage in future acquisitions or
development activities, or otherwise realize the value of our
assets and opportunities fully because of the need to dedicate a
portion of cash flow from operations to payments on debt. In
addition, the Senior Secured Facilities contain financial
covenants relating to maximum leverage and minimum interest
coverage. Such covenants could limit the flexibility of our
restricted entities in planning for, or reacting to, changes in
the industries in which they operate. Our ability to comply with
these covenants is subject to certain events outside of our
control. If we are unable to comply with these covenants, the
lenders under our Senior Secured Facilities or 12% Notes
could terminate their commitments and the lenders under our
Senior Secured Facilities or 12% Notes could accelerate
repayment of our outstanding borrowings, and, in either case, we
may be unable to obtain adequate refinancing outstanding
borrowings on favorable terms. If we are unable to repay
outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under the Senior
Secured Facilities or 12% Notes will also have the right to
proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the
indebtedness owed to them. If our obligations under the Senior
Secured Facilities and the 12% Notes are accelerated, we
cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay
in full such indebtedness.
A-3
The
sale or other disposition by Harbinger Group, Inc.
(HRG), the holder of a majority of the outstanding
shares of SB Holdings common stock, to non-affiliates of a
sufficient amount of the common stock of SB Holdings would
constitute a change of control under the agreements governing
Spectrum Brands debt.
HRG owns a majority of the outstanding shares of the common
stock of SB Holdings. Any sale or other disposition by HRG to
non-affiliates of a sufficient amount of the common stock of SB
Holdings could constitute a change of control under the
agreements governing Spectrum Brands debt, including any
foreclosure on or sale of SB Holdings common stock pledged
as collateral by HRG pursuant to the indenture governing
HRGs $350 million 10.625% Senior Secured Notes
due 2015. Under the Term Loan and the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility, a change of control is an event of default and, if a
change of control were to occur, Spectrum Brands would be
required to get an amendment to these agreements to avoid a
default. If Spectrum Brands was unable to get such an amendment,
the lenders could accelerate the maturity of each of the
Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
In addition, under the indentures governing the 9.5% Notes
and the 12% Notes, upon a change of control of SB Holdings,
Spectrum Brands is required to offer to repurchase such notes
from the holders at a price equal to 101% of principal amount of
the notes plus accrued interest or obtain a waiver of default
from the holders of such notes. If Spectrum Brands was unable to
make the change of control offer or obtain a waiver of default,
it would be an event of default under the indentures that could
allow holders of such notes to accelerate the maturity of the
notes. See Risks Related to SB Holdings Common
Stock The Harbinger Parties and HRG will exercise
significant influence over us and their interests in our
business may be different from the interest of our
stockholders.
We
face risks related to the current economic
environment.
The current economic environment and related turmoil in the
global financial system has had and may continue to have an
impact on our business and financial condition. Global economic
conditions have significantly impacted economic markets within
certain sectors, with financial services and retail businesses
being particularly impacted. Our ability to generate revenue
depends significantly on discretionary consumer spending. It is
difficult to predict new general economic conditions that could
impact consumer and customer demand for our products or our
ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our
customers, suppliers and creditors. The recent continuation of a
number of negative economic factors, including constraints on
the supply of credit to households, uncertainty and weakness in
the labor market and general consumer fears of a continuing
economic downturn could have a negative impact on discretionary
consumer spending. If the economy continues to deteriorate or
fails to improve, our business could be negatively impacted,
including as a result of reduced demand for our products or
supplier or customer disruptions. Any weakness in discretionary
consumer spending could have a material adverse effect on our
revenues, results of operations and financial condition. In
addition, our ability to access the capital markets may be
restricted at a time when it could be necessary or beneficial to
do so, which could have an impact on our flexibility to react to
changing economic and business conditions.
In 2010, concern over sovereign debt in Greece, Ireland and
certain other European Union countries caused significant
fluctuations of the Euro relative to other currencies, such as
the U.S. Dollar. Destabilization of the European economy
could lead to a decrease in consumer confidence, which could
cause reductions in discretionary spending and demand for our
products. Furthermore, sovereign debt issues could also lead to
further significant, and potentially longer-term, economic
issues such as reduced economic growth and devaluation of the
Euro against the U.S. Dollar, any of which could adversely
affect our business, financial conditions and operating results.
We may
not be able to retain key personnel or recruit additional
qualified personnel whether as a result of the Merger or
otherwise, which could materially affect our business and
require us to incur substantial additional costs to recruit
replacement personnel.
We are highly dependent on the continuing efforts of our senior
management team and other key personnel. As a result of the
Merger, our current and prospective employees could experience
uncertainty about their future roles. This uncertainty may
adversely affect our ability to attract and retain key
management, sales, marketing and technical personnel. Any
failure to attract and retain key personnel, whether as a result
of
A-4
the Merger or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on
our business. In addition, we currently do not maintain
key person insurance covering any member of our
management team.
We
participate in very competitive markets and we may not be able
to compete successfully, causing us to lose market share and
sales.
The markets in which we participate are very competitive. In the
consumer battery market, our primary competitors are Duracell
(a brand of Procter & Gamble), Energizer
and Panasonic (a brand of Matsushita). In the
electric shaving and grooming and electric personal care product
markets, our primary competitors are Braun (a brand of
Procter & Gamble), Norelco (a brand of
Philips), and Vidal Sassoon and Revlon (brands of
Helen of Troy). In the pet supplies market, our primary
competitors are Mars, Hartz and Central Garden & Pet.
In the Home and Garden Business, our principal national
competitors are Scotts, Central Garden & Pet and S.C.
Johnson. Our principal national competitors within our Small
Appliances segment include Jarden Corporation, DeLonghi America,
Euro-Pro Operating LLC, Metro Thebe, Inc., d/b/a HWI Breville,
NACCO Industries, Inc. (Hamilton Beach) and SEB S.A. In
each of these markets, we also face competition from numerous
other companies. In addition, in a number of our product lines,
we compete with our retail customers, who use their own private
label brands, and with distributors and foreign manufacturers of
unbranded products. Significant new competitors or increased
competition from existing competitors may adversely affect our
business, financial condition and results of our operations.
We compete with our competitors for consumer acceptance and
limited shelf space based upon brand name recognition, perceived
product quality, price, performance, product features and
enhancements, product packaging and design innovation, as well
as creative marketing, promotion and distribution strategies,
and new product introductions. Our ability to compete in these
consumer product markets may be adversely affected by a number
of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We compete against many well-established companies that may have
substantially greater financial and other resources, including
personnel and research and development, and greater overall
market share than us.
|
|
|
|
In some key product lines, our competitors may have lower
production costs and higher profit margins than us, which may
enable them to compete more aggressively in offering retail
discounts, rebates and other promotional incentives.
|
|
|
|
Product improvements or effective advertising campaigns by
competitors may weaken consumer demand for our products.
|
|
|
|
Consumer purchasing behavior may shift to distribution channels
where we do not have a strong presence.
|
|
|
|
Consumer preferences may change to lower margin products or
products other than those we market.
|
|
|
|
We may not be successful in the introduction, marketing and
manufacture of any new products or product innovations or be
able to develop and introduce, in a timely manner, innovations
to our existing products that satisfy customer needs or achieve
market acceptance.
|
Some competitors may be willing to reduce prices and accept
lower profit margins to compete with us. As a result of this
competition, we could lose market share and sales, or be forced
to reduce our prices to meet competition. If our product
offerings are unable to compete successfully, our sales, results
of operations and financial condition could be materially and
adversely affected.
We may
not be able to realize expected benefits and synergies from
future acquisitions of businesses or product
lines.
We may acquire partial or full ownership in businesses or may
acquire rights to market and distribute particular products or
lines of products. The acquisition of a business or of the
rights to market specific products or use specific product names
may involve a financial commitment by us, either in the form of
cash or equity consideration. In the case of a new license, such
commitments are usually in the form of prepaid
A-5
royalties and future minimum royalty payments. There is no
guarantee that we will acquire businesses or product
distribution rights that will contribute positively to our
earnings. Anticipated synergies may not materialize, cost
savings may be less than expected, sales of products may not
meet expectations, and acquired businesses may carry unexpected
liabilities.
Sales
of certain of our products are seasonal and may cause our
operating results and working capital requirements to
fluctuate.
On a consolidated basis our financial results are approximately
equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain
product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer
battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal
care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to
be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrums
first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains
fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden
control products sold though the Home and Garden Business
typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year
(Spectrums second and third fiscal quarters). Small
Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the
increased demand by customers in the late summer for
back-to-school
sales and in the fall for the holiday season. As a result of
this seasonality, our inventory and working capital needs
fluctuate significantly during the year. In addition, orders
from retailers are often made late in the period preceding the
applicable peak season, making forecasting of production
schedules and inventory purchases difficult. If we are unable to
accurately forecast and prepare for customer orders or our
working capital needs, or there is a general downturn in
business or economic conditions during these periods, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially and adversely affected.
We are
subject to significant international business risks that could
hurt our business and cause our results of operations to
fluctuate.
Approximately 44% of our net sales for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010 were from customers outside of the
U.S. Our pursuit of international growth opportunities may
require significant investments for an extended period before
returns on these investments, if any, are realized. Our
international operations are subject to risks including, among
others:
|
|
|
|
|
currency fluctuations, including, without limitation,
fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate of the Euro;
|
|
|
|
changes in the economic conditions or consumer preferences or
demand for our products in these markets;
|
|
|
|
the risk that because our brand names may not be locally
recognized, we must spend significant amounts of time and money
to build brand recognition without certainty that we will be
successful;
|
|
|
|
labor unrest;
|
|
|
|
political and economic instability, as a result of terrorist
attacks, natural disasters or otherwise;
|
|
|
|
lack of developed infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting
accounts;
|
|
|
|
restrictions on transfers of funds;
|
|
|
|
import and export duties and quotas, as well as general
transportation costs;
|
|
|
|
changes in domestic and international customs and tariffs;
|
|
|
|
changes in foreign labor laws and regulations affecting our
ability to hire and retain employees;
|
|
|
|
inadequate protection of intellectual property in foreign
countries;
|
|
|
|
unexpected changes in regulatory environments;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in complying with foreign law;
|
A-6
|
|
|
|
|
difficulty in obtaining distribution and support; and
|
|
|
|
adverse tax consequences.
|
The foregoing factors may have a material adverse effect on our
ability to increase or maintain our supply of products,
financial condition or results of operations.
Adverse
weather conditions during our peak selling season for our home
and garden control products could have a material adverse effect
on our Home and Garden Business.
Weather conditions in the U.S. have a significant impact on
the timing and volume of sales of certain of our lawn and garden
and household insecticide and repellent products. Periods of
dry, hot weather can decrease insecticide sales, while periods
of cold and wet weather can slow sales of herbicides.
Our
products utilize certain key raw materials; any increase in the
price of, or change in supply and demand for, these raw
materials could have a material and adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and profits.
The principal raw materials used to produce our
products including zinc powder, electrolytic
manganese dioxide powder, petroleum-based plastic materials,
steel, aluminum, copper and corrugated materials (for
packaging) are sourced either on a global or
regional basis by us or our suppliers, and the prices of those
raw materials are susceptible to price fluctuations due to
supply and demand trends, energy costs, transportation costs,
government regulations, duties and tariffs, changes in currency
exchange rates, price controls, general economic conditions and
other unforeseen circumstances. In particular, during 2007 and
2008, and to date in 2010, we experienced extraordinary price
increases for raw materials, particularly as a result of strong
demand from China. Although we may increase the prices of
certain of our goods to our customers, we may not be able to
pass all of these cost increases on to our customers. As a
result, our margins may be adversely impacted by such cost
increases. We cannot provide any assurance that our sources of
supply will not be interrupted due to changes in worldwide
supply of or demand for raw materials or other events that
interrupt material flow, which may have an adverse effect on our
profitability and results of operations.
We regularly engage in forward purchase and hedging derivative
transactions in an attempt to effectively manage and stabilize
some of the raw material costs we expect to incur over the next
12 to 24 months; however, our hedging positions may not be
effective, or may not anticipate beneficial trends, in a
particular raw material market or may, as a result of changes in
our business, no longer be useful for us. In addition, for
certain of the principal raw materials we use to produce our
products, such as electrolytic manganese dioxide powder, there
are no available effective hedging markets. If these efforts are
not effective or expose us to above average costs for an
extended period of time, and we are unable to pass our raw
materials costs on to our customers, our future profitability
may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, with
respect to transportation costs, certain modes of delivery are
subject to fuel surcharges which are determined based upon the
current cost of diesel fuel in relation to pre-established
agreed upon costs. We may be unable to pass these fuel
surcharges on to our customers, which may have an adverse effect
on our profitability and results of operations.
In addition, we have exclusivity arrangements and minimum
purchase requirements with certain of our suppliers for the Home
and Garden Business, which increase our dependence upon and
exposure to those suppliers. Some of those agreements include
caps on the price we pay for our supplies and in certain
instances, these caps have allowed us to purchase materials at
below market prices. When we attempt to renew those contracts,
the other parties to the contracts may not be willing to include
or may limit the effect of those caps and could even attempt to
impose above market prices in an effort to make up for any below
market prices paid by us prior to the renewal of the agreement.
Any failure to timely obtain suitable supplies at competitive
prices could materially adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We may
not be able to fully utilize our U.S. net operating loss
carryforwards.
As of September 30, 2010, Spectrum Brands had
U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $1,087 million and $923 million,
respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards expire
A-7
through years ending in 2030. As of September 30, 2010, our
management determined that it continues to be more likely than
not that the net U.S. deferred tax asset, excluding certain
indefinite lived intangibles, would not be realized in the
future and as such recorded a full valuation allowance to offset
the net U.S. deferred tax asset, including Spectrum
Brands net operating loss carryforwards. In addition,
Spectrum Brands has had changes of ownership, as defined under
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the IRC), that continue to subject a
significant amount of Spectrum Brands U.S. net
operating losses and other tax attributes to certain
limitations. We estimate that approximately $296 million of
our federal and $463 million of our state net operating
losses will expire unused due to the limitation in
Section 382 of the IRC.
As a consequence of the merger of Salton, Inc. and Applica
Incorporated in December 2007, as well as earlier business
combinations and issuances of common stock consummated by both
companies, use of the tax benefits of Russell Hobbs loss
carryforwards is also subject to limitations imposed by
Section 382 of the IRC. The determination of the
limitations is complex and requires significant judgment and
analysis of past transactions. Our analysis to determine what
portion of Russell Hobbs carryforwards are restricted or
eliminated by that provision is ongoing and, pursuant to such
analysis, we expect that a significant portion of these
carryforwards will not be available to offset future taxable
income, if any. In addition, use of Russell Hobbs net
operating loss and credit carryforwards is dependent upon both
Russell Hobbs and us achieving profitable results in the future.
If we are unable to fully utilize our net operating losses,
other than those restricted under Section 382 of the IRC,
as discussed above, to offset taxable income generated in the
future, our results of operations could be materially and
negatively impacted.
Consolidation
of retailers and our dependence on a small number of key
customers for a significant percentage of our sales may
negatively affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
As a result of consolidation of retailers and consumer trends
toward national mass merchandisers, a significant percentage of
our sales are attributable to a very limited group of customers.
Our largest customer accounted for approximately 22% of our
consolidated net sales for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010. As these mass merchandisers and
retailers grow larger and become more sophisticated, they may
demand lower pricing, special packaging, or impose other
requirements on product suppliers. These business demands may
relate to inventory practices, logistics, or other aspects of
the customer-supplier relationship. Because of the importance of
these key customers, demands for price reductions or promotions,
reductions in their purchases, changes in their financial
condition or loss of their accounts could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
Although we have long-established relationships with many of our
customers, we do not have long-term agreements with them and
purchases are generally made through the use of individual
purchase orders. Any significant reduction in purchases, failure
to obtain anticipated orders or delays or cancellations of
orders by any of these major customers, or significant pressure
to reduce prices from any of these major customers, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations. Additionally, a significant deterioration
in the financial condition of the retail industry in general
could have a material adverse effect on our sales and
profitability.
In addition, as a result of the desire of retailers to more
closely manage inventory levels, there is a growing trend among
them to purchase products on a
just-in-time
basis. Due to a number of factors, including
(i) manufacturing lead-times, (ii) seasonal purchasing
patterns and (iii) the potential for material price
increases, we may be required to shorten our lead-time for
production and more closely anticipate our retailers and
customers demands, which could in the future require us to
carry additional inventories and increase our working capital
and related financing requirements. This may increase the cost
of warehousing inventory or result in excess inventory becoming
difficult to manage, unusable or obsolete. In addition, if our
retailers significantly change their inventory management
strategies, we may encounter difficulties in filling customer
orders or in liquidating excess inventories, or may find that
customers are cancelling orders or returning products, which may
have a material adverse effect on our business.
A-8
Furthermore, we primarily sell branded products and a move by
one or more of our large customers to sell significant
quantities of private label products, which we do not produce on
their behalf and which directly compete with our products, could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
As a
result of our international operations, we face a number of
rusks related to exchange rates and foreign
currencies.
Our international sales and certain of our expenses are
transacted in foreign currencies. During the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010, approximately 44% of both our net sales
and our operating expenses were denominated in foreign
currencies. We expect that the amount of our revenues and
expenses transacted in foreign currencies will increase as our
Latin American, European and Asian operations grow and, as a
result, our exposure to risks associated with foreign currencies
could increase accordingly. Significant changes in the value of
the U.S. dollar in relation to foreign currencies will
affect our cost of goods sold and our operating margins and
could result in exchange losses or otherwise have a material
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. Changes in currency exchange rates may also affect
our sales to, purchases from and loans to our subsidiaries as
well as sales to, purchases from and bank lines of credit with
our customers, suppliers and creditors that are denominated in
foreign currencies.
We source many products from, and sell many products in, China
and other Asian countries. To the extent the Chinese Renminbi
(RMB) or other currencies appreciate with respect to
the U.S. dollar, we may experience fluctuations in our
results of operations. Since 2005, the RMB has no longer been
pegged to the U.S. dollar at a constant exchange rate and
instead fluctuates versus a basket of currencies. Although the
Peoples Bank of China regularly intervenes in the foreign
exchange market to prevent significant short-term fluctuations
in the exchange rate, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate
within a flexible peg range against the U.S. dollar in the
medium to long term. Moreover, it is possible that in the future
Chinese authorities may lift restrictions on fluctuations in the
RMB exchange rate and lessen intervention in the foreign
exchange market.
While we may enter into hedging transactions in the future, the
availability and effectiveness of these transactions may be
limited, and we may not be able to successfully hedge our
exposure to currency fluctuations. Further, we may not be
successful in implementing customer pricing or other actions in
an effort to mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations and,
thus, our results of operations may be adversely impacted.
A
deterioration in trade relations with China could lead to a
substantial increase in tariffs imposed on goods of Chinese
origin, which potentially could reduce demand for and sales of
our products.
We purchase a number of our products and supplies from suppliers
located in China. China gained Permanent Normal Trade Relations
(PNTR) with the U.S. when it acceded to the
World Trade Organization (WTO), effective January
2002. The U.S. imposes the lowest applicable tariffs on
exports from PNTR countries to the U.S. In order to
maintain its WTO membership, China has agreed to several
requirements, including the elimination of caps on foreign
ownership of Chinese companies, lowering tariffs and publicizing
its laws. China may not meet these requirements, it may not
remain a member of the WTO, and its PNTR trading status may not
be maintained. If Chinas WTO membership is withdrawn or if
PNTR status for goods produced in China were removed, there
could be a substantial increase in tariffs imposed on goods of
Chinese origin entering the U.S. which could have a
material negative adverse effect on our sales and gross margin.
Our
international operations may expose us to risks related to
compliance with the laws and regulations of foreign
countries.
We are subject to three European Union (EU)
Directives that may have a material impact on our business:
Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and
Electronic Equipment, Waste of Electrical and Electronic
Equipment and the Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and
Waste Batteries, discussed below. Restriction of the Use of
Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment
requires us to eliminate specified hazardous materials from
products we sell in EU member states. Waste of
A-9
Electrical and Electronic Equipment requires us to collect and
treat, dispose of or recycle certain products we manufacture or
import into the EU at our own expense. The EU Directive on
Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries bans heavy metals
in batteries by establishing maximum quantities of heavy metals
in batteries and mandates waste management of these batteries,
including collection, recycling and disposal systems, with the
costs imposed upon producers and importers such as us. Complying
or failing to comply with the EU Directives may harm our
business. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
Although contracts with our suppliers address related compliance
issues, we may be unable to procure appropriate Restriction of
the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic
Equipment compliant material in sufficient quantity and quality
and/or be
able to incorporate it into our product procurement processes
without compromising quality
and/or
harming our cost structure.
|
|
|
|
We may face excess and obsolete inventory risk related to
non-compliant inventory that we may continue to hold in fiscal
2010 for which there is reduced demand, and we may need to write
down the carrying value of such inventories.
|
|
|
|
We may be unable to sell certain existing inventories of our
batteries in Europe.
|
Many of the developing countries in which we operate do not have
significant governmental regulation relating to environmental
safety, occupational safety, employment practices or other
business matters routinely regulated in the U.S. or may not
rigorously enforce such regulation. As these countries and their
economies develop, it is possible that new regulations or
increased enforcement of existing regulations may increase the
expense of doing business in these countries. In addition,
social legislation in many countries in which we operate may
result in significantly higher expenses associated with labor
costs, terminating employees or distributors and closing
manufacturing facilities. Increases in our costs as a result of
increased regulation, legislation or enforcement could
materially and adversely affect our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
We may
not be able to adequately establish and protect our intellectual
property rights, and the infringement or loss of our
intellectual property rights could harm our
business.
To establish and protect our intellectual property rights, we
rely upon a combination of national, foreign and multi-national
patent, trademark and trade secret laws, together with licenses,
confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements.
The measures that we take to protect our intellectual property
rights may prove inadequate to prevent third parties from
infringing or misappropriating our intellectual property. We may
need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend our
intellectual property rights. If a competitor or collaborator
files a patent application claiming technology also claimed by
us, or a trademark application claiming a trademark, service
mark or trade dress also used by us, in order to protect our
rights, we may have to participate in expensive and time
consuming opposition or interference proceedings before the
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or a similar foreign
agency. Similarly, our intellectual property rights may be
challenged by third parties or invalidated through
administrative process or litigation. The costs associated with
protecting intellectual property rights, including litigation
costs, may be material. For example, our Small Appliances
segment has spent several million dollars on protecting its
patented automatic litter box business over the last few years.
Furthermore, even if our intellectual property rights are not
directly challenged, disputes among third parties could lead to
the weakening or invalidation of our intellectual property
rights, or our competitors may independently develop
technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to
our technology. Obtaining, protecting and defending intellectual
property rights can be time consuming and expensive, and may
require us to incur substantial costs, including the diversion
of the time and resources of management and technical personnel.
Moreover, the laws of certain foreign countries in which we
operate or may operate in the future do not protect, and the
governments of certain foreign countries do not enforce,
intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws
and government of the U.S., which may negate our competitive or
technological advantages in such markets. Also, some of the
technology underlying our products is the subject of
nonexclusive licenses from third parties. As a result, this
technology could be made available to our
A-10
competitors at any time. If we are unable to establish and then
adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially and adversely affected.
We license various trademarks, trade names and patents from
third parties for certain of our products. These licenses
generally place marketing obligations on us and require us to
pay fees and royalties based on net sales or profits. Typically,
these licenses may be terminated if we fail to satisfy certain
minimum sales obligations or if we breach the terms of the
license. The termination of these licensing arrangements could
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
In our Small Appliances segment, we license the use of the
Black & Decker brand for marketing in certain
small household appliances in North America, South America
(excluding Brazil) and the Caribbean. Sales of
Black & Decker branded products represented
approximately 53% of the total consolidated revenue of our Small
Appliances segment in both Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009. In
December 2007, The Black & Decker Corporation
(BDC) extended the license agreement through
December 2012, with an automatic extension through December 2014
if certain milestones are met regarding sales volume and product
return. The failure to renew the license agreement with BDC or
to enter into a new agreement on acceptable terms could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity
and results of operations.
Claims
by third parties that we are infringing their intellectual
property and other litigation could adversely affect our
business.
From time to time in the past we have been subject to claims
that we are infringing the intellectual property of others. We
currently are the subject of such claims and it is possible that
third parties will assert infringement claims against us in the
future. An adverse finding against us in these or similar
trademark or other intellectual property litigations may have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations. Any such claims, with or without merit,
could be time consuming and expensive, and may require us to
incur substantial costs, including the diversion of the
resources of management and technical personnel, cause product
delays or require us to enter into licensing or other agreements
in order to secure continued access to necessary or desirable
intellectual property. If we are deemed to be infringing a third
partys intellectual property and are unable to continue
using that intellectual property as we had been, our business
and results of operations could be harmed if we are unable to
successfully develop non-infringing alternative intellectual
property on a timely basis or license non-infringing
alternatives or substitutes, if any exist, on commercially
reasonable terms. In addition, an unfavorable ruling in
intellectual property litigation could subject us to significant
liability, as well as require us to cease developing,
manufacturing or selling the affected products or using the
affected processes or trademarks. Any significant restriction on
our proprietary or licensed intellectual property that impedes
our ability to develop and commercialize our products could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
Our
dependence on a few suppliers and one of our U.S. facilities for
certain of our products makes us vulnerable to a disruption in
the supply of our products.
Although we have long-standing relationships with many of our
suppliers, we generally do not have long-term contracts with
them. An adverse change in any of the following could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to identify and develop relationships with qualified
suppliers;
|
|
|
|
the terms and conditions upon which we purchase products from
our suppliers, including applicable exchange rates, transport
costs and other costs, our suppliers willingness to extend
credit to us to finance our inventory purchases and other
factors beyond our control;
|
|
|
|
the financial condition of our suppliers;
|
|
|
|
political instability in the countries in which our suppliers
are located;
|
|
|
|
our ability to import outsourced products;
|
A-11
|
|
|
|
|
our suppliers noncompliance with applicable laws, trade
restrictions and tariffs; or
|
|
|
|
our suppliers ability to manufacture and deliver
outsourced products according to our standards of quality on a
timely and efficient basis.
|
If our relationship with one of our key suppliers is adversely
affected, we may not be able to quickly or effectively replace
such supplier and may not be able to retrieve tooling, molds or
other specialized production equipment or processes used by such
supplier in the manufacture of our products.
In addition, we manufacture the majority of our foil cutting
systems for our shaving product lines, using specially designed
machines and proprietary cutting technology, at our Portage,
Wisconsin facility. Damage to this facility, or prolonged
interruption in the operations of this facility for repairs, as
a result of labor difficulties or for other reasons, could have
a material adverse effect on our ability to manufacture and sell
our foil shaving products which could in turn harm our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
We
face risks related to our sales of products obtained from
third-party suppliers.
We sell a significant number of products that are manufactured
by third party suppliers over which we have no direct control.
While we have implemented processes and procedures to try to
ensure that the suppliers we use are complying with all
applicable regulations, there can be no assurances that such
suppliers in all instances will comply with such processes and
procedures or otherwise with applicable regulations.
Noncompliance could result in our marketing and distribution of
contaminated, defective or dangerous products which could
subject us to liabilities and could result in the imposition by
governmental authorities of procedures or penalties that could
restrict or eliminate our ability to purchase products from
non-compliant suppliers. Any or all of these effects could
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
Class
action and derivative action lawsuits and other investigations,
regardless of their merits, could have an adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We and certain of our officers and directors have been named in
the past, and may be named in the future, as defendants of class
action and derivative action lawsuits. In the past, we have also
received requests for information from government authorities.
Regardless of their subject matter or merits, class action
lawsuits and other government investigations may result in
significant cost to us, which may not be covered by insurance,
may divert the attention of management or may otherwise have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
We may
be exposed to significant product liability claims which our
insurance may not cover and which could harm our
reputation.
In the ordinary course of our business, we may be named as a
defendant in lawsuits involving product liability claims. In any
such proceeding, plaintiffs may seek to recover large and
sometimes unspecified amounts of damages and the matters may
remain unresolved for several years. Any such matters could have
a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations
and financial condition if we are unable to successfully defend
against or settle these matters or if our insurance coverage is
insufficient to satisfy any judgments against us or settlements
relating to these matters. Although we have product liability
insurance coverage and an excess umbrella policy, our insurance
policies may not provide coverage for certain, or any, claims
against us or may not be sufficient to cover all possible
liabilities. Additionally, we do not maintain product recall
insurance. We may not be able to maintain such insurance on
acceptable terms, if at all, in the future. Moreover, any
adverse publicity arising from claims made against us, even if
the claims were not successful, could adversely affect the
reputation and sales of our products. In particular, product
recalls or product liability claims challenging the safety of
our products may result in a decline in sales for a particular
product. This could be true even if the claims themselves are
ultimately settled for immaterial amounts. This type of adverse
publicity could occur and product liability claims could be made
in the future.
A-12
We may
incur material capital and other costs due to environmental
liabilities.
We are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local,
foreign and multi-national laws and regulations relating to the
environment. These include laws and regulations that govern:
|
|
|
|
|
discharges to the air, water and land;
|
|
|
|
the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and
wastes; and
|
|
|
|
remediation of contamination associated with release of
hazardous substances at our facilities and at off-site disposal
locations.
|
Risk of environmental liability is inherent in our business. As
a result, material environmental costs may arise in the future.
In particular, we may incur capital and other costs to comply
with increasingly stringent environmental laws and enforcement
policies, such as the EU Directives: Restriction of the Use of
Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment,
Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment and the Directive
on Batteries and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, discussed
above. Moreover, there are proposed international accords and
treaties, as well as federal, state and local laws and
regulations, that would attempt to control or limit the causes
of climate change, including the effect of greenhouse gas
emissions on the environment. In the event that the
U.S. government or foreign governments enact new climate
change laws or regulations or make changes to existing laws or
regulations, compliance with applicable laws or regulations may
result in increased manufacturing costs for our products, such
as by requiring investment in new pollution control equipment or
changing the ways in which certain of our products are made. We
may incur some of these costs directly and others may be passed
on to us from our third-party suppliers. Although we believe
that we are substantially in compliance with applicable
environmental laws and regulations at our facilities, we may not
always be in compliance with such laws and regulations or any
new laws and regulations in the future, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
From time to time, we have been required to address the effect
of historic activities on the environmental condition of our
properties or former properties. We have not conducted invasive
testing at all of our facilities to identify all potential
environmental liability risks. Given the age of our facilities
and the nature of our operations, material liabilities may arise
in the future in connection with our current or former
facilities. If previously unknown contamination of property
underlying or in the vicinity of our manufacturing facilities is
discovered, we could be required to incur material unforeseen
expenses. If this occurs, it may have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are currently engaged in investigative or remedial projects
at a few of our facilities and any liabilities arising from such
investigative or remedial projects at such facilities may have a
material effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
We are also subject to proceedings related to our disposal of
industrial and hazardous material at off-site disposal locations
or similar disposals made by other parties for which we are
responsible as a result of our relationship with such other
parties. These proceedings are under the Federal Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980
(CERCLA) or similar state or foreign jurisdiction
laws that hold persons who arranged for the disposal
or treatment of such substances strictly liable for costs
incurred in responding to the release or threatened release of
hazardous substances from such sites, regardless of fault or the
lawfulness of the original disposal. Liability under CERCLA is
typically joint and several, meaning that a liable party may be
responsible for all of the costs incurred in investigating and
remediating contamination at a site. We occasionally are
identified by federal or state governmental agencies as being a
potentially responsible party for response actions contemplated
at an off-site facility. At the existing sites where we have
been notified of our status as a potentially responsible party,
it is either premature to determine if our potential liability,
if any, will be material or we do not believe that our
liability, if any, will be material. We may be named as a
potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar state or
foreign jurisdiction laws in the future for other sites not
currently known to us, and the costs and liabilities associated
with these sites may have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
A-13
Compliance
with various public health, consumer protection and other
regulations applicable to our products and facilities could
increase our cost of doing business and expose us to additional
requirements with which we may be unable to
comply.
Certain of our products sold through, and facilities operated
under, each of our business segments are regulated by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (the EPA), the U.S.
Food & Drug Administration (the FDA) or other
federal consumer protection and product safety agencies and are
subject to the regulations such agencies enforce, as well as by
similar state, foreign and multinational agencies and
regulations. For example, in the U.S., all products containing
pesticides must be registered with the EPA and, in many cases,
similar state and foreign agencies before they can be
manufactured or sold. Our inability to obtain, or the
cancellation of, any registration could have an adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The severity of the effect would depend on which products were
involved, whether another product could be substituted and
whether our competitors were similarly affected. We attempt to
anticipate regulatory developments and maintain registrations
of, and access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients,
but we may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
As a distributor of consumer products in the U.S., certain of
our products are also subject to the Consumer Product Safety
Act, which empowers the U.S. Consumer Product Safety
Commission (the Consumer Commission) to exclude from
the market products that are found to be unsafe or hazardous.
Under certain circumstances, the Consumer Commission could
require us to repair, replace or refund the purchase price of
one or more of our products, or we may voluntarily do so. For
example, Russell Hobbs, in cooperation with the Consumer
Commission, voluntarily recalled approximately 9,800 units
of a thermal coffeemaker sold under the Black &
Decker brand in August 2009 and approximately 584,000
coffeemakers in June 2009. Any additional repurchases or recalls
of our products could be costly to us and could damage the
reputation or the value of our brands. If we are required to
remove, or we voluntarily remove our products from the market,
our reputation or brands could be tarnished and we may have
large quantities of finished products that could not be sold.
Furthermore, failure to timely notify the Consumer Commission of
a potential safety hazard can result in significant fines being
assessed against us. Additionally, laws regulating certain
consumer products exist in some states, as well as in other
countries in which we sell our products, and more restrictive
laws and regulations may be adopted in the future.
The Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) established a
standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable
certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of
pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the
cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to
pesticides. The pesticides in certain of our products that are
sold through the Home and Garden Business continue to be
evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It is possible
that the EPA or a third party active ingredient registrant may
decide that a pesticide we use in our products will be limited
or made unavailable to us. We cannot predict the outcome or the
severity of the effect of the EPAs continuing evaluations
of active ingredients used in our products.
In addition, the use of certain pesticide and fertilizer
products that are sold through our global pet supplies business
and through the Home and Garden Business may, among other
things, be regulated by various local, state, federal and
foreign environmental and public health agencies. These
regulations may require that only certified or professional
users apply the product, that users post notices on properties
where products have been or will be applied or that certain
ingredients may not be used. Compliance with such public health
regulations could increase our cost of doing business and expose
us to additional requirements with which we may be unable to
comply.
Any failure to comply with these laws or regulations, or the
terms of applicable environmental permits, could result in us
incurring substantial costs, including fines, penalties and
other civil and criminal sanctions or the prohibition of sales
of our pest control products. Environmental law requirements,
and the enforcement thereof, change frequently, have tended to
become more stringent over time and could require us to incur
significant expenses.
Most federal, state and local authorities require certification
by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc., an independent,
not-for-profit
corporation engaged in the testing of products for compliance
with certain public
A-14
safety standards, or other safety regulation certification prior
to marketing electrical appliances. Foreign jurisdictions also
have regulatory authorities overseeing the safety of consumer
products. Our products may not meet the specifications required
by these authorities. A determination that any of our products
are not in compliance with these rules and regulations could
result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to
private litigants.
Public
perceptions that some of the products we produce and market are
not safe could adversely affect us.
On occasion, customers and some current or former employees have
alleged that some products failed to perform up to expectations
or have caused damage or injury to individuals or property.
Public perception that any of our products are not safe, whether
justified or not, could impair our reputation, damage our brand
names and have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
If we
are unable to negotiate satisfactory terms to continue existing
or enter into additional collective bargaining agreements, we
may experience an increased risk of labor disruptions and our
results of operations and financial condition may
suffer.
Approximately 20% of our total labor force is employed under
collective bargaining agreements. One of these agreements, which
covers approximately 12% of the labor force under collective
bargaining agreements, or approximately 2% of our total labor
force, is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2011. While
we currently expect to negotiate continuations to the terms of
these agreements, there can be no assurances that we will be
able to obtain terms that are satisfactory to us or otherwise to
reach agreement at all with the applicable parties. In addition,
in the course of our business, we may also become subject to
additional collective bargaining agreements. These agreements
may be on terms that are less favorable than those under our
current collective bargaining agreements. Increased exposure to
collective bargaining agreements, whether on terms more or less
favorable than existing collective bargaining agreements, could
adversely affect the operation of our business, including
through increased labor expenses. While we intend to comply with
all collective bargaining agreements to which we are subject,
there can be no assurances that we will be able to do so and any
noncompliance could subject us to disruptions in our operations
and materially and adversely affect our results of operations
and financial condition.
Significant
changes in actual investment return on pension assets, discount
rates and other factors could affect our results of operations,
equity and pension contributions in future
periods.
Our results of operations may be positively or negatively
affected by the amount of income or expense we record for our
defined benefit pension plans. U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP) requires that we
calculate income or expense for the plans using actuarial
valuations. These valuations reflect assumptions about financial
market and other economic conditions, which may change based on
changes in key economic indicators. The most significant
year-end assumptions we used to estimate pension income or
expense are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of
return on plan assets. In addition, we are required to make an
annual measurement of plan assets and liabilities, which may
result in a significant change to equity. Although pension
expense and pension funding contributions are not directly
related, key economic factors that affect pension expense would
also likely affect the amount of cash we would contribute to
pension plans as required under the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA).
If our
goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term
assets become impaired, we will be required to record additional
impairment charges, which may be significant.
A significant portion of our long-term assets consist of
goodwill, other indefinite-lived intangible assets and
finite-lived intangible assets recorded as a result of past
acquisitions. We do not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets, but rather review them for impairment on a
periodic basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. We
consider whether circumstances or conditions exist which suggest
that the carrying value of our goodwill and other long-lived
assets might be impaired. If such circumstances or conditions
exist, further steps are required in order to
A-15
determine whether the carrying value of each of the individual
assets exceeds its fair market value. If analysis indicates that
an individual assets carrying value does exceed its fair
market value, the next step is to record a loss equal to the
excess of the individual assets carrying value over its
fair value.
The steps required by GAAP entail significant amounts of
judgment and subjectivity. Events and changes in circumstances
that may indicate that there is impairment and which may
indicate that interim impairment testing is necessary include,
but are not limited to: strategic decisions to exit a business
or dispose of an asset made in response to changes in economic;
political and competitive conditions; the impact of the economic
environment on the customer base and on broad market conditions
that drive valuation considerations by market participants; our
internal expectations with regard to future revenue growth and
the assumptions we make when performing impairment reviews; a
significant decrease in the market price of our assets; a
significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which our
assets are used; a significant adverse change in legal factors
or the business climate that could affect our assets; an
accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount
originally expected for the acquisition of an asset; and
significant changes in the cash flows associated with an asset.
As a result of such circumstances, we may be required to record
a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements
during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill,
indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets is
determined. Any such impairment charges could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
operating results.
Risks
Related to SB Holdings Common Stock
The
Harbinger Parties and HRG will exercise significant influence
over us and their interests in our business may be different
from the interests of our stockholders.
As of the date hereof, HRG owns approximately 54.54% of our
outstanding common stock and the remaining Harbinger Parties own
approximately 12.77% of our outstanding common stock. The
Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of the outstanding
common stock of HRG. The Harbinger Parties and HRG, both
separately and in conjunction with the Harbinger Parties, will
have the ability to influence the outcome of any corporate
action by us, which requires stockholder approval, including,
but not limited to, the election of directors, approval of
merger transactions and the sale of all or substantially all of
our assets. In addition, we are a party to a stockholder
agreement with HRG and the Harbinger Parties.
This influence and actual control may have the effect of
discouraging offers to acquire SB Holdings because any such
consummation would likely require the consent of HRG and perhaps
HRG and the Harbinger Parties. HRG and the Harbinger Parties may
also delay or prevent a change in control of SB Holdings. See
Risks Related to our Business The sale or
other disposition by Harbinger Group, Inc. (HRG),
the holder of a majority of the outstanding shares of SB
Holdings common stock, to non-affiliates of a significant amount
of the common stock of SB Holdings would constitute a change of
control under the agreements governing Spectrum Brands
debt.
In addition, because HRG owns more than 50% of the voting power
of SB Holdings, SB Holdings is considered a controlled company
under the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing
standards. As such, the NYSE corporate governance rules
requiring that a majority of SB Holdings board of
directors and SB Holdings entire compensation committee be
independent do not apply. As a result, the ability of SB
Holdings independent directors to influence its business
policies and affairs may be reduced.
If HRG
and/or the
Harbinger Parties sell substantial amounts of SB Holdings
common stock in the public market, or investors perceive that
these sales could occur, the market price of SB Holdings
common stock could be adversely affected. SB Holdings has
entered into a registration rights agreement (the
Registration Rights Agreement) with HRG, the
Harbinger Parties and certain other stockholders. If requested
properly under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement,
these stockholders have the right to require SB Holdings to
register all or some of such shares for sale under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in certain circumstances and
also have the right to include those shares in a registration
initiated by SB Holdings. If SB Holdings is required to include
the shares of its common stock held by these stockholders
pursuant to these registration rights in a registration
initiated by SB Holdings, sales made by such stockholders may
adversely affect the price of SB Holdings common stock and
SB Holdings ability to raise needed capital. In
A-16
addition, if these stockholders exercise their demand
registration rights and cause a large number of shares to be
registered and sold in the public market or demand that SB
Holdings register their shares on a shelf registration
statement, such sales or shelf registration may have an adverse
effect on the market price of SB Holdings common stock.
The interests of HRG and the Harbinger Parties, which have
investments in other companies, may from time to time diverge
from the interests of other SB Holdings stockholders and from
each other, particularly with regard to new investment
opportunities. Neither HRG nor the Harbinger Parties are
restricted from investing in other businesses involving or
related to the marketing or distribution of household products,
pet and pest products and personal care products. Both HRG and
the Harbinger Parties may also engage in other businesses that
compete or may in the future compete with SB Holdings.
Even
though SB Holdings common stock is currently traded on the
NYSE, it has less liquidity than many other stocks quoted on a
national securities exchange.
The trading volume in SB Holdings common stock on the NYSE
has been relatively low when compared with larger companies
listed on the NYSE or other stock exchanges. Because of this, it
may be more difficult for stockholders to sell a substantial
number of shares for the same price at which stockholders could
sell a smaller number of shares. We cannot predict the effect,
if any, that future sales of SB Holdings common stock in
the market, or the availability of shares of its common stock
for sale in the market, will have on the market price of SB
Holdings common stock. We can give no assurance that sales
of substantial amounts of SB Holdings common stock in the
market, or the potential for large amounts of sales in the
market, would not cause the price of SB Holdings common
stock to decline or impair SB Holdings future ability to
raise capital through sales of its common stock. Furthermore,
because of the limited market and generally low volume of
trading in SB Holdings common stock that could occur, the
share price of its common stock could be more likely to be
affected by broad market fluctuations, general market
conditions, fluctuations in our operating results, changes in
the markets perception of our business, and announcements
made by SB Holdings, its competitors or parties with whom SB
Holdings has business relationships. The lack of liquidity in SB
Holdings common stock may also make it difficult for us to
issue additional securities for financing or other purposes, or
to otherwise arrange for any financing we may need in the
future. In addition, we may experience other adverse effects,
including, without limitation, the loss of confidence in us by
current and prospective suppliers, customers, employees and
others with whom we have or may seek to initiate business
relationships.
The
market price of SB Holdings common stock is likely to be
highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response
to various factors, many of which are beyond our
control.
Factors that may influence the price of the common stock
include, without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
loss of any of our key customers or suppliers;
|
|
|
|
additions or departures of key personnel;
|
|
|
|
sales of the common stock;
|
|
|
|
our ability to execute our business plan;
|
|
|
|
operating results that fall below expectations;
|
|
|
|
additional issuances of the common stock;
|
|
|
|
low volume of sales due to concentrated ownership of the common
stock;
|
|
|
|
intellectual property disputes;
|
|
|
|
industry developments;
|
|
|
|
economic and other external factors;
|
A-17
|
|
|
|
|
period-to-period
fluctuations in our financial results; and
|
|
|
|
market concerns with respect to the potential indirect impact of
matters not directly involving SB Holdings but impacting HRG or
the Harbinger Parties.
|
In addition, the securities markets have from time to time
experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are
unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.
These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely
affect the market price of the common stock. You should also be
aware that price volatility might be worse if the trading volume
of shares of the common stock is low.
Additional
issuances of SB Holdings common stock may result in
dilution to its existing stockholders.
As of September 30, 2010, we had two active equity
incentive plans under which shares of the Company could be
issued, the 2009 Spectrum Brands Inc. Incentive Plan (the
2009 Plan) and the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (the RH Plan). On
October 21, 2010, the our Board of Directors adopted the
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Award Plan
(2011 Plan), subject to shareholder approval prior
to October 21, 2011 and we intend to submit the 2011 Plan
for shareholder approval in connection with our next Annual
Meeting. Upon such shareholder approval, no further awards will
be granted under the 2009 Plan and the 2007 RH Plan.
4,625,676 shares of our common stock of the Company, net of
cancellations, may be issued under the 2011 Plan. While we have
begun granting awards under the 2011 Plan, the 2011 Plan (and
awards granted thereunder) are subject to the approval by a
majority of the holders of our common stock eligible to vote
thereon prior to October 21, 2011. As December 10,
2010, we have issued 667,933 restricted shares and 1,694,048
restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan, the RH Plan and the
2011 Plan and are authorized to issue up to a total of
3,202,590 shares of our common stock, or options or
restricted stock units exercisable for shares of common stock.
In addition, our board of directors has the authority to issue
additional shares of capital stock to provide additional
financing or for other purposes in the future. The issuance of
any such shares or exercise of any such options may result in a
reduction of the book value or market price of the outstanding
shares of common stock. If we do issue any such additional
shares or any such options are exercised, such issuance or
exercise also will cause a reduction in the proportionate
ownership and voting power of all other stockholders. As a
result of such dilution, the proportionate ownership interest
and voting power of a holder of shares of common stock could be
decreased. Further, any such issuance or exercise could result
in a change of control. Under our certificate of incorporation,
holders of 5% or more of the outstanding common stock or capital
stock into which any shares of common stock may be converted
have certain rights to purchase their pro rata share of certain
future issuances of securities.
Spectrum
Brands has historically not paid dividends on its public common
stock and we do not anticipate paying dividends on our public
common stock in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, any
return on investment may be limited to the value of the common
stock.
Spectrum Brands, prior to the Merger had not declared or paid
dividends on its common stock since the stock commenced public
trading in 1997, we have not declared or paid dividends on our
common stock since the stock commenced public trading in 2010,
and while we continue to evaluate the potential payment of
dividends, we do not currently anticipate paying dividends in
the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends on outstanding
common stock will depend on earnings, financial condition and
other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as
our board of directors may consider relevant, including the
ability to do so under our credit and other debt agreements. If
we do not pay dividends, returns on an investment in our common
stock will only occur if the stock price appreciates.
A-18
Annex B
SELECTED
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Unless otherwise indicated in this Annex B or the
context requires otherwise, in this Annex B, the
Company, SB Holdings, we,
our or us are used to refer to Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger (as defined below) and
Spectrum Brands (as defined below) and, where applicable, its
consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Merger. Russell
Hobbs refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable,
its consolidated subsidiaries. Merger means the
business combination of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs
consummated on June 16, 2010 creating SB Holdings.
Spectrum Brands refers to Spectrum Brands, Inc. and,
where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries.
The following selected historical financial data is derived from
our audited consolidated financial statements. Only our
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of
September 30, 2010 and 2009 and our Consolidated Statements
of Operations, Consolidated Statements of Shareholders
Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The information presented below as of and for
the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 also includes that
of Russell Hobbs since the Merger on June 16, 2010.
On November 5, 2008, Spectrum Brands board of
directors committed to the shutdown of the growing products
portion of our Home and Garden segment (the Home and
Garden Business), which includes the manufacturing and
marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed,
following an evaluation of the historical lack of profitability
and the projected input costs and significant working capital
demands for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden
Business during Fiscal 2009. During the second quarter of Fiscal
2009, we completed the shutdown of the growing products portion
of the Home and Garden Business and, accordingly, began
reporting the results of operations of the growing products
portion of the Home and Garden Business as discontinued
operations. As of October 1, 2005, we began reporting the
results of operations of Nu-Gro Pro and Tech as discontinued
operations. We also began reporting the results of operations of
the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business as
discontinued operations as of October 1, 2006, which
business was sold on November 1, 2007. Therefore, the
presentation of all historical continuing operations has been
changed to exclude the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business, the Nu-Gro Pro and Tech and the Canadian
division of the Home and Garden Business but to include the
remaining control products portion of the Home and Garden
Business. The following selected financial data should be read
in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto and the information contained in the
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.,
included as Annex C to this prospectus (the Spectrum
MD&A).
B-1
The financial information indicated may not be indicative of
future performance. This financial information and other data
should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements, including the notes thereto, and the Spectrum
MD&A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010(14)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,567.0
|
|
|
$
|
219.9
|
|
|
$
|
2,010.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,426.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,332.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,228.5
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
921.4
|
|
|
|
64.4
|
|
|
|
751.8
|
|
|
|
920.1
|
|
|
|
876.7
|
|
|
|
871.2
|
|
Operating income (loss)(1)
|
|
|
168.7
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
156.8
|
|
|
|
(684.6
|
)
|
|
|
(251.8
|
)
|
|
|
(289.1
|
)
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(124.2
|
)
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
|
|
1,123.4
|
|
|
|
(914.8
|
)
|
|
|
(507.2
|
)
|
|
|
(460.9
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax(2)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
(86.8
|
)
|
|
|
(26.2
|
)
|
|
|
(33.7
|
)
|
|
|
(2.5
|
)
|
Net (loss) income(3)(4)(5)(6)(7 )
|
|
|
(190.1
|
)
|
|
|
(70.8
|
)
|
|
|
1,013.9
|
|
|
|
(931.5
|
)
|
|
|
(596.7
|
)
|
|
|
(434.0
|
)
|
Restructuring and related charges cost of goods
sold(8)
|
|
$
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
13.2
|
|
|
$
|
16.5
|
|
|
$
|
31.3
|
|
|
$
|
21.1
|
|
Restructuring and related charges operating
expenses(8)
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
30.9
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
66.7
|
|
|
|
33.6
|
|
Other expense (income), net(9)
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)
|
Interest expense(13)
|
|
$
|
277.0
|
|
|
$
|
17.0
|
|
|
$
|
172.9
|
|
|
$
|
229.0
|
|
|
$
|
255.8
|
|
|
$
|
175.9
|
|
Per Share Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
19.76
|
|
|
$
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11.72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8.77
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
|
19.76
|
|
|
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
|
(11.72
|
)
|
|
|
(8.77
|
)
|
Average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
36.0
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
49.5
|
|
Diluted(10)
|
|
|
36.0
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
49.5
|
|
Cash Flow and Related Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
|
|
$
|
57.3
|
|
|
$
|
75.0
|
|
|
$
|
1.6
|
|
|
$
|
(10.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(32.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
44.5
|
|
Capital expenditures(11)
|
|
|
40.3
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
18.9
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
55.6
|
|
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt
issuance costs)(11)
|
|
|
117.4
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
58.5
|
|
|
|
85.0
|
|
|
|
77.4
|
|
|
|
82.6
|
|
Statement of Financial Position Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
170.6
|
|
|
$
|
97.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
104.8
|
|
|
$
|
69.9
|
|
|
$
|
28.4
|
|
Working capital(12)
|
|
|
536.9
|
|
|
|
323.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
371.5
|
|
|
|
370.2
|
|
|
|
397.2
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
3,873.6
|
|
|
|
3,020.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,247.5
|
|
|
|
3,211.4
|
|
|
|
3,549.3
|
|
Total long-term debt, net of current maturities
|
|
|
1,723.1
|
|
|
|
1,530.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,474.8
|
|
|
|
2,416.9
|
|
|
|
2,234.5
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
1,743.8
|
|
|
|
1,583.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,523.4
|
|
|
|
2,460.4
|
|
|
|
2,277.2
|
|
Total shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
1,046.4
|
|
|
|
660.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,027.2
|
)
|
|
|
(103.8
|
)
|
|
|
452.2
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During Fiscal 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, pursuant to the
Financial Accounting Standards Board Codification Topic 350:
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, we conducted
our annual impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets. As a result of these analyses we recorded
non-cash pretax impairment charges of approximately
$34 million, $861 million, $362 million and
$433 million in the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009, Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and our
fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 (Fiscal
2006), respectively. See the Critical Accounting
Policies |
B-2
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation of Assets and Asset Impairment section of
the Spectrum MD&A as well as Note 3(i), Significant
Accounting Policies Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for further details on these impairment charges. |
|
(2) |
|
Fiscal 2007 loss from discontinued operations, net of tax,
includes a non-cash pretax impairment charge of approximately
$45 million to reduce the carrying value of certain assets,
principally consisting of goodwill and intangible assets,
relating to our Canadian Division of the Home and Garden
Business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this
business. Fiscal 2008 loss from discontinued operations, net of
tax, includes a non-cash pretax impairment charge of
approximately $8 million to reduce the carrying value of
intangible assets relating to our growing products portion of
the Home and Garden Business in order to reflect the estimated
fair value of this business. See Note 9, Discontinued
Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for information relating to these
impairment charges. |
|
(3) |
|
Fiscal 2010 income tax expense of $63 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $91.9 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
(4) |
|
Included in the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 for the Successor Company is a non-cash
tax charge of $58 million related to the residual U.S. and
foreign taxes on approximately $166 million of actual and
deemed distributions of foreign earnings. The period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 income tax
expense includes a non-cash adjustment of approximately
$52 million which reduced the valuation allowance against
certain deferred tax assets. Included in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 for the
Predecessor Company is a non-cash charge of $104 million
related to the tax effects of the fresh start adjustments. In
addition, Predecessor Company includes the tax effect on the
gain on the cancellation of debt from the extinguishment of the
senior subordinated notes as well as the modification of the
senior term credit facility resulting in approximately
$124 million reduction in the U.S. net deferred tax asset
exclusive of indefinite lived intangibles. Due to the
Companys full valuation allowance position as of
August 30, 2009 on the U.S. net deferred tax asset
exclusive of indefinite lived intangibles, the tax effect of the
gain on the cancellation of debt and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility is offset by a corresponding
adjustment to the valuation allowance of $124 million. The
tax effect of the fresh start adjustments, the gain on the
cancellation of debt and the modification of the senior secured
credit facility, net of corresponding adjustments to the
valuation allowance, are netted against reorganization items. |
|
(5) |
|
Fiscal 2008 income tax benefit of $10 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $222 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
(6) |
|
Fiscal 2007 income tax expense of $56 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $180 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
(7) |
|
Fiscal 2006 income tax benefit of $29 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $29 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
(8) |
|
See Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for further discussion. |
|
(9) |
|
Fiscal 2006 includes a $8 million net gain on the sale of
our Bridgeport, CT manufacturing facility, acquired as part of
the Remington Products Company, L.L.C. acquisition and
subsequently closed in Fiscal 2004, and our Madison, WI
packaging facility, which was closed in our fiscal year ended
September 30, 2003. |
|
(10) |
|
Each of Fiscal 2010, the period from August 31, 2009
through September 30, 2009, the period from October 1,
2008 through August 30, 2009, Fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006
does not assume the exercise of common stock equivalents as the
impact would be antidilutive. |
|
(11) |
|
Amounts reflect the results of continuing operations only. |
B-3
|
|
|
(12) |
|
Working capital is defined as current assets less current
liabilities. |
|
(13) |
|
Fiscal 2010 includes a non-cash charge of $83 million
related to the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs and
the write off of unamortized discounts and premiums related to
the extinguishment of debt that was refinanced in conjunction
with the Merger. |
|
(14) |
|
Fiscal 2010, includes the results of Russell Hobbs
operations since June 16, 2010. Russell Hobbs contributed
$238 million in Net Sales and recorded operating income of
$1 million for the period from June 16, 2010 through
September 30, 2010, which includes $13 million of
acquisition and integration related charges. In addition, Fiscal
2010 includes $26 million of Acquisition and integration
related charges associated with the Merger. |
B-4
Annex C
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS OF SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Introduction
The following is managements discussion of the financial
results, liquidity and other key items related to our
performance and should be read in conjunction with Annex B,
Selected Historical Financial Information of Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc., and our Consolidated Financial Statements and
related notes included in this prospectus. Certain prior year
amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year
presentation. All references to Fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 refer
to fiscal year periods ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings), is a global branded consumer products company
and was created in connection with the combination of Spectrum
Brands, Inc. (Spectrum Brands), a global branded
consumer products company and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell
Hobbs), a global branded small appliance company, to form
a new combined company (the Merger). The Merger was
consummated on June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger,
both Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned
subsidiaries of SB Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings common stock
trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE)
under the symbol SPB.
In connection with the Merger, we refinanced Spectrum
Brands existing senior debt, except for Spectrum
Brands 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019
(the 12% Notes), which remain outstanding, and
a portion of Russell Hobbs existing senior debt through a
combination of a new $750 million Term Loan due
June 16, 2016 (the Term Loan), new
$750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes maturing
June 15, 2018 (the 9.5% Notes) and a new
$300 million ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014
(the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and together with
the Term Loan, the Senior Credit Facilities and the
Senior Credit Facilities together with the 9.5% Notes, the
Senior Secured Facilities).
As further described below, on February 3, 2009, we and our
wholly owned United States (U.S.) subsidiaries
(collectively, the Debtors) filed voluntary
petitions under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(the Bankruptcy Code), in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Texas (the Bankruptcy
Court). On August 28, 2009 (the Effective
Date), the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code. Effective as of the Effective Date and pursuant
to the Debtors confirmed plan of reorganization, we
converted from a Wisconsin corporation to a Delaware corporation.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms the
Company, Spectrum, we,
our or us are used to refer to SB
Holdings and its subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger and
Spectrum Brands prior to the Merger, as well as both before and
on and after the Effective Date. The term New
Spectrum, however, refers only to Spectrum Brands, Inc.,
our Delaware successor, and its subsidiaries after the Effective
Date, and the term Old Spectrum, refers only to
Spectrum Brands, our Wisconsin predecessor, and its subsidiaries
prior to the Effective Date.
Business
Overview
We are a global branded consumer products company with positions
in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; pet
supplies; home and garden control products; electric shaving and
grooming; small appliances; electric personal care; and portable
lighting.
We manage our business in four reportable segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which
consists of the Companys worldwide battery, shaving and
grooming, personal care and portable lighting business
(Global Batteries & Personal Care);
(ii) Global Pet Supplies, which consists of our worldwide
pet supplies business (Global Pet Supplies);
(iii) the Home and Garden Business, which consists of our
home and garden control product offerings, including household
insecticides, repellants and herbicides (the Home
C-1
and Garden Business); and (iv) Small Appliances,
which consists of small electrical appliances primarily in the
kitchen and home product categories (Small
Appliances).
We manufacture and market alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid
batteries, herbicides, insecticides and repellants and specialty
pet supplies. We design and market rechargeable batteries,
battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and
accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances. With
the addition of Russell Hobbs we design, market and distribute a
broad range of branded small household appliances and personal
care products. Our manufacturing and product development
facilities are located in the United States, Europe, Latin
America and Asia. Substantially all of our rechargeable
batteries and chargers, shaving and grooming products, small
household appliances, personal care products and portable
lighting products are manufactured by third-party suppliers,
primarily located in Asia.
We sell our products in approximately 120 countries through a
variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and
distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors
and original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and
enjoy strong name recognition in our markets under the Rayovac,
VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence
for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1,
Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman,
Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
Global and geographic strategic initiatives and financial
objectives are determined at the corporate level. Each business
segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic
initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a
general manager responsible for sales and marketing initiatives
and the financial results for all product lines within that
business segment.
Our operating performance is influenced by a number of factors
including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange
fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence
and preferences; our overall product line mix, including pricing
and gross margin, which vary by product line and geographic
market; pricing of certain raw materials and commodities; energy
and fuel prices; and our general competitive position,
especially as impacted by our competitors advertising and
promotional activities and pricing strategies.
During the second quarter of Fiscal 2008, we determined that in
view of the difficulty in predicting the timing or probability
of a sale of the remaining U.S. portion of the Home and
Garden Business, the requirements of Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (GAAP) necessary to classify
the remaining U.S. portion of the Home and Garden Business
as discontinued operations were no longer met and that it was
appropriate to present the remaining U.S. portion of the
Home and Garden Business as held and used in the Companys
continuing operations as of our second quarter of Fiscal 2008
and going forward. The presentation herein of the results of
continuing operations includes the Home and Garden Business
excluding the Canadian division, which was sold on
November 1, 2007, for all periods presented.
In the third quarter of Fiscal 2008, we entered into a
definitive agreement, subject to the consent of our lenders
under our senior credit facilities, to sell the assets related
to Global Pet Supplies. We were unable to obtain the consent of
the lenders, and on July 13, 2008, we entered into a
termination agreement regarding the agreement to sell the assets
related to Global Pet Supplies. Pursuant to the termination
agreement, as a condition to the termination, we paid the
proposed buyer $3 million as a reimbursement of expenses.
In November 2008, our board of directors committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business
for Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown was consistent with
what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. As of March 29,
2009, we completed the shutdown of the growing products portion
of the Home and Garden Business. Accordingly, the presentation
herein of the results of continuing operations excludes the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for all
periods presented. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, to
our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for further details on the disposal of the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business.
C-2
On December 15, 2008, we were advised that our common stock
would be suspended from trading on the NYSE prior to the opening
of the market on December 22, 2008. We were advised that
the decision to suspend our common stock was reached in view of
the fact that we had recently fallen below the NYSEs
continued listing standard regarding average global market
capitalization over a consecutive 30 trading day period of not
less than $25 million, the minimum threshold for listing on
the NYSE. Our common stock was delisted from the NYSE effective
January 23, 2009.
As a result of our Bankruptcy Filing, we were able to
significantly reduce our indebtedness. As a result of the
Merger, we were able to further reduce our outstanding debt
leverage ratio. However, we continue to have a significant
amount of indebtedness relative to our competitors and paying
down outstanding indebtedness continues to be a priority for us.
The Bankruptcy Filing is discussed in more detail under
Chapter 11 Proceedings.
Chapter 11
Proceedings
As a result of its substantial leverage, the Company determined
that, absent a financial restructuring, it would be unable to
achieve future profitability or positive cash flows on a
consolidated basis solely from cash generated from operating
activities or to satisfy certain of its payment obligations as
the same may become due and be at risk of not satisfying the
leverage ratios to which it was subject under its then existing
senior secured term loan facility, which ratios became more
restrictive in future periods. Accordingly, on February 3,
2009, we announced that we had reached agreements with certain
noteholders, representing, in the aggregate, approximately 70%
of the face value of our then outstanding senior subordinated
notes, to pursue a refinancing that, if implemented as proposed,
would significantly reduce our outstanding debt. On the same
day, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court (the
Bankruptcy Filing) and filed with the Bankruptcy
Court a proposed plan of reorganization (the Proposed
Plan) that detailed the Debtors proposed terms for
the refinancing. The Chapter 11 cases were jointly
administered by the Bankruptcy Court as Case
No. 09-50455
(the Bankruptcy Cases). The Bankruptcy Court entered
a written order (the Confirmation Order) on
July 15, 2009 confirming the Proposed Plan (as so
confirmed, the Plan).
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors
emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to
and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of Old
Spectrums existing equity securities, including the
existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished and
deemed cancelled. Reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. filed a
certificate of incorporation authorizing new shares of common
stock. Pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 27,030,000 shares of common stock and approximately
$218 million in aggregate principal amount of the 12% Notes
to holders of allowed claims with respect to Old Spectrums
81/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
81/2
Notes),
73/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the
73/8
Notes) and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2013 (the Variable Rate Notes) (collectively,
the Senior Subordinated Notes). For a further
discussion of the 12% Notes see Debt Financing
Activities 12% Notes. Also on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 2,970,000 shares of common stock to supplemental and
sub-supplemental
debtor-in-possession
credit facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned
under the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
Accounting
for Reorganization
Subsequent to the Petition Date, our financial statements are
prepared in accordance with ASC Topic 852:
Reorganizations, (ASC 852).
ASC 852 does not change the application of GAAP in the
preparation of our financial statements. However, ASC 852
does require that financial statements, for periods including
and subsequent to the filing of a Chapter 11 petition,
distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated
with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the
business. In accordance with ASC 852 we have done the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
On our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position included in
this prospectus, we have separated liabilities that are subject
to compromise from liabilities that are not subject to
compromise;
|
C-3
|
|
|
|
|
On our Consolidated Statements of Operations included in this
prospectus, we have distinguished transactions and events that
are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing
operations of the business;
|
|
|
|
On our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in this
prospectus, we have separately disclosed Reorganization items
expense (income), net;
|
|
|
|
Ceased accruing interest on the Senior Subordinated
Notes; and
|
Fresh-Start
Reporting
As required by ASC 852 we adopted fresh-start reporting
upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code as of
our monthly period ended August 30, 2009 as is reflected in
this prospectus.
Since the reorganization value of the assets of Old Spectrum
immediately before the date of confirmation of the Plan was less
than the total of all post-petition liabilities and allowed
claims and the holders of Old Spectrums voting shares
immediately before confirmation of the Plan received less than
50 percent of the voting shares of the emerging entity the
Company adopted fresh-start reporting as of the close of
business on August 30, 2009 in accordance with
ASC 852. The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as of August 30, 2009 gives effect to allocations to the
carrying value of assets or amounts and classifications of
liabilities that were necessary when adopting fresh-start
reporting.
We analyzed the transactions that occurred during the
two-day
period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective
Date, through August 30, 2009, the fresh-start reporting
date, and concluded that such transactions were not material
individually or in the aggregate as they represented less than
one-percent of the total Net sales for the entire fiscal year
ended September 30, 2009. As such, we determined that
August 30, 2009, would be an appropriate fresh-start
reporting date to coincide with our normal financial period
close for the month of August 2009. Upon adoption of fresh-start
reporting, the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were
adjusted to reflect their estimated fair values. Accordingly,
the reported historical financial statements of Old Spectrum
prior to the adoption of fresh-start reporting for periods ended
prior to August 30, 2009 are not comparable to those of New
Spectrum.
Cost
Reduction Initiatives
We continually seek to improve our operational efficiency, match
our manufacturing capacity and product costs to market demand
and better utilize our manufacturing resources. We have
undertaken various initiatives to reduce manufacturing and
operating costs.
Fiscal 2009. In connection with our
announcement to reduce our headcount within each of our segments
and the exit of certain facilities in the U.S. related to
the Global Pet Supplies segment, we implemented a number of cost
reduction initiatives (the Global Cost Reduction
Initiatives). These initiatives also included
consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the
evaluation of our capital structure.
Fiscal 2008. In connection with our decision
to exit our zinc carbon and alkaline battery manufacturing and
distribution facility in Ninghai, China, we undertook cost
reduction initiatives (the Ningbo Exit Plan). These
initiatives include fixed cost savings by integrating production
equipment into our remaining production facilities and headcount
reductions.
Fiscal 2007. In connection with our
announcement that we would manage our business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments our
costs related to research and development, manufacturing
management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound
supply chain, which had previously been included in our
corporate reporting segment are now included in each of the
operating segments on a direct as incurred basis. In connection
with these changes we undertook a number of cost reduction
initiatives, primarily headcount reductions, at the corporate
and operating segment levels (the Global Realignment
Initiatives), including a headcount reduction of
approximately 200 employees.
We also implemented a series of initiatives within our Global
Batteries & Personal Care business segment in Latin
America to reduce operating costs (the Latin America
Initiatives). These initiatives include the
C-4
reduction of certain manufacturing operations in Brazil and the
restructuring of management, sales, marketing and support
functions. As a result, we reduced headcount in Latin America by
approximately 100 employees.
Fiscal 2006. As a result of our continued
concern regarding the European economy and the continued shift
by consumers from branded to private label alkaline batteries,
we announced a series of initiatives in the Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure (the
European Initiatives). These initiatives include the
reduction of certain operations at our Ellwangen, Germany
packaging center and relocating those operations to our
Dischingen, Germany battery plant, transferring private label
battery production at our Dischingen, Germany battery plant to
our manufacturing facility in China and restructuring the sales,
marketing and support functions. As a result, we have reduced
headcount in Europe by approximately 350 employees or 24%.
Meeting
Consumer Needs through Technology and Development
We continue to focus our efforts on meeting consumer needs for
our products through new product development and technology
innovations. Research and development efforts associated with
our electric shaving and grooming products allow us to deliver
to the market unique cutting systems. Research and development
efforts associated with our electric personal care products
allow us to deliver to our customers products that save them
time, provide salon alternatives and enhance their in-home
personal care options. We are continuously pursuing new
innovations for our shaving, grooming and hair care products
including foil and rotary shaver improvements, trimmer
enhancements and technologies that deliver skin and hair care
benefits.
During Fiscal 2010, we launched our Rayovac Platinum Nickel
Metal Hydride rechargeable batteries. These batteries are ready
to use directly out of the package, and stay charged up to 3
times longer than other rechargeable batteries. We also
introduced Instant Ocean aquatic food and chemical products and
additional products under the Dingo and Natures Miracle
brands.
During Fiscal 2009, we introduced the Roughneck Flex 360
flashlight. We also launched a long lasting zero-mercury hearing
aid battery. This product provides the same long lasting
performance as conventional hearing aid batteries, but with an
environmentally friendly formula. During Fiscal 2009, we also
introduced a line of Tetra marine aquatic products, new dog
treat items and enhanced Natures Miracle Stain &
Odor products.
During Fiscal 2008, we introduced longer lasting alkaline
batteries in cell sizes AA and AAA. We also launched several new
products targeted at specific niche markets such as Hot Shot
Spider Trap, Cutter Mosquito Stakes, Spectracide Destroyer
Wasp & Hornet and Spectracide Weed Stop. We also
introduced a new line of mens rotary shavers with
360° Flex & Pivot Technology. The
flex and pivot technology allows the cutting blades to follow
the contour of a persons face and neck. In addition, we
added
Teflon®
coated heads to our blades to reduce redness and irritation from
shaving. We also introduced The Short Cut Clipper.
The product is positioned as the worlds first clipper with
exclusive curved cutting technology. We also launched
Shine Therapy, a hair straightener with vitamin
conditioning technology: Vitamin E, Avocado Oil and conditioners
infused into the ceramic plates.
During Fiscal 2007, advancements in shaver blade coatings
continued to be significant with further introductions of
Titanium, Nano-Diamond, Nano-Silver and Tourmaline on a variety
of products, which allowed us to continue to launch new products
or product enhancements into the market place.
During Fiscal 2006, in the lawn and garden category, we
introduced the only termite killing stakes product for the
do-it-yourself market.
Competitive
Landscape
We compete in seven major product categories: consumer
batteries; pet supplies; home and garden control products;
electric shaving and grooming; small appliances; electric
personal care; and portable lighting.
The consumer battery product category consists of
non-rechargeable alkaline or zinc carbon batteries in cell sizes
of AA, AAA, C, D and 9-volt, and specialty batteries, which
include rechargeable batteries, hearing
C-5
aid batteries, photo batteries and watch/calculator batteries.
Most consumer batteries are marketed under one of the following
brands: Rayovac/VARTA, Duracell, Energizer or Panasonic. In
addition, some retailers market private label batteries,
particularly in Europe. The majority of consumers in North
America and Europe purchase alkaline batteries. The Latin
America market consists primarily of zinc carbon batteries but
is gradually converting to higher-priced alkaline batteries as
household disposable income grows.
We believe that we are the largest worldwide marketer of hearing
aid batteries and that we continue to maintain a leading global
market position. We believe that our close relationship with
hearing aid manufacturers and other customers, as well as our
product performance improvements and packaging innovations,
position us for continued success in this category.
Our global pet supplies business comprises aquatics equipment
(aquariums, filters, pumps, etc.), aquatics consumables (fish
food, water treatments and conditioners, etc.) and specialty pet
products for dogs, cats, birds and other small domestic animals.
The pet supply market is extremely fragmented, with no
competitor holding a market share greater than twenty percent.
We believe that our brand positioning, including the leading
global aquatics brand in Tetra, our diverse array of innovative
and attractive products and our strong retail relationships and
global infrastructure will allow us to remain competitive in
this fast growing industry.
Products in our home and garden category are sold through the
Home and Garden Business. The Home and Garden Business
manufactures and markets outdoor and indoor insect control
products, rodenticides, herbicides and plant foods. The Home and
Garden Business operates in the U.S. market under the brand
names Spectracide, Cutter and Garden Safe. The Home and Garden
Business marketing position is primarily that of a value
brand, enhanced and supported by innovative products and
packaging to drive sales at the point of purchase. The Home and
Garden Business primary competitors include The Scotts
Miracle-Gro Company, Central Garden & Pet Company and
S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc.
We also operate in the shaving and grooming and personal care
product category, consisting of electric shavers and
accessories, electric grooming products and hair care
appliances. Electric shavers include mens and womens
shavers (both rotary and foil design) and electric shaver
accessories consisting of shaver replacement parts (primarily
foils and cutters), pre-shave products and cleaning agents.
Electric shavers are marketed primarily under one of the
following global brands: Remington, Braun and Norelco. Electric
grooming products include beard and mustache trimmers, nose and
ear trimmers, body groomers and haircut kits and related
accessories. Hair care appliances include hair dryers,
straightening irons, styling irons and hair-setters. Europe and
North America account for the majority of our worldwide product
category sales. Our major competitors in the electric personal
care product category are Conair Corporation, Wahl Clipper
Corporation and Helen of Troy Limited.
Products in our small appliances category consist of small
electrical appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product
categories. Primary competitive brands in the small appliance
category include Hamilton Beach, Procter Silex, Sunbeam,
Mr. Coffee, Oster, General Electric, Rowenta, DeLonghi,
Kitchen Aid, Cuisinart, Krups, Braun, Rival, Europro, Kenwood,
Philips, Morphy Richards, Breville and Tefal.
The following factors contribute to our ability to succeed in
these highly competitive product categories:
|
|
|
|
|
Strong Diversified Global Brand Portfolio. We
have a global portfolio of well-recognized consumer product
brands. We believe that the strength of our brands positions us
to extend our product lines and provide our retail customers
with strong sell-through to consumers.
|
|
|
|
Strong Global Retail Relationships. We have
well-established business relationships with many of the top
global retailers, distributors and wholesalers, which have
assisted us in our efforts to expand our overall market
penetration and promote sales.
|
|
|
|
Expansive Distribution Network. We distribute
our products in approximately 120 countries through a variety of
trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and
distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors
and OEMs.
|
C-6
|
|
|
|
|
Innovative New Products, Packaging and
Technologies. We have a long history of product
and packaging innovations in each of our seven product
categories and continually seek to introduce new products both
as extensions of existing product lines and as new product
categories.
|
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team. Our management
team has substantial consumer products experience. On average,
each senior manager has more than 20 years of experience at
Spectrum, VARTA, Remington, Russell Hobbs or other branded
consumer product companies such as Newell Rubbermaid, H.J. Heinz
and Schering-Plough.
|
Seasonal
Product Sales
On a consolidated basis our financial results are approximately
equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain
product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer
battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal
care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to
be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrums
first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains
fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden
control products sold though the Home and Garden Business
typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year
(Spectrums second and third fiscal quarters). Small
Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the
increased demand by customers in the late summer for
back-to-school
sales and in the fall for the holiday season.
The seasonality of our sales during the last three fiscal years
is as follows:
Percentage
of Annual Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
Fiscal Quarter Ended
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
December
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
24
|
%
|
March
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
June
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
September
|
|
|
31
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
|
28
|
%
|
Fiscal
Year Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2009
Fiscal 2009, when referenced within this Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations included in this prospectus, includes the combined
results of Old Spectrum for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and New Spectrum for the period
from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.
Highlights
of Consolidated Operating Results
We have presented the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business as discontinued operations. The board of
directors of Old Spectrum committed to the shutdown of the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business in
November 2008 and the shutdown was completed during the second
quarter of our Fiscal 2009. See Note 9, Discontinued
Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,
included in this prospectus for additional information regarding
the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business. As a result, and unless specifically stated,
all discussions regarding Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 only
reflect results from our continuing operations.
Year over year historical comparisons are influenced by the
acquisition of Russell Hobbs, which is included in our Fiscal
2010 Consolidated Financial Statements of Operations from
June 16, 2010, the date of the Merger, through the end of
the period. The results of Russell Hobbs are not included in our
Fiscal 2009 Consolidated Financial Statements of Operations. See
Note 16, Acquisition of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, included in this prospectus for supplemental pro
forma information providing additional year over year
comparisons of the impact of the acquisition.
C-7
Net Sales. Net sales for Fiscal 2010 increased
to $2,567 million from $2,231 million in Fiscal 2009,
a 15.1% increase. The following table details the principal
components of the change in net sales from Fiscal 2009 to Fiscal
2010 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
Fiscal 2009 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
Addition of small appliances
|
|
|
238
|
|
Increase in consumer battery sales
|
|
|
33
|
|
Increase in electric shaving and grooming product sales
|
|
|
27
|
|
Increase in home and garden control product sales
|
|
|
19
|
|
Increase in lighting product sales
|
|
|
6
|
|
Increase in electric personal care product sales
|
|
|
2
|
|
Decrease in pet supplies sales
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Foreign currency impact, net
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net sales by product line for Fiscal 2010 and 2009
are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Product line net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer batteries
|
|
$
|
866
|
|
|
$
|
819
|
|
Pet supplies
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
Home and garden control products
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
Electric shaving and grooming products
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
Small appliances
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electric personal care products
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
Portable lighting products
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
2,567
|
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global consumer battery sales during Fiscal 2010 increased
$47 million, or 6%, compared to Fiscal 2009, primarily
driven by favorable foreign exchange impacts of $15 million
coupled with increased sales in North America and Latin
America. The sales increase in North America was driven by
increased volume with a major customer and the increased sales
in Latin America were a result of increased specialty battery
sales, driven by the successfully leveraging our value
proposition, that is, products that work as well as or better
than our competitors, at a lower price. These gains were
partially offset by decreased consumer battery sales of
$22 million in Europe, primarily due to our continued exit
of low margin private label battery sales.
Pet product sales during Fiscal 2010 decreased $13 million,
or 2%, compared to Fiscal 2009. The decrease of $13 million
is attributable to decreased aquatics sales of $11 million
and decreased specialty pet products of $6 million. These
decreases were partially offset by favorable foreign exchange
impacts of $3 million. The $11 million decrease in
aquatic sales is due to decreases within the United States and
Pacific Rim of $6 million and $5 million,
respectively, as a result of reduction in demand in this product
category due to the macroeconomic slowdown as we maintained our
market share in the category. The $6 million decrease in
companion animal sales is due to $9 million decline in the
United States, primarily driven by a distribution loss of at a
major retailer of certain dog shampoo products and the impact of
a product recall, which was tempered by increases of
$3 million in Europe.
Sales of home and garden control products during Fiscal 2010
versus Fiscal 2009 increased $19 million, or 6%. This
increase is a result of additional sales to major customers that
was driven by incentives to retailers and promotional campaigns
during the year in both lawn and garden control products and
household control products.
C-8
Electric shaving and grooming product sales during Fiscal 2010
increased $32 million, or 14%, compared to Fiscal 2009
primarily due to increased sales within Europe of
$25 million coupled with favorable foreign exchange
translation of $5 million. The increase in Europe sales is
a result of new product launches, pricing and promotions.
Electric personal care product sales during Fiscal 2010
increased $5 million, or 2%, when compared to Fiscal 2009.
The increase of $5 million during Fiscal 2010 was
attributable to favorable foreign exchange impacts of
$2 million coupled with modest sales increases within Latin
America and North America of $3 million and
$1 million, respectively. These sales increases were
partially offset by modest declines in Europe of $2 million.
Sales of portable lighting products in Fiscal 2010 increased
$8 million, or 10%, compared to Fiscal 2009 as a result of
increases in North America of $3 million coupled with
favorable foreign exchange translation of $2 million. Sales
of portable lighting products also increased modestly in both
Europe and Latin America.
Small appliances contributed $238 million or 9% of total
net sales for Fiscal 2010. This represents sales related to
Russell Hobbs from the date of the consummation of the merger,
June 16, 2010 through the close of the Fiscal 2010.
Gross Profit. Gross profit for Fiscal 2010 was
$921 million versus $816 million for Fiscal 2009. Our
gross profit margin for Fiscal 2010 decreased to 35.9% from
36.6% in Fiscal 2009. The decrease in our gross profit margin is
primarily a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Upon the
adoption of fresh-start reporting, in accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141,
Business Combinations,
(SFAS 141), inventory balances were
revalued at August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in
such inventory balances of $49 million. As a result of the
inventory revaluation, we recognized $34 million in
additional cost of goods sold during Fiscal 2010 compared to
$15 million of additional cost of goods sold recognized in
Fiscal 2009. The impact of the inventory revaluation was offset
by lower Restructuring and related charges in Cost of goods sold
during Fiscal 2010, which included $7 million of
Restructuring and related charges whereas Fiscal 2009 included
$13 million of Restructuring and related charges. The
Restructuring and related charges incurred in Fiscal 2010 were
primarily associated with cost reduction initiatives announced
in 2009. The $13 million of Restructuring and related
charges incurred in Fiscal 2009 primarily related to the
shutdown of our Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility.
See Restructuring and Related Charges below,
as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to
our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Operating Expense. Operating expenses for
Fiscal 2010 totaled $753 million versus $659 million
for Fiscal 2009. The $94 million increase in operating
expenses for Fiscal 2010 versus Fiscal 2009 was partially driven
by $38 million of Acquisition and integration related
charges as a result of our combination with Russell Hobbs
pursuant to the Merger. During Fiscal 2010 we also incurred
$36 million of selling expense and $16 million of
general and administrative expense incurred by Russell Hobbs,
which is included in the Small Appliances segment, subsequent to
the acquisition on June 16, 2010. Also included in
Operating expenses for Fiscal 2010 was additional depreciation
and amortization as a result of the revaluation of our long
lived assets in connection with our adoption of fresh-start
reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code and unfavorable foreign exchange translation of
$7 million. This increase was partially offset by the
non-recurrence of the non-cash impairment charge to certain long
lived intangible assets of $34 million in Fiscal 2009 and
lower Restructuring and related charges of approximately
$15 million as $17 million of such charges were
incurred in Fiscal 2010 compared to $32 million in Fiscal
2009. See Restructuring and Related Charges
below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related
Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in
this prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Adjusted EBITDA. Management believes that
certain non-GAAP financial measures may be useful in certain
instances to provide additional meaningful comparisons between
current results and results in prior operating periods. Adjusted
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
(Adjusted EBITDA) is a metric used by management and
frequently used by the financial community. Adjusted
C-9
EBITDA provides insight into an organizations operating
trends and facilitates comparisons between peer companies, since
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization can differ
greatly between organizations as a result of differing capital
structures and tax strategies. Adjusted EBITDA can also be a
useful measure of a companys ability to service debt and
is one of the measures used for determining the Companys
debt covenant compliance. Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain items
that are unusual in nature or not comparable from period to
period. While the Companys management believes that
non-GAAP measurements are useful supplemental information, such
adjusted results are not intended to replace the Companys
GAAP financial results.
Adjusted EBITDA, which includes the results of Russell
Hobbs businesses as if it was combined with Spectrum for
all periods presented (see reconciliation of GAAP Net
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations to Adjusted EBITDA by
segment below) was $432 million for Fiscal 2010 compared
with $391 million for Fiscal 2009.
Operating Income. Operating income of
approximately $169 million was recognized in Fiscal 2010
compared to Fiscal 2009 operating income of $157 million.
The increase in operating income is attributable to Small
Appliances income of $13 million, increased sales in our
remaining segments and the non-reoccurrence of the previously
discussed non-cash impairment charge of $34 million in
Fiscal 2009. This was partially offset by $39 million
Acquisition and integration related charges incurred in Fiscal
2010 related to the Merger.
Segment Results. As discussed in Annex D,
Description of the Business of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.,
we manage our business in four reportable segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Personal Care,
(ii) Global Pet Supplies; (iii) Home and Garden
Business; and (iv) Small Appliances.
Operating segment profits do not include restructuring and
related charges, acquisition and integration related charges,
interest expense, interest income, impairment charges,
reorganization items and income tax expense. Expenses associated
with global operations, consisting of research and development,
manufacturing management, global purchasing, quality operations
and inbound supply chain are included in the determination of
operating segment profits. In addition, certain general and
administrative expenses necessary to reflect the operating
segments on a standalone basis have been included in the
determination of operating segment profits. Corporate expenses
include primarily general and administrative expenses associated
with corporate overhead and global long-term incentive
compensation plans.
All depreciation and amortization included in income from
operations is related to operating segments or corporate
expense. Costs are allocated to operating segments or corporate
expense according to the function of each cost center. All
capital expenditures are related to operating segments. Variable
allocations of assets are not made for segment reporting.
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each
reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each
reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined
strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives
and has a general manager responsible for the sales and
marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines
within that segment. Financial information pertaining to our
reportable segments is contained in Note 11, Segment
Information, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus.
C-10
Below is a reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) from
Continuing Operations to Adjusted EBITDA by segment for Fiscal
2010 and Fiscal 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
Corporate/
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
Garden
|
|
Small
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
Supplies
|
|
Business
|
|
Appliances
|
|
Items(a)
|
|
SB Holdings
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
137
|
|
|
$
|
49
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(416
|
)
|
|
$
|
(190
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
Write-off unamortized discounts and financing fees(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Pre-acquisition earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Accelerated depreciation and amortization(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Fresh-start inventory fair value adjustment
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Russell Hobbs inventory fair value adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Brazilian IPI credit/other
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Adjusted EBIT
|
|
$
|
154
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
$
|
52
|
|
|
$
|
84
|
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
206
|
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
(29
|
)
|
|
$
|
432
|
|
C-11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2009
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
Corporate/
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
Garden
|
|
Small
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Personal Care
|
|
Supplies
|
|
Business
|
|
Appliances
|
|
Items(a)
|
|
SB Holdings
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
126
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
(52
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
828
|
|
|
$
|
943
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
Pre-acquisition earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,139
|
)
|
|
|
(1,139
|
)
|
Intangibles impairment
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Fresh-start inventory and other fair value adjustment
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Accelerated depreciation and amortization(c)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Brazilian IPI credit/other
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Adjusted EBIT
|
|
$
|
164
|
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
(33
|
)
|
|
$
|
324
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
(30
|
)
|
|
$
|
391
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
It is our policy to record Income tax expense (benefit) and
interest expense on a consolidated basis. Accordingly, such
amounts are not reflected in the operating results of the
operating segments. |
|
(b) |
|
Adjustment reflects the following: (i) $61 million
write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees and discounts
associated with our restructured capital structure, refinanced
on June 16, 2010; (ii) $4 million related to
pre-payment premiums associated with the paydown of our old
asset based revolving credit facility and supplemental loan
extinguished on June 16, 2010; and
(iii) $17 million related to the termination of
interest swaps and commitment fees. |
|
(c) |
|
Adjustment reflects restricted stock amortization and
accelerated depreciation associated with certain restructuring
initiatives. Inasmuch as this amount is included within
Restructuring and related charges, this adjustment negates the
impact of reflecting the add-back of depreciation and
amortization. |
Global
Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
1,428
|
|
|
$
|
1,335
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
$
|
165
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
10.7
|
%
|
|
|
12.4
|
%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
206
|
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
1,629
|
|
|
$
|
1,608
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2010 increased
$93 million to $1,428 million from $1,335 million
during Fiscal 2009, representing a 7% increase. Favorable
foreign currency exchange translation impacted net sales in
Fiscal 2010 by approximately $24 million in comparison to
Fiscal 2009. Consumer battery sales for Fiscal 2010 increased to
$866 million when compared to Fiscal 2009 sales of
$819 million, primarily due to increased specialty battery
sales of $26 million and increased alkaline battery sales
of $6 million, coupled with favorable foreign exchange
translation of $15 million. The $26 million increase
in specialty battery sales is driven by growth in Latin America
driven by the successfully leveraging our value proposition,
that is, products that work as well as or better than our
competitors, at a lower price. The $6 million increase in
alkaline sales is driven by the increased sales in North
America, attributable to an
C-12
increase in market share, as consumers opt for our value
proposition during the weakening economic conditions in the U.S,
which was tempered by a decline in alkaline battery sales in
Europe as we continued efforts to exit from unprofitable or
marginally profitable private label battery sales, as well as
certain second tier branded battery sales. We are continuing our
efforts to promote profitable growth and therefore, expect to
continue to exit certain low margin business as appropriate to
create a more favorable mix of branded versus private label
products. Net sales of electric shaving and grooming products in
Fiscal 2010 increased by $32 million, a 14% increase,
compare to Fiscal 2009. This increase was primarily due to an
increase of $25 million in Europe, excluding foreign
exchange translation, as a result of successful promotions and
operational execution. Positive foreign exchange translation
impacted net sales of electric shaving and grooming products in
Fiscal 2010 by $5 million. Electric personal care sales
increased by $5 million, an increase of 3%, over Fiscal
2009. Favorable foreign exchange translation impacted net sales
by approximately $3 million. Excluding favorable foreign
exchange, we experienced modest electric personal care product
sales increases within all geographic regions. Net sales of
portable lighting products for Fiscal 2010 increased to
$88 million as compared to sales of $80 million for
Fiscal 2009, an increase of 10%. The portable lighting product
sales increase was primarily driven by favorable foreign
exchange impact of $2 million, coupled with increased sales
in North America of $3 million, driven by increased sales
with a major customer as a result of new product introductions.
Segment profitability during Fiscal 2010 decreased to
$153 million from $165 million in Fiscal 2009. Segment
profitability as a percentage of net sales decreased to 10.7% in
Fiscal 2010 compared to 12.4% in Fiscal 2009. The decrease in
segment profitability during Fiscal 2010 was mainly attributable
to a $19 million increase in cost of goods sold due to the
revaluation of inventory coupled with approximately a
$16 million increase in intangible asset amortization due
to our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Offsetting this decrease
to segment profitability was higher sales, as discussed above,
and savings from our restructuring and related initiatives
announced in Fiscal 2009. See Restructuring and Related
Charges below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring
and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for additional information regarding
our restructuring and related charges.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $206 million
compared to $193 million in Fiscal 2009. The increase in
Adjusted EBITDA is mainly driven by the efficient cost structure
now in place from our cost reduction initiatives announced in
Fiscal 2009 coupled with increases in market share in certain of
our product categories.
Segment assets at September 30, 2010 increased to
$1,629 million from $1,608 million at
September 30, 2009. Goodwill and intangible assets, which
are directly a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start
reporting, at September 30, 2010 decreased to
$881 million from $909 million at September 30,
2009. The decrease is mainly due to amortization of definite
lived intangible assets of $18 million and foreign exchange
impacts of $10 million.
Foreign
Currency Translation Venezuela Impacts
The Global Batteries & Personal Care segment does
business in Venezuela through a Venezuelan subsidiary. At
January 4, 2010, the beginning of our second quarter of
Fiscal 2010, we determined that Venezuela meets the definition
of a highly inflationary economy under GAAP. As a result,
beginning January 4, 2010, the U.S. dollar is the
functional currency for our Venezuelan subsidiary. Accordingly,
going forward, currency remeasurement adjustments for this
subsidiarys financial statements and other transactional
foreign exchange gains and losses are reflected in earnings.
Through January 3, 2010, prior to being designated as
highly inflationary, translation adjustments related to the
Venezuelan subsidiary were reflected in Shareholders
equity as a component of AOCI.
In addition, on January 8, 2010, the Venezuelan government
announced its intention to devalue its currency, the Bolivar
fuerte, relative to the U.S. dollar. The official exchange
rate for imported goods classified as essential, such as food
and medicine, changed from 2.15 to 2.6 to the U.S. dollar,
while payments for other non-essential goods moved to an
exchange rate of 4.3 to the U.S. dollar. Some of our
imported products fall
C-13
into the essential classification and qualify for the 2.6 rate;
however, our overall results in Venezuela were reflected at the
4.3 rate expected to be applicable to dividend repatriations
beginning in the second quarter of Fiscal 2010. As a result, we
remeasured the local statement of financial position of our
Venezuela entity during the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 to
reflect the impact of the devaluation. Based on actual exchange
activity, we determined on September 30, 2010 that the most
likely method of exchanging its Bolivar fuertes for
U.S. dollars will be to formally apply with the Venezuelan
government to exchange through commercial banks at the SITME
rate specified by the Central Bank of Venezuela. The SITME rate
as of September 30, 2010 was quoted at 5.3 Bolivar fuerte
per U.S. dollar. Therefore, we changed the rate used to
remeasure Bolivar fuerte denominated transactions as of
September 30, 2010 from the official non-essentials
exchange rate to the 5.3 SITME rate in accordance with
ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters as it is the
expected rate that exchanges of Bolivar fuerte to
U.S. dollars will be settled. There is also an immaterial
ongoing impact related to measuring our Venezuelan statement of
operations at the new exchange rate of 5.3 to the
U.S. dollar.
The designation of our Venezuela entity as a highly inflationary
economy and the devaluation of the Bolivar fuerte resulted in a
$1 million reduction to our operating income during Fiscal
2010. We also reported a foreign exchange loss in Other expense
(income), net, of $10 million during Fiscal 2010.
Global
Pet Supplies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
561
|
|
|
$
|
574
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
826
|
|
|
$
|
867
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2010 decreased
to $561 million from $574 million in Fiscal 2009,
representing a decrease of $13 million or 2%. The
$13 million decrease was attributable to lower aquatics
sales of $11 million, lower specialty pet product sales of
$6 million and favorable foreign exchange impacts of
$3 million. The decrease in aquatics sales was primarily
due to general softness in this category. The decrease in
specialty pet product sales was driven by a distribution loss at
a major retailer of certain dog shampoo products and the impact
of a product recall.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2010 decreased to
$56 million from $65 million in Fiscal 2009. Segment
profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2010 also
decreased to 9.9% from 11.3% during Fiscal 2009. This decrease
in segment profitability and profitability margin was primarily
attributable to an increase in cost of goods sold due to the
revaluation of inventory and the increase in intangible asset
amortization in accordance with SFAS 141, as was required
when we adopted fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The decrease in Fiscal
2010 segment profitability was tempered by improved pricing and
lower manufacturing and operating costs as a result of our
global cost reduction initiatives announced in Fiscal 2009. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding our restructuring and
related charges.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $98 million
compared to $93 million in Fiscal 2009. Despite decreased
net sales during Fiscal 2010 of $13 million, our successful
efforts to create a lower cost structure including the closure
and consolidation of some of our pet facilities, and improved
product mix, resulted in Adjusted EBITDA increase of
$5 million. See Restructuring and Related
Charges below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring
and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus, for further detail on our Fiscal
2009 initiatives.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2010 decreased to
$826 million from $867 million at September 30,
2009. Goodwill and intangible assets, which are directly a
result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting,
decreased to $589 million at September 30, 2010 from
$618 million at September 30, 2009. The
C-14
decrease is mainly due to amortization of definite lived
intangible assets of $15 million and foreign exchange
impacts of $14 million.
Home
and Garden Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
341
|
|
|
$
|
322
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
494
|
|
|
$
|
504
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers of home and garden
control products during Fiscal 2010 versus Fiscal 2009 increased
$19 million, or 6%, was driven by incentives to retailers
and promotional campaigns during the year in both lawn and
garden control products and household control products.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2010 increased to
$51 million compared to $42 million in Fiscal 2009.
Segment profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2010
increased to 14.9% from 13.0% in Fiscal 2009. This increase in
segment profitability was attributable to savings from our
global cost reduction initiatives announced in Fiscal 2009. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding our restructuring and
related charges. The increase in profitability during Fiscal
2010 was tempered by a $2 million increase in cost of goods
sold due to the revaluation of inventory and increased
intangible asset amortization due to the revaluation of our
customer relationships in accordance with SFAS 141 as was
required when we adopted fresh-start reporting upon our
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $67 million
compared to $54 million in Fiscal 2009. The increase in
Adjusted EBITDA during Fiscal 2010 was mainly driven by expanded
promotions at our top retailers and strong sales growth.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2010 decreased to
$494 million from $504 million at September 30,
2009. Goodwill and intangible assets, which are directly a
result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting, at
September 30, 2010 decreased to $410 million from
$419 million at September 30, 2009. The decrease of
$9 million is driven by amortization associated with
definite lived intangible assets.
Small
Appliances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
238
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
863
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2010 were
$238 million. This represents sales related to Russell
Hobbs from the date of the consummation of the Merger,
June 16, 2010, through the close of Fiscal 2010.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2010 was $13 million, which
includes an increase to Cost of goods sold as a result of the
inventory
write-up in
conjunction with the Merger in accordance with ASC Topic 805:
Business Combinations, (ASC 805).
This represents segment profit from the operations of Russell
Hobbs from the date of the consummation of the Merger,
June 16, 2010 through the close of Fiscal 2010.
C-15
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $90 million
compared to $81 million in Fiscal 2009. The $9 million
increase in Fiscal 2010 is mainly driven by Russell Hobbs
voluntarily exiting certain non-profitable brands and stock
keeping units and implementing cost reduction initiatives.
ASC 805 requires, among other things, that assets acquired and
liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the
acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company performed a valuation
of the assets and liabilities of Russell Hobbs at June 16,
2010. See Note 15, Acquisitions, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements, included in this prospectus for additional
information regarding the assets acquired in the Merger. Segment
assets at September 30, 2010 were $863 million. At
September 30, 2010 goodwill and intangible assets recorded
in connection with the Merger totaled $489 million.
Corporate Expense. Our corporate expense in
Fiscal 2010 increased to $41 million from $34 million
in Fiscal 2009. Our corporate expense as a percentage of
consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2010 increased slightly to 1.6%
from 1.5%. The increase is primarily due to stock compensation
expense of $17 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to
$3 million of stock compensation expense in Fiscal 2009.
Restructuring and Related Charges. See
Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding our restructuring and
related charges.
C-16
The following table summarizes all restructuring and related
charges we incurred in Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Latin America Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
Global Realignment Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
13.4
|
|
Costs included in operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
European Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Global Realignment Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in operating expenses
|
|
$
|
17.0
|
|
|
$
|
32.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
24.1
|
|
|
$
|
45.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Fiscal 2007, we began managing our business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments;
Global Batteries & Personal Care, Global Pet Supplies
and the Home and Garden Business. As part of this realignment,
our global operations organization, which had previously been
included in corporate expense, consisting of research and
development, manufacturing management, global purchasing,
quality operations and inbound supply chain, is now included in
each of the operating segments. In connection with these changes
we undertook a number of cost reduction initiatives, primarily
headcount reductions, at the corporate and operating segment
levels (the Global Realignment Initiatives). We
recorded approximately $4 million and $11 million of
pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and
Fiscal 2009, respectively, in connection with the Global
Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with these
initiatives, which are expected to be incurred through
June 30, 2011, relate primarily to severance and are
projected at approximately $89 million.
During Fiscal 2008, we implemented an initiative within the
Global Batteries & Personal Care segment to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure.
These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the
exit of our battery manufacturing facility in Ningbo Baowang
China (Ningbo) (the
C-17
Ningbo Exit Plan). We recorded approximately
$2 million and $11 million of pretax restructuring and
related charges during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009,
respectively, in connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We have
recorded pretax and restructuring and related charges of
approximately $29 million since the inception of the Ningbo
Exit Plan.
During Fiscal 2009, we implemented a series of initiatives
within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment
and the Global Pet Supplies segment to reduce operating costs as
well as evaluate our opportunities to improve our capital
structure (the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives).
These initiatives include headcount reductions within all our
segments and the exit of certain facilities in the
U.S. related to the Global Pet Supplies segment. These
initiatives also included consultation, legal and accounting
fees related to the evaluation of our capital structure. We
recorded $18 million and $20 million of pretax
restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal
2009, respectively, related to the Global Cost Reduction
Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives, which are
expected to be incurred through March 31, 2014, are
projected at approximately $65 million.
Acquisition and integration related
charges. Acquisition and integration related
charges reflected in Operating expenses include, but are not
limited to transaction costs such as banking, legal and
accounting professional fees directly related to the
acquisition, termination and related costs for transitional and
certain other employees, integration related professional fees
and other post business combination related expenses associated
with the Merger of Russell Hobbs. We incurred $38 million
of Acquisition and integration related charges during Fiscal
2010, which consisted of the following:
(i) $25 million of legal and professional fees;
(ii) $10 million of employee termination charges; and
(iii) $4 million of integration costs.
Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment. ASC 350
requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. In Fiscal 2010 and 2009, we tested our goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this
testing, we recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of
$34 million in Fiscal 2009. The $34 million non-cash
pretax impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects trade
name intangible asset impairments of the following:
$18 million related to Global Pet Supplies;
$15 million related to the Global Batteries and Personal
Care segment; and $1 million related to the Home and Garden
Business. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies
and Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for further details on this impairment charge.
Interest Expense. Interest expense in Fiscal
2010 increased to $277 million from $190 million in
Fiscal 2009. The increase was driven primarily by the following
unusual items: (i) $55 million representing the
write-off of the unamortized portion of discounts and premiums
related to debt that was paid off in conjunction with our
refinancing, a non-cash charge; (ii) $13 million
related to bridge commitment fees while we were refinancing our
debt; (iii) $7 million representing the write-off of
the unamortized debt issuance costs related to debt that was
paid off, a non-cash charge; (iv) $4 million related
to a prepayment premium; and (v) $3 million related to
the termination of a Euro-denominated interest rate swap.
Reorganization Items. During Fiscal 2010, we,
in connection with our reorganization under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code, recorded Reorganization items expense
(income), net of approximately $4 million, which primarily
consisted of legal and professional fees. During Fiscal 2009 Old
Spectrum recorded Reorganization items expense (income), net,
which represents a gain of approximately $(1,143) million.
Reorganization items expense (income), net included the
following: (i) gain on cancellation of debt of
$(147) million; (ii) gains in connection with
fresh-start reporting adjustments of $(1,088) million;
(iii) legal and professional fees of $75 million;
(iv) write off deferred financing costs related to the
Senior Subordinated Notes of $11 million; and (v) a
provision for rejected leases of $6 million. During Fiscal
2009, New Spectrum recorded Reorganization items expense
(income), net which represents expense of $4 million
related to professional fees. See Note 2, Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more
information related to our reorganization under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code.
Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate on income
from continuing operations was approximately (50.9)% for Fiscal
2010. Our effective tax rate on losses from continuing
operations is approximately 2.0% for Old
C-18
Spectrum and (256)% for New Spectrum during Fiscal 2009. The
primary drivers of the effective rate as compared to the
U.S. statutory rate of 35% for Fiscal 2010 include tax
expense recorded for an increase in the valuation allowance
associated with our net U.S. deferred tax asset.
As of September 30, 2010, we have U.S. federal and
state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately
$1,087 million and $936 million, respectively. These
net operating loss carryforwards expire through years ending in
2031, and we have foreign loss carryforwards of approximately
$195 million, which will expire beginning in 2011. Certain
of the foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward
periods. We are subject to an annual limitation on the use of
our U.S. net operating losses that arose prior to our
emergence from bankruptcy. We have had multiple changes of
ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code
(IRC) Section 382, that subject our
U.S. federal and state net operating losses and other tax
attributes to certain limitations. The annual limitation is
based on a number of factors including the value of our stock
(as defined for tax purposes) on the date of the ownership
change, our net unrealized built in gain position on that date,
the occurrence of realized built in gains in years subsequent to
the ownership change, and the effects of subsequent ownership
changes (as defined for tax purposes) if any. In addition,
separate return year limitations apply to limit our utilization
of the acquired Russell Hobbs U.S. federal and state net
operating losses to future income of the Russell Hobbs subgroup.
Based on these factors, we project that $296 million of the
total U.S. federal and $463 million of the state net
operating loss will expire unused. In addition, we project that
$38 million of the total foreign net operating loss
carryforwards will expire unused. We have provided a full
valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets.
We recognized income tax expense of approximately
$124 million related to the gain on the settlement of
liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. This
adjustment, net of a change in valuation allowance is embedded
in Reorganization items expense (income), net. We have, in
accordance with the IRC Section 108 reduced our net
operating loss carryforwards for cancellation of debt income
that arose from our emergence from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code under IRC Section 382 (1)(6).
The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets depends on
our ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the
appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate
taxing jurisdictions. We establish valuation allowances for
deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more likely than not
that the tax assets will not be realized. We base these
estimates on projections of future income, including tax
planning strategies, in certain jurisdictions. Changes in
industry conditions and other economic conditions may impact our
ability to project future income. ASC Topic 740: Income
Taxes (ASC 740) requires the establishment
of a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. In accordance with ASC 740, we periodically
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be
realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation allowance
are appropriate.
Our total valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of
deferred tax assets that may not be realized is approximately
$331 million at September 30, 2010. Of this amount,
approximately $300 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $31 million relates
to foreign net deferred tax assets. In connection with the
Merger, we established an additional valuation allowance of
approximately $104 million related to acquired net deferred
tax assets as part of acquisition accounting. In 2009, Old
Spectrum recorded a reduction in the valuation allowance against
the U.S. net deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite
lived intangible assets primarily as a result of utilizing net
operating losses to offset the gain on settlement of liabilities
subject to compromise and the impact of the fresh start
reporting adjustments. New Spectrum recorded a reduction in the
domestic valuation allowance of $47 million as a reduction
to goodwill as a result of New Spectrum income. Our total
valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of deferred
tax assets that may not be realized is approximately
$133 million at September 30, 2009. Of this amount,
approximately $109 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $24 million relates
to foreign net deferred tax assets. We recorded a non-cash
deferred income tax charge of approximately $257 million
related to a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred
tax assets during Fiscal 2008. Included in the total is a
non-cash deferred income tax charge of approximately
$4 million related to an increase in the valuation
allowance against our net deferred tax assets in China in
connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We also determined that a
valuation allowance was no longer required in Brazil and thus
recorded a $31 million benefit to reverse the
C-19
valuation allowance previously established. Our total valuation
allowance, established for the tax benefit of deferred tax
assets that may not be realized, is approximately
$496 million at September 30, 2008. Of this amount,
approximately $468 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $28 million relates
to foreign net deferred tax assets.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During Fiscal 2009 we recorded a non- cash pretax
impairment charge of approximately $34 million. The tax
impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation
allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit
of approximately $13 million. See Goodwill and
Intangibles Impairment above, as well as
Note 3(c), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for additional information regarding these non-cash impairment
charges.
In addition, our income tax provision for the year ended
September 30, 2010 reflects the correction of a prior
period error which increases our income tax provision by
approximately $6 million.
ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax
positions, requires that we recognize in our financial
statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is
more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the
technical merits of the position. As a result, we recognized no
cumulative effect adjustment at the time of adoption. As of
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the total
amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would
affect the effective income tax rate in future periods was
$13 million and $8 million, respectively. See
Note 8, Income Taxes, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for additional
information.
Discontinued Operations. On November 5,
2008, the board of directors of Old Spectrum committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which included the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden Business
during Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown is consistent with
what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. We completed the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. Accordingly,
the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
excludes the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business for all periods presented. See Note 9,
Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for further details on
the disposal of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business. The following amounts related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business have been
segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as
discontinued operations during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009,
respectively (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
31.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(90.9
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(86.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
Year Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2008
Fiscal 2009, when referenced within this Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations included in this prospectus, includes the combined
results of Old Spectrum for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and New Spectrum for the period
from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.
C-20
Highlights
of consolidated operating results
During Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we have presented the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business as
discontinued operations. During Fiscal 2008 we have presented
the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business as
discontinued operations. Our board of directors of Old Spectrum
committed to the shutdown of the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business in November 2008 and the shutdown was
completed during the second quarter of our Fiscal 2009. The
Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business was sold on
November 1, 2007. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding the shutdown of
the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business and
the sale of the Canadian division of the Home and Garden
Business. As a result, and unless specifically stated, all
discussions regarding Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 only reflect
results from our continuing operations.
Net Sales. Net sales for Fiscal 2009 decreased
to $2,231 million from $2,427 million in Fiscal 2008,
an 8.1% decrease. The following table details the principal
components of the change in net sales from Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal
2009 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
Fiscal 2008 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,427
|
|
Increase in electric personal care product sales
|
|
|
4
|
|
Decrease in consumer battery sales
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Decrease in pet supplies sales
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Decrease in lighting product sales
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Decrease in home and garden product sales
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Decrease in electric shaving and grooming product sales
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Foreign currency impact, net
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2009 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net sales by product line for Fiscal 2009 and 2008
are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Product line net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer batteries
|
|
$
|
819
|
|
|
$
|
916
|
|
Pet supplies
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
599
|
|
Home and garden control products
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
Electric shaving and grooming products
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
Electric personal care products
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
Portable lighting products
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
|
$
|
2,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global consumer battery sales during Fiscal 2009 decreased
$97 million, or 11%, compared to Fiscal 2008, primarily
driven by unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of
$70 million coupled with decreased consumer battery sales
of $50 million and $15 million in Latin America and
Europe, respectively. These declines were partially offset by
increased consumer battery sales, mainly alkaline batteries, in
North America of $38 million. The alkaline battery sales
increase in North America is mainly due to higher volume at a
major customer coupled with new distribution. The decreased
consumer battery sales in Latin America continues to be a result
of a slowdown in economic conditions in all countries and
inventory de-stocking at retailers mainly in Brazil. Zinc carbon
batteries decreased $35 million while alkaline battery
sales are down $15 million in Latin America. The decreased
consumer battery sales within Europe are primarily attributable
to the decline in alkaline battery sales due to a slowdown in
economic conditions and our continued efforts to exit
unprofitable or marginally profitable private label battery
sales.
C-21
Pet supplies product sales during Fiscal 2009 decreased
$25 million, or 4%, compared to Fiscal 2008. The decrease
of $25 million is primarily attributable to decreased
aquatics sales of $27 million coupled with unfavorable
foreign exchange impacts of $11 million. These decreases
were partially offset by increases of $13 million within
specialty pet products. The decrease in aquatics sales of
$27 million during Fiscal 2009 was attributable to declines
in the U.S., Europe and Pacific Rim of $14 million,
$10 million and $3 million, respectively. The declines
in the U.S. were a result of decreased sales of large
equipment, such as aquariums, driven by softness in this product
category due to the macroeconomic slowdown as we maintained our
market share in the category. The declines in Europe were due to
inventory de-stocking at retailers and weak filtration product
sales, both a result of the slowdown in economic conditions. The
declines the Pacific Rim were also a result of the slowdown in
economic conditions. The increase of $13 million in
specialty pet products is a result of increased sales of our
Dingo brand dog treats coupled with price increases on select
products, primarily in the U.S.
Sales of home and garden control products during Fiscal 2009
versus Fiscal 2008 decreased $12 million, or 4%, primarily
due to our retail customers managing their inventory levels to
unprecedented low levels, combined with such retailers ending
their outdoor lawn and garden control season six weeks early as
compared to prior year seasons and our decision to exit certain
unprofitable or marginally profitable products. This decrease in
sales within lawn and garden control products was partially
offset by increased sales of household insect control products.
Electric shaving and grooming product sales during Fiscal 2009
decreased $22 million, or 9%, compared to Fiscal 2008
primarily due to unfavorable foreign exchange translation of
$19 million. The decline of $3 million, excluding
unfavorable foreign exchange, was due to a $7 million
decrease of sales within North America, which was partially
offset by slight increases within Europe and Latin America of
$3 million and $1 million, respectively. The decreased
sales of electric shaving and grooming products within North
America were a result of delayed inventory stocking at certain
of our major customers for the 2009 holiday season which in turn
resulted in a delay of our product shipments that historically
would have been recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year. We anticipate the first quarter sales of Fiscal 2010 to be
positively impacted versus our historical results due to this
delay. The increases within Europe and Latin America were driven
by new product launches, pricing and promotions.
Electric personal care product sales during Fiscal 2009
decreased $20 million, or 9%, when compared to Fiscal 2008.
The decrease of $20 million during Fiscal 2009 was
attributable to unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of
$24 million and declines in North America of
$7 million. These decreases were partially offset by
increases within Europe and Latin America of $8 million and
$3 million, respectively. Similar to our electric shaving
and grooming products sales, the decreased sales of electric
personal care products within North America was a result of
delayed holiday inventory stocking by our customers which in
turn resulted in a delay of our product shipments that
historically would have been recorded during the fourth quarter
of our fiscal year. We expect the first quarter sales of Fiscal
2010 to be positively impacted versus our historical results due
to this delay. The increased sales within Europe and Latin
America were a result of successful product launches, mainly in
womens hair care.
Sales of portable lighting products in Fiscal 2009 decreased
$20 million, or 20%, compared to Fiscal 2008 as a result of
unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $5 million coupled
with declines in North America, Latin America and Europe of
$9 million, $3 million and $1 million,
respectively. The decreases across all regions are a result of
the slowdown in economic conditions and decreased market demand.
Gross Profit. Gross profit for Fiscal 2009 was
$817 million versus $920 million for Fiscal 2008. Our
gross profit margin for Fiscal 2009 decreased slightly to 36.6%
from 37.9% in Fiscal 2008. Gross profit was lower in Fiscal 2009
due to unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $58 million.
As a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in
accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business
Combinations, (SFAS 141), inventory
balances were revalued as of August 30, 2009 resulting in
an increase in such inventory balances of $49 million. As a
result of the inventory revaluation, New Spectrum recognized
$16 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal
2009. The remaining $33 million of the inventory
revaluation was recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal
2010. These
C-22
inventory revaluation adjustments are non-cash charges. In
addition, in connection with our adoption of fresh-start
reporting, and in accordance with ASC 852, we revalued our
property, plant and equipment as of August 30, 2009 which
resulted in an increase to such assets of $34 million. As a
result of the revaluation of property, plant and equipment,
during Fiscal 2009 we incurred an additional $2 million of
depreciation charges within cost of goods sold. We anticipate
higher cost of goods sold in future years as a result of the
revaluation of our property, plant and equipment. Furthermore,
as a result of emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code, we anticipate lower interest costs in future years which
should enable us to invest more in capital expenditures into our
business and, as a result, such higher future capital spending
would also increase our depreciation expense in future years.
See Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11,
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for more information related to our reorganization
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and fresh-start
reporting. Offsetting the unfavorable impacts to our gross
margin, we incurred $13 million of Restructuring and
related charges, within Costs of goods sold, during Fiscal 2009,
compared to $16 million in Fiscal 2008. The
$13 million in Fiscal 2009 primarily related to the 2009
Cost Reduction Initiatives and the Ningbo Exit Plan, while the
Fiscal 2008 charges were primarily related to the Ningbo Exit
Plan. See Restructuring and Related Charges
below, as well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related
Charges, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
in this prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Operating Expense. Operating expenses for
Fiscal 2009 totaled $659 million versus $1,605 million
for Fiscal 2008. This $946 million decrease in operating
expenses for Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008 was primarily driven
by lower impairment charges recorded in Fiscal 2009 versus
Fiscal 2008. During Fiscal 2009 we recorded non-cash impairment
charges of $34 million versus $861 million of non-cash
impairment charges recorded in Fiscal 2008. The Fiscal 2009
impairment charges related to the write down of the carrying
value of indefinite-lived intangible assets to fair value while
the Fiscal 2008 impairment charges related to the write down of
the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible
assets to fair value. These impairment charges were recorded in
accordance with both ASC Topic 350:
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, (ASC
350) and ASC Topic 360: Property, Plant and
Equipment, (ASC 360). See Goodwill
and Intangibles Impairment below, as well as
Note 3(c), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding these non-cash impairment
charges. The decrease in operating expenses in Fiscal 2009
versus Fiscal 2008 is also attributable to the positive impact
related to foreign exchange of $37 million in Fiscal 2009
coupled with the non-recurrence of a charge in Fiscal 2008 of
$18 million associated with the depreciation and
amortization related to the assets of the Home and Garden
Business incurred as a result of our reclassification of the
Home and Garden Business from discontinued operations to
continuing. See Introduction above and
Segment Results Home and Garden
below, as well as Note 1, Description of Business, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding the
reclassification of the Home and Garden Business. Tempering the
decrease in operating expenses from Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal 2009
was an increase in restructuring and related charges.
Restructuring and related charges included in operating expenses
were $32 million in Fiscal 2009 and $23 million in
Fiscal 2008. The Fiscal 2009 Restructuring and related charges
are primarily attributable to the 2009 Cost Reduction
Initiatives, while the Fiscal 2008 charges are primarily
attributable to various cost reduction initiatives in connection
with our global realignment announced in January 2007. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related Charges, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Operating Income (Loss). Operating income of
approximately $157 million was recognized in Fiscal 2009
compared to an operating loss in Fiscal 2008 of
$685 million. The change in operating income (loss) is
directly attributable to the impact of the previously discussed
non-cash impairment charge of $34 million in Fiscal 2009
compared to the non-cash impairment charge of $861 million
during Fiscal 2008.
Segment Results. Operating segment profits do
not include restructuring and related charges, interest expense,
interest income, impairment charges, reorganization items and
income tax expense. Expenses associated with global operations,
consisting of research and development, manufacturing
management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound
supply chain are included in the determination of operating
C-23
segment profits. In addition, certain general and administrative
expenses necessary to reflect the operating segments on a
standalone basis have been included in the determination of
operating segment profits. Corporate expenses include primarily
general and administrative expenses associated with corporate
overhead and global long-term incentive compensation plans.
All depreciation and amortization included in income from
operations is related to operating segments or corporate
expense. Costs are allocated to operating segments or corporate
expense according to the function of each cost center. All
capital expenditures are related to operating segments. Variable
allocations of assets are not made for segment reporting.
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each
reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each
reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined
strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives
and has a general manager responsible for the sales and
marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines
within that segment. Financial information pertaining to our
reportable segments is contained in Note 12, Segment
Information, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus.
Global
Batteries & Personal Care
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
1,335
|
|
|
$
|
1,494
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
165
|
|
|
$
|
163
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
12.4
|
%
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
1,608
|
|
|
$
|
1,183
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2009 decreased
$159 million to $1,335 million from
$1,494 million during Fiscal 2008, representing an 11%
decrease. Unfavorable foreign currency exchange translation
impacted net sales in Fiscal 2009 by approximately
$118 million in comparison to Fiscal 2008. Consumer battery
sales for Fiscal 2009 decreased to $819 million when
compared to Fiscal 2008 sales of $916 million, principally
due to a negative foreign currency impact of $70 million
coupled with a decline in zinc carbon battery sales of
$32 million. The $32 million decrease in zinc carbon
batteries is primarily concentrated in Latin America, as Latin
American sales were down $35 million in Fiscal 2009
compared to Fiscal 2008 as a result of a slowdown in economic
conditions and inventory de-stocking at retailers mainly in
Brazil. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange
translation, sales of alkaline batteries increased
$5 million as we experienced gains in North America of
$37 million, which were offset by declines within Europe
and Latin America of $17 million and $15 million,
respectively. The increased alkaline battery sales in North
America were driven by an increase in market share, as consumers
opt for our value proposition during the weakening economic
conditions in the U.S. The decreased alkaline battery sales
in Europe were the result of our continued efforts to exit from
unprofitable or marginally profitable private label battery
sales, as well as certain second tier branded battery sales. We
are continuing our efforts to promote profitable growth and
therefore, expect to continue to exit certain low margin
business as appropriate to create a more favorable mix of
branded versus private label products. The decrease in Latin
American alkaline battery sales was again due to the slowdown in
economic activity coupled with inventory de-stocking at
retailers mainly in Brazil. Net sales of electric shaving and
grooming products in Fiscal 2009 decreased by $21 million,
or 8%, primarily as a result of negative foreign exchange
impacts of $19 and declines in North America of $7 million.
These declines were partially offset by increases within Europe
and Latin America of $3 million and $2 million,
respectively. The declines within North America are primarily
attributable to delayed inventory stocking at certain of our
major customers for the 2009 holiday season which in turn
resulted in a delay of our product shipments that historically
would have been recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year. The slight increases in Europe and Latin America are a
result of successful new product launches. Electric personal
care sales decreased by $20 million, a decrease of 9% over
Fiscal 2008. Unfavorable foreign exchange translation impacted
net sales by approximately $24 million. Excluding
unfavorable foreign exchange, we experienced an increase of
$4 million within electric personal care products. Europe
and Latin America increased $8 million and $3 million,
respectively, while North American electric personal care
product sales decreased $8 million.
C-24
Similar to our electric shaving and grooming products sales, the
decreased sales of electric personal care products within North
America was a result of delayed holiday inventory stocking at
certain of our customers which in turn has resulted in a delay
of our product shipments that historically would have been
recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. The
increased sales within Europe and Latin America were due to
strong growth in our womens hair care products. Net sales
of portable lighting products for Fiscal 2009 decreased to
$80 million as compared to sales of $100 million for
Fiscal 2008. The portable lighting product sales decrease was
driven by unfavorable foreign exchange impact of
$5 million, coupled with declines in sales in North
America, Europe and Latin America of $9 million,
$3 million and $2 million, respectively. The decrease
across all regions was driven by softness in the portable
lighting products category as a result of the global economic
slowdown.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 increased slightly to
$165 million from $163 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment
profitability as a percentage of net sales increased to 12.4% in
Fiscal 2009 as compared with 10.9% in Fiscal 2008. The increase
in segment profitability during Fiscal 2009 was primarily the
result of cost savings from the Ningbo Exit Plan and our global
realignment announced in January 2007. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related Charges, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges. Tempering the increase in
segment profitability were decreased sales during Fiscal 2009 as
compared to Fiscal 2008 which was primarily driven by
unfavorable foreign exchange and softness in certain product
categories due to the global economic slowdown. In addition, as
a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence
from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with
SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued as of
August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Global
Batteries & Personal Care inventory balances of
$27 million. As a result of the inventory revaluation,
Global Batteries & Personal Care recognized
$10 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal
2009. The remaining $17 million of the inventory
revaluation was recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal
2010. See Net Sales above for further discussion on
our Fiscal 2009 sales.
Segment assets at September 30, 2009 increased to
$1,608 million from $1,183 million at
September 30, 2008. The increase is primarily a result of
the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. See
Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information related to fresh-start
reporting. Partially offsetting this increase in assets was a
non-cash impairment charge of certain intangible assets in
Fiscal 2009 of $15 million. See Note 3(i), Significant
Accounting Policies and Practices Intangible Assets,
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding this impairment
charge and the amount attributable to Global
Batteries & Personal Care. Goodwill and intangible
assets at September 30, 2009 totaled approximately
$909 million and are directly a result of the revaluation
impacts of fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and intangible assets
at September 30, 2008 total approximately $416 million
and primarily relate to the ROV Ltd., VARTA AG, Remington
Products Company, L.L.C. (Remington Products) and
Microlite S.A. (Microlite) acquisitions.
Global
Pet Supplies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
574
|
|
|
$
|
599
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
|
$
|
69
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
867
|
|
|
$
|
700
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2009 decreased
to $574 million from $599 million in Fiscal 2008,
representing a decrease of $25 million, or 4%. Unfavorable
foreign currency exchange translation impacted net sales in
Fiscal 2009 compared to Fiscal 2008 by approximately
$11 million. Worldwide aquatic sales for Fiscal 2009
decreased to $360 million when compared to sales of
$398 million in Fiscal 2008. The decrease in worldwide
aquatic sales was a result of unfavorable foreign exchange
impacts of $11 million coupled with declines of
$14 million, $10 million and $3 million in the
United States, Europe and the Pacific
C-25
Rim, respectively. The declines in the U.S. were a result
of decreased sales of large equipment, primarily aquariums, due
to the slowdown in economic conditions. The declines in Europe
were due to inventory de-stocking at retailers and the poor
weather season, which impacted our outdoor pond product sales.
The declines the Pacific Rim were as a result of the slowdown in
economic conditions. Companion animal net sales increased to
$214 million in Fiscal 2009 compared to $201 million
in Fiscal 2008, an increase of $13 million, or 6%. We
continued to see strong growth, and foresee further growth in
Fiscal 2010, in companion animal related product sales in the
U.S., driven by our Dingo brand dog treats, coupled with
increased volume in Europe and the Pacific Rim associated with
the continued introductions of companion animal products.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 decreased slightly to
$65 million from $69 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment
profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2009 also
decreased slightly to 11.3% from 11.5% during Fiscal 2008. This
decrease in segment profitability and profitability margin was
primarily due to decreased sales, as discussed above, coupled
with increases in cost of goods sold driven by higher input
costs, which negatively impacted margins, as price increases
lagged behind such cost increases. Tempering the decrease in
profitability and profitability margin were lower operating
expenses, principally selling related expenses. In addition, as
a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence
from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with
SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued as of
August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Global Pet
Supplies inventory balances of $19 million. As a result of
the inventory revaluation, Global Pet Supplies recognized
$5 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2009.
The remaining $14 million of the inventory revaluation was
recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2009 increased to
$867 million from $700 million at September 30,
2008. The increase is primarily a result of the revaluation
impacts of fresh-start reporting. See Note 2, Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more
information related to fresh-start reporting. Partially
offsetting this increase in assets was a non-cash impairment
charge of certain intangible assets in Fiscal 2009 of
$19 million. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting
Policies and Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding this impairment charge and
the amount attributable to Global Pet Supplies. Goodwill and
intangible assets as of September 30, 2009 total
approximately $618 million and are directly a result of the
revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and
intangible assets as of September 30, 2008 total
approximately $447 million and primarily relate to the
acquisitions of Tetra and the United Pet Group division of
United.
Home
and Garden Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
322
|
|
|
$
|
334
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
504
|
|
|
$
|
290
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers of home and garden
control products during Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008 decreased
$12 million, or 4%, primarily due to our retail customers
managing their inventory levels to unprecedented low levels,
combined with such retailers ending their outdoor lawn and
garden control season six weeks early as compared to prior year
seasons and our decision to exit certain unprofitable or
marginally profitable products. This decrease in sales within
lawn and garden control products were partially offset by
increased sales of household insect control products, driven by
increased sales to a major customer.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 increased to
$42 million from $29 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment
profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2009 increased
to 13.0% from 8.7% in Fiscal 2008. The increase in segment
profit for Fiscal 2009 was the result of declining commodity
costs associated with our lawn and garden control products and
the non-recurrence of a charge incurred during Fiscal 2008 of
approximately
C-26
$11 million that related to depreciation and amortization
expense related to Fiscal 2007. From October 1, 2006
through December 30, 2007, the Home and Garden Business was
designated as discontinued operations. In accordance with
generally excepted accounting principles, while designated as
discontinued operations we ceased recording depreciation and
amortization expense associated with the assets of this
business. As a result of our reclassification of that business
to a continuing operation we recorded a
catch-up of
depreciation and amortization expense, which totaled
$14 million, for the five quarters during which this
business was designated as discontinued operations. In addition,
as a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in
accordance with SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued
as of August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Home
and Garden inventory balances of $3 million. As a result of
the inventory revaluation, Home and Garden recognized
$1 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2009.
The remaining $2 million of the inventory revaluation was
recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2009 increased to
$504 million from $290 million at September 30,
2008. The increase is primarily a result of the revaluation
impacts of fresh-start reporting. See Note 2, Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more
information related to fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and
intangible assets as of September 30, 2009 total
approximately $419 million and are directly a result of the
revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. Intangible assets
as of September 30, 2008 total approximately
$115 million and primarily relate to the acquisition of the
United Industries division of United.
Corporate Expense. Our corporate expense in
Fiscal 2009 decreased to $34 million from $45 million
in Fiscal 2008. Our corporate expense as a percentage of
consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2009 decreased to 1.5% from
1.9%. The decrease in expense is partially a result of the
non-recurrence of a $9 million charge incurred in Fiscal
2008 to write off professional fees incurred in connection with
the termination of substantive negotiations with a potential
purchaser of our Global Pet Supplies business.
Restructuring and Related Charges. See
Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding our restructuring and
related charges.
C-27
The following table summarizes all restructuring and related
charges we incurred in 2009 and 2008 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
European initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Global Realignment initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
13.4
|
|
|
$
|
16.5
|
|
Costs included in operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
$
|
2.0
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Global Realignment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in operating expenses
|
|
$
|
32.4
|
|
|
$
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
45.8
|
|
|
$
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the acquisitions of United and Tetra in
Fiscal 2005, we implemented a series of initiatives to optimize
the global resources of the combined companies. These
initiatives included: integrating all of Uniteds home and
garden administrative services, sales and customer service
functions into our operations in Madison, Wisconsin; converting
all information systems to SAP; consolidating Uniteds home
and garden manufacturing and distribution locations in North
America; rationalizing the North America supply chain; and
consolidating administrative, manufacturing and distribution
facilities at our Global Pet Supplies business. In addition,
certain corporate functions were shifted to our global
headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia.
C-28
We have recorded approximately $(1) million of
restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2009, to adjust
prior estimates and eliminate the accrual, and no charges during
Fiscal 2008.
Effective October 1, 2006, we suspended initiatives to
integrate the activities of the Home and Garden Business into
our operations in Madison, Wisconsin. We recorded
$1 million of restructuring and related charges during
Fiscal 2009 and de minimis restructuring and related charges in
Fiscal 2008 in connection with the integration of the United
home and garden business.
Integration activities within Global Pet Supplies were
substantially complete as of September 30, 2007. Global Pet
Supplies integration activities consisted primarily of the
rationalization of manufacturing facilities and the optimization
of our distribution network. As a result of these integration
initiatives, two pet supplies facilities were closed in 2005,
one in Brea, California and the other in Hazleton, Pennsylvania,
one pet supply facility was closed in 2006, in Hauppauge, New
York and one pet supply facility was closed in 2007 in Moorpark,
California. We recorded approximately $2 million and
$3 million of pretax restructuring and related charges
during Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively.
We have implemented a series of initiatives in the Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure (the
European Initiatives). In connection with the
European Initiatives, which are substantially complete, we
implemented a series of initiatives within the Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment in Europe to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure.
These initiatives include the relocation of certain operations
at our Ellwangen, Germany packaging center to our Dischingen,
Germany battery plant, transferring private label battery
production at our Dischingen, Germany battery plant to our
manufacturing facility in China and restructuring Europes
sales, marketing and support functions. In connection with the
European Initiatives, we recorded de minimis pretax
restructuring and related charges in Fiscal 2009 and
approximately $(1) million in pretax restructuring and
related charges, representing the
true-up of
reserve balances, during Fiscal 2008.
We have implemented a series of initiatives within our Global
Batteries & Personal Care business segment in Latin
America to reduce operating costs (the Latin American
Initiatives). In connection with the Latin American
Initiatives, which are substantially complete, we implemented a
series of initiatives within the Global Batteries &
Personal Care segment in Latin America to reduce operating
costs. The initiatives include the reduction of certain
manufacturing operations in Brazil and the restructuring of
management, sales, marketing and support functions. We recorded
de minimis pretax restructuring and related charges during both
Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 in connection with the Latin
American Initiatives.
In Fiscal 2007, we began managing our business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments;
Global Batteries & Personal Care, Global Pet Supplies
and the Home and Garden Business. As part of this realignment,
our global operations organization, which had previously been
included in corporate expense, consisting of research and
development, manufacturing management, global purchasing,
quality operations and inbound supply chain, is now included in
each of the operating segments. See also Note 12, Segment
Results, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
in this prospectus for additional discussion on the realignment
of our operating segments. In connection with these changes we
undertook a number of cost reduction initiatives, primarily
headcount reductions, at the corporate and operating segment
levels (the Global Realignment Initiatives). We
recorded approximately $11 million and $20 million of
pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2009 and
Fiscal 2008, respectively, in connection with the Global
Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives
relate primarily to severance.
During Fiscal 2008, we implemented an initiative within the
Global Batteries & Personal Care segment to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure.
These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the
exit of our battery manufacturing facility in Ningbo Baowang
China (Ningbo) (the Ningbo Exit Plan).
During Fiscal 2009, we implemented a series of initiatives
within the Global Batteries & Personal Care segment
and the Global Pet Supplies segment to reduce operating costs as
well as evaluate our opportunities to improve our capital
structure (the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives).
These initiatives include headcount reductions within all our
segments and the exit of certain facilities in the
U.S. related to the Global Pet
C-29
Supplies segment. These initiatives also included consultation,
legal and accounting fees related to the evaluation of our
capital structure.
Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment. ASC 350
requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. In Fiscal 2009 and 2008, we tested our goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this
testing, we recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of
$34 million and $861 million in Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively. The $34 million non-cash pretax
impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects trade name
intangible asset impairments of the following: $18 million
related to Global Pet Supplies; $15 million related to the
Global Batteries and Personal Care segment; and $1 million
related to the Home and Garden Business. The $861 million
non-cash pretax impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2008
reflects $602 million related to the impairment of goodwill
and $265 million related to the impairment of trade name
intangible assets. Of the $602 million goodwill impairment;
$426 million was associated with our Global Pet Supplies
segment, $160 million was associated with the Home and
Garden Business and $16 million was associated with our
Global Batteries and Personal Care segment. Of the
$265 million trade name intangible assets impairment;
$98 million was within our Global Pet Supplies segment,
$86 million was within our Global Batteries and Personal
Care segment and $81 million was within the Home and Garden
segment. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for further details on these impairment charges.
Interest Expense. Interest expense in Fiscal
2009 decreased to $190 million from $229 million in
Fiscal 2008. The decrease in Fiscal 2009 is primarily due to
ceasing the accrual of interest on Old Spectrums Senior
Subordinated Notes, partially offset by the accrual of the
default interest on our U.S. Dollar Term B Loan and Euro
facility and ineffectiveness related to interest rate derivative
contracts. Contractual interest not accrued on the Senior
Subordinated Notes during Fiscal 2009 was $56 million. See
Liquidity and Capital Resources Debt Financing
Activities and Note 8, Debt, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional
information regarding our outstanding debt.
Reorganization Items. During Fiscal 2009, Old
Spectrum, in connection with our reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, recorded Reorganization
items expense (income), net, which represents a gain of
approximately $(1,143) million. Reorganization items
expense (income), net included the following: (i) gain on
cancellation of debt of $(147) million; (ii) gains in
connection with fresh-start reporting adjustments of
$(1,088) million; (iii) legal and professional fees of
$75 million; (iv) write off deferred financing costs
related to the Senior Subordinated Notes of $11 million;
and (v) a provision for rejected leases of $6 million.
During Fiscal 2009, New Spectrum recorded Reorganization items
expense (income), net which represents expense of
$4 million related to professional fees. See Note 2,
Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for more information related to our reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate on losses
from continuing operations is approximately 2.0% for Old
Spectrum and (256)% for New Spectrum during Fiscal 2009. Our
effective tax rate on income from continuing operations was
approximately 1.0% for Fiscal 2008. The primary drivers of the
change in our effective rate for New Spectrum for Fiscal 2009 as
compared to Fiscal 2008 relate to residual income taxes recorded
on the actual and deemed distribution of foreign earnings in
Fiscal 2009. The change in the valuation allowance related to
these dividends was recorded against goodwill as an adjustment
for release of valuation allowance. The primary drivers for
Fiscal 2008 include tax expense recorded for an increase in the
valuation allowance associated with our net U.S. deferred
tax asset and the tax impact of the impairment charges.
As of September 30, 2009, we had U.S. federal and
state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $598 and
$643 million, respectively, which will expire between 2010
and 2029, and we have foreign net operating loss carryforwards
of approximately $138 million, which will expire beginning
in 2010. Certain of the foreign net operating losses have
indefinite carryforward periods. As of September 30, 2008
we had U.S. federal, foreign and state net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $960, $854 and $142 million,
respectively, which, at that time, were scheduled to expire
between 2009 and 2028. Certain of the
C-30
foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward
periods. We are subject to an annual limitation on the use of
our net operating losses that arose prior to its emergence from
bankruptcy. We have had multiple changes of ownership, as
defined under Internal Revenue Code (IRC)
Section 382, that subject us to U.S. federal and state
net operating losses and other tax attributes to certain
limitations. The annual limitation is based on a number of
factors including the value of our stock (as defined for tax
purposes) on the date of the ownership change, our net
unrealized built in gain position on that date, the occurrence
of realized built in gains in years subsequent to the ownership
change, and the effects of subsequent ownership changes (as
defined for tax purposes) if any. Based on these factors, we
project that $149 million of the total U.S. federal
and $311 million of the state net operating loss will
expire unused. We have provided a full valuation allowance
against the deferred tax asset.
We recognized income tax expense of approximately
$124 million related to the gain on the settlement of
liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. This
adjustment, net of a change in valuation allowance is embedded
in Reorganization items expense (income), net. We intend to
reduce our net operating loss carryforwards for any cancellation
of debt income in accordance with IRC Section 108 that
arises from our emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code under IRC Section 382 (1)(6).
The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets depends on
our ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the
appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate
taxing jurisdictions. We establish valuation allowances for
deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more likely than not
that the tax assets will not be realized. We base these
estimates on projections of future income, including tax
planning strategies, in certain jurisdictions. Changes in
industry conditions and other economic conditions may impact our
ability to project future income. ASC 740 requires the
establishment of a valuation allowance when it is more likely
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets
will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, we
periodically assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets
will be realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation
allowance are appropriate. In 2009, Old Spectrum recorded a
reduction in the valuation allowance against the U.S. net
deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite lived intangible
assets primarily as a result of utilizing net operating losses
to offset the gain on settlement of liabilities subject to
compromise and the impact of the fresh start reporting
adjustments. New Spectrum recorded a reduction in the domestic
valuation allowance of $47 million as a reduction to
goodwill as a result of the recognition of pre-fresh start
deferred tax assets to offset New Spectrum income. Our total
valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of deferred
tax assets that may not be realized was approximately
$133 million at September 30, 2009. Of this amount,
approximately $109 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $24 million related
to foreign net deferred tax assets. We recorded a non-cash
deferred income tax charge of approximately $257 million
related to a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred
tax assets during Fiscal 2008. Included in the total is a
non-cash deferred income tax charge of approximately
$4 million related to an increase in the valuation
allowance against our net deferred tax assets in China in
connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We also determined that a
valuation allowance was no longer required in Brazil and thus
recorded a $31 million benefit to reverse the valuation
allowance previously established. Our total valuation allowance,
established for the tax benefit of deferred tax assets that may
not be realized, was approximately $496 million at
September 30, 2008. Of this amount, approximately
$468 million related to U.S. net deferred tax assets
and approximately $28 million related to foreign net
deferred tax assets.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we recorded
non- cash pretax impairment charges of approximately
$34 million and $861 million, respectively. The tax
impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation
allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit
of approximately $13 million and $143 million,
respectively. See Goodwill and Intangibles
Impairment above, as well as Note 3(c),
Significant Accounting Policies and Practices
Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for additional information regarding
these non-cash impairment charges.
ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax
positions, requires that we recognize in our financial
statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is
more likely than not of being sustained
C-31
on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. We
adopted this provision on October 1, 2007. As a result of
the adoption, we recognized no cumulative effect adjustment. As
of September 30, 2009, August 30, 2009 and
September 30, 2008, the total amount of unrecognized tax
benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective income
tax rate in future periods is $8 million, $8 million
and $7 million, respectively. See Note 8, Income
Taxes, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in
this prospectus for additional information.
Discontinued Operations. On November 5,
2008, the board of directors of Old Spectrum committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden Business
during Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown is consistent with
what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. We completed the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. Accordingly,
the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
excludes the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business for all periods presented. See Note 9,
Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for further details on
the disposal of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business. The following amounts related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business have been
segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as
discontinued operations during Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008,
respectively (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
31.3
|
|
|
$
|
261.4
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(90.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27.1
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(86.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be
disposed of are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or
fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008, we recorded a
non-cash pretax charge of $6 million in discontinued
operations to reduce the carrying value of intangible assets
related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this
business.
On November 1, 2007, we sold the Canadian division of the
Home and Garden Business, which operated under the name Nu-Gro,
to a new company formed by RoyCap Merchant Banking Group and
Clarke Inc. Cash proceeds received at closing, net of selling
expenses, totaled approximately $15 million and was used to
reduce outstanding debt. These proceeds are included in net cash
provided by investing activities of discontinued operations in
our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in this
prospectus. On February 5, 2008, we finalized the
contractual working capital adjustment in connection with this
sale which increased our received proceeds by approximately
$1 million. As a result of the finalization of the
contractual working capital adjustments we recorded a loss on
disposal of approximately $1 million, net of tax benefit.
Accordingly, the presentation herein of the results of
continuing operations excludes the Canadian division of the Home
and Garden Business for all periods presented. See Note 9,
Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for further details on
the sale of the Canadian division of the Home and Garden
Business.
C-32
The following amounts related to the Canadian division of the
Home and Garden Business have been segregated from continuing
operations and are reflected as discontinued operations during
Fiscal 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008(A)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(1.9
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 represents results from discontinued operations from
October 1, 2007 through November 1, 2007, the date of
sale. Included in the Fiscal 2008 loss is a loss on disposal of
approximately $1 million, net of tax benefit. |
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Operating Activities. Net cash provided by
operating activities was $57 million during Fiscal 2010
compared to $77 million during Fiscal 2009. Cash provided
by operating activities from continuing operations was
$69 million during Fiscal 2010 compared to $98 million
during Fiscal 2009. The $29 million decrease in cash
provided by operating activities was primarily due to payments
of $47 million related to professional fees from our
Bankruptcy Filing and $25 million of payments related to
the Merger. This was partially offset by an increase in income
from continuing operations after adjusting for non-cash items of
$40 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009. Cash
used by operating activities from discontinued operations was
$11 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to a use of
$22 million in Fiscal 2009. The operating activities of
discontinued operations were related to the growing products
portion of the Home and Garden Business. See
Discontinued Operations, above, as well as
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further
details on the disposal of the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business.
We expect to fund our cash requirements, including capital
expenditures, interest and principal payments due in Fiscal 2010
through a combination of cash on hand and cash flows from
operations and available borrowings under our ABL Revolving
Credit Facility. Going forward our ability to satisfy financial
and other covenants in our senior credit agreements and senior
subordinated indenture and to make scheduled payments or
prepayments on our debt and other financial obligations will
depend on our future financial and operating performance. There
can be no assurances that our business will generate sufficient
cash flows from operations or that future borrowings under the
ABL Revolving Credit Facility will be available in an amount
sufficient to satisfy our debt maturities or to fund our other
liquidity needs. In addition, the current economic crisis could
have a further negative impact on our financial position,
results of operations or cash flows. See Annex A, Risk
Factors of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., for further
discussion of the risks associated with our ability to service
all of our existing indebtedness, our ability to maintain
compliance with financial and other covenants related to our
indebtedness and the impact of the current economic crisis.
Investing Activities. Net cash used by
investing activities was $43 million for Fiscal 2010. For
Fiscal 2009 investing activities used cash of $20 million.
The $23 million increase in cash used in Fiscal 2010 was
primarily due to a $30 million increase of capital
expenditures during Fiscal 2010 and payments related to the
Russell Hobbs Merger, net of cash acquired from Russell Hobbs.
These items were partially offset by $9 million of cash
paid in Fiscal 2009 related to performance fees from the
Microlite acquisition.
Debt
Financing Activities
In connection with the Merger, we (i) entered into a new
senior secured term loan pursuant to a new senior credit
agreement (the Senior Credit Agreement) consisting
of the $750 million Term Loan, (ii) issued
$750 million in aggregate principal amount of
9.5% Notes and (iii) entered into the
$300 million ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds
from the Senior Secured Facilities were used to repay our then-
C-33
existing senior term credit facility (the Prior Term
Facility) and our then-existing asset based revolving loan
facility, to pay fees and expenses in connection with the
refinancing and for general corporate purposes.
The 9.5% Notes and 12% Notes were issued by Spectrum
Brands. SB/RH Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings, and the wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum
Brands are the guarantors under the 9.5% Notes. The wholly
owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands are the
guarantors under the 12% Notes. SB Holdings is not an
issuer or guarantor of the 9.5% Notes or the
12% Notes. SB Holdings is also not a borrower or guarantor
under the Companys Term Loan or the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility. Spectrum Brands is the borrower under the Term Loan
and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries along with SB/RH
Holdings, LLC are the guarantors under that facility. Spectrum
Brands and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries are the
borrowers under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and SB/RH
Holdings, LLC is a guarantor of that facility.
Senior
Term Credit Facility
The Term Loan has a maturity date of June 16, 2016. Subject
to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan is subject
to repayment according to a scheduled amortization, with the
final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, due at maturity. Among other things, the Term
Loan provides for a minimum Eurodollar interest rate floor of
1.5% and interest spreads over market rates of 6.5%.
The Senior Credit Agreement contains financial covenants with
respect to debt, including, but not limited to, a maximum
leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, which
covenants, pursuant to their terms, become more restrictive over
time. In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement contains
customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to,
restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness,
create liens, make investments or specified payments, give
guarantees, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and merge
or acquire or sell assets. Pursuant to a guarantee and
collateral agreement, we and our domestic subsidiaries have
guaranteed their respective obligations under the Senior Credit
Agreement and related loan documents and have pledged
substantially all of their respective assets to secure such
obligations. The Senior Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
The Term Loan was issued at a 2.00% discount and was recorded
net of the $15 million amount incurred. The discount will
be amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal
with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the
remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement. During Fiscal
2010, we recorded $26 million of fees in connection with
the Senior Credit Agreement. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs and will be amortized as an adjustment to
interest expense over the remaining life of the Senior Credit
Agreement.
At September 30, 2010, the aggregate amount outstanding
under the Term Loan totaled $750 million.
At September 30, 2009, the aggregate amount outstanding
under the Prior Term Facility totaled a U.S. Dollar
equivalent of $1,391 million, consisting of principal
amounts of $973 million under the U.S. Dollar Term B
Loan, 255 million under the Euro Facility
($372 million at September 30, 2009) as well as
letters of credit outstanding under the L/C Facility totaling
$46 million.
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the Senior Credit Agreement.
9.5% Notes
At September 30, 2010, we had outstanding principal of
$750 million under the 9.5% Notes maturing
June 15, 2018.
We may redeem all or a part of the 9.5% Notes, upon not
less than 30 or more than 60 days notice at specified
redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the
9.5% Notes (the 2018 Indenture) requires us to
make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the
applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price,
including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change
of control, as defined in such indenture.
C-34
The 2018 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit,
among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness,
payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity
interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into
unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or
consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or
substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2018 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the 2018 Indenture arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the
acceleration of the amounts due under the 9.5% Notes. If
any other event of default under the 2018 Indenture occurs and
is continuing, the trustee for the 2018 Indenture or the
registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the 9.5% Notes may declare
the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the 2018 Indenture.
The 9.5% Notes were issued at a 1.37% discount and were
recorded net of the $10 million amount incurred. The
discount will be amortized as an adjustment to the carrying
value of principal with a corresponding charge to interest
expense over the remaining life of the 9.5% Notes. During
Fiscal 2010, we recorded $21 million of fees in connection
with the issuance of the 9.5% Notes. The fees are
classified as Debt issuance costs and will be amortized as an
adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the
9.5% Notes.
12%
Notes
On August 28, 2009, in connection with emergence from the
voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 and pursuant to
the Plan, we issued $218 million in aggregate principal
amount of 12% Notes maturing August 28, 2019.
Semiannually, at our option, we may elect to pay interest on the
12% Notes in cash or as payment in kind, or
PIK. PIK interest would be added to principal upon
the relevant semi-annual interest payment date. Under the Prior
Term Facility, we agreed to make interest payments on the
12% Notes through PIK for the first three semi-annual
interest payment periods. As a result of the refinancing of the
Prior Term Facility we are no longer required to make interest
payments as payment in kind after the semi-annual interest
payment date of August 28, 2010. Effective with the payment
date of August 28, 2010 we gave notice to the trustee that
the interest payment due February 28, 2011 would be made in
cash. During Fiscal 2010, we reclassified $27 million of
accrued interest from Other long term liabilities to principal
in connection with the PIK provision of the 12% Notes.
We may redeem all or a part of the 12% Notes, upon not less
than 30 or more than 60 days notice, beginning
August 28, 2012 at specified redemption prices. Further,
the indenture governing the 12% Notes requires us to make
an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the
applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price,
including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change
of control, as defined in such indenture.
At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, we had
outstanding principal of $245 million and
$218 million, respectively, under the 12% Notes.
The indenture governing the 12% Notes (the 2019
Indenture), contains customary covenants that limit, among
other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment
of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests,
the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated
businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation
with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially
all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2019 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the
amounts due under the 12% Notes. If any other event of
default under the 2019 Indenture
C-35
occurs and is continuing, the trustee for the indenture or the
registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the 12% Notes may declare
the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the 12% Notes. We, however, are subject to
certain limitations as a result of our Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio under the 2019 Indenture being below 2:1. Until the test
is satisfied, we and certain of our subsidiaries are limited in
our ability to make significant acquisitions or incur
significant additional senior credit facility debt beyond the
Senior Credit Facilities. We do not expect our inability to
satisfy the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair our
ability to provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and
long-term liquidity requirements of our existing businesses,
although no assurance can be given in this regard.
In connection with the Merger, we obtained the consent of the
note holders to certain amendments to the 2019 Indenture
(collectively, the Supplemental Indenture). The
Supplemental Indenture became effective upon the closing of the
Merger. Among other things, the Supplemental Indenture amended
the definition of change in control to exclude Harbinger Master
Fund and Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund,
L.P. (Harbinger Special Fund) and, together with
Harbinger Master Fund, the HCP Funds) and
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (together with the HCP
Funds, the Harbinger Parties), and their affiliates,
including Harbinger Group Inc., and increased the Companys
ability to incur indebtedness up to $1,850 million.
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded $3 million of fees in
connection with the consent. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs and will be amortized as an adjustment to
interest expense over the remaining life of the 12% Notes
effective with the closing of the Merger.
ABL
Revolving Credit Facility
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is governed by a credit
agreement (the ABL Credit Agreement) with Bank of
America as administrative agent (the Agent). The ABL
Revolving Credit Facility consists of revolving loans (the
Revolving Loans), with a portion available for
letters of credit and a portion available as swing line loans,
in each case subject to the terms and limits described therein.
The Revolving Loans may be drawn, repaid and reborrowed without
premium or penalty. The proceeds of borrowings under the ABL
Revolving Credit Facility are to be used for costs, expenses and
fees in connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, for
working capital requirements of us and our subsidiaries,
restructuring costs, and other general corporate purposes.
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility carries an interest rate, at
our option, which is subject to change based on availability
under the facility, of either: (a) the base rate plus
currently 2.75% per annum or (b) the reserve- adjusted
LIBOR rate (the Eurodollar Rate) plus currently
3.75% per annum. No amortization will be required with respect
to the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The ABL Revolving Credit
Facility will mature on June 16, 2014.
The ABL Credit Agreement contains various representations and
warranties and covenants, including, without limitation,
enhanced collateral reporting, and a maximum fixed charge
coverage ratio. The ABL Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
At September 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the ABL Credit Agreement.
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded $10 million of fees in
connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The fees are
classified as Debt issuance costs and will be amortized as an
adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the
ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility at September 30, 2010, we had aggregate
borrowing availability of approximately $225 million, net
of lender reserves of $29 million.
C-36
At September 30, 2010, we had an aggregate amount
outstanding under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility of
$37 million for outstanding letters of credit of
$37 million.
At September 30, 2009, we had an aggregate amount
outstanding under our then-existing asset based revolving loan
facility of $84 million which included a supplemental loan
of $45 million and $6 million in outstanding letters
of credit.
Interest
Payments and Fees
In addition to principal payments on our Senior Credit
Facilities, we have annual interest payment obligations of
approximately $71 million in the aggregate under our
9.5% Notes and annual interest payment obligations of
approximately $29 million in the aggregate under our
12% Notes. We also incur interest on our borrowings under
the Senior Credit Facilities and such interest would increase
borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility if cash were
not otherwise available for such payments. Interest on the
9.5% Notes and interest on the 12% Notes is payable
semi-annually in arrears and interest under the Senior Credit
Facilities is payable on various interest payment dates as
provided in the Senior Credit Agreement and the ABL Credit
Agreement. Interest is payable in cash, except that interest
under the 12% Notes is required to be paid by increasing
the aggregate principal amount due under the subject notes
unless we elect to make such payments in cash. Effective with
the payment date of August 28, 2010, we elected to make the
semi-annual interest payment scheduled for February 28,
2011 in cash. Thereafter, we may make the semi-annual interest
payments for the 12% Notes either in cash or by further
increasing the aggregate principal amount due under the notes
subject to certain conditions. Based on amounts currently
outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, and using market
interest rates and foreign exchange rates in effect at
September 30, 2010, we estimate annual interest payments of
approximately $61 million in the aggregate under our Senior
Credit Facilities would be required assuming no further
principal payments were to occur and excluding any payments
associated with outstanding interest rate swaps. We are required
to pay certain fees in connection with the Senior Credit
Facilities. Such fees include a quarterly commitment fee of up
to 0.75% on the unused portion of the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility and certain additional fees with respect to the letter
of credit subfacility under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
Equity Financing Activities. During Fiscal
2010, we granted approximately 0.9 million shares of
restricted stock. Of these grants, 0.3 million restricted
stock units were granted in conjunction with the Merger and are
time-based and vest over a one year period. The remaining
0.6 million shares are restricted stock grants primarily
vest over a two year period. The total market value of the
restricted shares on the date of the grant was approximately
$23 million. During Fiscal 2009, Old Spectrum granted
approximately 0.2 million shares of restricted stock. Of
these grants, approximately 18% of the shares were time-based
and vest on a pro rata basis over a three year period and 82% of
the shares were performance-based and vest upon achievement of
certain performance goals. All vesting dates were subject to the
recipients continued employment with us. The total market
value of the restricted stock on the date of the grant was
approximately $0.1 million which has been recorded as
unearned restricted stock compensation. On the Effective Date,
all of the existing common stock of Old Spectrum was
extinguished and deemed cancelled. Subsequent to
September 30, 2009, we granted an aggregate of
approximately 0.6 million shares of restricted common stock
of New Spectrum to certain employees and non-employee directors.
All such shares are subject to time-based vesting. All vesting
dates are subject to the recipients continued employment,
or service as a director, with us.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or
are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our
financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or
expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures
or capital resources that are material to investors.
C-37
Contractual
Obligations & Other Commercial Commitments
Contractual
Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of
September 30, 2010 and the effect such obligations are
expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future
periods. The table excludes other obligations we have reflected
on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position included in
this prospectus, such as pension obligations. See Note 10,
Employee Benefit Plans, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for a more complete
discussion of our employee benefit plans (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt, excluding capital lease obligations
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
1,587
|
|
|
$
|
1,759
|
|
Capital lease obligations(1)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Interest payments on debt
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
1,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
1,938
|
|
|
|
2,908
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Contractual Obligations
|
|
$
|
220
|
|
|
$
|
231
|
|
|
$
|
226
|
|
|
$
|
215
|
|
|
$
|
207
|
|
|
$
|
1,987
|
|
|
$
|
3,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Capital lease payments due by fiscal year include executory
costs and imputed interest not reflected in the Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position included in this prospectus. |
Other
Commercial Commitments
The following table summarizes our other commercial commitments
as of September 30, 2010, consisting entirely of standby
letters of credit that back the performance of certain of our
entities under various credit facilities, insurance policies and
lease arrangements (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Commercial Commitments
|
|
|
|
Amount of Commitment Expiration by Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Letters of credit
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Commercial Commitments
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Critical
Accounting Policies
Our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly
present our financial position and results of operations. We
believe the following accounting policies are critical to an
understanding of our financial statements. The application of
these policies requires managements judgment and estimates
in areas that are inherently uncertain.
Valuation
of Assets and Asset Impairment
We evaluate certain long-lived assets to be held and used, such
as property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible
assets for impairment based on the expected future cash flows or
earnings projections associated with such assets. Impairment
reviews are conducted at the judgment of management when it
believes that a change in circumstances in the business or
external factors warrants a review. Circumstances such as the
discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or
consistent decline in the sales forecast for a product, changes
in technology or in the way an asset is being used, a history of
operating or cash flow losses or an adverse change in legal
factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an
impairment review. An assets value is deemed impaired if
the discounted cash flows or earnings projections
C-38
generated do not substantiate the carrying value of the asset.
The estimation of such amounts requires managements
judgment with respect to revenue and expense growth rates,
changes in working capital and selection of an appropriate
discount rate, as applicable. The use of different assumptions
would increase or decrease discounted future operating cash
flows or earnings projections and could, therefore, change
impairment determinations.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. In Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we
tested our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a
result of this testing, we recorded no impairment charges in
Fiscal 2010 and non-cash pretax impairment charges of
$34 million and $861 million in Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively. The $34 million impairment charge
incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects an impairment of trade name
intangible assets consisting of the following:
(i) $18 million related to the Global Pet Supplies
Business; (ii) $15 million related to the Global
Batteries and Personal Care segment; and
(iii) $1 million related to the Home and Garden
Business. The $861 million impairment charge incurred in
Fiscal 2008 reflects impaired goodwill of $602 million and
impaired trade name intangible assets of $265 million. The
$602 million of impaired goodwill consisted of the
following: (i) $426 million associated with our Global
Pet Supplies reportable segment; (ii) $160 million
associated with the Home and Garden Business; and
(iii) $16 million related to our Global
Batteries & Personal Care reportable segment. The
$265 million of impaired trade name intangible assets
consisted of the following: (i) $86 million related to
our Global Batteries & Personal Care reportable
segment; (ii) $98 million related to Global Pet
Supplies; and (iii) $81 million related to the Home
and Garden Business. Future cash expenditures will not result
from these impairment charges.
We used a discounted estimated future cash flows methodology,
third party valuations and negotiated sales prices to determine
the fair value of our reporting units (goodwill). Fair value of
indefinite-lived intangible assets, which represent trade names,
was determined using a relief from royalty methodology.
Assumptions critical to our fair value estimates were:
(i) the present value factors used in determining the fair
value of the reporting units and trade names or third party
indicated fair values for assets expected to be disposed;
(ii) royalty rates used in our trade name valuations;
(iii) projected average revenue growth rates used in the
reporting unit and trade name models; and (iv) projected
long-term growth rates used in the derivation of terminal year
values. We also tested fair value for reasonableness by
comparison to our total market capitalization, which includes
both our equity and debt securities. These and other assumptions
are impacted by economic conditions and expectations of
management and will change in the future based on period
specific facts and circumstances. In light of a sustained
decline in market capitalization coupled with the decline of the
fair value of our debt securities, we also considered these
factors in the Fiscal 2008 annual impairment testing.
In accordance with ASC 740, we establish valuation
allowances for deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more
likely than not that the tax assets will not be realized. We
base these estimates on projections of future income, including
tax-planning strategies, by individual tax jurisdictions.
Changes in industry and economic conditions and the competitive
environment may impact the accuracy of our projections. In
accordance with ASC 740, during each reporting period we
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be
realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation allowance
are appropriate. As a result of this assessment, during Fiscal
2009 we recorded a reduction in the valuation allowance of
approximately $363 million. Of the $363 million total,
$314 million was recorded as a non-cash deferred income tax
benefit and $49 million as a reduction to goodwill. During
Fiscal 2008 we recorded a non-cash deferred income tax charge of
approximately $200 million related to increasing the
valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.
The fair value of our Global Batteries & Personal
Care, Global Pet Supplies, Small Appliances and Home and Garden
Business reporting units, which are also our segments, exceeded
their carry values by 52%, 49%, 13% and 10%, respectively, as of
the date of our latest annual impairment testing.
See Note 3(h), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Property, Plant and Equipment,
Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Intangible Assets, Note 5, Property,
Plant and Equipment,
C-39
Note 6, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Note 8, Income
Taxes, and Note 9, Discontinued Operations, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for more information about these assets.
Revenue
Recognition and Concentration of Credit Risk
We recognize revenue from product sales generally upon delivery
to the customer or the shipping point in situations where the
customer picks up the product or where delivery terms so
stipulate. This represents the point at which title and all
risks and rewards of ownership of the product are passed,
provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer
acceptance; there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement
exists; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
collectibility is deemed reasonably assured. We are generally
not obligated to allow for, and our general policy is not to
accept, product returns for battery sales. We do accept returns
in specific instances related to our electric shaving and
grooming, electric personal care, home and garden, small
appliances and pet supply products. The provision for customer
returns is based on historical sales and returns and other
relevant information. We estimate and accrue the cost of
returns, which are treated as a reduction of net sales.
We enter into various promotional arrangements, primarily with
retail customers, including arrangements entitling such
retailers to cash rebates from us based on the level of their
purchases, which require us to estimate and accrue the costs of
the promotional programs. These costs are generally treated as a
reduction of net sales.
We also enter into promotional arrangements that target the
ultimate consumer. Such arrangements are treated as either a
reduction of net sales or an increase in cost of sales, based on
the type of promotional program. The income statement
presentation of our promotional arrangements complies with ASC
Topic 605: Revenue Recognition. Cash
consideration, or an equivalent thereto, given to a customer is
generally classified as a reduction of net sales. If we provide
a customer anything other than cash, the cost of the
consideration is classified as an expense and included in cost
of sales.
For all types of promotional arrangements and programs, we
monitor our commitments and use statistical measures and past
experience to determine the amounts to be recorded for the
estimate of the earned, but unpaid, promotional costs. The terms
of our customer-related promotional arrangements and programs
are tailored to each customer and are generally documented
through written contracts, correspondence or other
communications with the individual customers.
We also enter into various arrangements, primarily with retail
customers, which require us to make an upfront cash, or
slotting payment, to secure the right to distribute
through such customer. We capitalize slotting payments, provided
the payments are supported by a time or volume based arrangement
with the retailer, and amortize the associated payment over the
appropriate time or volume based term of the arrangement. The
amortization of slotting payments is treated as a reduction in
net sales and a corresponding asset is reported in Deferred
charges and other in our Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position included in this prospectus.
Our trade receivables subject us to credit risk which is
evaluated based on changing economic, political and specific
customer conditions. We assess these risks and make provisions
for collectibility based on our best estimate of the risks
presented and information available at the date of the financial
statements. The use of different assumptions may change our
estimate of collectibility. We extend credit to our customers
based upon an evaluation of the customers financial
condition and credit history and generally do not require
collateral. Our credit terms generally range between 30 and
90 days from invoice date, depending upon the evaluation of
the customers financial condition and history. We monitor
our customers credit and financial condition in order to
assess whether the economic conditions have changed and adjust
our credit policies with respect to any individual customer as
we determine appropriate. These adjustments may include, but are
not limited to, restricting shipments to customers, reducing
credit limits, shortening credit terms, requiring cash payments
in advance of shipment or securing credit insurance.
See Note 3(b), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Revenue Recognition, Note 3(c),
Significant Accounting Policies and Practices Use of
Estimates and Note 3(e), Significant Accounting Policies
C-40
and Practices Concentrations of Credit Risk and
Major Customers and Employees, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more
information about our revenue recognition and credit policies.
Pensions
Our accounting for pension benefits is primarily based on a
discount rate, expected and actual return on plan assets and
other assumptions made by management, and is impacted by outside
factors such as equity and fixed income market performance.
Pension liability is principally the estimated present value of
future benefits, net of plan assets. In calculating the
estimated present value of future benefits, net of plan assets,
we used discount rates of 4.2 to 13.6% in Fiscal 2010 and 5.0 to
11.8% in Fiscal 2009. In adjusting the discount rates from
Fiscal 2009 to 2010, we considered the change in the general
market interest rates of debt and solicited the advice of our
actuary. We believe the discount rates used are reflective of
the rates at which the pension benefits could be effectively
settled.
Pension expense is principally the sum of interest and service
cost of the plan, less the expected return on plan assets and
the amortization of the difference between our assumptions and
actual experience. The expected return on plan assets is
calculated by applying an assumed rate of return to the fair
value of plan assets. We used expected returns on plan assets of
4.5% to 7.8% in Fiscal 2010 and 4.5% to 8.0% in Fiscal 2009.
Based on the advice of our independent actuary, we believe the
expected rates of return are reflective of the long-term average
rate of earnings expected on the funds invested. If such
expected returns were overstated, it would ultimately increase
future pension expense. Similarly, an understatement of the
expected return would ultimately decrease future pension
expense. If plan assets decline due to poor performance by the
markets
and/or
interest rate declines our pension liability will increase,
ultimately increasing future pension expense.
See Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for a more complete discussion of our employee benefit plans.
Restructuring
and Related Charges
Restructuring charges are recognized and measured according to
the provisions of ASC Topic 420: Exit or Disposal Cost
Obligations, (ASC 420). Under
ASC 420, restructuring charges include, but are not limited
to, termination and related costs consisting primarily of
severance costs and retention bonuses, and contract termination
costs consisting primarily of lease termination costs. Related
charges, as defined by us, include, but are not limited to,
other costs directly associated with exit and integration
activities, including impairment of property and other assets,
departmental costs of full-time incremental integration
employees, and any other items related to the exit or
integration activities. Costs for such activities are estimated
by us after evaluating detailed analyses of the cost to be
incurred. We present restructuring and related charges on a
combined basis.
Liabilities from restructuring and related charges are recorded
for estimated costs of facility closures, significant
organizational adjustment and measures undertaken by management
to exit certain activities. Costs for such activities are
estimated by management after evaluating detailed analyses of
the cost to be incurred. Such liabilities could include amounts
for items such as severance costs and related benefits
(including settlements of pension plans), impairment of property
and equipment and other current or long term assets, lease
termination payments and any other items directly related to the
exit activities. While the actions are carried out as
expeditiously as possible, restructuring and related charges are
estimates. Changes in estimates resulting in an increase to or a
reversal of a previously recorded liability may be required as
management executes a restructuring plan.
We report restructuring and related charges associated with
manufacturing and related initiatives in cost of goods sold.
Restructuring and related charges reflected in cost of goods
sold include, but are not limited to, termination and related
costs associated with manufacturing employees, asset impairments
relating to manufacturing initiatives and other costs directly
related to the restructuring initiatives implemented.
C-41
We report restructuring and related charges associated with
administrative functions in operating expenses, such as
initiatives impacting sales, marketing, distribution or other
non-manufacturing related functions. Restructuring and related
charges reflected in operating expenses include, but are not
limited to, termination and related costs, any asset impairments
relating to the administrative functions and other costs
directly related to the initiatives implemented.
The costs of plans to (i) exit an activity of an acquired
company, (ii) involuntarily terminate employees of
an acquired company or (iii) relocate employees of an
acquired company are measured and recorded in accordance with
the provisions of the ASC 805. Under ASC 805, if
certain conditions are met, such costs are recognized as a
liability assumed as of the consummation date of the purchase
business combination and included in the allocation of the
acquisition cost. Costs related to terminated activities or
employees of the acquired company that do not meet the
conditions prescribed in ASC 805 are treated as
restructuring and related charges and expensed as incurred.
See Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for a more complete discussion of our restructuring
initiatives and related costs.
Loss
Contingencies
Loss contingencies are recorded as liabilities when it is
probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the
loss can be reasonably estimated. The outcome of existing
litigation, the impact of environmental matters and pending or
potential examinations by various taxing authorities are
examples of situations evaluated as loss contingencies.
Estimating the probability and magnitude of losses is often
dependent upon managements judgment of potential actions
by third parties and regulators. It is possible that changes in
estimates or an increased probability of an unfavorable outcome
could materially affect our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
See further discussion in Note 12, Commitments and
Contingencies, of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010.
Other
Significant Accounting Policies
Other significant accounting policies, primarily those with
lower levels of uncertainty than those discussed above, are also
critical to understanding the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus. The Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus contain
additional information related to our accounting policies,
including recent accounting pronouncements, and should be read
in conjunction with this discussion.
C-42
Annex D
DESCRIPTION
OF THE BUSINESS OF SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
General
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings), is a global branded consumer products company
and was created in connection with the combination of Spectrum
Brands, Inc. (Spectrum Brands), a global branded
consumer products company and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell
Hobbs), a small appliance brand company, to form a new
combined company (the Merger). The Merger was
consummated on June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger,
both Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned
subsidiaries of SB Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings common stock
trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE)
under the symbol SPB.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms the
Company, Spectrum, we,
our or us are used to refer to SB
Holdings and its subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger and
Spectrum Brands prior to the Merger, as well as both before and
on and after the Effective Date, as defined below. The term
Old Spectrum, refers only to Spectrum Brands, our
Wisconsin predecessor, and its subsidiaries prior to the
Effective Date.
In connection with the Merger, we refinanced Spectrum
Brands existing senior debt, except for Spectrum
Brands 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019
(the 12% Notes), which remain outstanding, and
a portion of Russell Hobbs existing senior debt through a
combination of a new $750 million Term Loan due
June 16, 2016 (the Term Loan), new
$750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes maturing
June 15, 2018 (the 9.5% Notes) and a new
$300 million ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014
(the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and together with
the Term Loan, the Senior Credit Facilities and the
Senior Credit Facilities together with the 9.5% Notes, the
Senior Secured Facilities).
As further described below, on February 3, 2009, we and our
wholly owned United States (U.S.) subsidiaries
(collectively, the Debtors) filed voluntary
petitions under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(the Bankruptcy Code), in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Texas (the Bankruptcy
Court). On August 28, 2009 (the Effective
Date), the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code. Effective as of the Effective Date and pursuant
to the Debtors confirmed plan of reorganization, Spectrum
Brands converted from a Wisconsin corporation to a Delaware
corporation.
Financial information included in our financial statements
prepared after August 30, 2009 will not be comparable to
financial information from prior periods. See Annex A, Risk
Factors of Spectrum Brands Holdings,
Inc. Risks Related To Our Emergence
From Bankruptcy for more information.
We are a global branded consumer products company with positions
in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; small
appliances; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming;
electric personal care; portable lighting; and home and garden
control products.
We manage our business in four reportable segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Personal Care, which
consists of our worldwide battery, shaving and grooming,
personal care and portable lighting business (Global
Batteries & Personal Care); (ii) Global Pet
Supplies, which consists of our worldwide pet supplies business
(Global Pet Supplies); (iii) the Home and
Garden Business, which consists of our home and garden control
product offerings, including household insecticides, repellants
and herbicides (the Home and Garden Business); and
(iv) Small Appliances, which consists of small electrical
appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories
(Small Appliances).
We manufacture and market alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid
batteries, herbicides, insecticides and repellants and specialty
pet supplies. We design, market and distribute rechargeable
batteries, battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers
and accessories, grooming products, hair care appliances, small
household appliances and personal care products. Our
manufacturing and product development facilities are located in
the U.S., Europe, Latin America and Asia. Substantially all of
our rechargeable batteries and chargers, shaving
D-1
and grooming products, small household appliances, personal care
products and portable lighting products are manufactured by
third-party suppliers, primarily located in Asia.
We sell our products in approximately 120 countries through a
variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and
distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors
and original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and
enjoy strong name recognition in our markets under the Rayovac,
VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence
for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1,
Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman,
Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
Global and geographic strategic initiatives and financial
objectives are determined at the corporate level. Each business
segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic
initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a
general manager responsible for sales and marketing initiatives
and the financial results for all product lines within that
business segment.
Our operating performance is influenced by a number of factors
including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange
fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence
and preferences; our overall product line mix, including
pricing and gross margin, which vary by product line and
geographic market; pricing of certain raw materials and
commodities; energy and fuel prices; and our general competitive
position, especially as impacted by our competitors
advertising and promotional activities and pricing strategies.
In November 2008, our board of directors committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business
for our fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 (Fiscal
2009). We believe the shutdown was consistent with what we
have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. As of March 29,
2009, we completed the shutdown of the growing products portion
of the Home and Garden Business. Accordingly, the presentation
herein of the results of continuing operations excludes the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for all
periods presented. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, to
our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for further details on the disposal of the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business.
On December 15, 2008, prior to our Bankruptcy Filing, as
defined below, Old Spectrum was advised that its common stock
would be suspended from trading on the NYSE prior to the opening
of the market on December 22, 2008. It was advised that the
decision to suspend its common stock was reached in view of the
fact that it had recently fallen below the NYSEs continued
listing standard regarding average global market capitalization
over a consecutive 30 trading day period of not less than
$25 million, the minimum threshold for listing on the NYSE.
Old Spectrums common stock was delisted from the NYSE
effective January 23, 2009.
On March 18, 2010, the common stock of Spectrum Brands was
listed on the NYSE. In connection with the consummation of the
Merger, on June 16, 2010 the common stock of Spectrum
Brands was delisted from the NYSE and the common stock of SB
Holdings succeeded to its listing status under the symbol
SPB.
As a result of our Bankruptcy Filing, we were able to
significantly reduce our indebtedness. As a result of the
Merger, we were able to further reduce our outstanding debt
leverage ratio. However, we continue to have a significant
amount of indebtedness relative to our competitors and paying
down outstanding indebtedness continues to be a priority for us.
The Bankruptcy Filing is discussed in more detail under
Chapter 11 Proceedings.
Chapter 11
Proceedings
On February 2, 2009, the Company did not make a
$25.8 million interest payment due February 2, 2009 on
the Companys
73/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the
73/8
Notes), triggering a default with respect to the notes. On
February 3, 2009, we announced that we had reached
agreements with certain noteholders, representing, in the
aggregate, approximately 70% of the face value of our then
outstanding senior subordinated notes, to pursue a refinancing
that, if implemented as proposed, would significantly reduce our
D-2
outstanding debt. As a result of its substantial leverage, the
Company determined that, absent a financial restructuring, it
would be unable to achieve future profitability or positive cash
flows on a consolidated basis solely from cash generated from
operating activities or to satisfy certain of its payment
obligations as the same may become due and be at risk of not
satisfying the leverage ratios to which it was subject under its
then existing senior secured term loan facility, which ratios
became more restrictive in future periods. Accordingly, the
Debtors filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court (the Bankruptcy
Filing) and filed with the Bankruptcy Court a proposed
plan of reorganization (the Proposed Plan) that
detailed the Debtors proposed terms for the refinancing.
The Chapter 11 cases were jointly administered by the
Bankruptcy Court as Case
No. 09-50455
(the Bankruptcy Cases). The Bankruptcy Court entered
a written order (the Confirmation Order) on
July 15, 2009 confirming the Proposed Plan (as so
confirmed, the Plan).
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors
emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to
and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of Old
Spectrums existing equity securities, including the
existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished and
deemed cancelled. Reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. filed a
certificate of incorporation authorizing new shares of common
stock. Pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 27,030,000 shares of common stock and approximately
$218 million in aggregate principal amount of the
12% Notes to holders of allowed claims with respect to Old
Spectrums
81/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
81/2
Notes), the
73/8% Notes
and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
Variable Rate Notes) (collectively, the Senior
Subordinated Notes). For a further discussion of the
12% Notes see Debt Financing
Activities 12% Notes. Also on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 2,970,000 shares of common stock to supplemental and
sub-supplemental
debtor-in-possession
credit facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned
under the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
Our
Products
We compete in seven major product categories: consumer
batteries; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming; electric
personal care products; home and garden control products; small
appliances and portable lighting. Our broad line of products
includes:
|
|
|
|
|
consumer batteries, including alkaline and zinc carbon
batteries, rechargeable batteries and chargers and hearing aid
batteries and other specialty batteries;
|
|
|
|
pet supplies, including aquatic equipment and supplies, dog and
cat treats, small animal foods, clean up and training aids,
health and grooming products and bedding;
|
|
|
|
home and garden control products including household insect
controls, insect repellents and herbicides;
|
|
|
|
electric shaving and grooming devices;
|
|
|
|
small appliances, including small kitchen appliances and home
product appliances;
|
|
|
|
electric personal care and styling devices; and
|
|
|
|
portable lighting.
|
D-3
Net sales of each product category sold, as a percentage of net
sales of our consolidated operations, is set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total Company
|
|
|
|
Net Sales for the Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Consumer batteries
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
Pet supplies
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Home and garden control products
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Electric shaving and grooming
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Small appliances
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electric personal care products
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Portable lighting
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer
Batteries
We market and sell a full line of alkaline batteries (AA, AAA,
C, D and 9-volt sizes) to both retail and industrial customers.
Our alkaline batteries are marketed and sold primarily under the
Rayovac and VARTA brands. We also manufacture alkaline batteries
for third parties who sell the batteries under their own private
labels. Our zinc carbon batteries are also marketed and sold
primarily under the Rayovac and VARTA brands and are designed
for low- and medium-drain battery-powered devices.
We believe that we are currently the largest worldwide marketer
and distributor of hearing aid batteries. We sell our hearing
aid batteries through retail trade channels and directly to
professional audiologists under several brand names and private
labels, including Beltone, Miracle Ear and Starkey.
We also sell Nickel Metal Hydride (NiMH) rechargeable batteries
and a variety of battery chargers under the Rayovac and VARTA
brands.
Our other specialty battery products include camera batteries,
lithium batteries, silver oxide batteries, keyless entry
batteries and coin cells for use in watches, cameras,
calculators, communications equipment and medical instruments.
Pet
Supplies
In the pet supplies product category we market and sell a
variety of leading branded pet supplies for fish, dogs, cats,
birds and other small domestic animals. We have a broad line of
consumer and commercial aquatics products, including integrated
aquarium kits, standalone tanks and stands, filtration systems,
heaters, pumps, and other equipment, fish food and water
treatment products. Our largest aquatics brands are Tetra,
Marineland, Whisper, Jungle and Instant Ocean. We also sell a
variety of specialty pet products, including dog and cat treats,
small animal food and treats, clean up and training aid
products, health and grooming aids, and bedding products. Our
largest specialty pet brands include 8-in-1, Dingo, Firstrax,
Natures Miracle and Wild Harvest.
Home
and Garden Control Products
In the home and garden control products category we currently
sell and market several leading home and garden care products,
including household insecticides, insect repellent, herbicides,
garden and indoor plant foods and plant care treatments. We
offer a broad array of household insecticides such as spider,
roach and ant killer, flying insect killer, insect foggers, wasp
and hornet killer, flea and tick control products and roach and
ant baits. We also manufacture and market a complete line of
insect repellent products that provide protection from insects,
especially mosquitoes. These products include both personal
repellents, such as aerosols, pump sprays and wipes as well as
area repellents, such as yard sprays, citronella candles and
torches. Our largest brands in the insect control category
include Hot Shot, Cutter and Repel. Our herbicides, garden and
indoor plant foods and plant care treatment brands include
Spectracide, Real-Kill and Garden Safe. We have
D-4
positioned ourselves as the value alternative for consumers who
want products that are comparable to, but sold at lower prices
than, premium-priced brands.
Electric
Shaving and Grooming
We market and sell a broad line of electric shaving and grooming
products under the Remington brand name, including mens
rotary and foil shavers, beard and mustache trimmers, body
trimmers and nose and ear trimmers, womens shavers and
haircut kits.
Small
Appliances
In the small appliances category, we market and sell a broad
range of products in three major product categories: branded
small household appliances, pet and pest products, and personal
care products. We market a broad line of small kitchen
appliances under the George Foreman, Black &Decker,
Russell Hobbs, Farberware, Juiceman, Breadman and Toastmaster
brands, including grills, bread makers, sandwich makers,
kettles, toaster ovens, toasters, blenders, juicers, can
openers, coffee grinders, coffeemakers, electric knives, deep
fryers, food choppers, food processors, hand mixers, rice
cookers and steamers. We also market small home product
appliances, including hand-held irons, vacuum cleaners, air
purifiers, clothes shavers and heaters, primarily under the
Black & Decker and Russell Hobbs brands. Pet products
include cat litter boxes sold under the LitterMaid brand. The
consumable accessories including privacy tents, litter carpets,
crystal litter cartridges, charcoal filters, corn-based litter
and replaceable waste receptacles. The pest control products
include pest control and repelling devices that use ultra-sonic
sound waves to control insects and rodents, primarily in homes.
Russell Hobbs personal care products in the small
appliances category include hand-held dryers, curling irons,
straightening irons, brush irons, air brushes, hair setters,
facial brushes, skin appliances and electric toothbrushes, which
are primarily marketed under the Russell Hobbs, Carmen and
Andrew Collinge brands.
Electric
Personal Care Products
Our electric personal care products, marketed and sold under the
Remington brand name, include hair dryers, straightening irons,
styling irons and hair setters.
Portable
Lighting
We offer a broad line of battery-powered, portable lighting
products, including flashlights and lanterns for both retail and
industrial markets. We sell our portable lighting products under
the Rayovac and VARTA brand names, under other proprietary brand
names and pursuant to licensing arrangements with third parties.
Sales and
Distribution
We sell our products through a variety of trade channels,
including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid
professionals, industrial distributors and OEMs. Our sales
generally are made through the use of individual purchase
orders, consistent with industry practice. Retail sales of the
consumer products we market have been increasingly consolidated
into a small number of regional and national mass merchandisers.
This trend towards consolidation is occurring on a worldwide
basis. As a result of this consolidation, a significant
percentage of our sales are attributable to a very limited group
of retailer customers, including, Wal-Mart, The Home Depot,
Carrefour, Target, Lowes, PetSmart, Canadian Tire, PetCo
and Gigante. Our sales to Wal-Mart represented approximately 22%
of our consolidated net sales for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010. No other customer accounted for more
than 10% of our consolidated net sales in the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010.
Segment information as to revenues, profit and total assets as
well as information concerning our revenues and long-lived
assets by geographic location for the last three fiscal years is
set forth in Annex C, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and Note 11, Segment
Results, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
in this prospectus.
D-5
Sales and distribution practices in each of our reportable
segments are as set forth below.
Global
Batteries & Personal Care
We manage our Global Batteries & Personal Care sales
force by geographic region and product group. Our sales team is
divided into three major geographic territories, North America,
Latin America and Europe and the rest of the world
(Europe/ROW). Within each major geographic
territory, we have additional subdivisions designed to meet our
customers needs.
We manage our sales force in North America by distribution
channel. We maintain separate sales groups to service
(i) our retail sales and distribution channel,
(ii) our hearing aid professionals channel and
(iii) our industrial distributors and OEM sales and
distribution channel. In addition, we utilize a network of
independent brokers to service participants in selected
distribution channels.
We manage our sales force in Latin America by distribution
channel and geographic territory. We sell primarily to large
retailers, wholesalers, distributors, food and drug chains and
retail outlets. In countries where we do not maintain a sales
force, we sell to distributors who market our products through
all channels in the market.
The sales force serving our customers in Europe/ROW is
supplemented by an international network of distributors to
promote the sale of our products. Our sales operations
throughout Europe/ROW are organized by geographic territory and
the following sales channels: (i) food/retail, which
includes mass merchandisers, discounters and drug and food
stores; (ii) specialty trade, which includes clubs,
consumer electronics stores, department stores, photography
stores and wholesalers/distributors; and (iii) industrial,
government, hearing aid professionals and OEMs.
Global
Pet Supplies
Our Global Pet Supplies sales force is aligned by customer,
geographic region and product group. We sell pet supply products
to mass merchandisers, grocery and drug chains, pet superstores,
independent pet stores and other retailers.
Home
and Garden Business
The sales force of the Home and Garden Business is aligned by
customer. We sell primarily to home improvement centers, mass
merchandisers, hardware stores, lawn and garden distributors,
and food and drug retailers in the U.S.
Small
Appliances
In the small appliances category, Russell Hobbs products
are sold principally by internal sales staff located in North
America, Latin America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand.
Russell Hobbs also uses independent sales representatives,
primarily in Central America and the Caribbean. Russell Hobbs
distributes most of its small appliance products to retailers,
including mass merchandisers, department stores, home
improvement stores, warehouse clubs, drug chains, catalog stores
and discount and variety stores. In addition to directing its
marketing efforts toward retailers, Russell Hobbs sells certain
of its products directly to consumers through infomercials and
its Internet websites.
Manufacturing,
Raw Materials and Suppliers
The principal raw materials used in manufacturing our
products zinc powder, electrolytic manganese dioxide
powder and steel are sourced either on a global or
regional basis. The prices of these raw materials are
susceptible to price fluctuations due to supply and demand
trends, energy costs, transportation costs, government
regulations and tariffs, changes in currency exchange rates,
price controls, general economic conditions and other unforeseen
circumstances. We have regularly engaged in forward purchase and
hedging derivative transactions in an attempt to effectively
manage the raw material costs we expect to incur over the next
12 to 24 months.
D-6
Substantially all of our rechargeable batteries and chargers,
portable lighting products, hair care and other personal care
products and our electric shaving and grooming products and
small appliances are manufactured by third party suppliers that
are primarily located in the Asia/Pacific region. We maintain
ownership of most of the tooling and molds used by our suppliers.
We continually evaluate our manufacturing facilities
capacity and related utilization. As a result of such analyses,
we have closed a number of manufacturing facilities during the
past five years. In general, we believe our existing facilities
are adequate for our present and foreseeable needs.
Research
and Development
Our research and development strategy is focused on new product
development and performance enhancements of our existing
products. We plan to continue to use our strong brand names,
established customer relationships and significant research and
development efforts to introduce innovative products that offer
enhanced value to consumers through new designs and improved
functionality.
In our fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and
2008, we invested $31.0 million, $24.4 million and
$25.3 million, respectively, in product research and
development.
Patents
and Trademarks
We own or license from third parties a significant number of
patents and patent applications throughout the world relating to
products we sell and manufacturing equipment we use. We hold a
license that expires in March 2022 for certain alkaline battery
designs, technology and manufacturing equipment from Matsushita
Electrical Industrial Co., Ltd. (Matsushita), to
whom we pay a royalty.
We also use and maintain a number of trademarks in our business,
including DINGO, JUNGLETALK, MARINELAND, RAYOVAC, REMINGTON,
TETRA, VARTA, 8IN1, CUTTER, HOT SHOT, GARDEN SAFE, NATURES
MIRACLE, REPEL, SPECTRACIDE, SPECTRACIDE TERMINATE, GEORGE
FOREMAN, RUSSELL HOBBS and BLACK & DECKER. We seek
trademark protection in the U.S. and in foreign countries
by all available means, including registration.
As a result of the October 2002 sale by VARTA AG of
substantially all of its consumer battery business to us and
VARTA AGs subsequent sale of its automotive battery
business to Johnson Controls, Inc. (Johnson
Controls), we acquired rights to the VARTA trademark in
the consumer battery category and Johnson Controls acquired
rights to the trademark in the automotive battery category.
VARTA AG continues to have rights to use the trademark with
travel guides and industrial batteries and VARTA Microbattery
GmbH has the right to use the trade mark with micro batteries.
We are party to a Trademark and Domain Names Protection and
Delimitation Agreement that governs ownership and usage rights
and obligations of the parties relative to the VARTA trademark.
As a result of the common origins of the Remington Products,
L.L.C. (Remington Products), business we acquired in
September 2003 and the Remington Arms Company, Inc.
(Remington Arms), the REMINGTON trademark is owned
by us and by Remington Arms each with respect to its principal
products as well as associated products. Accordingly, we own the
rights to use the REMINGTON trademark for electric shavers,
shaver accessories, grooming products and personal care
products, while Remington Arms owns the rights to use the
trademark for firearms, sporting goods and products for
industrial use, including industrial hand tools. In addition,
the terms of a 1986 agreement between Remington Products and
Remington Arms provides for the shared rights to use the
REMINGTON trademark on products which are not considered
principal products of interest for either company.
We retain the REMINGTON trademark for nearly all products which
we believe can benefit from the use of the brand name in our
distribution channels.
We license the Black & Decker brand in North America,
Latin America (excluding Brazil) and the Caribbean for four core
categories of household appliances: beverage products, food
preparation products, garment care products and cooking
products. Russell Hobbs has licensed the Black &
Decker brand since 1998 for use in marketing various household
small appliances. In December 2007, Russell Hobbs and The
Black & Decker Corporation (BDC) extended
the trademark license agreement for a third time through
D-7
December 2012, with an automatic extension through December 2014
if certain milestones are met regarding sales volume and product
return. Under the agreement as extended, Russell Hobbs agreed to
pay BDC royalties based on a percentage of sales, with minimum
annual royalty payments as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Calendar year 2010: $14.5 million
|
|
|
|
Calendar year 2011: $15.0 million
|
|
|
|
Calendar year 2012: $15.0 million
|
The agreement also requires us to comply with maximum annual
return rates for products.
If BDC does not agree to renew the license agreement, we have
18 months to transition out of the brand name. No minimum
royalty payments will be due during such transition period. BDC
has agreed not to compete in the four core product categories
for a period of five years after the termination of the license
agreement. Upon request, BDC may elect to extend the license to
use the Black & Decker brand to certain additional
product categories. BDC has approved several extensions of the
license to additional categories and geographies.
Competition
In our retail markets, we compete for limited shelf space and
consumer acceptance. Factors influencing product sales include
brand name recognition, perceived quality, price, performance,
product packaging, design innovation, and consumer confidence
and preferences as well as creative marketing, promotion and
distribution strategies.
The battery product category is highly competitive. Most
consumer batteries manufactured throughout the world are sold by
one of four global companies: Spectrum Brands
(manufacturer/seller of Rayovac and VARTA brands); Energizer
Holdings, Inc. (Energizer) (manufacturer/seller of
the Energizer brand); The Procter & Gamble Company
(Procter & Gamble) (manufacturer/seller of
the Duracell brand); and Matsushita (manufacturer/seller of the
Panasonic brand). We also face competition from the private
label brands of major retailers, particularly in Europe. The
offering of private-label batteries by retailers may create
pricing pressure in the consumer battery market. Typically,
private-label brands are not supported by advertising or
promotion, and retailers sell these private label offerings at
prices below competing name-brands. The main barriers to entry
for new competitors are investment in technology research, cost
of building manufacturing capacity and the expense of building
retail distribution channels and consumer brands.
In the U.S. alkaline battery category, the Rayovac brand is
positioned as a value brand, which is typically defined as a
product that offers comparable performance at a lower price. In
Europe, the VARTA brand is competitively priced with other
premium brands. In Latin America, where zinc carbon batteries
outsell alkaline batteries, the Rayovac brand is competitively
priced.
The pet supply product category is highly fragmented with over
500 manufacturers in the U.S. alone, consisting primarily
of small companies with limited product lines. Our largest
competitors in this product category are Mars Corporation
(Mars), The Hartz Mountain Corporation
(Hartz) and Central Garden & Pet Company
(Central Garden & Pet). Both Hartz and
Central Garden & Pet sell a comprehensive line of pet
supplies and compete with a majority of the products we offer.
Mars sells primarily aquatics products.
Products we sell in the lawn and garden product category through
the Home and Garden Business face competition from The Scotts
Miracle-Gro Company (Scotts Company), which markets
lawn and garden products under the Scotts, Ortho, Roundup and
Miracle-Gro brand names; Central Garden & Pet, which
markets garden products under the AMDRO and Sevin brand names;
and Bayer A.G., which markets lawn and garden products under the
Bayer Advanced brand name.
Products we sell in the household insect control product
category through the Home and Garden Business, face competition
from S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. (S.C.
Johnson), which markets insecticide and repellent products
under the Raid and OFF! brands; Scotts Company, which markets
household insect control products under the Ortho brand; and
Henkel KGaA, which markets insect control products under the
Combat brand.
D-8
Our primary competitors in the electric shaving and grooming
product category are Norelco, a division of Koninklijke Philips
Electronics NV (Philips), which sells and markets
rotary shavers, and Braun, a division of Procter &
Gamble, which sells and markets foil shavers. Through our
Remington brand, we sell both foil and rotary shavers.
Primary competitive brands in the small appliance category
include Hamilton Beach, Proctor Silex, Sunbeam, Mr. Coffee,
Oster, General Electric, Rowenta, DeLonghi, Kitchen Aid,
Cuisinart, Krups, Braun, Rival, Europro, Kenwood, Philips,
Morphy Richards, Breville and Tefal. The key competitors of
Russell Hobbs in this market in the U.S. and Canada include
Jarden Corporation, DeLonghi America, Euro-Pro Operating LLC,
Metro Thebe, Inc., d/b/a HWI Breville, NACCO Industries, Inc.
(Hamilton Beach) and SEB S.A. In addition, Russell Hobbs
competes with retailers who use their own private label brands
for household appliances (for example, Wal-Mart).
Our major competitors in the electric personal care product
category are Conair Corporation, Wahl Clipper Corporation and
Helen of Troy Limited (Helen of Troy).
Our primary competitors in the portable lighting product
category are Energizer and Mag Instrument, Inc.
Some of our major competitors have greater resources and greater
overall market share than we do. They have committed significant
resources to protect their market shares or to capture market
share from us and may continue to do so in the future. In some
key product lines, our competitors may have lower production
costs and higher profit margins than we do, which may enable
them to compete more aggressively in advertising and in offering
retail discounts and other promotional incentives to retailers,
distributors, wholesalers and, ultimately, consumers.
Seasonality
On a consolidated basis our financial results are approximately
equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain
product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer
battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal
care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to
be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrums
first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains
fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden
control products sold though the Home and Garden Business
typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year
(Spectrums second and third fiscal quarters). Small
Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the
increased demand by customers in the late summer for
back-to-school
sales and in the fall for the holiday season. For a more
detailed discussion of the seasonality of our product sales, see
Annex C, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc. Seasonal Product Sales.
Governmental
Regulations and Environmental Matters
Due to the nature of our operations, our facilities are subject
to a broad range of federal, state, local and foreign legal and
regulatory provisions relating to the environment, including
those regulating the discharge of materials into the
environment, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous
substances and wastes and the remediation of contamination
associated with the releases of hazardous substances at our
facilities. We believe that compliance with the federal, state,
local and foreign laws and regulations to which we are subject
will not have a material effect upon our capital expenditures,
financial condition, earnings or competitive position.
From time to time, we have been required to address the effect
of historic activities on the environmental condition of our
properties. We have not conducted invasive testing at all
facilities to identify all potential environmental liability
risks. Given the age of our facilities and the nature of our
operations, it is possible that material liabilities may arise
in the future in connection with our current or former
facilities. If previously unknown contamination of property
underlying or in the vicinity of our manufacturing facilities is
discovered, we could incur material unforeseen expenses, which
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
capital expenditures, earnings and competitive position.
Although we are currently engaged in investigative or remedial
projects at some of our facilities, we do not expect that such
projects, taking into
D-9
account established accruals, will cause us to incur
expenditures that are material to our business, financial
condition or results of operations; however, it is possible that
our future liability could be material.
We have been, and in the future may be, subject to proceedings
related to our disposal of industrial and hazardous material at
off-site disposal locations or similar disposals made by other
parties for which we are held responsible as a result of our
relationships with such other parties. In the U.S., these
proceedings are under the Federal Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980
(CERCLA) or similar state laws that hold persons who
arranged for the disposal or treatment of such
substances strictly liable for costs incurred in responding to
the release or threatened release of hazardous substances from
such sites, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the
original disposal. Liability under CERCLA is typically joint and
several, meaning that a liable party may be responsible for all
costs incurred in investigating and remediating contamination at
a site. As a practical matter, liability at CERCLA sites is
shared by all of the viable responsible parties. We occasionally
are identified by federal or state governmental agencies as
being a potentially responsible party for response actions
contemplated at an off-site facility. At the existing sites
where we have been notified of our status as a potentially
responsible party, it is either premature to determine whether
our potential liability, if any, will be material or we do not
believe that our liability, if any, will be material. We may be
named as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar
state laws for other sites not currently known to us, and the
costs and liabilities associated with these sites may be
material.
It is difficult to quantify with certainty the potential
financial impact of actions regarding expenditures for
environmental matters, particularly remediation, and future
capital expenditures for environmental control equipment.
Nevertheless, based upon the information currently available, we
believe that our ultimate liability arising from such
environmental matters, taking into account established accruals
of $9.6 million for estimated liabilities at
September 30, 2010 should not be material to our business
or financial condition.
Electronic and electrical products that we sell in Europe,
particularly products sold under the Remington brand name, VARTA
battery chargers, certain portable lighting and all of our
batteries, are subject to regulation in European Union
(EU) markets under three key EU directives. The
first directive is the Restriction of the Use of Hazardous
Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment
(RoHS) which took effect in EU member states
beginning July 1, 2006. RoHS prohibits companies from
selling products which contain certain specified hazardous
materials in EU member states. We believe that compliance with
RoHS will not have a material effect on our capital
expenditures, financial condition, earnings or competitive
position. The second directive is entitled the Waste of
Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE). WEEE
makes producers or importers of particular classes of electrical
goods financially responsible for specified collection,
recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered
products. WEEE assigns levels of responsibility to companies
doing business in EU markets based on their relative market
share. WEEE calls on each EU member state to enact enabling
legislation to implement the directive. To comply with WEEE
requirements, we have partnered with other companies to create a
comprehensive collection, treatment, disposal and recycling
program. As EU member states pass enabling legislation we
currently expect our compliance system to be sufficient to meet
such requirements. Our current estimated costs associated with
compliance with WEEE are not significant based on our current
market share. However, we continue to evaluate the impact of the
WEEE legislation as EU member states implement guidance and as
our market share changes, and, as a result, actual costs to our
company could differ from our current estimates and may be
material to our business, financial condition or results of
operations. The third directive is the Directive on Batteries
and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, which was adopted in
September 2006 and went into effect in September 2008 (the
Battery Directive). The Battery Directive bans heavy
metals in batteries by establishing maximum quantities of those
heavy metals in batteries and mandates waste management of
batteries, including collection, recycling and disposal systems.
The Battery Directive places the costs of such waste management
systems on producers and importers of batteries. The Battery
Directive calls on each EU member state to enact enabling
legislation to implement the directive. We currently believe
that compliance with the Battery Directive will not have a
material effect on our capital expenditures, financial
condition, earnings or competitive position. However, until such
time as the EU member states adopt enabling legislation, a full
evaluation of these costs cannot be completed. We will continue
to evaluate the impact of the Battery Directive and its enabling
legislation as EU member states implement guidance.
D-10
Certain of our products and facilities in each of our business
segments are regulated by the United States Environmental
Protection Agency (the EPA) and the United States
Food and Drug Administration (the FDA) or other
federal consumer protection and product safety agencies and are
subject to the regulations such agencies enforce, as well as by
similar state, foreign and multinational agencies and
regulations. For example, in the U.S., all products containing
pesticides must be registered with the EPA and, in many cases,
similar state and foreign agencies before they can be
manufactured or sold. Our inability to obtain or the
cancellation of any registration could have an adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations. The
severity of the effect would depend on which products were
involved, whether another product could be substituted and
whether our competitors were similarly affected. We attempt to
anticipate regulatory developments and maintain registrations
of, and access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients.
We may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
The Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) established a
standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable
certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of
pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the
cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to
pesticides. The pesticides in certain of our products continue
to be evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It is
possible that the EPA or a third party active ingredient
registrant may decide that a pesticide we use in our products
will be limited or made unavailable to us. We cannot predict the
outcome or the severity of the effect of the EPAs
continuing evaluations of active ingredients used in our
products.
Certain of our products and packaging materials are subject to
regulations administered by the FDA. Among other things, the FDA
enforces statutory prohibitions against misbranded and
adulterated products, establishes ingredients and manufacturing
procedures for certain products, establishes standards of
identity for certain products, determines the safety of products
and establishes labeling standards and requirements. In
addition, various states regulate these products by enforcing
federal and state standards of identity for selected products,
grading products, inspecting production facilities and imposing
their own labeling requirements.
Employees
We had approximately 6,100 full-time employees worldwide as
of September 30, 2010. Approximately 20% of our total labor
force is covered by collective bargaining agreements. There is
one collective bargaining agreement that will expire during our
fiscal year ending September 30, 2011, which covers
approximately 12% of the labor force under collective bargaining
agreements, or approximately 2% of our total labor force. We
believe that our overall relationship with our employees is good.
Legal
Proceedings
In December 2009, San Francisco Technology, Inc. filed an
action in the Federal District Court for the Northern District
of California against Spectrum Brands, as well as a number of
unaffiliated defendants, claiming that each of the defendants
had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in
violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the
U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each
of the defendants for such claimed violations. Spectrum Brands
is reviewing the claims and intends to vigorously defend this
matter but, as of the date hereof cannot estimate any possible
losses.
In May 2010, Herengrucht Group, LLC (Herengrucht)
filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of California against Spectrum Brands claiming that
Spectrum Brands had falsely marked patents on certain of its
products in violation of Article 35, Section 292 of
the U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on
each of the defendants for such claimed violations. Herengrucht
dismissed its claims without prejudice in September 2010.
Applica Consumer Products, Inc. (Applica), a
subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, is a defendant in NACCO
Industries, Inc. et al. v. Applica Incorporated et al.,
Case No. C.A. 2541-VCL, which was filed in the Court of
Chancery of the State of Delaware in November 2006.
The original complaint in this action alleged a claim for, among
other things, breach of contract against Applica and a number of
tort claims against certain entities affiliated the Harbinger
Parties. The claims against
D-11
Applica related to the alleged breach of the merger agreement
between Applica and NACCO Industries, Inc. (NACCO)
and one of its affiliates, which agreement was terminated
following Applicas receipt of a superior merger offer from
the Harbinger Parties. On October 22, 2007, the plaintiffs
filed an amended complaint asserting claims against Applica for,
among other things, breach of contract and breach of the implied
covenant of good faith relating to the termination of the NACCO
merger agreement and asserting various tort claims against
Applica and the Harbinger Parties. The original complaint was
filed in conjunction with a motion preliminarily to enjoin the
Harbinger Parties acquisition of Applica. On
December 1, 2006, plaintiffs withdrew their motion for a
preliminary injunction. In light of the consummation of
Applicas merger with affiliates of the Harbinger Parties
in January 2007 (Applica is currently a subsidiary of Russell
Hobbs), Spectrum Brands believes that any claim for specific
performance is moot. Applica filed a motion to dismiss the
amended complaint in December 2007. Rather than respond to the
motion to dismiss the amended complaint, NACCO filed a motion
for leave to file a second amended complaint, which was granted
in May 2008. Applica moved to dismiss the second amended
complaint, which motion was granted in part and denied in part
in December 2009.
The trial is currently scheduled for February 2011. Spectrum
Brands intends to vigorously defend the action, but may be
unable to resolve the disputes successfully or without incurring
significant costs and expenses. As a result, Russell Hobbs and
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd. (the
Harbinger Master Fund) have entered into an
indemnification agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by
which the Harbinger Master Fund has agreed, effective upon the
consummation of the SB/RH Merger, to indemnify Russell Hobbs,
its subsidiaries and any entity that owns all of the outstanding
voting stock of Russell Hobbs against any
out-of-pocket
losses, costs, expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and other
damages in excess of $3 million incurred with respect to
this litigation and any future litigation or legal action
against the indemnified parties arising out of or relating to
the matters which form the basis of this litigation.
Applica is a defendant in three asbestos lawsuits in which the
plaintiffs have alleged injury as the result of exposure to
asbestos in hair dryers distributed by that subsidiary over
20 years ago. Although Applica never manufactured such
products, asbestos was used in certain hair dryers distributed
by it prior to 1979. Spectrum Brands believes that these actions
are without merit and intends to vigorously defend the action,
but may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully without
incurring significant expenses. As of the date hereof, Spectrum
Brands cannot estimate possible losses. At this time, Spectrum
Brands does not believe it has coverage under its insurance
policies for the asbestos lawsuits.
Spectrum Brands is a defendant in various matters of litigation
generally arising out of the ordinary course of business.
Available
Information
Our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a)
and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the Exchange Act), are made available free of
charge on or through our website at www.spectrumbrands.com
as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are
filed with, or furnished to, the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission (the SEC). You may read and copy
any materials we file with the SEC at the SECs Public
Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC
20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public
Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains our
reports, proxy statements and other information at
www.sec.gov . In addition, copies of our
(i) Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) charters for
the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee, (iii) Code of Business
Conduct and Ethics and (iv) Code of Ethics for the
Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers are
available at our Internet site at www.spectrumbrands.com
under Investor Relations Corporate
Governance. Copies will also be provided to any
stockholder upon written request to the Vice President, Investor
Relations & Corporate Communications, Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc. at 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711 or
via electronic mail at investorrelations@spectrumbrands.com
, or by contacting the Vice President, Investor
Relations & Corporate Communications by telephone at
(608) 275-3340.
D-12
Annex
E
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS OF
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SPECTRUM BRANDS, INC.
Review,
Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related
Persons
The policies and procedures of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
(SB Holdings) and Spectrum Brands, Inc.
(Spectrum Brands and, together with SB Holdings, the
Company) for review and approval of related-person
transactions appear in the Code of Ethics for the Principal
Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers and the Spectrum
Brands Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, each of which is
posted on the Companys website.
All of the Companys executive officers, directors and
employees are required to disclose to the Companys General
Counsel all transactions which involve any actual, potential or
suspected activity or personal interest that creates or appears
to create a conflict between the interests of the Company and
the interests of their executive officers, directors or
employees. In cases involving executive officers, directors or
senior-level management, the Companys General Counsel will
investigate the proposed transaction for potential conflicts of
interest and then refer the matter to the Companys Audit
Committee to make a full review and determination. In cases
involving other employees, the Companys General Counsel,
in conjunction with the employees regional supervisor and
the Companys Vice President of Internal Audit, will review
the proposed transaction. If they determine that no conflict of
interest will result from engaging in the proposed transaction,
then they will refer the matter to the Companys Chief
Executive Officer for final approval.
The Companys Audit Committee is required to consider all
questions of possible conflicts of interest involving executive
officers, directors and senior-level management and to review
and approve certain transactions, including all
(i) transactions in which a director, executive officer or
an immediate family member of a director or executive officer
has an interest, (ii) proposed business relationships
between the Company and a director, executive officer or other
member of senior management, (iii) investments by an
executive officer in a company that competes with the Company or
an interest in a company that does business with the Company,
and (iv) situations where a director or executive officer
proposes to be a customer of the Company, be employed by, serve
as a director of or otherwise represent a customer of the
Company.
The Companys legal department and financial accounting
department monitor transactions for an evaluation and
determination of potential related person transactions that
would need to be disclosed in the Companys periodic
reports or proxy materials under generally accepted accounting
principles and applicable SEC rules and regulations.
Transactions
with Related Persons
Merger
Agreement and Exchange Agreement
On June 16, 2010 (the Closing Date), Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. (SB Holdings) completed a
business combination transaction pursuant to the Agreement and
Plan of Merger (the Mergers), dated as of
February 9, 2010, as amended on March 1, 2010,
March 26, 2010 and April 30, 2010, by and among SB
Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell Hobbs),
Spectrum Brands, Inc. (Spectrum Brands), Battery
Merger Corp., and Grill Merger Corp. (the Merger
Agreement). As a result of the Mergers, each of Spectrum
and Russell Hobbs became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings. At the effective time of the Mergers, (i) the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock were canceled
and converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings
common stock, and (ii) the outstanding shares of Russell
Hobbs common stock and preferred stock were canceled and
converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings common
stock.
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on
February 9, 2010, Spectrum Brands entered into support
agreements with Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd. (Harbinger Master Fund), Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. (collectively, the Harbinger Parties)
and Avenue International Master, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates (the Avenue Parties),
E-1
in which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties agreed to
vote their shares of Spectrum Brands common stock acquired
before the date of the Merger Agreement in favor of the Mergers
and against any alternative proposal that would impede the
Mergers.
Immediately following the consummation of the Mergers, the
Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding SB
Holdings common stock and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands
(other than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of
the outstanding SB Holdings common stock. On January 7,
2011, pursuant to the terms of a Contribution and Exchange
Agreement (the Exchange Agreement), by and between
the Harbinger Parties and Harbinger Group Inc.
(HRG), the Harbinger Parties contributed
27,756,905 shares of SB Holdings common stock to HRG and
received in exchange for such shares an aggregate of
119,909,829 shares of HRG common stock (the Share
Exchange). Immediately following the consummation of the
Share Exchange, (i) HRG owned 27,756,905 shares of SB
Holdings common stock and the Harbinger Parties owned
6,500,000 shares of SB Holdings common stock, approximately
54.4% and 12.7% of the outstanding shares of SB Holdings common
stock, respectively, and (ii) the Harbinger Parties
owned 129,859,890 shares of HRG common stock, or
approximately 93.3% of the outstanding HRG common stock.
In connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties and SB
Holdings entered into a stockholder agreement, dated
February 9, 2010 (the Stockholder Agreement),
which provides for certain protective provisions in favor of
minority stockholders and provides certain rights and imposes
certain obligations on the Harbinger Parties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
for so long as the Harbinger Parties own 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, the Harbinger
Parties and HRG will vote their shares of SB Holdings common
stock to effect the structure of the SB Holdings board of
directors as described in the Stockholder Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will not effect any transfer of equity
securities of SB Holdings to any person that would result in
such person and its affiliates owning 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, unless specified
conditions are met; and
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will be granted certain access and
informational rights with respect to SB Holdings and its
subsidiaries.
|
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HRG
entered into a joinder to the Stockholder Agreement, pursuant to
which, effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange,
HRG became a party to the Stockholder Agreement, subject to all
of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Stockholder
Agreement to the same extent as the Harbinger Parties were bound
thereunder prior to giving effect to the Share Exchange.
Certain provisions of the Stockholder Agreement terminate on the
date on which the Harbinger Parties or HRG no longer constitutes
a Significant Stockholder (as defined in the Stockholder
Agreement). The Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person
(including the Harbinger Parties or HRG) acquires 90% or more of
the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings.
Also in connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties, the
Avenue Parties and SB Holdings entered into a registration
rights agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the
SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement), pursuant
to which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties have,
among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth therein, certain demand and so-called piggy
back registration rights with respect to their shares of
SB Holdings common stock. On September 10, 2010, the
Harbinger Parties and HRG entered into a joinder to the SB
Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which,
effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange, HRG
became a party to the SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement,
entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a
holder thereunder.
Other
Agreements
On August 28, 2009, in connection with Spectrum
Brands emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization
proceedings, Spectrum Brands entered into a registration rights
agreement with the Harbinger Parties, the
E-2
Avenue Parties and D.E. Shaw Laminar Portfolios, L.L.C.
(D.E. Shaw), pursuant to which the Harbinger
Parties, the Avenue Parties and D.E. Shaw have, among other
things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, certain demand and so-called piggy back
registration rights with respect to their Spectrum Brands
12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019.
In connection with the Mergers, Russell Hobbs and Harbinger
Master Fund entered into an indemnification agreement, dated as
of February 9, 2010 (the Indemnification
Agreement), by which Harbinger Master Fund agreed, among
other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to guarantee the obligations of Russell Hobbs to pay
(i) a reverse termination fee to Spectrum Brands under the
merger agreement and (ii) monetary damages awarded to
Spectrum Brands in connection with any willful and material
breach by Russell Hobbs of the Merger Agreement. The maximum
amount payable by Harbinger Master Fund under the
Indemnification Agreement is $50 million less any amounts
paid by Russell Hobbs or the Harbinger Parties, or any of their
respective affiliates as damages under any documents related to
the Mergers. Harbinger Master Fund also agreed to indemnify
Russell Hobbs, SB Holdings and their subsidiaries for
out-of-pocket
costs and expenses above $3 million in the aggregate that
become payable after the consummation of the Mergers and that
relate to the litigation arising out of Russell Hobbs
business combination transaction with Applica Incorporated.
Certain of the Avenue Parties were lenders under Spectrum
Brands senior credit facility, dated March 30, 2007,
originally loaning $75,000,000 as part of Spectrum Brands
$1 billion U.S. Dollar Term B Loan facility (the
US Dollar Term B Loan) and 15,000,000 as
part of Spectrum Brands 262 million Term Loan
facility (the Euro Facility). Subsequently, Avenue
Special Situations Fund V, L.P., along with several other
Avenue Parties, increased their participation in the
US Dollar Term B Loan and the Euro Facility. During the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, those Avenue Parties
received payments of interest on the same terms as the other
lenders. In connection with the Mergers, on June 16, 2010,
Spectrum Brands repaid all of its outstanding indebtedness under
the U.S. Dollar Term B Loan and the Euro Facility.
E-3
Harbinger Group Inc.
$350,000,000
10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make
any representation other than those contained in this
prospectus, and, if given or made, any information or
representations must not be relied upon as having been
authorized. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell
or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than
the securities to which it relates or an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any
circumstances in which this offer or solicitation is unlawful.
Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made under
this prospectus shall, under any circumstances, create any
implication that there has been no change in the affairs of
Harbinger Group Inc. since the date of this prospectus.
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
ITEM 20.
|
INDEMNIFICATION
OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
|
Certificate
of Incorporation
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware (the DGCL) provides that a corporation may
indemnify directors and officers, as well as employees and
agents, against expenses (including attorneys fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, that are
actually and reasonably incurred in connection with various
actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative other than an action by or in
the right of the corporation, known as a derivative action, if
they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, if they had no reasonable cause to believe their
conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the
case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only
extends to expenses (including attorneys fees) actually
and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or
settlement of such actions, and the statute requires court
approval before there can be any indemnification if the person
seeking indemnification has been found liable to the
corporation. The statute provides that it is not excluding other
indemnification that may be granted by a corporations
bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement
or otherwise.
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the personal
liability of the directors of HGI is eliminated to the fullest
extent permitted by the DGCL, including, without limitation,
paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102
thereof, as the same may be amended or supplemented. If the DGCL
is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or
limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability
of a director of HGI shall be eliminated or limited to the
fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
The Certificate of Incorporation also contains an
indemnification provision that provides that HGI shall have the
power, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of
the DGCL, as the same may be amended or supplemented, to
indemnify any person by reason of the fact that the person is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of HGI, or is or was
serving at the request of HGI as a director, officer, employee
or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise from and against any and all of the
expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered
by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those
indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to
action in his or her official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such person.
The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that neither any
amendment nor repeal of the indemnification or the exculpation
provision thereof, nor the adoption of any provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the
indemnification or the exculpation provision thereof, whether by
amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or by merger,
reorganization, recapitalization or other corporate transaction
having the effect of amending the Certificate of Incorporation,
shall eliminate or reduce the effect of the indemnification or
the exculpation provision in respect of any matter occurring, or
any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for
the indemnification or the exculpation provision, would accrue
or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an
inconsistent provision.
Bylaws
The Bylaws provide that each person who is or was a director of
HGI shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by HGI to the
fullest extent permitted from time to time by the DGCL as it
existed on the date of the adoption of the Bylaws or as it may
thereafter be amended (but, if permitted by applicable law, in
the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such
amendment permits HGI to provide broader indemnification rights
than said law permitted HGI to provide prior to such amendment)
or any other applicable laws as
II-1
presently or hereafter in effect. HGI may, by action of its
board of directors, provide indemnification and advance expenses
to officers, employees and agents (other than directors) of HGI,
to directors, officers, employees or agents of a subsidiary, and
to each person serving as a director, officer, partner, member,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at
the request of HGI (each of the foregoing, a Covered
Person), with the same scope and effect as the foregoing
indemnification of directors of HGI. HGI shall be required to
indemnify any person seeking indemnification in connection with
a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if
such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by HGIs
board of directors or is a proceeding to enforce such
persons claim to indemnification pursuant to the rights
granted by the Bylaws or otherwise by HGI. Without limiting the
generality or the effect of the foregoing, HGI may enter into
one or more agreements with any person which provide for
indemnification or advancement of expenses greater or different
than that provided in the Bylaws.
The Bylaws also contain a provision that provides that any right
to indemnification or to advancement of expenses of any Covered
Person arising pursuant to the Bylaws shall not be eliminated or
impaired by an amendment to or repeal of the Bylaws after the
occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or
proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses
is sought.
To the extent and in the manner permitted by law, HGI also has
the right to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other
than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate
corporate action.
Indemnification
Agreements
HGI enters into indemnification agreements with its directors
and officers which may, in certain cases, be broader than the
specific indemnification provisions contained in its Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws. The indemnification agreements may
require HGI, among other things, to indemnify such officers and
directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason
of their status or service as directors, officers or employees
of HGI and to advance the expenses incurred by such parties as a
result of any threatened claims or proceedings brought against
them as to which they could be indemnified.
Liability
Insurance
In addition, HGI maintains liability insurance for its directors
and officers. This insurance provides for coverage, subject to
certain exceptions, against loss from claims made against
directors and officers in their capacity as such, including
claims under the federal securities laws.
|
|
ITEM 21.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 4, 2009,
by and between, Zapata Corporation (Zapata), a
Nevada corporation, and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Zapata (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of
September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.3
|
|
Amendment, dated as of November 5, 2010, to the
Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of
September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed
November 9, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Bylaws of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Indenture governing the 10.625% Senior Secured Noted due
2015, dates as of November 15, 2010, by and among Harbinger
Group Inc. and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee.
|
|
4
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Exchange Note (Included as Exhibit A to
Exhibit 4.1 of this Registration Statement).
|
|
4
|
.3*
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16,
2010, between HGI and certain initial purchasers names therein.
|
|
4
|
.4*
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
|
|
4
|
.5*
|
|
Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7,
2011, between Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
|
|
4
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 10,
2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital
Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners
Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway
Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP as to the validity of the exchange notes (To be filed by
amendment to this Registration Statement).
|
|
8
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP as to certain tax matters (To be filed by amendment to this
Registration Statement).
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Zapata Supplemental Pension Plan effective as of April 1,
1992 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1992 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Zapata Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 3, 2007 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Investment and Distribution Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1
to Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Services Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to
Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3
to Zap.Coms Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed March 7,
2008 (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.4
to Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of February 28, 2003 Indemnification Agreement by and
among Zapata and the directors and officers of the Company
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(q) to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26,
2003 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of March 1, 2002 Director Stock Option Agreement
by and among Zapata and the non-employee directors of the
Company (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(r)
to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26,
2003 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Summary of Zapata Corporation Senior Executive Retiree Health
Care Benefit Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10(u) to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed March 13,
2007 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation and the Directors or Officers of Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed
November 4, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and the
Directors or Officers of Zapata only. (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed
November 4, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Harbinger Group
Inc. and its Directors or Officers (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed March 9,
2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of the 24th day of December,
2009, by and between Francis T. McCarron and Harbinger Group
Inc., a Delaware corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Retention and Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 22,
2010 by and between Harbinger Group Inc. and Leonard DiSalvo.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 28, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Management and Advisory Services Agreement, entered into as of
March 1, 2010, by and between Harbinger Capital Partners
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Harbinger Group
Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed March 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Form of
lock-up
letter to be delivered to Harbinger Group Inc. by Harbinger
Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. to Harbinger Group Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated November 5, 2010, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and certain initial purchasers named
therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed
November 9, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Temporary Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1,
2010, by and between Richard Hagerup and Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 10, 2011 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and
among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Partners Special Situation Fund, L.P., Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.;
Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on
January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed November 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9,
2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.,
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., Avenue International
Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special
Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V,
L.P., Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P. and Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc.; Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to
this agreement on January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed November 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
16
|
.1
|
|
Letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated as of
January 7, 2011, regarding change in certifying accountant
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 7, 2011 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
|
|
24
|
.1*
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this
Part II).
|
II-4
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
25
|
.1*
|
|
Form T-1
Statement of Eligibility of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association.
|
|
99
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal.
|
|
99
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits and schedules to the Contribution and Exchange
Agreement and other documents referenced therein have been
omitted pursuant to Item 601(b) (2) of
Regulation S-K.
The registrant will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted
exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission
upon request. |
|
* |
|
Filed herewith |
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration
statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by
Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
arising after the effective date of the registration statement
(or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change
in the information set forth in the registration statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in
volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered)
and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if,
in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no
more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate
offering price set forth in the Calculation of
Registration Fee table in the effective registration
statement;
(iii) To include any material information with respect to
the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
registration statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective
amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of
such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a
post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered
which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply
by means of a post-effective amendment all information
concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired
involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in
the registration statement when it became effective.
(d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to
directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the registrants in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in
the City of New York, State of New York, on January 28, 2011.
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Francis
T. McCarron
|
Name: Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
|
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose
signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Francis
T. McCarron or Peter A. Jenson or either of them his or her true
and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place
and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign
and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all
amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this
registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits
thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto,
(ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments,
agreements and other documents as may be necessary or
appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file
any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration
statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration
statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and
all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection
therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act
and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby
approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents,
proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the following capacities and on this 28th day of
January, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Philip
A. Falcone
Philip
A. Falcone
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
and Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
|
|
|
/s/ Francis
T. McCarron
Francis
T. McCarron
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard
H. Hagerup
Richard
H. Hagerup
|
|
Interim Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Lap
Wai Chan
Lap
Wai Chan
|
|
Director
|
II-6
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Lawrence
M. Clark, Jr.
Lawrence
M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Keith
M. Hladek
Keith
M. Hladek
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas
Hudgins
Thomas
Hudgins
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Peter
A. Jenson
Peter
A. Jenson
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert
V. Leffler, Jr.
Robert
V. Leffler, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
II-7
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 4, 2009,
by and between, Zapata Corporation (Zapata), a
Nevada corporation, and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Zapata (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of
September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.3
|
|
Amendment, dated as of November 5, 2010, to the
Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of
September 10, 2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed
November 9, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Bylaws of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Indenture governing the 10.625% Senior Secured Noted due
2015, dates as of November 15, 2010, by and among Harbinger
Group Inc. and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee.
|
|
4
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Exchange Note (Included as Exhibit A to
Exhibit 4.1 of this Registration Statement).
|
|
4
|
.3*
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16,
2010, between HGI and certain initial purchasers names therein.
|
|
4
|
.4*
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
|
|
4
|
.5*
|
|
Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7,
2011, between Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
|
|
4
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 10,
2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital
Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners
Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway
Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP as to the validity of the exchange notes (To be filed by
amendment to this Registration Statement).
|
|
8
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP as to certain tax matters (To be filed by amendment to this
Registration Statement).
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Zapata Supplemental Pension Plan effective as of April 1,
1992 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1992 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Zapata Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 3, 2007 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Investment and Distribution Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1
to Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Services Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to
Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3
to Zap.Coms Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed March 7,
2008 (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.4
to Zap.Coms Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed April 13, 1999, as amended (File
No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of February 28, 2003 Indemnification Agreement by and
among Zapata and the directors and officers of the Company
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(q) to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26,
2003 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of March 1, 2002 Director Stock Option Agreement
by and among Zapata and the non-employee directors of the
Company (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(r)
to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed March 26,
2003 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Summary of Zapata Corporation Senior Executive Retiree Health
Care Benefit Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10(u) to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed March 13,
2007 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation and the Directors or Officers of Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed
November 4, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and the
Directors or Officers of Zapata only. (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed
November 4, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Harbinger Group
Inc. and its Directors or Officers (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed March 9,
2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of the 24th day of December,
2009, by and between Francis T. McCarron and Harbinger Group
Inc., a Delaware corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Retention and Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 22,
2010 by and between Harbinger Group Inc. and Leonard DiSalvo.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 28, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Management and Advisory Services Agreement, entered into as of
March 1, 2010, by and between Harbinger Capital Partners
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Harbinger Group
Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed March 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Form of
lock-up
letter to be delivered to Harbinger Group Inc. by Harbinger
Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. to Harbinger Group Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed September 14, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated November 5, 2010, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and certain initial purchasers named
therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed
November 9, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Temporary Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1,
2010, by and between Richard Hagerup and Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 10, 2011 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and
among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger
Capital Partners Special Situation Fund, L.P., Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.;
Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on
January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed November 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9,
2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.,
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., Avenue International
Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special
Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V,
L.P., Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P. and Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc.; Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to
this agreement on January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed November 5, 2010 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
16
|
.1
|
|
Letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated as of
January 7, 2011, regarding change in certifying accountant
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed January 7, 2011 (File
No. 1-4219)).
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
|
|
24
|
.1*
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this
Part II).
|
|
25
|
.1*
|
|
Form T-1
Statement of Eligibility of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association.
|
|
99
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal.
|
|
99
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits and schedules to the Contribution and Exchange
Agreement and other documents referenced therein have been
omitted pursuant to Item 601(b) (2) of
Regulation S-K.
The registrant will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted
exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission
upon request. |
|
* |
|
Filed herewith |
exv4w1
Exhibit 4.1
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
as Issuer
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
Indenture
Dated as of November 15, 2010
10.625%
Senior Secured Notes
Due November 15, 2015
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
TIA Sections |
|
Indenture Sections |
|
§ 310 |
(a) |
|
|
7.10 |
|
|
(b) |
|
|
7.08 |
|
§ 311 |
|
|
|
7.03 |
|
§ 312 |
|
|
|
13.02 |
|
§ 313 |
|
|
|
7.06 |
|
§ 314 |
(a) |
|
|
4, 4.02 |
|
|
(b) |
|
|
11.02 |
|
|
(c) |
|
|
13.04 |
|
|
(d) |
|
|
11.02 |
|
|
(e) |
|
|
13.05 |
|
§ 315 |
(a) |
|
|
7.01, 7.02 |
|
|
(b) |
|
|
7.02, 7.05 |
|
|
(c) |
|
|
7.01 |
|
|
(d) |
|
|
7.02 |
|
|
(e) |
|
|
6.12, 7.02 |
|
§ 316 |
(a) |
|
|
2.05, 6.02, 6.04, 6.05 |
|
|
(b) |
|
|
6.06, 6.07 |
|
|
(c) |
|
|
13.02 |
|
§ 317 |
(a) (1) |
|
|
6.08 |
|
|
(a) (2) |
|
|
6.09 |
|
|
(b) |
|
|
2.03 |
|
§ 318 |
|
|
|
13.01 |
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
RECITALS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 1 |
Definitions And Incorporation By Reference |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.01. Definitions |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 2 |
The Notes |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Denominations; Legends |
|
|
27 |
|
Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication; Exchange Notes; Additional Notes |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Authenticating Agent; Paying Agent to Hold Money in
Trust |
|
|
30 |
|
Section 2.04. Replacement Notes |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 2.05. Outstanding Notes |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 2.06. Temporary Notes |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 2.07. Cancellation |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 2.08. CUSIP and CINS Numbers |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 2.09. Registration, Transfer and Exchange |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 2.10. Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 2.11. Temporary Offshore Global Notes |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 3 |
Redemption; Offer to Purchase |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.01. Optional Redemption |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 3.02. Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offering |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 3.03. Special Redemption |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 3.04. Method and Effect of Redemption |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 3.05. Offer to Purchase |
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 4 |
Covenants |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.01. Payment Of Notes |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 4.03. Existence |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes and other Claims |
|
|
45 |
|
Section 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance |
|
|
45 |
|
Section 4.06. Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock |
|
|
45 |
|
Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments |
|
|
49 |
|
Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens |
|
|
53 |
|
Section 4.09. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions |
|
|
53 |
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.10. Limitation on Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries |
|
|
53 |
|
Section 4.11. Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control |
|
|
55 |
|
Section 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales |
|
|
57 |
|
Section 4.13. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates |
|
|
59 |
|
Section 4.14. Financial Reports |
|
|
61 |
|
Section 4.15. Reports to Trustee |
|
|
62 |
|
Section 4.16. No Investment Company Registration |
|
|
63 |
|
Section 4.17. Maintenance of Liquidity |
|
|
63 |
|
Section 4.18. Maintenance of Collateral Coverage |
|
|
63 |
|
Section 4.19. Impairment of Security Interest; Further Assurances |
|
|
63 |
|
Section 4.20. Guaranties by Subsidiaries |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 5 |
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by the Company; No Lease of All or
Substantially All Assets |
|
|
64 |
|
Section 5.02. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor |
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 6 |
Default and Remedies |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.01. Events of Default |
|
|
66 |
|
Section 6.02. Acceleration |
|
|
68 |
|
Section 6.03. Other Remedies |
|
|
69 |
|
Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults |
|
|
69 |
|
Section 6.05. Control by Majority |
|
|
69 |
|
Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits |
|
|
69 |
|
Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment |
|
|
70 |
|
Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee |
|
|
70 |
|
Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim |
|
|
70 |
|
Section 6.10. Priorities |
|
|
71 |
|
Section 6.11. Restoration of Rights and Remedies |
|
|
71 |
|
Section 6.12. Undertaking for Costs |
|
|
71 |
|
Section 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative |
|
|
72 |
|
Section 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver |
|
|
72 |
|
Section 6.15. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws |
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 7 |
The Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.01. General |
|
|
72 |
|
Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee |
|
|
73 |
|
Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee |
|
|
74 |
|
Section 7.04. Trustees Disclaimer |
|
|
75 |
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.05. Notice of Default |
|
|
75 |
|
Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders |
|
|
75 |
|
Section 7.07. Compensation And Indemnity |
|
|
75 |
|
Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee |
|
|
76 |
|
Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger |
|
|
77 |
|
Section 7.10. Eligibility |
|
|
77 |
|
Section 7.11. Money Held in Trust |
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 8 |
Defeasance and Discharge |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.01. Discharge of Companys Obligations |
|
|
78 |
|
Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance |
|
|
79 |
|
Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance |
|
|
80 |
|
Section 8.04. Application of Trust Money |
|
|
80 |
|
Section 8.05. Repayment to Company |
|
|
81 |
|
Section 8.06. Reinstatement |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 9 |
Amendments, Supplements and Waivers |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9.01. Amendments Without Consent of Holders |
|
|
81 |
|
Section 9.02. Amendments With Consent of Holders |
|
|
82 |
|
Section 9.03. Effect of Consent |
|
|
84 |
|
Section 9.04. Trustees Rights and Obligations |
|
|
84 |
|
Section 9.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 10 |
Guaranties |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10.01. The Guaranties |
|
|
85 |
|
Section 10.02. Guaranty Unconditional |
|
|
85 |
|
Section 10.03. Discharge; Reinstatement |
|
|
86 |
|
Section 10.04. Waiver by the Guarantors |
|
|
86 |
|
Section 10.05. Subrogation and Contribution |
|
|
86 |
|
Section 10.06. Stay of Acceleration |
|
|
86 |
|
Section 10.07. Limitation on Amount of Guaranty |
|
|
87 |
|
Section 10.08. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty |
|
|
87 |
|
Section 10.09. Release of Guaranty |
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 11 |
Security Arrangements |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 11.01. Collateral Agent |
|
|
88 |
|
Section 11.02. Security |
|
|
88 |
|
Section 11.03. Authorization of Actions to be Taken |
|
|
90 |
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
Section 11.04. Determinations Relating To Collateral |
|
|
90 |
|
Section 11.05. Release of Liens |
|
|
91 |
|
Section 11.06. Permitted Ordinary Course Activities with Respect to Collateral |
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 12 |
Escrow Arrangements |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 12.01. Escrow Account |
|
|
93 |
|
Section 12.02. Special Redemption |
|
|
94 |
|
Section 12.03. Release of Escrow Property |
|
|
94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 13 |
Miscellaneous |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939 |
|
|
94 |
|
Section 13.02. Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions |
|
|
94 |
|
Section 13.03. Notices |
|
|
95 |
|
Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent |
|
|
96 |
|
Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion |
|
|
96 |
|
Section 13.06. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day |
|
|
97 |
|
Section 13.07. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial |
|
|
97 |
|
Section 13.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements |
|
|
97 |
|
Section 13.09. Successors |
|
|
98 |
|
Section 13.10. Duplicate Originals |
|
|
98 |
|
Section 13.11. Separability |
|
|
98 |
|
Section 13.12. Table of Contents and Headings |
|
|
98 |
|
Section 13.13. No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and
Stockholders |
|
|
98 |
|
Section 13.14. U.S.A. Patriot Act |
|
|
98 |
|
Section 13.15. Force Majeure |
|
|
98 |
|
Section 13.16. Benefits of Indenture |
|
|
99 |
|
Section 13.17. Rules by Trustee and Agents |
|
|
99 |
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBITS |
|
EXHIBIT A |
|
Form of Note |
EXHIBIT B |
|
Form of Supplemental Indenture |
EXHIBIT C |
|
Restricted Legend |
EXHIBIT D |
|
DTC Legend |
EXHIBIT E |
|
Regulation S Certificate |
EXHIBIT F |
|
Rule 144A Certificate |
EXHIBIT G |
|
Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate |
EXHIBIT H |
|
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership |
EXHIBIT I |
|
Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend |
EXHIBIT J |
|
Form of Security and Pledge Agreement |
EXHIBIT K |
|
Form of Collateral Trust Agreement |
7
INDENTURE, dated as of November 15, 2010, between Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware
corporation, as the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking
association, as Trustee.
RECITALS
The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of the Indenture to provide for the
issuance of up to $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Companys 10.625% Senior Secured
Notes Due 2015, and, if and when issued, any Additional Notes, together with any Exchange Notes
issued therefor as provided herein (the Notes). All things necessary to make the Indenture a
valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Company has
done all things necessary to make the Notes (in the case of the Additional Notes, when duly
authorized), when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and duly
issued by the Company, the valid obligations of the Company as hereinafter provided.
This Indenture is subject to, and will be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture
Act that are required to be a part of and govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture
Act.
THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH
For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof,
the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as
follows:
ARTICLE 1
Definitions And Incorporation By Reference
Section 1.01. Definitions.
Accrued Yield means an amount in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes that,
together with the accrued interest to be paid in a Special Redemption, will provide the Holder
thereof with the Yield to Maturity on such Note, calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and
payable for the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date. Yield to Maturity means the
annual yield to maturity of the Notes, calculated based on market convention and as reflected in
the pricing term sheet for the offering of the Initial Notes.
Additional Interest means additional interest owed to the Holders pursuant to a Registration
Rights Agreement.
Additional Notes means any Notes issued under the Indenture in addition to the Original
Notes, including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Additional Notes, having the same
terms in all respects as the Original Notes, or in all respects except with respect to issue price
and interest paid or payable on or prior to the first interest payment date after the issuance of
such Additional Notes.
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For
purposes of this definition, control (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
controlling, controlled by and under common control with) with respect to any Person, means
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.
Agent means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent.
Agent Member means a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater
of (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; or (2) the excess of (a) the present value at
such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at May 15, 2013 (as stated in the
table in Section 3.01), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through May 15,
2013 excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date, computed using a
discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b)
the principal amount of the Note.
2
Asset Sale means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any assets by the
Company or any Guarantor, including by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction and
including any sale by the Company or any Guarantor of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (each
of the above referred to as a disposition), provided that the following are not included in the
definition of Asset Sale:
(1) a disposition to the Company or a Guarantor, including the sale or issuance
by the Company or any Guarantor of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to the Company
or any Guarantor;
(2) the disposition by the Company or any Guarantor in the ordinary course of
business of (i) Cash Equivalents and cash management investments, (ii) damaged, worn out
or obsolete assets, (iii) rights granted to others pursuant to leases or licenses, or (iv)
inventory and other assets acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business
(it being understood that any Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary of the Company or
any Guarantor and the assets of an operating business, unit, division or line of business
shall not constitute inventory or other assets acquired and held for resale in the
ordinary course of business);
(3) the sale or discount of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of
business;
(4) a transaction covered by Article 5;
(5) a Restricted Payment permitted under Section 4.07;
(6) the issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant to Section 4.06;
(7) any disposition in a transaction or series of related transactions of assets
with a fair market value of less than $5,000,000;
(8) any disposition of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or
other obligation with or to a Person from whom such Subsidiary was acquired or from whom
such Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection
with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all
or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;
(9) any surrender or waiver of contract rights pursuant to a settlement, release,
recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;
(10) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any property or other
asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
3
(11) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; and
(12) dispositions of marketable securities, other than shares of Spectrum common
stock, constituting less than 5% of the Total Assets; provided that such disposition is at
fair market value and the consideration consists of Cash Equivalents.
Attributable Debt means, in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, at the time of
determination, the present value, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the Sale and
Leaseback Transaction determined in accordance with GAAP, of the total obligations of the lessee
for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease in the Sale and Leaseback Transaction.
Authenticating Agent refers to a Person engaged to authenticate the Notes in the stead of
the Trustee.
Authorized Representatives means the Trustee and the agent or other representative of the
holders of any series of future Debt.
Average Life means, with respect to any Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests, the quotient
obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of
determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt or such
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Equity Interests and (y) the amount
of such principal, or redemption or similar payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal, or
redemption or similar payments.
bankruptcy default has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.
Beneficial Owner has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular person
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such person shall be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the right to acquire by
conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is
exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms Beneficially Owns and
Beneficially Owned shall have a corresponding meaning.
Board of Directors means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, except with
respect to the definition of Change of Control, any duly authorized committee thereof having the
authority of the full board with respect to the determination to be made;
4
(2) with respect to a limited liability company, any managing member thereof or, if managed by
managers, the board of managers thereof, or any duly authorized committee thereof having the
authority of the full board with respect to the determination to be made;
(3) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the
partnership; and
(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar
function.
Board Resolution means a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors which is
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and remains in full force and
effect as of the date of its certification.
Business Day means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks
in New York City or in the city where the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located are
authorized by law to close.
Capital Lease means, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property which, in
conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person.
Capital Stock means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a
corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether
voting or non-voting) in such Persons equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the
profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.
Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio means, on any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the
Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the Notes are secured by a
first-priority Lien pursuant to the Security Agreements on such Collateral that is subject to no
prior Liens) consisting of Cash Equivalents to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens
on the Collateral outstanding on such date.
Cash Equivalents means
(1) United States dollars, or money in other currencies received in the ordinary
course of business,
(2) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership
interest in U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the
date of acquisition,
(3) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with
maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition,
5
(iii) bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition,
and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or
trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state
thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose
short-term debt is rated A-2 or higher by S&P or P-2 or higher by Moodys,
(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the type described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above,
(5) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moodys or A-1 by S&P and maturing
within six months after the date of acquisition, and
(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments
of the type described in clauses (1) through (5) above.
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit
H.
Certificated Note means a Note in registered individual form without interest coupons.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other
than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of
all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, to any person (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder;
(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
(3) any person or group (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
the Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or
more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company other than a Permitted Holder;
provided that such event shall not be deemed a Change of Control so long as one or more
Permitted Holders shall Beneficially Own more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of
the Company than such person or group; or
(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the
Company are not Continuing Directors.
6
For purposes of this definition, (i) any direct or indirect holding company of the Company
shall not itself be considered a Person for purposes of clauses (1) or (3) above or a person or
group for purposes of clauses (1) or (3) above, provided that no person or group (other than
the Permitted Holders or another such holding company) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly,
more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such company, and a majority of the Voting
Stock of such holding company immediately following it becoming the holding company of the Company
is Beneficially Owned by the Persons who Beneficially Owned the voting power of the Voting Stock of
the Company immediately prior to it becoming such holding company and (ii) a Person shall not be
deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger
agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such
agreement.
Change of Control Offer has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.11.
Change of Control Payment has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.11.
Change of Control Payment Date has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.11.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Collateral means all of the assets (other than Excluded Property) that are owned or
hereafter acquired by the Company or by any Guarantor to the extent pledged or required to be
pledged to secure the Notes.
Collateral Agent means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as the
Collateral Agent, or any collateral agent or trustee appointed pursuant to the Collateral Trust
Agreement.
Collateral Coverage Ratio means, at the date of determination, the ratio of (i) the
Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the Notes are secured by a
first-priority Lien on such Collateral pursuant to the Security Agreements that is subject to no
prior Lien) to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on
such date.
Collateral Requirement means the requirement that all documents and instruments,
including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, control agreements and mortgages, required
by law to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the
Security Documents and perfect or record such Liens as valid Liens with priority set forth in the
Security Documents free of any other Liens except for Permitted Collateral Liens, shall have been
7
filed, registered or recorded and any Collateral for which perfection may be obtained through
control or possession, such control or possession is provided.
Collateral Trust Agreement means the collateral trust agreement (substantially in the form
attached as Exhibit K hereto) dated the Completion Date among the Company, the Collateral Agent and
the Trustee, as amended from time to time.
Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Company means the party named as such in the first paragraph of the Indenture or any
successor obligor under the Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5.
Completion Date means the date all Escrow Conditions are satisfied.
Consolidated Net Income means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the
Company and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with
GAAP, provided that the following (without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated
Net Income:
(1) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a Guarantor, except that net
income shall be included to the extent of the dividends or other distributions actually
paid in cash to the Company or any of the Guarantors by such Person during such period;
(2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests
transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;
(3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to or associated with the
extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Agreements;
(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
(5) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee
benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock
appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other
rights;
(6) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such
Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount
will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a)
not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed
within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added
back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days),
8
expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption;
(7) any expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, acquisition,
disposition, recapitalization or issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of Debt (including amortization or write offs
of debt issuance or deferred financing costs, premiums and prepayment penalties), in each
case, whether or not successful, including any such expenses or charges attributable to
the issuance and sale of the Notes and the consummation of the exchange offer pursuant to
the Registration Rights Agreement; and
(8) any expenses or reserves for liabilities to the extent that the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company is entitled to indemnification therefor under binding
agreements; provided that any liabilities for which the Company or such Subsidiary is not
actually indemnified shall reduce Consolidated Net Income in the period in which it is
determined that the Company or such Subsidiary will not be indemnified.
Continuing Directors means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of
Directors of the Company who:
(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or
(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the
approval of the Permitted Holders or a majority of the Continuing Directors who were
members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.
Contribution Debt means Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests of the Company or any
Guarantor with a Stated Maturity after the Stated Maturity of the Notes in an aggregate principal
amount or liquidation preference not greater than (i) half (in the case of Debt referred to in
clause (1) below) and (ii) twice ( in the case of unsecured Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests),
the aggregate amount of cash received from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of
the Company or a capital contribution to the common equity of the Company; provided that:
(1) Contribution Debt may be secured by Liens on the Collateral (provided that
no such Contribution Debt may be so secured unless, on the date of the Incurrence, after
giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom,
(x) the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding and incurred under this clause (1),
together with other Pari-Passu Obligations (including the Notes) does not exceed
$500,000,000 and (y) the Company would be in compliance with the
9
covenants under Section 4.17 and Section 4.18 (calculated as if the Incurrence date was a date on which such
covenant is required to be tested under Section 4.18)),
(2) such cash has not been used to make a Restricted Payment and shall thereafter
be excluded from any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) of Section 4.07 (it being understood that if any such Debt or Disqualified
Stock Incurred as Contribution Debt is redesignated as Incurred under any provision other
than paragraph (b)(13) of Section 4.06, the related issuance of Equity Interests may be
included in any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) of Section 4.07) and
(3) such Contribution Debt (a) is Incurred within 180 days after the making of such
cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Debt pursuant to an Officers
Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.
Any cash received from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or a
capital contribution to the common equity of the Company may only be applied to incur secured Debt
pursuant to clause (i) of the first paragraph above or unsecured Debt or Disqualified Equity
Interests pursuant to clause (ii) of such paragraph. For example, if the Company issues Qualified
Equity Interests and receives $100 of cash proceeds, the Company may either incur $50 of secured
Debt (subject to the conditions set forth in such clause (i)) or $200 of unsecured Debt or
Disqualified Equity Interests, but may not incur $50 of secured Debt and $150 of unsecured Debt.
Corporate Trust Office means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business
of the Trustee is principally administered, which at the date of the Indenture is located at 625
Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MAC N9311-110, Minneapolis, MN 55470.
Date of Determination has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.02.
Debt means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,
(1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
similar instruments;
(3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers
acceptances or other similar instruments, excluding obligations in respect of trade
letters of credit or bankers acceptances issued in respect of trade payables;
10
(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of
property or services which would have been recorded as liabilities under GAAP, excluding
trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business;
(5) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases (other than the
interest component thereof);
(6) all Debt of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent so Guaranteed;
(7) all Debt of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether
or not such Debt is assumed by such Person;
(8) all obligations of such Person under Hedging Agreements; and
(9) all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt shall be deemed not to include (1)
deferred or prepaid revenues or (2) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or
owing to any governmental entity.
The amount of Debt of any Person will be deemed to be:
(A) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the
occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation;
(B) with respect to Debt secured by a Lien on an asset of such Person but not
otherwise the obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the
fair market value of such asset on the date the Lien attached and (y) the amount of such
Debt;
(C) with respect to any Debt issued with original issue discount, the face amount
of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such
Debt;
(D) with respect to any Hedging Agreement, the net amount payable if such Hedging
Agreement terminated at that time due to default by such Person; and
(E) otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof.
Default means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default.
11
Depositary means the depositary of each Global Note, which will initially be DTC.
Designated Non-cash Consideration means any non-cash consideration received by the Company
or any Guarantor in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Non-cash
Consideration pursuant to an Officers Certificate executed by an Officer of the Company or such Guarantor at the time
of such Asset Sale. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will cease to be
considered to be outstanding once it has been sold for cash or Cash Equivalents (which shall be
considered Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale when received).
Disqualified Equity Interests means Equity Interests that by their terms or upon the
happening of any event are:
(1) required to be redeemed or redeemable at the option of the holder prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Notes for consideration other than Qualified Equity Interests, or
(2) convertible at the option of the holder into Disqualified Equity Interests or
exchangeable for Debt;
provided that (i) only the portion of the Equity Interests which is mandatorily redeemable, is so
convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests, (ii) if such
Equity Interests are issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the
Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not
constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because they may be required to be repurchased by
the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of
such employees termination, death or disability and (iii) Equity Interests will not constitute
Disqualified Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to
require repurchase or redemption upon an asset sale or change of control occurring prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Notes if those provisions:
(A) are no more favorable to the holders than Section 4.11 and Section 4.12, and
(B) specifically state that repurchase or redemption pursuant thereto will not be
required prior to the Companys repurchase of the Notes as required by the Indenture.
Disqualified Stock means Capital Stock constituting Disqualified Equity Interests.
12
Domestic Subsidiary means any Subsidiary formed under the laws of the United States of
America or any jurisdiction thereof.
DTC means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, and its successors.
DTC Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit D.
Equity Interests means all Capital Stock and all warrants or options with respect to, or
other rights to purchase, Capital Stock, but excluding Debt convertible into equity.
Equity Offering means a primary offering, whether by way of private placement or registered
offering, after the Issue Date, of Qualified Stock of the Company other than an issuance registered
on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor thereto or any issuance pursuant to employee benefit plans or
otherwise in compensation to officers, directors or employees.
Escrow Account has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.01.
Escrow Agent means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
Escrow Agreement means the escrow and security agreement, dated on or about the Issue Date,
between the Company, the Trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Financial Institution
(as defined therein) and the Escrow Agent.
Escrow Conditions means the conditions set forth in Section 1.04(b) of the Escrow Agreement.
Escrow Property has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.01.
Event of Default has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.
Excess Proceeds has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.12.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Exchange Notes means the Notes of the Company issued pursuant to the Indenture in
exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to, the Initial Notes or any Initial
Additional Notes in compliance with the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement and containing
terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes (except that (i)
such Exchange Notes
13
will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer
restrictions or bear the Restricted Legend, and (ii) the provisions relating to Additional Interest
will be eliminated).
Exchange Offer means an offer by the Company to the Holders of the Initial Notes or any
Initial Additional Notes to exchange outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes, as provided for in a
Registration Rights Agreement.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement means the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as
defined in a Registration Rights Agreement.
Excluded Property means
(i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest in which is excluded
from the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction;
(ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to the extent (but only
to the extent) required to prevent the Collateral from including more than 65% of all
voting Equity Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary;
(iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the
extent and for so long as the attachments of security interest created therein would
violate any joint venture agreement, organizational document, shareholders agreement or
equivalent agreement relating to such joint venture or Subsidiary;
(iv) any rights of the Company or any Guarantor in any contract or license if
under the terms thereof, or any applicable law with respect thereto, the valid grant of a
security interest therein to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has
not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract or license has not been
obtained or, under applicable law, such prohibition cannot be waived;
(v) certain deposit accounts, the balance of which consists exclusively of (a)
withheld income taxes and federal, state, local and foreign employment taxes in such
amounts as are required to be paid to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable
governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit
plan on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of the Company or any Guarantor;
(vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine from time to time
that the cost of obtaining a Lien thereon exceeds the benefits
14
of obtaining such a Lien (it being understood that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to make any such
determination);
(vii) any intent-to-use U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely
during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the
validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application or the mark that is
the subject of such application under applicable law;
(viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such time as the Company
determines that such Equity Interests should be pledged as Collateral, such determination
(which shall be irrevocable) to be made by an Officers Certificate delivered by the
Company to the Collateral Agent; and
(ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed $1,000,000 deposited for the purpose
of securing, leases of office space, furniture or equipment;
provided however that Excluded Property shall not (i) apply to any contract or license to the
extent the applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the Uniform Commercial Code
(including Sections 9-406 through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit, impair or
otherwise affect Collateral Agents unconditional continuing security interest in and Lien upon any
rights or interests of the Company or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to become due under any
such contract or license (including any accounts).
Fair Market Value means:
(i) in the case of any Collateral that (a) is listed on a national securities
exchange or (b) is actively traded in the over-the-counter-market and represents equity in
a Person with a market capitalization of at least $500,000,000 on each trading day in the
preceding 60 day period prior to such date, the product of (a) (i) the sum of the volume
weighted average prices of a unit of such Collateral for each of the 20 consecutive
trading days immediately prior to such date, divided by (ii) 20, multiplied by (b) the
number of units pledged as Collateral;
(ii) in the case of any Collateral that is not so listed or actively traded
(other than Cash Equivalents), the fair market value thereof (defined as the price that
would be negotiated in an arms-length transaction for cash between a willing buyer and
willing seller, neither of which is acting under compulsion), as determined by a written
opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal, accounting or valuation
firm that is not an Affiliate of the Company; provided that (i) such written opinion may
be based on a desktop appraisal conducted by
15
such banking, appraisal, accounting or valuation firm for any date of determination that is not the end of the fiscal year for
the Company and (ii) the fair market value thereof determined by such written opinion may
be determined as of a date as early as 30 days prior to the end of the applicable fiscal
period on which a covenant under this Indenture is required to be tested (the end of such
period being referred to as the Test Date); and
(iii) in the case of Cash Equivalents, the face value thereof.
The volume weighted average price means the per share of common stock (or per minimum
denomination or unit size in the case of any security other than common stock) volume-weighted
average price as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg page for the
<equity> AQR page corresponding to the ticker for such common stock or unit (or its
equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled
open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such trading
day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of such
common stock (or per minimum denomination or unit size in the case of any security other than
common stock) on such trading day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a
nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the
trustee). The volume weighted average price will be determined without regard to after-hours
trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.
In the case of any assets referenced in clause (ii) above tested on a date of determination
other than in connection with a Test Date, for purposes of calculating compliance with a covenant
under this Indenture, the Company will be permitted to rely on the value as determined by the
written opinion given for the most recently completed Test Date.
For the avoidance of doubt:
(i) if the Company will be in compliance with an applicable covenant at a Test
Date even if an asset constituting Collateral had no value, it shall not be required to
obtain an appraisal of such Collateral (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed to
have no value for such purpose); and
(ii) if the Company will be in compliance with an applicable covenant at a Test
Date if an asset constituting Collateral has a minimum specified value, an appraisal
establishing that such Collateral is worth at least such minimum specified value shall be
sufficient (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed to have such minimum specified
value for such purpose).
16
Foreign Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in
effect as of the Issue Date.
Global Note means a Note in registered global form without interest coupons.
Guarantee means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or
indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such
Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt
or other obligation of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or
by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to
maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring
in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to
protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof, in whole or in part; provided that the term
Guarantee does not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business. The term Guarantee used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
Guarantor means each Subsidiary that executes a supplemental indenture to the Indenture
providing for the guaranty of the payment of the Notes, or any successor obligor under its Note
Guaranty pursuant to Article 5, in each case unless and until such Guarantor is released from its
Note Guaranty pursuant to the Indenture.
Hedging Agreement means (i) any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or
other agreement designed to manage fluctuations in interest rates or (ii) any foreign exchange
forward contract, currency swap agreement or other agreement designed to manage fluctuations in
foreign exchange rates.
Holder or Noteholder means the registered holder of any Note.
IAI Global Note means a Global Note resold to Institutional Accredited Investors bearing the
Restricted Legend.
Incur and Incurrence means, with respect to any Debt or Capital Stock, to incur,
create, issue, assume or Guarantee such Debt or Capital Stock. If any Person becomes a Guarantor
on any date after the date of the Indenture, the Debt and Capital Stock of such Person outstanding
on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by such Person on such date for purposes of
Section 4.06, but
17
will not be considered the sale or issuance of Equity Interests for purposes of
Section 4.12. The accrual of interest, accretion of original issue discount or payment of interest
in kind or the accretion or payment in kind, accumulation of dividends on any Equity Interests will
not be considered an Incurrence of Debt.
Indenture means this indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Initial Additional Notes means Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under
the Securities Act and any Notes issued in replacement thereof, but not including any Exchange
Notes issued in exchange therefor.
Initial Notes means the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Notes issued in replacement
thereof, but not including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.
Initial Purchasers means the initial purchasers party to a purchase agreement with the
Company relating to the sale of the Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes by the Company.
Institutional Accredited Investor means an institutional accredited investor (as defined)
in Rule 501(a), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.
Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form
of Exhibit G hereto.
interest, in respect of the Notes, unless the context otherwise requires, refers to interest
and Additional Interest, if any.
Interest Payment Date means each May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15,
2011.
Investment means
(1) any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit to another
Person,
(2) any capital contribution to another Person, by means of any transfer of cash
or other property or in any other form,
(3) any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, bonds, notes or other Debt,
or other instruments or securities issued by another Person, including the receipt of any
of the above as consideration for the disposition of assets or rendering of services, or
(4) any Guarantee of any obligation of another Person.
18
Issue Date means the date on which the Original Notes are originally issued under the
Indenture.
Lien means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital Lease).
LightSquared means LightSquared Inc.
Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio means the ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of the
Collateral (but only to the extent the Notes are secured by a first-priority Lien pursuant to the
Security Agreements on such Collateral that is subject to no prior Lien) consisting of (a) shares
of common stock of Spectrum and (b) Cash Equivalents to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured
by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on such date.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
Net Cash Proceeds means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in
the form of cash (including (i) payments in respect of deferred payment obligations to the extent
corresponding to principal, but not interest, when received in the form of cash, and (ii) proceeds
from the conversion of other consideration received when converted to cash), net of
(1) brokerage commissions, underwriting commissions and other fees and expenses
related to such Asset Sale, including fees and expenses of counsel, accountants,
consultants and investment bankers;
(2) provisions for taxes as a result of such Asset Sale taking into account the
consolidated results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
(3) payments required to be made to holders of minority interests in Subsidiaries as
a result of such Asset Sale or (except in the case of Collateral) to repay Debt
outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that is secured by a Lien on the property or
assets sold;
(4) appropriate amounts to be provided as a reserve against liabilities associated
with such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities,
liabilities related to environmental matters and indemnification obligations associated
with such Asset Sale, with any subsequent reduction of the reserve other than by payments
made and charged against the reserved amount to be deemed a receipt of cash; and
19
(5) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Debt) relating to the assets
sold at the time of, or within 30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale.
Non-U.S. Person means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.
Notes has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals.
Note Guaranty means the guaranty of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture.
Obligations means, with respect to any Debt, all obligations (whether in existence on the
Issue Date or arising afterwards, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect) for or in respect of
principal (when due, upon acceleration, upon redemption, upon mandatory repayment or repurchase
pursuant to a mandatory offer to purchase, or otherwise), premium, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnification, reimbursement and other amounts payable and liabilities with respect to such Debt,
including all interest accrued or accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without limitation,
any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not
the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such case or proceeding.
Offer to Purchase has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.05.
Offering Circular means the offering circular, dated November 5, 2010, relating to the sale
of the Notes.
Officer means the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or chief executive
officer, any vice president, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer, the
treasurer or any assistant treasurer, or the secretary or any assistant secretary, of the Company.
Officers Certificate means a certificate signed in the name of the Company (i) by the
chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or chief executive officer, the chief operating
officer or a vice president and (ii) by the chief financial officer, the treasurer or any assistant
treasurer or the secretary or any assistant secretary and delivered to the Trustee.
Offshore Global Note means a Global Note representing Notes issued and sold pursuant to
Regulation S.
Opinion of Counsel means a written opinion signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee
of or counsel to the Company, satisfactory to the Trustee.
20
Original Notes means the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.
Pari-Passu Obligations means any Debt secured equally and ratably by Liens on the
Collateral; provided that an Authorized Representative in respect thereof has executed a joinder to
the Collateral Trust Agreement.
Paying Agent refers to a Person engaged to perform the obligations of the Trustee in respect
of payments made or funds held hereunder in respect of the Notes.
Permanent Offshore Global Note means an Offshore Global Note that does not bear the
Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.
Permitted Debt has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06.
Permitted Collateral Liens means: (1) Liens on the Collateral to secure Obligations in
respect of the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes); (2) Liens on the Collateral that rank pari
passu with or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations in respect of the Notes and that secure
Obligations in respect of Debt (including any Additional Notes) Incurred pursuant to clause (1) or
(13) of the definition of Permitted Debt; (3) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Debt (or
successive Permitted Refinancing Debt) as a whole, or in part, of any Obligations secured by any
Lien referred to in clauses (1) or (2) of this definition; and (4) Liens on the Collateral of the
types described in clauses (4), (5), (6), (13), (14) and (15) of the definition of Permitted Liens.
Permitted Holders means
(1) each of Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd;
(2) any Affiliate of any Person specified in clause (1), other than another
portfolio company thereof (which means a company actively engaged in providing goods and
services to unaffiliated customers) or a company controlled by a portfolio company; or
(3) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the
case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned 50% or more by Persons
specified in clauses (1) or (2).
Permitted Liens means
(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise permitted;
(2) Permitted Collateral Liens;
21
(3) pledges or deposits under workers compensation laws, unemployment insurance
laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders,
contracts or leases, or to secure public or statutory obligations, surety bonds, customs
duties and the like, or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary
course of business and not securing Debt;
(4) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers, vendors, warehousemens and
mechanics liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith and
by appropriate proceedings;
(5) Liens in respect of taxes and other governmental assessments and charges which
are not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
(6) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business not securing Debt and not
in the aggregate materially detracting from the value of the properties or their use in
the operation of the business of the Company and the Guarantors;
(7) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Guarantor,
provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any
other property of the Company or any other Guarantor;
(8) Liens on property or the Equity Interests of any Person at the time the
Company or any Guarantor acquires such property or Person, including any acquisition by
means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or a Guarantor of such Person,
provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any
other property of the Company or any Guarantor;
(9) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of the Company or a Guarantor to the
Company or a Guarantor;
(10) Liens securing Hedging Agreements so long as such Hedging Agreements relate
to Debt for borrowed money that is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by
a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Agreements;
(11) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens referred to in clauses
(1), (7) or (8) in connection with the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby,
provided that such Lien does not extend to any other property and, except as contemplated
by the definition of Permitted Refinancing Debt, the amount secured by such Lien is not
increased;
22
(12) other Liens (not on the Collateral) securing obligations in an aggregate
amount not exceeding $5,000,000;
(13) licenses or leases or subleases as licensor, lessor or sublessor of any of its
property, including intellectual property, in the ordinary course of business;
(14) Liens securing office leases and office furniture and equipment in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $1,000,000; and
(15) Liens on property securing Debt permitted pursuant to Section 4.06(14).
Permitted Refinancing Debt has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06.
Person means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an
association, a trust or any other entity, including a government or political subdivision or an
agency or instrumentality thereof.
Preferred Stock means, with respect to any Person, any and all Capital Stock which is
preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, upon liquidation or otherwise, over
another class of Capital Stock of such Person.
principal of any Debt means the principal amount of such Debt (or if such Debt was issued
with original issue discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion
of the original issue discount of such Debt), together with, unless the context otherwise
indicates, any premium then payable on such Debt.
Qualified Equity Interests means all Equity Interests of a Person other than Disqualified
Equity Interests.
Qualified Stock means all Capital Stock of a Person other than Disqualified Stock.
refinance has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06(b)(5).
Register has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.09.
Registrar means a Person engaged to maintain the Register.
Registration Rights Agreement means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated on or about
the Issue Date between the Company and the Initial Purchasers party thereto with respect to the
Initial Notes, and (ii) with respect to any Additional Notes, any registration rights agreements
between the Company and the Initial Purchasers party thereto relating to rights given by the
Company to
23
the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes or exchange them
for Notes registered under the Securities Act.
Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the May 1 or
November 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
Regulation S means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.
Replacement Assets has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.12.
Restricted Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit C.
Restricted Payment has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.07.
Restricted Period means the relevant 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in
Regulation S.
Rule 144A means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
Rule 144A Certificate means (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto
or (ii) a written certification addressed to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that the
Person making such certification (x) is acquiring such Note (or beneficial interest) for its own
account or one or more accounts with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and
that it and each such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A,
(y) is aware that the transfer to it or exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the
exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A, and (z)
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested
pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or has determined not to request such information.
S&P means Standard & Poors Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its
successors.
Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, with respect to any Person, an arrangement whereby
such Person enters into a lease of property previously transferred by such Person to the lessor.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933.
24
Security and Pledge Agreement means the security and pledge agreement (substantially in
the form attached as Exhibit J hereto) dated the Completion Date among the Company and the
Collateral Agent, as amended from time to time.
Security Documents means (i) the Security and Pledge Agreement, (ii) the Collateral Trust
Agreement and (iii) the security documents granting a security interest in any assets of any Person
to secure the Obligations under the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as each may be amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Shelf Registration Statement means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in a
Registration Rights Agreement.
Significant Subsidiary means any Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries, that would, taken
together, be a significant subsidiary as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 (w)(1) or (2) of
Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue
Date.
Special Redemption has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.03.
Special Redemption Date has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.03.
Special Redemption Price means a redemption price equal to 100% of the original issue amount
of the Notes, plus Accrued Yield and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes through the Special
Redemption Date.
Spectrum means Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement means that certain Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.,
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., Avenue International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue
Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P. and Avenue-CDP Global
Opportunities Fund, L.P.
Spectrum Stockholder Agreement means that certain Stockholder Agreement, dated as of
February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc.
Stated Maturity means (i) with respect to any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on
which the final installment of principal of such Debt is due
25
and payable or (ii) with respect to
any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any Debt, the date specified as the fixed
date on which such installment is due and payable as set forth in the documentation governing such
Debt, not including any contingent obligation to repay, redeem or repurchase prior to the regularly
scheduled date for payment.
Subordinated Debt means any Debt of the Company or any Guarantor which (i) is subordinated
in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guaranty, as applicable, pursuant to a written
agreement to that effect or (ii) is unsecured.
Subsidiary means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business
entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by,
or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only
general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof).
Unless otherwise specified, Subsidiary means a Subsidiary of the Company.
Temporary Offshore Global Note means an Offshore Global Note that bears the Temporary
Offshore Global Note Legend.
Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend means the legend set forth in Exhibit I.
Total Assets means the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.
Treasury Rate means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption
date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in
the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available
at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no
longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the
period from the redemption date to May 15, 2013; provided that if the period from the redemption
date to May 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United
States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
Trustee means the party named as such in the first paragraph of the Indenture or any
successor trustee under the Indenture pursuant to Article 7.
Trust Indenture Act means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
U.S. Global Note means a Global Note that bears the Restricted Legend representing Notes
issued and sold pursuant to Rule 144A.
26
U.S. Government Obligations means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or
insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that
the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.
Voting Stock means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind
ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members
of the governing body of such Person.
Wholly Owned means, with respect to any Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all of the outstanding
Capital Stock of which (other than any directors qualifying shares) is owned by the Company and
one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (or a combination thereof).
Section 1.02. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires
or except as otherwise expressly provided,
(1) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;
(2) herein, hereof and other words of similar import refer to the Indenture
as a whole and not to any particular Section, Article or other subdivision;
(3) all references to Sections or Articles or Exhibits refer to Sections or
Articles or Exhibits of or to the Indenture unless otherwise indicated;
(4) references to agreements or instruments, or to statutes or regulations,
are to such agreements or instruments, or statutes or regulations, as amended from time to
time (or to successor statutes and regulations); and
(5) in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category
of permitted transactions or listed exceptions the Company may classify such transaction
as it, in its sole discretion, determines.
ARTICLE 2
The Notes
Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Denominations; Legends. (a) The Notes and the Trustees
certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A. The terms
and provisions contained in the form of the Notes annexed as Exhibit A constitute, and are hereby
expressly made, a part of the Indenture. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with
27
the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall
govern and be controlling. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law,
rules of or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Company is subject, or
customarily uses. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes will be
issuable in denominations of $2,000 in principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof.
(b) (1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c), Section 2.10(b)(3),
(b)(5), or (c) or Section 2.09(b)(4), each Initial Note or Initial Additional Note (other
than a Permanent Offshore Note) will bear the Restricted Legend.
(2) Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note or Additional Note, will
bear the DTC Legend.
(3) Each Temporary Offshore Global Note will bear the Temporary Offshore Global
Note Legend.
(4) Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on
Regulation S will be issued as provided in Section 2.11(a).
(5) Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on
any exception under the Securities Act other than Regulation S and Rule 144A will be
issued, and upon the request of the Company to the Trustee, Initial Notes offered and sold
in reliance on Rule 144A may be issued, in the form of Certificated Notes.
(6) Initial Notes resold to Institutional Accredited Investors will be in the
form of an IAI Global Note.
(7) Exchange Notes will be issued, subject to Section 2.09(b), in the form of one
or more Global Notes.
(c) (1) If the Company determines (upon the advice of counsel and such other
certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require) that a Note is eligible
for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor provision)
without the need for current public information and that the Restricted Legend is no
longer necessary or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Note
(or a beneficial interest therein) are effected in compliance with the Securities Act, or
(2) after an Initial Note or any Initial Additional Note is
(x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, pursuant to the Registration Rights
28
Agreement or otherwise, or (y) is validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Note pursuant to an
Exchange Offer
the Company may instruct the Trustee in writing to cancel the Note and issue to the Holder thereof
(or to its transferee) a new Note of like tenor and amount, registered in the name of the Holder
thereof (or its transferee), that does not bear the Restricted Legend, and the Trustee will comply
with such instruction.
(d) By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Legend (or any beneficial
interest in such a Note), each Holder thereof and each owner of a beneficial interest therein
acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note (and any such beneficial interest) set forth
in this Indenture and in the Restricted Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note (and any
such beneficial interest) only in accordance with the Indenture and such legend.
Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication; Exchange Notes; Additional Notes. (a) An Officer
shall execute the Notes for the Company by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf
of the Company. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time
the Note is authenticated, the Note will still be valid.
(b) A Note will not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the Note, with the signature conclusive evidence that the Note has been
authenticated under the Indenture.
(c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of the Indenture,
the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication. The
Trustee will authenticate and deliver
(i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to
exceed $350,000,000,
(ii) Initial Additional Notes from time to time for original issue in aggregate
principal amounts specified by the Company, and
(iii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal
amount of Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes
after the following conditions have been met:
(1) Receipt by the Trustee of an Officers Certificate specifying
(A) the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the
Notes are to be authenticated,
(B) whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or, Additional Notes or
Exchange Notes,
29
(C) in the case of Initial Additional Notes, that the issuance of such
Notes does not contravene any provision of Article 4
(D) whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or
Certificated Notes, and
(E) other information the Company may determine to include or the
Trustee may reasonably request.
(2) Additional Notes that are for U.S. federal income tax purposes issued with
more than de minimis original issue discount and are not fungible with other Notes shall
be issued under a separate CUSIP number and shall be treated as a separate class for
purposes of transfer and exchange.
(3) In the case of Exchange Notes, effectiveness of an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement and consummation of the exchange offer thereunder (and receipt by
the Trustee of an Officers Certificate to that effect). Initial Notes or Initial
Additional Notes exchanged for Exchange Notes will be cancelled by the Trustee.
(d) The Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes
under this Indenture, other than as specified in clause (2) of Section 2.02(c), and shall vote
together as one class on all matters with respect to the Notes.
Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Authenticating Agent; Paying Agent to Hold
Money in Trust. (a) The Company may appoint one or more Registrars and one or more Paying Agents,
and the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent, in which case each reference in the Indenture
to the Trustee in respect of the obligations of the Trustee to be performed by that Agent will be
deemed to be references to the Agent. The Company may act as Registrar or (except for purposes of
Article 8) Paying Agent. In each case the Company and the Trustee will enter into an appropriate
agreement with the Agent implementing the provisions of the Indenture relating to the obligations
of the Trustee to be performed by the Agent and the related rights. The Company initially appoints
the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent.
(b) The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in
writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all
money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and will
promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment.
The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and
account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time
30
during the continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require the Paying Agent to pay all money
held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent
will have no further liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee.
Section 2.04. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if a
Holder claims that its Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the Company receives
evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and loss, mutilation or destruction of such Note, the
Company will issue and the Trustee will authenticate a replacement Note of like tenor and principal
amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. Every replacement Note is an
additional obligation of the Company and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. An indemnity
must be furnished that is sufficient in the judgment of both the Trustee and the Company to protect
the Company and the Trustee from any loss, liability or expense they may suffer if a Note is
replaced. The Company may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Company and the Trustee in
replacing a Note (including attorneys fees and expenses). In
case the mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become
due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay the Note instead of issuing a replacement
Note.
Section 2.05. Outstanding Notes. (a) Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have
been authenticated by the Trustee except for
(1) Notes cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to it for cancellation;
(2) any Note which has been replaced pursuant to Section 2.04 unless and until
the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is
held by a bona fide purchaser; and
(3) on or after the maturity date or any redemption date or date for purchase of
the Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, those Notes payable or to be redeemed or
purchased on that date for which the Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Company or
an Affiliate of the Company) holds money sufficient to pay all amounts then due.
(b) A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates
holds the Note, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount
of the outstanding Notes have given or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other action hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding (it being understood that in
determining whether the Trustee is protected in conclusively relying upon any such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Notes which the Trustee
actually knows to be so
31
owned will be so disregarded). Notes so owned which have been pledged in
good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the
Trustee the pledgees right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the
Company or any Affiliate of the Company. Notes that are to be acquired by the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company pursuant to an exchange offer, Offer to Purchase, tender offer or other
agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by such entity until legal title to such Notes or a
security entitlement in respect thereof passes to such entity.
Section 2.06. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
may prepare and the Trustee will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be
substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have insertions, substitutions, omissions and
other variations determined to be appropriate by the Officer executing the temporary Notes, as
evidenced by the execution of the temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company
will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of
definitive Notes, the temporary Notes will be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of
the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company designated for the purpose pursuant to Section 4.02, without charge to the Holder.
Upon surrender for cancellation of any temporary Notes the Company will execute and the Trustee
will authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of
authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes will be entitled to the same
benefits under the Indenture as definitive Notes.
Section 2.07. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver to the Trustee for
cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may
have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes
previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold. Any Registrar or the
Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to it for transfer, exchange or
payment. The Trustee will cancel all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or
cancellation and dispose of them in accordance with its normal procedures or the written
instructions of the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid in
full or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.08. CUSIP and CINS Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and
CINS numbers, and the Trustee will use CUSIP numbers or CINS numbers in notices of redemption or
exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders, the notice to state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase. The Company will promptly
notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or CINS numbers.
32
Section 2.09. Registration, Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Notes will be issued in
registered form only, without coupons, and the Company shall cause the Trustee to maintain a
register (the Register) of the Notes, for registering the record ownership of the Notes by the
Holders and transfers and exchanges of the Notes.
(b) (1) Each Global Note will be registered in the name of the Depositary or its
nominee and, so long as DTC is serving as the Depositary thereof, will bear the DTC
Legend.
(2) Each Global Note will be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for the
Depositary. Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be
limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors
or their respective nominees, except (1) as set forth in Section 2.09(b)(4) and (2)
transfers of portions thereof in the form of Certificated Notes may be made upon request
of an Agent Member (for itself or on behalf of a beneficial owner) by written notice given
to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with customary procedures
of the Depositary and in compliance with this Section and Section 2.10.
(3) Agent Members will have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global
Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, and the Depositary may be treated by the
Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and
Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Depositary or its nominee may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person
(including any Agent Member and any Person that holds a beneficial interest in a Global
Note through an Agent Member) to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under
the Indenture or the Notes, and nothing herein will impair, as between the Depositary and
its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the
rights of a holder of any security.
(4) If (x) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to
continue as Depositary for a Global Note and a successor depositary is not appointed by
the Company within 90 days of the notice or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and the Trustee has received a request from the Depositary, the Trustee will
promptly exchange each beneficial interest in the Global Note for one or more Certificated
Notes in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount registered in
the name of the owner of such beneficial interest, as identified to the Trustee by the
Depositary, and thereupon the Global Note will be deemed canceled. If such Note does not
bear the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will
not bear the Restricted Legend. If such Note bears
33
the Restricted Legend, then the
Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will bear the Restricted Legend, provided
that any Holder of any such Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest
in a Temporary Offshore Global Note will have the right upon presentation to the Trustee
of a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership after the Restricted Period to
exchange such Certificated Note for a Certificated Note of like tenor and amount that does
not bear the Restricted Legend, registered in the name of such Holder.
(c) Each Certificated Note will be registered in the name of the holder thereof or its
nominee.
(d) A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or
exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized
denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the
proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or
other document required by Section 2.10. The Trustee will promptly register any transfer or
exchange that meets the requirements of this Section by noting the same in the register maintained
by the Trustee for the purpose; provided that
(x) no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such register
and
(y) the Trustee will not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or
exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or
purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange
any Note so selected for redemption or purchase in whole or in part, except, in the case
of a partial redemption or purchase, that portion of any Note not being redeemed or
purchased, or (iii) if a redemption or a purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase is to
occur after a Regular Record Date but on or before the corresponding Interest Payment
Date, to register the transfer of or exchange any Note on or after the Regular Record Date
and before the date of redemption or purchase. Prior to the registration of any transfer,
the Company, the Trustee and their agents will treat the Person in whose name the Note is
registered as the owner and Holder thereof for all purposes (whether or not the Note is
overdue), and will not be affected by notice to the contrary.
From time to time the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate additional Notes
as necessary in order to permit the registration of a transfer or exchange in accordance with this
Section.
No service charge will be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Note, but
the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
34
to cover any transfer tax or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than a transfer tax or other similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange pursuant to subsection (b)(4)).
(e) (1) Global Note to Global Note. If, a beneficial interest in a Global Note is
transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Trustee
will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or
exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like
increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one
Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest
in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon
transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest
in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and
exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in
such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.
(2) Global Note to Certificated Note. If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is
transferred or exchanged for a Certificated Note, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease
in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer
or exchange and (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations
having an equal aggregate principal amount to the transferee (in the case of a transfer)
or the owner of such beneficial interest (in the case of an exchange), registered in the
name of such transferee or owner, as applicable.
(3) Certificated Note to Global Note. If a Certificated Note is transferred or
exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such
Certificated Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note
equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such
transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled
Certificated Note, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more new Certificated Notes in
authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred
or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the
Holder thereof.
(4) Certificated Note to Certificated Note. If a Certificated Note is transferred or
exchanged for another Certificated Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel the Certificated Note
being transferred or exchanged, (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in
authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal
amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the
35
Holder of the canceled Certificated Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the
name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange
involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Note, deliver
to the Holder thereof one or more Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an
aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the
canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.
Section 2.10. Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange. (a) The transfer or exchange of any
Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section and
Section 2.09 and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable
rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested
transfer or exchange that does not comply with the preceding sentence.
(b) Subject to paragraph (c), the transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest
therein) of the type set forth in column A below for a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) of
the type set forth opposite in column B below may only be made in compliance with the certification
requirements (if any) described in the clause of this paragraph set forth opposite in column C
below.
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
B |
|
C |
U.S. Global Note |
|
U.S. Global Note |
|
(1) |
U.S. Global Note |
|
Offshore Global Note |
|
(2) |
U.S. Global Note |
|
Certificated Note |
|
(3) |
Offshore Global Note |
|
U.S. Global Note |
|
(4) |
Offshore Global Note |
|
Offshore Global Note |
|
(1) |
Offshore Global Note |
|
Certificated Note |
|
(5) |
Certificated Note |
|
U.S. Global Note |
|
(4) |
Certificated Note |
|
Offshore Global Note |
|
(2) |
Certificated Note |
|
Certificated Note |
|
(3) |
(1) No certification is required.
(2) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Regulation S Certificate; provided that if the
requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not
bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required.
(3) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate, (y) a duly completed
Regulation S Certificate or (z) a duly completed Institutional Accredited Investor
Certificate, and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as
the Company may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer or
36
exchange is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities
laws of any state of the United States; provided that if the requested transfer or
exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted
Legend, then no certification is required. In the event that (i) the requested transfer
or exchange takes place after the Restricted Period and a duly completed Regulation S
Certificate is delivered to the Trustee or (ii) a Certificated Note that does not bear the
Restricted Legend is surrendered for transfer or exchange, upon transfer or exchange the
Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend.
(4) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate.
(5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such exchange is
permitted if the requested exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore
Global Note. If the requested transfer involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary
Offshore Global Note, the Person requesting the transfer must deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate or (y) a duly
completed Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel and
such other certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require in order to
determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act
and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. If the requested
transfer or exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note,
no certification is required and the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does
not bear the Restricted Legend.
(c) No certification is required in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Note (or a
beneficial interest therein)
(1) after such Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act
(or a successor provision) without the need for current public information; provided that
the Company has provided the Trustee with an Officers Certificate to that effect, and the
Company may require from any Person requesting a transfer or exchange in reliance upon
this clause (1) an opinion of counsel and any other reasonable certifications and evidence
in order to support such certificate; or
(2)(x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement, pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise or (y) which is validly tendered for exchange
into an Exchange Note pursuant to an Exchange Offer.
37
Any Certificated Note delivered in reliance upon this paragraph will not bear the Restricted
Legend.
(d) The Trustee will retain copies of all certificates, opinions and other documents received
in connection with the transfer or exchange of a Note (or a beneficial interest therein), and the
Company will have the right to inspect and make copies thereof at any reasonable time upon written
notice to the Trustee.
(e) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to
compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law
with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among
Depositary participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and
to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to
determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
(f) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any
actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.
Section 2.11. Temporary Offshore Global Notes. (a) Each Note originally sold by the Initial
Purchasers in reliance upon Regulation S will be evidenced by one or more Offshore Global Notes
that bear the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.
(b) An owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note (or a Person acting
on behalf of such an owner) may provide to the Trustee (and the Trustee will accept) a duly
completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership at any time after the Restricted Period (it being
understood that the Trustee will not accept any such certificate during the Restricted Period).
Promptly after acceptance of a Certificate of Beneficial Ownership with respect to such a
beneficial interest, the Trustee will cause such beneficial interest to be exchanged for an
equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note, and will (x) permanently reduce
the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial
interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Note by the amount
of such beneficial interest.
(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b), if after the Restricted Period any Initial Purchaser owns a
beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note, such Initial Purchaser may, upon written
request to the Trustee accompanied by a certification as to its status as an Initial Purchaser,
exchange such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore
Global Note, and the Trustee will comply with such request and will (x) permanently reduce the
principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Note by the amount of
38
such beneficial interest
and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Note by the amount of such
beneficial interest.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any owner of a beneficial
interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note shall not be entitled to receive payment of principal
or interest on such beneficial interest or other amounts in respect of such beneficial interest
until such beneficial interest is exchanged for an interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note or
transferred for an interest in another Global Note or a Certificated Note.
ARTICLE 3
Redemption; Offer to Purchase
Section 3.01. Optional Redemption. (a) At any time and from time to time on or after May 15,
2013, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to the
percentage of principal amount set forth below of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date.
|
|
|
|
|
Date |
|
Percentage |
|
May 15, 2013 |
|
|
105.313 |
% |
November 15, 2013 |
|
|
102.656 |
% |
November 15, 2014 and thereafter |
|
|
100.000 |
% |
(b) At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2013, the Company may redeem at its
option some or all of the Notes at a price of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed
plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the
redemption date.
Section 3.02. Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offering. At any time and from time to time
prior to November 15, 2013, the Company may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the
Company from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 110.625% of the principal amount
plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all
such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes
including Additional Notes, provided that
(1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 90 days after the closing of the
related Equity Offering, and
(2) not less than 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes including Additional
Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter.
39
Section 3.03. Special Redemption. (a) In the event that the Completion Date has not occurred
on or prior to the Date of Determination, the Company will be required to redeem the Notes, on the
date that is five business days after the Date of Determination (the Special Redemption Date), at
a cash redemption price equal to 100% of the issue price of the Notes, plus the Accrued Yield and
accrued interest to the date of redemption (the Special Redemption).
(b) Upon the receipt of written instruction from the Company, an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, the Trustee will send a notice of the Special Redemption on behalf of the
Company to the Holders of the Notes of the Special Redemption on the Date of Determination if the
Completion Date has not occurred on or prior to such Date of Determination.
Section 3.04. Method and Effect of Redemption. (a) If the Company elects to redeem Notes, it
must notify the Trustee of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed by
delivering an Officers Certificate at least 45 days before the redemption date (unless a shorter
period is satisfactory to the Trustee). If fewer than all of the Notes are being redeemed, the
Officers Certificate must also specify a record date not less than 15 days after the date of the
notice of redemption is given to the Trustee, and the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed
pro rata, by lot or by any other method the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and
appropriate, in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and higher integral multiples of $1,000.
The notice to the Trustee under this clause (a) may be revoked prior to the mailing of notice of
such redemption to the Holders. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of the Notes or
portions of Notes to be called for redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first
class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the
Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more
than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with the defeasance
of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notices of redemption may not be
conditional.
(b) The notice of redemption will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will include or state
the following:
(1) the redemption date;
(2) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued
interest;
(3) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;
(4) Notes called for redemption must be so surrendered in order to collect the
redemption price;
40
(5) on the redemption date the redemption price will become due and payable on Notes
called for redemption, and interest on Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue on
and after the redemption date;
(6) if any Note is redeemed in part, on and after the redemption date, upon surrender
of such Note, new Notes equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion will be
issued; and
(7) if any Note contains a CUSIP or CINS number, no representation is being made as
to the correctness of the CUSIP or CINS number either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in the notice of redemption and that the Holder should rely only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Notes.
(c) Once notice of redemption is sent to the Holders, Notes called for redemption become due
and payable at the redemption price on the redemption date, and upon surrender of the Notes called
for redemption, the Company shall redeem such Notes at the redemption price. Commencing on the
redemption date, Notes redeemed will cease to accrue interest. Upon surrender of any Note redeemed
in part, the Holder will receive a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of
the surrendered Note.
Section 3.05. Offer to Purchase. (a) An Offer to Purchase means an offer by the Company to
purchase Notes as required by the Indenture. An Offer to Purchase must be made by written offer
(the offer) sent to the Holders. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing at least 15 days
(or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to sending the offer to Holders of
its obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the offer will be sent by the Company or, at the
Companys written request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.
(b) The offer must include or state the following as to the terms of the Offer to Purchase:
(1) the provision of the Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being
made;
(2) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased
by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner
by which such amount has been determined pursuant to the Indenture) (the purchase
amount);
(3) the purchase price, including the portion thereof representing accrued interest;
41
(4) an expiration date (the expiration date) not less than 30 days or more than 60
days after the date of the offer, and a settlement date for purchase (the purchase date)
not more than five Business Days after the expiration date;
(5) a Holder may tender all or any portion of its Notes, subject to the requirement
that any portion of a Note tendered must be in a multiple of $1,000 principal amount;
(6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the
Offer to Purchase;
(7) each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the offer will be required to
surrender such Note at the place or places specified in the offer prior to the close of
business on the expiration date (such Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so
requires, duly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer);
(8) interest on any Note not tendered, or tendered but not purchased by the Company
pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, will continue to accrue;
(9) on the purchase date the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note
accepted for purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after
the purchase date;
(10) Holders are entitled to withdraw Notes tendered by giving notice, which must be
received by the Company or the Trustee not later than the close of business on the
expiration date, setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the
tendered Notes, the certificate number of the tendered Notes and a statement that the
Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of the tender;
(11) (i) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the purchase
amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company
will purchase all such Notes, and (ii) if the Offer to Purchase is for less than all of
the outstanding Notes and Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase
amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Company will purchase
Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata
basis, with adjustments so that only Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount will be
purchased;
(12) if any Note is purchased in part, new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Note will be issued; and
42
(13) if any Note contains a CUSIP or CINS number, no representation is being made as
to the correctness of the CUSIP or CINS number either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in the offer and that the Holder should rely only on the other identification
numbers printed on the Notes.
(c) Prior to or on the purchase date, the Company will accept tendered Notes for purchase as
required by the Offer to Purchase and deliver to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an
Officers Certificate specifying which Notes have been accepted for purchase. On the purchase date
the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase, and interest on
Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date. The Trustee will promptly
return to Holders any Notes not accepted for purchase and send to Holders new Notes equal in
principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes accepted for purchase in part.
(d) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with any Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the Offer to Purchase provisions of the Indenture, the
Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to
have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
ARTICLE 4
Covenants
Section 4.01. Payment Of Notes. (a) The Company agrees to pay the principal of and interest
on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and the Indenture. Not later
than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the due date of any principal of or interest on any Notes,
or any redemption or purchase price of the Notes, the Company will deposit with the Trustee (or
Paying Agent) money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such amounts, provided that if
the Company or any Affiliate of the Company is acting as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each
due date, segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money
sufficient to pay such amounts until paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in
the Indenture. In each case the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its
compliance with this paragraph.
(b) An installment of principal or interest will be considered paid on the date due if the
Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) holds on that
date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Company or any Affiliate
of the Company acts as
43
Paying Agent, an installment of principal or interest will be considered
paid on the due date only if paid to the Holders.
(c) The Company agrees to pay interest on overdue principal, and , to the extent lawful,
overdue installments of interest at the rate per annum specified in the Notes.
(d) Payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes are to be made by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Global
Notes. With respect to Certificated Notes, the Company will make all payments by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof or, if no such account
is specified, by mailing a check to each Holders registered address.
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the United
States of America, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer
or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in
respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served. The Company hereby initially designates the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office of the Company. The Company will give prompt
written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or
agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails
to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands may be made or served to the Trustee.
The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be surrendered or presented for any of such purposes and may from time to time
rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such
designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
Section 4.03. Existence. The Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and the existence of each of its
Subsidiaries in accordance with their respective organizational documents, and the material rights,
licenses and franchises of the Company and each Subsidiary, provided that the Company is not
required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any Subsidiary, if
(i) the maintenance or preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business
of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (ii) where the failure to so preserve such
right, license, franchise or existence would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided further that this Section does not prohibit any
transaction otherwise permitted by Section 4.12 or Article 5.
44
Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes and other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge, and
cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or discharge before the same become delinquent (i) all
material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any
Subsidiary or its income or profits or property, and (ii) all material lawful claims for labor,
materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Company
or any Subsidiary, other than any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability
or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which
adequate reserves have been established or where failure to pay would not have a material adverse
effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Section 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance. (a) The Company will cause all
properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Subsidiaries
to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order as in the judgment of the
Company may be necessary so that the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries may be properly
and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section prevents the
Company or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such
properties or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of
the Company, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as
a whole.
(b) The Company will provide or cause to be provided, for itself and its Subsidiaries,
insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds customarily
insured against by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties, such as products
liability insurance and public liability insurance, with reputable insurers, in such amounts, with
such deductibles and by such methods as are customary for corporations similarly situated in the
industry in which the Company and its Subsidiaries are then conducting business.
Section 4.06. Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock. (a) Neither the Company nor any
Guarantor will Incur any Debt.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and, to the extent provided below, any
Guarantor may Incur the following (Permitted Debt):
(1) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor constituting Pari-Passu Obligations for
which the Authorized Representative of such Debt holders has executed a joinder to the
Collateral Trust Agreement pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement;
provided that, on the date of the Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and
the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (i) the aggregate principal amount
of Debt outstanding Incurred under this clause (1), together with Debt Incurred under
clause (4) (and any Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to
45
refinance Debt incurred
pursuant to such clauses that is a Pari-Passu Obligation), does not exceed $400,000,000
and (ii) the Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.25 to 1.0 or, to the extent that
the Collateral Coverage Ratio is then required to be not less than 2.5 to 1.0 (including
as a result of such incurrence of Debt) pursuant to the proviso set forth under Section
4.18(a), 2.5 to 1.0;
(2) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor owed to the Company or any Guarantor so long
as such Debt continues to be owed to the Company or any Guarantor;
(3) Subordinated Debt of the Company or any Guarantor; provided that (a) such Debt
has a Stated Maturity after the Stated Maturity of the Notes and (b) on the date of the
Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the
proceeds therefrom, the Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.0 to 1.0, calculated
as if all Debt of the Company and the Guarantors outstanding at such time was included in
clause (ii) of the definition of Collateral Coverage Ratio;
(4) Debt of the Company pursuant to the Notes (other than Additional Notes) and Debt
of any Guarantor pursuant to a Note Guaranty of the Notes (including Additional Notes);
(5) Debt (Permitted Refinancing Debt) constituting an extension or renewal of,
replacement of, or substitution for, or issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of
which are used to repay, redeem, repurchase, refinance or refund, including by way of
defeasance (all of the foregoing, for purposes of this clause, refinance) then
outstanding Debt in an amount not to exceed the principal amount of the Debt so
refinanced, plus premiums, fees and expenses; provided that
(A) in case the Debt to be refinanced is Subordinated Debt, the new Debt, by
its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which it is
outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Notes at
least to the extent that the Debt to be refinanced is subordinated to the Notes,
(B) the new Debt does not have a Stated Maturity prior to the Stated
Maturity of the Debt to be refinanced, and the Average Life of the new Debt is at
least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Debt to be refinanced, and
(C) Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (6), (7), (9), (10), (11),
(12) and (13) of this Section 4.06 may not be refinanced pursuant to this clause;
46
(6) Hedging Agreements of the Company or any Guarantor entered into in the ordinary
course of business for the purpose of managing risks associated with the business of the
Company or its Subsidiaries and not for speculation;
(7) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor with respect to (A) letters of credit and
bankers acceptances issued in the ordinary course of business and not supporting other
Debt, including letters of credit supporting performance, surety or appeal bonds, workers
compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees
or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, and
letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements
of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental authorities, or other
Debt with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers compensation claims
and (B) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations
incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets;
(8) Debt of the Company outstanding on the Issue Date (and, for purposes of clause
(5)(C), not otherwise constituting Permitted Debt);
(9) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor consisting of Guarantees of Debt of the
Company or any Guarantor Incurred under any other clause of this Section 4.06;
(10) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor Incurred on or after the Issue Date not
otherwise permitted in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed
$10,000,000;
(11) Debt arising from endorsing instruments of deposit and from the honoring by a
bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against
insufficient funds, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; provided that such
Debt is extinguished within five business days of Incurrence;
(12) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor consisting of the financing of insurance
premiums;
(13) Contribution Debt; and
(14) Debt, which may include Capital Leases, Incurred on or after the Issue Date no
later than 180 days after the date of purchase or completion of construction or
improvement of property, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase
price or cost of construction or improvement; provided that the principal amount of any
Debt Incurred
47
pursuant to this clause may not exceed (a) $1,000,000 less (b) the aggregate
outstanding amount of Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt Incurred
pursuant to this clause.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, for purposes of determining
compliance with this covenant, increases in Debt solely due to fluctuations in the
exchange rates of currencies will not be deemed to exceed the maximum amount that the
Company or a Guarantor may Incur under this covenant. For purposes of determining
compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Debt, the
U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt denominated in a foreign currency shall be
calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Debt
was Incurred; provided that if such Debt is Incurred to refinance other Debt denominated
in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S.
dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency
exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of
such refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of such Debt being refinanced.
The principal amount of any Debt Incurred to refinance other Debt, if Incurred in a
different currency from the Debt being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the
currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Debt is
denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
(d) In the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the
types of Debt described in this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, will
classify items of Debt and will only be required to include the amount and type of such
Debt in one of such clauses and the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an
item of Debt in more than one of the types of Debt described in this covenant, and may, at
any time after such Incurrence (based on circumstances existing at such time), change the
classification of an item of Debt (or any portion thereof) to any other type of Debt
described in this covenant at any time. If any Contribution Debt is redesignated as
Incurred under any provision other than clause (13) of paragraph (b) above, the related
issuance of Equity Interests may be included in any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B)
of Section 4.07.
(e) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor may Incur any Debt that is subordinated in
right of payment to other Debt of the Company or the Guarantor unless such Debt is also
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the relevant Note Guaranty on
substantially identical terms. This does not apply to distinctions between categories of
Debt that exist
48
by reason of any Liens or Guarantees securing or in favor of some but not
all of such Debt.
Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company will not, and, to the extent
within the Companys control, will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (including any Guarantor) to,
directly or indirectly (the payments and other actions described in the following clauses being
collectively Restricted Payments):
(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on its Equity Interests
(other than dividends or distributions paid in the Companys Qualified Equity Interests)
held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests
of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(iii) repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, or
make any payment on or with respect to, any Subordinated Debt of the Company or any
Guarantor except a payment of interest or principal at Stated Maturity; or
(iv) make any Investment in any direct or indirect parent of the Company;
unless, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default has occurred and is continuing,
(2) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under paragraph (b)(1) of Section
4.06, and
(3) the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted Payments made on or after the
Issue Date would not, subject to paragraph (c), exceed the sum of
(A) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if the
Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of the amount of the loss) accrued
on a cumulative basis during the period, taken as one accounting period,
beginning with the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date and
ending on the last day of the Companys most recently completed fiscal quarter
for which internal financial statements are available, plus
49
(B) subject to paragraph (c), the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair
market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company
(other than from a Subsidiary) after the Issue Date
(i) from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Equity Interests,
including by way of issuance of its Disqualified Equity Interests or
Debt to the extent since converted into Qualified Equity Interests of
the Company, or
(ii) as a contribution to its common equity
but excluding any issuance in exchange for, or equity contribution
consisting of, Equity Interests of Spectrum or related assets contributed in
connection with the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions.
The amount expended in any Restricted Payment, if other than in cash, will be deemed to be the
fair market value of the relevant non-cash assets, as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution.
(b) The foregoing will not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof
if, at the date of declaration, such payment would comply with paragraph (a);
(2) dividends or distributions by a Subsidiary payable, on a pro rata basis or on a
basis more favorable to the Company, to all holders of any class of Capital Stock of such
Subsidiary a majority of the voting power of which is held, directly or indirectly through
Subsidiaries, by the Company;
(3) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Subordinated Debt with the proceeds of, or in exchange for,
Permitted Refinancing Debt;
(4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity
Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent in exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of (i) an offering (occurring within 60 days of such purchase, redemption, or
other acquisition or retirement for value) of, Qualified Equity Interests of the Company
or (ii) a contribution to the common equity capital of the Company;
50
(5) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement of Subordinated Debt of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of
(i) an offering (occurring within 60 days of such purchase, redemption, or other
acquisition or retirement for value) of, Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or (ii)
a contribution to the common equity capital of the Company;
(6) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity
Interests of the Company held by officers, directors or employees or former officers,
directors or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon
death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or pursuant to any
agreement under which the Equity Interests were issued; provided that the aggregate cash
consideration paid therefor in any twelve-month period after the Issue Date does not
exceed an aggregate amount of $5,000,000;
(7) the repurchase of any Subordinated Debt at a purchase price not greater than (x)
101% of the principal amount thereof in the event of a change of control pursuant to a
provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than Section 4.11 or (y) 100% of the
principal amount thereof in the event of an Asset Sale pursuant to a provision no more
favorable to the holders thereof than Section 4.12, provided that, in each case, prior to
the repurchase the Company has made an Offer to Purchase and repurchased all Notes issued
under the Indenture that were validly tendered for payment in connection with the Offer to
Purchase;
(8)
Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted hereby in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $10,000,000;
(9) (a) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock
options or warrants if the Equity Interests represent all or a portion of the exercise
price thereof (or related withholding taxes) and (b) Restricted Payments by the Company to
allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise
of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Equity Interests of the
Company in an aggregate amount under this clause (b) not to exceed $1,000,000;
(10) payment of dividends or distributions on Disqualified Equity Interests of the
Company or any Guarantor and payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any
Disqualified Equity Interest when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, to the
extent that such Disqualified Equity Interest was permitted to be Incurred in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture;
51
(11) in the case of any Subsidiary of the Company that, in the ordinary course of its
business, makes Investments in private collective investment vehicles (including private
collective investment vehicles other than those owned by Permitted Holders), Investments
by such Subsidiary in private collective investment vehicles owned or managed by Permitted
Holders;
(12) payments by the Company used to fund costs, expenses and fees related to (i) the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition as disclosed in the Offering Circular or (ii) future
acquisitions if such costs, expenses and fees are reasonable and customary (as determined
in good faith by the Company); and
(13) the payment of dividends on Qualified Equity Interests of up to 8.0% per annum
of the greater of the gross proceeds received by the Company from any offering or sale of
such Qualified Equity Interests after the Issue Date or the accreted value of such Equity
Interests (provided that the aggregate amount of dividends paid on such Qualified Equity
Interests shall not exceed the proceeds therefrom received by the Company after the Issue
Date);
provided that, in the case of clauses (6), (7), (10) and (13) no Default has occurred and is
continuing or would occur as a result thereof.
(c) Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests will be included under clause (3)
of paragraph (a) only to the extent they are not applied as described in clause (4) or (5) of
paragraph (b). Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to clauses (2) through (9), (11) and (12)
will not be included in making the calculations under clause (3) of paragraph (a).
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a
proposed Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1) through (13) above, or is entitled to be
incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.07, the Company will be entitled to classify
or re-classify (based on circumstances existing at the time of such re-classification) such
Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07 and such
Restricted Payment will be treated as having been made pursuant to only such clause or clauses or
the paragraph (a) of this Section 4.07.
(e) The Company and the Guarantors will not directly or indirectly make any Investment in
(A) LightSquared; provided that the Company and any Guarantor may acquire Equity
Interests in LightSquared (which Equity Interests in LightSquared shall be pledged as
Collateral) (i) solely in exchange for
52
Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or solely
as a contribution to the common equity of the Company; or (ii) if after giving effect to
the Investment, the Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.0 to 1.0; or
(B) any Persons, the Equity Interests of which constitute Excluded Property of a type
described in clause (iii) of the definition thereof; provided that the Company may make
Investments in such Persons in an aggregate amount under this clause (B) not to exceed
$15,000,000.
In the case of clause (B), such restriction shall no longer apply (and Investments made in
such Person shall no longer count against the amount set forth in the proviso) if the Equity
Interests of such Person cease to constitute Excluded Property and are pledged as Collateral.
Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will, create, incur,
assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than
Permitted Liens or, in the case of the Collateral, other than Permitted Collateral Liens) upon any
of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired.
Section 4.09. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Neither the Company nor any
Guarantor will enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property or asset
unless the Company or such Guarantor would be entitled to
(1) Incur Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale
and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.06, and
(2) create a Lien on such property or asset securing such Attributable Debt without
equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08,
in which case, the corresponding Debt and Lien will be deemed Incurred pursuant to
those provisions.
Section 4.10. Limitation on Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), the Company will not, and, to the extent within the
Companys control, will not permit any Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist
or become effective any encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any Equity Interests of the
Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Subsidiary,
53
(2) pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Subsidiary,
(3) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Subsidiary, or
(4) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary.
(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) do not apply to any encumbrances or restrictions
(1) existing on the Issue Date, in the Indenture or in any other agreements in effect
on the Issue Date, and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of
the foregoing; provided the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal,
replacement or refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material
respect to the Noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed,
replaced or refinanced;
(2) existing under or by reason of applicable law, rule regulation or order;
(3) existing with respect to any Person, or to the property or assets of any Person,
at the time the Person is acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary, which encumbrances or
restrictions (i) are not applicable to any other Person or the property or assets of any
other Person (other than Subsidiaries of such Person) and (ii) do not materially adversely
affect the ability to make interest, principal and redemption payments on the Notes and
any extensions, renewals, replacements, or refinancings of any of the foregoing, provided
the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing
are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the Noteholders than
the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;
(4) of the type described in clause (a)(4) arising or agreed to in the ordinary
course of business (i) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or
transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease or license or (ii) by virtue
of any Lien on, or agreement to transfer, option or similar right (including any asset
sale or stock sale agreement) with respect to any property or assets of, the Company or
any Subsidiary;
(5) with respect to a Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been
entered into for the sale or disposition of all or
54
substantially all of the Capital Stock
of, or property and assets of, the Subsidiary that is permitted by Section 4.12;
(6) contained in the terms governing any Debt of any Subsidiary if the encumbrances
or restrictions are ordinary and customary for a financing of that type;
(7) required pursuant to the Indenture;
(8) existing pursuant to customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited
liability company organizational governance documents, joint venture and other similar
agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict the transfer of
ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or
similar Person;
(9) consisting of restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of
business;
(10) existing pursuant to purchase money and capital lease obligations for property
acquired in the ordinary course of business; and
(11) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating,
construction, service, supply, purchase or other agreement to which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that
such agreement prohibits the encumbrance solely of the property or assets of the Company
or such Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising
thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of
the Company or such Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Subsidiary.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, (i) the priority of any Preferred
Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating
distributions being paid on common stock or other Preferred Stock shall not be deemed a restriction
on the ability to make distributions on Equity Interests and (ii) the subordination of loans or
advances made to the Company or any Subsidiary to other Debt Incurred by the Company or any such
Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.
Section 4.11. Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control. (a) If a Change of Control
occurs, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any
part (equal to $2,000 or a higher multiple of $1,000) of that Holders Notes pursuant to an Offer
to Purchase (the Change of
55
Control Offer). In such Change of Control Offer, the Company will
offer a payment (such payment, a Change of Control Payment) in cash equal to 101% of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any,
to the date of purchase.
(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each
Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and
offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice (the Change of Control Payment
Date), which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by Section 3.05 and described in such notice.
(c) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in
respect of all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered; and
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together
with an Officers Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions
thereof being purchased by the Company.
(d) The Paying Agent will promptly mail or wire transfer to each Holder of Notes properly
tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate
and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal
amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that such new Note
will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000.
(e) This Section 4.11 shall be applicable regardless of whether any other Sections of this
Indenture are applicable.
(f) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and
otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of
Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture
as described under Section 3.01, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable
redemption price.
56
(g) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon
such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time
of making of the Change of Control Offer.
(h) The Companys obligations to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived or modified with
the written consent of Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes.
Section 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will make any
Asset Sale unless the following conditions are met:
(1) The Asset Sale is for fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors.
(2) At least 75% of the consideration consists of Cash Equivalents received at
closing or Replacement Assets (provided such Replacement Assets or Equity Interests of any
direct Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such Replacement Assets are pledged as
Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents). For purposes of this clause (2):
(A) the assumption by the purchaser of Debt or other obligations (other than
Subordinated Debt) of the Company or a Guarantor pursuant to a customary novation
agreement,
(B) instruments or securities received from the purchaser that are promptly,
but in any event within 120 days of the closing, converted by the Company to Cash
Equivalents, to the extent of the Cash Equivalents actually so received, and
(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any
Guarantor in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken
together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to
this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $10,000,000 at
the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair
market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at
the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value)
(provided such assets or Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary that directly
or indirectly owns such assets are pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Security
Documents)
shall be considered Cash Equivalents received at closing.
57
(3) Within 420 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale,
the Net Cash Proceeds may be used
(A) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of an operating
business, a majority of the Voting Stock of another Person that thereupon becomes
a Subsidiary engaged in an operating business or to make other Investments in
Persons other than Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business
(collectively, Replacement Assets), or
(B) to make a capital contribution to a Subsidiary, the proceeds of which
are used by such Subsidiary to purchase an operating business, to make capital
expenditures or otherwise acquire long-term assets that are to be used in an
operating business (which assets or Voting Stock shall be pledged as Collateral)
or to make other Investments in Persons other than Permitted Holders in the
ordinary course of business.
Following the entering into of a binding agreement with respect to an Asset Sale and
prior to the consummation thereof, Cash Equivalents (whether or not actual Net Cash
Proceeds of such Asset Sale) used for the purposes described in this clause (3) that are
designated as uses in accordance with this clause (3), and not previously or subsequently
so designated in respect of any other Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds
applied in accordance with this clause (3).
(4) The Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale not applied pursuant to clause (3) within
420 days of the Asset Sale constitute Excess Proceeds. Excess Proceeds of less than
$2,000,000 will be carried forward and accumulated; provided that until the aggregate
amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $20,000,000, all or any portion of such Excess
Proceeds may be used or invested in the manner described in clause (3) above and such
invested amount shall no longer be considered Excess Proceeds. When accumulated Excess
Proceeds equals or exceeds such amount, the Company must, within 30 days, make an Offer to
Purchase Notes having a principal amount equal to
(A) accumulated Excess Proceeds, multiplied by
(B) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes and (y) the denominator of which is equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes and all Pari-Passu Obligations secured
by Liens on the Collateral and owed to anyone other than the Company, a
Subsidiary of the Company or any Permitted Holder similarly required to be
repaid, redeemed or tendered for in connection with the Asset Sale,
58
rounded down to the nearest $1,000. If the Offer to Purchase is for less than all of the
outstanding Notes and Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase
amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Company will purchase
Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata
basis, by lot or any other method that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and
appropriate with adjustments so that only Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount
will be purchased. The purchase price for the Notes will be 100% of the principal amount
plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. Upon completion of the Offer to Purchase,
Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero, and any Excess Proceeds remaining after
consummation of the Offer to Purchase may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited
by the Indenture.
Section 4.13. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company will not, and, to
the extent within the Companys control, will not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, directly
or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction or arrangement (including, without
limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any
service) with any Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (a Related Party
Transaction), involving payments or consideration in excess of $1,000,000 except upon fair and
reasonable terms that taken as a whole are no less favorable to the Company or the Subsidiary than
could be obtained in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate
of the Company.
(b) Any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions with an aggregate
value in excess of $5,000,000 must first be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors who
are disinterested in the subject matter of the transaction pursuant to a Board Resolution delivered
to the Trustee. Prior to entering into any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party
Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of $15,000,000, the Company must in addition obtain
and deliver to the Trustee a favorable written opinion from a nationally recognized investment
banking, appraisal or accounting firm as to the fairness of the transaction to the Company and its
Subsidiaries from a financial point of view.
(c) The foregoing paragraphs do not apply to
(1) any transaction between the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or between
Subsidiaries of the Company;
(2) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees and compensation to, and
reasonable and customary indemnification arrangements and similar payments on behalf of,
directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company;
59
(3) any Restricted Payments if permitted under Section 4.07;
(4) transactions or payments, including the award of securities, pursuant to any
employee, officer or director compensation or benefit plans or arrangements entered into
in the ordinary course of business, or approved by the Companys Board of Directors;
(5) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement in effect on the Issue Date,
as amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as the terms of the amended,
modified or new agreements, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to the Company and its
Subsidiaries than those in effect on the date hereof;
(6) the entering into of a customary agreement providing registration rights to the
direct or indirect stockholders of the Company and the performance of such agreements;
(7) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of
the Company to any Person or any transaction with an Affiliate where the only
consideration paid by the Company or any Subsidiary is Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Company or any contribution to the capital of the
Company;
(8) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement or any other
transactions undertaken in good faith for the sole purpose of improving the tax efficiency
of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
(9) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of
goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or
services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with
the terms of this Indenture, (B) transactions with joint ventures entered into in ordinary
course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm or (C) any
management services or support agreement entered into on terms consistent with past
practice and approved by a majority of the Companys Board of Directors (including a
majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith;
(10) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.01,
or any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with an Affiliate, solely
for the purposes of reincorporating the Company in a new jurisdiction;
(11) (a) transactions between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any Person
that is an Affiliate solely because one or more
60
of its directors is also a director of the
Company; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company on
any matter involving such other Person or (b) transactions entered into with any of the
Companys or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates for shared services, facilities and/or
employee arrangements entered into on commercially reasonable terms (as determined in good
faith by the Company);
(12) Investments permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(11) on commercially reasonable
terms (as determined in good faith by the Company);
(13) payments by the Company or any Subsidiary to any Affiliate for any financial
advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment
banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which
payments are on arms-length terms and are approved by a majority of the members of the
Companys Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors) in good
faith;
(14) any transaction pursuant to which any Permitted Holder provides the Company
and/or its Subsidiaries, at cost, with services, including services to be purchased from
third-party providers, such as legal and accounting, tax, consulting, financial advisory,
corporate governance, insurance coverage and other services, which transaction is approved
by a majority of the members of the Companys Board of Directors (including a majority of
the disinterested directors) in good faith;
(15) the contribution of Equity Interests of Spectrum to the Company or any
Subsidiary by a Permitted Holder; and
(16) the entering into of customary investment management contracts between a
Permitted Holder and any Subsidiary of the Company that, in the ordinary course of its
business, makes Investments in private collective investment vehicles (including private
collective investment vehicles other than those owned by Permitted Holders), which
investment management contacts are entered into on commercially reasonable terms and
approved by a majority of the members of the Companys Board of Directors (including a
majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith.
Section 4.14. Financial Reports. (a) Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company must provide the Trustee and
Noteholders with, or electronically file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in
those sections
(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the
Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were
61
required to file such reports,
including a Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and, with respect to annual information only, a report thereon by the
Companys certified independent accountants, and
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on
Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.
In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will, if the Commission
will accept the filing, file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses
(1) and (2) with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the
Commissions rules and regulations. In addition, the Company will make the information and reports
available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.
(b) For so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding and constitute restricted securities
under Rule 144, the Company will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and prospective investors,
upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act.
(c) All obligors on the Notes will comply with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.
(d) Delivery of these reports and information to the Trustee is for informational purposes
only and the Trustees receipt of them will not constitute constructive notice of any information
contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Companys
compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely
exclusively on Officers Certificates).
Section 4.15. Reports to Trustee. (a) The Company will deliver to the Trustee within 120
days after the end of each fiscal year a certificate from the principal executive, financial,
operating or accounting officer of the Company stating that the officer has conducted or supervised
a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their performance under the
Indenture and that, based upon such review, the Company has fulfilled its obligations hereunder or,
if there has been a Default, specifying the Default and its nature and status.
(b) The Company will deliver to the Trustee, as soon as reasonably possible and in any event
within 30 days after the Company becomes aware or should reasonably become aware of the occurrence
of a Default, an Officers Certificate setting forth the details of the Default, and the action
which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.
62
(c) The Company will notify the Trustee in writing when any Notes are listed on any national
securities exchange and of any delisting.
Section 4.16. No Investment Company Registration. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will
register, or be required to register, as an investment company as such term is defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Section 4.17. Maintenance of Liquidity. From the Issue Date and until the second semi-annual
interest payment on the Original Notes is made, the Company and the Guarantors shall maintain an
amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no Liens (other than Liens under the Security
Documents) in an amount equal to the Companys obligations to pay interest on the Notes and all
other Debt of the Company and the Guarantors for the next twelve months. Thereafter, the Company
and the Guarantors shall maintain an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no Liens (other
than Liens under the Security Documents) in an amount equal to the Companys obligations to pay
interest on the Notes and all other Debt of the Company and the Guarantors for the next six months.
In the case any such Debt bears interest at a floating rate, the Company may assume that the
reference interest rate in effect on the applicable date of determination will be in effect for the
remainder of such period.
Section 4.18. Maintenance of Collateral Coverage. (a) As of (i) the last day of each fiscal
year and (ii) the last day of the second fiscal quarter of the Company, the Company shall not
permit the Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.0 to 1.0; provided that, beginning at the
time that the outstanding principal amount of Pari-Passu Obligations (including the principal
amount of the Notes) equals or exceeds $400,000,000 and for so long as such amount equals or
exceeds $400,000,000, the Company shall not permit the Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than
2.5 to 1.0 as of such dates.
(b) As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company, the Company shall not permit the
Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.25 to 1.0.
(c) From and after the date, if any, that the Company or any Guarantor makes any Investment in
LightSquared pursuant to Section 4.07(e)(A)(ii) and so long as such Investment is still
outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors shall not permit the Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio to
be less than 2.0 to 1.0 at any time.
Section 4.19. Impairment of Security Interest; Further Assurances. (a) Neither the Company
nor any Guarantor will take any action, or knowingly omit to take any action, which action or
omission could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the perfection or
priority of security interest
63
with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the
Holders of Notes.
(b) Following the Completion Date, the Company and each Guarantor will make, execute, endorse,
acknowledge, file, record, register and/or deliver such agreements, documents, instruments, and
further assurances (including, without limitation, Uniform Commercial Code financing statements,
mortgages, deeds of trust, schedules, confirmatory assignments, conveyances, transfer endorsements,
certificates, real property surveys, reports, landlord waivers, bailee agreements and control
agreements), and take such other actions, as may be required under applicable law or as necessary
to cause the Collateral Requirement to be and remain satisfied and otherwise to create, perfect,
preserve or protect the security interest in the Collateral of the secured parties under the
Security Documents, all at the Companys expense.
Section 4.20. Guaranties by Subsidiaries. If and for so long as any Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly, Guarantees any Debt of the Company (other than the Notes), such Subsidiary shall
provide a Note Guaranty. A Subsidiary required to provide a Note Guaranty shall execute a
supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit B, and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to
the Trustee to the effect that the supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Subsidiary,
enforceable against the Subsidiary in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions).
ARTICLE 5
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets
Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by the Company; No Lease of All or
Substantially All Assets. (a) The Company will not
(i) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or
(ii) sell, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
assets as an entirety or substantially an entirety, in one transaction or a series of
related transactions, to any Person or
(iii) permit any Person to merge with or into the Company
unless
(1) either (x) the Company is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting,
surviving or transferee Person is a corporation organized and validly existing
under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and
expressly assumes by
64
supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Company
under the Indenture and the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement;
(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has
occurred and is continuing;
(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a pro forma basis,
the Company or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person would be in
compliance with the covenants under Section 4.17 and Section 4.18 (calculated as
if the date of the transaction was a date on which such covenant is required to
be tested under Section 4.18); and
(4) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger or transfer and
the supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture;
provided that clauses (2) and (3) do not apply (i) to the consolidation or merger of the Company
with or into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
with or into the Company or (ii) if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of
the Company, whose determination is evidenced by a Board Resolution, the sole purpose of the
transaction is to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company.
(b) The Company shall not lease all or substantially all of its assets, whether in one
transaction or a series of transactions, to one or more other Persons.
(c) The foregoing shall not apply to (i) any transfer of assets by the Company to any
Guarantor, (ii) any transfer of assets among Guarantors or (iii) any transfer of assets by a
Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to (x) another Subsidiary of the Company that is
not a Guarantor or (y) the Company or any Guarantor.
(d) Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in accordance with these provisions, if
the Company is not the continuing Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under
the Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the
Company in the Indenture. Upon such substitution, except in the case of a sale, conveyance,
transfer or disposition of less than all its assets the Company will be released from its
obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
65
Section 5.02. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor. (a) No Guarantor may
(i) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person,
(ii) sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets as an
entirety or substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, to any Person, or
(iii) permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor
unless
(A) the other Person is the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that is
a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or
(B) (1) either (x) the Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y)
the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes by
supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its
Note Guaranty; and
(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default
has occurred and is continuing; or
(C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by
way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of
all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to
the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) otherwise permitted by the Indenture.
ARTICLE 6
Default and Remedies
Section 6.01. Events of Default.An Event of Default occurs if
(1) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due
and payable at maturity, upon acceleration or redemption, or otherwise (other than pursuant to an
Offer to Purchase);
(2) the Company defaults in the payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any
Note when the same becomes due and payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days;
66
(3) the Company fails to make an Offer to Purchase and thereafter accept and pay for Notes
tendered when and as required pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12, or the Company or any
Guarantor fails to comply with Article 5;
(4) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches the covenants under Section 4.17 or
Section 4.18 and such default or breach is not cured within (i) 45 days after the date of default
under Section 4.18(a) or (ii) 15 days after the date of any default under Section 4.17, Section
4.18(b) or Section 4.18(c) (it being understood that the date of default in the case of covenants
tested at the end of a fiscal period is the last day of such fiscal period);
(5) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of
the Company in this Indenture or under the Notes and the default or breach continues for a period
of 60 consecutive days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the
Trustee by the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes;
(6) the failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any Debt within any
applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Debt by the holders
thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated
exceeds $25,000,000;
(7) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in the aggregate for all
such Persons are rendered against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and are not
paid or discharged, and there is a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final
judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders
outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $25,000,000 (in excess of
amounts which the Companys insurance carriers have agreed to pay under applicable policies) during
which a stay of enforcement, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;
(7) an involuntary case or other proceeding is commenced against the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar law now or hereafter in effect seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator,
custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such
involuntary case or other proceeding remains undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or
an order for relief is entered against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary under the federal
bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect;
(8) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (i) commences a voluntary case under
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents
to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (ii) consents to the
appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or
67
similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all
or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries or (iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors (an event of
default specified in clause (7) or (8) a bankruptcy default);
(9) any Note Guaranty of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect, other
than in accordance the terms of the Indenture, or a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary
denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guaranty; or
(10) (a) the Liens created by the Security Documents shall at any time not constitute a valid
and perfected Lien on any portion of the Collateral (with a Fair Market Value in excess of
$25,000,000) intended to be covered thereby (to the extent perfection by filing, registration,
recordation or possession is required by this Indenture or the Security Documents), (b) any of the
Security Documents shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect
(except for expiration in accordance with its terms or amendment, modification, waiver, termination
or release in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) or (c) the enforceability of the Liens
created by the Security Documents shall be contested by the Company or any Guarantor that is a
Significant Subsidiary.
Section 6.02. Acceleration. (a) If an Event of Default, other than a bankruptcy default
with respect to the Company, occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written
notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if the notice is given by the Holders), may, and the
Trustee at the written request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued interest
on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal
and interest will become immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy default occurs with respect
to the Company, the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding will become
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holder.
(b) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice
to the Company and to the Trustee may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration
of acceleration and its consequences if
(1) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by the declaration
of acceleration, have been cured or waived, and
68
(2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction.
Section 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
may pursue, in its own name or as trustee of an express trust, any available remedy by proceeding
at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes or to enforce
the performance of any provision of the Notes or the Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a
proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding.
Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.02, 6.07
and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, by notice to
the Trustee, waive an existing Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, the Default will
cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, but
no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent
thereon.
In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default
described in Section 6.01(6) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the
Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such
Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(6) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders
of the Debt, or the Debt that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in
full, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the
annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a
court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of
principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of
the Notes, have been cured or waived.
Section 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However,
the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture, that may
involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction,
and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction
received from Holders of Notes.
Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. A Holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or
otherwise, with respect to the Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or
trustee, or for any other remedy under the Indenture or the Notes, unless:
69
(1) the Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing
Event of Default;
(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes have
made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of the Event of
Default in its own name as Trustee under the Indenture;
(3) Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee against any costs, liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such
request;
(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of
indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
(5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that is
inconsistent with such written request.
Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary, the right of a Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of or interest on its
Note on or after the Stated Maturities thereof, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such
payment on or after such respective dates, may not be impaired or affected without the consent of
that Holder.
Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in payment of principal or
interest specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the whole amount of
principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and,
to the extent lawful, overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate specified in the
Notes, and such further amount as is sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder.
Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file proofs of claim and
other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder) and the Holders
allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company or any Guarantor or their respective
creditors or property, and is entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money,
securities or other property payable or deliverable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes or
upon any such claims.
70
Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or
other similar
official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such
payments to the Trustee and, if the Trustee consents to the making of such payments directly to the
Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee hereunder. Nothing in the Indenture will be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or
consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize
the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article
(including any distributions upon the exercise of remedies under the Security Documents), it shall
pay out the money in the following order:
First: to the Trustee for all amounts due to it hereunder;
Second: to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on
the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts
due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest; and
Third: to the Company or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
The Trustee, upon written notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for
any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section.
Section 6.11. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has
instituted a proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under the Indenture and the proceeding has
been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or
to the Holder, then, subject to any determination in the proceeding, the Company, any Guarantors,
the Trustee and the Holders will be restored severally and respectively to their former positions
hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Company, any Guarantors, the Trustee and
the Holders will continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
Section 6.12. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy
under the Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as
Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit (other than the Trustee) to file an
undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court may assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, against any party litigant (other than the Trustee) in the
suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
71
litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee or a Holder to enforce payment of
principal of or interest on any Note on the respective due
dates, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
Section 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy conferred or reserved to
the Trustee or to the Holders under this Indenture is intended to be exclusive of any other right
or remedy, and all such rights and remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in
addition to every other right and remedy hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity
or otherwise. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not
prevent the concurrent assertion or exercise of any other right or remedy.
Section 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any
Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such
right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.
Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be
exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the
Holders, as the case may be.
Section 6.15. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company and each Guarantor
covenants, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, that it will not at any time insist upon, or
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension
law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company or the Guarantor from
paying all or any portion of the principal of, or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein,
wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the
performance of the Indenture. The Company and each Guarantor hereby expressly waives, to the
extent that it may lawfully do so, all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it
will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE 7
The Trustee
Section 7.01. General. (a) The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee are as provided by
the Trust Indenture Act and as set forth herein. Whether or not expressly so provided, every
provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording
protection to the Trustee is subject to this Article.
72
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee need perform only
those duties that are specifically set forth in the Indenture and no others, and no implied
covenants or obligations will be read into the Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise those rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same degree of
care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in the conduct of such persons own affairs.
(c) No provision of the Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability
for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct.
Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to Trust Indenture Act Sections 315(a)
through (d):
(1) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, and
will be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,
debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need
not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but, in the case of any
document which is specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to any
provision hereof, the Trustee shall examine the document to determine whether it conforms
to the requirements of the Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). The Trustee, in its discretion,
may make further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it sees fit.
(2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers
Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel conforming to Section 13.05 and the Trustee will not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in conclusive reliance on
the certificate or opinion.
(3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible
for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of
the Trustee) appointed with due care.
(4) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
vested in it by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless
such Holders have offered to the Trustee
73
reasonable security or indemnity against the
costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such
request or direction.
(5) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or
powers or for any action it takes or omits to take in accordance with the direction
of the Holders in accordance with Section 6.05 relating to the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust
or power conferred upon the Trustee, under the Indenture.
(6) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice of such
counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection
in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
conclusive reliance thereon.
(7) No provision of the Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties
hereunder, or in the exercise of its rights or powers, unless it receives indemnity
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
(8) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of
Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless
written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this
Indenture.
(9) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect,
punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not
limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the
likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
(10) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth
the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take
specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee, in its individual or any other
capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Agent may do the
same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(b) and
311. For purposes of Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b)(4) and (6):
74
(a) cash transaction means any transaction in which full payment for goods or
securities sold is made within seven days after delivery of the goods or securities in
currency or in checks or other orders drawn upon banks or bankers and payable upon demand;
and
(b) self-liquidating paper means any draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or
obligation which is made, drawn, negotiated or incurred for the purpose of financing the
purchase, processing, manufacturing, shipment, storage or sale of goods, wares or
merchandise and which is secured by documents evidencing title to, possession of, or a
lien upon, the goods, wares or merchandise or the receivables or proceeds arising from the
sale of the goods, wares or merchandise previously constituting the security, provided the
security is received by the Trustee simultaneously with the creation of the creditor
relationship arising from the making, drawing, negotiating or incurring of the draft, bill
of exchange, acceptance or obligation.
Section 7.04. Trustees Disclaimer. The Trustee (i) makes no representation as to the
validity or adequacy of the Indenture or the Notes, (ii) is not accountable for the Companys use
or application of the proceeds from the Notes and (iii) is not responsible for any statement in the
Notes other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05. Notice of Default. If any Default occurs and is continuing and is actually
known to the Trustee, the Trustee will send notice of the Default to each Holder within 90 days
after it occurs, unless the Default has been cured; provided that, except in the case of a default
in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if
and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest
of the Holders. Notice to Holders under this Section will be given in the manner and to the extent
provided in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).
Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning
with May 15, 2011, the Trustee will mail to each Holder, as provided in Trust Indenture Act Section
313(c), a brief report dated as of such May 15, if required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a),
and file such reports with each stock exchange upon which its Notes are listed and with the
Commission as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d).
Section 7.07. Compensation And Indemnity. (a) The Company will pay the Trustee compensation
as agreed upon in writing for its services. The compensation of the Trustee is not limited by any
law on compensation of a Trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee upon
request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by
the Trustee, including the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustees agents and
counsel.
75
(b) The Company will indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any loss or
liability or expense incurred by it without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part
arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Indenture and its
duties under the Indenture and the Notes, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending
itself
against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, a Holder, or any other Person) or
liability and of complying with any process served upon it or any of its officers in connection
with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under the Indenture and the Notes.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of any claim asserted against the Trustee or any of
its agents for which it may seek indemnity. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee
shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and its agents subject to the claim may have separate
counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel if the Trustee
concludes, upon advice of counsel, that there exists a conflict of interest between the Company and
the Trustee and its agents subject to the claim in connection with such defense. The Company need
not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or
liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through the Trustees negligence, bad faith or
willful misconduct.
(c) To secure the Companys payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee will have a
lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity
as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal of, and interest on particular
Notes.
Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. (a) (1) The Trustee may resign at any time by
providing 30 days prior written notice to the Company.
(2) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may
remove the Trustee by written notice to the Trustee.
(3) If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10 or in the
circumstances described in Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b), any Holder that satisfies
the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(4) The Company may remove the Trustee if: (i) the Trustee is no longer eligible
under Section 7.10; (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (iii) a
receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the
Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
76
A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become
effective only upon the successor Trustees acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.
(b) If the Trustee has been removed by the Holders, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee with the consent of the Company. Otherwise, if
the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if
a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. If the successor Trustee does not deliver its written acceptance within 30 days
after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction at the expense of the Company for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(c) Upon delivery by the successor Trustee of a written acceptance of its appointment to
the retiring Trustee and to the Company, (i) the retiring Trustee will transfer all property held
by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07, (ii)
the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and (iii) the successor
Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under the Indenture. Upon
request of any successor Trustee, the Company will execute any and all instruments for fully and
vesting in and confirming to the successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts. The Company
will give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a
successor Trustee to all Holders, and include in the notice the name of the successor Trustee and
the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
(d) Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Companys
obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
(e) The Trustee agrees to give the notices provided for in, and otherwise comply with,
Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).
Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or
converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation or national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or
national banking association without any further act will be the successor Trustee with the same
effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee in the Indenture.
Section 7.10. Eligibility. The Indenture must always have a Trustee that satisfies the
requirements of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(a) and has a combined capital and surplus of at
least $25,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
77
Section 7.11. Money Held in Trust. The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as it may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the
Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and except for
money held in trust under Article 8.
ARTICLE 8
Defeasance and Discharge
Section 8.01. Discharge of Companys Obligations. (a) Subject to paragraph (b), the
Companys obligations under the Notes and the Indenture, and each Guarantors obligations under its
Note Guaranty, will terminate if:
(1) all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than (i) destroyed, lost
or stolen Notes that have been replaced or (ii) Notes that are paid pursuant to Section
4.01 or (iii) Notes for whose payment money or U.S. Government Obligations have been held
in trust and then repaid to the Company pursuant to Section 8.05) have been delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation and the Company has paid all sums payable by it hereunder; or
(2) (A) the Notes mature within one year, or all of them are to be called
for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for
giving the notice of redemption,
(B) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, as trust
funds solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or U.S. Government Obligations
or a combination thereof sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
valuation firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certificate delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment,
to pay principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the
case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder,
(C) no Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the
deposit,
(D) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to
which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, and
(E) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all
78
conditions precedent provided
for herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been
complied with.
(b) After satisfying the conditions in clause (1), only the Companys obligations under
Section 7.07 will survive. After satisfying the conditions in clause (2), only the Companys
obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06 will survive. In
either case, the Trustee upon request
will acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Companys obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture other than the surviving obligations.
Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance. Following the deposit referred to in clause (1), the Company
will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from its obligations in respect of the Notes and
the Indenture, other than its obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05
and 8.06, and each Guarantors obligations under its Note Guaranty will terminate, provided the
following conditions have been satisfied:
(1) The Company has irrevocably deposited in trust with the Trustee, as trust funds
solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or U.S. Government Obligations or a
combination thereof sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants expressed in a written certificate thereof delivered to the
Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay principal of and interest on
the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, provided that any redemption
before maturity has been irrevocably provided for under arrangements satisfactory to the
Trustee.
(2) No Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit.
(3) The deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party
or by which it is bound.
(4) The Company has delivered to the Trustee
(A) either (x) a ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service to
the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as
would otherwise have been the case or (y) an Opinion of Counsel, based on a
change in law after the date of the Indenture, to the same effect as the ruling
described in clause (x), and
79
(B) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders have a valid
first priority Note interest in the trust funds (subject to customary
exceptions).
(5) If the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, the Company has
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the deposit and
defeasance will not cause the Notes to be delisted.
(6) The Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein
relating to the defeasance have been complied with.
Prior to the deposit referred to in clause (1), none of the Companys obligations under the
Indenture will be discharged. Thereafter, the Trustee upon request will acknowledge in writing the
discharge of the Companys obligations under the Notes and the Indenture except for the surviving
obligations specified above.
Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. Following the deposit referred to in clause (1), the
Companys obligations set forth in Sections 4.04 through 4.20, and clause (3) of Section
5.01(a)(iii), and each Guarantors obligations under its Note Guaranty, will terminate, the Company
and the Guarantors will be released from their obligations under the Security Documents and clauses
(3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), (9) and (10) of
Section 6.01 will no longer constitute Events of Default, provided the following conditions have
been satisfied:
(1) The Company has complied with clauses (1), (2), (3), 4(B), (5) and (6) of Section
8.02; and
(2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that
the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a
result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and
in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case.
Except as specifically stated above, none of the Companys obligations under the Indenture
will be discharged.
Section 8.04. Application of Trust Money. Subject to Section 8.05, the Trustee will hold in
trust the money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or
8.03, and apply the deposited money and the proceeds from deposited U.S. Government Obligations to
the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the Notes and the
80
Indenture. Such money and U.S. Government Obligations need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.
Section 8.05. Repayment to Company. Subject to Sections 7.07, 8.01, 8.02 and 8.03, the
Trustee will promptly pay to the Company upon written request any excess money held by the Trustee
at any time and thereupon be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee
will pay to the Company upon written request any money held for payment with respect to the Notes
that remains unclaimed for two years, provided that before making such payment the Trustee shall at
the expense of the Company publish once in a newspaper of
general circulation in New York City, or send to each Holder entitled to such money, notice
that the money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified in the notice (at least 30 days
after the date of the publication or notice) any remaining unclaimed balance of money will be
repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look
solely to the Company for payment as unsecured creditors, unless applicable law designates another
Person, and all liability of the Trustee with respect to such money will cease.
Section 8.06. Reinstatement. If and for so long as the Trustee is unable to apply any money
or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03 by reason of
any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Companys obligations under
the Indenture and the Notes will be reinstated as though no such deposit in trust had been made.
If the Company makes any payment of principal of or interest on any Notes because of the
reinstatement of its obligations, it will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes
to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust.
ARTICLE 9
Amendments, Supplements and Waivers
Section 9.01. Amendments Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend
or supplement the Indenture or the Notes (and the Company, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may
amend of supplement the Security Documents) without notice to or the consent of any Noteholder
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture or the Notes;
(2) to comply with Article 5;
81
(3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
(4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment hereunder by a
successor Trustee;
(5) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes, provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes
of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are
described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;
(6) to provide for any Guarantee of the Notes, to secure the Notes or to confirm and
evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee of or Lien securing the
Notes when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by the Indenture;
(7) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes;
(8) to make any other change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights
of any Holder;
(9) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the
Description of Notes section of the Offering Circular, as certified by an Officers
Certificate; or
(10) to evidence the issuance of any Pari-Passu Obligations and secure such
obligations with Liens on the Collateral.
In addition, the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee may amend the Security
Documents or execute or deliver such agreements, instruments or other documents (including the
Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement, the Spectrum Stockholder Agreement and any other agreement
with respect to equityholders rights to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party) to permit,
or in connection with, the accession of or succession of any parties to the Security and Pledge
Agreement or the Collateral Trust Agreement or this Indenture to the extent necessary to effect the
pledge of the related equity interests (including in respect of any incurrence of Pari-Passu
Obligations).
Section 9.02. Amendments With Consent of Holders. (a) Except as otherwise provided in
Sections 6.02, 6.04 and 6.07 or paragraph (b), the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture
and the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes, and the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by
written notice to the Trustee may waive future compliance by the Company with any
82
provision of the
Indenture or the Notes. In addition, the Trustee is authorized to permit the Collateral Agent to
amend any Security Document with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), without the consent of each Holder
affected, an amendment or waiver may not
(1) reduce the principal amount of or change the Stated Maturity of any installment
of principal of any Note,
(2) reduce the rate of or change the Stated Maturity of any interest payment on any
Note,
(3) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time of
any mandatory redemption or, in respect of an optional redemption, the times at which any
Note may be redeemed,
(4) after the time an Offer to Purchase is required to have been made, reduce the
purchase amount or purchase price, or extend the latest expiration date or purchase date
thereunder,
(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note,
(6) impair the right of any Holder of Notes to receive any principal payment or
interest payment on such Holders Notes, on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or to
institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment,
(7) make any change in the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes required
for amendments or waivers,
(8) modify or change any provision of the Indenture affecting the ranking of the
Notes or any Note Guaranty in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes, or
(9) make any change in any Note Guaranty that would adversely affect the Noteholders.
(c) No amendment, supplement or waiver may release all or substantially all of the
Collateral without the consent of Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of Notes.
(d) It is not necessary for Noteholders to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but is sufficient if their consent approves the substance thereof.
83
(e) An amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section will become effective on receipt
by the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount
of the outstanding Notes. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes
effective, the Company will send to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the
amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company will send supplemental indentures to Holders upon
request. Any failure of the Company to send such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however,
in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver.
Section 9.03. Effect of Consent. (a) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
effective, it will bind every Holder unless it is of the type requiring the consent of each Holder
affected. If the amendment, supplement or
waiver is of the type requiring the consent of each Holder affected, the amendment, supplement
or waiver will bind each Holder that has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note that
evidences the same debt as the Note of the consenting Holder.
(b) If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may
require the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee so that the Trustee may place an appropriate
notation of the changed terms on the Note and return it to the Holder, or exchange it for a new
Note that reflects the changed terms. The Trustee may also place an appropriate notation on any
Note thereafter authenticated. However, the effectiveness of the amendment, supplement or waiver
is not affected by any failure to annotate or exchange Notes in this fashion. The Company in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a certificate of
authentication, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.04. Trustees Rights and Obligations. The Trustee shall receive, and will be fully
protected in conclusively relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any
amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article is authorized or permitted by
the Indenture and is a legal, valid, and binding obligation enforceable against the Company in
accordance with its own terms. If the Trustee has received such an Opinion of Counsel, it shall
sign the amendment, supplement or waiver so long as the same does not adversely affect the rights
of the Trustee. The Trustee may, but is not obligated to, execute any amendment, supplement or
waiver that affects the Trustees own rights, duties or immunities under the Indenture. The
Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture or Note authorized pursuant to this
Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities
or immunities of the Trustee. The Trustee shall, as authorized by this Article 9, direct the
Collateral Agent in writing to execute and deliver (i) the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement
and the Spectrum Stockholder Agreement on the date hereof (and any amendments or supplements
thereto hereafter) and (ii) after the date hereof, any agreement with respect to
84
equityholders
rights to which the Company or any Guarantor is or becomes a party from time to time after
execution of this Indenture to the extent necessary to effect the pledge of the related equity
interests. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver or issuing any of the instructions
described in the immediately preceding sentence, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an
indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it.
Section 9.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental indenture executed
pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.
ARTICLE 10
Guaranties
Section 10.01. The Guaranties. Subject to the provisions of this Article, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
guarantees, jointly and severally, on an unsecured basis, the full and punctual payment (whether at
Stated Maturity, upon redemption, purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase or acceleration, or
otherwise) of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, and all other amounts payable
under, each Note, and the full and punctual payment of all other amounts payable by the Company
under the Indenture. Upon failure by the Company to pay punctually any such amount, each Guarantor
shall forthwith on demand pay the amount not so paid at the place and in the manner specified in
the Indenture.
Section 10.02. Guaranty Unconditional. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are
unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, will not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by
(1) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release in respect of
any obligation of the Company under the Indenture or any Note, by operation of law or
otherwise;
(2) any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Indenture or any Note;
(3) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of the Company, or
any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the
Company or its assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the
Company contained in the Indenture or any Note;
(4) the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which the Guarantor may have
at any time against the Company, the Trustee or any
85
other Person, whether in connection
with the Indenture or any unrelated transactions, provided that nothing herein prevents
the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;
(5) any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Company for any
reason of the Indenture or any Note, or any provision of applicable law or regulation
purporting to prohibit the payment by the Company of the principal of or interest on any
Note or any other amount payable by the Company under the Indenture; or
(6) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Company, the Trustee
or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the
provisions of this paragraph,
constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to such Guarantors
obligations hereunder.
Section 10.03. Discharge; Reinstatement. Each Guarantors obligations hereunder will remain
in full force and effect until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all
other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture have been paid in full. If at any time
any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any other amount
payable by the Company under the Indenture is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned
upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, each Guarantors
obligations hereunder with respect to such payment will be reinstated as though such payment had
been due but not made at such time.
Section 10.04. Waiver by the Guarantors. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,
each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice
not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any
Person against the Company or any other Person.
Section 10.05. Subrogation and Contribution. Upon making any payment with respect to any
obligation of the Company under this Article, the Guarantor making such payment will be subrogated
to the rights of the payee against the Company with respect to such obligation, provided that the
Guarantor may not enforce either any right of subrogation, or any right to receive payment in the
nature of contribution, or otherwise, from any other Guarantor, with respect to such payment so
long as any amount payable by the Company hereunder or under the Notes remains unpaid.
Section 10.06. Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount
payable by the Company under the Indenture or the Notes is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy
or reorganization of the Company, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the
terms of the Indenture
86
are nonetheless payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by
the Trustee or the Holders.
Section 10.07. Limitation on Amount of Guaranty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Article, each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it
is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guaranty of such Guarantor not constitute a
fraudulent conveyance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States
Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state law. To effectuate that intention, the
Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each
Guarantor under its Note Guaranty are limited to the maximum amount that would not render the
Guarantors obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of
the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state law.
Section 10.08. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty. The execution by each Guarantor of a
supplemental indenture (substantially in the form of Exhibit B) will evidence the Note Guaranty of
such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that
office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee after
authentication constitutes due delivery of the Note Guaranty set forth in the Indenture on behalf
of each Guarantor.
Section 10.09. Release of Guaranty. The Note Guaranty of a Guarantor will terminate upon
(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the
Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the
Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by
the Indenture,
(2) a Guarantor ceases to guarantee any Debt of the Company, or
(3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Defeasance and Discharge.
Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the foregoing effect, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in
order to evidence the release of the Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guaranty.
87
ARTICLE 11
Security Arrangements
Section 11.01. Collateral Agent. (a) Upon the Completion Date, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association will be appointed as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and
all other Pari-Passu Obligations, and shall initially act as Collateral Agent under the Security
Documents. The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into the Collateral Trust Agreement to
evidence such appointment.
(b) Subject to the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement, the Collateral Agent will hold
(directly or through co-trustees or agents), and will be entitled to enforce on behalf of the
Holders of Notes and the holders of all other Pari-Passu Obligations, all Liens on the Collateral.
(c) All of the rights, protections, benefits, privileges, indemnities and immunities
granted to the Trustee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent acting
hereunder and under the Security Documents.
(d) The Collateral Agent may resign or may be removed in accordance with the provisions
set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
(e) This Article 11 and the provisions of each Security Document are subject to the terms,
conditions and benefits set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
Section 11.02. Security. (a) In order to secure the Obligations of the Company under this
Indenture and the Notes, the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee (1) the Escrow
Agreement on the Issue Date and (2) on the Completion Date, each Security Document that is intended
to be effective upon such date (forms of which are attached as Exhibits J and K hereto) which shall
satisfy the applicable Escrow Conditions and in each case will create the Liens intended to be
created thereunder, with the priority set forth therein and on the Collateral.
(b) If (i) any Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor, (ii) the Company or any Guarantor acquires
any property (other than Excluded Property) that is not automatically subject to a perfected
security interest under the Security Documents, or (iii) any Excluded Property ceases to fit within
the definition thereof, the Company or such Guarantor shall notify the Collateral Agent in writing
thereof and, in each case at the sole cost and expense of the Company or Guarantor and as soon as
reasonably practicable after such entity becomes a Guarantor, such propertys acquisition or it no
longer being Excluded Property, as the case may be, execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent
such mortgages, security agreement supplements and other documentation (in form and scope, and
covering such Collateral on such terms, in each case consistent with the
88
mortgages, security
agreements and other security documents in effect on the Completion Date), and take such additional
actions (including any of the actions described in Section 4.19(b)), as are reasonably necessary to
create and fully perfect (except to the extent perfection is not required thereunder) in favor of
the secured parties under the Security Documents a valid and enforceable security interest in (and
in the case of real property, mortgage lien on) such Collateral, which shall be free of any other
Liens except for Permitted Collateral Liens. Any security interest provided pursuant to this
Section 11.02(b) shall be accompanied by such Opinions of Counsel as to the validity and perfection
of the Liens on such property to the Company as customarily given by counsel in the relevant
jurisdiction, in form and substance customary for such jurisdiction. In addition, the Company
shall deliver an Officers Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the necessary
measures have been taken to perfect the security interest in such property.
(c) The Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all covenants and agreements
contained in the Escrow Agreement and the Security Documents.
(d) Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to all of the terms and provisions of the
Security Documents, as the same may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture and the Security Documents.
(e) As among the Holders, the Collateral as now or hereafter constituted shall be held for
the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders without preference, priority or distinction of any
thereof over any other by reason of differences in time of issuance, sale or otherwise, as security
for the Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.
(f) To the extent applicable, the Company will be required to comply with Section 313(b)
of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to reports, and, unless the Notes are qualified under the
Trust Indenture Act, the Company will not be required to comply with Section 314(d) of the Trust
Indenture Act, relating to the release of property and to the substitution therefor of any property
to be pledged as Collateral for the Notes, except to the extent required by law. To the extent
applicable, any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be
made by an officer of the Company except in cases where Section 314(d) requires that such
certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert. The most
recent appraisals required pursuant to the definition of Fair Market Value shall be deemed
sufficient for such purposes to the maximum extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary herein, the Company and the Guarantors will not be required to comply with all or any
portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if they determine, in good faith based on
advice of outside counsel, that under the terms of that section and/or any interpretation or
guidance as to the meaning thereof of the Commission and its staff, including no action
89
letters
or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is
inapplicable to the released Collateral.
Section 11.03. Authorization of Actions to be Taken. (a) The Collateral Agent and the
Trustee are authorized and empowered to enter into the Security Documents and to receive on behalf
of the Holders of the Notes, any funds collected or distributed under the Security Documents to
which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party and to make further distributions of such funds to
the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture. Additionally, the Trustee is
authorized and empowered to enter into the Escrow Agreement and to receive on behalf of the Holders
of the Notes, any funds collected or distributed under the Escrow Agreement and to make further
distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture
(b) Subject to the Collateral Trust Agreement and Article 7, unless inconsistent with
applicable law, the Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain such
suits and proceedings as are necessary to protect or enforce the Liens on the Collateral or the
other rights under the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party or to prevent
any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of such
Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as are necessary to
preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral, including
power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance
with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or
otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would
impair the Liens or other rights under such Security Documents or hereunder or be prejudicial to
the interests of Holders or the Collateral Agent.
Section 11.04. Determinations Relating To Collateral. Except for any consent, approval or
action by the Collateral Agent in the ordinary course of the performance of the Collateral Agents
duties under the Indenture or the Security Documents, in the event (i) the Collateral Agent shall
receive any written request from the Company, a Guarantor or the Trustee under any Security
Document for consent or approval with respect to any matter or thing relating to any Collateral or
the Companys or such Guarantors obligations with respect thereto, (ii) there shall be due to or
from the Trustee or the Collateral Agent under the provisions of any Security Document any material
performance or the delivery of any material instrument or (iii) the Collateral Agent shall become
aware of any nonperformance by the Company or a Guarantor of any covenant or any breach of any
representation or warranty of the Company or such Guarantor set forth in any Security Document,
then, in each such event, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to hire experts, consultants,
agents and attorneys to advise the Collateral Agent on the manner in which the Collateral Agent
should respond to such request or render any requested performance or respond to such
nonperformance or breach. The Collateral Agent shall be fully protected in the taking of any
90
action recommended or approved by any such expert, consultant, agent or attorney or agreed to by
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
Section 11.05. Release of Liens. (a) The Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes may be
released pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement:
(i) upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other Obligations on the Notes
issued under the Indenture or satisfaction and discharge (in accordance with Article 8) or
defeasance (including pursuant to Section 8.03);
(ii) upon release of a Note Guarantee (with respect to the Liens securing such Note
Guarantee granted by such Guarantor);
(iii) in connection with any disposition of Collateral to any Person other than the
Company or any Guarantor (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5 where the successor
will become the Company or a Guarantor) that is permitted by the Indenture (with respect to the
Lien on such Collateral); provided that except in the case of any disposition of Cash Equivalents
in the ordinary course of business, upon such disposition and after giving effect thereto, no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and the
Company would be in compliance with the covenants under Section 4.17 and Section 4.18
(calculated as if the disposition date was a date on which such covenant is required to be tested
under Section 4.18);
(iv) in whole or in part, with the consent of the Holders of the requisite percentage of
Notes in accordance with the provisions described under Section 9.02, including the release of all
or substantially all of the Collateral if approved by Holders of at least 75% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes; or
(v) with respect to assets that become Excluded Property.
Each of the releases described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (v) above may be effected by
the Collateral Agent upon receipt of appropriate notice of instruction, to the extent required,
without the consent of the Holders or any action on the part of the Trustee.
(b) Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent of an Officers Certificate requesting execution
of an instrument confirming the release or subordination of the Liens pursuant to Section 11.05(a),
as applicable, accompanied by:
(1) an Opinion of Counsel confirming such release or subordination is permitted by Section
11.05(a), as applicable;
(2) all instruments requested by the Company to effectuate or confirm such release or
subordination; and
91
(3) such other certificates and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request
to confirm the matters set forth in Section 11.05(a) or (c), as applicable,
the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to, and shall, if such instruments and confirmation
are reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, promptly execute and deliver such instruments.
(c) All instruments effectuating or confirming any release of any Liens will have the
effect solely of releasing such Liens as to the Collateral described therein, on customary terms
and without any recourse, representation, warranty or liability whatsoever.
(d) The Company will bear and pay all costs and expenses associated with any release or
subordination of Liens pursuant to this Section 11.05, including all reasonable fees and
disbursements of any attorneys or representatives acting for the Trustee or for the Collateral
Agent.
(e) Any release of Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the
Security Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture, and any engineer
or appraiser may rely on this
Section 11.05(e) in delivering a certificate requesting release so long as all other
provisions of this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act with respect to such release have been
complied with.
Section 11.06. Permitted Ordinary Course Activities with Respect to Collateral. (a) So long
as no Default or Event of Default under this Indenture would result therefrom (and so long as the
activities below otherwise do not violate the provisions set forth in Article 4 or Article 11) and
such transaction would not violate the Trust Indenture Act, the Company and the Guarantors may,
without any release or consent by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, conduct ordinary course
activities with respect to Collateral, including, without limitation:
(i) selling or otherwise disposing of, in any transaction or series of related transactions,
any property subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents which has become worn out, defective
or obsolete or not used or useful in the business;
(ii) abandoning, terminating, canceling, releasing or making alterations in or substitutions
of any leases or contracts subject to the Lien of this Indenture or any of the Collateral
Documents;
(iii) surrendering or modifying any franchise, license or permit subject to the Lien of this
Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents which it may own or under which it may be operating;
92
(iv) altering, repairing, replacing, changing the location or position of and adding to its
structures, machinery, systems, equipment, fixtures and appurtenances;
(v) granting a license of any intellectual property;
(vi) selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of inventory in the ordinary course of
business;
(vii) selling, collecting, liquidating, factoring or otherwise disposing of accounts
receivable in the ordinary course of business;
(viii) making cash payments (including for the scheduled repayment of Indebtedness) from cash
that is at any time part of the Collateral in the ordinary course of business that are not
otherwise prohibited by the Indenture and the Collateral Documents;
(ix) abandoning any intellectual property which is no longer used or useful in the Companys
business; and
(x) engage in any other release of any Collateral as to which release any Commission
regulation or interpretation (including any no-action letter issued by the Staff of the Commission
or exemption order issued by the Commission or
pursuant to its delegated authority, whether issued to the Company or any other Person)
provides that delivery of such opinions or certificates need not be made.
(b) The Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to comply with the requirement to
deliver certificates pursuant to Section 11.02(f) in respect of the release of Collateral or Liens
as described in paragraph (a) of this Section and Section 11.05(a) (to the extent such release may
be effected without action on the part of the Trustee); provided that the Company shall deliver to
the Collateral Agent, within 30 calendar days following the end of each six-month period beginning
on January 1 and July 1 of any year, an Officers Certificate to the effect that all releases and
withdrawals during the preceding six-month period (or since the Issue Date, in the case of the
first such certificate) in which no release or consent of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent was
obtained were in the ordinary course of the Companys and the Guarantors business and were not
prohibited by this Indenture.
ARTICLE 12
Escrow Arrangements
Section 12.01. Escrow Account. Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture, on the Issue Date
simultaneously with the issuance of the Notes, the Company will, pursuant to the terms of the
Escrow Agreement, deposit into an
93
account pledged to the Trustee (the Escrow Account) the proceeds of the offering of the
Notes, together with an additional amount in cash or in the form of a letter of credit
(collectively with any other property from time to time held by the Escrow Agent, the Escrow
Property), sufficient to redeem the Notes at the Special Redemption Price. Funds held in the
Escrow Account shall, pending release to fund the Special Redemption as set forth in Section 3.03
or as a result of the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions as set forth in Section 12.03 may be
invested at the direction of the Company in Cash Equivalents maturing prior to the Date of
Determination (as defined below) as more fully set forth in the Escrow Agreement.
Section 12.02. Special Redemption. If the Escrow Conditions have not been satisfied on or
prior to the earlier to occur of (i) the determination by the Board of Directors in its good faith
judgment that the Completion Date will not occur by March 31, 2011, or (ii) March 31, 2011 (such
earlier date, the Date of Determination), the Escrow Agent will, on or before the Business Day
immediately prior to the Special Redemption Date, cause the liquidation of all investments of
Escrow Property then held by it and cause the release of all of the Escrow Property and the payment
to the Holders of the Special Redemption Price pursuant to Section 3.04.
Section 12.03. Release of Escrow Property. Upon the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions,
the Escrow Property will be released to the Company, in accordance with the terms of the Escrow
Agreement, but shall be pledged to secure the Notes pursuant to the Security Documents.
ARTICLE 13
Miscellaneous
Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The Indenture shall incorporate and be governed
by the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of and to govern
indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 13.02. Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions. (a) The rights of Holders to
communicate with other Holders with respect to the Indenture or the Notes are as provided by the
Trust Indenture Act, and the Company and the Trustee shall comply with the requirements of Trust
Indenture Act Sections 312(a) and 312(b). Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be held
accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made
pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.
(b) (1) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent to
amendment, supplement or waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or
taken by a Holder (an act) may be
94
evidenced by an instrument signed by the Holder
delivered to the Trustee. The fact and date of the execution of the instrument, or the
authority of the person executing it, may be proved in any manner that the Trustee deems
sufficient.
(2) The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders,
which will be binding on all the Holders.
(c) Any act by the Holder of any Note binds that Holder and every subsequent Holder of a
Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the acting Holder, even if no notation thereof
appears on the Note. Subject to paragraph (d), a Holder may revoke an act as to its Notes, but
only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver or
other consequence of the act becomes effective.
(d) The Company may, but is not obligated to, fix a record date (which need not be within
the time limits otherwise prescribed by Trust Indenture Act Section 316(c)) for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to act with respect to any amendment or waiver or in any other
regard, except that during the continuance of an Event of Default, only the Trustee may set a
record date as to notices of default, any declaration or acceleration or any other remedies or
other consequences of the Event of Default. If a record date is fixed, those Persons that were
Holders at such record date and only those Persons will be entitled to act, or to revoke any
previous act, whether or not those Persons continue to be Holders after the record date. No act
will be valid or effective for more than 90 days after the record date.
Section 13.03. Notices. (a) Any notice or communication to the Company will be deemed given
if in writing (i) when delivered in person or (ii) five days after mailing when mailed by first
class mail, or (iii) when sent by facsimile transmission, with transmission confirmed. Notices or
communications to a Guarantor will be deemed given if given to the Company. Any notice to the
Trustee will be effective only upon receipt. In each case the notice or communication should be
addressed as follows:
if to the Company:
Harbinger Group Inc.
450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022
Attention: Francis T. McCarron
Facsimile: (212) 339-5801
95
if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor
MAC N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55470
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile: (612) 667-9825
The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses
for subsequent notices or communications.
(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided with respect to published notices, any notice
or communication to a Holder will be deemed given when mailed to the Holder at its address as it
appears on the Register by first class mail or, as to any Global Note registered in the name of DTC
or its nominee, as agreed by the Company, the Trustee and DTC. Copies of any notice or
communication to a Holder, if given by the Company, will be mailed to the Trustee at the same time.
Defect in mailing a notice or communication to any particular Holder will not affect its
sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
(c) Where the Indenture provides for notice, the notice may be waived in writing by the
Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and the waiver will be
the equivalent of the notice. Waivers of notice by Holders must be filed with the Trustee, but
such filing is not a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such
waivers.
Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or
application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under the Indenture, the Company will
furnish to the Trustee:
(1) an Officers Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in the Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been complied with; and
(2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that all such conditions precedent have been
complied with.
Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion
with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in the Indenture must include:
(1) a statement that each person signing the certificate or opinion has read the
covenant or condition and the related definitions;
96
(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statement or opinion contained in the certificate or opinion is based;
(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, that person has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable the person to express an informed
opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such
condition or covenant has been complied with, provided that an Opinion of Counsel may rely
on an Officers Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of
fact.
Section 13.06. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day. If any payment with respect to a
payment of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including any payment to be
made on any date fixed for redemption or purchase of any Note) is due on a day which is not a
Business Day, then the payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next Business
Day with the same force and effect as if made on such date, and no interest will accrue for the
intervening period.
Section 13.07. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. The
Indenture, including any Note Guaranties, and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws, principles
thereof. Each of the Company and any Guarantor irrevocably (i) agrees that any legal suit, action
or proceeding against the Company or any Guarantor brought by any Holder arising out of or based
upon this Indenture may be instituted in any United States federal court or New York State court
located in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (a New York Court), (ii) waives, to
the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to
the laying of venue of any such proceeding and (iii) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of a
New York Court in any such suit, action or proceeding. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE
TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 13.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. The Indenture may not be used
to interpret another indenture or loan or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company, and no such indenture or loan or debt agreement may be used to interpret the Indenture.
97
Section 13.09. Successors. All agreements of the Company or any Guarantor in the Indenture
and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in the Indenture will bind
its successor.
Section 13.10. Duplicate Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of the
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF
transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties
hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the
parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for
all purposes.
Section 13.11. Separability. In case any provision in the Indenture or in the Notes is
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 13.12. Table of Contents and Headings. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table
and headings of the Articles and Sections of the Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of the Indenture and in no way modify or restrict
any of the terms and provisions of the Indenture.
Section 13.13. No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and
Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, stockholder or controlling
person of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the
Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, any Note Guaranty, the Indenture or the Security
Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
Section 13.14. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with
Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to
help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an
account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee
with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the
U.S.A. Patriot Act.
Section 13.15. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any
failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by,
directly or indirectly, forces beyond its
98
control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or
terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and
interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are
consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as
practicable under the circumstances.
Section 13.16. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture, express or implied, shall
give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors thereunder, any Paying Agent
and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
Section 13.17. Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action
by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its function.
99
SIGNATURES
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
as Issuer
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Francis T. McCarron |
|
|
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer |
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Richard Prokosch
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Richard Prokosch |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
100
EXHIBIT A
[FACE OF NOTE]
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
10.625% Senior Secured Note Due 2015
[CUSIP] [CINS] _______________
Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company, which term includes any successor
under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to
____________________, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ DOLLARS
($______) [or such other amount as indicated on the Schedule of Exchange of Notes attached hereto]
on November 15, 2015.
[Initial]1 Interest Rate: 10.625% per annum.
Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2011.
Regular Record Dates: May 1 and November 1.
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse
hereof, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
|
|
|
1 |
|
For Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes only. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by
its duly authorized officers.
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
(Form of Trustees Certificate of Authentication)
This is one of the 10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015 described in the Indenture referred
to in this Note.
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signatory |
|
|
|
|
|
[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
10.625% Senior Secured Note Due 2015
1. Principal and Interest.
The Company promises to pay the principal of this Note on November 15, 2015.
The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each interest
payment date, as set forth on the face of this Note, at the rate of 10.625% per annum [(subject to
adjustment as provided below)]. 1
Interest will be payable semiannually (to the holders of record of the Notes at the close of
business on the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date) on each
interest payment date, commencing May 15, 2011.
[The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement,
dated November 15, 2010, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the
Registration Rights Agreement), including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in
the Registration Rights Agreement).]2
Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on
this Note [or the Note surrendered in exchange for this Note]3 (or, if there is no
existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a regular
record date and the next interest payment date, from such interest payment date) or, if no interest
has been paid, from [the Issue Date].4 Interest will be computed in the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
The Company will pay interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and, to the extent
lawful, interest at a rate per annum that is 1.0% in excess of 10.625%. Interest not paid when due
and any interest on principal, premium or interest not paid when due will be paid to the Persons
that are Holders on a special
|
|
|
1 |
|
Include only for Initial Note or Initial
Additional Note. |
|
2 |
|
Include only for Initial Note or Initial
Additional Note; conform to Registration Rights Agreement. |
|
3 |
|
Include only for Exchange Note. |
|
4 |
|
For Additional Notes, should be the date of
their original issue. |
record date, which will be the 15th day preceding the date fixed by the Company
for the payment of such interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15 days
before a special record date, the Company will send to each Holder and to the Trustee a notice that
sets forth the special record date, the payment date and the amount of interest to be paid.
2. Indentures; Security
This is one of the Notes issued under an Indenture dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended
from time to time, the Indenture), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless
otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such
terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all
such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between
the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture will control.
The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company, secured by Liens on the Collateral
pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, and following the Completion Date, the Security Documents. The
Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes to $350,000,000, but
Additional Notes may be issued pursuant to the Indenture, and the originally issued Notes and all
such Additional Notes vote together for all purposes as a single class.
3. Redemption and Repurchase; Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.
This Note is subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an Offer to Purchase,
as further described in the Indenture. There is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable
to this Note.
If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to
pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to
redemption or maturity, the Company may in certain circumstances be discharged from the Indenture,
the Notes and the Security Documents or may be discharged from certain of its obligations under
certain provisions of the Indenture.
4. Registered Form; Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.
The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount
and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of
Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by
the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, there are certain periods during which
the Trustee will not be required to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note or
certain portions of a Note.
5. Defaults and Remedies.
If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due
and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Company occurs and is
continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture
or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory
to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise
of remedies.
6. Amendment and Waiver.
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents may be
amended, or default may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Company and
the Trustee (and, in the case of the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent) may amend or
supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency if such amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the interests of the
Holders in any material respect.
7. Authentication.
This Note is not valid until the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent) signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Note.
8. Governing Law.
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.
9. Abbreviations.
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM
(= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A/ (= Uniform Gifts to
Minors Act).
The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and
without charge.
[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s)
unto
Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee
the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in
the premises.
[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED ON ALL CERTIFICATES BEARING A RESTRICTED LEGEND]
In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to ______________, the
undersigned confirms that such transfer is made without utilizing any general solicitation or
general advertising and further as follows:
Check One
o (1) This Note is being transferred to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with
Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and certification in the form of Exhibit F
to the Indenture is being furnished herewith.
o (2) This Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in compliance with the exemption from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Regulation S thereunder, and
certification in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture is being furnished herewith.
or
o (3) This Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (1) or (2) above and
documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note
and the Indenture.
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee is not obligated to register this Note
in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such
transfer of registration set forth herein and in the Indenture have been satisfied.
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond
with the name as written upon the face of the
within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without
alteration or any change whatsoever. |
Signature Guarantee:5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
To be executed by an executive officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible
guarantor institution meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which
requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer
Association Medallion Program (STAMP) or such other signature guarantee
program as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended. |
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you wish to have all of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or
Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the box: 9
If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11
or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount (in original principal amount) below:
$____________________.
Date: ____________
Your Signature: __________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:1 _____________________________
|
|
|
1 |
|
Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible
guarantor institution meeting the requirements of the Trustee, which
requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer
Association Medallion Program (STAMP) or such other signature guarantee
program as may be determined by the Trustee in addition to, or in substitution
for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. |
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES1
The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Certificated Notes or a part of another
Global Note have been made:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal amount of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
this Global Note |
|
Signature of |
|
|
Amount of decrease |
|
Amount of increase |
|
following such |
|
authorized |
|
|
in principal amount |
|
in principal amount |
|
decrease (or |
|
signatory of |
Date of Exchange |
|
of this Global Note |
|
of this Global Note |
|
increase) |
|
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT B
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
dated as of __________, ____
among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.,
The Guarantor(s) Party Hereto
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
10.625%
Senior Secured Notes due
2015
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this Supplemental Indenture), entered into as of __________,
____, among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), [insert each Guarantor
executing this Supplemental Indenture and its jurisdiction of incorporation] (each an
Undersigned) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the Trustee).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010
(the Indenture), relating to the Companys 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the Notes);
WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the
Notes by the Holders, the Company agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause its Subsidiaries to
provide Guaranties in certain circumstances.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and
intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined
in the Indenture.
Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a
Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to
Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article 10 thereof.
Section 3. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York without regard to applicable conflicts of laws principles
thereof.
Section 4. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together
will constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the
Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
HARBINGER GROUP INC., as Issuer
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[GUARANTOR]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
EXHIBIT C
RESTRICTED LEGEND
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
SECURITIES ACT), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST
HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER
(1) REPRESENTS THAT
(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
(WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE
INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT,
(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)
(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR) OR
(C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) AND
(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT
AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY
(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT,
(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT,
(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT,
(E) IN A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $250,000 TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR THAT,
PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED
CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, OR
(F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT.
PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY
COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE
DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR
(F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS,
CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE
PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
EXHIBIT D
DTC LEGEND
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (DTC), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH
OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE
& CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.
[TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES
OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSORS NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF
THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRANSFER PROVISIONS OF THE
INDENTURE.]
EXHIBIT E
Regulation S Certificate
_________, ____
Wells Fargo Bank DAPS Reorg.
MAC N9303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Re:
|
|
Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.625% Senior Secured |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes due 2015 (the Notes) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes |
|
|
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Terms are used in this Certificate as used in Regulation S (Regulation S) under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), except as otherwise stated herein.
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
|
o A. |
|
This Certificate relates to our proposed transfer of $____ principal amount of
Notes issued under the Indenture. We hereby certify as follows: |
|
1. |
|
The offer and sale of the Notes was not and will not
be made to a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded
from the definition of U.S. person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the
account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition
of U.S. person pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances
described in Rule 902(h)(3)) and such offer and sale was not and will not
be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. |
|
|
2. |
|
Unless the circumstances described in the
parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time
the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or
we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably |
|
|
|
believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the
transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated
offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our
behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the
United States. |
|
|
3. |
|
Neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any person
acting on our or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the
United States with respect to the Notes. |
|
|
4. |
|
The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan
or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. |
|
|
5. |
|
If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling
concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the
proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in
the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or an
Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the
proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule
904(b) of Regulation S. |
|
o B. |
|
This Certificate relates to our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of
Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by
us. We hereby certify as follows: |
|
1. |
|
At the time the offer and sale of the Notes was made
to us, either (i) we were not in the United States or (ii) we were
excluded from the definition of U.S. person pursuant to Rule
902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by us for which we were acting was
excluded from the definition of U.S. person pursuant to Rule
902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3); and we
were not a member of an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. |
|
|
2. |
|
Unless the circumstances described in paragraph 1(ii)
above are applicable, either (a) at the time our buy order was originated,
we were outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in,
on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market
and we did not pre-arrange the transaction in the United States. |
|
|
3. |
|
The proposed exchange of Notes is not part of a plan
or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. |
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF SELLER (FOR TRANSFERS)
OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
Date: _________________
EXHIBIT F
Rule 144A Certificate
_________, ____
Wells Fargo Bank DAPS Reorg.
MAC N9303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Re:
|
|
Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.625% Senior Secured |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes due 2015 (the Notes) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes |
|
|
Ladies and Gentlemen:
TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
This Certificate relates to:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
|
o A. |
|
Our proposed purchase of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the
Indenture. |
|
|
o B. |
|
Our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the
Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us. |
We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting in the aggregate owned and
invested more than $100,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with us (or such
accounts, if applicable), as of _________, 20__, which is a date on or since close of our most
recent fiscal year. We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting, are a qualified
institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A (Rule 144A) under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the Securities Act). If we are acting on behalf of an account, we exercise sole
investment discretion with respect to such account. We are aware that the transfer of Notes to us,
or such exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions
of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A. Prior to the date of this Certificate we
have received such information regarding the Company as we have requested pursuant to Rule
144A(d)(4) or have determined not to request such information.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS)
OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
Date: _________________
EXHIBIT G
Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate
Wells Fargo Bank DAPS Reorg.
MAC N9303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Re:
|
|
Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.625% Senior Secured |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes due 2015 (the Notes) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes |
|
|
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Certificate relates to:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
|
o A. |
|
Our proposed purchase of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the
Indenture. |
|
|
o B. |
|
Our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the
Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us. |
We hereby confirm that:
|
1. |
|
We are an institutional accredited investor within the meaning of
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act) (an Institutional Accredited Investor). |
|
|
2. |
|
Any acquisition of Notes by us will be for our own account or for the
account of one or more other Institutional Accredited Investors as to which we
exercise sole investment discretion. |
|
|
3. |
|
We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters
that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the
Notes and we and any accounts for which we are acting are able to bear the economic
risks of and an entire loss of our or their investment in the Notes. |
|
4. |
|
We are not acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof
in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act or the securities laws of
any State of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; provided that
the disposition of our property and the property of any accounts for which we are
acting as fiduciary will remain at all times within our and their control. |
|
|
5. |
|
We acknowledge that the Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act and that the Notes may not be offered or sold within the United
States or to or for the benefit of U.S. persons except as set forth below. |
|
|
6. |
|
The principal amount of Notes to which this Certificate relates is at
least equal to $250,000. |
We agree for the benefit of the Company, on our own behalf and on behalf of each account for
which we are acting, that such Notes may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in
accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any State of the United
States and only (a) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) pursuant to a registration
statement which has become effective under the Securities Act, (c) to a qualified institutional
buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (d) in an offshore transaction in
compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) in a principal amount of not
less than $250,000, to an Institutional Accredited Investor that, prior to such transfer, delivers
to the Trustee a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the
Trustee) relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes or (f) pursuant to an exemption from
registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (c) or (d) above, we acknowledge
that a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee)
must be delivered to the Trustee. Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (e)
or (f) above, we acknowledge that the Company reserves the right to require the delivery of such
legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to
determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. We acknowledge that no representation is made as to the
availability of any Rule 144 exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
We understand that the Trustee will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any
Notes acquired by us, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to the Company and the
Trustee that the foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. We further understand
that the Notes acquired by us will be in the form of definitive physical certificates and that such
certificates will bear a legend reflecting the substance of the preceding
paragraph. We further agree to provide to any person acquiring any of the Notes from us a
notice advising such person that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and that
certificates representing the Notes will bear a legend to that effect.
We agree to notify you promptly in writing if any of our acknowledgments, representations or
agreements herein ceases to be accurate and complete.
We represent to you that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments,
representations and agreements on our own behalf and on behalf of any account for which we are
acting.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS)
OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
Date: _________________
Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as
follows:
By: _____________________________
Date: ____________________________
Taxpayer ID number: _______________
EXHIBIT H
[COMPLETE FORM I OR FORM II AS APPLICABLE.]
[FORM I]
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
|
|
|
To: Wells Fargo Bank DAPS Reorg.
|
|
|
MACN 9303-121 |
|
|
608 2nd Avenue South |
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55479 |
|
|
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605 |
|
|
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290 |
|
|
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
OR
|
|
|
[Name of DTC Participant]] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Re:
|
|
Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.625% Senior Secured |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes due 2015 (the Notes) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes |
|
|
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We are the beneficial owner of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture and
represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Note (as defined in the Indenture).
We hereby certify as follows:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
|
o A. |
|
We are a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended). |
|
|
o B. |
|
We are a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended) that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
Date: _________________
[FORM II]
Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
|
|
|
To:
|
|
Wells Fargo Bank DAPS Reorg. |
|
|
MAC N9303-121 |
|
|
608 2nd Avenue South |
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55479 |
|
|
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605 |
|
|
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290 |
|
|
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com |
|
|
|
Re:
|
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
10.625% Senior Secured |
|
|
Notes due 2015 (the Notes) |
|
|
Issued under the Indenture (the Indenture) dated |
|
|
as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This is to certify that based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by tested
telex or by electronic transmission from Institutions appearing in our records as persons being
entitled to a portion of the principal amount of Notes represented by a Temporary Offshore Global
Note issued under the above-referenced Indenture, that as of the date hereof, $____ principal
amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Offshore Global Note being submitted herewith for
exchange is beneficially owned by persons that are either (i) non-U.S. persons (within the meaning
of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or (ii) U.S. persons that purchased
the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.
We further certify that (i) we are not submitting herewith for exchange any portion of such
Temporary Offshore Global Note excepted in such certifications and (ii) as of the date hereof we
have not received any notification from any
Institution to the effect that the statements made by such Institution with respect to any
portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Note submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true
and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Yours faithfully,
|
|
[Name of DTC Participant]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
Date: _________________
EXHIBIT I
THIS NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE
HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON
OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER
THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT). BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN
ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT.
NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF
PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNTIL SUCH BENEFICIAL INTEREST IS EXCHANGED OR TRANSFERRED FOR AN
INTEREST IN ANOTHER NOTE
EXHIBIT J
SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
dated as of
[DATE], 2010
among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.,
THE OTHER GRANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
SECTION 1. Definitions |
|
|
2 |
|
SECTION 2. Grant of Transaction Liens |
|
|
12 |
|
SECTION 3. General Representations and Warranties |
|
|
13 |
|
SECTION 4. Further Assurances; General Covenants |
|
|
17 |
|
SECTION 5. Recordable Intellectual Property |
|
|
19 |
|
SECTION 6. Investment Property |
|
|
20 |
|
SECTION 7. Deposit Accounts |
|
|
23 |
|
SECTION 8. Cash Collateral Accounts |
|
|
23 |
|
SECTION 9. Commercial Tort Claims |
|
|
24 |
|
SECTION 10. Transfer Of Record Ownership |
|
|
24 |
|
SECTION 11. Right to Vote Securities |
|
|
24 |
|
SECTION 12. Certain Cash Distributions |
|
|
25 |
|
SECTION 13. Remedies upon Actionable Default |
|
|
25 |
|
SECTION 14. Application of Proceeds |
|
|
27 |
|
SECTION 15. Fees and Expenses; Indemnification |
|
|
28 |
|
SECTION 16. Authority to Administer Collateral |
|
|
29 |
|
SECTION 17. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral |
|
|
30 |
|
SECTION 18. General Provisions Concerning the Collateral Agent |
|
|
30 |
|
SECTION 19. Termination of Transaction Liens; Release of Collateral |
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 20. Additional Guarantors and Grantors |
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 21. New Obligations |
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 22. Notices |
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 23. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive |
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 24. Successors and Assigns |
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 25. Amendments and Waivers |
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 26. Choice of Law |
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 27. Waiver of Jury Trial |
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 28. Severability |
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 29. Counterparts; Electronic Delivery |
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 30. Rights Of Holders |
|
|
34 |
|
SCHEDULES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule 1
|
|
Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates Owned by Original Grantors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule 2
|
|
Other Investment Property Owned by Original Grantors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule 3
|
|
Commercial Tort Claims |
EXHIBITS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A
|
|
Form of Security Agreement Supplement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit B
|
|
Form of Perfection Certificate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit C
|
|
Form of Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement |
ii
SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
This SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made and entered into as of [DATE],
2010 by and among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (with its successors under the
Indenture, the Issuer, and collectively with any other Person that becomes a Grantor hereunder
from time to time pursuant to Section 20, the Grantors), in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as collateral agent (the Collateral Agent).
WHEREAS, the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the Trustee)
have entered into that certain indenture dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended, amended and
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Indenture), pursuant to which
the Issuer is issuing $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.625% Notes due 2015 (the
Notes);
WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee are parties to that certain
Collateral Trust Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Collateral Trust Agreement);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, each Guarantor from time to time party hereto will
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties the prompt and complete payment and performance when
due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all obligations under the
Indenture and the Notes;
WHEREAS, the Trustee has appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to serve as
Collateral Agent under the Collateral Trust Agreement and, in such capacity, to enter into this
Agreement;
WHEREAS, following the date hereof, if not prohibited by the Indenture, the Grantors may incur
New Obligations (including Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture)) which are secured
equally and ratably with the Grantors obligations in respect of the Notes in accordance with
Section 2 of this Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Issuer and the other Grantors will receive substantial benefits from the
execution, delivery and performance of the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and any New
Document, and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, to secure the payment and performance of all of its Secured Obligations, each Grantor
has agreed (i) to pledge to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security
interest in the Collateral and (ii) to execute and deliver this Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, each other Grantor and
the Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions.
(a) Terms Defined in Indenture. Terms defined in the Indenture and not
otherwise defined in subsection (b) or (c) of this Section have, as used herein (including in the
preamble and recitals hereto), the respective meanings provided for therein. The rules of
construction specified in Section 1.02 of the Indenture also apply to this Agreement.
(b) Terms Defined in UCC. As used herein, each of the following terms has the
meaning specified in the UCC:
|
|
|
Term |
|
UCC |
Account |
|
9-102 |
Authenticate |
|
9-102 |
Certificated Security |
|
8-102 |
Chattel Paper |
|
9-102 |
Commercial Tort Claim |
|
9-102 |
Commodity Account |
|
9-102 |
Commodity Customer |
|
9-102 |
Deposit Account |
|
9-102 |
Document |
|
9-102 |
Entitlement Holder |
|
8-102 |
Equipment |
|
9-102 |
Financial Asset |
|
8-102 & 103 |
General Intangibles |
|
9-102 |
Instrument |
|
9-102 |
Inventory |
|
9-102 |
Investment Property |
|
9-102 |
Letter-of-Credit Right |
|
9-102 |
Record |
|
9-102 |
Proceeds |
|
9-102 |
Securities Account |
|
8-501 |
Securities Intermediary |
|
8-102 |
2
|
|
|
Term |
|
UCC |
Security |
|
8-102 & 103 |
Security Entitlement |
|
8-102 |
Supporting Obligations |
|
9-102 |
Uncertificated Security |
|
8-102 |
(c) Additional Definitions. The following additional terms, as used herein,
have the following meanings:
Actionable Default has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
Available Portion means, at any time when an Actionable Default exists, such portion of the
Collateral (which may be all or any part of the Collateral) with respect to which the Collateral
Agent shall have determined, in its reasonable discretion except as limited by mandatory provisions
of applicable law, to exercise rights to vote the same or to dispose of the same pursuant to
Section 11 or 13 of this Agreement. The Available Portion may be altered by the Collateral Agent
from time to time without limitation except as otherwise provided by mandatory provisions of
applicable law and shall be evidenced by such business records as the Collateral Agent may maintain
to its satisfaction with respect thereto.
Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
Cash Collateral Account has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8 hereto.
Cash Distributions means dividends, interest and other distributions and payments (including
proceeds of liquidation, sale or other disposition) made or received in cash upon or with respect
to any Collateral.
Collateral means all property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, on which a Lien is
granted or purports to be granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents.
When used with respect to a specific Grantor, the term Collateral means all its property on which
such a Lien is granted or purports to be granted.
Collateral Accounts means the Cash Collateral Accounts, the Controlled Deposit Accounts and
the Controlled Securities Accounts.
Collateral Agent has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
3
Collateral Documents has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust
Agreement.
Collateral Trust Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
Control has the meaning specified in UCC Section 8-106, 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107, as may
be applicable to the relevant Collateral.
Controlled Deposit Account means a Deposit Account (i) that is subject to a Deposit Account
Control Agreement or (ii) as to which the Collateral Agent is the Depositary Banks customer (as
defined in UCC Section 4-104).
Controlled Securities Account means a Securities Account that (i) is maintained in the name
of a Grantor at an office of a Securities Intermediary located in the United States and (ii)
together with all Financial Assets credited thereto and all related Security Entitlements, is
subject to a Securities Account Control Agreement.
Copyright License means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor,
or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right to use, copy, reproduce,
distribute, prepare derivative works, display or publish any records or other materials on which a
Copyright is in existence or may come into existence, including any exclusive Copyright license
agreement identified in Schedule 1 to any Copyright Security Agreement.
Copyrights means all the following: (i) all copyrights under the laws of the United States
or any other country (whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published), all
registrations and recordings thereof, all copyrightable works of authorship (whether or not
published), and all applications for copyrights under the laws of the United States or any other
country, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office
or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or
any political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Copyright
Security Agreement, (ii) all renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims for, and rights to
sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing, and (iv) all income, royalties,
damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing,
including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
Copyright Security Agreement means a Copyright Security Agreement, in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
4
Deposit Account Control Agreement means, with respect to any Deposit Account of any Grantor
that is not an Excluded Account, a Deposit Account Control Agreement in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent among such Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the relevant
Depositary Bank.
Depositary Bank means a bank at which a Controlled Deposit Account is maintained.
Equity Interest means (i) in the case of a corporation, any shares of its capital stock,
(ii) in the case of a limited liability company, any membership interest therein, (iii) in the case
of a partnership, any partnership interest (whether general or limited) therein, (iv) in the case
of any other business entity, any participation or other interest in the equity or profits thereof,
(v) any warrant, option or other right to acquire any Equity Interest described in this definition
or (vi) any Security Entitlement in respect of any Equity Interest described in this definition.
Excluded Account has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Excluded
Property.
Excluded Property means, collectively,
(i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest in which is excluded from the
UCC in the relevant jurisdiction;
(ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to the extent (but only to the
extent) required to prevent the Collateral from including more than 65% of all voting Equity
Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary;
(iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent and for
so long as the attachments of security interest created hereby herein would violate any joint
venture agreement, organizational document, shareholders agreement or equivalent agreement relating
to such joint venture or Subsidiary;
(iv) any rights of Issuer or any Guarantor in any contract or license if under the terms
thereof, or any applicable law with respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest therein
to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has not been waived or the consent of
the other party to such contract or license has not been obtained or, under applicable law, such
prohibition cannot be waived;
5
(v) certain deposit accounts (such deposit accounts being Excluded Accounts), the
balance of which consists exclusively of (a) withheld income taxes and federal, state, local and
foreign employment taxes in such amounts as are required to be paid to the IRS or any other
applicable governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit
plan on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of Issuer or any Guarantor;
(vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine from time to time that the
cost of obtaining a Lien thereon exceeds the benefits of obtaining such a Lien;
(vii) any intent-to-use U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely during
the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or
enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application or the mark that is the subject of such
application under applicable law;
(viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such time as Issuer determines that
such Equity Interests should be pledged as Collateral, such determination (which shall be
irrevocable) to be made by an officers certificate delivered by Issuer to the Collateral Agent;
and
(ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed $1,000,000 deposited for the purpose of
security leases of office space, furniture or equipment;
provided, however, that Excluded Property shall not (i) apply to any contract or license to the
extent the applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the UCC (including Sections
9-406 through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit, impair or otherwise affect
Collateral Agents unconditional continuing security interest in and Lien upon any rights or
interests of Issuer or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to become due under any such contract
or license (including any Accounts).
Existing Transfer Restrictions means Transfer Restrictions existing with respect to any
Pledged Securities (a) by virtue of the fact that the Grantor is an affiliate, within the meaning
of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, of any issuer thereof, or that any Pledged Securities are
restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and (b) under the
Spectrum Stockholder Agreement.
Foreign Subsidiary means any Subsidiary which is a controlled foreign corporation within
the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Grantors has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
6
Holders means the holders from time of the Notes (or any Additional Notes).
Indenture has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
Issuer has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
Intellectual Property means all intellectual and similar property of any Grantor of every
kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs,
Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and
business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, software and databases and
all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation, registrations and franchises, and
all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing or used in
connection with, any of the foregoing.
Intellectual Property Filing means (i) with respect to any Patent, Patent License recorded
with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Trademark or Trademark License recorded with the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office, the filing of the applicable Patent Security Agreement or Trademark
Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, together with an
appropriately completed recordation form, and (ii) with respect to any Copyright or exclusive
Copyright License, the filing of the applicable Copyright Security Agreement with the United States
Copyright Office, together with an appropriately completed recordation form, in each case
sufficient to record the Transaction Lien granted to the Collateral Agent in such Recordable
Intellectual Property.
Intellectual Property Security Agreement means a Copyright Security Agreement, a Patent
Security Agreement or a Trademark Security Agreement.
Issuer Control Agreement means an Issuer Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory
to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved).
License means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or
sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party.
Majority Holders has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
7
Mortgage means a mortgage or deed of trust in form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in
each case creating a Lien on real property in favor of the Collateral Agent (or a sub-agent
appointed pursuant to Section 18(b)) for the benefit of the Secured Parties and with such changes
in the form thereof as the Collateral Agent shall request for the purpose of conforming to local
practice for similar instruments in the jurisdiction where such real property is located.
New Document has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
New Obligations has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
New Representative has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
Notes has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
Original Grantor means any Grantor that grants a Lien on any of its assets hereunder on the
date hereof.
own refers to the possession of sufficient rights in property to grant a security interest
therein as contemplated by UCC Section 9-203, and acquire refers to the acquisition of any such
rights.
Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
Patent License means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor, or
pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right with respect to any Patent or
any invention now or hereafter in existence, whether patentable or not, whether a patent or
application for patent is in existence on such invention or not, and whether a patent or
application for patent on such invention may come into existence or not, including any exclusive
Patent license agreement recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office identified in Schedule
1 to any Patent Security Agreement.
Patents means (i) all letters patent and design letters patent of the United States or any
other country and all applications for letters patent or design letters patent of the United States
or any other country, including applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in
any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any
political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Patent Security
Agreement, (ii) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in
8
part, revisions and extensions of any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims for, and rights to
sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing and (iv) all income, royalties,
damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing,
including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
Patent Security Agreement means a Patent Security Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory
to the Collateral Agent, executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for
the benefit of the Secured Parties.
Perfection Certificate means, with respect to any Grantor, a certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit B (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved), completed
and supplemented with the schedules contemplated thereby, and signed by an officer of such Grantor.
Personal Property Collateral means all property included in the Collateral except Real
Property Collateral.
Pledged, when used in conjunction with any type of asset, means at any time an asset of such
type that is included (or that creates rights that are included) in the Collateral at such time.
For example, Pledged Equity Interest means an Equity Interest that is included in the Collateral
at such time.
Post-Petition Interest has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust
Agreement.
Real Property Collateral means all real property (excluding leasehold interests in real
property) included in the Collateral.
Recordable Intellectual Property means (i) any Patent registered with the United States
Patent and Trademark Office, and any Patent License recorded in the U.S. with respect to a Patent
so registered, (ii) any Trademark registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office,
and any Trademark License recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office with respect to a
Trademark so registered, (iii) any Copyright registered with the United States Copyright Office and
any exclusive Copyright License with respect to a Copyright so registered, and all rights in or
under any of the foregoing.
Registration Rights Agreement means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
the Issue Date between the Issuer and the Initial Purchaser.
Rule 144 has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).
Rule 145 has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).
9
Rule 144/145 Securities has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).
Secured Document has the meaning assigned to the term Document as defined in the
Collateral Trust Agreement.
Secured Guarantee means, with respect to each Guarantor, its guarantee of the Secured
Obligations.
Secured Obligations means any and all Obligations as such term is defined in the
Collateral Trust Agreement.
Secured Parties has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
Securities Account Control Agreement means, when used with respect to a Securities Account,
a Securities Account Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent
(with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved) among the relevant Securities
Intermediary, the relevant Grantor and the Collateral Agent.
Security Agreement Supplement means a Security Agreement Supplement, substantially in the
form of Exhibit A, signed and delivered to the Collateral Agent for the purpose of adding a Grantor
as a party hereto pursuant to Section 20 and/or adding additional property to the Collateral.
Spectrum means Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Collateral Trust Agreement.
Spectrum Stockholder Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust
Agreement.
Trademark License means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor,
or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right to use any Trademark,
including any agreement recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office identified in Schedule 1
to any Trademark Security Agreement.
Trademarks means: (i) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business
names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, brand names, trade dress,
prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, package and other designs,
and all other source or business identifiers, and all general intangibles of like nature, and the
10
rights in any of the foregoing which arise under applicable law, (ii) the goodwill of the
business symbolized thereby or associated with each of them, (iii) all registrations and
applications in connection therewith, including registrations and applications in the United States
Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State
thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including those described in
Schedule 1 to any Trademark Security Agreement, (iv) all renewals of any of the foregoing, (v) all
claims for, and rights to sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing and (vi)
all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of
the foregoing, including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
Trademark Security Agreement means a Trademark Security Agreement, in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have
approved), executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of
the Secured Parties.
Transaction Liens means the Liens granted by the Grantors under the Collateral Documents.
Transfer Restriction means, with respect to any Pledged Securities, any condition to or
restriction on the ability of the owner thereof to sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Pledged
Securities or enforce the provisions thereof or of any document related thereto whether set forth
in the any Pledged Security itself or in any document related thereto, including, without
limitation, (i) any requirement that any sale, assignment or other transfer or enforcement for such
Pledged Security be consented to or approved by any Person (including, without limitation, by the
issuer thereof or any other obligor thereon or pursuant to any trust or similar agreement or
arrangement), (ii) any limitations on the type or status, financial or otherwise, of any purchaser,
Collateral Agent, assignee or transferee of such Pledged Security, (iii) any requirement for the
delivery of any certificate, consent, agreement, opinion of counsel, notice or any other document
of any Person to the issuer of, any other obligor on or any registrar or transfer agent for, such
item of collateral, prior to the sale, pledge, assignment or other transfer or enforcement of such
item of collateral and (iv) any registration or qualification requirement or prospectus delivery
requirement for such item of collateral pursuant to any federal, state or foreign securities law
(including, without limitation, any such requirement arising under Section 5 of the Securities Act
as a result of such security being a restricted security or any of the Grantors being an
affiliate of the issuer of such security, as such terms are defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, or as a result of the sale of such security being subject to paragraph (c) of Rule
145 under the Securities Act).
11
Trustee has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New
York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of
any Transaction Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a
jurisdiction other than New York, UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to
time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection,
effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
SECTION 2. Grant of Transaction Liens.
(a) The Issuer, in order to secure the Secured Obligations, and each other
Grantor listed on the signature pages hereof, in order to secure its Secured Guarantee, grants to
the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all
the following property of the Issuer or such other Grantor, as the case may be, whether now owned
or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and regardless of where located:
(i) all Accounts;
(ii) all Chattel Paper;
(iii) all cash and Deposit Accounts;
(iv) all Documents;
(v) all Equipment;
(vi) all General Intangibles (including, without limitation, (w) any Equity
Interests in other Persons that do not constitute Investment Property, (x) any
Intellectual Property and (y) any rights under contracts (including the Spectrum
Registration Rights Agreement) that the Issuer has with Spectrum);
(vii) all Instruments;
(viii) all Inventory;
(ix) all Investment Property (including, without limitation, all Equity Interests
in Spectrum);
(x) the Commercial Tort Claims described in Schedule 3;
12
(xi) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;
(xii) all books and records (including customer lists, credit files, computer
programs, printouts and other computer materials and records) of such Grantor pertaining
to any of its Collateral;
(xiii) such Grantors ownership interest in (1) its Collateral Accounts, (2) all
Financial Assets credited to its Collateral Accounts from time to time and all Security
Entitlements in respect thereof, (3) all cash held in its Collateral Accounts from time to
time and (4) all other money in the possession of the Collateral Agent; and
(xiv) all Proceeds of the Collateral described in the foregoing clauses (i)
through (xi);
provided that the Excluded Property shall be excluded from the foregoing security interests.
(b) With respect to each right to payment or performance included in the
Collateral from time to time, the Transaction Lien granted therein includes a continuing security
interest in (i) any Supporting Obligation that supports such payment or performance and (ii) any
Lien that (x) secures such right to payment or performance or (y) secures any such Supporting
Obligation.
(c) The Transaction Liens are granted as security only and shall not subject the
Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or transfer or in any way affect or modify, any
obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to any of the Collateral or any transaction in
connection therewith.
SECTION 3. General Representations and Warranties. Each Grantor represents and warrants
that, as of the date hereof:
(a) Such Grantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the jurisdiction identified as its jurisdiction of organization in its Perfection
Certificate.
(b) With respect to each Original Grantor, Schedule 1 lists all Equity Interests
in Subsidiaries and Affiliates owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof. Such Grantor holds all
such Equity Interests directly (i.e., not through a Subsidiary, a Securities Intermediary or any
other Person).
(c) (i) With respect to each Original Grantor, (A) Part 1 of Schedule 2 lists,
as of the date hereof, all Securities owned by such Grantor (except Securities evidencing Equity
Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates) and (B) Part 2 of
13
Schedule 2 lists, as of the date hereof, all Securities Accounts to which Financial Assets are
credited in respect of which such Grantor owns Security Entitlements.
(ii) Except for the Existing Transfer Restrictions, the Collateral is not subject
to any Transfer Restriction, and the Grantor will not cause or suffer to exist any
Transfer Restriction other than the Existing Transfer Restrictions with respect to any of
the Collateral.
(iii) The Equity Interests listed on Part 3 of Schedule 2 hereto (the Rule
144/145 Securities) are or may be deemed restricted or control securities (as indicated
on Part 3 of Schedule 2) for purposes of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (Rule 144)
promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Grantor has indicated on Part
3 of Schedule whether the securities are or are not subject to any restrictions pursuant
to Rule 145 under the Securities Act (Rule 145).
(iv) The Grantor has held such Rule 144/145 Securities and borne the full
economic risk thereof from or prior to the date(s) indicated on Part 3 of Schedule 2.
(v) The Grantor will cooperate fully with the Collateral Agent with respect to
any sale by the Collateral Agent of any of the Rule 144/145 Securities, including full and
complete compliance with all requirements of Rule 144 and/or Rule 145 and will give to the
Collateral Agent all information and will do all things necessary, including the execution
of all documents, forms, instruments and other items, to comply with Rule 144 and/or Rule
145 for the complete and unrestricted sale and/or transfer of the Rule 144/145 Securities
and will exercise its commercially reasonable efforts to have the issuer of any Rule
144/145 Securities, upon the request of the Collateral Agent at the written direction of
the Majority Holders, take all such action as may be required to satisfy the public
information requirements of Rule 144(c).
(vi) The Grantor will use its commercially reasonable efforts, upon the
Collateral Agents written request, to obtain and publish all information necessary to
satisfy Rule 144 and/or Rule 145 in the event any issuer of the Rule 144/145 Securities is
not current in its filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 at the time of a
foreclosure sale by the Collateral Agent.
(d) Grantor owns no Commodity Account in respect of which such Grantor is the
Commodity Customer.
14
(e) All Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor are owned by it free and
clear of any Lien other than the Permitted Collateral Liens. All shares of capital stock included
in such Pledged Equity Interests (including shares of capital stock in respect of which such
Grantor owns a Security Entitlement) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully
paid and non-assessable. None of such Pledged Equity Interests is subject to any option to
purchase or similar right of any Person. Such Grantor is not and will not become a party to or
otherwise bound by any agreement (except the Secured Documents) which restricts in any manner the
rights of any present or future holder of any Pledged Equity Interest with respect thereto.
(f) Such Grantor has good and marketable title to all its Collateral (subject to
exceptions that are, in the aggregate, not material), free and clear of any Lien other than
Permitted Collateral Liens.
(g) Such Grantor has not performed any acts that might prevent the Collateral
Agent from enforcing any of the provisions of the Collateral Documents or that would in any
material respect limit the Collateral Agent in any such enforcement. No financing statement,
security agreement, mortgage or similar or equivalent document or instrument covering all or part
of the Collateral owned by such Grantor is on file or of record in any jurisdiction in which such
filing or recording would be effective to perfect or record a Lien on such Collateral, except
financing statements, mortgages or other similar or equivalent documents with respect to Permitted
Collateral Liens. After the date hereof, no Collateral owned by such Grantor will be in the
possession or under the Control of any other Person having a claim thereto or security interest
therein, other than a Permitted Collateral Lien.
(h) The Transaction Liens on all Personal Property Collateral owned by such
Grantor (i) have been validly created, (ii) will attach to each item of such Collateral on the date
hereof (or, if such Grantor first obtains rights thereto on a later date, on such later date) and
(iii) when so attached, will secure all the Secured Obligations or such Grantors Secured
Guarantee, as the case may be.
(i) When the relevant Mortgages have been duly executed and delivered, the
Transaction Liens on all Real Property Collateral owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof will
have been validly created and will secure all the Secured Obligations or such Grantors Secured
Guarantee, as the case may be. When such Mortgages have been duly recorded, such Transaction Liens
will rank prior to all other Liens (except Permitted Collateral Liens) on such Real Property
Collateral.
(j) Such Grantor has delivered a Perfection Certificate to the Collateral Agent.
With respect to each Original Grantor, information set forth therein is
15
correct and complete as of the date hereof. Within 60 days after the date hereof, such
Original Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent a file search report from each UCC filing
office listed in its Perfection Certificate, showing the filing made at such filing office to
perfect the Transaction Liens on its Collateral.
(k) When UCC financing statements describing the Collateral as all personal
property have been filed in the offices specified in such Perfection Certificate, the Transaction
Liens will constitute perfected security interests in the Personal Property Collateral owned by
such Grantor to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by filing pursuant to
the UCC, prior to all Liens and rights of others therein except Permitted Collateral Liens. When,
in addition to the filing of such UCC financing statements, the applicable Intellectual Property
Filings have been made with respect to such Grantors Recordable Intellectual Property (including
any future filings required pursuant to Sections 4(a) and 5(a)), the Transaction Liens will
constitute perfected security interests in all right, title and interest of such Grantor in its
Recordable Intellectual Property to the extent that security interests therein may be perfected by
such filings, prior to all Liens and rights of others therein except Permitted Collateral Liens.
Except for (i) the filing of such UCC financing statements, (ii) such Intellectual Property Filings
and (iii) the due recordation of the Mortgages, no registration, recordation or filing with any
governmental body, agency or official is required in connection with the execution or delivery of
the Collateral Documents or is necessary for the validity or enforceability thereof or for the
perfection or due recordation of the Transaction Liens or for the enforcement of the Transaction
Liens.
(l) Such Grantor has taken, and will continue to take, all actions necessary
under the UCC to perfect its interest in any Accounts or Chattel Paper purchased or otherwise
acquired by it, as against its assignors and creditors of its assignors.
(m) Such Grantors Collateral is insured as required by the Indenture.
(n) To the best of such Grantors knowledge, all of such Grantors Inventory has
or will have been produced in compliance in all material respects with the applicable requirements
of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended.
(o) The execution and delivery by such Grantor of, and the performance by such
Grantor of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene (A) any provision of
applicable law, (B) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational documents
in the case of a non-corporate Grantor) of such Grantor, (C) any agreement or other instrument
binding upon such Grantor or any of its subsidiaries or (D) any judgment, order or decree of any
governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,
except, in the cases of (C) and (D), for contraventions that would not
16
have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the
Transaction Liens.
(p) This Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by
such Grantor and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Grantor, enforceable against
such Grantor in accordance with its terms, except as (i) the enforceability hereof may be limited
by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting
creditors rights or remedies generally (regardless of whether considered in an action at law or in
equity) and (ii) the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of
general applicability.
SECTION 4. Further Assurances; General Covenants. Each Grantor covenants as follows:
(a) Such Grantor will, from time to time, at the Issuers expense, execute,
deliver, file and record any statement, assignment, instrument, document, agreement or other paper
and take any other action (including any Intellectual Property Filing) that from time to time may
be necessary or desirable, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to:
(i) create, preserve, perfect, confirm or validate the Transaction Liens on such
Grantors Collateral;
(ii) in the case of Pledged Deposit Accounts, Pledged Investment Property and
Pledged Letter-of-Credit Rights, cause the Collateral Agent to have Control thereof;
(iii) enable the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties to obtain the
full benefits of the Collateral Documents; or
(iv) enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce any of its rights,
powers and remedies with respect to any of such Grantors Collateral.
Such Grantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute and file such financing statements or
continuation statements in such jurisdictions with such descriptions of collateral (including all
assets or all personal property or other words to that effect) and other information set forth
therein as the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable for the purposes set
forth in the preceding sentence. Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral
Agent to file in any such jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if
filed prior to the date hereof. The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United
States Patent and Trademark Office or United States
17
Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such
documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing,
enforcing or protecting the security interests granted by each Grantor, without the signature of
any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured
party. The Issuer will pay the costs of, or incidental to, any Intellectual Property Filings and
any recording or filing of any financing or continuation statements or other documents recorded or
filed pursuant hereto.
(b) Such Grantor will not (i) change its name or organizational form or
structure, (ii) change its location (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-307) or (iii) become
bound, as provided in UCC Section 9-203(d) or otherwise, by a security agreement entered into by
another Person, unless it shall have given the Collateral Agent at least 10 days prior written
notice thereof and taken all steps necessary to maintain the Transaction Liens in the Collateral of
such Grantor.
(c) [Reserved.]
(d) If any of its (A) Collateral (other than Collateral constituting Inventory)
with a value exceeding $1,000,000 or (B) Collateral constituting Inventory with a value exceeding
$10,000,000), individually or in the aggregate at any time outstanding, is in the possession or
control of a warehouseman, bailee or agent at any time, such Grantor will (i) notify such
warehouseman, bailee or agent of the relevant Transaction Liens, (ii) instruct such warehouseman,
bailee or agent to hold all such Collateral for the Collateral Agents account subject to the
Collateral Agents instructions (which shall permit such Collateral to be removed by such Grantor
in the ordinary course of business until the Collateral Agent notifies such warehouseman, bailee or
agent that an Actionable Default has occurred and is continuing), (iii) cause such warehouseman,
bailee or agent to Authenticate a Record acknowledging that it holds possession of such Collateral
for the Collateral Agents benefit and (iv)make such Authenticated Record available to the
Collateral Agent.
(e) Such Grantor will not sell, lease, exchange, assign or otherwise dispose of,
or grant any option with respect to, any of its Collateral; provided that such Grantor may do any
of the foregoing unless (i) doing so would violate a covenant in the Indenture or (ii) an
Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either (A) the Collateral Agent shall
have notified such Grantor that its right to do so is terminated, suspended or otherwise limited or
(B) the maturity of any or all of the Secured Obligations shall have been accelerated.
Concurrently with any sale, lease or other disposition (except a sale or disposition to another
Grantor or a lease) permitted by the foregoing proviso, the Transaction Liens on the assets sold or
disposed of (but not in any Proceeds arising from such
18
sale or disposition) will cease immediately without any action by the Collateral Agent or any
other Secured Party. The Collateral Agent will, at the Issuers expense, execute and deliver to
the relevant Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the fact
that any asset so sold or disposed of is no longer subject to a Transaction Lien.
(f) Such Grantor will, promptly upon request, provide to the Collateral Agent
all information and evidence concerning such Grantors Collateral that the Collateral Agent may
reasonably request from time to time to enable it to enforce the provisions of the Collateral
Documents.
(g) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the
preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the
Collateral Agent a certificate executed by an executive officer of the Issuer certifying that all
Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other
appropriate filings, recordings or registrations, including all refilings or continuations thereof,
have been filed of record in each governmental, municipal or other appropriate office in each
jurisdiction identified pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4 to the extent necessary to
protect and perfect the security interests granted hereunder for a period of not less than 18
months after the date of such certificate (except as noted therein with respect to any continuation
statements to be filed within such period).
SECTION 5. Recordable Intellectual Property. Each Grantor covenants as follows:
(a) With respect to Intellectual Property, upon the reasonable request of the
Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby agrees to sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent
Intellectual Property Security Agreements with respect to all Recordable Intellectual Property then
owned by it. Thereafter, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby
agrees to sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent an appropriate Intellectual Property Security
Agreement covering any Recordable Intellectual Property owned by it that is not covered by any
previous Intellectual Property Security Agreement so signed and delivered by it. In each case, it
will promptly make all Intellectual Property Filings necessary to record the Transaction Liens on
such Recordable Intellectual Property.
(b) Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent promptly if it knows that any
application or registration relating to any material Recordable Intellectual Property owned or
licensed by it may become abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse
determination or development (including the institution of, or any material adverse determination
or development in, any
19
proceeding in the United States Copyright Office, the United States Patent and Trademark
Office or any court) regarding such Grantors ownership of such Recordable Intellectual Property,
its right to register or patent the same, or its right to keep and maintain the same. If any of
such Grantors rights to any material Recordable Intellectual Property are materially infringed,
misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent within
30 days after it learns thereof and will, unless such Grantor shall reasonably determine that such
action would be of negligible value, economic or otherwise, promptly sue for infringement,
misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement,
misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem
appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Recordable Intellectual Property.
(c) Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent at the written direction
of the Majority Holders, each Grantor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all
requisite consents or approvals by the licensor of each Copyright License, Patent License or
Trademark License that is material to such Grantors business and under which such Grantor is a
licensee to effect the assignment of all such Grantors right, title and interest thereunder to the
Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, or its designee.
SECTION 6. Investment Property. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
(a) Certificated Securities. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original
Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the
case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will deliver to the Collateral Agent as Collateral
hereunder all certificates representing Pledged Certificated Securities then owned by such Grantor.
Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other certificate representing a Pledged
Certificated Security, such Grantor will promptly (and in any case, within 10 Business Days)
deliver such certificate to the Collateral Agent as Collateral hereunder. The provisions of this
subsection are subject to the limitation in Section 6(j) in the case of voting Equity Interests in
a Foreign Subsidiary.
(b) Uncertificated Securities. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original
Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the
case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will enter into (and cause the relevant issuer to enter
into) an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security then owned by
such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is a Subsidiary of such Grantor (and
use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the relevant issuer to enter into an Issuer Control
Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security
20
then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is not a
Subsidiary of such Grantor), and deliver such Issuer Control Agreement to the Collateral Agent
(which shall enter into the same). Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other Pledged
Uncertificated Security, such Grantor will enter into (and cause the relevant issuer to enter into)
an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of such Pledged Uncertificated Security, where the issuer of
such Uncertificated Security is a Subsidiary of such Grantor (and use commercially reasonable
efforts to cause the relevant issuer to enter into an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each
Pledged Uncertificated Security then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated
Security is not a Subsidiary of such Grantor), and deliver such Issuer Control Agreement to the
Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). The provisions of this subsection are subject
to the limitation in Section 6(j) in the case of voting Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary.
(c) Security Entitlements. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original
Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the
case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will, with respect to each Security Entitlement then owned
by it, enter into (and cause the relevant Securities Intermediary to enter into) a Securities
Account Control Agreement in respect of such Security Entitlement and the Securities Account to
which the underlying Financial Asset is credited and will deliver such Securities Account Control
Agreement to the Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). Thereafter, whenever such
Grantor acquires any other Security Entitlement, such Grantor will, as promptly as practicable,
cause the underlying Financial Asset to be credited to a Controlled Securities Account.
(d) Perfection as to Certificated Securities. When such Grantor delivers the
certificate representing any Pledged Certificated Security owned by it to the Collateral Agent and
complies with Section 6(h) in connection with such delivery, (i) the Transaction Lien on such
Pledged Certificated Security will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others,
(ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Pledged Certificated Security and (iii) the
Collateral Agent will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of UCC Section 8-303) thereof.
(e) Perfection as to Uncertificated Securities. When such Grantor, the
Collateral Agent and the issuer of any Pledged Uncertificated Security owned by such Grantor enter
into an Issuer Control Agreement with respect thereto, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Pledged
Uncertificated Security will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others, (ii) the
Collateral Agent will have Control of such Pledged Uncertificated Security and (iii) the Collateral
Agent will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of UCC Section 8-303) thereof.
21
(f) Perfection as to Security Entitlements. So long as the Financial Asset
underlying any Security Entitlement owned by such Grantor is credited to a Controlled Securities
Account, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Security Entitlement will be perfected, subject to no
prior Liens or rights of others (except Liens and rights of the relevant Securities Intermediary
that are Permitted Collateral Liens), (ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Security
Entitlement and (iii) no action based on an adverse claim to such Security Entitlement or such
Financial Asset, whether framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien or
other theory, may be asserted against the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party.
(g) Agreement as to Applicable Jurisdiction. In respect of all Security
Entitlements owned by such Grantor, and all Securities Accounts to which the related Financial
Assets are credited, the Securities Intermediarys jurisdiction (determined as provided in UCC
Section 8-110(e)) will at all times be located in the United States.
(h) Delivery of Pledged Certificates. All certificates representing Pledged
Certificated Securities, when delivered to the Collateral Agent, will be in suitable form for
transfer by delivery, or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in
blank, with signatures appropriately guaranteed, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Collateral Agent.
(i) Communications. Each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent
copies of any notices and other communications received by it with respect to (i) Pledged
Securities registered in the name of such Grantor or its nominee and (ii) Pledged Security
Entitlements as to which such Grantor is the Entitlement Holder.
(j) Foreign Subsidiaries. A Grantor will not be obligated to comply with the
provisions of this Section at any time with respect to any voting Equity Interest in a Foreign
Subsidiary if and to the extent (but only to the extent) that such voting Equity Interest is
excluded from the Transaction Liens at such time pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of
Excluded Property and/or the comparable provisions of one or more Security Agreement Supplements.
(k) Compliance with Applicable Foreign Laws. If and so long as the Collateral
includes (i) any Equity Interest in, or other Investment Property issued by, a legal entity
organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States or (ii) any Security
Entitlement in respect of a Financial Asset issued by such a foreign legal entity, the relevant
Grantor will upon request of the Collateral Agent, use its commercially reasonable efforts to take
all such action as may be required under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction to ensure that the
Transaction
22
Lien on such Collateral ranks prior to all Liens and rights of others therein to the extent
permitted by such law.
(l) Certification of Limited Liability Company and Partnership Interests. Any
limited liability company and any partnership controlled by any Grantor shall either (a) not
include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited
liability company or such partnership be a security as defined under Article 8 of the Uniform
Commercial Code, or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or
such partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability company or partnership
controlled by any Grantor and pledged hereunder is certificated or becomes certificated, each such
certificate shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 6(a) and such Grantor
shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 6 applicable in respect thereof.
SECTION 7. Deposit Accounts. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
(a) All cash other than cash held in any Excluded Account owned by such Grantor
will be deposited, upon or promptly after the receipt thereof, in one or more Controlled Deposit
Accounts.
(b) In respect of each Controlled Deposit Account, the Depositary Banks
jurisdiction (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-304) will at all times be a jurisdiction in
which Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code is in effect.
(c) So long as the Collateral Agent has Control of a Controlled Deposit Account,
the Transaction Lien on such Controlled Deposit Account will be perfected, subject to no prior
Liens or rights of others (except (x) the Depositary Banks right to deduct its normal operating
charges and any uncollected funds previously credited thereto and (y) nonconsensual Permitted
Collateral Liens).
SECTION 8. Cash Collateral Accounts. If and when required for purposes hereof or of any
Secured Document, the Collateral Agent will establish with respect to each Grantor an account (its
Cash Collateral Account), in the name and under the exclusive control of the Collateral Agent,
into which all amounts owned by such Grantor that are to be deposited therein pursuant to the
applicable Secured Document shall be deposited from time to time. Funds held in any Cash
Collateral Account may, until withdrawn, be invested and reinvested in such Cash Equivalents as the
relevant Grantor shall request in writing from time to time; provided that if an Actionable Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may select such Cash Equivalents.
Subject to Section 14, withdrawal of funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account shall
23
be permitted if, as and when expressly so provided in or in respect of the applicable
provision of the Secured Document pursuant to which such Cash Collateral Account was required to be
established.
SECTION 9. Commercial Tort Claims. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as
follows:
(a) In the case of an Original Grantor, Schedule 3 accurately describes, with
the specificity required to satisfy Official Comment 5 to UCC Section 9-108, each Commercial Tort
Claim with respect to which such Original Grantor is the claimant as of the date hereof other than
any Commercial Tort Claim with a value of less than $5,000,000. In the case of any other Grantor,
Schedule 3 to its first Security Agreement Supplement will accurately describe, with the
specificity required to satisfy said Official Comment 5, each Commercial Tort Claim with respect to
which such Grantor is the claimant as of the date on which it signs and delivers such Security
Agreement Supplement.
(b) If any Grantor acquires a Commercial Tort Claim with a value of $5,000,000
or more after the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor) or the date on which it signs
and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Grantor), such
Grantor will promptly sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement
granting a security interest in such Commercial Tort Claim (which shall be described therein with
the specificity required to satisfy said Official Comment 5) to the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Secured Parties.
SECTION 10. Transfer Of Record Ownership. At any time when an Actionable Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may (and to the extent that action by it is
required, the relevant Grantor, if directed to do so by the Collateral Agent, will as promptly as
practicable) cause each of the Pledged Securities (or any portion thereof specified in such
direction) to be transferred of record into the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee. Each
Grantor will take any and all actions reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to facilitate
compliance with this Section. If the provisions of this Section are implemented, Section 6(b)
shall not thereafter apply to any Pledged Security that is registered in the name of the Collateral
Agent or its nominee. The Collateral Agent will promptly give to the relevant Grantor copies of
any notices and other communications received by the Collateral Agent with respect to Pledged
Securities registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee.
SECTION 11. Right to Vote Securities. (a) Unless an Actionable Default shall have occurred
and be continuing (and the Collateral Agent has given written notice as provided in Section 11(b)),
each Grantor will have the right, from time to time, to vote and to give consents, ratifications
and waivers with respect to any
24
Pledged Security owned by it and the Financial Asset underlying any Pledged Security
Entitlement owned by it, and the Collateral Agent will, upon receiving a written request from such
Grantor, deliver to such Grantor or as specified in such request such proxies, powers of attorney,
consents, ratifications and waivers in respect of any such Pledged Security that is registered in
the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee or any such Pledged Security Entitlement as to
which the Collateral Agent or its nominee is the Entitlement Holder, in each case as shall be
specified in such request and be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral
Agent.
(b) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
Collateral Agent has received written instruction from the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent
will, upon giving written notice to the applicable Grantor of its intention to exercise such
rights, have the exclusive right to the extent permitted by law to vote, to give consents,
ratifications and waivers and to take any other action with respect to the Available Portion of
Collateral, with the same force and effect as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute and sole
owner thereof, and each Grantor will take all such action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably
request from time to time to give effect to such right. For the avoidance of doubt, each Grantor
shall retain the right to vote, give consents, ratifications and waivers and to take any other
action with respect to such Available Portion of Collateral in the event that (i) the Collateral
Agent does not give written notice referred to above of its intention to exercise such rights or
(ii) all Actionable Defaults shall no longer be continuing, in each case so long as not otherwise
prohibited by the terms of the Indenture or hereof.
SECTION 12. Certain Cash Distributions. Cash Distributions with respect to assets held in a
Collateral Account shall be deposited and held therein, or withdrawn therefrom, as provided in
Section 8. Cash Distributions with respect to any Pledged Equity Interest or Pledged Debt that is
not held in a Collateral Account (whether held in the name of a Grantor or in the name of the
Collateral Agent or its nominee) shall be deposited, promptly upon receipt thereof, in a Controlled
Deposit Account of the relevant Grantor; provided that, if an Actionable Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may deposit, or direct the recipient thereof to
deposit, each such Cash Distribution in the relevant Grantors Cash Collateral Account.
SECTION 13. Remedies upon Actionable Default. (a) If an Actionable Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise (or cause its sub-agents to exercise)
any or all of the remedies available to it (or to such sub-agents) under the Collateral Documents
with respect to the Available Portion of the Collateral.
25
(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if an Actionable Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise on behalf of the Secured
Parties all the rights of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not in effect in the
jurisdiction where such rights are exercised) with respect to any Personal Property Collateral and,
in addition, the Collateral Agent may, without being required to give any notice, except as herein
provided or as may be required by mandatory provisions of law, sell or otherwise dispose of the
Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange,
brokers board or at any of the Collateral Agents offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for
future delivery, at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the
Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable, irrespective of the impact of any such sales on
the market price of the Collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any Secured
Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any such sale and (with the consent
of the Collateral Agent, which may be withheld in its discretion) shall be entitled, for the
purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of
the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply all of any part of the Secured
Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price of any Collateral payable at such sale.
Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted
by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer
making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so
sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part
of the purchase money paid to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for
the misapplication thereof. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold
absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives
(to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay or appraisal that it now has or may
at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.
The Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of
sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to
time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further
notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the maximum extent
permitted by law, each Grantor hereby waives any claim against any Secured Party arising because
the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price
that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first
offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. The Collateral Agent
may disclaim any warranty, as to title or as to any other matter, in connection with such sale or
other disposition, and its doing so shall not be considered adversely to affect the commercial
reasonableness of such sale or other disposition.
26
(c) If the Collateral Agent sells any of the Collateral upon credit, the
Grantors will be credited only with payment actually made by the purchaser, received by the
Collateral Agent and applied in accordance with Section 14 hereof. In the event the purchaser
fails to pay for the Collateral, the Collateral Agent may resell the same, subject to the same
rights and duties set forth herein.
(d) Notice of any such sale or other disposition shall be given to the relevant
Grantor(s) as (and if) required by Section 16.
(e) For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and
remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to
exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent an
irrevocable license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors),
to use, license or sublicense any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned
or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and including in such license access to all media in which
any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used
for the compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be
exercised only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Actionable Default; provided,
however, that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in
accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an
Actionable Default.
(f) The foregoing provisions of this Section shall apply to Real Property
Collateral only to the extent permitted by applicable law and the provisions of any applicable
Mortgage or other document.
(g) Each Grantor hereby covenants that on the earlier to occur of (i) the
occurrence of a default under any Secured Document, (ii) such time as Spectrum becomes a
well-known seasoned issuer as defined under the Securities Act rules and regulations, and (iii)
at any time that the Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio is less than 1.75 to 1, the Issuer will be
required to exercise all of its contractual rights and use its commercially reasonable efforts to,
as promptly as possible, cause Spectrum to file and become effective a shelf registration that
shall be in form suitable for use by the Collateral Agent in connection with any disposition of
Spectrum Equity Interests constituting part of the Collateral in connection with any exercise of
remedies, and to keep such shelf registration statement effective at all times until the earlier of
the time (i) the Secured Obligations are repaid in full or (ii) all Spectrum Equity Interests
pledged as Collateral hereunder have been disposed of by the Collateral Agent.
SECTION 14. Application of Proceeds. (a) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Collateral Agent may apply (i) any
27
cash held in the Collateral Accounts and (ii) the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of
all or any part of the Collateral, in accordance with the Collateral Trust Agreement.
(b) In making the payments and allocations required by this Section, the
Collateral Agent may rely upon information supplied to it pursuant to Section 18(c). All
distributions made by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section shall be final (except in the
event of manifest error) and the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the
application by any Secured Party of any amount distributed to it.
SECTION 15. Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The Issuer will forthwith upon demand
pay to the Collateral Agent:
(i) the amount of any taxes that the Collateral Agent may have been required to
pay by reason of the Transaction Liens or to free any Collateral from any other Lien
thereon;
(ii) the amount of any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses,
including transfer taxes and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other experts,
that the Collateral Agent may incur in connection with (x) the administration or
enforcement of the Collateral Documents, including such expenses as are incurred to
preserve the value of the Collateral or the validity, perfection, rank or value of any
Transaction Lien, (y) the collection, sale or other disposition of any Collateral or (z)
the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights or powers under the Collateral
Documents;
(iii) the amount of any fees that the Issuer shall have agreed in writing to pay
to the Collateral Agent and that shall have become due and payable in accordance with such
written agreement; and
(iv) the amount required to indemnify the Collateral Agent for, or hold it
harmless and defend it against, any loss, liability or expense (including the reasonable
and documented fees and expenses of its counsel and any experts or sub-agents appointed by
it hereunder) incurred or suffered by the Collateral Agent in connection with the
Collateral Documents, except to the extent that such loss, liability or expense arises
from the Collateral Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct or a breach of any duty
that the Collateral Agent has under this Agreement (after giving effect to Sections 17
and 18).
(b) If any transfer tax, documentary stamp tax or other tax is payable in
connection with any transfer or other transaction provided for in the Collateral
28
Documents, the Issuer will pay such tax and provide any required tax stamps to the Collateral
Agent or as otherwise required by law.
(c) The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Secured Parties, their respective
affiliates and the respective directors, officers, agents and employees of the foregoing (each an
Indemnitee) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, costs and expenses of any kind (including reasonable expenses of investigation by
engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel) arising out of, or in connection with any and all environmental
liabilities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor waives all rights for
contribution and all other rights of recovery with respect to liabilities, losses, damages, costs
and expenses arising under or related to environmental laws that it might have by statute or
otherwise against any Indemnitee.
SECTION 16. Authority to Administer Collateral. Each Grantor irrevocably appoints the
Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, in the name of such
Grantor, any Secured Party or otherwise, for the sole use and benefit of the Secured Parties, but
at the Borrowers expense, to the extent permitted by law to exercise, at any time and from time to
time while an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or any of the following
powers with respect to all or any of such Grantors Collateral:
(a) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any
and all monies due or to become due upon or by virtue thereof,
(b) to settle, compromise, compound, prosecute or defend any action or
proceeding with respect thereto,
(c) to sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of the same or the
proceeds or avails thereof, as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the
absolute owner thereof, and
(d) to extend the time of payment of any or all thereof and to make any
allowance or other adjustment with reference thereto;
provided that, except in the case of Personal Property Collateral that is perishable or threatens
to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the
Collateral Agent will give the relevant Grantor at least ten days prior written notice of the time
and place of any public sale thereof or the time after which any private sale or other intended
disposition thereof will be made. Any such notice shall (i) contain the information specified in
UCC Section
29
9-613, (ii) be Authenticated and (iii) be sent to the parties required to be notified pursuant to
UCC Section 9-611(c); provided that, if the Collateral Agent fails to comply with this sentence in
any respect, its liability for such failure shall be limited to the liability (if any) imposed on
it as a matter of law under the UCC.
SECTION 17. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral. Beyond the exercise of reasonable
care in the custody and preservation thereof, the Collateral Agent will have no duty as to any
Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any sub-agent or bailee
selected by it in good faith or any income therefrom or as to the preservation of rights against
prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. The Collateral Agent will be deemed to have
exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession or
control if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its
own property, and will not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any Collateral, or
for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of any act or omission of any sub-agent or
bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith, except to the extent that such liability
arises from the Collateral Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct.
SECTION 18. General Provisions Concerning the Collateral Agent.
(a) The provisions of Article 7 of the Indenture shall inure to the benefit of
the Collateral Agent, and shall be binding upon all Grantors and all Secured Parties, in connection
with this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, (i) the Collateral Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties,
regardless of whether an Actionable Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Collateral
Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary
powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Collateral Documents
that the Collateral Agent is required to exercise in accordance with the Collateral Trust
Agreement, and (iii) except as expressly set forth in the Indenture, the Collateral Agent shall not
have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for any failure to disclose, any information
relating to any Grantor that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Collateral Agent
or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the
existence, genuineness or value of any Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or
enforceability of any Transaction Lien, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any
action or omission to act on its part under the Collateral Documents. The Collateral Agent shall be
deemed not to have knowledge of any Actionable Default unless and until written notice thereof is
given to the Collateral Agent by any Grantor or a Secured Party.
30
(b) Sub-Agents and Related Parties. The Collateral Agent may perform any of its
duties and exercise any of its rights and powers through one or more sub-agents appointed by it.
The Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any of its duties and exercise any of its
rights and powers through its Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of Section 17 and this
Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Collateral Agent and
any such sub-agent.
(c) Information as to Secured Obligations and Actions by Secured Parties. For
all purposes of the Collateral Documents, including determining the amounts of the Secured
Obligations, or whether any action has been taken under any Secured Document, the Collateral Agent
will be entitled to rely on information from (i) its own records for information as to the Secured
Parties, their Secured Obligations and actions taken by them, (ii) any Secured Party (or any
trustee, agent or similar representative designated pursuant to Section 21 to supply such
information) for information as to its Secured Obligations and actions taken by it, to the extent
that the Collateral Agent has not obtained such information from its own records, and (iii) the
Issuer, to the extent that the Collateral Agent has not obtained information from the foregoing
sources.
(d) Refusal to Act. The Collateral Agent may refuse to act on any notice,
consent, direction or instruction from any Secured Parties or any agent, trustee or similar
representative thereof that, in the Collateral Agents opinion, (i) is contrary to law or the
provisions of any Collateral Document, (ii) may expose the Collateral Agent to liability (unless
the Collateral Agent shall have been indemnified, to its reasonable satisfaction, for such
liability by the Secured Parties that gave such notice, consent, direction or instruction) or (iii)
is unduly prejudicial to Secured Parties not joining in such notice, consent, direction or
instruction.
(e) The provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Indenture relating
to the Collateral Agent including, without limitation, the provisions relating to resignation or
removal of the Collateral Agent, reimbursement of expenses, exculpatory rights, rights to
indemnification and the powers and duties and immunities of the Collateral Agent are incorporated
herein by this reference and shall survive any termination of the Collateral Trust Agreement or the
Indenture, as applicable.
(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, to the extent the
provisions hereunder provide for the Collateral Agent to make any request to any Grantor to take or
refrain from taking any action, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to make any such request,
unless instructed in writing to do so by the Majority Holders.
31
SECTION 19. Termination of Transaction Liens; Release of Collateral. (a) The Transaction
Liens on the Collateral will be released as provided in Section 7.01 of the Collateral Trust
Agreement.
(b) Upon any termination of a Transaction Lien or release of Collateral, the
Collateral Agent will, at the expense of the relevant Grantor, execute and deliver to such Grantor
such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of such
Transaction Lien or the release of such Collateral, as the case may be.
SECTION 20. Additional Guarantors and Grantors. Any Subsidiary may become a party hereto by
signing and delivering to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement, whereupon such
Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and a Grantor as defined herein. The rights and
obligations of each Grantor shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of
any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.
SECTION 21. New Obligations. On or after the date of this Agreement, the Issuer may from
time to time designate additional obligations as New Obligations by delivering to the Collateral
Agent a fully executed Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement (except in the case of Additional Notes) and
otherwise complying with Section 2.02 of the Collateral Agreement.
SECTION 22. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be
delivered as provided in Section 8.03 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.
SECTION 23. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive. No failure by the Collateral Agent
or any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising and no course of dealing with respect
to, any right or remedy under any Collateral Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall
any single or partial exercise by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any right or remedy
under any Secured Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right or remedy. The rights and remedies specified in the Secured Documents are cumulative
and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.
SECTION 24. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is for the benefit of the Collateral
Agent and the Secured Parties. If all or any part of any Secured Partys interest in any Secured
Obligation is assigned or otherwise transferred, the transferors rights hereunder, to the extent
applicable to the obligation so transferred, shall be automatically transferred with such
obligation. This Agreement shall be binding on the Grantors and their respective successors and
assigns.
32
SECTION 25. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective
unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent (acting pursuant to, and in
accordance with, the Collateral Trust Agreement) and, with respect to any amendment, the Issuer on
behalf of the Grantors (to the extent required by the Collateral Trust Agreement), and then such
waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for
which given..
SECTION 26. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed
by the laws of the State of New York, except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law
and except to the extent that remedies provided by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the
State of New York are governed by the laws of such jurisdiction.
SECTION 27. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED
THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH
PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR
OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF
LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO
ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS
SECTION.
SECTION 28. Severability. If any provision of any Collateral Document is invalid or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the other
provisions of the Collateral Documents shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction
and shall be liberally construed in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties in order
to carry out the intentions of the parties thereto as nearly as may be possible and (ii) the
invalidity or unenforceability of such provision in such jurisdiction shall not affect the validity
or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 29. Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which shall constitute one
instrument. Delivery of an executed signature
33
page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic means in PDF format shall be as effective as
delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 30. Rights Of Holders. No Holder or holder of any New Obligations shall have any
independent rights hereunder other than those rights granted to individual Holders pursuant to
Section [6.07] of the Indenture or comparable provision for holders of New Obligations under any
New Document; provided that nothing in this subsection shall limit any rights granted to the
Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture or any New Representative under any New Document.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]
34
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their
respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT K
COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
Dated as of [DATE], 2010
by and among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.,
THE OTHER TRUSTORS PARTY HERETO
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee under the Indenture,
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 1 Definitions And Other Matters |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.01. Rules of Interpretation |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.02. Defined Terms |
|
|
2 |
|
|
ARTICLE 2 The Trust Estate |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.01. Declaration of Trust |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.02. New Facilities |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 2.03. Acknowledgment of Security Interests |
|
|
10 |
|
|
ARTICLE 3 Actionable Default; Remedies; Administration of Trust Property |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.01. Notice of Default; Written Instructions |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 3.02. Remedies |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 3.03. Administration of Trust Property |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 3.04. Power of Attorney |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 3.05. Right to Initiate Judicial Proceedings, Etc. |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 3.06. Appointment of a Receiver |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 3.07. Exercise of Powers |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 3.08. Control by the Majority Holders |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 3.09. Remedies Not Exclusive |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 3.10. Waiver of Certain Rights |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 3.11. Limitation on Collateral Agents Duties in Respect of Collateral |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 3.12. Limitation by Law |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 3.13. Absolute Rights of Secured Parties |
|
|
16 |
|
|
ARTICLE 4 Trust Account, Application of Moneys |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.01. The Trust Account |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.02. Control of Trust Account |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.03. Investment of Funds Deposited in Trust Account |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.04. Application of Moneys in Trust Account |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 4.05. Application of Moneys Distributable to Secured Parties |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 5 Agreements with the Collateral Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.01. Delivery of Documents |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 5.02. Information as to Secured Parties |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 5.03. Compensation and Expenses |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 5.04. Stamp and Other Similar Taxes |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 5.05. Filing Fees, Excise Taxes, Etc. |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 5.06. Indemnification |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 5.07. Further Assurances; Notation on Financial Statements |
|
|
20 |
|
|
ARTICLE 6 The Collateral Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.01. Acceptance of Trust, Powers of the Collateral Agent |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 6.02. Exculpatory Provisions |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 6.03. Delegation of Duties |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 6.04. Reliance by Collateral Agent |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 6.05. Limitations on Duties of Collateral Agent |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 6.06. Moneys to Be Held in Trust |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 6.07. Resignation and Removal of the Collateral Agent |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 6.08. Status of Successors to the Collateral Agent |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 6.09. Merger of the Collateral Agent |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 6.10. Co-Trustee, Separate Trustee |
|
|
25 |
|
|
ARTICLE 7 Release of Collateral |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.01. Conditions to Release; Release Procedure |
|
|
27 |
|
|
ARTICLE 8 Miscellaneous |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.01. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 8.02. Voting |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 8.03. Notices |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 8.04. Headings |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.05. Severability |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.06. Treatment of Payee or Indorsee by Collateral Agent |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.07. Dealings with the Trustors |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.08. Claims Against the Collateral Agent |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.09. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.10. Governing Law |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 8.11. Consent to Jurisdiction |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 8.12. Waiver of Jury Trial |
|
|
34 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Section 8.13. Force Majeure |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 8.14. Consequential Damages |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 8.15. Counterparts |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 8.16. Incorporation by Reference |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 8.17. USA PATRIOT Act |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 8.18. Rights Of Holders |
|
|
36 |
|
Exhibit A Form of Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement
Exhibit B Form of Joinder to Collateral Trust Agreement
iii
This COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of [DATE], 2010 (as amended, amended and restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this Agreement) among Harbinger Group Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the Company), the Additional Trustors (as
defined in Section 5.07(b)) (and together with the Company, the Trustors), Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (in such capacity, together
with its successors and assigns from time to time, the Indenture Trustee), Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and
assigns from time to time, the Collateral Agent) for the Secured Parties, and each New
Representative party hereto from time to time.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:
WHEREAS, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended, amended and
restated, supplemented, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, the
Indenture), among the Company, the Guarantors, the other Trustors party thereto from time to
time, the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent, the Company intends to issue an aggregate
original principal amount of $350,000,000 of its 10.625% senior secured notes due 2015 (together
with any Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) issued pursuant to and in compliance with
the Indenture, the Notes);
WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors may, from time to time, incur additional indebtedness
permitted to be secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations under the Note Documents
(as defined below), which indebtedness the Company shall designate as having a first priority
security interest in the Collateral and shall be incurred under a credit facility, indenture or
similar debt facility (each, a New Facility), in each case in accordance with this Agreement and
the then-extant Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, only additional indebtedness for which each
of the requirements specified in Section 2.02 hereof have been satisfied shall constitute a New
Facility for any purpose of this Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Liens securing the obligations of the applicable Trustors in respect of any New
Facility shall be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents (as defined below);
WHEREAS, the Collateral Agent has agreed to act on behalf of all Secured Parties with respect
to the Collateral; and
WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the issuance of the Notes that the Company and the
Collateral Agent enter into this Agreement and the Collateral Documents in order to secure the
payment and performance of the Obligations (as defined below).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby
agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Definitions And Other Matters
Section 1.01. Rules of Interpretation. (a) The words hereof, herein and hereunder and
words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and
not to any particular provision of this Agreement.
(b) The use in this Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents of the word include or
including, when following any general statement, term or matter, will not be construed to limit
such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following
such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not nonlimiting language (such as without
limitation or but not limited to or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but
will be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope
of such general statement, term or matter. The word will shall be construed to have the same
meaning and effect as the word shall.
(c) References to Sections, clauses, recitals and the preamble will be to Sections,
clauses, recitals and the preamble, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically
provided. References to Articles will be to Articles of this Agreement unless otherwise
specifically provided. References to Exhibits and Schedules will be to Exhibits and Schedules,
respectively, to this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.
(d) This Agreement and the Collateral Documents will be construed without regard to the
identity of the party who drafted it and as though the parties participated equally in drafting it.
Consequently, each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that any rule of construction that a
document is to be construed against the drafting party will not be applicable either to this
Agreement or the other Collateral Documents.
Section 1.02. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural
forms of the terms defined):
Actionable Default means the occurrence of any of the following:
(a) an Event of Default under and as defined in the Indenture; or
(b) any event or condition which, under the terms of any New Facility, causes, or permits
holders of the New Obligations with respect to such New Facility to cause, such New Obligations to
become immediately due and payable;
provided that, upon delivery of a Notice of Actionable Default, the Collateral Agent may assume
that an Actionable Default shall be continuing unless the Notice of Actionable Default delivered
with respect thereto shall have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by
the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default
relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series), or by the Representative with
respect to such Series of Obligations, prior to the
2
first date on which the Collateral Agent
commences the exercise of any remedy with respect to the Collateral following the receipt of such
Notice of Actionable Default.
Additional Trustor has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.07(b).
Agreement has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
Bankruptcy Code means the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §101 et seq.), as amended
from time to time, and any successor statute.
Bankruptcy Proceeding means that the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, shall
generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to
pay its debts generally, or there shall be an assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to
the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, whether or not voluntary; or any case shall be
commenced by or against the Company, any Additional Trustor, if any under the Bankruptcy Code or
any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, whether or not voluntary; or any
proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, seeking
to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets
or liabilities, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or
composition of it or its debts, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving
bankruptcy or insolvency, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a
receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of
its property and assets, whether or not voluntary; or any event or action analogous to or having a
substantially similar effect to any of the events or actions set forth above in this definition
(other than a solvent reorganization) shall occur under the law of any jurisdiction applicable to
the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any; or the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any,
shall take any corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other similar action to
authorize any of the actions set forth above in this definition.
Business Day means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks
in the City of New York are authorized by law to close.
Capital Stock means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a
corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether
voting or non-voting) in such Persons equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the
profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.
Collateral means all of the assets or property of the Company or any Additional Trustor,
whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted
as security for any Obligations.
Collateral Agent has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
Collateral Agents Fees means all fees, costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent (or any
co-trustee or agent thereof) of the type described in Sections 5.03, 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06 of
this Agreement.
3
Collateral Documents means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement
Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any other agreement, document or instrument
pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any
Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed, as each
may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Collateral Trust Joinder means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
Company has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
Distribution Dates means the dates fixed by the Collateral Agent (the first of which shall
occur within 90 days after receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default that has not theretofore been
withdrawn and the balance of which shall be monthly thereafter) for the distribution of all moneys
held by the Collateral Agent in the Trust Account.
Documents means, collectively, the Note Documents and the New Documents.
Equity Interests means (i) in the case of a corporation, any shares of its capital stock,
(ii) in the case of a limited liability company, any membership interest therein, (iii) in the case
of a partnership, any partnership interest (whether general or limited) therein, (iv) in the case
of any other business entity, any participation or other interest in the equity or profits thereof,
(v) any warrant, option or other right to acquire any Equity Interest described in this definition
or (vi) any Security Entitlement in respect of any Equity Interest described in this definition.
Guarantor means each Guarantor as defined in the Indenture.
Indenture has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
Indenture Trustee has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
Lien has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
Majority Holders means, as of any date, (a) at any time when no New Facility is outstanding,
Secured Parties owed or holding more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness
constituting Note Obligations, or such other requisite percentage or number of holders of Note
Obligations (or the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the holders of Note Obligations) as is
permitted by, and in accordance with, the Indenture; or (b) otherwise, Secured Parties owed or
holding more than 50% of the aggregate of the sum of, without duplication: (i) the aggregate
principal amount of indebtedness constituting Note Obligations, (ii) the aggregate principal amount
of the loans and other advances outstanding under each New Facility and (iii) other than in
connection with the exercise of remedies, the aggregate amount of all outstanding unexpired or
uncanceled commitments to extend credit (if any) under each New Facility outstanding at such time
that, when funded, would constitute New Obligations; provided, however, that, in the case of
clauses (ii) and (iii) above, if any New Secured Party shall be a defaulting
4
lender (howsoever
defined in the relevant New Document at such time), there shall be excluded from the determination
of Majority Holders: (A) the aggregate principal amount of loans and other advances owing to such
New Secured Party under such New Document at such time, and (B) such New Secured Partys pro rata
share of the outstanding commitments to extend credit (if any) under such New Document at such
time unless another lender has or is obligated to assume the defaulting lenders rights and
obligations under the applicable New Documents. For purposes of this definition, (x) votes will be
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.02 and (y) any Obligations registered in
the name of, or owned or held by the Company, any Guarantor or any Additional Trustor or any of
their respective affiliates shall be disregarded.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
New Documents means, collectively, with respect to any New Facility, the agreements,
documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any related New Obligations, including the
definitive documentation in respect of such New Facility, the Collateral Documents, to the extent
such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified,
renewed or extended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
New Facility has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
New Obligations means all obligations of any of the Trustors from time to time arising under
or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and
interest (including any Post-Petition Interest) on the indebtedness for borrowed money outstanding
under each New Facility, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more
dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees,
costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise
(including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with
respect to any Trustor, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the
Trustors under the New Documents owing to the New Secured Parties (in their capacity as such). For
the avoidance of doubt, as of the date hereof, there are no New Obligations outstanding.
New Representative means (a) any agent or trustee for or other representative of the lenders
or holders of obligations, as applicable, under a New Facility, together with its successors and
permitted assigns, or (b) any New Secured Party, solely to the extent that such New Secured Party
(i) is the sole lender or other holder of obligations under a particular New Facility and (ii) is
not represented by an agent, trustee or other representative.
New Secured Parties means, at any relevant time, subject to Section 2.02, the holders of
any New Obligations at that time, including each applicable New Representative.
5
Note Documents means, collectively, the Indenture, the Notes, each Note Guaranty, the
Collateral Documents and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments providing for or
evidencing any Note Obligation, any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time
in connection with any Note Obligation, including pursuant to the Collateral Documents, to the
extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented,
modified, renewed or extended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
Note Guaranty means each Note Guaranty as defined in the Indenture.
Note Obligations means all Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) in respect of
indebtedness incurred under the Indenture and all other obligations of the Company, the Guarantors
and the other Additional Trustors, if any, from time to time arising under or in respect of the due
and punctual payment of (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including any
Post-Petition Interest) on the Notes, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon
one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (b) all other monetary obligations,
including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent,
fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any Bankruptcy
Proceeding with respect to the Company, any Guarantor or any Additional Trustor, regardless of
whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Company, the Guarantors and the Additional
Trustors, if any, under the Indenture and the other Note Documents owing to the Note Secured
Parties (in their capacity as such).
Note Secured Parties means, at any relevant time, the holders of Note Obligations at that
time, including, without limitation, the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the holders of
Notes.
Notes has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
Notice of Actionable Default means a written notice delivered to the Collateral Agent by the
requisite holders of a Series of Obligations in accordance with the Documents governing such Series
(or by the Representative with respect to such Series with the written consent of the requisite
holders of a Series of Obligations in accordance with the Documents governing such Series) stating
that an Actionable Default with respect to such Series has occurred.
Obligations means (a) the Note Obligations and (b) subject to Section 2.02, the New
Obligations.
Officers Certificate means a certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Agreement, signed on behalf of the Company by the Companys principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, chief operating officer or treasurer, including:
(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate has read such covenant or condition;
6
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate are based;
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or
investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to
whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been satisfied.
Person means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint
stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other
entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.
Post-Petition Interest means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses that accrues
after the commencement of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with respect to any Trustor, whether or not
allowed or allowable in any such Bankruptcy Proceeding.
Representative means (a) with respect to the Note Obligations, the Indenture Trustee and (b)
with respect to each Series of New Obligations, the New Representative with respect thereto.
S&P means Standard & Poors Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its
successors.
Secured Parties means, collectively, the Note Secured Parties and any New Secured Parties.
Securities means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates,
certificates of interests or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options,
warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences or indebtedness, secured or unsecured,
convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as
securities or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim
certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire,
any of the foregoing.
Security Agreement means the Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of [DATE], 2010, and
any successor or replacement thereof, among the Company, the Collateral Agent (or any successor or
replacement agent) and the other grantors from time to time party thereto.
Series, when used with respect to any Obligations, refers to whether such Obligations are
Note Obligations or New Obligations (and, if such Obligations are New Obligations, Series refers
to the New Facility pursuant to which such New Obligations have been incurred).
7
Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement means that certain Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.,
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., Avenue International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue
Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P. and Avenue-CDP Global
Opportunities Fund, L.P.
Spectrum Stockholder Agreement means that certain Stockholder Agreement, dated as of
February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc.
Subsidiary means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business
entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by,
or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only
general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a
combination thereof).
Trust Estate has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.01(a).
Trustors has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
U.S. Government Obligations means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or
insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that
the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.
Voting Stock means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind
ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members
of the governing body of such Person.
ARTICLE 2
The Trust Estate
Section 2.01. Declaration of Trust. (a) To secure the payment and performance of the
Obligations and in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth herein, each
of the Trustors hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent hereby accepts and
agrees to hold, in trust under this Agreement for the benefit of all present and future Secured
Parties, all of such Trustors right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral for the
benefit of all present and future Secured Parties, together with all of the Collateral Agents
right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral Documents, and all interests, rights,
powers and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder or in respect thereof and all cash and
non-cash proceeds thereof constituting Collateral (collectively, the Trust Estate).
8
(b) The Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will hold the
Trust Estate in trust for the benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future Secured
Parties as security for the payment of all present and future Obligations; provided, however, that
if at any time the Company, the Guarantors and the Additional Trustors, if any, and their
successors or assigns, shall satisfy all of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 in connection
with the release of all Collateral, then this Agreement, and the estates and rights assigned in the
Collateral Documents, shall cease, terminate and be void; otherwise they shall remain and be in
full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms; provided, further, that
notwithstanding the foregoing, all provisions set forth in Sections 5.03, 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06
that are enforceable by the Collateral Agent or any of its co-trustees or agents (whether in an
individual or representative capacity) will remain enforceable in accordance with their terms.
(c) The parties to this Agreement further covenant and declare that the Trust Estate will be
held and distributed by the Collateral Agent, subject to the further covenants, conditions and
agreements hereinafter set forth.
Section 2.02. New Facilities. (a) The Collateral Agent will act as agent hereunder for, and
perform its duties set forth in this Agreement on behalf of, each holder of Obligations in respect
of indebtedness that is issued or incurred after the date hereof that:
(i) holds New Obligations that are identified as such in accordance with the
procedures set forth in clause (b) of this Section 2.02; and
(ii) signs, through its designated New Representative identified pursuant to clause
(b) of this Section 2.02, a Collateral Trust Joinder and delivers the same to the
Collateral Agent.
(b) The Company or any other Trustor will be permitted to incur indebtedness in respect of a
New Facility and to designate as an additional holder of Obligations hereunder the lenders, agents
and each New Representative, as applicable, under such New Facility, in each case only to the
extent such indebtedness is designated by the Company in accordance with this Section 2.02(b) and
only to the extent such incurrence is permitted under the terms of the Documents. The Company may
only effect such designation by delivering to the Collateral Agent (with copies to the Indenture
Trustee and to each previously identified New Representative), each of the following:
(i) on or prior to the date on which such New Facility is incurred, an Officers
Certificate stating that each applicable Trustor intends to incur additional indebtedness
under such New Facility, and certifying that (A) such incurrence is permitted and does not
violate or result in any default under the Note Documents or any then existing New
Documents (other than any incurrence of Obligations that would simultaneously repay all
Obligations under the applicable Documents, under which such default would arise), (B) the
definitive documentation associated with such New Facility contains a written agreement of
the holders of such indebtedness, for the enforceable benefit of all holders of existing
and future Obligations, each existing and future Indenture Trustee and each existing and
future New Representative substantially as follows: (x) that all
9
Obligations will be and
are secured equally and ratably by all Liens at any time granted by any Trustor to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure any Obligations,
whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral to such Obligations and
that all Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will be enforceable by the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of all holders of Obligations equally and ratably as
contemplated by this Agreement (provided, that if provided by the terms thereof or with
the consent of the holders thereof, a Series of New Obligations may be secured by Liens
(which shall be equal and ratable with the Liens securing the Note Obligations) on assets
and properties comprising less (but not more) than all of the assets and properties upon
which Liens have been granted to secure the Note Obligations), and (y) consenting to and
directing the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the
Collateral Documents and (C) the Company and each other Trustor has duly authorized,
executed (if applicable) and recorded (or caused to be recorded), or intends to authorize,
execute and record (if applicable), in each appropriate governmental office all relevant
filings and recordations, if any, reasonably necessary to ensure that the New Obligations
in respect of such New Facility are secured by the Collateral to the extent set forth in
and required
by the New Documents and in accordance with this Agreement and the Collateral
Documents;
(ii) a written notice specifying the name and address of the New Representative in
respect of such New Facility for purposes of Section 8.03; and
(iii) a copy of the executed Collateral Trust Joinder referred to in clause (a)
above, executed by the applicable New Representative (on behalf of each New Secured Party
represented by it).
(c) Although the Grantors shall be required to deliver a copy of each of the foregoing
documents described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 2.02(b) to the Indenture Trustee and
each then existing New Representative, the failure to so deliver a copy of any such document to the
Indenture Trustee and any such New Representative (other than the certification described in clause
(i) of Section 2.02(b) and the Collateral Trust Joinder referred to in clause (iii) of Section
2.02(b), which shall in all cases be required and which shall be delivered to each of the
Indenture Trustee and each then existing New Representative on or prior to the incurrence of
indebtedness under the applicable New Facility) shall not affect the status of such New Facility as
New Obligations or Obligations entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the Collateral
Documents if the other requirements of this Section 2.02 are satisfied.
Section 2.03. Acknowledgment of Security Interests. (a) Each of the Indenture Trustee (for
itself and on behalf of each Note Secured Party), each New Representative (for itself and on behalf
of each New Secured Party represented by it), each Trustor and the Collateral Agent acknowledges
and agrees that, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, each of the Trustors has granted to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all such Trustors
rights, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral to secure the payment and performance of
all present and future Obligations. Each of the Indenture Trustee (for itself and on behalf of
each Note Secured Party), each New Representative (for itself and on behalf of each New Secured
Party
10
represented by it), each Trustor and the Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that,
pursuant to the Collateral Documents, the aforementioned security interest granted to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall (subject to Section 7.01) for all
purposes and at all times secure the Note Obligations and the New Obligations (if any) on an equal
and ratable basis, except as is otherwise contemplated in the first proviso contained in Section
2.02(b)(i).
(b) The Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will act for the
benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future Secured Parties and will hold the
Collateral and the Liens thereon as security for the payment and performance of all present and
future Obligations, in each case, under terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Collateral
Documents.
ARTICLE 3
Actionable Default; Remedies; Administration of Trust Property
Section 3.01. Notice of Default; Written Instructions. (a) Upon receipt of a Notice of
Actionable Default, the Collateral Agent shall, within five days thereafter,
notify the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative that an Actionable Default exists.
(b) Upon receipt of any written directions pursuant to Section 3.08(a), the Collateral Agent
shall, within five days thereafter, send a copy thereof to the Indenture Trustee and each New
Representative.
Section 3.02. Remedies. (a) Upon the receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default and so long
as such Notice of Actionable Default shall not have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the
Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of
Actionable Default relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series), or by the
Representative with respect to such Series, the Collateral Agent may exercise the rights and
remedies provided in this Agreement and in the Collateral Documents.
(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustors hereby waive presentment, demand,
protest or any notice of any kind in connection with this Agreement, any Collateral or any
Collateral Document.
Section 3.03. Administration of Trust Property. (a) Each Secured Party (acting through the
Indenture Trustee or its New Representative, as applicable) hereby appoints the Collateral Agent to
serve as collateral trustee and agent hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
Subject to, and in accordance with, this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will serve as collateral
trustee and agent hereunder, for the benefit solely and exclusively of the present and future
Secured Parties, and will:
(i) accept, enter into, hold, maintain, administer and enforce all Collateral
Documents, including all Collateral subject thereto, and all Liens created thereunder,
perform its obligations under the Collateral Documents and
11
protect, exercise and enforce
the interests, rights, powers and remedies granted or available to it under, pursuant to
or in connection with the Collateral Documents;
(ii) take all lawful and commercially reasonable actions permitted under the
Collateral Documents that it may deem necessary or advisable to protect or preserve its
interest in the Collateral subject thereto and such interests, rights, powers and
remedies;
(iii) deliver and receive notices pursuant to the Collateral Documents;
(iv) sell, assign, collect, assemble, foreclose on, institute legal proceedings with
respect to, or otherwise exercise or enforce the rights and remedies of a secured party
(including a mortgagee, trust deed beneficiary and insurance beneficiary or loss payee)
with respect to the Collateral under the Collateral Documents and its other interests,
rights, powers and remedies;
(v) remit as provided in Section 4.04 all cash proceeds received by the Collateral
Agent from the collection, foreclosure or enforcement of its interest in the Collateral
under the Collateral Documents or any of its other interests, rights, powers or remedies;
(vi) execute and deliver amendments to this Agreement and the Collateral Documents as
from time to time authorized pursuant to Section 8.01 accompanied by an Officers
Certificate to the effect that the amendment was permitted under Section 8.01; and
(vii) release or subordinate any Lien granted to it by any Collateral Document upon
any Collateral if and as required by Section 7.01.
(b) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and consents to the undertaking of the
Collateral Agent set forth in Section 3.03(a) and agrees to each of the other provisions of this
Agreement applicable to the Collateral Agent.
Section 3.04. Power of Attorney. Each Trustor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as their
true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in the name of such Trustor, or in
its own name, from time to time acting at the written direction of the Trustors upon the occurrence
and during the continuance of an Actionable Default, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of
this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute
any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes
hereof and thereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby gives the
Collateral Agent the power and right on behalf of such Trustor, without notice to or assent by any
Trustor to do the following:
(a) to ask for, demand, sue for, collect, receive, recover, compromise and give acquittance
and receipts for any and all moneys due or to become due upon or by virtue hereof and thereof;
12
(b) to receive, take, endorse, assign and deliver any and all checks, notes, drafts,
acceptances, documents and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments and chattel paper taken
or received by the Collateral Agent in connection herewith and therewith;
(c) to commence, file, institute, prosecute, defend, settle, compromise or adjust any claim,
suit, action or proceeding with respect hereto and thereto or in connection herewith and therewith;
(d) to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise deal in or with the Collateral or any part thereof
as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof; and
(e) to do, at its option and at the expense and for the account of such Trustor, at any time
or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect or
preserve the Collateral or the Trust Estate and to realize upon the Collateral.
Section 3.05. Right to Initiate Judicial Proceedings, Etc. Upon the receipt of a Notice of
Actionable Default and so long as such Notice of Actionable Default shall not have been withdrawn
in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of
Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default relates
(determined under the Documents governing such Series) or by the Representative with respect
to such Series:
(a) the Collateral Agent shall have the right and power to institute and maintain such suits
and proceedings as it may deem appropriate to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this
Agreement and each Collateral Document to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; and
(b) the Collateral Agent may, either after entry or without entry, proceed by suit or suits at
law or in equity to enforce such rights and to foreclose upon the Collateral and to sell all or,
from time to time, any of the Trust Estate under the judgment or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
Section 3.06. Appointment of a Receiver. If a receiver of the Trust Estate shall be
appointed in judicial proceedings, the Collateral Agent may be appointed as such receiver.
Notwithstanding the appointment of a receiver, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to retain
possession and control of all cash held by or deposited with it or its agents pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document.
Section 3.07. Exercise of Powers. All of the powers, remedies and rights of the Collateral
Agent as set forth in this Agreement may be exercised by the Collateral Agent in respect of any
Collateral Document as though set forth at length therein and all the powers, remedies and rights
of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties as set forth in any Collateral Document may be
exercised from time to time as herein and therein provided.
13
Section 3.08. Control by the Majority Holders. (a) Subject to Section 3.08(b), if an
Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and if the Collateral Agent shall have
received a Notice of Actionable Default with respect thereto, the Majority Holders shall have the
right, by an instrument in writing executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent, to direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any right or remedy available to the
Collateral Agent, or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Collateral Agent, or for the
appointment of a receiver, or for the taking of any action authorized by Article 3 of this
Agreement.
(b) The Collateral Agent shall not follow any written directions received pursuant to Section
3.08(a) to the extent such written directions are known by the Collateral Agent to be in conflict
with any provisions of law or if the Collateral Agent shall have received from independent counsel
an unqualified opinion to the effect that following such written directions would result in a
breach of a provision or covenant contained in the Indenture or impose individual liability on the
Collateral Agent.
(c) Nothing in this Section 3.08 shall impair the right of the Collateral Agent in its
discretion to take or omit to take any action deemed proper by the Collateral Agent and which
action or omission is not inconsistent with the direction of the Secured Parties entitled to direct
the Collateral Agent with respect to such action as provided for in this Agreement; provided,
however, that the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is
discretionary with the Collateral Agent under the provisions of this Agreement or under any
Collateral Document.
(d) For the avoidance of doubt, the Majority Holders when taking, or in directing the
Collateral Agent to take, any action with respect of the Collateral, the Majority Holders may elect
to take such action (or to direct the Collateral Agent to take such action) with respect to all or
any part of the Collateral, except as limited by mandatory provisions of applicable law.
Section 3.09. Remedies Not Exclusive. (a) No remedy conferred upon or reserved to the
Collateral Agent in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document is intended to be exclusive of any
other remedy or remedies, but every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other remedy conferred in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or by statute.
(b) No delay or omission of the Collateral Agent to exercise any right, remedy or power
accruing upon any Actionable Default shall impair any such right, remedy or power or shall be
construed to be a waiver of any such Actionable Default or an acquiescence therein; and every
right, power and remedy given by this Agreement or any Collateral Document to the Collateral Agent
may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by the Collateral Agent.
(c) In case the Collateral Agent shall have proceeded to enforce any right, remedy or power
under this Agreement or any Collateral Document and the proceeding for the enforcement thereof
shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to
the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case the Trustors, the Collateral Agent and the
Secured Parties shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, severally and respectively
be restored to their former
14
positions and rights, under this Agreement and under such Collateral
Document with respect to the Trust Estate and in all other respects, and thereafter all rights,
remedies and powers of the Collateral Agent shall continue as though no such proceeding had been
taken.
(d) All rights of action and rights to assert claims upon or under this Agreement and the
Collateral Documents may be enforced by the Collateral Agent without the possession of any Document
or the production thereof in any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or
proceeding instituted by the Collateral Agent shall be brought in its name as Collateral Agent and
any recovery of judgment shall be held as part of the Trust Estate.
Section 3.10. Waiver of Certain Rights. The Trustors, to the extent they may lawfully do so,
on behalf of themselves and all who may claim through or under them, including, without limitation,
any and all subsequent creditors, vendees, assignees and lienors, expressly waive and release any,
every and all rights to demand or to have any marshaling of the Trust Estate upon any sale, whether
made under any power of sale herein granted or pursuant to judicial proceedings or upon any
foreclosure or any enforcement of this Agreement and consents and agrees that all the Trust Estate
may at any such sale be offered and sold as an entirety.
Section 3.11. Limitation on Collateral Agents Duties in Respect of Collateral. Beyond its
duties set forth in this Agreement as to the custody thereof and the accounting to the Trustors and
the Secured Parties for moneys received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall not have any
duty to the Trustors and the Secured Parties as to any Collateral in its possession or control or
in the possession or control of any agent or
nominee of it or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties
or any other rights pertaining thereto. To the extent, however, that the Collateral Agent or any
agent or nominee thereof maintains possession or control of any of the Collateral, the Collateral
Agent shall, and shall instruct such agent or nominee to, grant the Trustors access to and use of
such Collateral that the Trustors require for the normal conduct of their business; provided that
such rights may be limited as provided in this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents after
the Collateral Agent shall have received a Notice of Actionable Default.
Section 3.12. Limitation by Law. All rights, remedies and powers provided by this Article 3
may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable
provision of law in the premises, and all the provisions of this Article 3 are intended to be
subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law that may be controlling in the premises and
to be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Agreement invalid,
unenforceable in whole or in part or not entitled to be recorded, registered, or filed under the
provisions of any applicable law.
Section 3.13. Absolute Rights of Secured Parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement (other than Section 3.02) or any provision of any Collateral Document, the right of
each Secured Party, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payments of the Obligations
held by such Secured Party on or after the due date thereof as therein expressed, to seek adequate
protection in respect of its interest in this Agreement and the Collateral, to institute suit for
the enforcement of such payment on or
15
after such due date, or to assert its position and views as a
secured creditor in a Bankruptcy Proceeding, or the obligation of the Trustors, which is also
absolute and unconditional, to pay in full and otherwise perform all Obligations at the time and
place expressed therein shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Secured
Party.
ARTICLE 4
Trust Account, Application of Moneys
Section 4.01. The Trust Account. On the date hereof there shall be established and, at
all times thereafter until the trusts created by this Agreement shall have terminated, there shall
be maintained with the Collateral Agent an account that shall be entitled the [ACCOUNT NAME] (the
Trust Account). The Trust Account shall be established and maintained by the Collateral Agent at
its designated corporate trust offices. All moneys that are received by the Collateral Agent after
the occurrence of an Actionable Default in connection with any collection, sale, foreclosure or
other realization upon any Collateral shall be deposited in the Trust Account and thereafter shall
be held and applied by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. To the
extent necessary, appropriate or desirable, the Collateral Agent from time to time may establish
sub-accounts as part of the Trust Account for the purpose of better identifying and maintaining
proceeds of Collateral, all of which sub-accounts shall be treated as and be deemed equivalent to,
the Trust Account for all purposes hereof.
Section 4.02. Control of Trust Account. All right, title and interest in and to the Trust
Account shall vest in the Collateral Agent, and funds on deposit in the Trust
Account shall constitute part of the Trust Estate. The Trust Account shall be subject to the
exclusive dominion and control of the Collateral Agent.
Section 4.03. Investment of Funds Deposited in Trust Account. At the written direction of
the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent shall invest and reinvest moneys on deposit in the Trust
Account at any time in:
(a) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S.
Government;
(b) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one
year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding
one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank
or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof
having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose short-term debt is
rated A-2 or higher by S&P or P-2 or higher by Moodys;
(c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities
of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution
meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above;
16
(d) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moodys or A-1 by S&P and maturing within six
months after the date of acquisition; and
(e) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type
described in clauses (a) through (d) above;
provided that the Majority Holders shall not be entitled to direct the making of any such
investment or reinvestment to the extent that the Trustors would not be permitted to hold such
investment under the terms of any Documents. All such investments and the interest and income
received thereon and therefrom and the net proceeds realized on the sale thereof shall be held in
the Trust Account, as applicable, as part of the Trust Estate.
Section 4.04. Application of Moneys in Trust Account. All moneys held by the Collateral
Agent in the Trust Account shall, to the extent available for distribution, be distributed (or
deposited in a separate account for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee and each New
Representative pursuant to Section 4.05) by the Collateral Agent as follows:
First: To the Collateral Agent in an amount equal to the Collateral Agents Fees
that are unpaid as of the relevant Distribution Date and to any Secured Party that has theretofore
advanced or paid any Collateral Agents Fees in an amount equal to the amount thereof so advanced
or paid by such Secured Party prior to such Distribution Date;
Second: to the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any) equally and
ratably (in the same proportion that the unpaid Obligations of the Indenture Trustee or such New
Representative, as applicable, bear to all unpaid Obligations on the relevant Distribution Date)
for application to the payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than Obligations paid
pursuant to clause first above) that are then due and payable to the Secured Parties (which shall
then be applied or held by the Indenture Trustee and each such New Representative in such order as
may be provided in the applicable
Documents); provided that any moneys held in the Trust Account that were received in
connection with any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any assets or
properties that do not constitute Collateral with respect to one or more Series of New Obligations
shall be distributed pursuant to this clause Second to the Indenture Trustee and each New
Representative with respect to each Series of New Obligations that is secured by such assets or
properties, equally and ratably (in the same proportion that the unpaid Obligations of the
Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, bear to all unpaid Obligations secured
by such assets or properties on the relevant Distribution Date); and
Third: Any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the respective Trustor, its
successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
In connection with the application of proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.04, except as
otherwise directed in writing by the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent may sell any non-cash
proceeds for cash prior to the application of the proceeds thereof.
Section 4.05. Application of Moneys Distributable to Secured Parties. If at any time any
moneys collected or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any Collateral
Document are distributable pursuant to Section 4.04 to the
17
Indenture Trustee or any New
Representative, and if the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative shall notify the Collateral
Agent that no provision is made under the Note Documents or New Documents, as applicable, (a) for
the application by the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, of such amounts
so distributable (whether by virtue of the Note Obligations or the applicable New Obligations not
having become due and payable or otherwise) or (b) for the receipt and the holding by the Indenture
Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, of such amounts pending the application thereof,
then the Collateral Agent shall invest, at the written direction of the Majority Holders, all such
amounts applicable to the Note Obligations or the New Obligations in obligations of the kinds
referred to in Section 4.03, with the specific investment specified in writing and shall hold all
such amounts so distributable, and all such investments and the proceeds thereof, in trust solely
for the Indenture Trustee and/or such New Representative and for no other purpose until such time
as the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative shall request the delivery thereof by the
Collateral Agent to the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, for
application by it pursuant to the Note Documents or the New Documents, as applicable.
This Article 4 is intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party
beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Obligations, each present and future Indenture
Trustee, each present and future New Representative and the Collateral Agent as a Secured Party.
ARTICLE 5
Agreements with the Collateral Agent
Section 5.01. Delivery of Documents. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement
on the date hereof, the Company will deliver to the Collateral Agent a true and complete copy of
each of the Documents then in effect. The Company agrees that, promptly upon the execution
thereof, Company will, or cause the applicable Trustor to,
deliver to the Collateral Agent a true and complete copy of (a) any and all amendments,
modifications or supplements to any Document, and (b) any Documents, entered into subsequent to the
date hereof. Unless and until the Collateral Agent actually receives such copies it shall not be
deemed to have knowledge of them.
Section 5.02. Information as to Secured Parties. The Company agrees that it shall deliver to
the Collateral Agent from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, a list
setting forth, by each Document then in effect:
(i) the aggregate amount outstanding thereunder;
(ii) the interest rates then in effect thereunder;
(iii) to the extent known to the Company, the names of the holders of the Notes
outstanding thereunder and the unpaid principal amount owing to each such holder of Notes;
and
18
(iv) the names of such other Secured Parties under any other Series of Obligations
and the unpaid aggregate amounts owing to each such Secured Party.
The Company will furnish to the Collateral Agent within 30 days after the date hereof, and
periodically if notice addresses and/or addresses change, a list setting forth the name and address
of each party to whom notices must be sent under the Documents. At all times the Collateral Agent
may assume without inquiry that the most recent list it has received remains current.
Section 5.03. Compensation and Expenses. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay
to the Collateral Agent from time to time following receipt of an invoice therefrom:
(i) compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to
compensation of a trustee of an express trust), as agreed by the Trustors and the
Collateral Agent, for Collateral Agents services hereunder and under the Collateral
Documents and for administering the Trust Estate; and
(ii) all of the fees, reasonable costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent
(including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of their
counsel and such special counsel, auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers or
other professional advisors and agents as the Collateral Agent elect to retain) (A)
arising in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, modification
and termination of, or consent or waiver to, this Agreement and each Collateral Document
or the enforcement of any of the provisions hereof or thereof, or (B) incurred or required
to be advanced in connection with the administration of the Trust Estate, the sale or
other disposition of Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document and the preservation,
protection or defense of the Collateral Agents rights under this Agreement and in and to
the Collateral and the Trust Estate, and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the
Collateral Agent and its agents in creating, perfecting, preserving, releasing or
enforcing the Collateral Agents Liens on the Collateral.
The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.03 shall survive the termination of the
other provisions of this Agreement.
Section 5.04. Stamp and Other Similar Taxes. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to
indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party (and their respective
agents) from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp or other similar tax and any
penalties or interest with respect thereto that may be assessed, levied or collected by any
jurisdiction in connection with this Agreement, any Collateral Document, the Trust Estate or any
Collateral. The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.04 shall survive the termination
of the other provisions of this Agreement.
Section 5.05. Filing Fees, Excise Taxes, Etc.. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to
pay or to reimburse the Collateral Agent and its agents for any and all amounts
19
in respect of all
search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that
may be payable or determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and
enforcement of this Agreement and each Collateral Document. The obligations of the Trustors under
this Section 5.05 shall survive the termination of the other provisions of this Agreement.
Section 5.06. Indemnification. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay, indemnify,
and hold the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and each of its officers, directors, employees
and agents harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature
whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of
this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (including, but not limited to, actions by the
Collateral Agent to enforce its rights with respect to the Collateral), unless arising from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct (in either case, as determined by a final judgment of a
court of competent jurisdiction) of the Collateral Agent or such of the agents as are seeking
indemnification. The foregoing indemnities in this Section 5.06 shall survive the resignation or
removal of the Collateral Agent or the termination of this Agreement.
Section 5.07. Further Assurances; Notation on Financial Statements. (a) At any time and
from time to time, upon the written request of the Collateral Agent, and, at the sole expense of
the Trustors, the Trustors will promptly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments
and documents and take such further action as the Collateral Agent reasonably deems necessary or
desirable in obtaining the full benefits of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the other
Documents and of the rights and powers herein and therein granted. To the extent required by law,
the Trustors shall, in all of their financial statements, indicate by footnote or otherwise that
the Obligations are secured pursuant to this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
(b) Pursuant to the Indenture and the Security Agreement, from time to time, additional direct
or indirect subsidiaries of the Company are required to become parties to the Security Agreement.
In connection with any such subsidiary becoming party to the Security Agreement, such subsidiary
(an Additional Trustor) shall execute a Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement in the form of
Exhibit A hereto and upon such execution shall become a Trustor hereunder with all applicable
rights and responsibilities.
ARTICLE 6
The Collateral Agent
Section 6.01. Acceptance of Trust, Powers of the Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral
Agent, for itself and its successors, hereby accepts the trusts created by this Agreement upon the
terms and conditions hereof, including those contained in this Article 6.
(b) The Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to enter into and perform its obligations
and protect, perfect, exercise and enforce its interests, rights, powers and remedies under this
Agreement and the Collateral Documents and applicable
20
law and in equity and to act as set forth in
this Agreement or as requested in any lawful directions given to it from time to time in respect of
any matter by a written notice of the Majority Holders.
(c) Neither the Indenture Trustee nor any New Representative or any other holder of
Obligations will have any liability whatsoever for any act or omission of the Collateral Agent.
(d) The Collateral Agent will accept, hold, administer and enforce all Liens on the Collateral
at any time transferred or delivered to it and all other interests, rights, powers and remedies at
any time granted to or enforceable by the Collateral Agent and all other property of the Trust
Estates solely and exclusively for the benefit of all present and future holders of Obligations,
and will distribute all proceeds received by it in realization thereon or from enforcement thereof
solely and exclusively pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.04.
(e) Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Agreement shall require the
Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.
Section 6.02. Exculpatory Provisions. (a) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible in
any manner whatsoever for the correctness of any recitals, statements, representations or
warranties contained in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document, all of which are made solely
by the Trustors. The Collateral Agent makes no representations as to the value or condition of the
Trust Estate or any part thereof, or as to the title of the Trustors thereto or as to the security
afforded by any Collateral Document or this Agreement, or as to the validity, execution (except its
own execution), enforceability, legality or sufficiency of this Agreement, any Collateral Document
or the Obligations secured hereby and thereby, and the Collateral Agent shall incur no liability or
responsibility in respect of any such matters. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for
insuring the Trust Estate or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or liens upon the Trust
Estate or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Trust Estate, except that in the event the
Collateral Agent enters into possession of a part or all of the Trust Estate, the Collateral Agent
shall preserve the part in its possession.
(b) The Collateral Agent shall not be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance
by the Trustors of any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, in any
Collateral Document or in any other Document. Whenever it is
necessary, or in the opinion of the Collateral Agent advisable, for the Collateral Agent to
ascertain the amount of Obligations then held by a Secured Party, the Collateral Agent may
conclusively rely on a certificate of such Secured Party or its representative (including the
Indenture Trustee or any applicable New Representative) as to such amount, and if any such Secured
Party or representative shall not give such information to the Collateral Agent, such Secured Party
shall not be entitled to receive distributions hereunder (in which case such distributions shall be
held in trust for such Secured Party) until it has given such information to the Collateral Agent.
21
(c) The Collateral Agent shall not be personally liable for any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it in accordance with this Agreement or any Collateral Document except for its own gross
negligence or willful misconduct.
(d) The Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for the preparation, filing or recording
of any instrument, document or financing statement or for the maintenance of any security interest
intended to be perfected thereby.
Section 6.03. Delegation of Duties. The Collateral Agent may execute any of the trusts or
powers hereof and perform any duty hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys-in-fact, which may include officers and employees of the Trustors. The Collateral Agent
shall be entitled to advice of counsel, at the expense of the Trustors, concerning all matters
pertaining to such trusts, powers and duties. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for
the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it without gross
negligence or willful misconduct.
Section 6.04. Reliance by Collateral Agent. (a) Whenever in the administration of the
trusts of this Agreement the Collateral Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be
proved or established in connection with the taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder by
the Collateral Agent, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically
prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively provided or established by an Officers Certificate
delivered to the Collateral Agent, and such certificate shall be full warranty to the Collateral
Agent for any action taken, suffered or omitted in reliance thereon, subject, however, to the
provisions of Section 6.05.
(b) The Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection, and any opinion of such
counsel who is not an employee of the Collateral Agent shall be full and complete authorization and
protection in respect of any action taken or suffered by it hereunder in accordance therewith. The
Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the
administration of the Trust Estate from any court of competent jurisdiction.
(c) The Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting, upon
any resolution, statement, certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent,
order, bond or other paper or document that it has no reason to believe to be other than genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or, in the case of cables,
telecopies and telexes, to have been sent by the proper party or parties. In the absence of its
gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth
of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or
opinions furnished to the Collateral Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement or
any
Collateral Document. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent may rely as
provided in this Section 6.04 on any Officers Certificate provided by the Company pursuant to
Section 2.02 hereof, and may deem such information correct until such time as it receives any
written modification of any such certificate from Company in respect thereof.
22
(d) The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers vested in the Collateral Agent by this Agreement at the request or direction of the Majority
Holders pursuant to this Agreement or any Collateral Document, unless the Collateral Agent shall
have been provided adequate security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs,
expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction,
including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Collateral Agent.
Section 6.05. Limitations on Duties of Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent shall be
obliged to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement
or in any Collateral Document, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
Agreement or any Collateral Document against the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent shall
not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted by it in accordance with the direction of
the Majority Holders pursuant to Section 3.08.
(b) Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, the Collateral Agent shall not be under any
obligation to take any action that is discretionary with the Collateral Agent under the provisions
hereof or any Collateral Document except upon the written request of the Majority Holders pursuant
to Section 3.08. The Collateral Agent shall make available for inspection and copying by the
Indenture Trustee and each New Representative, each certificate or other paper furnished to the
Collateral Agent by the Company under or in respect of this Agreement, any Collateral Document or
any of the Trust Estate.
(c) Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to any action by, consent, designation,
specification, requirement of approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other
direction given or action to be undertaken or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the
Collateral Agent or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression of
satisfaction or other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made (or not to be made) by
the Collateral Agent, it is understood that in all cases the Collateral Agent shall, except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, be acting, giving, withholding, suffering,
omitting, taking or otherwise undertaking and exercising the same (or shall not be undertaking and
exercising the same) as directed by the Secured Parties. This provision is intended solely for the
benefit of the Collateral Agent and its successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and
will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any
rights or benefits on any party hereto.
Section 6.06. Moneys to Be Held in Trust. All moneys received by the Collateral Agent under
or pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document shall be held in trust
for the purposes for which they were paid or are held.
Section 6.07. Resignation and Removal of the Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent may
at any time, by giving 30 days prior written notice to the Company, the Indenture Trustee and each
New Representative (if any), resign and be discharged of the responsibilities hereby created, such
resignation to become effective upon the earlier of: (i) 30 days from the date of such notice and
(ii) the appointment of a successor trustee or trustees by the Company, the acceptance of such
appointment by such successor
23
trustee or trustees, and the approval of such successor trustee or
trustees by the Majority Holders; provided that no resignation shall become effective unless and
until a successor trustee has been appointed as provided herein. The Collateral Agent may be
removed at any time and a successor trustee or trustees appointed by the affirmative vote of the
Majority Holders; provided that the Collateral Agent shall be paid its fees and reasonable expenses
to the date of removal. If no successor trustee or trustees shall be appointed and approved within
30 days from the date of the giving of the aforesaid notice of resignation, the Collateral Agent
shall, or the Indenture Trustee, any New Representative or any other Secured Party may, apply to
any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor trustee or trustees (which may be an
individual or individuals) to act until such time, if any, as a successor trustee or trustees shall
have been appointed as above provided. Any successor trustee or trustees so appointed by such
court shall immediately and without further act be superseded by any successor trustee or trustees
approved by the Majority Holders as above provided.
(b) If at any time the Collateral Agent shall resign or be removed or otherwise become
incapable of acting, or if at any time, a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Collateral Agent
for any other cause, a successor trustee or trustees may be appointed by the Majority Holders, and
the powers, duties, authority and title of the predecessor trustee or trustees terminated and
canceled without procuring the resignation of such predecessor trustee or trustees, and without any
other formality (except as may be required by applicable law) than appointment and designation of a
successor trustee or trustees in writing, duly acknowledged, delivered to the predecessor trustee
or trustees and Company, and filed for record in each public office, if any, in which this
Agreement is required to be filed.
(c) The appointment and designation referred to in Section 6.07(b) shall, after any required
filing, be full evidence of the right and authority to make the same and of all the facts therein
recited, and this Agreement shall vest in such successor trustee or trustees, without any further
act, deed or conveyance, all of the estate and title of its predecessor, and upon such filing for
record the successor trustee or trustees shall become fully vested with all the estates,
properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title of its predecessor; but such
predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of the Majority Holders, the Company or the
successor trustee or trustees, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor or
successors all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title of such
predecessor or predecessors hereunder and shall deliver all Securities and moneys held by it to
such successor trustee or trustees. Should any deed, conveyance or other instrument in writing
from any Trustor be required by any successor trustee or trustees for more fully and certainly
vesting in such successor trustee or trustees the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts,
duties, authority and title vested or intended to be vested in the predecessor trustee or trustees,
any and all such deeds, conveyances and other instruments in writing shall, on request of such
successor trustee or trustees, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by such Trustor.
(d) Any required filing for record of the instrument appointing a successor trustee or
trustees as hereinabove provided shall be at the sole expense of the Trustors. The resignation of
any trustee or trustees and the instrument or instruments removing any trustee or trustees,
together with all other instruments, deeds and conveyances provided
24
for in this Article 6 shall,
if permitted by law, be forthwith recorded, registered and filed by and at the expense of the
Trustors, wherever this Agreement is recorded, registered and filed.
Section 6.08. Status of Successors to the Collateral Agent. Except as permitted by Section
6.07, every successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to Section 6.07 shall be a bank
or trust company in good standing and having power so to act, incorporated under the laws of the
United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having its principal corporate
trust office within the 48 contiguous States, and shall also have (together with its corporate
affiliates) capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $100,000,000, if there be such
an institution with such capital, surplus and undivided profits willing, qualified and able to
accept the trust upon reasonable or customary terms.
Section 6.09. Merger of the Collateral Agent. Any corporation into which the Collateral
Agent may be merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any
merger or consolidation to which the Collateral Agent shall be a party, or any corporation to which
the Collateral Agent shall transfer all or substantially all of its corporate trust business
(including the administration of this trust) shall be Collateral Agent under this Agreement without
the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto.
Section 6.10. Co-Trustee, Separate Trustee. (a) If at any time or times it shall be
necessary or prudent in order to conform to any law of any jurisdiction in which any of the
Collateral shall be located, or the Collateral Agent shall be advised by counsel, satisfactory to
it, that it is so necessary or advisable in the interest of the Secured Parties, or the Majority
Holders shall in writing so request the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, or the Collateral Agent
shall deem it desirable for its own protection in the performance of its duties hereunder, the
Collateral Agent and the Trustors shall, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, execute
and deliver all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to constitute another bank or trust
company, or one or more persons approved by the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, either to act as
co-trustee or co-trustees of all or any of the Collateral, jointly with the Collateral Agent
originally named herein or any successor or successors, or to act as separate trustee or trustees
of any such property. In the event the Trustors shall not have joined in the execution of such
instruments and agreements within 30 days after the receipt of a written request from the
Collateral Agent so to do, or in case an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
the Collateral Agent may act under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.10 without the
concurrence of the Trustors, and the Trustors hereby appoint the Collateral Agent as its agent and
attorney to act for it under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.10 in either of such
contingencies.
(b) Every separate trustee and every co-trustee, other than any trustee that may be appointed
as successor to the Collateral Agent, shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act
and be such, subject to the following provisions and conditions, namely:
(i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred upon the Collateral Agent in
respect of the custody, control and management of moneys,
25
papers or Securities shall be
exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, or its successors hereunder;
(ii) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the
Collateral Agent hereunder shall be conferred or imposed and exercised or performed by the
Collateral Agent and such separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or
co-trustees, jointly, as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such separate
trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees, except to the extent that under
any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the
Collateral Agent shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which
event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such
separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees;
(iii) no power given hereby to, or that it is provided hereby may be exercised by,
any such co-trustee or co-trustees or separate trustee or separate trustees, shall be
exercised hereunder by such co-trustee or co-trustees or separate trustee or separate
trustees, except jointly with, or with the consent in writing of, the Collateral Agent,
anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding;
(iv) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission
of any other trustee hereunder; and
(v) the Trustors and the Collateral Agent, at any time by an instrument in writing,
executed by them, may accept the resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or
co-trustee, and in that case, by an instrument in writing executed by the Trustors and the
Collateral Agent jointly, may appoint a successor to such separate trustee or co-trustee,
as the case may be, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding. In the
event that the Trustors shall not have joined in the execution of any such instrument
within ten days after the receipt of a written request from the Collateral Agent so to do,
or in case an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral
Agent shall have the power to accept the resignation of or remove any such separate
trustee or co-trustee and to appoint a successor without the concurrence of the Trustors,
the Trustors hereby appointing the Collateral Agent its agent and attorney to act for it
in such connection in either of such contingencies. In the event that the Collateral
Agent shall have appointed a separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or
co-trustees as above provided, it may at any time, by an instrument in writing, accept the
resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or co-trustee, the successor to any
such separate trustee or co-trustee to be appointed by the Trustors and the Collateral
Agent, or by the Collateral Agent alone, as provided in this Section 6.10.
26
ARTICLE 7
Release of Collateral
Section 7.01. Conditions to Release; Release Procedure. (a) Subject to Section
7.01(c), the Collateral Agents Liens upon the Collateral will be released:
(i) in whole, upon (A) payment in full and discharge of all outstanding Notes (or
upon a defeasance or discharge in accordance with the Indenture) and all outstanding
indebtedness in respect of each New Facility (if any) (or upon a defeasance or discharge
of each such New Facility in accordance with the applicable New Documents) and all other
Obligations (in each case other than any indemnification obligations for which no claim or
demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made) and (B) termination or
expiration of all commitments to extend credit under all Documents; provided that the
Company shall have delivered an Officers Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying
that the conditions described in this clause (i) have been met and that such release of
the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document;
(ii) as to any Collateral that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any
Trustor to a Person that is not (either before or after such sale, transfer or
disposition) the Company or any other Trustor in a transaction or other circumstance that
is permitted by all of the Documents, automatically at the time of such sale, transfer or
other disposition (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5 of the Indenture
where the recipient is required to become the obligor on the Notes or a Guarantor or any
similar provision contained in any other Document) to the extent of the interest sold,
transferred or otherwise disposed of; provided that, to the extent provided in the
Collateral Documents, the Collateral Agents Liens will attach to the proceeds received in
respect of any such sale, transfer or other disposition, subject to the priorities set
forth in Section 4.04;
(iii) as to a release of any portion of the Collateral (which may include all or
substantially all of the Collateral), with respect to such Collateral, if (A) consent to
the release of such Liens of the Collateral Agent on such Collateral has been given by (i)
the requisite holders of Notes (or the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the requisite
holders of Notes) and (ii) the requisite holders of indebtedness in respect of each other
Series of Obligations, in each case as permitted by, and in accordance with, the
applicable Documents and (B) the Company shall have delivered an Officers Certificate to
the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this clause (iii) have
been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate
the terms of, any Document; provided that the Collateral Agents Liens on any such
Collateral solely securing a particular Series of New Obligations shall be released with
respect to such Series if (A) consent to the release of such Liens has been given by the
requisite holders of such Series of New Obligations (determined under the New Documents
governing such Series) and (B) the Company shall have delivered an Officers Certificate
to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this proviso to clause
(iii) have been met and that such
27
release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does
not violate the terms of, any Document; and
(iv) if any part of the Collateral is subject to any Permitted Lien (as defined in
the Security Agreement) that is senior to the Liens securing the Collateral as a matter of
law, the Collateral Agent will execute any document reasonably requested in writing by the
Company to evidence such subordination.
(b) Subject to Section 7.01(c), the Collateral Agents Liens on the Collateral securing the
Note Obligations only (and not any other Obligations) will be released upon payment in full and
discharge of all outstanding Notes (or upon a defeasance or discharge in accordance with the
Indenture) and all other Note Obligations (other than any indemnification obligations for which no
claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made), and thereafter the rights of
the holders of the Notes and the Note Obligations to the benefit and proceeds of the Collateral
Agents Liens on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged; provided that the Company shall
have delivered an Officers Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions
described in this clause (b) have been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted
under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document;
(c) All of the Collateral shall not be released pursuant to Section 7.01(a)(i),
7.01(a)(iii) or 7.01(b) unless and until all Collateral Agents Fees (other than any
indemnification obligations for which no claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has
been made) shall have been paid in full.
(d) The Collateral of a Guarantor shall be automatically released upon the release of such
Guarantors obligations under its Note Guaranty as provided in Section 10.09 of the Indenture and
the comparable provision of each other Document.
(e) Upon the release of the Collateral, or any portion thereof, in each case in accordance
with the provisions hereof (other than any Collateral that is released with respect to less than
all of the Obligations), all right, title and interest of the Collateral Agent in, to and under the
Trust Estate in respect of the Collateral or portion thereof so released, and the Collateral
Documents in respect of such Collateral, shall terminate and shall revert to the respective
Trustors, their successors and assigns, and the estate, right, title and interest of the Collateral
Agent therein shall thereupon cease, determine and become void; and in such case (including a
release with respect to less than all of the Obligations), upon the written request of the
respective Trustors, their successors or assigns, and at the cost and expense of the Trustors,
their successors or assigns, the Collateral Agent shall execute in respect of the Collateral so
released, a satisfaction of the Collateral Documents with respect to such Collateral and such
instruments as are necessary or desirable to terminate and remove of record any documents
constituting public notice of the Collateral Documents and the security interests and assignments
granted thereunder, in each case with respect to such Collateral, and shall assign and transfer, or
cause to be assigned and transferred, and shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustors,
in respect of the Collateral so released, all property, including all moneys, instruments and
Securities (if any), of the Trustors then held by the Collateral Agent. The cancellation and
satisfaction of the Collateral Documents shall be without prejudice
28
to the rights of the Collateral
Agent or any successor trustee to charge and be reimbursed for any expenditures that it may
thereafter incur in connection therewith.
ARTICLE 8
Miscellaneous
Section 8.01. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers. (a) With the written consent of the
Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any) (in each case given in accordance with the
requirements (including the amendment provisions) of the Documents with respect to the applicable
Series of Obligations), the Collateral Agent and the Trustors may, from time to time, enter into
written supplements, amendments, restatements, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement or
any Collateral Document for the purpose of adding to, amending, waiving or otherwise modifying any
provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document or changing the rights of the Collateral
Agent, the Secured Parties or the Trustors hereunder or thereunder; provided, however, that:
(i) no such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification shall,
without the written consent of the Collateral Agent, (x) amend, modify or waive any
provision of Article 6 or alter the duties or obligations of the Collateral Agent
hereunder or under any Collateral Document or (y) amend or modify the definition of
Majority Holders set forth in Section 1.02;
(ii) any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification that
would only adversely affect the Obligations of a particular Series shall require only the
written consent of the Representative with respect to such Series (given in accordance
with the requirements (including the amendment provisions if applicable) of the Documents
with respect to such Series); and
(iii) any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification that
has the effect of releasing Collateral from the Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral
Documents other than as provided for in Section 7.01 shall be effective only if made in
accordance with the requirements of, and the amendment provisions set forth in, each of
the Documents;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no Trustor shall have any right to
consent to or approve any supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification of any
provision of this Agreement that is solely and exclusively an intercreditor matter that affects the
Secured Parties and does not adversely affect the rights or obligations of any Trustor (including,
without limitation, Sections 2.03 and 4.04), but the Collateral Agent shall promptly provide a
copy of any such executed amendment, restatement, supplement, modification or waiver to the
Trustors and (y) without the consent of any Secured Party, any Collateral Document may be
supplemented, amended, restated, waived or otherwise modified (A) to the extent (and only to the
extent) required to allow for any release of Collateral that is expressly permitted by Section
7.01 and (B) in the following circumstances:
29
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this
Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other agreement, document or
instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any
Obligations or under
which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed;
(2) to comply with (i) Article 5 of the Indenture or (ii) the
comparable provisions of any New Documents; provided, in the case of
clause (ii), that the applicable supplement, amendment, restatement,
waiver or other modification does not adversely affect the Note
Obligations;
(3) to comply with the requirements of the Securities and
Exchange Commission in connection with the qualification under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of (i) the Indenture or (ii) any New
Documents; provided, in the case of clause (ii), that the applicable
supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification does
not adversely affect the Note Obligations;
(4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment
by a successor Indenture Trustee or Collateral Agent;
(5) to conform the text of this Agreement, the Security Agreement
or any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a
Lien is granted securing any Obligations or under which rights or
remedies with respect to such Liens are governed to any provision of
the Description of Notes section of the offering memorandum dated
November 5, 2010 relating to the offering by the Company of the Notes,
as certified in an Officers Certificate; or
(6) to make any other change that does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of any Secured Party.
Any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification shall be binding
upon the Trustors, the Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent and their respective successors.
The Collateral Agent shall not enter into any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or
other modification unless it shall have received (x) written authorization from the Indenture
Trustee and each New Representative to enter into same, which authorization shall include a
statement to the effect that the requisite holders of the applicable Series of Obligations
(determined under the Documents governing such Series) have authorized the entry into same and (y)
an Officers Certificate to the effect that such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or
other modification will not result in a breach of any provision or covenant contained in the
Indenture, any other Document or this Agreement.
30
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Secured Party, the Collateral
Agent and the Trustors, at any time and from time to time, may enter into additional pledge or
Collateral Documents or one or more agreements supplemental hereto or to any Collateral Document,
in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (it being understood that any supplement in
the form of Exhibits A and B shall be deemed to be satisfactory to the Collateral Agent):
(i) to add to the covenants of the Trustors, for the benefit of the Secured Parties,
or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Trustors;
(ii) to pledge or grant a security interest in any property or assets that are
required to be pledged, or in which a security interest is required to be granted, to the
Collateral Agent pursuant to any Collateral Document or any other applicable Document;
(iii) to cure any ambiguity or omission, to correct or to supplement any provision
herein or in any Collateral Document that may be defective or inconsistent with any other
provision herein or therein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising hereunder or under any Collateral Document that shall not be
inconsistent with any provision hereof or of any Collateral Document;
(iv) to add an Additional Trustor; and
(v) to add New Representative.
(c) In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any amendment, supplement or
waiver hereto or to any other Collateral Document, permitted by this Agreement or such Collateral
Document, the Collateral Agent shall receive and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying
upon, an opinion of counsel or an Officers Certificate stating that the execution of such
amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Agreement or such Collateral
Document. The Collateral Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any amendment,
supplement or waiver, which adversely affects the Collateral Agents own rights, duties or
immunities under this Agreement, such Collateral Document or otherwise.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the written instruction of the Trustee, the Collateral
Agent shall execute and deliver the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement, the Spectrum
Stockholder Agreement and other agreements with respect to equityholders rights to which any
Trustor is a party or becomes a party from time to time after execution of this Agreement.
Section 8.02. Voting. (a) In connection with any matter under this Agreement requiring a
vote of holders of Obligations at any time, each Series of Obligations will cast its votes in
accordance with the Note Documents or the New Documents, as applicable, governing such Series of
Obligations and as contemplated by the definition of Majority Holders hereunder.
31
(b) For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of determining at any time whether the Majority
Holders have given any instruction or taken any action hereunder (or consented to the taking of
any action hereunder), the following rules shall apply: (i) the Representative with respect to each
Series of Obligations shall be deemed to hold the principal amount of indebtedness constituting
Obligations then outstanding under such Series of Obligations, (ii) each Representative shall, with
respect to the principal amount of indebtedness constituting Obligations deemed held by such
Representative pursuant to the preceding clause (i), provide any such instruction to, or shall
instruct the Collateral Agent to take such action, in accordance with voting provisions set forth
in the
Documents with respect to the applicable Series of Obligations and subject to the proviso at
the end of the definition of Majority Holders and to the last sentence of such definition and
(iii) based on the foregoing procedures, the Collateral Agent shall determine (which determination
shall be conclusive absent manifest error), whether the Secured Parties that have given such
instruction or taken such action (or consented to the taking of such action) constitute the
Majority Holders as defined in the definition thereof.
(c) Any direction in writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by or with the written consent
of the Majority Holders (a) shall set forth the aggregate amount of Obligations owed by the
Trustors to the Secured Parties represented by the Indenture Trustee and by each New Representative
under the Note Documents or the applicable New Documents, as the case may be, calculated as of the
date of determination and in accordance with the definition of Majority Holders hereunder, and (b)
shall be binding upon all of the Secured Parties, unless the matter which is the subject of the
applicable vote requires pursuant to the terms hereof the consent of all Secured Parties.
Section 8.03. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for
or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by mail, overnight courier or hand
delivery:
(a) If to any Trustor, to it at the address of the Company at: Harbinger Group Inc., 450 Park
Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Francis T. McCarron (facsimile: (212) 339-5801),
or at such other address as shall be designated by it in a written notice to the Collateral Agent.
(b) If to the Collateral Agent, to it at its address at: Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, 625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MACN 9311-110 Minneapolis, MN, 55479,
Attention: Corporate Trust Services (facsimile: (612) 667-9825), or at such other address as shall
be designated by it in a written notice to the Company.
(c) If to the Indenture Trustee, to it at its address at: Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, 625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MACN 9311-110 Minneapolis, MN, 55479,
Attention: Corporate Trust Services (facsimile: (612) 667-9825), or at such other address as shall
be designated by it in writing to the Collateral Agent.
(d) If to any New Representative, to it at its address as designated in the Collateral Trust
Joinder to which it is a party, or at such other address as shall be designated by it in writing to
the Collateral Agent.
32
All such notices, requests, demands and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given
or made, when delivered by hand, the Business Day following deposit with an overnight courier, or
five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or when telecopied or
electronically transmitted, receipt acknowledged; provided, however, that any notice, request,
demand or other communication to the Collateral Agent shall not be effective until received.
Section 8.04. Headings. Article, Section, subsection and other headings used in this
Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.
Section 8.05. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof, and any
such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
Section 8.06. Treatment of Payee or Indorsee by Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent
may treat the registered holder of any registered note, and the payee or indorsee of any note or
debenture that is not registered, as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes hereunder and
shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, whether such promissory note or debenture
shall be past due or not.
(b) Any person, firm, corporation or other entity that shall be designated as the duly
authorized representative of one or more Secured Parties to act as such in connection with any
matters pertaining to this Agreement or any Collateral Document or the Collateral shall present to
the Collateral Agent such documents, including, without limitation, opinions of counsel, as the
Collateral Agent may reasonably require, in order to demonstrate to the Collateral Agent the
authority of such person, firm, corporation or other entity to act as the representative of such
Secured Parties.
Section 8.07. Dealings with the Trustors. (a) Upon any application or demand by any Trustor
to the Collateral Agent to take or permit any action under any of the provisions of this Agreement,
such Trustor shall furnish to the Collateral Agent an Officers Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to the proposed action have
been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the
furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Agreement relating
to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
(b) Any opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon an
Officers Certificate filed with the Collateral Agent.
Section 8.08. Claims Against the Collateral Agent. Any claims or causes of action that the
holders of any Obligations, the Indenture Trustee, any New Representative or any Trustor shall have
against the Collateral Agent shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the release of the
Collateral hereunder.
Section 8.09. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of each of the Secured Parties, and their respective
33
successors and
assigns, and nothing herein or in any Collateral Document is intended or shall be construed to give
any other person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement, any
Collateral Document, the Collateral or the Trust Estate. All obligations of the Trustors hereunder
will inure to the sole and exclusive benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent, the
Indenture Trustee, each New Representative and each present and future holder of Obligations, each
of whom will be entitled to enforce this Agreement as a third-party beneficiary hereof, and all of
their respective successors and assigns.
Section 8.10. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and
interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York and any action alleging any
breach by the Collateral Agent of its duties hereunder, whether by act
or omission or anticipatory, shall be prosecuted only in the federal or state courts of
competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of New York.
Section 8.11. Consent to Jurisdiction. All judicial proceedings brought against any party
hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Collateral Documents may be
brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of
New York. By executing and delivering this Agreement, each Trustor, for itself and in connection
with its properties, irrevocably:
(a) accepts generally and unconditionally the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of such
courts;
(b) waives any defense of forum non conveniens;
(c) agrees that service of all process in any such proceeding in any such court may be made by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in
accordance with Section 8.03;
(d) agrees that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal
jurisdiction over such party in any such proceeding in any such court and otherwise constitutes
effective and binding service in every respect; and
(e) agrees each party hereto retains the right to serve process in any other manner permitted
by law or to bring proceedings against any party in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
Section 8.12. Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party to this Agreement waives its rights to a jury
trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising under this Agreement or any of the
Collateral Documents or any dealings between them relating to the subject matter of this Agreement
or the intents and purposes of the Collateral Documents. The scope of this waiver is intended to
be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the
subject matter of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents, including contract claims, tort
claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party to this
Agreement acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business
relationship, that each party hereto has already relied on this waiver in entering into this
Agreement, and that each party hereto will continue to rely on this waiver in its
34
related future
dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with
its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following
consultation with legal counsel. This waiver is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be modified
either orally or in writing (other than by a mutual written waiver specifically referring to this
Section 8.12 and executed by each of the parties hereto), and this waiver will apply to any
subsequent amendments, renewals, supplements or modifications of or to this Agreement or any of the
Collateral Documents or to any other documents or agreements relating thereto. In the event of
litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.
Section 8.13. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable
for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused
by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work
stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism,
civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and
interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services; it being understood that the Collateral Agent shall use reasonable efforts
which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon
as practicable under the circumstances.
Section 8.14. Consequential Damages. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible
or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including,
but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Collateral Agent has been advised
of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
Section 8.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different
parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of
which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature
page to this Agreement by facsimile or PDF transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a
manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by
facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
Section 8.16. Incorporation by Reference. In connection with its execution and acting as
agent or trustee (as applicable) hereunder, each of the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and
any New Representative are entitled to all rights, privileges, protections, immunities, benefits
and indemnities provided to them under the Collateral Documents and any other applicable Documents.
Section 8.17. USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with
Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an
account with the Collateral Agent. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the
Collateral Agent with such information as it may request in order for the Collateral Agent to
satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.
35
Section 8.18. Rights Of Holders. No holder of any Note Obligations or holder of any New
Obligations shall have any independent rights hereunder other than those rights granted to
individual holders of Note Obligations pursuant to Section [6.07] of the Indenture or comparable
provision for holders of New Obligations under any New Document; provided that nothing in this
subsection shall limit any rights granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture
or any New Representative under any New Document.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
36
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement
to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year
first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee under the Indenture
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
Collateral Trust Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A to
Collateral Trust Agreement
[FORM OF] SUPPLEMENT TO COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
Reference is made to the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of [DATE], 2010 (as amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Collateral Trust Agreement),
among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the Company), the Additional Trustors from
time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee, Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, and each other Person party thereto from
time to time. Terms defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are
as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of __________, 20__ (this Supplement
to Trust Agreement), is being delivered pursuant to Section 5.07 of the Collateral Trust
Agreement.
The undersigned, _________, a ___________ (the Additional Trustor) hereby agrees to become a
party to the Collateral Trust Agreement as a Trustor thereunder, for all purposes thereof on the
terms set forth therein, and to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Collateral Trust
Agreement as fully as if the Additional Trustor had executed and delivered the Collateral Trust
Agreement as of the date thereof.
This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute
one contract.
This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
[Signature Pages Follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Trustor has caused this Supplement to Collateral Trust
Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized representative as of the day and year first above
written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ADDITIONAL TRUSTOR]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
The Collateral Agent acknowledges receipt of this Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement and
agrees to act as Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral pledged by the Additional Trustor,
as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
Exhibit B to
Collateral Trust Agreement
[FORM OF] JOINDER TO COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
Reference is made to the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of [DATE], 2010 (as amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Collateral Trust Agreement),
among Harbinger Group Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the Company), the Additional Trustors from
time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee, Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, and each other Person party thereto from
time to time. Terms defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are
as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
This Joinder to Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of ________, 20__ (this Collateral Trust
Joinder), is being delivered pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Collateral Trust Agreement as a
condition precedent to the incurrence of the indebtedness for which the undersigned is acting as
agent being entitled to the benefits of being Obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement.
1. Joinder. The undersigned, _________________, a ___________, (the New
Representative) as [trustee, administrative agent] under that certain [describe New Facility] (the
New Facility) hereby agrees to become party as an New Representative and a Secured Party under
the Collateral Trust Agreement for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be
bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement as fully as if the
undersigned had executed and delivered the Collateral Trust Agreement as of the date thereof.
2. Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation. The undersigned New Representative, on
behalf of itself and each holder of obligations in respect of the New Facility (together with the
New Representative, the New Secured Parties), hereby agrees, for the enforceable benefit of all
existing and future New Representative, each existing and future Representative and each existing
and future Secured Party, and as a condition to being treated as Obligations under the Collateral
Trust Agreement that:
(a) all Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Liens granted to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which are at any time granted by any
Trustor to secure any Obligations whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral
for such New Facility, and that all Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will be
enforceable by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of all holders of Obligations equally and
ratably as contemplated by the Collateral Trust Agreement;
(b) the New Representative and each other New Secured Party is bound by the terms, conditions
and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents, including, without
limitation, the provisions relating to the ranking of Liens and the order of application of
proceeds from the enforcement of Liens; and
(c) the New Representative shall perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement
and the Collateral Documents.
3. Appointment of Collateral Agent. The New Representative, on behalf of itself and
the New Secured Parties, hereby (a) irrevocably appoints [Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association]1 as Collateral Agent for purposes of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the
Collateral Documents, (b) irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its
behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent in the Collateral Trust
Agreement and the Collateral Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto, and authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute any Collateral Documents on
behalf of all Secured Parties and to take such other actions to maintain and preserve the security
interests granted pursuant to any Collateral Documents, and (c) acknowledges that it has received
and reviewed the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents and agrees to be bound by
the terms thereof. The New Representative, on behalf of the New Secured Parties, and the
Collateral Agent, on behalf of the existing Secured Parties, each hereby acknowledges and agrees
that the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such shall be agent on behalf of the New
Representative and on behalf of all other Secured Parties.
4. Consent. The New Representative, on behalf of itself and the New Secured Parties,
consents to and directs the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust
Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
5. Authority as Agent. The New Representative represents, warrants and acknowledges
that it has the authority to bind each of the New Secured Parties to the Collateral Trust Agreement
and such New Secured Parties are hereby bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the
Collateral Trust Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the ranking
of Liens and the order of application of proceeds from the enforcement of Liens.
6. New Representative. The New Representative in respect of the New Facility is [NEW
REPRESENTATIVE]. The address of the New Representative in respect of the New Facility for purposes
of all notices and other communications hereunder and under the Collateral Trust Agreement is
__________, __________, Attention of __________ (Facsimile No. __________, electronic mail address:
____________).
7. Officers Certificate. Each of the Trustors hereby certifies that the Trustors
have previously delivered the Officers Certificate contemplated by Section 2.02(b)(i)) of the
Collateral Trust Agreement and all other information, evidence and documentation required by
Section 2.02 of the Collateral Trust Agreement, in each case in accordance with the terms of the
Collateral Trust Agreement.
|
|
|
1 |
|
If a successor Collateral Agent has been
appointed, the name of such successor should be filled in instead. |
42
8. Reaffirmation of Security Interest. By acknowledging and agreeing to this
Collateral Trust Joinder, each of the Trustors hereby (a) confirms and reaffirms the security
interests pledged and granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents and grants a
security interest in all of its right, title and interest in the Collateral (as defined in the
applicable Collateral Documents), whether now owned or hereafter acquired to secure the
Obligations, and agrees that such pledges and grants of security interests shall continue to be in
full force and effect, (b) confirms and reaffirms all of its obligations under its guarantees
pursuant to the applicable Note Documents and the New Documents and agrees that such guarantees
shall continue to be in full force and effect, and (c) authorizes the filing of any financing
statements describing the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents) in the
same manner as described in the applicable Collateral Documents or in any other manner as the
Collateral Agent may determine is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the
security interests in the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents) granted to
the Collateral Agent hereunder or under the applicable Collateral Documents.
9. Counterparts. This Collateral Trust Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and
by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original
but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Collateral Trust
Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different
counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together
shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Collateral
Trust Joinder by facsimile or PDF transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually
signed counterpart of this Collateral Trust Joinder. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted
by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
10. Governing Law. THIS COLLATERAL TRUST JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
11. Miscellaneous. The provisions of Article 8 of the Collateral Trust Agreement
shall apply with like effect to this Collateral Trust Joinder.
[Signature Pages Follow]
43
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Representative has caused this Collateral Trust Joinder to be duly
executed by its authorized representative, and each Trustor party hereto have caused the same to be
accepted by their respective authorized representatives, as of the day and year first above
written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[NEW REPRESENTATIVE]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acknowledged and agreed:
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
[OTHER TRUSTORS]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
The Collateral Agent acknowledges receipt of this Collateral Trust Joinder and agrees to act
as Collateral Agent with respect to the New Facility in accordance with the terms of the Collateral
Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
exv4w3
Exhibit 4.3
$350,000,000
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
November 15, 2010
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
As Representatives of the Several Purchasers (the Representatives),
c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue,
New York, N.Y. 10010-3629
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
200 West Street,
New York, N.Y. 10282-2198
Dear Sirs:
Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), proposes to issue and sell to
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (collectively, the Purchasers), upon
the terms set forth in a purchase agreement of even date herewith (the Purchase Agreement),
U.S.$350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
(the Offered Securities). The Offered Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated
as of November 15, 2010 (the Indenture) among the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association (the Trustee). As an inducement to the Purchasers, the Company agrees with the
Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Offered Securities (including, without
limitation, the Purchasers), the Exchange Securities (as defined below) and the Private Exchange
Securities (as defined below) (collectively the Holders), as follows:
1. Registered Exchange Offer. Unless not permitted by applicable law, the Company shall, at
its own cost, prepare and, not later than 150 days (or if the 150th day is not a business day, the
first business day thereafter) after the date of original issue of the Offered Securities (the
Issue Date), file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) a registration
statement (the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) on an appropriate form under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), with respect to a proposed offer (the Registered
Exchange Offer) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6(d)
hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the
Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Offered
Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities (the Exchange Securities) of the
Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects to the Offered Securities
(except for the removal of transfer restrictions relating to the Offered Securities and the
provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) that would be registered under
the Securities Act. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such
Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act within 270 days
(or if the 270th day is
not a business day, the first business day thereafter) after the Issue Date, an effectiveness
deadline) of the Offered Securities and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required
by applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders
(such period being called the Exchange Offer Registration Period).
If the Company commences the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company (i) will be entitled to
close the Registered Exchange Offer 30 days after such commencement provided that the Company has
accepted all the Offered Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of
the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the
Registered Exchange Offer no later than 40 days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the
date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective (or if the 40th day
is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) (such 40th day (or first business day
thereafter) being the Consummation Deadline).
Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such
Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities electing to
exchange the Offered Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an
affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Securities
in the ordinary course of such Holders business, is not a broker-dealer tendering Offered
Securities acquired directly from the Company for its own account and is not engaged in, and does
not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in
the distribution of the Exchange Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the
Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities
from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and
without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States.
The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commissions staff
of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each
Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Offered Securities, acquired for its own
account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange
Securities (an Exchanging Dealer), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information
set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the Exchange Offer Procedures
section and the Purpose of the Exchange Offer section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the Plan of
Distribution section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities
received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) a Purchaser
that elects to sell Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Offered Securities constituting
any portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information
required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in
connection with such sale.
The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein, in
order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply
with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in
the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an
Exchanging Dealer or a Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which
all Exchanging Dealers and the Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless
such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such
prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 90 days after
the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.
2
If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Purchaser holds Offered Securities
acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery
of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to
such Purchaser upon the written request of such Purchaser, in exchange (the Private Exchange) for
the Offered Securities held by such Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the
Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects (including the existence
of restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states
of the United States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6
hereof) to the Offered Securities (the Private Exchange Securities). The Offered Securities, the
Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the
Securities.
In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
(a) mail or otherwise furnish to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of
transmittal and related documents;
(b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer, if
required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders;
(c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an
address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee;
(d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of
business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer
shall remain open; and
(e) otherwise comply with all applicable laws in all material respects.
As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private
Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:
(x) accept for exchange all the Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;
(y) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Offered Securities so accepted
for exchange; and
(z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the
Offered Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be,
equal in principal amount to the Offered Securities of such Holder so accepted for
exchange.
The Indenture provides that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the Securities will vote and consent together
on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent
as a class separate from one another on any matter.
Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the
Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment
date on
3
which interest was paid on the Offered Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no
interest has been paid on the Offered Securities, from the date of original issue of the Offered
Securities.
Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to
the Company that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange
Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such
Holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in the distribution of the Offered Securities or the Exchange
Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an affiliate, as
defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or a broker-dealer tendering Offered
Securities acquired directly from the Company for its own account and (iv) if such Holder is a
broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Offered
Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities
and that it acknowledges its obligations to deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities.
Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange
Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and
any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto
does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and
any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
2. Shelf Registration. If, (i) because of any change in law or in applicable interpretations
thereof by the staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect a Registered
Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not
consummated within 310 days after the Issue Date (or if the 310th day is not a business
day, the first business day thereafter), (iii) any Purchaser so requests with respect to the
Offered Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) held by it that are not eligible to be
exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following
consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer)
is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or
any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer
does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange and, in each
case, such Holder so requests, the Company shall take the following actions:
(a) The Company shall, at its cost, within 60 days after so required or requested
pursuant to this Section 2) file with the Commission and thereafter shall use its
commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes
effective automatically upon filing) no later than 150 days after such requirement or
request pursuant to this Section 2 (such 150th day (or first business day
thereafter), an effectiveness deadline) a registration statement (the Shelf Registration
Statement and, together with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a Registration
Statement) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale
of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6(d) hereof) by the Holders
thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the
Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act (hereinafter, the Shelf
Registration); provided, however, that no Holder (other than a Purchaser) shall be
entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement
unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement
applicable to such Holder; provided, further, that in no event shall the Company be
required to file the Shelf Registration
4
Statement or have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective prior to the
applicable deadlines for the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
(b) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf
Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) the date on which
all Offered Securities registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith and
(ii) the time when the Offered Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement are
no longer restricted securities (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any
successor rule thereof (Rule 144)) or may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without limitation
(the Shelf Registration Period). The Company shall be deemed not to have used its
commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during
the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of
Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that
period, unless such action is required by applicable law.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the
Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any
amendment or supplement thereto, as of its respective effective date, (i) to comply in all
material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and
regulations of the Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order
to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading.
3. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by
Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by
Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:
(a) The Company shall (i) furnish to each Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with
the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each
supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that a Purchaser
(with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is
participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the
Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document,
when so filed with the Commission, such comments as such Purchaser reasonably may propose
in a timely manner; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover,
in Annex B hereto in the Exchange Offer Procedures section and the Purpose of the
Exchange Offer section and in Annex C hereto in the Plan of Distribution section of the
prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the
information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to
the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by a Purchaser, include the information
required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in
the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include
within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section
entitled Plan of Distribution, reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers, which shall
contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the
Commission with respect to the potential underwriter status of any broker-dealer that is
the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the Exchange Act)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in
the Registered Exchange Offer (a Participating Broker-Dealer), whether such positions or
policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions
or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Purchasers based upon advice of counsel
(which may be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the
Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include in the
prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (or, if permitted by Commission
Rule 430B(b), in a prospectus supplement that
5
becomes a part thereof pursuant to Commission Rule 430B(f)) that is delivered to any Holder
pursuant to Section 3(d) and (f), the names of the Holders, who propose to sell Securities
pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as selling security holders; provided that
such Holders have provided the Company with such information in a timely manner prior to
the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus supplement, as applicable.
(b) The Company shall give written notice to the Purchasers, the Holders of the
Securities and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior
written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange
Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an
instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been
made):
(i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed
with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective
amendment thereto has become effective;
(ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the
Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional
information;
(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings
for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of a notification of objection
to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, and of
the happening of any event that causes the Company to become an ineligible
issuer, as defined in Commission Rule 405;
(iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification
with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in
any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such
purpose; and
(v) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes
in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration
Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact
nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
(c) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the
withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement.
(d) If not otherwise available on the Commissions Electronic Data Gathering,
Analysis and Retrieval system (EDGAR), upon the written request of a Holder of Securities
included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, the Company shall furnish, without
charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective
amendment or supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if such
Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated
by reference). The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the Purchasers, make
any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a free writing prospectus, as
defined in Commission Rule 405. Each Purchaser, Holder of Securities and Participating
Broker Dealer shall not take any action that would result in the Company being required to
file with the Commission a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such
Purchaser, Holder of Securities or Participating Broker Dealer that otherwise
6
would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of such
Purchaser, Holder of Securities or Participating Broker Dealer.
(e) If not otherwise available on EDGAR, upon the written request of any Holder of
Securities, Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer, the Company shall deliver to each Exchanging
Dealer and each Purchaser, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at
least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective
amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Purchaser or
any such Holder requests, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference).
(f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder
of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as
many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf
Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may
reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to
the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling
Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities
covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf
Registration Statement.
(g) The Company shall deliver to each Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer, any
Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus
following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final
prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or
supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject
to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or
supplement thereto by any Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such
other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in
connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus,
or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration
Statement.
(h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities, pursuant to any Registration
Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify
or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective
counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer
and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such states of the United States as any
Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or
things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the
Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company
shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it
is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service
of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
(i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the
timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold
pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such
denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a reasonable period
of time prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.
(j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of
Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an
effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a
post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related
prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of
the Securities or purchasers of Securities,
7
the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company
notifies the Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating
Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to
suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been
made, then the Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any such Participating
Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus (and shall keep confidential the cause
of such notice for so long as the cause is not otherwise publicly known), and the period of
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) above and
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall be extended
by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and
including the date when the Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known
Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus
pursuant to this Section 3(j). Each Holder receiving a notice pursuant to clauses (ii)
through (v) of Section 3(b) hereby agrees that (unless prohibited by applicable law or
applicable document retention policy) it will either (i) destroy all prospectuses, other
than permanent file copies, then in such Holders possession which have been replaced by
the Company with more recently dated prospectuses or (ii) deliver to the Company all
copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holders possession of the
prospectus covering such Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice.
(k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the
Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Offered Securities, the Exchange Securities or
the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee
with printed certificates for the Offered Securities, the Exchange Securities or the
Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The
Depository Trust Company.
(l) The Company will comply in all material respects with all rules and regulations
of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered
Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security
holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an
earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no
later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a
fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Companys first fiscal quarter
commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall
cover such 12-month period.
(m) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Indenture
to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and
containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the
event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the
Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable
provisions of the Indenture.
(n) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the
Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the
Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time
reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may
exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to
furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
(o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested,
an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any
Holder of
8
the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the
Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.
(p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably
available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in
any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant
or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter all
relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the
Company and (ii) cause the Companys officers, directors, employees, accountants and
auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the
Securities or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the
Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such
persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the
Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering
shall be coordinated on behalf of the Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties,
by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4
hereof; provided, further, that the conduct of the foregoing inspection and information
gathering shall be subject to the execution by all persons party to such inspection and
information gathering of a reasonable confidentiality undertaking in customary form with
respect to confidential and proprietary information of the Company.
(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if requested by any Holder of
Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion and updates
thereof relating to the Securities in customary form addressed to such Holders and the
managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the
effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (it being agreed that the matters to be
covered by such opinion shall include, without limitation, the due incorporation and good
standing of the Company and its subsidiaries; the qualification of the Company and its
subsidiaries to transact business as foreign corporations; the due authorization, execution
and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the
due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance, and the validity and
enforceability, of the applicable Securities; the absence of material legal or governmental
proceedings involving the Company and its subsidiaries; the absence of governmental
approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the
offering and sale of the applicable Securities, or any agreement of the type referred to in
Section 3(o) hereof; the compliance in all material respects as to form of such Shelf
Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the
Indenture with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act,
respectively; as of the date of the opinion and as of the effective date of the Shelf
Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto or most recent
prospectus supplement thereto that is deemed to establish a new effective date, as the case
may be, the absence from such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus and any
prospectus supplement included therein, as then amended or supplemented and including any
documents incorporated by reference therein, of an untrue statement of a material fact or
the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading; and as of an applicable time identified by such
Holders or managing underwriters, the absence from the prospectus included in the
Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented at such applicable time and including
any documents incorporated by reference therein, taken together with any other documents
identified by such Holders or managing underwriters, of an untrue statement of a material
fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading; (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary
documents and certificates and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the
applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent
public accountants with respect to any other entity for which
9
financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the
selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter
in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters
in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate
documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards
No. 72.
(r) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon
delivery of the Offered Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as
directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange
Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on the
Offered Securities so exchanged that such Offered Securities are being canceled in exchange
for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no
event shall the Offered Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
(s) The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) if the Offered
Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Offered Securities, confirm
such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if
the Offered Securities were not previously rated, cause the Securities covered by a
Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, in each case, if
so requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered
by such Registration Statement, or by the managing underwriters, if any.
(t) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall
underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or
selling group or assist in the distribution (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the
Rules) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA)) thereof, whether
as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker
or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will assist such broker-dealer in
complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if
such Rules, including Rule 2720, shall so require, engaging a qualified independent
underwriter (as defined in Rule 2720) to participate in the preparation of the
Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards of due
diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such
Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales
agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified
independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in
Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be
required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules.
(u) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps
necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement
contemplated hereby.
(v) Each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by acquisition of Offered
Securities or Exchange Securities that, upon the Company providing notice to such Holder or
Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, (x) of the happening of any event of the
kind described in paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) hereof, or (y) that the Board
of Directors of the Company has resolved that the Company has a bona fide business purpose
for doing so, then, upon providing such notice (which shall refer to this Section 3(w)),
the Company may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement
(if not then filed or effective, as applicable) and shall not be required to maintain the
effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement, in all
cases, for a period (a Delay Period) expiring upon the earlier to occur of (i) in the
case of the immediately preceding clause (x), such Holders or
10
Participating Broker-Dealers receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended
prospectus contemplated by Section 3(g) hereof or until it is advised in writing by the
Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies
of any amendments or supplements thereto or (ii) in the case of the immediately preceding
clause (y), the date which is the earlier of (A) the date on which such business purpose
ceases to interfere with the Companys obligations to file or maintain the effectiveness of
any such Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement or (B) 60 days after the Company
notifies the Holders of such good faith determination. There shall not be more than 60 days
of Delay Periods during any 12-month period. The Shelf Registration Period provided for in
Section 2(b) above shall each be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days
during any Delay Period. Any Delay Period will not alter the obligations of the Company to
pay Additional Interest under the circumstances set forth in Section 6 hereof.
4. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 3 hereof (including the
reasonable fees and expenses, if any, of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Purchasers,
incurred in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer), whether or not the Registered Exchange
Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event of a Shelf
Registration, shall bear or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered thereby for the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Offered Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for the Holders of the
Offered Securities in connection therewith.
5. Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of
the Securities, any Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls such Holder
or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act
(each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to
collectively as the Indemnified Parties) from and against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to,
any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the
Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise
out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in
any preliminary prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Commission Rule 433
(Issuer FWP), relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified
Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof;
provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such
loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or
in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a
Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such
Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion
therein; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any
liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party. The Company shall also
indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such underwriters
within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above
with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders.
(b) Each Holder of the Securities and each Participating Broker Dealer, severally and not
jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the
Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from and against any losses,
claims, damages or
11
liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person
may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or
in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a
Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case
only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission
was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder or
Participating Broker Dealer and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder or
Participating Broker Dealer specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set
forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such controlling person in connection with
investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This
indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder or Participating Broker
Dealer may otherwise have to the Company or any of its controlling persons.
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the
commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified
party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this
Section 5, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the
indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have
under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced
(through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further
that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it
may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any
such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the
extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume
the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after
notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the
defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this
Section 5 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation,
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. In the
event, however, such indemnified party reasonably determines in its judgment based on the advice of
counsel that having common counsel would present such counsel with a conflict of interest or if the
defendants in or targets of any such action or proceeding include both an indemnified party and the
indemnifying party and such indemnified party reasonably concludes that there may be legal defenses
available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those
available to the indemnifying party, or if the indemnifying party fails to assume the defense of
the action or proceeding or to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party in
a timely manner, then such indemnified party may employ separate counsel to represent or defend it
in any such action or proceeding and the indemnifying party will pay the reasonable and customary
fees and disbursements of such counsel. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for
the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (together with appropriate local counsel)
at any time for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but
substantially similar or related actions arising in the same jurisdiction out of the same general
allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of
the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of
which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought
hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of
such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action,
and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to
act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any
settlement or compromise of, or consent to the party of judgment with respect to, any such action
or claim effected without its consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
12
(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to
hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party
shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b)
above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the
exchange of the Securities, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation
provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the
relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on
the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one
hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the
parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be
deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in
connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this
subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5(d), the Holders of the
Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net
proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration
Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by
reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person
guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such
indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same
rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company
within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to
contribution as the Company.
(e) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the Securities
pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any
indemnified party.
6. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances. (a) Additional interest (the
Additional Interest) with respect to the Offered Securities shall be assessed as follows if any
of the following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (iv) below a Registration
Default):
(i) the Company fails to file any Registration Statement required by this Agreement
on or prior to the applicable deadline;
(ii) any Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the
applicable effectiveness deadline;
(iii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the
Consummation Deadline; or
(iv) If after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective by the
Commission but (A) such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective; or (B)
such Registration
13
Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable (except as permitted in paragraph (b)) in connection
with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the Exchange Offer Registration
Period or the Shelf Registration Period, as applicable, except, in the case of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement, following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer
with respect to all Securities tendered in connection therewith, because either (1) any
event occurs as a result of which the related prospectus forming part of such Registration
Statement would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made not misleading, (2) it shall be necessary to amend such
Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus, to comply with the Securities
Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder, or (3) such Registration
Statement is a Shelf Registration Statement that has expired before a replacement Shelf
Registration Statement has become effective.
Additional Interest shall accrue on the Transfer Restricted Securities affected by a Registration
Default over and above the interest otherwise payable on the Transfer Restricted Securities from
and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date
on which all such Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first
90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, to be increased by an
additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration
Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 0.50% per annum. In no event
shall the Company be obligated to pay Additional Interest for more than one Registration Default
under this Section 6(a) at any one time.
(b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(iv)(B) hereof shall be deemed not to
have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related
prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a
post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited
financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet
effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y)
other material events, with respect to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf
Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is
proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf Registration Statement and
related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that in any case if such
Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 60 days, Additional Interest shall
be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from and after the 60th day after such
Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured.
(c) Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to Section 6(a) above will be payable in
cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. The
amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest
rate by the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such
period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the
denominator of which is 360.
(d) Transfer Restricted Securities means each Security until (i) the date on which such
Transfer Restricted Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely
transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a
broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of a Offered Security for an Exchange Security, the
date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on
or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or (iii) the date on which such Offered Security has been effectively
registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration
Statement.
14
7. Rules 144 and 144A. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file the
reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner
and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of
any Holder of Offered Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to
permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it
will take such further action as any Holder of Offered Securities may reasonably request, all to
the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Offered Securities without
registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144
and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this
Agreement to prospective purchasers of Offered Securities identified to the Company by the
Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder of Offered Securities, the Company shall
deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to
register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.
8. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any
Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment
bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (Managing Underwriters) will be
selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted
Securities to be included in such offering, subject to the prior approval by the Company, which
approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i)
agrees to sell such persons Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any
underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements
and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting
agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting
arrangements.
9. Miscellaneous.
(a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or
supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given,
except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents.
(b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall
be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which
guarantees overnight delivery:
(1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by such Holder to the
Company.
(2) if to the Purchasers;
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010-3629
Fax No.: (212) 325-4296
Attention: LCD-IBD Group
and
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
200 West Street
New York, NY 10010-3629
Attention: Registration Department
15
with a copy to:
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Attention: Michael Kaplan
(3) if to the Company, at its address as follows:
Harbinger Group Inc.
450 Park Avenue, 27th floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Francis T. McCarron
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Raphael M. Russo
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time
delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail,
postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipients facsimile machine operator,
if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery.
(c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into,
nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities
that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the
provisions hereof.
(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its
successors and assigns.
(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
(f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall
not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.
16
(h) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application
thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions
contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
(i) Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a
specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by
the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent
Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall
not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such
required percentage.
(j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the
subject matter of this Agreement.
(k) Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate on the date, if any, that the
Company notifies the Escrow Agent (as defined in the Indenture) in accordance with the terms of the
Escrow Agreement (as defined in the Indenture) that the conditions to the release of the Collateral
(as defined in the Indenture) from escrow will not be satisfied and sends notice of a Special
Redemption (as defined in the Indenture).
17
If the foregoing is in accordance with the Purchasers understanding of our agreement, please sign
and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all
counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the several Purchasers and the Company in
accordance with its terms.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Francis T. McCarron |
|
|
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer |
|
[Signature Page Registration Rights Agreement]
The foregoing Registration
Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first
above written.
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Ali R. Mehdi
|
|
|
Name: |
Ali R. Mehdi |
|
|
Title: |
Managing Director |
|
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.
|
|
|
(Goldman, Sachs & Co.) |
|
|
|
|
[Signature Page Registration Rights Agreement]
ANNEX A
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by
delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter
within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented
from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities
received in exchange for Offered Securities where such Offered Securities were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has
agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make
this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See
Plan of Distribution.
ANNEX B
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for
Securities, where such Offered Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See Plan of Distribution.
ANNEX C
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in
exchange for Offered Securities where such Offered Securities were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of
180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until
, 20 all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to
deliver a prospectus.(1)
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by
broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the
over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange
Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of
resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale
may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation
in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such
Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it
for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a
distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of
the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or
concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and
by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter
within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional
copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer
that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all
expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of
the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify
the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In addition, the legend required by
Item 502(e) of Regulation S-K will appear on the back cover page of the
Exchange Offer prospectus. |
ANNEX D
o CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS
AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in,
and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a
broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Offered
Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities,
it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange
Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not
be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.
exv4w4
Exhibit 4.4
EXECUTION VERSION
SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
dated as of
January 7, 2011
among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.,
THE OTHER GRANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
SECTION 1. Definitions
|
|
|
2 |
|
SECTION 2. Grant of Transaction Liens
|
|
|
12 |
|
SECTION 3. General Representations and Warranties
|
|
|
13 |
|
SECTION 4. Further Assurances; General Covenants
|
|
|
17 |
|
SECTION 5. Recordable Intellectual Property
|
|
|
19 |
|
SECTION 6. Investment Property
|
|
|
20 |
|
SECTION 7. Deposit Accounts
|
|
|
23 |
|
SECTION 8. Cash Collateral Accounts
|
|
|
23 |
|
SECTION 9. Commercial Tort Claims
|
|
|
24 |
|
SECTION 10. Transfer Of Record Ownership
|
|
|
24 |
|
SECTION 11. Right to Vote Securities
|
|
|
24 |
|
SECTION 12. Certain Cash Distributions
|
|
|
25 |
|
SECTION 13. Remedies upon Actionable Default
|
|
|
25 |
|
SECTION 14. Application of Proceeds
|
|
|
28 |
|
SECTION 15. Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
|
|
|
28 |
|
SECTION 16. Authority to Administer Collateral
|
|
|
29 |
|
SECTION 17. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral
|
|
|
30 |
|
SECTION 18. General Provisions Concerning the Collateral Agent
|
|
|
30 |
|
SECTION 19. Termination of Transaction Liens; Release of Collateral
|
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 20. Additional Guarantors and Grantors
|
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 21. New Obligations
|
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 22. Notices
|
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 23. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive
|
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 24. Successors and Assigns
|
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 25. Amendments and Waivers
|
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 26. Choice of Law
|
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 27. Waiver of Jury Trial
|
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 28. Severability
|
|
|
34 |
|
SECTION 29. Counterparts; Electronic Delivery
|
|
|
34 |
|
SECTION 30. Rights Of Holders
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
SCHEDULES: |
|
Schedule 1 Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates Owned by Original Grantors |
|
Schedule 2 Other Investment Property Owned by Original Grantors |
|
Schedule 3 Commercial Tort Claims |
|
EXHIBITS: |
|
Exhibit A Form of Security Agreement Supplement |
|
Exhibit B Form of Perfection Certificate |
|
Exhibit C Form of Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement |
ii
SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
This SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made and entered into as of January
7, 2011 by and among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (with its successors under the
Indenture, the Issuer, and collectively with any other Person that becomes a Grantor hereunder
from time to time pursuant to Section 20, the Grantors), in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as collateral agent (the Collateral Agent).
WHEREAS, the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the Trustee)
have entered into that certain indenture dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended, amended and
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Indenture), pursuant to which
the Issuer is issuing $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.625% Notes due 2015 (the
Notes);
WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee are parties to that certain
Collateral Trust Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Collateral Trust Agreement);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, each Guarantor from time to time party hereto will
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties the prompt and complete payment and performance when
due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all obligations under the
Indenture and the Notes;
WHEREAS, the Trustee has appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to serve as
Collateral Agent under the Collateral Trust Agreement and, in such capacity, to enter into this
Agreement;
WHEREAS, following the date hereof, if not prohibited by the Indenture, the Grantors may incur
New Obligations (including Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture)) which are secured
equally and ratably with the Grantors obligations in respect of the Notes in accordance with
Section 2 of this Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Issuer and the other Grantors will receive substantial benefits from the
execution, delivery and performance of the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and any New
Document, and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, to secure the payment and performance of all of its Secured Obligations, each Grantor
has agreed (i) to pledge to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security
interest in the Collateral and (ii) to execute and deliver this Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, each other Grantor and
the Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions.
(a) Terms Defined in Indenture. Terms defined in the Indenture and not otherwise
defined in subsection (b) or (c) of this Section have, as used herein (including in the preamble
and recitals hereto), the respective meanings provided for therein. The rules of construction
specified in Section 1.02 of the Indenture also apply to this Agreement.
(b) Terms Defined in UCC. As used herein, each of the following terms has the
meaning specified in the UCC:
|
|
|
|
|
Term |
|
|
UCC |
|
Account |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Authenticate |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Certificated Security |
|
|
8-102 |
|
Chattel Paper |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Commercial Tort Claim |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Commodity Account |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Commodity Customer |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Deposit Account |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Document |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Entitlement Holder |
|
|
8-102 |
|
Equipment |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Financial Asset |
|
|
8-102 & 103 |
|
General Intangibles |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Instrument |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Inventory |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Investment Property |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Letter-of-Credit Right |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Record |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Proceeds |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Securities Account |
|
|
8-501 |
|
Securities Intermediary |
|
|
8-102 |
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
Term |
|
UCC |
|
Security |
|
|
8-102 & 103 |
|
Security Entitlement |
|
|
8-102 |
|
Supporting Obligations |
|
|
9-102 |
|
Uncertificated Security |
|
|
8-102 |
|
(c) Additional Definitions. The following additional terms, as used herein, have
the following meanings:
Actionable Default has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
Available Portion means, at any time when an Actionable Default exists, such portion of the
Collateral (which may be all or any part of the Collateral) with respect to which the Collateral
Agent shall have determined, in its reasonable discretion except as limited by mandatory provisions
of applicable law, to exercise rights to vote the same or to dispose of the same pursuant to
Section 11 or 13 of this Agreement. The Available Portion may be altered by the Collateral Agent
from time to time without limitation except as otherwise provided by mandatory provisions of
applicable law and shall be evidenced by such business records as the Collateral Agent may maintain
to its satisfaction with respect thereto.
Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
Cash Collateral Account has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8 hereto.
Cash Distributions means dividends, interest and other distributions and payments (including
proceeds of liquidation, sale or other disposition) made or received in cash upon or with respect
to any Collateral.
Collateral means all property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, on which a Lien is
granted or purports to be granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents.
When used with respect to a specific Grantor, the term Collateral means all its property on which
such a Lien is granted or purports to be granted.
Collateral Accounts means the Cash Collateral Accounts, the Controlled Deposit Accounts and
the Controlled Securities Accounts.
Collateral Agent has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
3
Collateral Documents has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust
Agreement.
Collateral Trust Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
Control has the meaning specified in UCC Section 8-106, 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107, as may
be applicable to the relevant Collateral.
Controlled Deposit Account means a Deposit Account (i) that is subject to a Deposit Account
Control Agreement or (ii) as to which the Collateral Agent is the Depositary Banks customer (as
defined in UCC Section 4-104).
Controlled Securities Account means a Securities Account that (i) is maintained in the name
of a Grantor at an office of a Securities Intermediary located in the United States and (ii)
together with all Financial Assets credited thereto and all related Security Entitlements, is
subject to a Securities Account Control Agreement.
Copyright License means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor,
or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right to use, copy, reproduce,
distribute, prepare derivative works, display or publish any records or other materials on which a
Copyright is in existence or may come into existence, including any exclusive Copyright license
agreement identified in Schedule 1 to any Copyright Security Agreement.
Copyrights means all the following: (i) all copyrights under the laws of the United States
or any other country (whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published), all
registrations and recordings thereof, all copyrightable works of authorship (whether or not
published), and all applications for copyrights under the laws of the United States or any other
country, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office
or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or
any political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Copyright
Security Agreement, (ii) all renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims for, and rights to
sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing, and (iv) all income, royalties,
damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing,
including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
Copyright Security Agreement means a Copyright Security Agreement, in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
4
Deposit Account Control Agreement means, with respect to any Deposit Account of any Grantor
that is not an Excluded Account, a Deposit Account Control Agreement in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent among such Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the relevant
Depositary Bank.
Depositary Bank means a bank at which a Controlled Deposit Account is maintained.
Equity Interest means (i) in the case of a corporation, any shares of its capital stock,
(ii) in the case of a limited liability company, any membership interest therein, (iii) in the case
of a partnership, any partnership interest (whether general or limited) therein, (iv) in the case
of any other business entity, any participation or other interest in the equity or profits thereof,
(v) any warrant, option or other right to acquire any Equity Interest described in this definition
or (vi) any Security Entitlement in respect of any Equity Interest described in this definition.
Excluded Account has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Excluded
Property.
Excluded Property means, collectively,
(i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest in which is excluded from the UCC in
the relevant jurisdiction;
(ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to the extent (but only to the extent)
required to prevent the Collateral from including more than 65% of all voting Equity Interests in
such Foreign Subsidiary;
(iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent and for so
long as the attachments of security interest created hereby herein would violate any joint venture
agreement, organizational document, shareholders agreement or equivalent agreement relating to such
joint venture or Subsidiary;
(iv) any rights of Issuer or any Guarantor in any contract or license if under the terms
thereof, or any applicable law with respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest therein
to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has not been waived or the consent of
the other party to such contract or license has not been obtained or, under applicable law, such
prohibition cannot be waived;
5
(v) certain deposit accounts (such deposit accounts being Excluded Accounts), the balance of
which consists exclusively of (a) withheld income taxes and federal, state, local and foreign
employment taxes in such amounts as are required to be paid to the IRS or any other applicable
governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit plan on
behalf of or for the benefit of employees of Issuer or any Guarantor;
(vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine from time to time that the cost of
obtaining a Lien thereon exceeds the benefits of obtaining such a Lien;
(vii) any intent-to-use U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely during the
period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or
enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application or the mark that is the subject of such
application under applicable law;
(viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such time as Issuer determines that such
Equity Interests should be pledged as Collateral, such determination (which shall be irrevocable)
to be made by an officers certificate delivered by Issuer to the Collateral Agent; and
(ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed $1,000,000 deposited for the purpose of
security leases of office space, furniture or equipment;
provided, however, that Excluded Property shall not (i) apply to any contract or license to the
extent the applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the UCC (including Sections
9-406 through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit, impair or otherwise affect
Collateral Agents unconditional continuing security interest in and Lien upon any rights or
interests of Issuer or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to become due under any such contract
or license (including any Accounts).
Existing Transfer Restrictions means Transfer Restrictions existing with respect to any
Pledged Securities (a) by virtue of the fact that the Grantor is an affiliate, within the meaning
of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, of any issuer thereof, or that any Pledged Securities are
restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and (b) under the
Spectrum Stockholder Agreement.
Foreign Subsidiary means any Subsidiary which is a controlled foreign corporation within
the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Grantors has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
6
Holders means the holders from time of the Notes (or any Additional Notes).
Indenture has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
Issuer has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
Intellectual Property means all intellectual and similar property of any Grantor of every
kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs,
Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and
business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, software and databases and
all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation, registrations and franchises, and
all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing or used in
connection with, any of the foregoing.
Intellectual Property Filing means (i) with respect to any Patent, Patent License recorded
with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Trademark or Trademark License recorded with the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office, the filing of the applicable Patent Security Agreement or Trademark
Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, together with an
appropriately completed recordation form, and (ii) with respect to any Copyright or exclusive
Copyright License, the filing of the applicable Copyright Security Agreement with the United States
Copyright Office, together with an appropriately completed recordation form, in each case
sufficient to record the Transaction Lien granted to the Collateral Agent in such Recordable
Intellectual Property.
Intellectual Property Security Agreement means a Copyright Security Agreement, a Patent
Security Agreement or a Trademark Security Agreement.
Issuer Control Agreement means an Issuer Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory
to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved).
License means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or
sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party.
Majority Holders has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
7
Mortgage means a mortgage or deed of trust in form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in
each case creating a Lien on real property in favor of the Collateral Agent (or a sub-agent
appointed pursuant to Section 18(b)) for the benefit of the Secured Parties and with such changes
in the form thereof as the Collateral Agent shall request for the purpose of conforming to local
practice for similar instruments in the jurisdiction where such real property is located.
New Document has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
New Obligations has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
New Representative has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
Notes has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
Original Grantor means any Grantor that grants a Lien on any of its assets hereunder on the
date hereof.
own refers to the possession of sufficient rights in property to grant a security interest
therein as contemplated by UCC Section 9-203, and acquire refers to the acquisition of any such
rights.
Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
Patent License means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor, or
pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right with respect to any Patent or
any invention now or hereafter in existence, whether patentable or not, whether a patent or
application for patent is in existence on such invention or not, and whether a patent or
application for patent on such invention may come into existence or not, including any exclusive
Patent license agreement recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office identified in Schedule
1 to any Patent Security Agreement.
Patents means (i) all letters patent and design letters patent of the United States or any
other country and all applications for letters patent or design letters patent of the United States
or any other country, including applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in
any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any
political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Patent Security
Agreement, (ii) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in
8
part, revisions and extensions of any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims for, and rights to
sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing and (iv) all income, royalties,
damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing,
including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
Patent Security Agreement means a Patent Security Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory
to the Collateral Agent, executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for
the benefit of the Secured Parties.
Perfection Certificate means, with respect to any Grantor, a certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit B (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved), completed
and supplemented with the schedules contemplated thereby, and signed by an officer of such Grantor.
Personal Property Collateral means all property included in the Collateral except Real
Property Collateral.
Pledged, when used in conjunction with any type of asset, means at any time an asset of such
type that is included (or that creates rights that are included) in the Collateral at such time.
For example, Pledged Equity Interest means an Equity Interest that is included in the Collateral
at such time.
Post-Petition Interest has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust
Agreement.
Real Property Collateral means all real property (excluding leasehold interests in real
property) included in the Collateral.
Recordable Intellectual Property means (i) any Patent registered with the United States
Patent and Trademark Office, and any Patent License recorded in the U.S. with respect to a Patent
so registered, (ii) any Trademark registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office,
and any Trademark License recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office with respect to a
Trademark so registered, (iii) any Copyright registered with the United States Copyright Office and
any exclusive Copyright License with respect to a Copyright so registered, and all rights in or
under any of the foregoing.
Registration Rights Agreement means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
the Issue Date between the Issuer and the Initial Purchaser.
Rule 144 has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).
Rule 145 has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).
9
Rule 144/145 Securities has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).
Secured Document has the meaning assigned to the term Document as defined in the
Collateral Trust Agreement.
Secured Guarantee means, with respect to each Guarantor, its guarantee of the Secured
Obligations.
Secured Obligations means any and all Obligations as such term is defined in the
Collateral Trust Agreement.
Secured Parties has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
Securities Account Control Agreement means, when used with respect to a Securities Account,
a Securities Account Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent
(with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved) among the relevant Securities
Intermediary, the relevant Grantor and the Collateral Agent.
Security Agreement Supplement means a Security Agreement Supplement, substantially in the
form of Exhibit A, signed and delivered to the Collateral Agent for the purpose of adding a Grantor
as a party hereto pursuant to Section 20 and/or adding additional property to the Collateral.
Spectrum means Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Collateral Trust Agreement.
Spectrum Stockholder Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust
Agreement.
Trademark License means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor,
or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right to use any Trademark,
including any agreement recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office identified in Schedule 1
to any Trademark Security Agreement.
Trademarks means: (i) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business
names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, brand names, trade dress,
prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, package and other designs,
and all other source or business identifiers, and all general intangibles of like nature, and the
10
rights in any of the foregoing which arise under applicable law, (ii) the goodwill of the
business symbolized thereby or associated with each of them, (iii) all registrations and
applications in connection therewith, including registrations and applications in the United States
Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State
thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including those described in
Schedule 1 to any Trademark Security Agreement, (iv) all renewals of any of the foregoing, (v) all
claims for, and rights to sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing and (vi)
all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of
the foregoing, including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.
Trademark Security Agreement means a Trademark Security Agreement, in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have
approved), executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of
the Secured Parties.
Transaction Liens means the Liens granted by the Grantors under the Collateral Documents.
Transfer Restriction means, with respect to any Pledged Securities, any condition to or
restriction on the ability of the owner thereof to sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Pledged
Securities or enforce the provisions thereof or of any document related thereto whether set forth
in the any Pledged Security itself or in any document related thereto, including, without
limitation, (i) any requirement that any sale, assignment or other transfer or enforcement for such
Pledged Security be consented to or approved by any Person (including, without limitation, by the
issuer thereof or any other obligor thereon or pursuant to any trust or similar agreement or
arrangement), (ii) any limitations on the type or status, financial or otherwise, of any purchaser,
Collateral Agent, assignee or transferee of such Pledged Security, (iii) any requirement for the
delivery of any certificate, consent, agreement, opinion of counsel, notice or any other document
of any Person to the issuer of, any other obligor on or any registrar or transfer agent for, such
item of collateral, prior to the sale, pledge, assignment or other transfer or enforcement of such
item of collateral and (iv) any registration or qualification requirement or prospectus delivery
requirement for such item of collateral pursuant to any federal, state or foreign securities law
(including, without limitation, any such requirement arising under Section 5 of the Securities Act
as a result of such security being a restricted security or any of the Grantors being an
affiliate of the issuer of such security, as such terms are defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, or as a result of the sale of such security being subject to paragraph (c) of Rule
145 under the Securities Act).
11
Trustee has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New
York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of
any Transaction Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a
jurisdiction other than New York, UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to
time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection,
effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
SECTION 2. Grant of Transaction Liens.
(a) The Issuer, in order to secure the Secured Obligations, and each other Grantor
listed on the signature pages hereof, in order to secure its Secured Guarantee, grants to the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all the
following property of the Issuer or such other Grantor, as the case may be, whether now owned or
existing or hereafter acquired or arising and regardless of where located:
(i) all Accounts;
(ii) all Chattel Paper;
(iii) all cash and Deposit Accounts;
(iv) all Documents;
(v) all Equipment;
(vi) all General Intangibles (including, without limitation, (w) any Equity Interests
in other Persons that do not constitute Investment Property, (x) any Intellectual Property
and (y) any rights under contracts (including the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement)
that the Issuer has with Spectrum);
(vii) all Instruments;
(viii) all Inventory;
(ix) all Investment Property (including, without limitation, all Equity Interests in
Spectrum);
(x) the Commercial Tort Claims described in Schedule 3;
12
(xi) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;
(xii) all books and records (including customer lists, credit files, computer
programs, printouts and other computer materials and records) of such Grantor pertaining
to any of its Collateral;
(xiii) such Grantors ownership interest in (1) its Collateral Accounts, (2) all
Financial Assets credited to its Collateral Accounts from time to time and all Security
Entitlements in respect thereof, (3) all cash held in its Collateral Accounts from time to
time and (4) all other money in the possession of the Collateral Agent; and
(xiv) all Proceeds of the Collateral described in the foregoing clauses (i) through
(xi);
provided that the Excluded Property shall be excluded from the foregoing security interests.
(b) With respect to each right to payment or performance included in the Collateral
from time to time, the Transaction Lien granted therein includes a continuing security interest in
(i) any Supporting Obligation that supports such payment or performance and (ii) any Lien that (x)
secures such right to payment or performance or (y) secures any such Supporting Obligation.
(c) The Transaction Liens are granted as security only and shall not subject the
Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or transfer or in any way affect or modify, any
obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to any of the Collateral or any transaction in
connection therewith.
SECTION 3. General Representations and Warranties. Each Grantor represents and warrants
that, as of the date hereof:
(a) Such Grantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction identified as its jurisdiction of organization in its Perfection
Certificate.
(b) With respect to each Original Grantor, Schedule 1 lists all Equity Interests in
Subsidiaries and Affiliates owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof. Such Grantor holds all
such Equity Interests directly (i.e., not through a Subsidiary, a Securities Intermediary or any
other Person).
(c) (i) With respect to each Original Grantor, (A) Part 1 of Schedule 2 lists, as of
the date hereof, all Securities owned by such Grantor (except Securities evidencing Equity
Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates) and (B) Part 2 of
13
Schedule 2 lists, as of the date hereof, all Securities Accounts to which Financial Assets are
credited in respect of which such Grantor owns Security Entitlements.
(ii) Except for the Existing Transfer Restrictions, the Collateral is not subject to
any Transfer Restriction, and the Grantor will not cause or suffer to exist any Transfer
Restriction other than the Existing Transfer Restrictions with respect to any of the
Collateral.
(iii) The Equity Interests listed on Part 3 of Schedule 2 hereto (the Rule 144/145
Securities) are or may be deemed restricted or control securities (as indicated on Part 3
of Schedule 2) for purposes of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (Rule 144) promulgated
by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Grantor has indicated on Part 3 of
Schedule whether the securities are or are not subject to any restrictions pursuant to
Rule 145 under the Securities Act (Rule 145).
(iv) The Grantor has held such Rule 144/145 Securities and borne the full economic
risk thereof from or prior to the date(s) indicated on Part 3 of Schedule 2.
(v) The Grantor will cooperate fully with the Collateral Agent with respect to any
sale by the Collateral Agent of any of the Rule 144/145 Securities, including full and
complete compliance with all requirements of Rule 144 and/or Rule 145 and will give to the
Collateral Agent all information and will do all things necessary, including the execution
of all documents, forms, instruments and other items, to comply with Rule 144 and/or Rule
145 for the complete and unrestricted sale and/or transfer of the Rule 144/145 Securities
and will exercise its commercially reasonable efforts to have the issuer of any Rule
144/145 Securities, upon the request of the Collateral Agent at the written direction of
the Majority Holders, take all such action as may be required to satisfy the public
information requirements of Rule 144(c).
(vi) The Grantor will use its commercially reasonable efforts, upon the Collateral
Agents written request, to obtain and publish all information necessary to satisfy Rule
144 and/or Rule 145 in the event any issuer of the Rule 144/145 Securities is not current
in its filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 at the time of a foreclosure sale
by the Collateral Agent.
(d) Grantor owns no Commodity Account in respect of which such Grantor is the
Commodity Customer.
14
(e) All Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor are owned by it free and
clear of any Lien other than the Permitted Collateral Liens. All shares of capital stock included
in such Pledged Equity Interests (including shares of capital stock in respect of which such
Grantor owns a Security Entitlement) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully
paid and non-assessable. None of such Pledged Equity Interests is subject to any option to
purchase or similar right of any Person. Such Grantor is not and will not become a party to or
otherwise bound by any agreement (except the Secured Documents) which restricts in any manner the
rights of any present or future holder of any Pledged Equity Interest with respect thereto.
(f) Such Grantor has good and marketable title to all its Collateral (subject to
exceptions that are, in the aggregate, not material), free and clear of any Lien other than
Permitted Collateral Liens.
(g) Such Grantor has not performed any acts that might prevent the Collateral Agent
from enforcing any of the provisions of the Collateral Documents or that would in any material
respect limit the Collateral Agent in any such enforcement. No financing statement, security
agreement, mortgage or similar or equivalent document or instrument covering all or part of the
Collateral owned by such Grantor is on file or of record in any jurisdiction in which such filing
or recording would be effective to perfect or record a Lien on such Collateral, except financing
statements, mortgages or other similar or equivalent documents with respect to Permitted Collateral
Liens. After the date hereof, no Collateral owned by such Grantor will be in the possession or
under the Control of any other Person having a claim thereto or security interest therein, other
than a Permitted Collateral Lien.
(h) The Transaction Liens on all Personal Property Collateral owned by such Grantor
(i) have been validly created, (ii) will attach to each item of such Collateral on the date hereof
(or, if such Grantor first obtains rights thereto on a later date, on such later date) and (iii)
when so attached, will secure all the Secured Obligations or such Grantors Secured Guarantee, as
the case may be.
(i) When the relevant Mortgages have been duly executed and delivered, the
Transaction Liens on all Real Property Collateral owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof will
have been validly created and will secure all the Secured Obligations or such Grantors Secured
Guarantee, as the case may be. When such Mortgages have been duly recorded, such Transaction Liens
will rank prior to all other Liens (except Permitted Collateral Liens) on such Real Property
Collateral.
(j) Such Grantor has delivered a Perfection Certificate to the Collateral Agent.
With respect to each Original Grantor, information set forth therein is
15
correct and complete as of the date hereof. Within 60 days after the date hereof, such
Original Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent a file search report from each UCC filing
office listed in its Perfection Certificate, showing the filing made at such filing office to
perfect the Transaction Liens on its Collateral.
(k) When UCC financing statements describing the Collateral as all personal
property have been filed in the offices specified in such Perfection Certificate, the Transaction
Liens will constitute perfected security interests in the Personal Property Collateral owned by
such Grantor to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by filing pursuant to
the UCC, prior to all Liens and rights of others therein except Permitted Collateral Liens. When,
in addition to the filing of such UCC financing statements, the applicable Intellectual Property
Filings have been made with respect to such Grantors Recordable Intellectual Property (including
any future filings required pursuant to Sections 4(a) and 5(a)), the Transaction Liens will
constitute perfected security interests in all right, title and interest of such Grantor in its
Recordable Intellectual Property to the extent that security interests therein may be perfected by
such filings, prior to all Liens and rights of others therein except Permitted Collateral Liens.
Except for (i) the filing of such UCC financing statements, (ii) such Intellectual Property Filings
and (iii) the due recordation of the Mortgages, no registration, recordation or filing with any
governmental body, agency or official is required in connection with the execution or delivery of
the Collateral Documents or is necessary for the validity or enforceability thereof or for the
perfection or due recordation of the Transaction Liens or for the enforcement of the Transaction
Liens.
(l) Such Grantor has taken, and will continue to take, all actions necessary under
the UCC to perfect its interest in any Accounts or Chattel Paper purchased or otherwise acquired by
it, as against its assignors and creditors of its assignors.
(m) Such Grantors Collateral is insured as required by the Indenture.
(n) To the best of such Grantors knowledge, all of such Grantors Inventory has or
will have been produced in compliance in all material respects with the applicable requirements of
the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended.
(o) The execution and delivery by such Grantor of, and the performance by such
Grantor of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene (A) any provision of
applicable law, (B) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational documents
in the case of a non-corporate Grantor) of such Grantor, (C) any agreement or other instrument
binding upon such Grantor or any of its subsidiaries or (D) any judgment, order or decree of any
governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,
except, in the cases of (C) and (D), for contraventions that would not
16
have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the
Transaction Liens.
(p) This Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by such
Grantor and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Grantor, enforceable against such
Grantor in accordance with its terms, except as (i) the enforceability hereof may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting
creditors rights or remedies generally (regardless of whether considered in an action at law or in
equity) and (ii) the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of
general applicability.
SECTION 4. Further Assurances; General Covenants. Each Grantor covenants as follows:
(a) Such Grantor will, from time to time, at the Issuers expense, execute, deliver,
file and record any statement, assignment, instrument, document, agreement or other paper and take
any other action (including any Intellectual Property Filing) that from time to time may be
necessary or desirable, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to:
(i) create, preserve, perfect, confirm or validate the Transaction Liens on such
Grantors Collateral;
(ii) in the case of Pledged Deposit Accounts, Pledged Investment Property and Pledged
Letter-of-Credit Rights, cause the Collateral Agent to have Control thereof;
(iii) enable the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties to obtain the full
benefits of the Collateral Documents; or
(iv) enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce any of its rights, powers
and remedies with respect to any of such Grantors Collateral.
Such Grantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute and file such financing statements or
continuation statements in such jurisdictions with such descriptions of collateral (including all
assets or all personal property or other words to that effect) and other information set forth
therein as the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable for the purposes set
forth in the preceding sentence. Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral
Agent to file in any such jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if
filed prior to the date hereof. The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United
States Patent and Trademark Office or United States
17
Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such
documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing,
enforcing or protecting the security interests granted by each Grantor, without the signature of
any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured
party. The Issuer will pay the costs of, or incidental to, any Intellectual Property Filings and
any recording or filing of any financing or continuation statements or other documents recorded or
filed pursuant hereto.
(b) Such Grantor will not (i) change its name or organizational form or structure,
(ii) change its location (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-307) or (iii) become bound, as
provided in UCC Section 9-203(d) or otherwise, by a security agreement entered into by another
Person, unless it shall have given the Collateral Agent at least 10 days prior written notice
thereof and taken all steps necessary to maintain the Transaction Liens in the Collateral of such
Grantor.
(c) [Reserved.]
(d) If any of its (A) Collateral (other than Collateral constituting Inventory) with
a value exceeding $1,000,000 or (B) Collateral constituting Inventory with a value exceeding
$10,000,000), individually or in the aggregate at any time outstanding, is in the possession or
control of a warehouseman, bailee or agent at any time, such Grantor will (i) notify such
warehouseman, bailee or agent of the relevant Transaction Liens, (ii) instruct such warehouseman,
bailee or agent to hold all such Collateral for the Collateral Agents account subject to the
Collateral Agents instructions (which shall permit such Collateral to be removed by such Grantor
in the ordinary course of business until the Collateral Agent notifies such warehouseman, bailee or
agent that an Actionable Default has occurred and is continuing), (iii) cause such warehouseman,
bailee or agent to Authenticate a Record acknowledging that it holds possession of such Collateral
for the Collateral Agents benefit and (iv)make such Authenticated Record available to the
Collateral Agent.
(e) Such Grantor will not sell, lease, exchange, assign or otherwise dispose of, or
grant any option with respect to, any of its Collateral; provided that such Grantor may do any of
the foregoing unless (i) doing so would violate a covenant in the Indenture or (ii) an Actionable
Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either (A) the Collateral Agent shall have
notified such Grantor that its right to do so is terminated, suspended or otherwise limited or (B)
the maturity of any or all of the Secured Obligations shall have been accelerated. Concurrently
with any sale, lease or other disposition (except a sale or disposition to another Grantor or a
lease) permitted by the foregoing proviso, the Transaction Liens on the assets sold or disposed of
(but not in any Proceeds arising from such
18
sale or disposition) will cease immediately without any action by the Collateral Agent or any
other Secured Party. The Collateral Agent will, at the Issuers expense, execute and deliver to
the relevant Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the fact
that any asset so sold or disposed of is no longer subject to a Transaction Lien.
(f) Such Grantor will, promptly upon request, provide to the Collateral Agent all
information and evidence concerning such Grantors Collateral that the Collateral Agent may
reasonably request from time to time to enable it to enforce the provisions of the Collateral
Documents.
(g) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the
preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the
Collateral Agent a certificate executed by an executive officer of the Issuer certifying that all
Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other
appropriate filings, recordings or registrations, including all refilings or continuations thereof,
have been filed of record in each governmental, municipal or other appropriate office in each
jurisdiction identified pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4 to the extent necessary to
protect and perfect the security interests granted hereunder for a period of not less than 18
months after the date of such certificate (except as noted therein with respect to any continuation
statements to be filed within such period).
SECTION 5. Recordable Intellectual Property. Each Grantor covenants as follows:
(a) With respect to Intellectual Property, upon the reasonable request of the
Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby agrees to sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent
Intellectual Property Security Agreements with respect to all Recordable Intellectual Property then
owned by it. Thereafter, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby
agrees to sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent an appropriate Intellectual Property Security
Agreement covering any Recordable Intellectual Property owned by it that is not covered by any
previous Intellectual Property Security Agreement so signed and delivered by it. In each case, it
will promptly make all Intellectual Property Filings necessary to record the Transaction Liens on
such Recordable Intellectual Property.
(b) Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent promptly if it knows that any
application or registration relating to any material Recordable Intellectual Property owned or
licensed by it may become abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse
determination or development (including the institution of, or any material adverse determination
or development in, any
19
proceeding in the United States Copyright Office, the United States Patent and Trademark
Office or any court) regarding such Grantors ownership of such Recordable Intellectual Property,
its right to register or patent the same, or its right to keep and maintain the same. If any of
such Grantors rights to any material Recordable Intellectual Property are materially infringed,
misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent within
30 days after it learns thereof and will, unless such Grantor shall reasonably determine that such
action would be of negligible value, economic or otherwise, promptly sue for infringement,
misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement,
misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem
appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Recordable Intellectual Property.
(c) Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent at the written direction of
the Majority Holders, each Grantor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all
requisite consents or approvals by the licensor of each Copyright License, Patent License or
Trademark License that is material to such Grantors business and under which such Grantor is a
licensee to effect the assignment of all such Grantors right, title and interest thereunder to the
Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, or its designee.
SECTION 6. Investment Property. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
(a) Certificated Securities. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original
Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the
case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will deliver to the Collateral Agent as Collateral
hereunder all certificates representing Pledged Certificated Securities then owned by such Grantor.
Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other certificate representing a Pledged
Certificated Security, such Grantor will promptly (and in any case, within 10 Business Days)
deliver such certificate to the Collateral Agent as Collateral hereunder. The provisions of this
subsection are subject to the limitation in Section 6(j) in the case of voting Equity Interests in
a Foreign Subsidiary.
(b) Uncertificated Securities. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original
Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the
case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will enter into (and cause the relevant issuer to enter
into) an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security then owned by
such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is a Subsidiary of such Grantor (and
use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the relevant issuer to enter into an Issuer Control
Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security
20
then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is not a
Subsidiary of such Grantor), and deliver such Issuer Control Agreement to the Collateral Agent
(which shall enter into the same). Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other Pledged
Uncertificated Security, such Grantor will enter into (and cause the relevant issuer to enter into)
an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of such Pledged Uncertificated Security, where the issuer of
such Uncertificated Security is a Subsidiary of such Grantor (and use commercially reasonable
efforts to cause the relevant issuer to enter into an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each
Pledged Uncertificated Security then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated
Security is not a Subsidiary of such Grantor), and deliver such Issuer Control Agreement to the
Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). The provisions of this subsection are subject
to the limitation in Section 6(j) in the case of voting Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary.
(c) Security Entitlements. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor)
or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of
any other Grantor), such Grantor will, with respect to each Security Entitlement then owned by it,
enter into (and cause the relevant Securities Intermediary to enter into) a Securities Account
Control Agreement in respect of such Security Entitlement and the Securities Account to which the
underlying Financial Asset is credited and will deliver such Securities Account Control Agreement
to the Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). Thereafter, whenever such Grantor
acquires any other Security Entitlement, such Grantor will, as promptly as practicable, cause the
underlying Financial Asset to be credited to a Controlled Securities Account.
(d) Perfection as to Certificated Securities. When such Grantor delivers the
certificate representing any Pledged Certificated Security owned by it to the Collateral Agent and
complies with Section 6(h) in connection with such delivery, (i) the Transaction Lien on such
Pledged Certificated Security will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others,
(ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Pledged Certificated Security and (iii) the
Collateral Agent will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of UCC Section 8-303) thereof.
(e) Perfection as to Uncertificated Securities. When such Grantor, the Collateral
Agent and the issuer of any Pledged Uncertificated Security owned by such Grantor enter into an
Issuer Control Agreement with respect thereto, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Pledged
Uncertificated Security will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others, (ii) the
Collateral Agent will have Control of such Pledged Uncertificated Security and (iii) the Collateral
Agent will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of UCC Section 8-303) thereof.
21
(f) Perfection as to Security Entitlements. So long as the Financial Asset
underlying any Security Entitlement owned by such Grantor is credited to a Controlled Securities
Account, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Security Entitlement will be perfected, subject to no
prior Liens or rights of others (except Liens and rights of the relevant Securities Intermediary
that are Permitted Collateral Liens), (ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Security
Entitlement and (iii) no action based on an adverse claim to such Security Entitlement or such
Financial Asset, whether framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien or
other theory, may be asserted against the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party.
(g) Agreement as to Applicable Jurisdiction. In respect of all Security
Entitlements owned by such Grantor, and all Securities Accounts to which the related Financial
Assets are credited, the Securities Intermediarys jurisdiction (determined as provided in UCC
Section 8-110(e)) will at all times be located in the United States.
(h) Delivery of Pledged Certificates. All certificates representing Pledged
Certificated Securities, when delivered to the Collateral Agent, will be in suitable form for
transfer by delivery, or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in
blank, with signatures appropriately guaranteed, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Collateral Agent.
(i) Communications. Each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies
of any notices and other communications received by it with respect to (i) Pledged Securities
registered in the name of such Grantor or its nominee and (ii) Pledged Security Entitlements as to
which such Grantor is the Entitlement Holder.
(j) Foreign Subsidiaries. A Grantor will not be obligated to comply with the
provisions of this Section at any time with respect to any voting Equity Interest in a Foreign
Subsidiary if and to the extent (but only to the extent) that such voting Equity Interest is
excluded from the Transaction Liens at such time pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of
Excluded Property and/or the comparable provisions of one or more Security Agreement Supplements.
(k) Compliance with Applicable Foreign Laws. If and so long as the Collateral
includes (i) any Equity Interest in, or other Investment Property issued by, a legal entity
organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States or (ii) any Security
Entitlement in respect of a Financial Asset issued by such a foreign legal entity, the relevant
Grantor will upon request of the Collateral Agent, use its commercially reasonable efforts to take
all such action as may be required under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction to ensure that the
Transaction
22
Lien on such Collateral ranks prior to all Liens and rights of others therein to the extent
permitted by such law.
(l) Certification of Limited Liability Company and Partnership Interests. Any
limited liability company and any partnership controlled by any Grantor shall either (a) not
include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited
liability company or such partnership be a security as defined under Article 8 of the Uniform
Commercial Code, or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or
such partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability company or partnership
controlled by any Grantor and pledged hereunder is certificated or becomes certificated, each such
certificate shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 6(a) and such Grantor
shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 6 applicable in respect thereof.
SECTION 7. Deposit Accounts. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
(a) All cash other than cash held in any Excluded Account owned by such Grantor will
be deposited, upon or promptly after the receipt thereof, in one or more Controlled Deposit
Accounts.
(b) In respect of each Controlled Deposit Account, the Depositary Banks
jurisdiction (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-304) will at all times be a jurisdiction in
which Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code is in effect.
(c) So long as the Collateral Agent has Control of a Controlled Deposit Account, the
Transaction Lien on such Controlled Deposit Account will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or
rights of others (except (x) the Depositary Banks right to deduct its normal operating charges and
any uncollected funds previously credited thereto and (y) nonconsensual Permitted Collateral
Liens).
SECTION 8. Cash Collateral Accounts. If and when required for purposes hereof or of any
Secured Document, the Collateral Agent will establish with respect to each Grantor an account (its
Cash Collateral Account), in the name and under the exclusive control of the Collateral Agent,
into which all amounts owned by such Grantor that are to be deposited therein pursuant to the
applicable Secured Document shall be deposited from time to time. Funds held in any Cash
Collateral Account may, until withdrawn, be invested and reinvested in such Cash Equivalents as the
relevant Grantor shall request in writing from time to time; provided that if an Actionable Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may select such Cash Equivalents.
Subject to Section 14, withdrawal of funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account shall
23
be permitted if, as and when expressly so provided in or in respect of the applicable
provision of the Secured Document pursuant to which such Cash Collateral Account was required to be
established.
SECTION 9. Commercial Tort Claims. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as
follows:
(a) In the case of an Original Grantor, Schedule 3 accurately describes, with the
specificity required to satisfy Official Comment 5 to UCC Section 9-108, each Commercial Tort Claim
with respect to which such Original Grantor is the claimant as of the date hereof other than any
Commercial Tort Claim with a value of less than $5,000,000. In the case of any other Grantor,
Schedule 3 to its first Security Agreement Supplement will accurately describe, with the
specificity required to satisfy said Official Comment 5, each Commercial Tort Claim with respect to
which such Grantor is the claimant as of the date on which it signs and delivers such Security
Agreement Supplement.
(b) If any Grantor acquires a Commercial Tort Claim with a value of $5,000,000 or
more after the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor) or the date on which it signs and
delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Grantor), such Grantor
will promptly sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement granting a
security interest in such Commercial Tort Claim (which shall be described therein with the
specificity required to satisfy said Official Comment 5) to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of
the Secured Parties.
SECTION 10. Transfer Of Record Ownership. At any time when an Actionable Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may (and to the extent that action by it is
required, the relevant Grantor, if directed to do so by the Collateral Agent, will as promptly as
practicable) cause each of the Pledged Securities (or any portion thereof specified in such
direction) to be transferred of record into the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee. Each
Grantor will take any and all actions reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to facilitate
compliance with this Section. If the provisions of this Section are implemented, Section 6(b)
shall not thereafter apply to any Pledged Security that is registered in the name of the Collateral
Agent or its nominee. The Collateral Agent will promptly give to the relevant Grantor copies of
any notices and other communications received by the Collateral Agent with respect to Pledged
Securities registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee.
SECTION 11. Right to Vote Securities. (a) Unless an Actionable Default shall have occurred
and be continuing (and the Collateral Agent has given written notice as provided in Section 11(b)),
each Grantor will have the right, from time to time, to vote and to give consents, ratifications
and waivers with respect to any
24
Pledged Security owned by it and the Financial Asset underlying any Pledged Security
Entitlement owned by it, including in each case, shares issued by Spectrum that are recorded at
Bank of New York Mellon in the name of the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent will, upon
receiving a written request from such Grantor, deliver to such Grantor or as specified in such
request such proxies, powers of attorney, consents, ratifications and waivers in respect of any
such Pledged Security that is registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee or any
such Pledged Security Entitlement as to which the Collateral Agent or its nominee is the
Entitlement Holder, in each case as shall be specified in such request and be in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
(b) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
Collateral Agent has received written instruction from the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent
will, upon giving written notice to the applicable Grantor of its intention to exercise such
rights, have the exclusive right to the extent permitted by law to vote, to give consents,
ratifications and waivers and to take any other action with respect to the Available Portion of
Collateral, with the same force and effect as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute and sole
owner thereof, and each Grantor will take all such action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably
request from time to time to give effect to such right. For the avoidance of doubt, each Grantor
shall retain the right to vote, give consents, ratifications and waivers and to take any other
action with respect to such Available Portion of Collateral (including, when applicable, shares
issued by Spectrum that are recorded at Bank of New York Mellon in the name of the Collateral
Agent) in the event that (i) the Collateral Agent does not give written notice referred to above of
its intention to exercise such rights or (ii) all Actionable Defaults shall no longer be
continuing, in each case so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of the Indenture or
hereof.
SECTION 12. Certain Cash Distributions. Cash Distributions with respect to assets held in a
Collateral Account shall be deposited and held therein, or withdrawn therefrom, as provided in
Section 8. Cash Distributions with respect to any Pledged Equity Interest or Pledged Debt that is
not held in a Collateral Account (whether held in the name of a Grantor or in the name of the
Collateral Agent or its nominee) shall be deposited, promptly upon receipt thereof, in a Controlled
Deposit Account of the relevant Grantor; provided that, if an Actionable Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may deposit, or direct the recipient thereof to
deposit, each such Cash Distribution in the relevant Grantors Cash Collateral Account.
SECTION 13. Remedies upon Actionable Default. (a) If an Actionable Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise
25
(or cause its sub-agents to exercise) any or all of the remedies available to it (or to such
sub-agents) under the Collateral Documents with respect to the Available Portion of the Collateral.
(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if an Actionable Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise on behalf of the Secured Parties
all the rights of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not in effect in the jurisdiction where
such rights are exercised) with respect to any Personal Property Collateral and, in addition, the
Collateral Agent may, without being required to give any notice, except as herein provided or as
may be required by mandatory provisions of law, sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any
part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, brokers board or
at any of the Collateral Agents offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery,
at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent
may deem commercially reasonable, irrespective of the impact of any such sales on the market price
of the Collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any Secured Party may be the
purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any such sale and (with the consent of the Collateral
Agent, which may be withheld in its discretion) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and
making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at
any such public sale, to use and apply all of any part of the Secured Obligations as a credit on
account of the purchase price of any Collateral payable at such sale. Upon any sale of Collateral
by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a
judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall
be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such
purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the
purchase money paid to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the
misapplication thereof. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely
free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the
extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay or appraisal that it now has or may at any
time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The
Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale
having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time
by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be
made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the maximum extent permitted by law,
each Grantor hereby waives any claim against any Secured Party arising because the price at which
any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have
been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and
does not offer such
26
Collateral to more than one offeree. The Collateral Agent may disclaim any warranty, as to
title or as to any other matter, in connection with such sale or other disposition, and its doing
so shall not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of such sale or other
disposition.
(c) If the Collateral Agent sells any of the Collateral upon credit, the Grantors
will be credited only with payment actually made by the purchaser, received by the Collateral Agent
and applied in accordance with Section 14 hereof. In the event the purchaser fails to pay for the
Collateral, the Collateral Agent may resell the same, subject to the same rights and duties set
forth herein.
(d) Notice of any such sale or other disposition shall be given to the relevant
Grantor(s) as (and if) required by Section 16.
(e) For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies
under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise
such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent an irrevocable license
(exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors), to use, license or
sublicense any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter
acquired by such Grantor, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the
licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the
compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be exercised
only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Actionable Default; provided, however,
that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in
accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an
Actionable Default.
(f) The foregoing provisions of this Section shall apply to Real Property Collateral
only to the extent permitted by applicable law and the provisions of any applicable Mortgage or
other document.
(g) Each Grantor hereby covenants that on the earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence
of a default under any Secured Document, (ii) such time as Spectrum becomes a well-known seasoned
issuer as defined under the Securities Act rules and regulations, and (iii) at any time that the
Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio is less than 1.75 to 1, the Issuer will be required to exercise
all of its contractual rights and use its commercially reasonable efforts to, as promptly as
possible, cause Spectrum to file and become effective a shelf registration that shall be in form
suitable for use by the Collateral Agent in connection with any disposition of Spectrum Equity
Interests constituting part of the Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies, and to
keep such shelf registration statement effective at all times until the earlier of the time (i) the
Secured Obligations are repaid in full
27
or (ii) all Spectrum Equity Interests pledged as Collateral hereunder have been disposed of by
the Collateral Agent.
(h) After all Actionable Defaults have been cured or waived, at the direction of the
Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent shall enter into an amendment to any Deposit Account Control
Agreement that requires such Deposit Account Control Agreement be amended for the purpose of
terminating the Collateral Agents exclusive control as a result of an Actionable Default over the
related Deposit Account in the instance the Collateral Agent exercised remedies over the related
Deposit Account (but otherwise such amendment will ensure the Collateral Agent retains Control of
such Deposit Account).
SECTION 14. Application of Proceeds. (a) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Collateral Agent may apply (i) any cash held in the Collateral Accounts and (ii)
the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral, in accordance
with the Collateral Trust Agreement.
(b) In making the payments and allocations required by this Section, the Collateral
Agent may rely upon information supplied to it pursuant to Section 18(c). All distributions made
by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section shall be final (except in the event of manifest
error) and the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by any Secured
Party of any amount distributed to it.
SECTION 15. Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The Issuer will forthwith upon demand
pay to the Collateral Agent:
(i) the amount of any taxes that the Collateral Agent may have been required to pay
by reason of the Transaction Liens or to free any Collateral from any other Lien thereon;
(ii) the amount of any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses,
including transfer taxes and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other experts,
that the Collateral Agent may incur in connection with (x) the administration or
enforcement of the Collateral Documents, including such expenses as are incurred to
preserve the value of the Collateral or the validity, perfection, rank or value of any
Transaction Lien, (y) the collection, sale or other disposition of any Collateral or (z)
the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights or powers under the Collateral
Documents;
28
(iii) the amount of any fees that the Issuer shall have agreed in writing to pay to
the Collateral Agent and that shall have become due and payable in accordance with such
written agreement; and
(iv) the amount required to indemnify the Collateral Agent for, or hold it harmless
and defend it against, any loss, liability or expense (including the reasonable and
documented fees and expenses of its counsel and any experts or sub-agents appointed by it
hereunder) incurred or suffered by the Collateral Agent in connection with the Collateral
Documents, except to the extent that such loss, liability or expense arises from the
Collateral Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct or a breach of any duty that the
Collateral Agent has under this Agreement (after giving effect to Sections 17 and 18).
(b) If any transfer tax, documentary stamp tax or other tax is payable in connection
with any transfer or other transaction provided for in the Collateral Documents, the Issuer will
pay such tax and provide any required tax stamps to the Collateral Agent or as otherwise required
by law.
(c) The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Secured Parties, their respective
affiliates and the respective directors, officers, agents and employees of the foregoing (each an
Indemnitee) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, costs and expenses of any kind (including reasonable expenses of investigation by
engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel) arising out of, or in connection with any and all environmental
liabilities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor waives all rights for
contribution and all other rights of recovery with respect to liabilities, losses, damages, costs
and expenses arising under or related to environmental laws that it might have by statute or
otherwise against any Indemnitee.
SECTION 16. Authority to Administer Collateral. Each Grantor irrevocably appoints the
Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, in the name of such
Grantor, any Secured Party or otherwise, for the sole use and benefit of the Secured Parties, but
at the Borrowers expense, to the extent permitted by law to exercise, at any time and from time to
time while an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or any of the following
powers with respect to all or any of such Grantors Collateral:
(a) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and
all monies due or to become due upon or by virtue thereof,
29
(b) to settle, compromise, compound, prosecute or defend any action or
proceeding with respect thereto,
(c) to sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of the same or the
proceeds or avails thereof, as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the
absolute owner thereof, and
(d) to extend the time of payment of any or all thereof and to make any
allowance or other adjustment with reference thereto;
provided that, except in the case of Personal Property Collateral that is perishable or threatens
to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the
Collateral Agent will give the relevant Grantor at least ten days prior written notice of the time
and place of any public sale thereof or the time after which any private sale or other intended
disposition thereof will be made. Any such notice shall (i) contain the information specified in
UCC Section 9-613, (ii) be Authenticated and (iii) be sent to the parties required to be notified
pursuant to UCC Section 9-611(c); provided that, if the Collateral Agent fails to comply with this
sentence in any respect, its liability for such failure shall be limited to the liability (if any)
imposed on it as a matter of law under the UCC.
SECTION 17. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral. Beyond the exercise of reasonable
care in the custody and preservation thereof, the Collateral Agent will have no duty as to any
Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any sub-agent or bailee
selected by it in good faith or any income therefrom or as to the preservation of rights against
prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. The Collateral Agent will be deemed to have
exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession or
control if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its
own property, and will not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any Collateral, or
for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of any act or omission of any sub-agent or
bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith, except to the extent that such liability
arises from the Collateral Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct.
SECTION 18. General Provisions Concerning the Collateral Agent.
(a) The provisions of Article 7 of the Indenture shall inure to the benefit of the
Collateral Agent, and shall be binding upon all Grantors and all Secured Parties, in connection
with this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, (i) the Collateral Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties,
regardless of whether an Actionable Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Collateral
Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary
30
powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Collateral
Documents that the Collateral Agent is required to exercise in accordance with the Collateral Trust
Agreement, and (iii) except as expressly set forth in the Indenture, the Collateral Agent shall not
have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for any failure to disclose, any information
relating to any Grantor that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Collateral Agent
or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the
existence, genuineness or value of any Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or
enforceability of any Transaction Lien, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any
action or omission to act on its part under the Collateral Documents. The Collateral Agent shall be
deemed not to have knowledge of any Actionable Default unless and until written notice thereof is
given to the Collateral Agent by any Grantor or a Secured Party.
(b) Sub-Agents and Related Parties. The Collateral Agent may perform any of its
duties and exercise any of its rights and powers through one or more sub-agents appointed by it.
The Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any of its duties and exercise any of its
rights and powers through its Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of Section 17 and this
Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Collateral Agent and
any such sub-agent.
(c) Information as to Secured Obligations and Actions by Secured Parties. For all
purposes of the Collateral Documents, including determining the amounts of the Secured Obligations,
or whether any action has been taken under any Secured Document, the Collateral Agent will be
entitled to rely on information from (i) its own records for information as to the Secured Parties,
their Secured Obligations and actions taken by them, (ii) any Secured Party (or any trustee, agent
or similar representative designated pursuant to Section 21 to supply such information) for
information as to its Secured Obligations and actions taken by it, to the extent that the
Collateral Agent has not obtained such information from its own records, and (iii) the Issuer, to
the extent that the Collateral Agent has not obtained information from the foregoing sources.
(d) Refusal to Act. The Collateral Agent may refuse to act on any notice, consent,
direction or instruction from any Secured Parties or any agent, trustee or similar representative
thereof that, in the Collateral Agents opinion, (i) is contrary to law or the provisions of any
Collateral Document, (ii) may expose the Collateral Agent to liability (unless the Collateral Agent
shall have been indemnified, to its reasonable satisfaction, for such liability by the Secured
Parties that gave such notice, consent, direction or instruction) or (iii) is unduly prejudicial to
Secured Parties not joining in such notice, consent, direction or instruction.
31
(e) The provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Indenture relating to
the Collateral Agent including, without limitation, the provisions relating to resignation or
removal of the Collateral Agent, reimbursement of expenses, exculpatory rights, rights to
indemnification and the powers and duties and immunities of the Collateral Agent are incorporated
herein by this reference and shall survive any termination of the Collateral Trust Agreement or the
Indenture, as applicable.
(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, to the extent the
provisions hereunder provide for the Collateral Agent to make any request to any Grantor to take or
refrain from taking any action, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to make any such request,
unless instructed in writing to do so by the Majority Holders.
SECTION 19. Termination of Transaction Liens; Release of Collateral. (a) The Transaction
Liens on the Collateral will be released as provided in Section 7.01 of the Collateral Trust
Agreement.
(b) Upon any termination of a Transaction Lien or release of Collateral, the
Collateral Agent will, at the expense of the relevant Grantor, execute and deliver to such Grantor
such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of such
Transaction Lien or the release of such Collateral, as the case may be.
SECTION 20. Additional Guarantors and Grantors. Any Subsidiary may become a party hereto by
signing and delivering to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement, whereupon such
Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and a Grantor as defined herein. The rights and
obligations of each Grantor shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of
any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.
SECTION 21. New Obligations. On or after the date of this Agreement, the Issuer may from
time to time designate additional obligations as New Obligations by delivering to the Collateral
Agent a fully executed Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement (except in the case of Additional Notes) and
otherwise complying with Section 2.02 of the Collateral Agreement.
SECTION 22. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be
delivered as provided in Section 8.03 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.
SECTION 23. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive. No failure by the Collateral Agent
or any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising and no course of dealing with respect
to, any right or remedy under any
32
Collateral Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial
exercise by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any right or remedy under any Secured
Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or
remedy. The rights and remedies specified in the Secured Documents are cumulative and are not
exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.
SECTION 24. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is for the benefit of the Collateral
Agent and the Secured Parties. If all or any part of any Secured Partys interest in any Secured
Obligation is assigned or otherwise transferred, the transferors rights hereunder, to the extent
applicable to the obligation so transferred, shall be automatically transferred with such
obligation. This Agreement shall be binding on the Grantors and their respective successors and
assigns.
SECTION 25. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective
unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent (acting pursuant to, and in
accordance with, the Collateral Trust Agreement) and, with respect to any amendment, the Issuer on
behalf of the Grantors (to the extent required by the Collateral Trust Agreement), and then such
waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for
which given..
SECTION 26. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed
by the laws of the State of New York, except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law
and except to the extent that remedies provided by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the
State of New York are governed by the laws of such jurisdiction.
SECTION 27. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED
THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES
THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR
OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE
FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO
ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG
33
OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
SECTION 28. Severability. If any provision of any Collateral Document is invalid or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the other
provisions of the Collateral Documents shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction
and shall be liberally construed in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties in order
to carry out the intentions of the parties thereto as nearly as may be possible and (ii) the
invalidity or unenforceability of such provision in such jurisdiction shall not affect the validity
or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 29. Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which shall constitute one
instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic
means in PDF format shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this
Agreement.
SECTION 30. Rights Of Holders. No Holder or holder of any New Obligations shall have any
independent rights hereunder other than those rights granted to individual Holders pursuant to
Section 6.07 of the Indenture or comparable provision for holders of New Obligations under any New
Document; provided that nothing in this subsection shall limit any rights granted to the Trustee
under the Notes or the Indenture or any New Representative under any New Document.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]
34
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their
respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Francis T. McCarron |
|
|
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Richard Prokosch
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Richard Prokosch |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
SCHEDULE 1
EQUITY INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES
OWNED BY ORIGINAL GRANTORS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
of |
|
Owner of |
|
|
Percentage |
|
Shares or |
Issuer |
|
Organization |
|
Equity Interest |
|
|
Owned |
|
Units |
Zap.Com
Corporation |
|
Nevada |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
98 |
% |
|
48,972,258 shares of common stock |
Charged
Productions, Inc.* |
|
Nevada |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
5,000,000 class B voting stock |
Zapata Corporation
of America* |
|
Delaware |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
1000 shares of common stock |
NCZ I, Inc.* |
|
Delaware |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
105 shares of common stock |
NCZ II, Inc.* |
|
Delaware |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
101 shares of common stock |
Zapata Investments
Corporation* |
|
New York |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
50 shares of common stock |
Zapata North
America
Corporation* |
|
New York |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
50 shares of common stock |
Zapata America
Corporation* |
|
New York |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
50 shares of common stock |
Zapata Transamerica
Corporation* |
|
New York |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
50 shares of common stock |
Zapata Worldwide
Corporation* |
|
New York |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
50 shares of common stock |
Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
|
54.4 |
% |
|
27,756,905 shares of common stock |
|
|
|
* |
|
Certificated shares will be delivered |
S-2-1
SCHEDULE 2
INVESTMENT PROPERTY
(other than Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates)
OWNED BY ORIGINAL GRANTORS
PART 1 Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of |
|
|
|
Amount |
|
Type of |
Issuer |
|
Organization |
|
Owner of Securities |
|
Owned |
|
Security |
None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART 2 Securities Accounts
The Original Grantors own Security Entitlements with respect to Financial Assets credited to the
following Securities Accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
Owner |
|
Securities Intermediary |
|
Account Number |
Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
Bank of America, N.A.
|
|
601511.1 |
PART 3 Restricted/ Control Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description of |
|
Indicate Restricted, |
|
Subject to Rule 145 |
|
|
Securities |
|
Control or Both |
|
(Yes or No) |
|
Date Fully Paid |
|
|
|
18,119,073 shares
of common stock of
Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Both
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,637,832 shares of
common stock of
Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Control
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
|
|
|
48,722,258 shares
of common stock of Zap.Com Corporation
|
|
Both
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not |
|
|
|
|
|
|
purchased) |
S-2-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description of |
|
Indicate Restricted, |
|
Subject to Rule 145 |
|
|
Securities |
|
Control or Both |
|
(Yes or No) |
|
Date Fully Paid |
|
|
|
250,000 shares of
common stock of
Zap.Com Corporation
|
|
Control
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000,000 shares of
class B common
stock of Charged
Productions, Inc.
|
|
Both
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000 shares of
common stock of
Zapata Corporation
of America
|
|
Both
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105 shares of
common stock of NCZ
I, Inc.
|
|
Both
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101 shares of
common stock of NCZ
II, Inc.
|
|
Both
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 shares of common
stock of Zapata
Investments
Corporation
|
|
Both
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 shares of common
stock of Zapata
North America
Corporation
|
|
Both
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 shares of common
stock of Zapata
America Corporation
|
|
Both
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 shares of common
stock of Zapata
Transamerica Corporation
|
|
Both
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
S-2-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description of |
|
Indicate Restricted, |
|
Subject to Rule 145 |
|
|
Securities |
|
Control or Both |
|
(Yes or No) |
|
Date Fully Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 shares of common
stock of Zapata
Worldwide
Corporation
|
|
Both
|
|
No
|
|
Not applicable
(shares not
purchased) |
S-2-4
SCHEDULE 3
COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS
Describe each existing Commercial Tort Claim with the specificity required to satisfy Official
Comment 5 to UCC Section 9-108.
None.
S-3-1
EXHIBIT A
to Security and Pledge Agreement
[FORM OF] SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT
SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT dated as of _______, ____, between [NAME OF GRANTOR] (the
Grantor) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent.
WHEREAS, Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent,
are parties to a Security and Pledge Agreement dated as of January 7, 2011 (as heretofore amended
and/or supplemented, the Security Agreement) under which Harbinger Group Inc. secures its Secured
Obligations and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto secure their respective guarantees
thereof;
WHEREAS, [NAME OF GRANTOR] desires to become [is] a party to the Security Agreement as a
Grantor thereunder;1 and
WHEREAS, terms defined in the Security Agreement (or whose definitions are incorporated by
reference in Section 1 of the Security Agreement) and not otherwise defined herein have, as used
herein, the respective meanings provided for therein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Secured Guarantee.2 The Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed the full and
punctual payment of the Secured Obligations when due (whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration
or otherwise). The Guarantor acknowledges that, by signing this Security Agreement Supplement and
delivering it to the Collateral Agent, the Guarantor is deemed a Grantor for all purposes of the
Security Agreement and that its obligations under its Secured Guarantee are subject to all the
provisions of the Security Agreement.
|
|
|
1 |
|
If the Grantor is the Issuer, delete this
recital. |
|
2 |
|
Delete this Section if the Grantor is the Issuer or a Guarantor that is already a party to the Security Agreement. |
A-1
2. Grant
of Transaction Liens. (a) In order to secure [its guarantee of]3 the
Secured Obligations, the Grantor grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured
Parties a continuing security interest in all the following property of the Grantor, whether now
owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and regardless of where located (the New
Collateral):
[describe property being added to the Collateral]4
(b) With respect to each right to payment or performance included in the Collateral
from time to time, the Transaction Lien granted therein includes a continuing security
interest in (i) any Supporting Obligation that supports such payment or performance and
(ii) any Lien that (x) secures such right to payment or performance or (y) secures any
such Supporting Obligation.
(c) The foregoing Transaction Liens are granted as security only and shall not
subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or transfer or in any way
affect or modify, any obligation or liability of the Grantor with respect to any of the
New Collateral or any transaction in connection therewith.
3. Delivery of Collateral. Concurrently with delivering this Security Agreement Supplement to
the Collateral Agent, the Grantor is complying with the provisions of Section 6 of the Security
Agreement with respect to Investment Property, in each case if and to the extent included in the
New Collateral at such time.
4. Party to Security Agreement. Upon delivering this Security Agreement Supplement to the
Collateral Agent, the Grantor will become a party to the Security Agreement and will thereafter
have all the rights and obligations of a Grantor thereunder and be bound by all the provisions
thereof as fully as if the Grantor were one of the original parties thereto.5
5. Representations and Warranties. (a) The Grantor is duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of [JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION].
|
|
|
3 |
|
Delete bracketed words if the Grantor is the Issuer. |
|
4 |
|
If the Grantor is not already a party to the Security Agreement, clauses (i) through (xiv) of, and the proviso to, Section 2(a) of the Security Agreement may be appropriate. |
|
5 |
|
Delete Section 4 if the Grantor is already a party to the Security Agreement. |
A-2
(b) The Grantor has delivered a Perfection Certificate to the Collateral Agent. The
information set forth therein is correct and complete as of the date hereof. Within 60
days after the date hereof, the Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent a file search
report from each UCC filing office listed in such Perfection Certificate, showing the
filing made at such filing office to perfect the Transaction Liens on the New Collateral.
(c) The execution and delivery of this Security Agreement Supplement by the Grantor
and the performance by it of its obligations under the Security Agreement as supplemented
hereby are within its corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate or other action, require no action by or in respect of, or filing
with, any governmental body, agency or official and do not contravene, or constitute a
default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation or of its organizational
documents, or of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument
binding upon it or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (except a Transaction
Lien) on any of its assets.
(d) The Security Agreement as supplemented hereby constitutes a valid and binding
agreement of the Grantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by
(i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws
affecting creditors rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity.
(e) Each of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3 through 10 of
the Security Agreement is true as applied to the Grantor and the New Collateral. For
purposes of the foregoing sentence, references in said Sections to a Grantor shall be
deemed to refer to the Grantor, references to Schedules to the Security Agreement shall be
deemed to refer to the corresponding Schedules to this Security Agreement Supplement,
references to Collateral shall be deemed to refer to the New Collateral, and references
to the Effective Date shall be deemed to refer to the date on which the Grantor signs
and delivers this Security Agreement Supplement.
6. [Compliance with Foreign Law. The Grantor represents that it has taken, and agrees that it
will continue to take, all actions required under the laws (including the conflict of laws rules)
of its jurisdiction of organization to ensure
A-3
that the Transaction Liens on the New Collateral rank prior to all Liens and rights of others
therein.6]
7. Governing Law. This Security Agreement Supplement shall be construed in accordance with
and governed by the laws of the State of New York.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Security Agreement Supplement to be
duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF GRANTOR]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
Include Section 6 if the Grantor is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States. |
A-4
Schedule 1
to Security Agreement
Supplement
EQUITY INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES
OWNED BY GRANTOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
of |
|
Percentage |
|
Number of |
Issuer |
|
Organization |
|
Owned |
|
Shares or Units |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-5
Schedule 2
to Security Agreement
Supplement
INVESTMENT PROPERTY
(other than Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates)
OWNED BY GRANTOR
PART 1 Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
of |
|
Amount |
|
Type of |
Issuer |
|
Organization |
|
Owned |
|
Security |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART 2 Securities Accounts
The Grantor owns Security Entitlements with respect to Financial Assets credited to the following
Securities Accounts:
|
|
|
Securities Intermediary |
|
Account Number |
|
|
|
PART 3 Restricted/ Control Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description of |
|
Indicate Restricted, |
|
Subject to Rule 145 |
|
|
Securities |
|
Control or Both |
|
(Yes or No) |
|
Date Fully Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-6
EXHIBIT B
to Security Agreement
[Delivered Separately]
B-1
EXHIBIT C
to Security Agreement
[FORM OF] PARI PASSU JOINDER AGREEMENT
The undersigned (the Representative) is the trustee, agent or representative for Persons
wishing to become Secured Parties (the New Secured Parties) under the Security and Pledge
Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time, the Security Agreement (terms used without definition herein have the meanings
assigned to such terms by the Security Agreement)) among Grantors from time to time party thereto
and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent (the Collateral Agent) and the
other Collateral Documents.
In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby:
(i) represents that the Representative has been authorized by the New Secured Parties
to become a party to the Security Agreement on behalf of the New Secured Parties under
that [DESCRIBE OPERATIVE AGREEMENT] (the New Document) and to act as the Representative
for the New Secured Parties hereunder and under the Security Agreement, the other
Collateral Documents;
(ii) acknowledges that the New Secured Parties have had made available to it a copy
of the Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents;
(iii) irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action as
agent on its behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties and to exercise such powers
under the Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents as are delegated to the
Collateral Agent by the terms thereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto;
(iv) accepts and acknowledges the terms of the Security Agreement applicable to it
and the New Secured Parties and agrees to serve as Representative for the New Secured
Parties with respect to the Secured Obligations under the New Document and agrees on its
own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties to be bound by the terms of the
Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents applicable to holders of Secured
Obligations, with all the rights and obligations of a Secured Party thereunder and bound
by all the provisions thereof as fully
C-1
as if it had been a Secured Party on the effective date of the Security Agreement; and
(vi) accepts and acknowledges that the Collateral Agent will also be acting as agent
on behalf of the other Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement and the other
Collateral Documents.
The name and address of the representative for purposes of Section 22 of the Security
Agreement are as follows:
[name and address of Representative]
C-2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Pari Passu Joinder Agreement to be duly
executed by its authorized officer as of the _____ day of ______20_.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[REPRESENTATIVE]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acknowledged and Agreed to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL |
|
|
ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
C-3
exv4w5
Exhibit 4.5
EXECUTION VERSION
COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
Dated as of January 7, 2011
by and among
HARBINGER GROUP INC.,
THE OTHER TRUSTORS PARTY HERETO
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee under the Indenture,
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 1 |
|
Definitions And Other Matters |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.01. Rules of Interpretation |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.02. Defined Terms |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 2 |
|
The Trust Estate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.01. Declaration of Trust |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.02. New Facilities |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 2.03. Acknowledgment of Security Interests |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 3 |
|
Actionable Default; Remedies; Administration of Trust Property |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.01. Notice of Default; Written Instructions |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 3.02. Remedies |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 3.03. Administration of Trust Property |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 3.04. Power of Attorney |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 3.05. Right to Initiate Judicial Proceedings, Etc. |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 3.06. Appointment of a Receiver |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 3.07. Exercise of Powers |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 3.08. Control by the Majority Holders |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 3.09. Remedies Not Exclusive |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 3.10. Waiver of Certain Rights |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 3.11. Limitation on Collateral Agents Duties in
Respect of Collateral |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 3.12. Limitation by Law |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 3.13. Absolute Rights of Secured Parties |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 4 |
|
Trust Account, Application of Moneys |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.01. The Trust Account |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.02. Control of Trust Account |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.03. Investment of Funds Deposited in Trust Account |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.04. Application of Moneys in Trust Account |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 4.05. Application of Moneys Distributable to Secured Parties |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 5 |
|
Agreements with the Collateral Agent |
|
Section 5.01. Delivery of Documents |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 5.02. Information as to Secured Parties |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 5.03. Compensation and Expenses |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 5.04. Stamp and Other Similar Taxes |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 5.05. Filing Fees, Excise Taxes, Etc. |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 5.06. Indemnification |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 5.07. Further Assurances; Notation on Financial Statements |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 6 |
|
The Collateral Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.01. Acceptance of Trust, Powers of the Collateral Agent |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 6.02. Exculpatory Provisions |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 6.03. Delegation of Duties |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 6.04. Reliance by Collateral Agent |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 6.05. Limitations on Duties of Collateral Agent |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 6.06. Moneys to Be Held in Trust |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 6.07. Resignation and Removal of the Collateral Agent |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 6.08. Status of Successors to the Collateral Agent |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 6.09. Merger of the Collateral Agent |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 6.10. Co-Trustee, Separate Trustee |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 7 |
|
Release of Collateral |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.01. Conditions to Release; Release Procedure |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 8 |
|
Miscellaneous |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.01. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 8.02. Voting |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 8.03. Notices |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 8.04. Headings |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.05. Severability |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.06. Treatment of Payee or Indorsee by Collateral Agent |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.07. Dealings with the Trustors |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.08. Claims Against the Collateral Agent |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.09. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 8.10. Governing Law |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 8.11. Consent to Jurisdiction |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 8.12. Waiver of Jury Trial |
|
|
34 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Section 8.13. Force Majeure |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 8.14. Consequential Damages |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 8.15. Counterparts |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 8.16. Incorporation by Reference |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 8.17. USA PATRIOT Act |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 8.18. Rights Of Holders |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A
|
|
|
|
Form of Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement |
Exhibit B
|
|
|
|
Form of Joinder to Collateral Trust Agreement |
iii
This COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of January 7, 2011 (as amended, amended and
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this Agreement) among Harbinger
Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the Company), the Additional
Trustors (as defined in Section 5.07(b)) (and together with the Company, the Trustors), Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (in such
capacity, together with its successors and assigns from time to time, the Indenture Trustee),
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its
successors and assigns from time to time, the Collateral Agent) for the Secured Parties, and each
New Representative party hereto from time to time.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:
WHEREAS, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended, amended and
restated, supplemented, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, the
Indenture), among the Company, the Guarantors, the other Trustors party thereto from time to
time, the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent, the Company intends to issue an aggregate
original principal amount of $350,000,000 of its 10.625% senior secured notes due 2015 (together
with any Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) issued pursuant to and in compliance with
the Indenture, the Notes);
WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors may, from time to time, incur additional indebtedness
permitted to be secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations under the Note Documents
(as defined below), which indebtedness the Company shall designate as having a first priority
security interest in the Collateral and shall be incurred under a credit facility, indenture or
similar debt facility (each, a New Facility), in each case in accordance with this Agreement and
the then-extant Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, only additional indebtedness for which each
of the requirements specified in Section 2.02 hereof have been satisfied shall constitute a New
Facility for any purpose of this Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Liens securing the obligations of the applicable Trustors in respect of any New
Facility shall be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents (as defined below);
WHEREAS, the Collateral Agent has agreed to act on behalf of all Secured Parties with respect
to the Collateral; and
WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the issuance of the Notes that the Company and the
Collateral Agent enter into this Agreement and the Collateral Documents in order to secure the
payment and performance of the Obligations (as defined below).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby
agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Definitions And Other Matters
Section 1.01. Rules of Interpretation. (a) The words hereof, herein and hereunder and
words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and
not to any particular provision of this Agreement.
(b) The use in this Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents of the word include or
including, when following any general statement, term or matter, will not be construed to limit
such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following
such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not nonlimiting language (such as without
limitation or but not limited to or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but
will be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope
of such general statement, term or matter. The word will shall be construed to have the same
meaning and effect as the word shall.
(c) References to Sections, clauses, recitals and the preamble will be to
Sections, clauses, recitals and the preamble, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise
specifically provided. References to Articles will be to Articles of this Agreement unless
otherwise specifically provided. References to Exhibits and Schedules will be to Exhibits and
Schedules, respectively, to this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.
(d) This Agreement and the Collateral Documents will be construed without regard to the
identity of the party who drafted it and as though the parties participated equally in drafting it.
Consequently, each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that any rule of construction that a
document is to be construed against the drafting party will not be applicable either to this
Agreement or the other Collateral Documents.
Section 1.02. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural
forms of the terms defined):
Actionable Default means the occurrence of any of the following:
(a) an Event of Default under and as defined in the Indenture; or
(b) any event or condition which, under the terms of any New Facility, causes, or permits
holders of the New Obligations with respect to such New Facility to cause, such New Obligations to
become immediately due and payable;
provided that, upon delivery of a Notice of Actionable Default, the Collateral Agent may assume
that an Actionable Default shall be continuing unless the Notice of Actionable Default delivered
with respect thereto shall have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by
the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default
relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series), or by the Representative with
respect to such Series of Obligations, prior to the
2
first date on which the Collateral Agent
commences the exercise of any remedy with respect to the Collateral following the receipt of such
Notice of Actionable Default.
Additional Trustor has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.07(b).
Agreement has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
Bankruptcy Code means the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §101 et seq.), as amended
from time to time, and any successor statute.
Bankruptcy Proceeding means that the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, shall
generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to
pay its debts generally, or there shall be an assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to
the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, whether or not voluntary; or any case shall be
commenced by or against the Company, any Additional Trustor, if any under the Bankruptcy Code or
any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, whether or not voluntary; or any
proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, seeking
to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets
or liabilities, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or
composition of it or its debts, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving
bankruptcy or insolvency, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a
receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of
its property and assets, whether or not voluntary; or any event or action analogous to or having a
substantially similar effect to any of the events or actions set forth above in this definition
(other than a solvent reorganization) shall occur under the law of any jurisdiction applicable to
the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any; or the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any,
shall take any corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other similar action to
authorize any of the actions set forth above in this definition.
Business Day means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks
in the City of New York are authorized by law to close.
Capital Stock means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a
corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether
voting or non-voting) in such Persons equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the
profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.
Collateral means all of the assets or property of the Company or any Additional Trustor,
whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted
as security for any Obligations.
Collateral Agent has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
Collateral Agents Fees means all fees, costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent (or any
co-trustee or agent thereof) of the type described in Sections 5.03, 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06 of
this Agreement.
3
Collateral Documents means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement
Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any other agreement, document or instrument
pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any
Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed, as each
may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Collateral Trust Joinder means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
Company has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
Distribution Dates means the dates fixed by the Collateral Agent (the first of which shall
occur within 90 days after receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default that has not theretofore been
withdrawn and the balance of which shall be monthly thereafter) for the distribution of all moneys
held by the Collateral Agent in the Trust Account.
Documents means, collectively, the Note Documents and the New Documents.
Equity Interests means (i) in the case of a corporation, any shares of its capital stock,
(ii) in the case of a limited liability company, any membership interest therein, (iii) in the case
of a partnership, any partnership interest (whether general or limited) therein, (iv) in the case
of any other business entity, any participation or other interest in the equity or profits thereof,
(v) any warrant, option or other right to acquire any Equity Interest described in this definition
or (vi) any Security Entitlement in respect of any Equity Interest described in this definition.
Guarantor means each Guarantor as defined in the Indenture.
Indenture has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
Indenture Trustee has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
Lien has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
Majority Holders means, as of any date, (a) at any time when no New Facility is outstanding,
Secured Parties owed or holding more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness
constituting Note Obligations, or such other requisite percentage or number of holders of Note
Obligations (or the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the holders of Note Obligations) as is
permitted by, and in accordance with, the Indenture; or (b) otherwise, Secured Parties owed or
holding more than 50% of the aggregate of the sum of, without duplication: (i) the aggregate
principal amount of indebtedness constituting Note Obligations, (ii) the aggregate principal amount
of the loans and other advances outstanding under each New Facility and (iii) other than in
connection with the exercise of remedies, the aggregate amount of all outstanding unexpired or
uncanceled commitments to extend credit (if any) under each New Facility outstanding at such time
that, when funded, would constitute New Obligations; provided, however, that, in the case of
clauses (ii) and (iii) above, if any New Secured Party shall be a defaulting
4
lender (howsoever
defined in the relevant New Document at such time), there shall be excluded from the determination
of Majority Holders: (A) the aggregate principal amount of loans and other advances owing to such
New Secured Party under such New Document at such time, and (B) such New Secured Partys pro rata
share of the outstanding commitments to extend credit (if any) under such New Document at such
time unless another lender has or is obligated to assume the defaulting lenders rights and
obligations under the applicable New Documents. For purposes of this definition, (x) votes will be
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.02 and (y) any Obligations registered in
the name of, or owned or held by the Company, any Guarantor or any Additional Trustor or any of
their respective affiliates shall be disregarded.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
New Documents means, collectively, with respect to any New Facility, the agreements,
documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any related New Obligations, including the
definitive documentation in respect of such New Facility, the Collateral Documents, to the extent
such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified,
renewed or extended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
New Facility has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
New Obligations means all obligations of any of the Trustors from time to time arising under
or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and
interest (including any Post-Petition Interest) on the indebtedness for borrowed money outstanding
under each New Facility, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more
dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees,
costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise
(including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with
respect to any Trustor, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the
Trustors under the New Documents owing to the New Secured Parties (in their capacity as such). For
the avoidance of doubt, as of the date hereof, there are no New Obligations outstanding.
New Representative means (a) any agent or trustee for or other representative of the lenders
or holders of obligations, as applicable, under a New Facility, together with its successors and
permitted assigns, or (b) any New Secured Party, solely to the extent that such New Secured Party
(i) is the sole lender or other holder of obligations under a particular New Facility and (ii) is
not represented by an agent, trustee or other representative.
New Secured Parties means, at any relevant time, subject to Section 2.02, the holders of
any New Obligations at that time, including each applicable New Representative.
5
Note Documents means, collectively, the Indenture, the Notes, each Note Guaranty, the
Collateral Documents and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments providing for or
evidencing any Note Obligation, any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time
in connection with any Note Obligation, including pursuant to the Collateral Documents, to the
extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented,
modified, renewed or extended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
Note Guaranty means each Note Guaranty as defined in the Indenture.
Note Obligations means all Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) in respect of
indebtedness incurred under the Indenture and all other obligations of the Company, the Guarantors
and the other Additional Trustors, if any, from time to time arising under or in respect of the due
and punctual payment of (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including any
Post-Petition Interest) on the Notes, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon
one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (b) all other monetary obligations,
including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent,
fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any Bankruptcy
Proceeding with respect to the Company, any Guarantor or any Additional Trustor, regardless of
whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Company, the Guarantors and the Additional
Trustors, if any, under the Indenture and the other Note Documents owing to the Note Secured
Parties (in their capacity as such).
Note Secured Parties means, at any relevant time, the holders of Note Obligations at that
time, including, without limitation, the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the holders of
Notes.
Notes has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
Notice of Actionable Default means a written notice delivered to the Collateral Agent by the
requisite holders of a Series of Obligations in accordance with the Documents governing such Series
(or by the Representative with respect to such Series with the written consent of the requisite
holders of a Series of Obligations in accordance with the Documents governing such Series) stating
that an Actionable Default with respect to such Series has occurred.
Obligations means (a) the Note Obligations and (b) subject to Section 2.02, the New
Obligations.
Officers Certificate means a certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Agreement, signed on behalf of the Company by the Companys principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, chief operating officer or treasurer, including:
(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate has read such covenant or
condition;
6
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate are based;
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination
or investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been satisfied.
Person means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint
stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other
entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.
Post-Petition Interest means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses that accrues
after the commencement of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with respect to any Trustor, whether or not
allowed or allowable in any such Bankruptcy Proceeding.
Representative means (a) with respect to the Note Obligations, the Indenture Trustee and (b)
with respect to each Series of New Obligations, the New Representative with respect thereto.
S&P means Standard & Poors Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its
successors.
Secured Parties means, collectively, the Note Secured Parties and any New Secured Parties.
Securities means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates,
certificates of interests or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options,
warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences or indebtedness, secured or unsecured,
convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as
securities or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim
certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire,
any of the foregoing.
Security Agreement means the Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, and
any successor or replacement thereof, among the Company, the Collateral Agent (or any successor or
replacement agent) and the other grantors from time to time party thereto.
Series, when used with respect to any Obligations, refers to whether such Obligations are
Note Obligations or New Obligations (and, if such Obligations are New Obligations, Series refers
to the New Facility pursuant to which such New Obligations have been incurred).
7
Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement means that certain Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.,
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., Avenue International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue
Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P. and Avenue-CDP Global
Opportunities Fund, L.P.
Spectrum Stockholder Agreement means that certain Stockholder Agreement, dated as of
February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc.
Subsidiary means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business
entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by,
or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only
general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a
combination thereof).
Trust Estate has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.01(a).
Trustors has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
U.S. Government Obligations means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or
insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that
the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.
Voting Stock means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind
ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members
of the governing body of such Person.
ARTICLE 2
The Trust Estate
Section 2.01. Declaration of Trust. (a) To secure the payment and performance of the
Obligations and in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth herein, each
of the Trustors hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent hereby accepts and
agrees to hold, in trust under this Agreement for the benefit of all present and future Secured
Parties, all of such Trustors right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral for the
benefit of all present and future Secured Parties, together with all of the Collateral Agents
right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral Documents, and all interests, rights,
powers and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder or in respect thereof and all cash and
non-cash proceeds thereof constituting Collateral (collectively, the Trust Estate).
8
(b) The Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will hold the
Trust Estate in trust for the benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future Secured
Parties as security for the payment of all present and future Obligations; provided, however, that
if at any time the Company, the Guarantors and the Additional Trustors, if any, and their
successors or assigns, shall satisfy all of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 in connection
with the release of all Collateral, then this Agreement, and the estates and rights assigned in the
Collateral Documents, shall cease, terminate and be void; otherwise they shall remain and be in
full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms; provided, further, that
notwithstanding the foregoing, all provisions set forth in Sections 5.03, 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06
that are enforceable by the Collateral Agent or any of its co-trustees or agents (whether in an
individual or representative capacity) will remain enforceable in accordance with their terms.
(c) The parties to this Agreement further covenant and declare that the Trust Estate will
be held and distributed by the Collateral Agent, subject to the further covenants, conditions and
agreements hereinafter set forth.
Section 2.02. New Facilities. (a) The Collateral Agent will act as agent hereunder for, and
perform its duties set forth in this Agreement on behalf of, each holder of Obligations in respect
of indebtedness that is issued or incurred after the date hereof that:
(i) holds New Obligations that are identified as such in accordance with the
procedures set forth in clause (b) of this Section 2.02; and
(ii) signs, through its designated New Representative identified pursuant to
clause (b) of this Section 2.02, a Collateral Trust Joinder and delivers the same to the
Collateral Agent.
(b) The Company or any other Trustor will be permitted to incur indebtedness in respect of
a New Facility and to designate as an additional holder of Obligations hereunder the lenders,
agents and each New Representative, as applicable, under such New Facility, in each case only to
the extent such indebtedness is designated by the Company in accordance with this Section 2.02(b)
and only to the extent such incurrence is permitted under the terms of the Documents. The Company
may only effect such designation by delivering to the Collateral Agent (with copies to the
Indenture Trustee and to each previously identified New Representative), each of the following:
(i) on or prior to the date on which such New Facility is incurred, an Officers
Certificate stating that each applicable Trustor intends to incur additional indebtedness
under such New Facility, and certifying that (A) such incurrence is permitted and does not
violate or result in any default under the Note Documents or any then existing New
Documents (other than any incurrence of Obligations that would simultaneously repay all
Obligations under the applicable Documents, under which such default would arise), (B) the
definitive documentation associated with such New Facility contains a written agreement of
the holders of such indebtedness, for the enforceable benefit of all holders of existing
and future Obligations, each existing and future Indenture Trustee and each existing and
future New Representative substantially as follows: (x) that all
9
Obligations will be and
are secured equally and ratably by all Liens at any time granted by any Trustor to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure any Obligations,
whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral to such Obligations and
that all Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will be enforceable by the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of all holders of Obligations equally and ratably as
contemplated by this Agreement (provided, that if provided by the terms thereof or with
the consent of the holders thereof, a Series of New Obligations may be secured by Liens
(which shall be equal and ratable with the Liens securing the Note Obligations) on assets
and properties comprising less (but not more) than all of the assets and properties upon
which Liens have been granted to secure the Note Obligations), and (y) consenting to and
directing the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the
Collateral Documents and (C) the Company and each other Trustor has duly authorized,
executed (if applicable) and recorded (or caused to be recorded), or intends to authorize,
execute and record (if applicable), in each appropriate governmental office all relevant
filings and recordations, if any, reasonably necessary to ensure that the New Obligations
in respect of such New Facility are secured by the Collateral to the extent set forth in
and required
by the New Documents and in accordance with this Agreement and the Collateral
Documents;
(ii) a written notice specifying the name and address of the New Representative
in respect of such New Facility for purposes of Section 8.03; and
(iii) a copy of the executed Collateral Trust Joinder referred to in clause (a)
above, executed by the applicable New Representative (on behalf of each New Secured Party
represented by it).
(c) Although the Grantors shall be required to deliver a copy of each of the foregoing
documents described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 2.02(b) to the Indenture Trustee and
each then existing New Representative, the failure to so deliver a copy of any such document to the
Indenture Trustee and any such New Representative (other than the certification described in clause
(i) of Section 2.02(b) and the Collateral Trust Joinder referred to in clause (iii) of Section
2.02(b), which shall in all cases be required and which shall be delivered to each of the
Indenture Trustee and each then existing New Representative on or prior to the incurrence of
indebtedness under the applicable New Facility) shall not affect the status of such New Facility as
New Obligations or Obligations entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the Collateral
Documents if the other requirements of this Section 2.02 are satisfied.
Section 2.03. Acknowledgment of Security Interests. (a) Each of the Indenture Trustee (for
itself and on behalf of each Note Secured Party), each New Representative (for itself and on behalf
of each New Secured Party represented by it), each Trustor and the Collateral Agent acknowledges
and agrees that, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, each of the Trustors has granted to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all such Trustors
rights, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral to secure the payment and performance of
all present and future Obligations. Each of the Indenture Trustee (for itself and on behalf of
each Note Secured Party), each New Representative (for itself and on behalf of each New Secured
Party
10
represented by it), each Trustor and the Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that,
pursuant to the Collateral Documents, the aforementioned security interest granted to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall (subject to Section 7.01) for all
purposes and at all times secure the Note Obligations and the New Obligations (if any) on an equal
and ratable basis, except as is otherwise contemplated in the first proviso contained in Section
2.02(b)(i).
(b) The Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will act for
the benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future Secured Parties and will hold the
Collateral and the Liens thereon as security for the payment and performance of all present and
future Obligations, in each case, under terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Collateral
Documents.
ARTICLE 3
Actionable Default; Remedies; Administration of Trust Property
Section 3.01. Notice of Default; Written Instructions. (a) Upon receipt of a Notice of
Actionable Default, the Collateral Agent shall, within five days thereafter,
notify the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative that an Actionable Default exists.
(b) Upon receipt of any written directions pursuant to Section 3.08(a), the Collateral
Agent shall, within five days thereafter, send a copy thereof to the Indenture Trustee and each New
Representative.
Section 3.02. Remedies. (a) Upon the receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default and so long
as such Notice of Actionable Default shall not have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the
Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of
Actionable Default relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series), or by the
Representative with respect to such Series, the Collateral Agent may exercise the rights and
remedies provided in this Agreement and in the Collateral Documents.
(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustors hereby waive presentment,
demand, protest or any notice of any kind in connection with this Agreement, any Collateral or any
Collateral Document.
Section 3.03. Administration of Trust Property. (a) Each Secured Party (acting through the
Indenture Trustee or its New Representative, as applicable) hereby appoints the Collateral Agent to
serve as collateral trustee and agent hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
Subject to, and in accordance with, this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will serve as collateral
trustee and agent hereunder, for the benefit solely and exclusively of the present and future
Secured Parties, and will:
(i) accept, enter into, hold, maintain, administer and enforce all Collateral
Documents, including all Collateral subject thereto, and all Liens created thereunder,
perform its obligations under the Collateral Documents and
11
protect, exercise and enforce
the interests, rights, powers and remedies granted or available to it under, pursuant to
or in connection with the Collateral Documents;
(ii) take all lawful and commercially reasonable actions permitted under the
Collateral Documents that it may deem necessary or advisable to protect or preserve its
interest in the Collateral subject thereto and such interests, rights, powers and
remedies;
(iii) deliver and receive notices pursuant to the Collateral Documents;
(iv) sell, assign, collect, assemble, foreclose on, institute legal proceedings
with respect to, or otherwise exercise or enforce the rights and remedies of a secured
party (including a mortgagee, trust deed beneficiary and insurance beneficiary or loss
payee) with respect to the Collateral under the Collateral Documents and its other
interests, rights, powers and remedies;
(v) remit as provided in Section 4.04 all cash proceeds received by the
Collateral Agent from the collection, foreclosure or enforcement of its interest in the
Collateral under the Collateral Documents or any of its other interests, rights, powers or
remedies;
(vi) execute and deliver amendments to this Agreement and the Collateral
Documents as from time to time authorized pursuant to Section 8.01 accompanied by an
Officers Certificate to the effect that the amendment was permitted under Section 8.01;
and
(vii) release or subordinate any Lien granted to it by any Collateral Document
upon any Collateral if and as required by Section 7.01.
(b) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and consents to the undertaking of the
Collateral Agent set forth in Section 3.03(a) and agrees to each of the other provisions of this
Agreement applicable to the Collateral Agent.
Section 3.04. Power of Attorney. Each Trustor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as their
true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in the name of such Trustor, or in
its own name, from time to time acting at the written direction of the Trustors upon the occurrence
and during the continuance of an Actionable Default, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of
this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute
any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes
hereof and thereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby gives the
Collateral Agent the power and right on behalf of such Trustor, without notice to or assent by any
Trustor to do the following:
(a) to ask for, demand, sue for, collect, receive, recover, compromise and give
acquittance and receipts for any and all moneys due or to become due upon or by virtue hereof and
thereof;
12
(b) to receive, take, endorse, assign and deliver any and all checks, notes, drafts,
acceptances, documents and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments and chattel paper taken
or received by the Collateral Agent in connection herewith and therewith;
(c) to commence, file, institute, prosecute, defend, settle, compromise or adjust any
claim, suit, action or proceeding with respect hereto and thereto or in connection herewith and
therewith;
(d) to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise deal in or with the Collateral or any part
thereof as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof; and
(e) to do, at its option and at the expense and for the account of such Trustor, at any
time or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect
or preserve the Collateral or the Trust Estate and to realize upon the Collateral.
Section 3.05. Right to Initiate Judicial Proceedings, Etc. Upon the receipt of a Notice of
Actionable Default and so long as such Notice of Actionable Default shall not have been withdrawn
in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of
Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default relates
(determined under the Documents governing such Series) or by the Representative with respect
to such Series:
(a) the Collateral Agent shall have the right and power to institute and maintain such
suits and proceedings as it may deem appropriate to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by
this Agreement and each Collateral Document to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; and
(b) the Collateral Agent may, either after entry or without entry, proceed by suit or
suits at law or in equity to enforce such rights and to foreclose upon the Collateral and to sell
all or, from time to time, any of the Trust Estate under the judgment or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
Section 3.06. Appointment of a Receiver. If a receiver of the Trust Estate shall be
appointed in judicial proceedings, the Collateral Agent may be appointed as such receiver.
Notwithstanding the appointment of a receiver, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to retain
possession and control of all cash held by or deposited with it or its agents pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document.
Section 3.07. Exercise of Powers. All of the powers, remedies and rights of the Collateral
Agent as set forth in this Agreement may be exercised by the Collateral Agent in respect of any
Collateral Document as though set forth at length therein and all the powers, remedies and rights
of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties as set forth in any Collateral Document may be
exercised from time to time as herein and therein provided.
13
Section 3.08. Control by the Majority Holders. (a) Subject to Section 3.08(b), if an
Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and if the Collateral Agent shall have
received a Notice of Actionable Default with respect thereto, the Majority Holders shall have the
right, by an instrument in writing executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent, to direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any right or remedy available to the
Collateral Agent, or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Collateral Agent, or for the
appointment of a receiver, or for the taking of any action authorized by Article 3 of this
Agreement.
(b) The Collateral Agent shall not follow any written directions received pursuant to
Section 3.08(a) to the extent such written directions are known by the Collateral Agent to be in
conflict with any provisions of law or if the Collateral Agent shall have received from independent
counsel an unqualified opinion to the effect that following such written directions would result in
a breach of a provision or covenant contained in the Indenture or impose individual liability on
the Collateral Agent.
(c) Nothing in this Section 3.08 shall impair the right of the Collateral Agent in its
discretion to take or omit to take any action deemed proper by the Collateral Agent and which
action or omission is not inconsistent with the direction of the Secured Parties entitled to direct
the Collateral Agent with respect to such action as provided for in this Agreement; provided,
however, that the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is
discretionary with the Collateral Agent under the provisions of this Agreement or under any
Collateral Document.
(d) For the avoidance of doubt, the Majority Holders when taking, or in directing the
Collateral Agent to take, any action with respect of the Collateral, the Majority Holders may elect
to take such action (or to direct the Collateral Agent to take such action) with respect to all or
any part of the Collateral, except as limited by mandatory provisions of applicable law.
Section 3.09. Remedies Not Exclusive. (a) No remedy conferred upon or reserved to the
Collateral Agent in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document is intended to be exclusive of any
other remedy or remedies, but every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other remedy conferred in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or by statute.
(b) No delay or omission of the Collateral Agent to exercise any right, remedy or power
accruing upon any Actionable Default shall impair any such right, remedy or power or shall be
construed to be a waiver of any such Actionable Default or an acquiescence therein; and every
right, power and remedy given by this Agreement or any Collateral Document to the Collateral Agent
may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by the Collateral Agent.
(c) In case the Collateral Agent shall have proceeded to enforce any right, remedy or
power under this Agreement or any Collateral Document and the proceeding for the enforcement
thereof shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined
adversely to the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case the Trustors, the Collateral Agent
and the Secured Parties shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, severally and
respectively be restored to their former
14
positions and rights, under this Agreement and under such
Collateral Document with respect to the Trust Estate and in all other respects, and thereafter all
rights, remedies and powers of the Collateral Agent shall continue as though no such proceeding had
been taken.
(d) All rights of action and rights to assert claims upon or under this Agreement and the
Collateral Documents may be enforced by the Collateral Agent without the possession of any Document
or the production thereof in any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or
proceeding instituted by the Collateral Agent shall be brought in its name as Collateral Agent and
any recovery of judgment shall be held as part of the Trust Estate.
Section 3.10. Waiver of Certain Rights. The Trustors, to the extent they may lawfully do so,
on behalf of themselves and all who may claim through or under them, including, without limitation,
any and all subsequent creditors, vendees, assignees and lienors, expressly waive and release any,
every and all rights to demand or to have any marshaling of the Trust Estate upon any sale, whether
made under any power of sale herein granted or pursuant to judicial proceedings or upon any
foreclosure or any enforcement of this Agreement and consents and agrees that all the Trust Estate
may at any such sale be offered and sold as an entirety.
Section 3.11. Limitation on Collateral Agents Duties in Respect of Collateral. Beyond its
duties set forth in this Agreement as to the custody thereof and the accounting to the Trustors and
the Secured Parties for moneys received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall not have any
duty to the Trustors and the Secured Parties as to any Collateral in its possession or control or
in the possession or control of any agent or
nominee of it or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties
or any other rights pertaining thereto. To the extent, however, that the Collateral Agent or any
agent or nominee thereof maintains possession or control of any of the Collateral, the Collateral
Agent shall, and shall instruct such agent or nominee to, grant the Trustors access to and use of
such Collateral that the Trustors require for the normal conduct of their business; provided that
such rights may be limited as provided in this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents after
the Collateral Agent shall have received a Notice of Actionable Default.
Section 3.12. Limitation by Law. All rights, remedies and powers provided by this Article 3
may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable
provision of law in the premises, and all the provisions of this Article 3 are intended to be
subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law that may be controlling in the premises and
to be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Agreement invalid,
unenforceable in whole or in part or not entitled to be recorded, registered, or filed under the
provisions of any applicable law.
Section 3.13. Absolute Rights of Secured Parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement (other than Section 3.02) or any provision of any Collateral Document, the right of
each Secured Party, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payments of the Obligations
held by such Secured Party on or after the due date thereof as therein expressed, to seek adequate
protection in respect of its interest in this Agreement and the Collateral, to institute suit for
the enforcement of such payment on or
15
after such due date, or to assert its position and views as a
secured creditor in a Bankruptcy Proceeding, or the obligation of the Trustors, which is also
absolute and unconditional, to pay in full and otherwise perform all Obligations at the time and
place expressed therein shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Secured
Party.
ARTICLE 4
Trust Account, Application of Moneys
Section 4.01. The Trust Account. On the date hereof there shall be established and, at
all times thereafter until the trusts created by this Agreement shall have terminated, there shall
be maintained with the Collateral Agent an account that shall be entitled the Trust Account. The
Trust Account shall be established and maintained by the Collateral Agent at its designated
corporate trust offices. All moneys that are received by the Collateral Agent after the occurrence
of an Actionable Default in connection with any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization
upon any Collateral shall be deposited in the Trust Account and thereafter shall be held and
applied by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. To the extent
necessary, appropriate or desirable, the Collateral Agent from time to time may establish
sub-accounts as part of the Trust Account for the purpose of better identifying and maintaining
proceeds of Collateral, all of which sub-accounts shall be treated as and be deemed equivalent to,
the Trust Account for all purposes hereof.
Section 4.02. Control of Trust Account. All right, title and interest in and to the Trust
Account shall vest in the Collateral Agent, and funds on deposit in the Trust
Account shall constitute part of the Trust Estate. The Trust Account shall be subject to the
exclusive dominion and control of the Collateral Agent.
Section 4.03. Investment of Funds Deposited in Trust Account. At the written direction of
the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent shall invest and reinvest moneys on deposit in the Trust
Account at any time in:
(a) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S.
Government;
(b) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of
one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers acceptances with maturities not
exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case
with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any
state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose
short-term debt is rated A-2 or higher by S&P or P-2 or higher by Moodys;
(c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial
institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above;
16
(d) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moodys or A-1 by S&P and maturing within six
months after the date of acquisition; and
(e) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments of the
type described in clauses (a) through (d) above;
provided that the Majority Holders shall not be entitled to direct the making of any such
investment or reinvestment to the extent that the Trustors would not be permitted to hold such
investment under the terms of any Documents. All such investments and the interest and income
received thereon and therefrom and the net proceeds realized on the sale thereof shall be held in
the Trust Account, as applicable, as part of the Trust Estate.
Section 4.04. Application of Moneys in Trust Account. All moneys held by the Collateral
Agent in the Trust Account shall, to the extent available for distribution, be distributed (or
deposited in a separate account for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee and each New
Representative pursuant to Section 4.05) by the Collateral Agent as follows:
First: To the Collateral Agent in an amount equal to the Collateral Agents Fees
that are unpaid as of the relevant Distribution Date and to any Secured Party that has theretofore
advanced or paid any Collateral Agents Fees in an amount equal to the amount thereof so advanced
or paid by such Secured Party prior to such Distribution Date;
Second: to the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any) equally and
ratably (in the same proportion that the unpaid Obligations of the Indenture Trustee or such New
Representative, as applicable, bear to all unpaid Obligations on the relevant Distribution Date)
for application to the payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than Obligations paid
pursuant to clause first above) that are then due and payable to the Secured Parties (which shall
then be applied or held by the Indenture Trustee and each such New Representative in such order as
may be provided in the applicable
Documents); provided that any moneys held in the Trust Account that were received in
connection with any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any assets or
properties that do not constitute Collateral with respect to one or more Series of New Obligations
shall be distributed pursuant to this clause Second to the Indenture Trustee and each New
Representative with respect to each Series of New Obligations that is secured by such assets or
properties, equally and ratably (in the same proportion that the unpaid Obligations of the
Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, bear to all unpaid Obligations secured
by such assets or properties on the relevant Distribution Date); and
Third: Any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the respective Trustor, its
successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
In connection with the application of proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.04, except as
otherwise directed in writing by the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent may sell any non-cash
proceeds for cash prior to the application of the proceeds thereof.
Section 4.05. Application of Moneys Distributable to Secured Parties. If at any time any
moneys collected or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any Collateral
Document are distributable pursuant to Section 4.04 to the
17
Indenture Trustee or any New
Representative, and if the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative shall notify the Collateral
Agent that no provision is made under the Note Documents or New Documents, as applicable, (a) for
the application by the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, of such amounts
so distributable (whether by virtue of the Note Obligations or the applicable New Obligations not
having become due and payable or otherwise) or (b) for the receipt and the holding by the Indenture
Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, of such amounts pending the application thereof,
then the Collateral Agent shall invest, at the written direction of the Majority Holders, all such
amounts applicable to the Note Obligations or the New Obligations in obligations of the kinds
referred to in Section 4.03, with the specific investment specified in writing and shall hold all
such amounts so distributable, and all such investments and the proceeds thereof, in trust solely
for the Indenture Trustee and/or such New Representative and for no other purpose until such time
as the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative shall request the delivery thereof by the
Collateral Agent to the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, for
application by it pursuant to the Note Documents or the New Documents, as applicable.
This Article 4 is intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party
beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Obligations, each present and future Indenture
Trustee, each present and future New Representative and the Collateral Agent as a Secured Party.
ARTICLE 5
Agreements with the Collateral Agent
Section 5.01. Delivery of Documents. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement
on the date hereof, the Company will deliver to the Collateral Agent a true and complete copy of
each of the Documents then in effect. The Company agrees that, promptly upon the execution
thereof, Company will, or cause the applicable Trustor to,
deliver to the Collateral Agent a true and complete copy of (a) any and all amendments,
modifications or supplements to any Document, and (b) any Documents, entered into subsequent to the
date hereof. Unless and until the Collateral Agent actually receives such copies it shall not be
deemed to have knowledge of them.
Section 5.02. Information as to Secured Parties. The Company agrees that it shall deliver to
the Collateral Agent from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, a list
setting forth, by each Document then in effect:
(i) the aggregate amount outstanding thereunder;
(ii) the interest rates then in effect thereunder;
(iii) to the extent known to the Company, the names of the holders of the Notes
outstanding thereunder and the unpaid principal amount owing to each such holder of Notes;
and
18
(iv) the names of such other Secured Parties under any other Series of
Obligations and the unpaid aggregate amounts owing to each such Secured Party.
The Company will furnish to the Collateral Agent within 30 days after the date hereof, and
periodically if notice addresses and/or addresses change, a list setting forth the name and address
of each party to whom notices must be sent under the Documents. At all times the Collateral Agent
may assume without inquiry that the most recent list it has received remains current.
Section 5.03. Compensation and Expenses. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay
to the Collateral Agent from time to time following receipt of an invoice therefrom:
(i) compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to
compensation of a trustee of an express trust), as agreed by the Trustors and the
Collateral Agent, for Collateral Agents services hereunder and under the Collateral
Documents and for administering the Trust Estate; and
(ii) all of the fees, reasonable costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent
(including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of their
counsel and such special counsel, auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers or
other professional advisors and agents as the Collateral Agent elect to retain) (A)
arising in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, modification
and termination of, or consent or waiver to, this Agreement and each Collateral Document
or the enforcement of any of the provisions hereof or thereof, or (B) incurred or required
to be advanced in connection with the administration of the Trust Estate, the sale or
other disposition of Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document and the preservation,
protection or defense of the Collateral Agents rights under this Agreement and in and to
the Collateral and the Trust Estate, and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the
Collateral Agent and its agents in creating, perfecting, preserving, releasing or
enforcing the Collateral Agents Liens on the Collateral.
The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.03 shall survive the termination of the
other provisions of this Agreement.
Section 5.04. Stamp and Other Similar Taxes. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to
indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party (and their respective
agents) from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp or other similar tax and any
penalties or interest with respect thereto that may be assessed, levied or collected by any
jurisdiction in connection with this Agreement, any Collateral Document, the Trust Estate or any
Collateral. The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.04 shall survive the termination
of the other provisions of this Agreement.
Section 5.05. Filing Fees, Excise Taxes, Etc.. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to
pay or to reimburse the Collateral Agent and its agents for any and all amounts
19
in respect of all
search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that
may be payable or determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and
enforcement of this Agreement and each Collateral Document. The obligations of the Trustors under
this Section 5.05 shall survive the termination of the other provisions of this Agreement.
Section 5.06. Indemnification. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay, indemnify,
and hold the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and each of its officers, directors, employees
and agents harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature
whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of
this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (including, but not limited to, actions by the
Collateral Agent to enforce its rights with respect to the Collateral), unless arising from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct (in either case, as determined by a final judgment of a
court of competent jurisdiction) of the Collateral Agent or such of the agents as are seeking
indemnification. The foregoing indemnities in this Section 5.06 shall survive the resignation or
removal of the Collateral Agent or the termination of this Agreement.
Section 5.07. Further Assurances; Notation on Financial Statements. (a) At any time and
from time to time, upon the written request of the Collateral Agent, and, at the sole expense of
the Trustors, the Trustors will promptly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments
and documents and take such further action as the Collateral Agent reasonably deems necessary or
desirable in obtaining the full benefits of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the other
Documents and of the rights and powers herein and therein granted. To the extent required by law,
the Trustors shall, in all of their financial statements, indicate by footnote or otherwise that
the Obligations are secured pursuant to this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
(b) Pursuant to the Indenture and the Security Agreement, from time to time, additional
direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company are required to become parties to the Security
Agreement. In connection with any such subsidiary becoming party to the Security Agreement, such
subsidiary (an Additional Trustor) shall execute a Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement in
the form of Exhibit A hereto and upon such execution shall become a Trustor hereunder with all
applicable rights and responsibilities.
ARTICLE 6
The Collateral Agent
Section 6.01. Acceptance of Trust, Powers of the Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral
Agent, for itself and its successors, hereby accepts the trusts created by this Agreement upon the
terms and conditions hereof, including those contained in this Article 6.
(b) The Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to enter into and perform its
obligations and protect, perfect, exercise and enforce its interests, rights, powers and remedies
under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and applicable
20
law and in equity and to act as
set forth in this Agreement or as requested in any lawful directions given to it from time to time
in respect of any matter by a written notice of the Majority Holders.
(c) Neither the Indenture Trustee nor any New Representative or any other holder of
Obligations will have any liability whatsoever for any act or omission of the Collateral Agent.
(d) The Collateral Agent will accept, hold, administer and enforce all Liens on the
Collateral at any time transferred or delivered to it and all other interests, rights, powers and
remedies at any time granted to or enforceable by the Collateral Agent and all other property of
the Trust Estates solely and exclusively for the benefit of all present and future holders of
Obligations, and will distribute all proceeds received by it in realization thereon or from
enforcement thereof solely and exclusively pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.04.
(e) Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Agreement shall require the
Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.
Section 6.02. Exculpatory Provisions. (a) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible in
any manner whatsoever for the correctness of any recitals, statements, representations or
warranties contained in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document, all of which are made solely
by the Trustors. The Collateral Agent makes no representations as to the value or condition of the
Trust Estate or any part thereof, or as to the title of the Trustors thereto or as to the security
afforded by any Collateral Document or this Agreement, or as to the validity, execution (except its
own execution), enforceability, legality or sufficiency of this Agreement, any Collateral Document
or the Obligations secured hereby and thereby, and the Collateral Agent shall incur no liability or
responsibility in respect of any such matters. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for
insuring the Trust Estate or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or liens upon the Trust
Estate or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Trust Estate, except that in the event the
Collateral Agent enters into possession of a part or all of the Trust Estate, the Collateral Agent
shall preserve the part in its possession.
(b) The Collateral Agent shall not be required to ascertain or inquire as to the
performance by the Trustors of any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, in
any Collateral Document or in any other Document. Whenever it is
necessary, or in the opinion of the Collateral Agent advisable, for the Collateral Agent to
ascertain the amount of Obligations then held by a Secured Party, the Collateral Agent may
conclusively rely on a certificate of such Secured Party or its representative (including the
Indenture Trustee or any applicable New Representative) as to such amount, and if any such Secured
Party or representative shall not give such information to the Collateral Agent, such Secured Party
shall not be entitled to receive distributions hereunder (in which case such distributions shall be
held in trust for such Secured Party) until it has given such information to the Collateral Agent.
21
(c) The Collateral Agent shall not be personally liable for any action taken or omitted to
be taken by it in accordance with this Agreement or any Collateral Document except for its own
gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(d) The Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for the preparation, filing or
recording of any instrument, document or financing statement or for the maintenance of any security
interest intended to be perfected thereby.
Section 6.03. Delegation of Duties. The Collateral Agent may execute any of the trusts or
powers hereof and perform any duty hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys-in-fact, which may include officers and employees of the Trustors. The Collateral Agent
shall be entitled to advice of counsel, at the expense of the Trustors, concerning all matters
pertaining to such trusts, powers and duties. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for
the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it without gross
negligence or willful misconduct.
Section 6.04. Reliance by Collateral Agent. (a) Whenever in the administration of the
trusts of this Agreement the Collateral Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be
proved or established in connection with the taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder by
the Collateral Agent, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically
prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively provided or established by an Officers Certificate
delivered to the Collateral Agent, and such certificate shall be full warranty to the Collateral
Agent for any action taken, suffered or omitted in reliance thereon, subject, however, to the
provisions of Section 6.05.
(b) The Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection, and any opinion of
such counsel who is not an employee of the Collateral Agent shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered by it hereunder in
accordance therewith. The Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions
concerning the administration of the Trust Estate from any court of competent jurisdiction.
(c) The Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting,
upon any resolution, statement, certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent,
order, bond or other paper or document that it has no reason to believe to be other than genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or, in the case of cables,
telecopies and telexes, to have been sent by the proper party or parties. In the absence of its
gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth
of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or
opinions furnished to the Collateral Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement or
any
Collateral Document. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent may rely as
provided in this Section 6.04 on any Officers Certificate provided by the Company pursuant to
Section 2.02 hereof, and may deem such information correct until such time as it receives any
written modification of any such certificate from Company in respect thereof.
22
(d) The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in the Collateral Agent by this Agreement at the request or direction of the
Majority Holders pursuant to this Agreement or any Collateral Document, unless the Collateral Agent
shall have been provided adequate security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the
costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or
direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Collateral Agent.
Section 6.05. Limitations on Duties of Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent shall be
obliged to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement
or in any Collateral Document, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
Agreement or any Collateral Document against the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent shall
not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted by it in accordance with the direction of
the Majority Holders pursuant to Section 3.08.
(b) Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, the Collateral Agent shall not be under any
obligation to take any action that is discretionary with the Collateral Agent under the provisions
hereof or any Collateral Document except upon the written request of the Majority Holders pursuant
to Section 3.08. The Collateral Agent shall make available for inspection and copying by the
Indenture Trustee and each New Representative, each certificate or other paper furnished to the
Collateral Agent by the Company under or in respect of this Agreement, any Collateral Document or
any of the Trust Estate.
(c) Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to any action by, consent, designation,
specification, requirement of approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other
direction given or action to be undertaken or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the
Collateral Agent or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression of
satisfaction or other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made (or not to be made) by
the Collateral Agent, it is understood that in all cases the Collateral Agent shall, except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, be acting, giving, withholding, suffering,
omitting, taking or otherwise undertaking and exercising the same (or shall not be undertaking and
exercising the same) as directed by the Secured Parties. This provision is intended solely for the
benefit of the Collateral Agent and its successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and
will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any
rights or benefits on any party hereto.
Section 6.06. Moneys to Be Held in Trust. All moneys received by the Collateral Agent under
or pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document shall be held in trust
for the purposes for which they were paid or are held.
Section 6.07. Resignation and Removal of the Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent may
at any time, by giving 30 days prior written notice to the Company, the Indenture Trustee and each
New Representative (if any), resign and be discharged of the responsibilities hereby created, such
resignation to become effective upon the earlier of: (i) 30 days from the date of such notice and
(ii) the appointment of a successor trustee or trustees by the Company, the acceptance of such
appointment by such successor
23
trustee or trustees, and the approval of such
successor trustee or trustees by the Majority Holders; provided that no resignation shall become
effective unless and until a successor trustee has been appointed as provided herein. The
Collateral Agent may be removed at any time and a successor trustee or trustees appointed by the
affirmative vote of the Majority Holders; provided that the Collateral Agent shall be paid its fees
and reasonable expenses to the date of removal. If no successor trustee or trustees shall be
appointed and approved within 30 days from the date of the giving of the aforesaid notice of
resignation, the Collateral Agent shall, or the Indenture Trustee, any New Representative or any
other Secured Party may, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor
trustee or trustees (which may be an individual or individuals) to act until such time, if any, as
a successor trustee or trustees shall have been appointed as above provided. Any successor trustee
or trustees so appointed by such court shall immediately and without further act be superseded by
any successor trustee or trustees approved by the Majority Holders as above provided.
(b) If at any time the Collateral Agent shall resign or be removed or otherwise become
incapable of acting, or if at any time, a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Collateral Agent
for any other cause, a successor trustee or trustees may be appointed by the Majority Holders, and
the powers, duties, authority and title of the predecessor trustee or trustees terminated and
canceled without procuring the resignation of such predecessor trustee or trustees, and without any
other formality (except as may be required by applicable law) than appointment and designation of a
successor trustee or trustees in writing, duly acknowledged, delivered to the predecessor trustee
or trustees and Company, and filed for record in each public office, if any, in which this
Agreement is required to be filed.
(c) The appointment and designation referred to in Section 6.07 (b) shall, after any required
filing, be full evidence of the right and authority to make the same and of all the facts therein
recited, and this Agreement shall vest in such successor trustee or trustees, without any further
act, deed or conveyance, all of the estate and title of its predecessor, and upon such filing for
record the successor trustee or trustees shall become fully vested with all the estates,
properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title of its predecessor; but such
predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of the Majority Holders, the Company or the
successor trustee or trustees, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor or
successors all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title of such
predecessor or predecessors hereunder and shall deliver all Securities and moneys held by it to
such successor trustee or trustees. Should any deed, conveyance or other instrument in writing
from any Trustor be required by any successor trustee or trustees for more fully and certainly
vesting in such successor trustee or trustees the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts,
duties, authority and title vested or intended to be vested in the predecessor trustee or trustees,
any and all such deeds, conveyances and other instruments in writing shall, on request of such
successor trustee or trustees, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by such Trustor.
(d) Any required filing for record of the instrument appointing a successor trustee or
trustees as hereinabove provided shall be at the sole expense of the Trustors. The resignation of
any trustee or trustees and the instrument or instruments removing any trustee or trustees,
together with all other instruments, deeds and conveyances provided
24
for in this Article 6 shall,
if permitted by law, be forthwith recorded, registered and filed by and at the expense of the
Trustors, wherever this Agreement is recorded, registered and filed.
Section 6.08. Status of Successors to the Collateral Agent. Except as permitted by Section
6.07, every successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to Section 6.07 shall be a bank
or trust company in good standing and having power so to act, incorporated under the laws of the
United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having its principal corporate
trust office within the 48 contiguous States, and shall also have (together with its corporate
affiliates) capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $100,000,000, if there be such
an institution with such capital, surplus and undivided profits willing, qualified and able to
accept the trust upon reasonable or customary terms.
Section 6.09. Merger of the Collateral Agent. Any corporation into which the Collateral
Agent may be merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any
merger or consolidation to which the Collateral Agent shall be a party, or any corporation to which
the Collateral Agent shall transfer all or substantially all of its corporate trust business
(including the administration of this trust) shall be Collateral Agent under this Agreement without
the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto.
Section 6.10. Co-Trustee, Separate Trustee. (a) If at any time or times it shall be
necessary or prudent in order to conform to any law of any jurisdiction in which any of the
Collateral shall be located, or the Collateral Agent shall be advised by counsel, satisfactory to
it, that it is so necessary or advisable in the interest of the Secured Parties, or the Majority
Holders shall in writing so request the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, or the Collateral Agent
shall deem it desirable for its own protection in the performance of its duties hereunder, the
Collateral Agent and the Trustors shall, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, execute
and deliver all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to constitute another bank or trust
company, or one or more persons approved by the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, either to act as
co-trustee or co-trustees of all or any of the Collateral, jointly with the Collateral Agent
originally named herein or any successor or successors, or to act as separate trustee or trustees
of any such property. In the event the Trustors shall not have joined in the execution of such
instruments and agreements within 30 days after the receipt of a written request from the
Collateral Agent so to do, or in case an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
the Collateral Agent may act under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.10 without the
concurrence of the Trustors, and the Trustors hereby appoint the Collateral Agent as its agent and
attorney to act for it under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.10 in either of such
contingencies.
(b) Every separate trustee and every co-trustee, other than any trustee that may be appointed
as successor to the Collateral Agent, shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act
and be such, subject to the following provisions and conditions, namely:
(i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred upon the Collateral Agent in
respect of the custody, control and management of moneys,
25
papers or Securities shall be
exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, or its successors hereunder;
(ii) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the
Collateral Agent hereunder shall be conferred or imposed and exercised or performed by the
Collateral Agent and such separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or
co-trustees, jointly, as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such separate
trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees, except to the extent that under
any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the
Collateral Agent shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which
event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such
separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees;
(iii) no power given hereby to, or that it is provided hereby may be exercised by,
any such co-trustee or co-trustees or separate trustee or separate trustees, shall be
exercised hereunder by such co-trustee or co-trustees or separate trustee or separate
trustees, except jointly with, or with the consent in writing of, the Collateral Agent,
anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding;
(iv) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission
of any other trustee hereunder; and
(v) the Trustors and the Collateral Agent, at any time by an instrument in writing,
executed by them, may accept the resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or
co-trustee, and in that case, by an instrument in writing executed by the Trustors and the
Collateral Agent jointly, may appoint a successor to such separate trustee or co-trustee,
as the case may be, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding. In the
event that the Trustors shall not have joined in the execution of any such instrument
within ten days after the receipt of a written request from the Collateral Agent so to do,
or in case an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral
Agent shall have the power to accept the resignation of or remove any such separate
trustee or co-trustee and to appoint a successor without the concurrence of the Trustors,
the Trustors hereby appointing the Collateral Agent its agent and attorney to act for it
in such connection in either of such contingencies. In the event that the Collateral
Agent shall have appointed a separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or
co-trustees as above provided, it may at any time, by an instrument in writing, accept the
resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or co-trustee, the successor to any
such separate trustee or co-trustee to be appointed by the Trustors and the Collateral
Agent, or by the Collateral Agent alone, as provided in this Section 6.10.
26
ARTICLE 7
Release of Collateral
Section 7.01. Conditions to Release; Release Procedure. (a) Subject to Section
7.01(c), the Collateral Agents Liens upon the Collateral will be released:
(i) in whole, upon (A) payment in full and discharge of all outstanding Notes (or
upon a defeasance or discharge in accordance with the Indenture) and all outstanding
indebtedness in respect of each New Facility (if any) (or upon a defeasance or discharge
of each such New Facility in accordance with the applicable New Documents) and all other
Obligations (in each case other than any indemnification obligations for which no claim or
demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made) and (B) termination or
expiration of all commitments to extend credit under all Documents; provided that the
Company shall have delivered an Officers Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying
that the conditions described in this clause (i) have been met and that such release of
the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document;
(ii) as to any Collateral that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any
Trustor to a Person that is not (either before or after such sale, transfer or
disposition) the Company or any other Trustor in a transaction or other circumstance that
is permitted by all of the Documents, automatically at the time of such sale, transfer or
other disposition (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5 of the Indenture
where the recipient is required to become the obligor on the Notes or a Guarantor or any
similar provision contained in any other Document) to the extent of the interest sold,
transferred or otherwise disposed of; provided that, to the extent provided in the
Collateral Documents, the Collateral Agents Liens will attach to the proceeds received in
respect of any such sale, transfer or other disposition, subject to the priorities set
forth in Section 4.04;
(iii) as to a release of any portion of the Collateral (which may include all or
substantially all of the Collateral), with respect to such Collateral, if (A) consent to
the release of such Liens of the Collateral Agent on such Collateral has been given by (i)
the requisite holders of Notes (or the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the requisite
holders of Notes) and (ii) the requisite holders of indebtedness in respect of each other
Series of Obligations, in each case as permitted by, and in accordance with, the
applicable Documents and (B) the Company shall have delivered an Officers Certificate to
the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this clause (iii) have
been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate
the terms of, any Document; provided that the Collateral Agents Liens on any such
Collateral solely securing a particular Series of New Obligations shall be released with
respect to such Series if (A) consent to the release of such Liens has been given by the
requisite holders of such Series of New Obligations (determined under the New Documents
governing such Series) and (B) the Company shall have delivered an Officers Certificate
to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this proviso to clause
(iii) have been met and that such
27
release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does
not violate the terms of, any Document; and
(iv) if any part of the Collateral is subject to any Permitted Lien (as defined in
the Security Agreement) that is senior to the Liens securing the Collateral as a matter of
law, the Collateral Agent will execute any document reasonably requested in writing by the
Company to evidence such subordination.
(b) Subject to Section 7.01(c), the Collateral Agents Liens on the Collateral securing the
Note Obligations only (and not any other Obligations) will be released upon payment in full and
discharge of all outstanding Notes (or upon a defeasance or discharge in accordance with the
Indenture) and all other Note Obligations (other than any indemnification obligations for which no
claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made), and thereafter the rights of
the holders of the Notes and the Note Obligations to the benefit and proceeds of the Collateral
Agents Liens on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged; provided that the Company shall
have delivered an Officers Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions
described in this clause (b) have been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted
under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document;
(c) All of the Collateral shall not be released pursuant to Section 7.01(a)(i),
7.01(a)(iii) or 7.01(b) unless and until all Collateral Agents Fees (other than any
indemnification obligations for which no claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has
been made) shall have been paid in full.
(d) The Collateral of a Guarantor shall be automatically released upon the release of such
Guarantors obligations under its Note Guaranty as provided in Section 10.09 of the Indenture and
the comparable provision of each other Document.
(e) Upon the release of the Collateral, or any portion thereof, in each case in accordance
with the provisions hereof (other than any Collateral that is released with respect to less than
all of the Obligations), all right, title and interest of the Collateral Agent in, to and under the
Trust Estate in respect of the Collateral or portion thereof so released, and the Collateral
Documents in respect of such Collateral, shall terminate and shall revert to the respective
Trustors, their successors and assigns, and the estate, right, title and interest of the Collateral
Agent therein shall thereupon cease, determine and become void; and in such case (including a
release with respect to less than all of the Obligations), upon the written request of the
respective Trustors, their successors or assigns, and at the cost and expense of the Trustors,
their successors or assigns, the Collateral Agent shall execute in respect of the Collateral so
released, a satisfaction of the Collateral Documents with respect to such Collateral and such
instruments as are necessary or desirable to terminate and remove of record any documents
constituting public notice of the Collateral Documents and the security interests and assignments
granted thereunder, in each case with respect to such Collateral, and shall assign and transfer, or
cause to be assigned and transferred, and shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustors,
in respect of the Collateral so released, all property, including all moneys, instruments and
Securities (if any), of the Trustors then held by the Collateral Agent. The cancellation and
satisfaction of the Collateral Documents shall be without prejudice
28
to the rights of the Collateral
Agent or any successor trustee to charge and be reimbursed for any expenditures that it may
thereafter incur in connection therewith.
ARTICLE 8
Miscellaneous
Section 8.01. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers. (a) With the written consent of the
Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any) (in each case given in accordance with the
requirements (including the amendment provisions) of the Documents with respect to the applicable
Series of Obligations), the Collateral Agent and the Trustors may, from time to time, enter into
written supplements, amendments, restatements, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement or
any Collateral Document for the purpose of adding to, amending, waiving or otherwise modifying any
provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document or changing the rights of the Collateral
Agent, the Secured Parties or the Trustors hereunder or thereunder; provided, however, that:
(i) no such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification shall,
without the written consent of the Collateral Agent, (x) amend, modify or waive any
provision of Article 6 or alter the duties or obligations of the Collateral Agent
hereunder or under any Collateral Document or (y) amend or modify the definition of
Majority Holders set forth in Section 1.02;
(ii) any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification that
would only adversely affect the Obligations of a particular Series shall require only the
written consent of the Representative with respect to such Series (given in accordance
with the requirements (including the amendment provisions if applicable) of the Documents
with respect to such Series); and
(iii) any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification that
has the effect of releasing Collateral from the Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral
Documents other than as provided for in Section 7.01 shall be effective only if made in
accordance with the requirements of, and the amendment provisions set forth in, each of
the Documents;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no Trustor shall have any right to
consent to or approve any supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification of any
provision of this Agreement that is solely and exclusively an intercreditor matter that affects the
Secured Parties and does not adversely affect the rights or obligations of any Trustor (including,
without limitation, Sections 2.03 and 4.04), but the Collateral Agent shall promptly provide a
copy of any such executed amendment, restatement, supplement, modification or waiver to the
Trustors and (y) without the consent of any Secured Party, any Collateral Document may be
supplemented, amended, restated, waived or otherwise modified (A) to the extent (and only to the
extent) required to allow for any release of Collateral that is expressly permitted by Section
7.01 and (B) in the following circumstances:
29
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this
Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other agreement, document or
instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any
Obligations or under
which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed;
(2) to comply with (i) Article 5 of the Indenture or (ii) the
comparable provisions of any New Documents; provided, in the case of
clause (ii), that the applicable supplement, amendment, restatement,
waiver or other modification does not adversely affect the Note
Obligations;
(3) to comply with the requirements of the Securities and
Exchange Commission in connection with the qualification under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of (i) the Indenture or (ii) any New
Documents; provided, in the case of clause (ii), that the applicable
supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification does
not adversely affect the Note Obligations;
(4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment
by a successor Indenture Trustee or Collateral Agent;
(5) to conform the text of this Agreement, the Security Agreement
or any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a
Lien is granted securing any Obligations or under which rights or
remedies with respect to such Liens are governed to any provision of
the Description of Notes section of the offering memorandum dated
November 5, 2010 relating to the offering by the Company of the Notes,
as certified in an Officers Certificate; or
(6) to make any other change that does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of any Secured Party.
Any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification shall be binding
upon the Trustors, the Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent and their respective successors.
The Collateral Agent shall not enter into any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or
other modification unless it shall have received (x) written authorization from the Indenture
Trustee and each New Representative to enter into same, which authorization shall include a
statement to the effect that the requisite holders of the applicable Series of Obligations
(determined under the Documents governing such Series) have authorized the entry into same and (y)
an Officers Certificate to the effect that such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or
other modification will not result in a breach of any provision or covenant contained in the
Indenture, any other Document or this Agreement.
30
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Secured Party, the Collateral
Agent and the Trustors, at any time and from time to time, may enter into additional pledge or
Collateral Documents or one or more agreements supplemental hereto or to any Collateral Document,
in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (it being understood that any supplement in
the form of Exhibits A and B shall be deemed to be satisfactory to the Collateral Agent):
(i) to add to the covenants of the Trustors, for the benefit of the Secured Parties,
or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Trustors;
(ii) to pledge or grant a security interest in any property or assets that are
required to be pledged, or in which a security interest is required to be granted, to the
Collateral Agent pursuant to any Collateral Document or any other applicable Document;
(iii) to cure any ambiguity or omission, to correct or to supplement any provision
herein or in any Collateral Document that may be defective or inconsistent with any other
provision herein or therein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising hereunder or under any Collateral Document that shall not be
inconsistent with any provision hereof or of any Collateral Document;
(iv) to add an Additional Trustor; and
(v) to add New Representative.
(c) In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any amendment, supplement or
waiver hereto or to any other Collateral Document, permitted by this Agreement or such Collateral
Document, the Collateral Agent shall receive and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying
upon, an opinion of counsel or an Officers Certificate stating that the execution of such
amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Agreement or such Collateral
Document. The Collateral Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any amendment,
supplement or waiver, which adversely affects the Collateral Agents own rights, duties or
immunities under this Agreement, such Collateral Document or otherwise.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the written instruction of the Trustee, the Collateral
Agent shall execute and deliver the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement, the Spectrum
Stockholder Agreement and other agreements with respect to equityholders rights to which any
Trustor is a party or becomes a party from time to time after execution of this Agreement.
Section 8.02. Voting. (a) In connection with any matter under this Agreement requiring a
vote of holders of Obligations at any time, each Series of Obligations will cast its votes in
accordance with the Note Documents or the New Documents, as applicable, governing such Series of
Obligations and as contemplated by the definition of Majority Holders hereunder.
31
(b) For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of determining at any time whether the Majority
Holders have given any instruction or taken any action hereunder (or consented to the taking of
any action hereunder), the following rules shall apply: (i) the Representative with respect to each
Series of Obligations shall be deemed to hold the principal amount of indebtedness constituting
Obligations then outstanding under such Series of Obligations, (ii) each Representative shall, with
respect to the principal amount of indebtedness constituting Obligations deemed held by such
Representative pursuant to the preceding clause (i), provide any such instruction to, or shall
instruct the Collateral Agent to take such action, in accordance with voting provisions set forth
in the Documents with respect to the applicable Series of Obligations and subject to the proviso at
the end of the definition of Majority Holders and to the last sentence of such definition and
(iii) based on the foregoing procedures, the Collateral Agent shall determine (which determination
shall be conclusive absent manifest error), whether the Secured Parties that have given such
instruction or taken such action (or consented to the taking of such action) constitute the
Majority Holders as defined in the definition thereof.
(c) Any direction in writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by or with the written consent
of the Majority Holders (a) shall set forth the aggregate amount of Obligations owed by the
Trustors to the Secured Parties represented by the Indenture Trustee and by each New Representative
under the Note Documents or the applicable New Documents, as the case may be, calculated as of the
date of determination and in accordance with the definition of Majority Holders hereunder, and (b)
shall be binding upon all of the Secured Parties, unless the matter which is the subject of the
applicable vote requires pursuant to the terms hereof the consent of all Secured Parties.
Section 8.03. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for
or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by mail, overnight courier or hand
delivery:
(a) If to any Trustor, to it at the address of the Company at: Harbinger Group Inc., 450 Park
Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Francis T. McCarron (facsimile: (212) 339-5801),
or at such other address as shall be designated by it in a written notice to the Collateral Agent.
(b) If to the Collateral Agent, to it at its address at: Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, 625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MACN 9311-110 Minneapolis, MN, 55479,
Attention: Corporate Trust Services (facsimile: (612) 667-9825), or at such other address as shall
be designated by it in a written notice to the Company.
(c) If to the Indenture Trustee, to it at its address at: Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, 625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MACN 9311-110 Minneapolis, MN, 55479,
Attention: Corporate Trust Services (facsimile: (612) 667-9825), or at such other address as shall
be designated by it in writing to the Collateral Agent.
(d) If to any New Representative, to it at its address as designated in the Collateral Trust
Joinder to which it is a party, or at such other address as shall be designated by it in writing to
the Collateral Agent.
32
All such notices, requests, demands and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given
or made, when delivered by hand, the Business Day following deposit with an overnight courier, or
five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or when telecopied or
electronically transmitted, receipt acknowledged; provided, however, that any notice, request,
demand or other communication to the Collateral Agent shall not be effective until received.
Section 8.04. Headings. Article, Section, subsection and other headings used in this
Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.
Section 8.05. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof, and any
such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
Section 8.06. Treatment of Payee or Indorsee by Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent
may treat the registered holder of any registered note, and the payee or indorsee of any note or
debenture that is not registered, as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes hereunder and
shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, whether such promissory note or debenture
shall be past due or not.
(b) Any person, firm, corporation or other entity that shall be designated as the duly
authorized representative of one or more Secured Parties to act as such in connection with any
matters pertaining to this Agreement or any Collateral Document or the Collateral shall present to
the Collateral Agent such documents, including, without limitation, opinions of counsel, as the
Collateral Agent may reasonably require, in order to demonstrate to the Collateral Agent the
authority of such person, firm, corporation or other entity to act as the representative of such
Secured Parties.
Section 8.07. Dealings with the Trustors. (a) Upon any application or demand by any Trustor
to the Collateral Agent to take or permit any action under any of the provisions of this Agreement,
such Trustor shall furnish to the Collateral Agent an Officers Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to the proposed action have
been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the
furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Agreement relating
to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
(b) Any opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon an
Officers Certificate filed with the Collateral Agent.
Section 8.08. Claims Against the Collateral Agent. Any claims or causes of action that the
holders of any Obligations, the Indenture Trustee, any New Representative or any Trustor shall have
against the Collateral Agent shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the release of the
Collateral hereunder.
Section 8.09. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of each of the Secured Parties, and their respective
33
successors and
assigns, and nothing herein or in any Collateral Document is intended or shall be construed to give
any other person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement, any
Collateral Document, the Collateral or the Trust Estate. All obligations of the Trustors hereunder
will inure to the sole and exclusive benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent, the
Indenture Trustee, each New Representative and each present and future holder of Obligations, each
of whom will be entitled to enforce this Agreement as a third-party beneficiary hereof, and all of
their respective successors and assigns.
Section 8.10. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and
interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York and any action alleging any
breach by the Collateral Agent of its duties hereunder, whether by act
or omission or anticipatory, shall be prosecuted only in the federal or state courts of
competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of New York.
Section 8.11. Consent to Jurisdiction. All judicial proceedings brought against any party
hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Collateral Documents may be
brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of
New York. By executing and delivering this Agreement, each Trustor, for itself and in connection
with its properties, irrevocably:
(a) accepts generally and unconditionally the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of such
courts;
(b) waives any defense of forum non conveniens;
(c) agrees that service of all process in any such proceeding in any such court may be made by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in
accordance with Section 8.03;
(d) agrees that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal
jurisdiction over such party in any such proceeding in any such court and otherwise constitutes
effective and binding service in every respect; and
(e) agrees each party hereto retains the right to serve process in any other manner permitted
by law or to bring proceedings against any party in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
Section 8.12. Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party to this Agreement waives its rights to a jury
trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising under this Agreement or any of the
Collateral Documents or any dealings between them relating to the subject matter of this Agreement
or the intents and purposes of the Collateral Documents. The scope of this waiver is intended to
be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the
subject matter of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents, including contract claims, tort
claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party to this
Agreement acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business
relationship, that each party hereto has already relied on this waiver in entering into this
Agreement, and that each party hereto will continue to rely on this waiver in its
34
related future
dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with
its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following
consultation with legal counsel. This waiver is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be modified
either orally or in writing (other than by a mutual written waiver specifically referring to this
Section 8.12 and executed by each of the parties hereto), and this waiver will apply to any
subsequent amendments, renewals, supplements or modifications of or to this Agreement or any of the
Collateral Documents or to any other documents or agreements relating thereto. In the event of
litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.
Section 8.13. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable
for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused
by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work
stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism,
civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and
interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services; it being understood that the Collateral Agent shall use reasonable efforts
which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon
as practicable under the circumstances.
Section 8.14. Consequential Damages. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible
or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including,
but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Collateral Agent has been advised
of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
Section 8.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different
parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of
which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature
page to this Agreement by facsimile or PDF transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a
manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by
facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
Section 8.16. Incorporation by Reference. In connection with its execution and acting as
agent or trustee (as applicable) hereunder, each of the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and
any New Representative are entitled to all rights, privileges, protections, immunities, benefits
and indemnities provided to them under the Collateral Documents and any other applicable Documents.
Section 8.17. USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with
Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an
account with the Collateral Agent. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the
Collateral Agent with such information as it may request in order for the Collateral Agent to
satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.
35
Section 8.18. Rights Of Holders. No holder of any Note Obligations or holder of any New
Obligations shall have any independent rights hereunder other than those rights granted to
individual holders of Note Obligations pursuant to Section 6.07 of the Indenture or comparable
provision for holders of New Obligations under any New Document; provided that nothing in this
subsection shall limit any rights granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture
or any New Representative under any New Document.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
36
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement
to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year
first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee under the Indenture
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Richard Prokosch
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Richard Prokosch |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Richard Prokosch
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Richard Prokosch |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Francis T. McCarron |
|
|
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Collateral Trust Agreement |
|
|
Exhibit A to
Collateral Trust Agreement
[FORM OF] SUPPLEMENT TO COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
Reference is made to the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011 (as amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Collateral Trust Agreement),
among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the Company), the Additional Trustors from
time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee, Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, and each other Person party thereto from
time to time. Terms defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are
as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of , 20__ (this Supplement
to Trust Agreement), is being delivered pursuant to Section 5.07 of the Collateral Trust
Agreement.
The undersigned, , a (the Additional Trustor) hereby agrees to become a
party to the Collateral Trust Agreement as a Trustor thereunder, for all purposes thereof on the
terms set forth therein, and to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Collateral Trust
Agreement as fully as if the Additional Trustor had executed and delivered the Collateral Trust
Agreement as of the date thereof.
This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute
one contract.
This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
[Signature Pages Follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Trustor has caused this Supplement to Collateral Trust
Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized representative as of the day and year first above
written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ADDITIONAL TRUSTOR]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
The Collateral Agent acknowledges receipt of this Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement and
agrees to act as Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral pledged by the Additional Trustor,
as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Exhibit B to
Collateral Trust Agreement
[FORM OF] JOINDER TO COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
Reference is made to the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011 (as amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Collateral Trust Agreement),
among Harbinger Group Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the Company), the Additional Trustors from
time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee, Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, and each other Person party thereto from
time to time. Terms defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are
as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
This Joinder to Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of , 20__ (this Collateral Trust
Joinder), is being delivered pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Collateral Trust Agreement as a
condition precedent to the incurrence of the indebtedness for which the undersigned is acting as
agent being entitled to the benefits of being Obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement.
1. Joinder. The undersigned, , a , (the New
Representative) as [trustee, administrative agent] under that certain [describe New Facility] (the
New Facility) hereby agrees to become party as an New Representative and a Secured Party under
the Collateral Trust Agreement for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be
bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement as fully as if the
undersigned had executed and delivered the Collateral Trust Agreement as of the date thereof.
2. Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation. The undersigned New Representative, on
behalf of itself and each holder of obligations in respect of the New Facility (together with the
New Representative, the New Secured Parties), hereby agrees, for the enforceable benefit of all
existing and future New Representative, each existing and future Representative and each existing
and future Secured Party, and as a condition to being treated as Obligations under the Collateral
Trust Agreement that:
(a) all Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Liens granted to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which are at any time granted by any
Trustor to secure any Obligations whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral
for such New Facility, and that all Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will be
enforceable by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of all holders of Obligations equally and
ratably as contemplated by the Collateral Trust Agreement;
(b) the New Representative and each other New Secured Party is bound by the terms, conditions
and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents, including, without
limitation, the provisions relating to the ranking of Liens and the order of application of
proceeds from the enforcement of Liens; and
(c) the New Representative shall perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement
and the Collateral Documents.
3. Appointment of Collateral Agent. The New Representative, on behalf of itself and
the New Secured Parties, hereby (a) irrevocably appoints [Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association]1 as Collateral Agent for purposes of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the
Collateral Documents, (b) irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its
behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent in the Collateral Trust
Agreement and the Collateral Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto, and authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute any Collateral Documents on
behalf of all Secured Parties and to take such other actions to maintain and preserve the security
interests granted pursuant to any Collateral Documents, and (c) acknowledges that it has received
and reviewed the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents and agrees to be bound by
the terms thereof. The New Representative, on behalf of the New Secured Parties, and the
Collateral Agent, on behalf of the existing Secured Parties, each hereby acknowledges and agrees
that the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such shall be agent on behalf of the New
Representative and on behalf of all other Secured Parties.
4. Consent. The New Representative, on behalf of itself and the New Secured Parties,
consents to and directs the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust
Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
5. Authority as Agent. The New Representative represents, warrants and acknowledges
that it has the authority to bind each of the New Secured Parties to the Collateral Trust Agreement
and such New Secured Parties are hereby bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the
Collateral Trust Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the ranking
of Liens and the order of application of proceeds from the enforcement of Liens.
6. New Representative. The New Representative in respect of the New Facility is [NEW
REPRESENTATIVE]. The address of the New Representative in respect of the New Facility for purposes
of all notices and other communications hereunder and under the Collateral Trust Agreement is
, , Attention of
(Facsimile No. , electronic mail address:
).
7. Officers Certificate. Each of the Trustors hereby certifies that the Trustors
have previously delivered the Officers Certificate contemplated by Section 2.02(b)(i)) of the
Collateral Trust Agreement and all other information, evidence and documentation required by
Section 2.02 of the Collateral Trust Agreement, in each case in accordance with the terms of the
Collateral Trust Agreement.
|
|
|
1 |
|
If a successor Collateral Agent has been
appointed, the name of such successor should be filled in instead. |
42
8. Reaffirmation of Security Interest. By acknowledging and agreeing to this
Collateral Trust Joinder, each of the Trustors hereby (a) confirms and reaffirms the security
interests pledged and granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents and grants a security interest
in all of its right, title and interest in the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral
Documents), whether now owned or hereafter acquired to secure the Obligations, and agrees that such
pledges and grants of security interests shall continue to
be in full force and effect, (b) confirms and reaffirms all of its obligations under its
guarantees pursuant to the applicable Note Documents and the New Documents and agrees that such
guarantees shall continue to be in full force and effect, and (c) authorizes the filing of any
financing statements describing the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents)
in the same manner as described in the applicable Collateral Documents or in any other manner as
the Collateral Agent may determine is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of
the security interests in the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents)
granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder or under the applicable Collateral Documents.
9. Counterparts. This Collateral Trust Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and
by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original
but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Collateral Trust
Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different
counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together
shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Collateral
Trust Joinder by facsimile or PDF transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually
signed counterpart of this Collateral Trust Joinder. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted
by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
10. Governing Law. THIS COLLATERAL TRUST JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
11. Miscellaneous. The provisions of Article 8 of the Collateral Trust Agreement
shall apply with like effect to this Collateral Trust Joinder.
[Signature Pages Follow]
43
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Representative has caused this Collateral Trust Joinder to be duly
executed by its authorized representative, and each Trustor party hereto have caused the same to be
accepted by their respective authorized representatives, as of the day and year first above
written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[NEW REPRESENTATIVE]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acknowledged and agreed:
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[OTHER TRUSTORS]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
The Collateral Agent acknowledges receipt of this Collateral Trust Joinder and agrees to act
as Collateral Agent with respect to the New Facility in accordance with the terms of the Collateral
Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
(excluding Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries)
|
|
|
Name |
|
Place of Incorporation |
HGI Funding LLC
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Zap.Com Corporation
|
|
USA (Nevada) |
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
The foregoing does not constitute a complete list of all subsidiaries of the registrant. The
subsidiaries that have been omitted (other than Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its
subsidiaries) do not, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, constitute a
Significant Subsidiary as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
|
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
Jurisdiction |
Anabasis Handelsgesellschaft GmbH
|
|
Germany |
APN Holdings Company, Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Applica Americas, Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Applica Asia Limited
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Applica Canada Corporation
|
|
Canada |
Applica Consumer Products, Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Applica de Colombia Limitada
|
|
Colombia |
Applica Manufacturing, S. de R.I. de C.V.
|
|
Mexico |
Applica Mexico Holdings, Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Applica Servicios de Mexico, S. De R.L. de C.V.
|
|
Mexico |
Best Products Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
Best Way Distribuadora de Bens da Consumo Ltda.
|
|
Brazil |
Carmen Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
Corporacion Applica de Centro America, Ltda.
|
|
Costa Rica |
DB Online, LLC
|
|
USA (Hawaii) |
DH Haden Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
Distribuidora Rayovac Guatemala, S.A.
|
|
Guatemala |
Distribuidora Rayovac Honduras, S.A.
|
|
Honduras |
Distribuidora Ray-O-Vac/VARTA, S.A. de C.V.
|
|
Mexico |
8 in 1 Pet Products GmbH
|
|
Germany |
Home Creations Direct, Ltd.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Household Products Chile Comercial Limitada
|
|
Chile |
HP Delaware, Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
HPG LLC
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Ipojuca Empreendimentos e Participações S.A.
|
|
Brazil |
Maanring Holding B.V.
|
|
Netherlands |
Microlite S.A.
|
|
Brazil |
Minera Vidaluz, S.A. de C.V.
|
|
Mexico |
Mountain Breeze, Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
Ningbo Baowang Battery Co., Ltd.
|
|
China |
Paula Grund. mbH & Co. Vermietungs-KG
|
|
Germany |
Pifco Canada Ltd.
|
|
Canada |
Pifco Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
Pifco Overseas Ltd.
|
|
Hong Kong |
Pile DAlsace S.A.S.
|
|
France |
PPC Industrues Ltd.
|
|
BVI |
|
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
Jurisdiction |
Rayovac (UK) Limited
|
|
United Kingdom |
Rayovac Argentina S.R.L.
|
|
Argentina |
Rayovac Brasil Participações Ltda.
|
|
Brazil |
Rayovac Chile Sociedad Comercial Ltda.
|
|
Chile |
Rayovac Costa Rica, S.A.
|
|
Costa Rica |
Ray-O-Vac de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
|
|
Mexico |
Rayovac Dominican Republic, S.A.
|
|
Dominican Republic |
Rayovac El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.
|
|
El Salvador |
Rayovac Europe GmbH
|
|
Germany |
Rayovac Europe Limited
|
|
United Kingdom |
Rayovac Far East Limited
|
|
Hong Kong |
Rayovac Foreign Sales Corporation
|
|
Barbados |
Rayovac Guatemala, S.A.
|
|
Guatemala |
Rayovac Honduras, S.A.
|
|
Honduras |
Rayovac Overseas Corp.
|
|
Cayman Islands |
Rayovac PRC
|
|
Cayman Islands |
Rayovac Venezuela, S.A.
|
|
Venezuela |
Rayovac-VARTA S.A.
|
|
Colombia |
Remdale Investments Limited
|
|
BVI |
Remington Asia
|
|
BWI |
Remington Consumer Products
|
|
United Kingdom |
Remington Consumer Products (Ireland) Ltd.
|
|
Ireland |
Remington Products Australia Pty. Ltd.
|
|
Australia |
Remington Products New Zealand Ltd.
|
|
New Zealand |
ROV German General Partner GmbH
|
|
Germany |
ROV German Limited GmbH
|
|
Germany |
ROV Holding, Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
ROV International Finance Company
|
|
Cayman Islands |
ROVCAL, INC.
|
|
USA (California) |
Russell Hobbs Deutschland GmbH
|
|
Germany |
Russell Hobbs France S.A.S.
|
|
France |
Russell Hobbs Holdings Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
Russell Hobbs Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
Russell Hobbs Towers Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
Russell Hobbs, Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Salton Australia Pty. Ltd.
|
|
Australia |
Salton Brasil Comércio, Importação e Exportação de
Produtos Eletro-Eletrônicos Ltda.
|
|
Brazil |
Salton Holdings, Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Salton Hong Kong Ltd.
|
|
Hong Kong |
Salton International CV
|
|
Netherlands |
Salton Italia Srl.
|
|
Italy |
Salton Nominees Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
Salton NZ Ltd.
|
|
Australia |
|
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
Jurisdiction |
Salton Productos Espana SA
|
|
Spain |
Salton S.a.r.l.
|
|
Luxembourg |
Salton UK
|
|
United Kingdom |
Salton UK Holdings
|
|
United Kingdom |
SB/RH Holdings, LLC
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Schultz Company
|
|
USA (Missouri) |
Seed Resources, L.L.C.
|
|
USA (Michigan) |
Spectrum Brands (Hong Kong) Limited
|
|
Hong Kong |
Spectrum Brands (Shenzhen) Ltd.
|
|
China |
Spectrum Brands Asia
|
|
Cayman Islands |
Spectrum Brands Canada Inc.
|
|
Canada (Federal) |
Spectrum Brands Europe GmbH
|
|
Germany |
Spectrum Brands HK1 Limited
|
|
Hong Kong |
Spectrum Brands HK2 Limited
|
|
Hong Kong |
Spectrum Brands Holding B.V.
|
|
Netherlands |
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Spectrum Brands Lux SarL
|
|
Luxembourg |
Spectrum Brands Mauritius Limited
|
|
Mauritius |
Spectrum Brands Schweiz GmbH
|
|
Switzerland |
Spectrum Brands, Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Spectrum China Business Trust
|
|
China |
Spectrum Jungle Labs Corporation
|
|
USA (Texas) |
Spectrum Neptune CA Holdco Corporation
|
|
Canada (Nova Scotia) |
Spectrum Neptune Holding Company GP, Ltd.
|
|
Canada (Nova Scotia) |
Spectrum Neptune Holding Company, LP
|
|
Canada (Ontario) |
Spectrum Neptune US Holdco Corporation
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Tetra (UK) Limited
|
|
United Kingdom |
Tetra Aquatic Asia Pacific Private Limited
|
|
Singapore |
Tetra France S.A.S.
|
|
France |
Tetra GmbH
|
|
Germany |
Tetra Holding (US), Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
Tetra Holding GmbH
|
|
Germany |
Tetra Italia S.r.L.
|
|
Italy |
Tetra Japan K.K.
|
|
Japan |
Toastmaster de Mexico S.A.
|
|
Mexico |
Toastmaster Inc.
|
|
USA (Missouri) |
Tofino Investment Limited
|
|
BVI |
United Industries Corporation
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
United Pet Group, Inc.
|
|
USA (Delaware) |
United Pet Polska Sp.Z.o.o.
|
|
Poland |
VARTA B.V.
|
|
Netherlands |
VARTA Baterie Sp. Z.o.o
|
|
Poland |
VARTA Baterie spol.s r.o.
|
|
Czech Republic |
VARTA Baterie spol.s r.o.
|
|
Slovakia |
VARTA Batterie Ges.m.b.H
|
|
Austria |
|
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
Jurisdiction |
VARTA Batterie S.r.L.
|
|
Italy |
VARTA Consumer Batteries A/S
|
|
Denmark |
VARTA Consumer Batteries GmbH & Co. KGaA
|
|
Germany |
VARTA Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
VARTA Pilleri Ticaret Ltd. Sirketi
|
|
Turkey |
VARTA Rayovac Remington S.r.L.
|
|
Romania |
VARTA Remington Rayovac d.o.o.
|
|
Croatia |
VARTA Remington Rayovac Finland OY
|
|
Finland |
VARTA Remington Rayovac Norway AS
|
|
Norway |
VARTA Remington Rayovac Spain S.L.
|
|
Spain |
VARTA Remington Rayovac Sweden AB
|
|
Sweden |
VARTA Remington Rayovac Trgovina d.o.o.
|
|
Slovenia |
VARTA Remington Rayovac Unipessoal Lda.
|
|
Portugal |
VARTA S.A.S
|
|
France |
VARTA-Hungaria Kereskedelmi es Szolgaltato KFT
|
|
Hungary |
VRR Bulgaria EOOD
|
|
Bulgaria |
ZAO Spectrum Brands Russia
|
|
Russia |
Zoephos International N.V.
|
|
Netherlands Antilles |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Harbinger Group, Inc.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
We consent to the inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-4 and prospectus of Harbinger
Group, Inc. of our reports dated December 14, 2010, with respect to the consolidated statements of
financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of September
30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), and the related consolidated statements of
operations, shareholders equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the
year ended September 30, 2010, the period August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor
Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009, and the year ended September 30, 2008
(Predecessor Company), the related financial statement schedule II, and the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, which reports appear in the
annual report on Form 10-K of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., and to the reference to our firm under
the heading Experts in the registration statement and prospectus.
Our reports refer to explanatory paragraphs that describe the Successor Companys adoption of the
provisions of ASC Topic 852, Reorganization formerly American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Statement of Position 90-7, Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under
the Bankruptcy Code in 2009, and the adoption of the measurement date provision in conformity with
ASC Topic 715, Compensation Retirement Benefits formerly SFAS No. 158, Employers Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and other Postretirement Plans in 2009.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
January 28, 2011
exv23w2
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent
to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated
February 26, 2010 relating to the financial statements of Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries
appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.
We also
consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Prospectus.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
New York, New York
January 28, 2011
exv25w1
Exhibit 25.1
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b) (2)
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
A National Banking Association
|
|
|
94-1347393 |
|
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization if not a U.S. national
bank)
|
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
101 North Phillips Avenue |
|
|
|
|
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
|
|
|
57104 |
|
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
|
(Zip code) |
|
Wells Fargo & Company
Law Department, Trust Section
MAC N9305-175
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, 17th Floor
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479
(612) 667-4608
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
Harbinger Group Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
74-1339132 |
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor |
|
|
|
|
New York, New York
|
|
|
10022 |
|
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
|
(Zip code) |
|
10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015
(Title of the indenture securities)
Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
|
(a) |
|
Name and address of each examining or supervising
authority to which it is subject. |
|
|
|
|
Comptroller of the Currency |
|
|
|
|
Treasury Department |
|
|
|
|
Washington, D.C. |
|
|
|
|
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation |
|
|
|
|
Washington, D.C. |
|
|
|
|
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco |
|
|
|
|
San Francisco, California 94120 |
|
|
(b) |
|
Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust
powers. |
|
|
|
|
The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers. |
Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee,
describe each such affiliation.
|
|
|
None with respect to the trustee. |
No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as
provided under Item 13.
Item 15. Foreign Trustee. Not applicable.
Item 16. List of Exhibits. List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of
Eligibility.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 1.
|
|
A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now in effect.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 2.
|
|
A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate
Existence and Fiduciary Powers for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
dated February 4, 2004.** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 3.
|
|
See Exhibit 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 4.
|
|
Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.*** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 5.
|
|
Not applicable. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 6.
|
|
The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 7.
|
|
A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published
pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining
authority. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 8.
|
|
Not applicable. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 9.
|
|
Not applicable. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustees Form T-1 filed as
exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated December 30, 2005 of file number 333-130784-06. |
|
** |
|
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustees Form T-1 filed
as exhibit 25 to the Form T-3 dated March 3, 2004 of file number 022-28721. |
|
*** |
|
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustees Form T-1 filed
as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated May 26, 2005 of file number 333-125274. |
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the
laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State
of Minnesota on the 25th day of January, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
|
|
|
/s/ Richard Prokosch
|
|
|
Richard Prokosch |
|
|
Vice President |
|
|
EXHIBIT 6
January 25, 2011
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
Gentlemen:
In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the
undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal,
State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be
furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request
therefor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard Prokosch
Richard Prokosch
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President |
|
|
EXHIBIT 7
Consolidated Report of Condition of
Wells Fargo Bank National Association
of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,
at the close of business September 30, 2010, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C. §161 for National Banks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar Amounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Millions |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances due from depository institutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,933 |
|
Interest-bearing balances |
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,916 |
|
Securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held-to-maturity securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
Available-for-sale securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
154,552 |
|
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal funds sold in domestic offices |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,839 |
|
Securities purchased under agreements to resell |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,627 |
|
Loans and lease financing receivables: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and leases held for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,749 |
|
Loans and leases, net of unearned income |
|
|
686,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses |
|
|
20,431 |
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
666,164 |
|
Trading Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,145 |
|
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,147 |
|
Other real estate owned |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,794 |
|
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
557 |
|
Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
115 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,005 |
|
Other intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,549 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,397 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,070,489 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In domestic offices |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
726,238 |
|
Noninterest-bearing |
|
|
158,737 |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing |
|
|
567,501 |
|
|
|
|
|
In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,789 |
|
Noninterest-bearing |
|
|
1,834 |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing |
|
|
82,955 |
|
|
|
|
|
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal funds purchased in domestic offices |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,726 |
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,280 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar Amounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Millions |
|
Trading liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,098 |
|
Other borrowed money
(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,063 |
|
Subordinated notes and debentures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,643 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,682 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
946,519 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EQUITY CAPITAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
Common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
519 |
|
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
98,774 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,543 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,827 |
|
Other equity capital components |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total bank equity capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
122,663 |
|
Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,307 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,970 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, and equity capital |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,070,489 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I, Howard I. Atkins, EVP & CFO of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of
Condition has been prepared
in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is
true to the best of my knowledge
and belief.
Howard I. Atkins
EVP & CFO
We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare
that it has been examined by us
and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions
issued by the appropriate
Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.
|
|
|
John Stumpf
Dave Hoyt
Michael Loughlin
|
|
Directors |
exv99w1
Exhibit 99.1
LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$350,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THEIR
10.625% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015 (CUSIP NUMBER
41146AAB2),
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR A LIKE AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THEIR
10.625% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015
(CUSIP NUMBERS 41146AAA4/U24520AA3)
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE
AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
ON , 2011, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE
EXPIRATION DATE). TENDERS OF INITIAL NOTES MAY
BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE
EXPIRATION DATE.
Delivery to: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By Registered or Certified Mail:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association Corporate Trust Operations MAC N9303-121 PO Box 1517 Minneapolis, MN 55480
|
|
By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association Corporate Trust Operations MAC N9303-121 Sixth & Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479
|
|
In Person by Hand:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 12th Floor Northstar East Building Corporate Trust Operations 680 Second Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55479
|
|
By Facsimile:
For Eligible Institutions only (612) 667-6282
Confirm by Telephone: (800) 344-5128
|
For
information, call:
(800) 344-5128
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET
FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE
OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID
DELIVERY.
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY
BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX BELOW.
The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the
prospectus,
dated ,
2011 (the Prospectus), of Harbinger Group Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the Issuer) and this Letter of
Transmittal (the Letter), which together constitute
an offer (the Exchange Offer) to issue $350,000,000
in aggregate principal amount of its 10.625% Senior Secured
Notes due 2015 (CUSIP Number 41146AAB2) (the Exchange
Notes) in exchange for a like aggregate principal amount
of its outstanding 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (CUSIP
Numbers 41146AAA4 /
U24520AA3) (the Initial Notes) that were issued and
sold in reliance upon an exemption from registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities
Act).
For each Initial Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such
Initial Note will receive an Exchange Note having an aggregate
principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Initial Note.
This Letter is to be completed by a holder of Initial Notes
either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if a
tender of certificates for Initial Notes, if available, is to be
made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the
Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility) pursuant to the
procedures set forth in The Exchange Offer
Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes Book-Entry
Delivery Procedure section of the Prospectus and an
Agents Message (as defined herein) is not delivered.
Delivery of this Letter and any other required documents should
be made to the Exchange Agent. Delivery of documents to the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to the
Exchange Agent.
Holders of Initial Notes whose certificates are not immediately
available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates (or
cannot obtain a confirmation of the book-entry tender of their
Initial Notes into the Exchange Agents account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility (a Book-Entry
Confirmation) on a timely basis) and all other documents
required by this Letter to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the
Expiration Date, must tender their Initial Notes according to
the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in The
Exchange Offer Procedures for Tendering Initial
Notes Guaranteed Delivery Procedure section of
the Prospectus. See Instruction 1.
The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and
signed this Letter to indicate the action the undersigned
desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer. Holders who
wish to exchange their Initial Notes must complete this Letter
in its entirety.
The instructions included with this Letter must be followed.
Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies
of the Prospectus and this Letter may be directed to the
Exchange Agent.
List below the Initial Notes to which this Letter relates. If
the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers
and principal amount of Initial Notes should be listed on a
separate signed schedule affixed to this Letter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION OF INITIAL NOTES
|
(See Instruction 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
Principal
|
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
Exactly as Name(s) appear(s) on Initial Notes
|
|
|
Certificate
|
|
|
Represented
|
|
|
Tendered (if
|
(Please fill in, if blank)
|
|
|
Number(s)*
|
|
|
by Certificate
|
|
|
less than all)**
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Need not be completed if Initial Notes are being tendered
by book-entry transfer.
|
** Unless otherwise indicated in this column, the holder
will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal
amount represented by such Initial Notes. See
Instruction 2. Initial Notes tendered hereby must be in
denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples
of $1,000 in excess thereof. See Instruction 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
o |
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED INITIAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED
BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE
EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND
COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Tendering Institution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Account Number:
|
Transaction Code
Number:
|
By crediting Initial Notes to the Exchange Agents Account
at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with the
Book-Entry Transfer Facilitys Automated Tender Offer
Program (ATOP) and by complying with applicable ATOP
procedures with respect to the Exchange Offer, including
transmitting an Agents Message to the Exchange Agent in
which the holder of Initial Notes acknowledges and agrees to be
bound by the terms of this Letter, the participant in ATOP
confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such
Initial Notes all provisions of this Letter applicable to it and
such beneficial owners as if it had completed the information
required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter to the
Exchange Agent.
|
|
o |
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED INITIAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED
PURSUANT
|
TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND COMPLETE THE
FOLLOWING:
|
|
|
|
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):
|
|
|
|
|
|
Window Ticket Number (if any):
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed
Delivery:
|
|
If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer, Complete the
Following:
Account
Number:
Transaction Code
Number:
|
|
o
|
CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER.
|
|
o
|
CHECK HERE IF YOU WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE
PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS
THERETO.
|
3
PLEASE
READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange
Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer for exchange
the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes indicated above.
Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of
the Initial Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby sells,
assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer all
right, title and interest in and to such Initial Notes as are
being tendered hereby.
The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the
Exchange Agent as the attorney-in-fact and proxy of the
undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also
acts as the agent of the Issuer in connection with the Exchange
Offer) with respect to the tendered Initial Notes with full
power of substitution and resubstitution to the full extent of
the rights of the undersigned on the Initial Notes tendered. The
Exchange Agent is empowered to exercise all voting and other
rights of the holders as it may deem proper at any meeting of
note holders or otherwise. The power of attorney granted in this
paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an
interest.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the
undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign
and transfer the Initial Notes tendered hereby and to acquire
Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered
Initial Notes, and that the Issuer will acquire good and
unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens,
restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any
adverse claim when the same are accepted by the Issuer.
The undersigned acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being
made in reliance on interpretations by the staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), as set
forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, that the
Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant
to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and
otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than
(i) any such holder that is an affiliate of the
Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
Act or (ii) any broker-dealer that purchases Initial Notes
from the Issuer to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act (Rule 144A) or any other
available exemption), without compliance with the registration
and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such holders business and such holders have no
arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution
of such Exchange Notes and are not participating in, and do not
intend to participate in, the distribution of the Exchange
Notes. The undersigned acknowledges that the Issuer does not
intend to request the SEC to consider, and the SEC has not
considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action
letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC
would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange
Offer as in other circumstances. The undersigned acknowledges
that any holder that is an affiliate of the Issuer, or is
participating in or intends to participate in or has any
arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of
the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange
Offer, (i) cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of
the staff of the SEC and (ii) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
The undersigned hereby further represents that (i) any
Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person
receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the
holder; (ii) such holder or other person has no arrangement
or understanding with any person to participate in, a
distribution of such Exchange Notes within the meaning of the
Securities Act and is not participating in, and does not intend
to participate in, the distribution of such Exchange Notes
within the meaning of the Securities Act and (iii) such
holder or such other person is not an affiliate, as
defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Issuer
or, if such holder or such other person is an affiliate, such
holder or such other person will comply with the registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to
the extent applicable.
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned
represents that it is not engaging in, and does not intend to
engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned
is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own
account in exchange for Initial Notes, it represents that the
Initial Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were
acquired by it as a result of market-making or other trading
activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale, offer to resell or other transfer of
such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by
delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to
admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning
of the Securities Act.
4
The undersigned also warrants that acceptance of any tendered
Initial Notes by the Issuer and the issuance of Exchange Notes
in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the
Issuer of its obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement relating to the Initial Notes, which has been filed as
an exhibit to the registration statement in connection with the
Exchange Offer.
The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any
additional documents deemed by the Issuer to be necessary or
desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the
Initial Notes tendered hereby. All authority conferred or agreed
to be conferred in this Letter and every obligation of the
undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors,
assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in
bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and
shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or
incapacity of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only
in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Letter.
The undersigned understands that tenders of the Initial Notes
pursuant to any one of the procedures described under The
Exchange Offer Procedures for Tendering Initial
Notes in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto
will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and
the Issuer in accordance with the terms and subject to the
conditions of the Exchange Offer.
The undersigned recognizes that, under certain circumstances set
forth in the Prospectus under The Exchange
Offer Conditions to the Exchange Offer the
Issuer may not be required to accept for exchange any of the
Initial Notes tendered. Initial Notes not accepted for exchange
or withdrawn will be returned to the undersigned at the address
set forth below unless otherwise indicated under Special
Delivery Instructions below.
Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled
Special Issuance Instructions below, please deliver
the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates
representing Initial Notes for any Initial Notes not exchanged)
in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry
delivery of Initial Notes, please credit the account indicated
above maintained at the Book Entry Transfer Facility. Similarly,
unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled Special
Delivery Instructions below, please send the Exchange
Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing
Initial Notes for any Initial Notes not exchanged) to the
undersigned at the address shown below the undersigneds
signature(s). In the event that both Special Issuance
Instructions and Special Delivery Instructions
are completed, please issue the Exchange Notes issued in
exchange for the Initial Notes accepted for exchange (and, if
applicable, substitute certificates representing Initial Notes
for any Initial Notes not exchanged) in the names of the
person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the
Issuer have no obligation pursuant to the Special Issuance
Instructions and Special Delivery Instructions
to transfer any Initial Notes from the name of the registered
holder(s) thereof if the Issuer do not accept for exchange any
of the Initial Notes so tendered for exchange.
The Book-Entry Transfer Facility, as the holder of record of
certain Initial Notes, has granted authority to the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility participants whose names appear on a security
position listing with respect to such Initial Notes as of the
date of tender of such Initial Notes to execute and deliver this
Letter as if they were the holders of record. Accordingly, for
purposes of this Letter, the term holder shall be
deemed to include such Book-Entry Transfer Facility
participants.
THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED
DESCRIPTION OF INITIAL NOTES ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS
LETTER AND DELIVERING SUCH NOTES AND THIS LETTER TO THE
EXCHANGE AGENT, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE INITIAL
NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.
5
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3, 4 and 5)
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Initial Notes not
tendered or not accepted for exchange, or Exchange Notes issued
in exchange for Initial Notes accepted for exchange, are to be
issued in the name of and sent to someone other than the
undersigned, or if Initial Notes delivered by book-entry
transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned
by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility other than the account indicated above.
Issue (certificates) to:
(Please Type or Print)
(Please Type or Print)
(Include Zip Code)
(Taxpayer Identification or
Social Security Number)
(Complete IRS
Form W-9)
|
|
|
Credit unexchanged Initial Notes delivered by book-entry
transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility account set forth
below.
|
(Book-Entry Transfer
Facility
Account Number, if
applicable)
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3, 4 and 5)
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Initial Notes not
tendered or not accepted for exchange, or Exchange Notes issued
in exchange for Initial Notes accepted for exchange, are to be
sent to someone other than the undersigned or to the undersigned
at an address other than shown in the box entitled
Description of Initial Notes above.
Mail to:
(Please Type or Print)
(Please Type or Print)
(Include Zip Code)
(Taxpayer Identification or
Social Security Number)
(Complete IRS
Form W-9)
IMPORTANT: UNLESS GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
ARE COMPLIED WITH, THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF OR AN
AGENTS MESSAGE IN LIEU HEREOF (IN EACH CASE, TOGETHER WITH
THE CERTIFICATE(S) FOR INITIAL NOTES OR A CONFIRMATION OF
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) MUST BE
RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK
CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
PLEASE
READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX ABOVE.
6
PLEASE SIGN HERE
(TO BE
COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS WHETHER OR NOT
INITIAL NOTES ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED
HEREBY)
(Please Also Complete and Return the Accompanying IRS
Form W-9)
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
Signature(s) of
Owner(s)
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Area Code and Telephone Number: |
|
If a holder is tendering any Initial Notes, this Letter must
be signed by the registered holder(s) exactly as the name(s)
appear(s) on the certificate(s) for the Initial Notes or on a
security position listing as the owner of Initial Notes by
person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by a
properly completed bond power from the registered holder(s), a
copy of which must be transmitted with this Letter. If Initial
Notes to which this Letter relates are held of record by two or
more joint holders, then all such holders must sign this Letter.
If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian,
officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, then such person must (i) set forth his or her
full title below and (ii) unless waived by the Issuer,
submit evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of such persons
authority to so act. See Instruction 3.
(Please Type or
Print)
(Please Type or
Print)
(Including Zip
Code)
SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION
(If required by Instruction 3)
Signature(s) Guaranteed by
(Authorized
Signature)
(Title)
(Name of Firm)
(Address, Include Zip
Code)
(Area Code and Telephone
Number)
7
INSTRUCTIONS
Forming
Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer
|
|
1.
|
Delivery
of this Letter and Initial Notes; Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures.
|
This Letter is to be completed by noteholders either if
certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to
be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry
transfer set forth in The Exchange Offer
Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes Book-Entry
Delivery Procedure section of the Prospectus and an
Agents Message is not delivered. Certificates for all
physically tendered Initial Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation,
as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly
executed Letter (or manually signed facsimile hereof) and any
other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the
Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, or
the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth below. Initial Notes tendered hereby must
be in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal amount and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The term
Agents Message means a message, transmitted by
The Depository Trust Company and received by the Exchange
Agent and forming a part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which
states that the Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received an
express acknowledgment from a participant tendering Initial
Notes which are subject to the Book-Entry Confirmation and that
such participant has received and agrees to be bound by this
Letter and that the Issuer may enforce this Letter against such
participant.
Noteholders who wish to tender their Initial Notes and
(a) whose certificates for Initial Notes are not
immediately available, or (b) who cannot deliver their
certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange
Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or (c) who cannot
complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely
basis, must tender their Initial Notes pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in The Exchange
Offer Procedures for Tendering Initial
Notes Guaranteed Delivery Procedure section of
the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures,
(i) such tender must be made through an Eligible
Institution (as defined in Instruction 3 below),
(ii) on or before the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent
must receive a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or a
facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery,
substantially in the form provided by the Issuer, with the name
and address of the holder of Initial Notes and the amount of
Initial Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made
thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE) trading days after the Expiration
Date, the certificates for all the Initial Notes tendered, in
proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation with an
Agents message, as the case may be, and any other
documents required by the Letter will be deposited by the
Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and
(iii) the certificates for all tendered Initial Notes, in
proper form for transfer, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the
case may be, and all other documents required by this Letter,
are received by the Exchange Agent within three NYSE trading
days after the Expiration Date.
The method of delivery of the Initial Notes, this Letter and all
other required documents is at the election and risk of the
tendering holders, but the delivery will be deemed made only
when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. If
Initial Notes are sent by mail, it is suggested that the mailing
be made by registered mail, properly insured, with return
receipt requested, sufficiently in advance of the Expiration
Date to permit delivery to the Exchange Agent prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
See The Exchange Offer section of the Prospectus.
|
|
2.
|
Partial
Tenders (not applicable to noteholders who tender by book-entry
transfer).
|
Initial Notes tendered hereby must be in minimum denominations
of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof. If less than the entire principal amount of any
Initial Notes is tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill
in the principal amount of Initial Notes to be tendered in the
box above entitled Description of Initial Notes. The
entire principal amount of the Initial Notes delivered to the
Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless
otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of Initial
Notes is not tendered, then Initial Notes for the principal
amount of Initial Notes not tendered and Exchange Notes issued
in exchange for any Initial Notes accepted will
8
be sent to the holder at his or her registered address, unless
otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter,
promptly after the Initial Notes are accepted for exchange.
|
|
3.
|
Signatures
on this Letter; Bond Powers and Endorsements; Guarantee of
Signatures.
|
If this Letter is signed by the registered holder of the Initial
Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the
name(s) as written on the face of the certificates representing
such Initial Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change
whatsoever.
If this Letter is signed by a participant in the Depository
Trust Company, the signature must correspond with the name
as it appears on the security position listing as the holder of
the Initial Notes.
If any tendered Initial Notes are owned of record by two or more
joint owners, all of such owners must sign this Letter.
If any tendered Initial Notes are registered in different names
on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign
and submit as many separate copies of this Letter as there are
different registrations of certificates.
When this Letter is signed by the registered holder or holders
of the Initial Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no
endorsements of certificates or separate bond powers are
required. If, however, the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or
any untendered Initial Notes are to be reissued, to a person
other than the registered holder, then endorsements of any
certificates transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are
required. Signatures on such certificate(s) must be guaranteed
by an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter is signed by a person other than the registered
holder or holders of any certificate(s) specified herein, such
certificate(s) must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate
bond powers, and a proxy that authorize this person to tender
the Initial Notes on behalf of the registered holder, in
satisfactory form to the Issuer as determined in its sole
discretion, in each case, as the name of the registered holder
or holders appears on the Initial Notes.
If this Letter or any certificates or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in
a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so
indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Issuer,
evidence satisfactory to the Issuer, as determined in its sole
discretion, of such persons authority to so act must be
submitted with the Letter.
Endorsements on certificates for Initial Notes or signatures on
bond powers required by this Instruction 3 must be
guaranteed by a firm which is a member of a registered national
securities exchange or a member of the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority, or a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States or
an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning
of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (each an
Eligible Institution).
Signatures on this Letter need not be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution if the Initial Notes are tendered: (i) by a
registered holder of Initial Notes (which term, for purposes of
the Exchange Offer, includes any participant in the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility system whose name appears on a security
position listing as the holder of such Initial Notes) who has
not completed the box entitled Special Issuance
Instructions or Special Delivery Instructions
on this Letter, or (ii) for the account of an Eligible
Institution.
|
|
4.
|
Special
Issuance and Delivery Instructions.
|
Tendering holders of Initial Notes should indicate, in the
applicable box or boxes, the name and address (or account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility) to which Exchange Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, or substitute Initial Notes not
tendered or accepted for exchange, are to be issued or sent, if
different from the name or address of the person signing this
Letter. In the case of issuance in a different name, the
employer identification or social security number of the person
named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Initial Notes by
book-entry transfer may request that Initial Notes not exchanged
be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility as such noteholder may designate hereon. If no
such instructions are given, such Initial Notes not exchanged
will be returned to the name or address of the person signing
this Letter.
9
Under U.S. federal income tax law, payments made in respect of
Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be
subject to backup withholding at the rate, currently 28%,
specified in Section 3406(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the Code, and such rate,
the Specified Rate). In order to avoid such backup
withholding, each tendering holder (or other payee) that is a
U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien) should complete
and sign the Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
Form W-9
included with this Letter, on which form such holder must
provide the correct taxpayer identification number
(TIN) and certify, under penalties of perjury, that
(a) the TIN provided is correct or that such holder is
awaiting a TIN; (b) the holder is not subject to backup
withholding because (i) the holder has not been notified by
the IRS that the holder is subject to backup withholding as a
result of failure to report interest or dividends, (ii) the
IRS has notified the holder that the holder is no longer subject
to backup withholding, or (iii) the holder is exempt from
backup withholding; and (c) the holder is a U.S.
person (which term includes a U.S. resident alien). If a
holder has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup
withholding, it must follow the applicable instructions included
with the IRS
Form W-9.
The holder (other than an exempt or foreign holder subject to
the requirements described below) is required to give the TIN
(in general, if an individual, the holders Social Security
number, otherwise, the holders employer identification
number) of the record holder of the Initial Notes. If the
tendering holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for
one or intends to apply for one in the near future, such holder
should follow the applicable instructions included with the IRS
Form W-9.
If the Exchange Agent or the Issuer are not provided with the
correct TIN, the holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed
by the Code in addition to backup withholding at the Specified
Rate on payments to such holder.
Certain holders (including all corporations and certain holders
that are neither U.S. persons nor U.S. resident aliens
(foreign holders)) are not subject to these backup
withholding and reporting requirements. Such an exempt holder,
other than a foreign holder, should enter the holders
name, address, status and TIN on the IRS
Form W-9
and check the Exempt Payee box on the IRS
Form W-9,
and sign, date and return the IRS
Form W-9
to the Paying Agent and should follow the additional
instructions included with the IRS
Form W-9.
A foreign holder should not complete the IRS
Form W-9.
In order for a foreign holder to qualify as an exempt recipient,
such holder must submit a statement (generally, the IRS
Form W-8BEN),
signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that
persons exempt status. Such statements can be obtained
from the Exchange Agent or online from the IRS at www.irs.gov.
For further information concerning backup withholding and
instructions for completing the IRS
Form W-9
(including how to obtain a TIN if you do not have one and how to
complete the IRS
Form W-9
if Initial Notes are registered in more than one name), consult
the instructions included with the IRS
Form W-9.
Failure to complete the IRS
Form W-9
will not, by itself, cause Initial Notes to be deemed invalidly
tendered, but may require the Issuer (or the Paying Agent) to
withhold at the Specified Rate on payments made in respect of
Exchange Notes. Backup withholding is not an additional tax.
Rather, if the required information is furnished to the IRS, the
federal income tax liability of a person subject to backup
withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be
obtained provided that the required information is timely
furnished to the IRS.
The Issuer will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to
the exchange of Initial Notes in accordance with the Exchange
Offer. If, however, Exchange Notes or substitute Initial Notes
not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or
are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other
than the registered holder of the Initial Notes tendered hereby,
or if tendered Initial Notes are registered in the name of any
person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a
transfer tax is payable for any reason other than the exchange
of Initial Notes in the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such
transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any
other persons) will be paid by the tendering holder.
If the tendering holder does not submit satisfactory evidence of
the payment of any of these taxes or of any exemption from this
payment with this Letter, the Issuer will bill the tendering
holder directly the amount of these transfer taxes.
10
Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be
necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Initial
Notes specified in this Letter or for funds to cover such stamps
to be provided with the Initial Notes specified in this Letter.
The Issuer reserves the absolute right to amend, waive or
modify, in whole or in part, any or all conditions to the
Exchange Offer.
|
|
8.
|
No
Conditional Tenders.
|
No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders
will be accepted. All tendering holders of Initial Notes, by
execution of this Letter, shall waive any right to receive
notice of the acceptance of their Initial Notes for exchange.
Neither the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is
obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with
respect to any tender of Initial Notes nor shall any of them
incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.
|
|
9.
|
Mutilated,
Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Initial Notes.
|
Any holder whose Initial Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen
or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address
indicated above for further instructions. This Letter and
related documents cannot be processed until the Initial Notes
have been replaced.
|
|
10.
|
Requests
for Assistance or Additional Copies.
|
Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as
requests for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter
and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, may be directed to the
Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated
above.
|
|
11.
|
Incorporation
of Letter of Transmittal.
|
This Letter shall be deemed to be incorporated in and
acknowledged and accepted by any tender through the Book-Entry
Transfer Facilitys ATOP procedures by any participant on
behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of any Initial Notes
so tendered.
Tenders of Initial Notes may be withdrawn only pursuant to the
limited withdrawal rights set forth in the Prospectus under the
caption The Exchange Offer Withdrawal of
Tenders in the Prospectus.
11
Print or type
See Specific
Instructions on page 2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form W-9 (Rev. October 2007) Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service
|
|
|
Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number and Certification
|
|
Give form to the
requestor. Do not
send to the IRS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name (as shown on your income tax return)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business name, if different from above
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Check appropriate
box: o Individual/Sole
proprietor o Corporation o Partnership
|
|
|
|
|
o Limited
liability company. Enter the tax classification (D=disregarded
entity, C=corporation,
P=partnership) ► -----
o Other
(see instructions) ►
|
|
o Exempt
payee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.)
|
|
Requesters name and address (optional)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
City, state, and ZIP code
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List account number(s) here (optional)
|
|
|
|
|
Part I Taxpayer
Identification Number (TIN)
|
|
|
Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. The TIN provided must match the name given on Line 1 to avoid backup withholding. For individuals, this is your social security number (SSN). However, for a resident alien, sole proprietor, or disregarded entity, see the Part I instructions on page 3. For other entities, it is your employer identification number (EIN). If you do not have a number, see How to get a TIN on page 3.
Note. If the account is in more than one name, see the chart on page 4 for guidelines on whose number to enter.
|
|
Social security number
or
Employer identification number
|
Part II Certification
Under penalties of perjury, I
certify that:
|
|
1
|
The number shown on this form is my
correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a
number to be issued to me), and
|
2
|
I am not subject to backup
withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup
withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup
withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or
dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no
longer subject to backup withholding, and
|
3
|
I am a U.S. citizen or other
U.S. person (defined below).
|
Certification
instructions. You must
cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS
that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you
have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax
return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not
apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or abandonment of
secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an
individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments
other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign
the Certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. See
the instructions on page 4.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sign
|
|
|
Signature of
|
|
|
Here
|
|
|
U.S. person ►
|
|
Date ►
|
|
General Instructions
Section references are to the
Internal Revenue Code unless otherwise noted.
Purpose of Form
A person who is required to file an
information return with the IRS must obtain your correct
taxpayer identification number (TIN) to report, for example,
income paid to you, real estate transactions, mortgage interest
you paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property,
cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA.
Use
Form W-9
only if you are a U.S. person (including a resident alien),
to provide your correct TIN to the person requesting it (the
requester) and, when applicable, to:
1. Certify that
the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a
number to be issued),
2. Certify that
you are not subject to backup withholding, or
3. Claim exemption
from backup withholding if you are a U.S. exempt payee. If
applicable, you are also certifying that as a U.S. person,
your allocable share of any partnership income from a
U.S. trade or business is not subject to the withholding
tax on foreign partners share of effectively connected
income.
Note. If
a requester gives you a form other than
Form W-9
to request your TIN, you must use the requesters form if
it is substantially similar to this
Form W-9.
Definition of a
U.S. person. For
federal tax purposes, you are considered a U.S. person if
you are:
An individual who is a
U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien,
|
|
|
A partnership, corporation,
company, or association created or organized in the United
States or under the laws of the United States,
|
An estate (other than a
foreign estate), or
A domestic trust (as
defined in Regulations section 301.7701-7).
Special rules for
partnerships. Partnerships
that conduct a trade or business in the United States are
generally required to pay a withholding tax on any foreign
partners share of income from such business. Further, in
certain cases where a
Form W-9
has not been received, a partnership is required to presume that
a partner is a foreign person, and pay the withholding tax.
Therefore, if you are a U.S. person that is a partner in a
partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States,
provide
Form W-9
to the partnership to establish your U.S. status and avoid
withholding on your share of partnership income.
The person who gives
Form W-9
to the partnership for purposes of establishing its
U.S. status and avoiding withholding on its allocable share
of net income from the partnership conducting a trade or
business in the United States is in the following cases:
The U.S. owner of
a disregarded entity and not the entity,
Cat. No. 10231X
Form W-9
(Rev.
10-2007)
|
|
Form W-9
(Rev. 10-2007)
|
Page 2 |
|
|
|
The U.S. grantor or other
owner of a grantor trust and not the trust, and
|
|
|
The U.S. trust (other than a
grantor trust) and not the beneficiaries of the trust.
|
Foreign
person. If you are
a foreign person, do not use
Form W-9.
Instead, use the appropriate
Form W-8
(see Publication 515, Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens
and Foreign Entities).
Nonresident alien who becomes a
resident
alien. Generally,
only a nonresident alien individual may use the terms of a tax
treaty to reduce or eliminate U.S. tax on certain types of
income. However, most tax treaties contain a provision known as
a saving clause. Exceptions specified in the saving
clause may permit an exemption from tax to continue for certain
types of income even after the payee has otherwise become a
U.S. resident alien for tax purposes. If you are
a U.S. resident alien who is relying on an exception
contained in the saving clause of a tax treaty to claim an
exemption from U.S. tax on certain types of income, you
must attach a statement to
Form W-9
that specifies the following five items:
1. The treaty
country. Generally, this must be the same treaty under which you
claimed exemption from tax as a nonresident alien.
2. The treaty
article addressing the income.
3. The article
number (or location) in the tax treaty that contains the saving
clause and its exceptions.
4. The type and
amount of income that qualifies for the exemption from tax.
5. Sufficient
facts to justify the exemption from tax under the terms of the
treaty article.
Example.
Article 20 of the
U.S.-China
income tax treaty allows an exemption from tax for scholarship
income received by a Chinese student temporarily present in the
United States. Under U.S. law, this student will become a
resident alien for tax purposes if his or her stay in the United
States exceeds 5 calendar years. However, paragraph 2 of
the first Protocol to the
U.S.-China
treaty (dated April 30, 1984) allows the provisions of
Article 20 to continue to apply even after the Chinese
student becomes a resident alien of the United States. A Chinese
student who qualifies for this exception (under paragraph 2
of the first protocol) and is relying on this exception to claim
an exemption from tax on his or her scholarship or fellowship
income would attach to
Form W-9
a statement that includes the information described above to
support that exemption.
If you are a
nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup
withholding, give the requester the appropriate completed
Form W-8.
What is backup withholding?
Persons making certain
payments to you must under certain conditions withhold and pay
to the IRS 28% of such payments. This is called backup
withholding. Payments that may be subject to backup
withholding include interest, tax-exempt interest, dividends,
broker and barter exchange transactions, rents, royalties,
nonemployee pay, and certain payments from fishing boat
operators. Real estate transactions are not subject to backup
withholding.
You will not be subject to backup
withholding on payments you receive if you give the requester
your correct TIN, make the proper certifications, and report all
your taxable interest and dividends on your tax return.
Payments you receive will be
subject to backup withholding if:
1. You do not
furnish your TIN to the requester,
2. You do not
certify your TIN when required (see the Part II
instructions on page 3 for details),
3. The IRS tells
the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN,
4. The IRS tells
you that you are subject to backup withholding because you did
not report all your interest and dividends on your tax return
(for reportable interest and dividends only), or
5. You do not
certify to the requester that you are not subject to backup
withholding under 4 above (for reportable interest and dividend
accounts opened after 1983 only).
Certain payees and
payments are exempt from backup withholding. See the
instructions below and the separate Instructions for the
Requester of
Form W-9.
Also see Special rules
for partnerships on page 1.
Penalties
Failure to furnish
TIN. If you fail to
furnish your correct TIN to a requester, you are subject to a
penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due
to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
Civil penalty for false
information with respect to
withholding. If you make
a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no
backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.
Criminal penalty for falsifying
information. Willfully
falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to
criminal penalties including fines
and/or
imprisonment.
Misuse of
TINs. If the
requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of federal law,
the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.
Specific Instructions
Name
If you are an individual, you must
generally enter the name shown on your income tax return.
However, if you have changed your last name, for instance, due
to marriage without informing the Social Security Administration
of the name change, enter your first name, the last name shown
on your social security card, and your new last name.
If the account is in
joint names, list first, and then circle, the name of the person
or entity whose number you entered in Part I of the form.
Sole
proprietor. Enter
your individual name as shown on your income tax return on the
Name line. You may enter your business, trade, or
doing business as (DBA) name on the Business
name line.
Limited liability company
(LLC). Check the
Limited liability company box only and enter the
appropriate code for the tax classification (D for
disregarded entity, C for corporation, P
for partnership) in the space provided.
For a single-member LLC
(including a foreign LLC with a domestic owner) that is
disregarded as an entity separate from its owner under
Regulations
section 301.7701-3,
enter the owners name on the Name line. Enter
the LLCs name on the Business name line.
For an LLC classified
as a partnership or a corporation, enter the LLCs name on
the Name line and any business, trade, or
DBA name on the Business name line.
Other
entities. Enter
your business name as shown on required federal tax documents on
the Name line. This name should match the name shown
on the charter or other legal document creating the entity. You
may enter any business, trade, or DBA name on the
Business name line.
Note. You
are requested to check the appropriate box for your status
(individual/sole proprietor, corporation, etc.).
Exempt Payee
If you are exempt from backup
withholding, enter your name as described above and check the
appropriate box for your status, then check the Exempt
payee box in the line following the business name, sign
and date the form.
|
|
Form W-9
(Rev.
10-2007)
|
Page
3 |
Generally, individuals (including
sole proprietors) are not exempt from backup withholding.
Corporations are exempt from backup withholding for certain
payments, such as interest and dividends.
Note. If you are exempt from backup
withholding, you should still complete this form to avoid
possible erroneous backup withholding.
The following payees
are exempt from backup withholding:
1. An organization
exempt from tax under section 501(a), any IRA, or a
custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account
satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2),
2. The United
States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities,
3. A state, the
District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any
of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities,
4. A foreign
government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies, or
instrumentalities, or
5. An
international organization or any of its agencies or
instrumentalities.
Other payees that may
be exempt from backup withholding include:
6. A corporation,
7. A foreign
central bank of issue,
8. A dealer in
securities or commodities required to register in the United
States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United
States,
9. A futures
commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission,
10. A real estate
investment trust,
11. An entity
registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment
Company Act of 1940,
12. A common trust
fund operated by a bank under section 584(a),
13. A financial
institution,
14. A middleman
known in the investment community as a nominee or
custodian, or
15. A trust exempt
from tax under section 664 or described in
section 4947.
The chart below shows
types of payments that may be exempt from backup withholding.
The chart applies to the exempt payees listed above, 1 through
15.
|
|
|
|
|
IF the payment is for. . .
|
|
|
THEN the payment is exempt for . . .
|
|
Interest and dividend payments
|
|
|
All exempt payees except for 9
|
|
Broker transactions
|
|
|
Exempt payees 1 through 13. Also, a person registered under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 who regularly acts as a broker
|
|
Barter exchange transactions and patronage dividends
|
|
|
Exempt payees 1 through 5
|
|
Payments over $600 required to be reported and direct sales over
$5,0001
|
|
|
Generally, exempt payees 1
through 72
|
|
1See
Form 1099-MISC,
Miscellaneous Income, and its instructions.
|
|
2 |
However, the following payments
made to a corporation (including gross proceeds paid to an
attorney under section 6045(f), even if the attorney is a
corporation) and reportable on
Form 1099-MISC
are not exempt from backup withholding: medical and health care
payments, attorneys fees, and payments for services paid
by a federal executive agency.
|
Part I. Taxpayer
Identification
Number (TIN)
Enter your TIN in the appropriate
box. If you are a resident alien and you do not have and are not
eligible to get an SSN, your TIN is your IRS individual taxpayer
identification number (ITIN). Enter it in the social security
number box. If you do not have an ITIN, see How to get a TIN
below.
If you are a sole
proprietor and you have an EIN, you may enter either your SSN or
EIN. However, the IRS prefers that you use your SSN.
If you are a
single-member LLC that is disregarded as an entity separate from
its owner (see Limited liability company (LLC) on
page 2), enter the owners SSN (or EIN, if the owner
has one). Do not enter the disregarded entitys EIN. If the
LLC is classified as a corporation or partnership, enter the
entitys EIN.
Note.
See the chart on page 4 for further clarification of name
and TIN combinations.
How to get a
TIN. If you do not
have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get
Form SS-5,
Application for a Social Security Card, from your local Social
Security Administration office or get this form online at
www.ssa.gov. You may also get this form by calling
1-800-772-1213.
Use Form
W-7,
Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number,
to apply for an ITIN, or
Form SS-4,
Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an
EIN. You can apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS
website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer
Identification Number (EIN) under Starting a Business. You can
get
Forms W-7
and SS-4 from the IRS by visiting www.irs.gov or by calling
1-800-TAX-FORM
(1-800-829-3676).
If you are asked to
complete
Form W-9
but do not have a TIN, write Applied For in the
space for the TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the
requester. For interest and dividend payments, and certain
payments made with respect to readily tradable instruments,
generally you will have 60 days to get a TIN and give it to
the requester before you are subject to backup withholding on
payments. The
60-day rule
does not apply to other types of payments. You will be subject
to backup withholding on all such payments until you provide
your TIN to the requester.
Note. Entering
Applied For means that you have already applied for
a TIN or that you intend to apply for one soon.
Caution:
A disregarded domestic entity that has a foreign owner must use
the appropriate
Form W-8.
Part II.
Certification
To establish to the withholding
agent that you are a U.S. person, or resident alien, sign
Form W-9.
You may be requested to sign by the withholding agent even if
items 1, 4, and 5 below indicate otherwise.
For a joint account,
only the person whose TIN is shown in Part I should sign
(when required). Exempt payees, see Exempt Payee on page 2.
Signature
requirements. Complete
the certification as indicated in 1 through 5 below.
1. Interest,
dividend, and barter exchange accounts opened before 1984 and
broker accounts considered active during 1983. You must give
your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.
2. Interest,
dividend, broker, and barter exchange accounts opened after 1983
and broker accounts considered inactive during 1983. You
must sign the certification or backup withholding will apply. If
you are subject to backup withholding and you are merely
providing your correct TIN to the requester, you must cross out
item 2 in the certification before signing the form.
|
|
Form W-9
(Rev.
10-2007)
|
Page
4 |
3. Real
estate transactions. You must sign the certification. You
may cross out item 2 of the certification.
4. Other
payments. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not
have to sign the certification unless you have been notified
that you have previously given an incorrect TIN. Other
payments include payments made in the course of the
requesters trade or business for rents, royalties, goods
(other than bills for merchandise), medical and health care
services (including payments to corporations), payments to a
nonemployee for services, payments to certain fishing boat crew
members and fishermen, and gross proceeds paid to attorneys
(including payments to corporations).
5. Mortgage
interest paid by you, acquisition or abandonment of secured
property, cancellation of debt, qualified tuition program
payments (under section 529), IRA, Coverdell ESA, Archer
MSA or HSA contributions or distributions, and pension
distributions. You must give your correct TIN, but you do
not have to sign the certification.
What Name and Number To Give the Requester
|
|
|
For this type of account:
|
|
Give name and SSN of:
|
|
|
1. Individual
|
|
The individual
|
2. Two or more individuals (joint account)
|
|
The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first
individual on the
account1
|
3. Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)
|
|
The minor
2
|
4. a. The usual revocable savings trust (grantor is also
trustee)
|
|
The
grantor-trustee1
|
b. So-called trust account that is not a legal or
valid trust under state law
|
|
The actual owner
1
|
5. Sole proprietorship or disregarded entity owned by an
individual
|
|
The owner
3
|
|
For this type of
account:
|
|
Give name and EIN of:
|
|
6. Disregarded entity not owned by an individual
|
|
The owner
|
7. A valid trust, estate, or pension trust
|
|
Legal entity
4
|
8. Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on
Form 8832
|
|
The corporation
|
9. Association, club, religious, charitable, educational,
or other tax-exempt organization
|
|
The organization
|
10. Partnership or multi-member LLC
|
|
The partnership
|
11. A broker or registered nominee
|
|
The broker or nominee
|
12. Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name
of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school
district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments
|
|
The public entity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
List first and circle the name of
the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a
joint account has an SSN, that persons number must be
furnished.
|
|
2 |
|
Circle the minors name and
furnish the minors SSN.
|
|
3 |
|
You must show your individual name
and you may also enter your business or DBA name on
the second name line. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you
have one), but the IRS encourages you to use your SSN.
|
|
4 |
|
List first and circle the name of
the trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of
the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity
itself is not designated in the account title.) Also see Special
rules for partnerships on page 1.
|
Note. If
no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number
will be considered to be that of the first name listed.
Secure Your Tax Records from
Identity Theft
Identity theft occurs when someone
uses your personal information such as your name, social
security number (SSN), or other identifying information, without
your permission, to commit fraud or other crimes. An identity
thief may use your SSN to get a job or may file a tax return
using your SSN to receive a refund.
To reduce your risk:
|
|
|
Protect your SSN,
|
|
Ensure your employer is protecting
your SSN, and
|
|
Be careful when choosing a tax
preparer.
|
Call the IRS at
1-800-829-1040
if you think your identity has been used inappropriately for tax
purposes.
Victims of identity
theft who are experiencing economic harm or a system problem, or
are seeking help in resolving tax problems that have not been
resolved through normal channels, may be eligible for Taxpayer
Advocate Service (TAS) assistance. You can reach TAS by calling
the TAS toll-free case intake line at 1-877-777-4778 or TTY/TDD
1-800-829-4059.
Protect yourself from suspicious
emails or phishing
schemes. Phishing is the
creation and use of email and websites designed to mimic
legitimate business emails and websites. The most common act is
sending an email to a user falsely claiming to be an established
legitimate enterprise in an attempt to scam the user into
surrendering private information that will be used for identity
theft.
The IRS does not
initiate contacts with taxpayers via emails. Also, the IRS does
not request personal detailed information through email or ask
taxpayers for the PIN numbers, passwords, or similar secret
access information for their credit card, bank, or other
financial accounts.
If you receive an
unsolicited email claiming to be from the IRS, forward this
message to phishing@irs.gov. You may also report misuse of the
IRS name, logo, or other IRS personal property to the Treasury
Inspector General for Tax Administration at
1-800-366-4484.
You can forward suspicious emails to the Federal Trade
Commission at: spam@uce.gov or contact them at
www.consumer.gov/idtheft or
1-877-IDTHEFT(438-4338).
Visit the IRS website
at www.irs.gov to learn more about identity theft and how to
reduce your risk.
Privacy Act Notice
Section 6109 of the Internal
Revenue Code requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons
who must file information returns with the IRS to report
interest, dividends, and certain other income paid to you,
mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of
secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you
made to an IRA, or Archer MSA or HSA. The IRS uses the numbers
for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of
your tax return. The IRS may also provide this information to
the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation, and
to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and
U.S. possessions to carry out their tax laws. We may also
disclose this information to other countries under a tax treaty,
to federal and state agencies to enforce federal nontax criminal
laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to
combat terrorism.
You must provide your
TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Payers
must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and
certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to a
payer. Certain penalties may also apply.
exv99w2
Exhibit 99.2
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED
DELIVERY
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$350,000,000 AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THEIR
10.625% SENIOR SECURED
NOTES DUE 2015 (CUSIP NUMBER 41146AAB2),
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR A LIKE AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT OF THEIR
10.625% SENIOR SECURED
NOTES DUE 2015
(CUSIP NUMBERS 41146AAA4 /
U24520AA3)
This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to
accept the Exchange Offer of Harbinger Group Inc. (the
Company or the Issuer) made pursuant to
the prospectus dated , 2011 (the Prospectus), if
certificates for the outstanding $350,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of their 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due
2015 (CUSIP Numbers 41146AAA4 / U24520AA3) (the
Initial Notes) are not immediately available or if
the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a
timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to
reach the Company prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Such form may be
delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, mail or hand
delivery to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the
Exchange Agent) as set forth below. In addition, in
order to utilize the guaranteed delivery, a Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), must also be received by the
Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date. Certificates for all tendered Initial Notes
in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation, as the
case may be, and all other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal must be received by the Exchange Agent within three
New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.
Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the
Prospectus.
Delivery to:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Exchange Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By Registered or Certified Mail:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association Corporate Trust Operations MAC N9303-121 PO Box 1517 Minneapolis, MN 55480
|
|
By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association Corporate Trust Operations MAC N9303-121 Sixth & Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479
|
|
In Person by Hand:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 12th Floor Northstar East Building Corporate Trust Operations 680 Second Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55479
|
|
By Facsimile:
For Eligible Institutions only (612) 667-6282
Confirm by telephone: (800) 344-5128
|
For information, call:
(800) 344-5128
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET
FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE
OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID
DELIVERY.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and
the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby
tenders to the Issuer the principal amount of Initial Notes set
forth below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure
described in The Exchange Offer Procedures for
Tendering Initial Notes section of the Prospectus.
Principal Amount of Initial Notes
Tendered9
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificate Nos. (if available):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Principal Amount Represented by Initial Notes
Certificate(s):
|
|
If Initial Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The
Depository Trust Company, provide account number.
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
Account
Number
|
ANY AUTHORITY HEREIN CONFERRED OR AGREED TO BE CONFERRED
SHALL SURVIVE THE DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF THE UNDERSIGNED AND
EVERY OBLIGATION OF THE UNDERSIGNED HEREUNDER SHALL BE BINDING
UPON THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
OF THE UNDERSIGNED.
PLEASE
SIGN HERE
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
Signature(s) of Owner(s) or
Authorized Signatory
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
Area Code and Telephone
Number:
|
|
|
Must be signed by the holder(s) of Initial Notes as their
name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Initial Notes or on a
security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become
registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted
with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a
trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact,
officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below.
9 Must
be in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal amount and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
2
PLEASE
PRINT NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)
GUARANTEE
The undersigned, a member of a registered national securities
exchange, or a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory
Authority, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an
office or correspondent in the United States, hereby guarantees
that the certificates representing the principal amount of
Initial Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer, or
timely confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Initial
Notes into the Exchange Agents account at The Depository
Trust Company pursuant to the procedures set forth in
The Exchange Offer Procedures for Tendering
Initial Notes section of the Prospectus, together with a
properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a
manually signed facsimile thereof) with any required signature
guarantee and any other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal, will be received by the Exchange Agent at the
address set forth above, no later than three New York Stock
Exchange trading days after the date of execution hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Firm
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Zip Code
|
|
(Please Type or Print)
|
|
|
|
Area Code and Tel. No.
|
|
Dated:
|
|
|
NOTE: |
DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR INITIAL NOTES WITH THIS FORM.
CERTIFICATES FOR INITIAL NOTES SHOULD ONLY BE SENT WITH YOUR
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
|
3